Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 26, 2015.

Registration No. 333-                    

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Amplify Snack Brands, Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   2000   47-1254894

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

500 West 5th Street, Suite 1350

Austin, Texas 78701

512.600.9893

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Thomas Ennis

Chief Executive Officer

Amplify Snack Brands, Inc.

500 West 5th Street, Suite 1350

Austin, Texas 78701

512.600.9893

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

Jon M. Herzog, Esq.

Bradley C. Weber, Esq.

Goodwin Procter LLP

Exchange Place

53 State Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02109

617.570.1000

     

LizabethAnn R. Eisen, Esq.

Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP

Worldwide Plaza

825 Eighth Avenue

New York, New York 10019

212.474.1000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box: ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer       ¨   Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)   Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered  

Proposed Maximum Aggregate

Offering Price(1)(2)

  Amount of Registration Fee

Common Stock, $ 0.0001 par value per share

  $200,000,000   $23,240

 

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2) Includes the aggregate offering price of shares that may be purchased by the underwriters pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock. See “Underwriting”.

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. The selling stockholders may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to completion, dated June 26, 2015

            Shares

 

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of Amplify Snack Brands, Inc. All of the shares of common stock are being sold by the selling stockholders identified in this prospectus. Amplify Snack Brands, Inc. will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the selling stockholders.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $             and $            . We intend to apply to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “BETR”.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, are eligible for certain reduced public company reporting requirements. See “Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company” on page 8 and “Risk Factors” on page 20 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of common stock.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

  Per Share   Total  

Initial Public Offering Price

$                 $                

Underwriting Discounts and Commissions

$      $     

Proceeds to Selling Stockholders (Before expenses)

$      $     

The underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional             shares from the selling stockholders at the initial price to the public less the underwriting discount. We will not receive any proceeds from the exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers on or about                     , 2015 through the book-entry facilities of The Depository Trust Company.

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co. Jefferies Credit Suisse

 

SunTrust Robinson Humphrey

 

William Blair Piper Jaffray

 

 

Prospectus dated                     , 2015


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     20   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     47   

Corporate Reorganization

     49   

Use of Proceeds

     53   

Dividend Policy

     54   

Capitalization

     55   

Dilution

     57   

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information

     59   

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

     66   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     68   

Business

     106   

Management

     120   

Executive Compensation

     128   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     137   

Principal and Selling Stockholders

     143   

Description of Capital Stock

     145   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     150   

Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

     153   

Underwriting

     157   

Legal Matters

     161   

Experts

     161   

Additional Information

     161   

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1   

 

 

Neither we nor the selling stockholders have authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

 

 

Unless otherwise specified or the context requires otherwise:

The terms “we”, “us”, “our” and the “Company” mean Amplify Snack Brands, Inc., which is currently a wholly-owned subsidiary of Topco, and its consolidated subsidiaries;

The term “All Commodity Volume” or “ACV” means the measurement of a product’s distribution (or distribution on promotion) weighted by the overall dollar retail sales attributable to the retail location distributing such product; a retail location would be counted as having sold the product or product group if at least one unit of the product was scanned for sale within the relevant time period; we believe this metric provides a measurement of retail penetration that takes into account the importance of selling through retail locations with higher overall retail sales volumes;

 

-i-


Table of Contents

The terms “Better-For-You” or “BFY” refer to foods that have some characteristics that cause consumers to view them as a healthier alternative to conventional food products; there is not a single definition of Better-For-You and we believe each individual customer may view Better-For-You characteristics differently, but common characteristics may include one or more of the following: products that are lower in salt, products that are lower in sugar, products that are lower in fat, products that are made without ingredients containing genetically modified organisms (or GMOs), products made with fewer ingredients, products made with simpler ingredients, products made with more recognizable ingredients, products that are organic, products that are viewed as natural, products that do not include artificial ingredients, preservatives or flavors, products that are major allergen-free, products that are Kosher, products that are vegetable-based, products that are vegan or products that are gluten-free;

The term “Corporate Reorganization” means the series of transactions as described under the heading “Corporate Reorganization”;

The term “December 2014 Special Dividend” means the $50.0 million of borrowings under our term loan under our credit agreement and the subsequent distribution of $59.8 million we paid to Topco in December 2014, which then distributed such amount to its members, as described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—The Sponsor Acquisition and Subsequent Financings”;

The term “Founder Contingent Compensation” means our agreement, made in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition and memorialized in the Founders’ ongoing employment agreements, to (i) pay each of the Founders $10 million of additional cash consideration in 2016 ($20 million in the aggregate), based on the Company’s achievement of certain contribution margin benchmarks during the year ending December 31, 2015 (a total of $1.5 million of which additional consideration has been pre-paid to the Founders as of the date of this prospectus), and (ii) make further payments contingent on, and equal to 100% of the value of, the potential future tax savings to the Company associated with the deductibility of the payments under these agreements, which we estimate could result in additional payments to the Founders in amounts of up to $6.8 million; we expect to be required to make the full amount of the remaining payments in cash in 2016;

The term “Founders” means Andrew S. Friedman and Pamela L. Netzky, the founders of the business currently conducted by SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC;

The term “May 2015 Special Dividend” means the $22.5 million of borrowings under our term loan and revolving credit loan under our credit agreement and the subsequent distribution of $22.3 million we paid to Topco in May 2015, which then distributed such amount to its members, as described in

“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—The

Sponsor Acquisition and Subsequent Financings”;

The term “Paqui” means Paqui LLC, a Texas limited liability company and wholly-owned subsidiary of SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC, which was acquired in April 2015;

The term “Performance Bonus Payments” means our payment, which is conditional on the completion of this offering, of $500,000, $350,000 and $300,000 to Messrs. Ennis, Goldberg and Shiver, respectively, and $350,000 to be allocated to other employees of the Company.

The term “Predecessor” means the business of SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC prior to the Sponsor Acquisition;

 

-ii-


Table of Contents

The term “Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited)” means the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2014 giving pro forma effect to the Sponsor Acquisition, the December 2014 Special Dividend and the May 2015 Special Dividend as if such transactions had occurred on January 1, 2014, as more fully described in “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information”, which section includes a comparative presentation showing all pro forma adjustments made to our historical statements of income for the Predecessor and Successor periods in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information”.

The term “retail location” means, as used in the determination of All Commodity Volume and Total Distribution Points by an industry source, a retail location (such as a store) that is counted in databases of that industry source and where a product has sold at least once in the applicable time period being measured;

The term “sales velocity” means the total product retail sales per million dollars of annual ACV of retail locations selling the product; we believe this metric is relevant to understanding our business because it represents the retail sales efficiency for a product in relation to its distribution; using the ACV of stores selling a product means this measure controls for store size, and can be used to determine how well a product sold while controlling for weighted distribution;

The term “SkinnyPop” means either the entity SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC or our product line and brand, SkinnyPop Popcorn, as the context requires;

The term “Sponsor” or “TA Associates” means investment funds affiliated with TA Associates Management, L.P. and its affiliates, a leading growth private equity firm;

The term “Sponsor Acquisition” means the series of transactions that were consummated in July 2014 pursuant to which (1) SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company by way of a merger and (2) SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC was thereafter converted from an Illinois limited liability company into a Delaware limited liability company;

The term “Successor” means the business of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries, including SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC, following the Sponsor Acquisition;

The term “Topco” means TA Topco 1, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, which is the top parent entity of our business prior to the consummation of the Corporate Reorganization; and

The term “Total Distribution Points” or “TDPs” means the distribution of a brand (or “product aggregate”) while taking into account the number of retail locations and Universal Product Codes, or UPCs, selling within that brand or aggregate; the calculation is the sum of ACV across UPCs, and we believe this metric provides a relative indication of retail penetration factoring in both UPC count and retailer size.

Amounts and percentages appearing in this prospectus have been rounded to the amounts shown for convenience of presentation. Accordingly, the total of each column of amounts may not be equal to the total of the relevant individual items. All references to our business and products prior to April 2015 refer only to SkinnyPop. The Predecessor and Successor financial data has been prepared on different accounting bases and therefore the sum of the data for the two reporting periods should not be used as an indicator of our full year performance.

 

 

 

-iii-


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

This prospectus contains statistical data, estimates and forecasts that are based on independent industry publications, such as those published by Mintel Group Ltd, or Mintel, Nielsen Holdings N.V., or Nielsen, and Information Resources, Inc., or IRI, or other publicly available information, as well as other information based on internal sources. Unless we indicate otherwise, the information contained herein from IRI is based in part on data reported through its Syndicated Market Advantage service of retail sales, market share, category and other data for categories and segments of U.S. brands and outlets that have or sell products with attributes of Salty Snacks and Popcorn/Popcorn oil for the years 2010 to 2014. This information is interpreted solely by us, and is neither all-inclusive nor guaranteed by IRI. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, specific data points from IRI may vary considerably from other information sources. Although we believe that the third-party sources referred to in this prospectus are reliable and the information generated internally is accurate, neither we nor the underwriters nor the selling stockholders have independently verified any of the information from third-party sources. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding any information presented in this prospectus, estimates, in particular, as they relate to projections, involve numerous assumptions, are subject to risks and uncertainties, and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

 

TRADEMARKS

This prospectus contains references to our trademarks and service marks and to those belonging to other entities. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® or symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies.

Our primary trademarks include “SKINNYPOP”, “SKINNYPACK”, “THE BIG SKINNY”, “PAQUI” and “DON’T WORRY BE PAQUI”, all of which are registered in the United States with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. Certain of our trademarks are also pending registration in Canada. Other trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

 

-iv-


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information that is presented in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision.

Our Company

Amplify Snack Brands is a high growth, snack food company focused on developing and marketing products that appeal to consumers’ growing preference for Better-For-You, or BFY, snacks. Our anchor brand, SkinnyPop, is a rapidly growing, highly profitable and market leading BFY ready-to-eat, or RTE, popcorn brand. Through its simple, major allergen-free and non-GMO ingredients, SkinnyPop embodies our BFY mission and has amassed a loyal and growing customer base across a wide range of food distribution channels in the United States. SkinnyPop’s continued success and robust financial characteristics, combined with our experienced and talented management team, position us to become an industry-leading BFY snacking company that capitalizes on the potential of great-tasting and high-quality BFY snack brands that we create and acquire. To that end, in April 2015, we acquired Paqui, an emerging BFY tortilla chip brand that has many of the same key taste and BFY attributes as SkinnyPop. Paqui allows us to leverage our infrastructure to help us grow into an adjacent snacking sub-segment with a second innovative BFY brand. We believe that our focus on building a portfolio of exclusively BFY snack brands differentiates us and will allow us to leverage our platform to realize material synergies across our family of BFY brands, as well as allow our retail customers to consolidate their vendor relationships in this large and growing category.

We target sizeable global and U.S. markets, with Nielsen estimating global retail snack sales to be in excess of $370 billion and North American retail snack sales in excess of $120 billion for the twelve months ended March 31, 2014. We estimate the U.S. salty snack segment to be approximately $18 billion in annual retail sales and that it will grow approximately 3% to 4% per year through 2019. To date, our focus has been on developing brands in the rapidly growing BFY sub-segment of salty snacks. We believe that within the salty snack segment, BFY-focused brands are taking share from conventional brands, and we estimate that BFY-focused brands experienced aggregate growth in excess of 10% in 2014. We believe a variety of favorable consumer trends, including a greater focus on health and wellness, increased consumption of smaller, more frequent meals throughout the day and a strong preference for convenient BFY products, will continue to drive both strong overall snacking growth as well as the continued outperformance of BFY products within the overall market. Over time, we expect to explore the development and acquisition of additional BFY brands within other U.S. and global segments of the overall snacking market.

Our SkinnyPop brand, established in 2010, embodies our BFY mission while also providing rapid revenue and earnings growth, robust and steady margins, and strong cash flows to help facilitate further investments in organic and inorganic growth opportunities. We believe SkinnyPop continues to take meaningful market share from a variety of sizeable sub-segments of the overall U.S. salty snack segment, although the brand competes most directly in the RTE popcorn sub-segment of salty snacks. The overall U.S. popcorn sub-segment is estimated at $1.9 billion in 2014 and grew 8.1% over the prior year. The $966 million RTE popcorn sub-segment is the fastest growing sub-segment within U.S. salty snacks, growing at a compound annual growth rate of 14.6% since 2010. Within RTE popcorn,

 

 

1


Table of Contents

SkinnyPop was the fastest growing brand of scale in 2014, increasing its share of the sub-segment by 6.5 percentage points to 12.1% and accounting for more than 40% of total sub-segment growth. SkinnyPop’s growth has been driven by continued gains in both distribution and sales velocity. Between 2012 and 2014, SkinnyPop’s sales velocity accelerated from $48 to $141, even as ACV increased from 17% to 52% over the same period, underscoring the brand’s ability to grow store level productivity even as we increased the number of retail locations where SkinnyPop is available. Despite our recent growth and a market-leading BFY presence, we believe significant opportunities remain for continued growth. For example, as of December 31, 2014, SkinnyPop’s household penetration, which represents the percentage of households that have purchased SkinnyPop over the prior 52 weeks, stood at 5.2% compared to an average of approximately 22.7% for the top 25 salty snack brands by dollar retail sales according to IRI data. SkinnyPop also has the opportunity to grow by increasing its product range in stores where the brand already has some existing presence. Our products are offered in the natural and conventional grocery, drug, convenience, club and mass merchandise channels. At December 31, 2014, our Total Distribution Points stood at approximately 136, versus an average of 919 TDPs for the top 25 leading salty snack brands. We plan to continue to grow SkinnyPop by increasing its distribution, household penetration, product offerings per retail location and sales velocity, all of which will be supported by increasing brand awareness, new product introductions and favorable consumer trends.

Total Distribution Points(1)

 

 

LOGO

 

(1) Total Distribution Points is an IRI metric used to illustrate the distribution of a brand while taking into account the number of UPCs selling within that brand. TDPs are not determined by reference to any GAAP financial measure over any period.
(2) The top 25 salty snack brands are those brands with the highest dollar retail sales in 2014 according to IRI data.

Company Growth and Performance

We have experienced strong financial performance over the past several years, including:

 

    Net sales increased from $55.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 to $132.4 million in the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited), representing growth of 137.6%, and increased from $25.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2014 to $44.3 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015, representing growth of 72.2%;

 

   

Consistent gross profit and Adjusted EBITDA (as defined below) margins of 58.6% and 44.5%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2013, 56.1% and 44.2%, respectively, for the

 

 

2


Table of Contents
 

Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited), 55.7% and 45.7%, respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 2014, and 55.1% and 43.4%, respectively for the three months ended March 31, 2015;

 

    Net income under GAAP decreased from $24.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 to $13.6 million for the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited), representing a decrease of 45%, and decreased from $11.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 to $4.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, representing a decrease of 58%;

 

    Adjusted EBITDA increased from $24.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 to $58.5 million in the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited), representing growth of 136.0% and increased from $11.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2014 to $19.2 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015, representing growth of 63.7%; and

 

    Cash from operating activities was $26.3 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2014 to July 16, 2014, $12.7 million for the Successor period from July 17, 2014 to December 31, 2014 and $14.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and operating cash flow less capital expenditures was $26.1 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2014 to July 16, 2014, $12.5 million for the Successor period from July 17, 2014 to December 31, 2014 and $13.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, driven by our asset-light and outsourced manufacturing model, which requires low levels of capital investment.

The Adjusted EBITDA margin and certain other metrics set forth above are non-GAAP financial measures. See “—Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures”.

Industry Overview

Nielsen estimates the global snack market, as of March 2014, was in excess of $370 billion in annual retail sales, and growing at 2% annually when adjusted for inflation. Sweet and salty snacks are among the largest segments in the overall snack market. The SkinnyPop and Paqui brands currently compete in the salty snack segment, which includes products such as potato chips, tortilla chips, popcorn, cheese snacks and pretzels. IRI and Mintel estimate that these sub-segments totaled approximately $21 billion and $18 billion in U.S. retail sales, respectively, in 2014. Mintel forecasts that sub-segments within the salty snacks segment will grow between 2.2% per year (pretzels) and 6.0% per year (popcorn) through 2019, with popcorn serving as the fastest growing product within salty snacks. While we do not currently offer products in the potato chip, cheese snack or pretzel sub-segments, we may consider entering these markets in the future. We believe leading BFY brands within the salty snack segment grew at a rate in excess of 10% in 2014, significantly outpacing overall salty snack segment growth in the United States.

IRI estimates that total retail sales of popcorn in the United States were approximately $1.9 billion for 2014. The RTE popcorn sub-segment grew by 22.6% in 2014 to approximately $966 million in retail sales, while the microwave popcorn sub-segment declined by 3.6% over the same period to $853 million in retail sales. Since 2010, the RTE popcorn sub-segment has grown at a compound annual growth rate of approximately 14.6%, making it the fastest growing sub-segment in salty snacks. We believe that this growth has largely been achieved by converting consumers from conventional salty snack products to RTE popcorn, as consumers become aware of the great taste and healthier characteristics offered by RTE popcorn. Some of the growth has also been achieved by consumers’ changing preference for RTE popcorn compared to traditional popcorn. RTE popcorn has emerged as a convenient, BFY snack in recent years, driven by both the overall BFY segment growth and

 

 

3


Table of Contents

improvements in product ingredients and packaging. We believe consumers are increasingly purchasing RTE popcorn because of their historical familiarity with traditional popcorn and because of consumer trends towards BFY snacks.

IRI estimates that total retail sales of tortilla chips in the United States have grown at a compound annual growth rate of 5.3% between 2010 and 2014 to $4.7 billion in 2014. Given the fragmented nature of the BFY tortilla chip sub-segment, we believe that there is a significant opportunity to create a market-leading and great-tasting BFY brand.

Beyond popcorn and tortilla chips, there are several other sizeable sub-segments within salty snacks such as potato chips, cheese snacks and pretzels at approximately $7.2 billion, $1.8 billion and $1.2 billion, respectively, in total retail sales in the United States in 2014 according to IRI data. There is a significant potential opportunity to grow sales across multiple large categories as consumers are increasingly substituting for BFY snacks within these categories. We believe that the growth of BFY snacks will continue to be supported by increased consumer focus on healthier lifestyles, and we believe that we are well positioned to benefit from these market trends and preferences in the coming years.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the continued growth and profitability of our company will be driven by the following competitive strengths:

 

    Strong consumer appeal of our SkinnyPop Brand:    The SkinnyPop brand is a leading RTE popcorn brand with strong consumer loyalty and one of the fastest growing brands in the entire salty snack segment. SkinnyPop’s BFY positioning is reinforced through our unique packaging, which communicates the key attributes of our brand including a simple, short ingredient list that is major allergen-free and contains only non-GMO ingredients. According to IRI data, SkinnyPop has the highest level of repeat purchase in the RTE popcorn sub-segment and one of the highest rates of repeat purchase relative to overall salty snacks segment leaders.

 

    Highly attractive brand for retailers:    SkinnyPop’s premium price point and strong sales velocities generate a high level of dollar profits relative to the shelf space our SkinnyPop products occupy, making these products highly attractive to a diverse set of retailers across various distribution channels.

 

    Attractive financial profile:    We have a strong financial profile characterized by net sales growth of 137.6% and 72.2%, gross profit margin of 56.1% and 55.1% and Adjusted EBITDA margin of 44.2% and 43.4% in the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited) and the three months ended March 31, 2015, respectively. Our gross profit and Adjusted EBITDA margins have been consistent over time. We are also highly cash generative given our outsourced manufacturing model, which requires modest capital investment, and low net working capital.

 

    BFY-focused snacking platform:    With SkinnyPop as the anchor brand in our BFY-focused snacking platform, we believe that we will be able to increase our share of the large and growing global snack industry. We believe that, in addition to the strength of the SkinnyPop brand, we are well positioned to capitalize on several strengths as we continue to expand our platform:

 

    Culture of innovation:    Because of our focus and ability to identify innovative BFY brands and nurture them through our talented team and expanding infrastructure, we believe we are attractive to entrepreneurs who are looking for a strategic partner, as evidenced by our recent acquisition of Paqui.

 

 

4


Table of Contents
    Experienced management team:    We have established a well-regarded, experienced management team who possess both entrepreneurial and classically-trained skill sets gained through their extensive branded consumer products experience.

 

    Established infrastructure:    We have the ability to leverage our sales force and strong relationships with our retail customers and distributors to help our brands gain distribution; leverage our operations team for improved demand planning and additional margin opportunities; and leverage our suppliers for purchasing and marketing resources for brand building.

Our Growth Strategies

We intend to continue growing net sales and profitability through the following growth strategies:

 

    Expand distribution through new customer wins:    We plan to capitalize on the strength of our SkinnyPop brand, positive market trends and our attractive retailer economics in order to penetrate new customers and increase the number of stores carrying our SkinnyPop and Paqui brands. Based on IRI data, management estimates that, as of December 31, 2014, SkinnyPop currently has less than 20% retail penetration within the more than 250,000 potential U.S. retail locations.

 

    Continue to increase shelf space with existing customers:    While SkinnyPop is highly attractive to retail customers given its premium price and attractive sales velocities, the average retail location carries only 2.3 of our UPCs per store compared to approximately 5.6 for our largest RTE popcorn competitors. We will continue to capitalize on our strong consumer appeal and attractive economics to retailers to increase UPCs per retailer and improve and increase our shelf space with both existing and new customers.

 

    Continue to grow awareness and expand household penetration:    Consumers who purchase SkinnyPop have a strong affinity for the brand as evidenced by our high level of repeat purchase. However, IRI data as of December 31, 2014 indicates that for that year, only 5.2% of households have purchased SkinnyPop compared to 22.7% of households purchasing the top 25 salty snack brands. We intend to increase our household penetration through marketing, including product sampling, social media tools and advertising, to educate consumers about our brands and benefits of our BFY snacks.

 

    Continue product innovation and brand extensions:    We intend to improve and strengthen our product offering by creating new and innovative flavors, packaging alternatives and additional products, while maintaining a focus on simple ingredients and BFY snacks that appeal to consumers.

 

    Leverage platform to expand in attractive snacking categories:    We intend to expand our business through the introduction of additional brands and products in the BFY snacking segment in order to generate incremental growth opportunities and synergies. We are actively looking to identify and evaluate new acquisition opportunities to complement our platform.

 

    Pursue international expansion opportunities:    According to Nielsen, North America represents approximately one-third of the global snacking market, and recent trends in North America, including a focus on BFY products, are becoming more prevalent globally. We believe our brands will resonate with consumers in markets outside North America.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

Risk Factors Summary

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

    Changes in consumer preferences and discretionary spending may have a material adverse effect on our brand loyalty, net sales, results of operations and financial condition.

 

    Consumers’ loyalty to our SkinnyPop brand may change due to factors beyond our control, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.

 

    We rely on sales to a limited number of distributors and retailers for the substantial majority of our net sales, and the loss of one or more such distributors or retailers may harm our business.

 

    Sales of a limited number of SkinnyPop products and flavors contributed all of our historical profitability and cash flow. A reduction in the sale of our SkinnyPop products would have a material adverse effect on our ability to remain profitable and achieve future growth.

 

    We currently depend exclusively on one third-party co-manufacturer with one location to manufacture all of our SkinnyPop products. The loss of this co-manufacturer or the inability of this co-manufacturer to fulfill our orders would adversely affect our ability to make timely deliveries of our product and would have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

    We do not have any contracts with our customers that require the purchase of a minimum amount of our products. The absence of such contracts could result in periods during which we must continue to pay costs and service indebtedness with reduced sales.

 

    Because we rely on a limited number of raw materials to create our products and a limited number of third-party suppliers to supply our raw materials, we may not be able to obtain raw materials on a timely basis, at cost effective pricing or in sufficient quantities to produce our products.

 

    Our SkinnyPop brand and reputation as a producer of BFY products may be diminished due to real or perceived quality or health issues with our products or a change in consumers’ perception of what is BFY itself, which could have an adverse effect on our business and operating results.

 

    We rely, in part, on our third-party co-manufacturer to maintain the quality of our products. The failure or inability of this co-manufacturer to comply with the specifications and requirements of our products could result in product recall and could adversely affect our reputation.

 

    Our gross profit and Adjusted EBITDA margins may be impacted by a variety of factors, including but not limited to variations in raw materials pricing, retail customer requirements and mix, sales velocities and required promotional support.

 

    Period-to-period comparisons may not be meaningful given the Sponsor Acquisition of SkinnyPop by TA Associates in 2014 and may not be representative of our future performance.

 

    A number of our products rely on independent certification that they are non-GMO, gluten-free or Kosher and the loss of any such certification could harm our business.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

Our Principal Stockholder

As of                    , 2015, investment funds affiliated with TA Associates owned approximately         % of our issued and outstanding common stock, after giving effect to the Corporate Reorganization, with the remainder owned by certain current and former directors and employees of Amplify Snack Brands, Inc. and its predecessor companies. Following this offering, TA Associates will beneficially own approximately    % of our issued and outstanding common stock (    % if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full). TA Associates will be able to exercise a significant level of control over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, amendment of our certificate of incorporation and approval of significant corporate transactions. This control could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of our company or changes in management and will make the approval of certain transactions difficult without the support of TA Associates. Furthermore, TA Associates may have interests that conflict with, or are different than, those of other stockholders.

Founded in 1968, TA Associates is one of the oldest and largest growth private equity firms in the world. TA Associates invests in growing private companies in exciting industries, with the goal of helping management teams build their businesses into great companies. With approximately $18 billion raised since inception and over four decades of experience, TA Associates offers its portfolio companies strategic guidance, global insight, strategic acquisition support, recruiting assistance and a significant network of contacts, in addition to sound financial backing.

We expect that more than 50% of our voting power will be held by investment funds and entities affiliated with TA Associates upon the consummation of this offering, and therefore we will be a “controlled company” as defined under the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, Listing Rules. We do not intend to take advantage of the “controlled company” exemption from certain of the corporate governance listing standards of the NYSE. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock and this Offering” and “Principal and Selling Stockholders”.

Corporate Information and Structure

We were originally organized as SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC, an Illinois limited liability company, in 2010. In July 2014, we completed the Sponsor Acquisition, pursuant to which SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company and SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC was thereafter converted into a Delaware limited liability company.

The issuer in this offering, Amplify Snack Brands, Inc., is a Delaware corporation and is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Topco. Pursuant to the terms of the Corporate Reorganization that will be completed prior to the consummation of this offering, Topco will dissolve and in liquidation, will distribute all of the shares of capital stock of the Company to its members in accordance with the limited liability company agreement of Topco.

For more information on the Sponsor Acquisition, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—The Sponsor Acquisition and Subsequent Financings”. For more information on the Corporate Reorganization and ownership of our common stock, see “Corporate Reorganization” and “Principal and Selling Stockholders”.

Our principal executive offices are located at 500 West 5th Street, Suite 1350, Austin, Texas, 78701, telephone 512.600.9893. Our website address is www.amplifysnackbrands.com. Information contained on or that can be accessed through our website does not constitute part of this prospectus and inclusions of our website address in this prospectus are inactive textual references only.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

 

    an option to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related management’s discussion and analysis in the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part;

 

    an exemption from compliance with the auditor attestation requirement on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for so long as we qualify as an “emerging growth company”;

 

    an exemption from compliance with any requirement that the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board may adopt regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements for so long as we qualify as an “emerging growth company”;

 

    reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements for so long as we qualify as an “emerging growth company”; and

 

    exemptions from the requirements to obtain a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation or stockholder approval of any golden parachute arrangements for so long as we qualify as an “emerging growth company”.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of: the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenue; the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer”, with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; the issuance, in any three-year period, by us of more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of this public offering. We may choose to take advantage of some, but not all, of the available benefits under the JOBS Act. We are choosing to irrevocably “opt out” of the extended transition periods available under the JOBS Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards, but we intend to take advantage of the other exemptions discussed above. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock and this Offering” which describes that we are an emerging growth company, and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

            shares.

 

Underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholders

Up to             shares.

 

Common stock outstanding

            shares.

 

Use of proceeds

The selling stockholders will receive all the proceeds from the sale of shares in this offering. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares in this offering.

 

Concentration of ownership

Upon the consummation of this offering, our executive officers and directors and stockholders holding more than 5% of our capital stock, and their affiliates, will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately     % of our outstanding shares of common stock (     % if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full).

 

Lock-up agreements

The selling stockholders and the officers and directors of the Company will be subject to customary lockup agreements with a duration of 180 days. See “Underwriting”.

 

Listing trading symbol

We intend to apply to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “BETR”.

 

Corporate Reorganization

The issuer in this offering, Amplify Snack Brands, Inc., is a Delaware corporation and is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Topco. Pursuant to the terms of the Corporate Reorganization that will be completed prior to the consummation of this offering, Topco will dissolve and in liquidation, will distribute all of the shares of capital stock of Amplify Snack Brands, Inc. to its members in accordance with the limited liability company agreement of Topco. See “Corporate Reorganization”.

 

Treatment of outstanding equity awards in Corporate Reorganization

In connection with the Corporate Reorganization, all of the outstanding equity awards (which are comprised of Class C units of Topco) that have been granted under the TA Topco 1, LLC 2014

 

 

9


Table of Contents
 

Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2014 Plan, will be converted into shares of common stock and restricted stock of Amplify Snack Brands, Inc. The portion of the outstanding Class C units that have vested as of the consummation of the Corporate Reorganization will be converted into shares of our common stock and the remaining portion of unvested outstanding Class C units will be converted into shares of our restricted stock. As a result, we will grant shares of common stock and restricted stock to current awardees under the 2015 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, or the 2015 Plan, in connection with the Corporate Reorganization. The shares of restricted stock will be subject to time-based vesting conditions, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Class C units from which such shares are converted. See “Corporate Reorganization” for additional information.

The number of shares of common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on             shares outstanding as of                    , 2015, and excludes:

 

                shares of our common stock that are issuable upon the conversion of             Class C units of Topco that were issued and outstanding and vested as of                     , 2015, which conversion will occur in connection with the Corporate Reorganization as described above;

 

                shares of our restricted stock issuable upon the conversion of             Class C units of Topco that were issued and outstanding and unvested as of                     , 2015, which conversion will occur in connection with the Corporate Reorganization as described above; and

 

                shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Plan, which will become effective upon the consummation of this offering, and which contains provisions that automatically increase its share reserve each year.

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

    the completion of the Corporate Reorganization prior to the consummation of this offering, see “Corporate Reorganization”;

 

    the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in Delaware and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws, each of which will occur immediately prior to the consummation of this offering; and

 

    no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional             shares of common stock from the selling stockholders in this offering.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following tables summarize our historical consolidated financial and other data. We have derived the summary (1) statements of income data for the year ended December 31, 2013 and the period from January 1, 2014 to July 16, 2014 for the Predecessor (as discussed below) and for the period from July 17, 2014 to December 31, 2014 for the Successor (as discussed below) and (2) balance sheet data as of December 31, 2014 from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the summary statement of income data for the year ended December 31, 2012, or the Summary 2012 Financial Data, for the Predecessor from our unaudited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. We caution you not to place undue reliance on the Summary 2012 Financial Data. We have derived the summary (1) statements of income data for the three months ended March 31, 2014 for the Predecessor and the three months ended March 31, 2015 for the Successor and (2) balance sheet data as of March 31, 2015 from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements were prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements and include, in management’s opinion, all normal recurring adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Our statements of income prior to the date of the Sponsor Acquisition, which are the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013 and the period from January 1, 2014 to July 16, 2014, are presented as the results of the Predecessor, which includes the results of the then-existing SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC. The statements of income after the date of the Sponsor Acquisition, which are the periods from July 17, 2014 to December 31, 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2015, are presented as the results of the Successor. The Predecessor and Successor financial data has been prepared on different accounting bases and therefore the sum of the data for the two reporting periods should not be used as an indicator of our full year performance.

After the consummation of the Sponsor Acquisition, the Company, along with its subsidiary SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC, are referred to collectively in this prospectus as the “Successor”. Prior to the consummation of Sponsor Acquisition, SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC is referred to in this prospectus as the “Predecessor”. We applied Financial Accounting Standards Board’s, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 805, “Business Combinations” on July 17, 2014, the closing date of the Sponsor Acquisition, and as a result, the merger consideration in the Sponsor Acquisition was allocated to the respective fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed from the Predecessor. The fair value of identifiable intangibles was recorded at $265.3 million. For the period from July 17, 2014 to December 31, 2014, the Successor’s general and administrative expenses increased by $1.9 million as a result of the additional amortization that was recorded during the period. For the three months ended March 31, 2015, amortization expense was $1.0 million. As a result of the application of acquisition method accounting, the Successor balances and amounts presented in the audited consolidated financial statements and footnotes are not comparable with those of the Predecessor. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future, and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year or any other period.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

The following summary consolidated financial and other data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, “Risk Factors”, “Capitalization”, “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information” and all of our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited) is derived from the “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information” in this prospectus and is included for informational purposes only and does not purport to reflect the results of operations of Amplify Snack Brands, Inc. that would have occurred had the Sponsor Acquisition, the December 2014 Special Dividend or the May 2015 Special Dividend occurred on January 1, 2014. The Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited) (as more fully described in the “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information”) contains a variety of adjustments, assumptions and estimates, is subject to numerous other uncertainties and the assumptions and adjustments as described in the notes accompanying the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus and should not be relied upon as being indicative of our results of operations had the Sponsor Acquisition, the December 2014 Special Dividend and the May 2015 Special Dividend occurred on the dates assumed.

 

    Predecessor     Successor     Pro Forma     Predecessor     Successor  
(In thousands, except per
share and percentage
information)
  Year
ended
December 31,
2012
    Year
ended
December 31,
2013
    January 1,
2014 to
July 16,

2014
    July 17,
2014 to
December 31,
2014
    Year Ended
December 31,
2014
    Three months
ended
March 31,
2014
    Three months
ended
March 31,
2015
 

Statement of Income Data:

                     

Net sales

  $ 16,019      $ 55,710      $ 68,353      $ 64,004      $ 132,357      $   25,706      $   44,275   

Cost of goods sold

    7,047        23,054        29,429        28,724        58,153        11,378        19,866   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit(1)

    8,972        32,656        38,924        35,280        74,204        14,328        24,409   

Sales & marketing expenses

    1,495        5,938        5,661        6,977        12,638        1,945        3,618   

General & administrative expenses

    679        1,960        1,394        13,611       
27,238
  
   
669
 
   
9,032
  

Sponsor acquisition-related expenses(2)

                  1,288        2,215        510                 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    2,174        7,898        8,343        22,803       
40,386
  
   
2,614
  
    12,650   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

    6,798        24,758        30,581        12,477        33,818        11,714        11,759   

Interest expense

                         4,253        12,884               2,955   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pre-tax income

    6,798        24,758        30,581        8,224        20,934        11,714        8,804   

Income tax expense

                         3,486        7,326              
3,900
  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 6,798      $ 24,758      $ 30,581      $ 4,738      $ 13,608      $ 11,714      $ 4,904   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted earnings per unit/share(3)

  $   16,995.01      $   61,895.01     $   76,452.74     $   4,737.97     $   13,607.81      $ 29,285.11      $ 4,904.06   

Basic and diluted weighted average units/shares outstanding(3)

    400        400       400       1,000       1,000        400        1,000   

Cash Flow Data:

                     

Cash from operating activities

  $ 6,386      $ 22,469      $ 26,339      $ 12,719        N/A      $ 11,640      $ 14,142   

Cash used in investing activities

    (16     (456     (278     (294,630     N/A        (82     (370

Cash from (used in) financing activities

    (5,848     (19,362     (28,533     287,526        N/A        (9,687     (2,500

Other Financial Information: (Non-GAAP):

                     

Adjusted EBITDA(4)

  $ 6,807      $ 24,805      $ 31,947      $ 26,592      $ 58,539      $ 11,748      $ 19,231   

Adjusted EBITDA margin

    42.5     44.5     46.7     41.5     44.2     45.7     43.4

Operating cash flow less capital expenditures(5)

  $ 6,370      $ 22,013      $ 26,061      $ 12,541        N/A      $ 11,558      $ 13,772   

 

 

12


Table of Contents

 

(1) Our gross profit margin for each of the periods presented was 56.0%, 58.6%, 56.9%, 55.1%, 56.1%, 55.7% and 55.1%, respectively.
(2) In the period from January 1 to July 16, 2014 and the period from July 17 to December 31, 2014, the Sponsor Acquisition-related expenses reflect the Sponsor Acquisition.
(3) See Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the method used to calculate basic and diluted earnings per unit/share and the basic and diluted weighted average number of units/shares outstanding used in the computation of the per unit/share amounts.
(4) Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial performance measure. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below for more information and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.
(5) Operating cash flow less capital expenditures is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below for more information and a reconciliation of operating cash flow less capital expenditures to cash from operating activities, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.

 

     At March 31, 2015
(In thousands)    Actual      As
Adjusted(1)
   As Further
Adjusted(2)

Balance Sheet Data:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 16,887         

Working capital(3)

     12,185         

Property and equipment—net

     1,029         

Other assets

     312,447         

Total assets

     350,491         

Total indebtedness(4)

     209,394         

Total stockholders’/members’ equity

     126,860         

 

  (1) The as adjusted column in the balance sheet data table above reflects the Corporate Reorganization, which will occur immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, as if such Corporate Reorganization had occurred on March 31, 2015.
  (2) The as further adjusted column in the balance sheet data table above gives effect to the adjustments set forth above and the sale of             shares of common stock by the selling stockholders in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the payment of the Performance Bonus Payments and the estimated offering expenses payable by us.
  (3) Working capital is the sum of current assets less current liabilities.
  (4) Total indebtedness consists of the accrued amounts due in connection with the Founder Contingent Compensation, the outstanding principal amount of the term loan under our credit agreement on an actual basis and as further adjusted to give effect to the May 2015 Special Dividend and other current liabilities.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We include Adjusted EBITDA and operating cash flow less capital expenditures, which we refer to as the non-GAAP metrics, in this prospectus because they are important measures upon which our management assesses our operating performance. We use Adjusted EBITDA as a key performance metric because we believe it facilitates operating performance comparisons from period-to-period by excluding potential differences primarily caused by variations in capital structures, tax positions, the impact of depreciation and amortization expense on our fixed assets and the impact of equity-based compensation expense. In addition, our credit agreement contains financial maintenance covenants, including a total funded debt ratio and a minimum fixed charge ratio, that use Adjusted EBITDA as one of their inputs. We include operating cash flow less capital expenditures in this prospectus because we believe capital expenditures are essential to maintaining our operational capabilities and are a recurring and necessary use of cash. We view operating cash flow less capital expenditures as a key performance metric because it reflects changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs, and is useful in evaluating the amount of cash available for discretionary investments. Because such non-GAAP metrics facilitate internal comparisons of our historical operating performance on a

 

 

13


Table of Contents

more consistent basis, we also use them for business planning purposes, to incentivize and compensate our management personnel, and in evaluating acquisition opportunities. In addition, we believe the non-GAAP metrics and similar measures are widely used by investors, securities analysts, ratings agencies and other parties in evaluating companies in our industry as a measure of financial performance and debt-service capabilities.

Our use of non-GAAP metrics has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

    Adjusted EBITDA metric does not reflect our cash expenditures for capital equipment or other contractual commitments;

 

    Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect capital expenditure requirements for such replacements;

 

    Adjusted EBITDA metrics may not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

 

    Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the interest expense or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our indebtedness;

 

    Operating cash flow less capital expenditures does not reflect other non-discretionary expenditures such as mandatory debt service requirements or acquisition consideration paid that could impact residual cash flow available for discretionary expenditures; and

 

    Other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate Adjusted EBITDA and other non-GAAP measures differently, which reduces their usefulness as a comparative measure.

In evaluating non-GAAP metrics, you should be aware that in the future we will incur expenses similar to the adjustments in this presentation. Our presentation of any non-GAAP metrics should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by these expenses or any other expenses, whether or not they are unusual or non-recurring items. When evaluating our performance, you should consider the non-GAAP metrics alongside other financial performance measures, including our net income and other GAAP results.

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA is a financial performance measure that is not calculated in accordance with GAAP. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income adjusted to exclude, when applicable, interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation, amortization of intangible assets, inventory fair value adjustment, equity-based compensation expenses, Founder Contingent Compensation expense, expenses related to the Sponsor Acquisition, and other non-operational items. Below, we have provided a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to our net income, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net income or any other measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Our Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other organizations because other organizations may not calculate Adjusted EBITDA in the same manner as we calculate the measure.

 

 

14


Table of Contents

The following tables present a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to our net income, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, for each of the periods indicated:

 

    Predecessor     Successor  
    Three months
ended March 31,

2014
    Three months
ended March 31,
2015
 
(In thousands)            

Net income

  $ 11,714      $ 4,904   

Non-GAAP adjustments:

     

Interest expense

           2,955   

Income tax expense

           3,900   

Depreciation

    34        47   

Amortization of intangible assets

           1,042   

Equity-based compensation expenses

           788   

Founder Contingent Compensation(1)

           4,602   

Executive recruitment(2)

           308   

Other professional services(3)

           685   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 11,748      $ 19,231   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 
(1) Represents compensation expense associated with the Founder Contingent Compensation. See Note 1 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information.
(2) Represents the recognized expense associated with sign-on and retention bonuses for certain executive hires, and certain recruiting fees. We are permitted to add back expenses of this type in determining Adjusted EBITDA under the Credit Agreement governing our term loan. Adjusted EBITDA (as defined therein) is used thereunder in determining our financial maintenance covenants and for calculating ratios in our debt incurrence covenants and is therefore an important measure of our financial performance and our ability to take certain actions in operating our business. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Indebtedness” for more information.
(3) Represents transaction costs associated with legal and accounting services.

 

     Predecessor   Successor     Pro Forma(9)  
(In thousands)    Year ended
December 31,
2012
     Year ended
December 31,
2013
    January 1,
2014 to
July 16,
2014
         July 17,
2014 to
December 31,
2014
    Year ended
December 31,
2014
 

Net income

   $   6,798       $   24,758      $   30,581            $  4,738        $  13,608   

Non-GAAP adjustments:

               

Interest expense(1)

                               4,253        12,884   

Income tax expense(2)

                               3,486        7,326   

Depreciation

     9         47        78            99        177   

Amortization of intangible assets(3)

                               1,904        4,166   

Inventory fair value adjustment(4)

                               401        401   

Equity-based compensation expenses

                               235        235   

Founder Contingent Compensation(5)

                               8,437        18,408   

Sponsor Acquisition-related expenses(6)

                    1,288            2,215        510   

Recapitalization expenses(7)

                               178        178   

Executive recruitment(8)

                               646        646   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 6,807       $ 24,805      $ 31,947            $  26,592        $  58,539   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents interest expense of $4.3 million recorded in Successor period from July 17, 2014 to December 31, 2014, and $12.9 million recorded in the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited) as more fully described in “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information”.
(2) Represents income tax expense of $3.5 million recorded in Successor period from July 17, 2014 to December 31, 2014, and $7.3 million recorded in the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited) as more fully described in “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information”.

 

 

15


Table of Contents
(3) Represents amortization of intangible assets of $1.9 million recorded in Successor period from July 17, 2014 to December 31, 2014, and $4.2 million reflected as a component of general & administrative expenses in the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited) as more fully described in “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information”.
(4) This adjustment reflects the elimination of the $0.4 million increase in cost of goods sold related to the Sponsor Acquisition.
(5) Represents compensation expense associated with the Founder Contingent Compensation of $8.4 million recorded in Successor period from July 17, 2014 to December 31, 2014 (see Note 1 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information), and $18.4 million reflected as a component of general & administrative expenses in the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited) as more fully described in “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information”.
(6) Represents the following:

 

    Predecessor         Successor     Pro Forma  
(In thousands)   Year ended
December 31,
2012
    Year ended
December 31,
2013
    January 1,
2014 to
July 16,
2014
         July 17, 2014
to
December 31,
2014
    Year ended
December 31,
2014
 

Predecessor transaction costs(i)

  $   —      $   —      $ 510          $      $ 510   

Transaction bonuses(ii)

                  778                     

Sponsor transaction costs(iii)

                             2,215          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $      $      $   1,288          $   2,215      $   510   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  i. Represents a supplemental transaction payment and related expenses of $0.5 million paid to Precision Capital, an advisor to the Predecessor, in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition, in recognition of the services that were provided by Precision Capital, LLC to the Predecessor. Although the Predecessor was not contractually obligated to pay such amounts, we believe that such payments would not have been made by the Predecessor to Precision Capital, LLC but for the consummation of the Sponsor Acquisition. In addition, we are permitted to add back expenses of this type in determining Adjusted EBITDA under the Credit Agreement governing our term loan. Adjusted EBITDA (as defined therein) is used thereunder in determining our financial maintenance covenants and is therefore an important measure of our operating performance. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Indebtedness” for more information.
  ii. Represents transaction bonuses paid to employees in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition. These have been excluded from the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited) net income as more fully described in “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information”, and therefore no further adjustment is required in reconciling Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited) net income to Adjusted EBITDA.
  iii. Represents legal, accounting, tax, insurance and other diligence fees paid to consultants in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition. These have been excluded from the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited) net income as more fully described in “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information”, and therefore no further adjustment is required in reconciling Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited) net income to Adjusted EBITDA.

 

(7) Represents the expenses we incurred in connection with the December 2014 Special Dividend. We are permitted to add back expenses of this type in determining Adjusted EBITDA under the credit agreement governing our term loan. Adjusted EBITDA (as defined therein) is used thereunder in determining our financial maintenance covenants and is therefore an important measure of our operating performance. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Indebtedness” for more information.
(8) Represents the recognized expense associated with sign-on and retention bonuses for certain executive hires, and certain recruiting fees. We are permitted to add back expenses of this type in determining Adjusted EBITDA under the Credit Agreement governing our term loan. Adjusted EBITDA (as defined therein) is used thereunder in determining our financial maintenance covenants and for calculating ratios in our debt incurrence covenants and is therefore an important measure of our operating performance and our ability to take certain actions in operating our business. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Indebtedness” for more information.
(9) Represents Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited) net income, as more fully described in “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information”, adjusted to exclude, when appropriate, interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation, amortization of intangible assets, Founder Contingent Compensation expense, inventory fair value adjustment, equity-based compensation expenses, expenses related to the Sponsor Acquisition and other non-operational items.

 

 

16


Table of Contents

Our Credit Agreement contains financial maintenance covenants, including a total funded debt ratio and a minimum fixed charge ratio, that use Adjusted EBITDA as one of their inputs. Accordingly, we have provided a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to our cash from operating activities, the most directly comparable liquidity measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to cash from operating activities or any other measure of liquidity calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Our Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other organizations because other organizations may not calculate Adjusted EBITDA in the same manner we calculate the measure. For more information on our Credit Agreement, its material terms, including the financial maintenance covenants, the amounts or limits required for compliance with the covenants and the effects of non-compliance with these covenants, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Indebtedness”.

The following tables present a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to our cash from operating activities for each of the periods indicated:

 

     Predecessor    

 

  Successor  
(In thousands)    Three months
ended
March 31, 2014
   

 

  Three months
ended
March 31, 2015
 

Cash from operating activities

   $ 11,640          $ 14,142   

Reconciling items:

        

Interest expense

                2,955   

Income tax expense

                3,900   

Deferred income taxes(1)

                247   

Amortization of deferred financing costs(2)

                (185

Net change in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisition

     108            (2,821

Executive recruitment(3)

                308   

Other professional services(4)

                685   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 11,748          $ 19,231   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 
(1) Represents a non-cash component of income tax expense above.
(2) Represents a non-cash component of interest expense above.
(3) Represents the recognized expense associated with sign-on and retention bonuses for certain executive hires and certain recruiting fees. We are permitted to add back expenses of this type in determining Adjusted EBITDA under the Credit Agreement governing our term loan. Adjusted EBITDA (as defined therein) is used thereunder in determining our financial maintenance covenants and for calculating ratios in our debt incurrence covenants and is therefore an important measure of our financial performance and our ability to take certain actions in operating our business. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Indebtedness” for more information.

 

 

17


Table of Contents
(4) Represents transaction costs associated with legal and accounting services.

 

     Predecessor    

 

  Successor  
(In thousands)    Year ended
December 31,
2013
     January 1, 2014
to July 16, 2014
   

 

  July 17, 2014 to
December 31, 2014
 

Cash from operating activities

   $ 22,469       $ 26,339          $ 12,719   

Reconciling items:

           

Interest expense

                        4,253   

Income tax expense

                        3,486   

Deferred income taxes(1)

                        3,126   

Amortization of deferred financing costs(2)

                        (292

Net change in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisition

     2,336         4,320            (1,640

Inventory fair value adjustment

                        401   

Founder Contingent Compensation(3)

                        1,500   

Sponsor Acquisition-related expenses(4)

             1,288            2,215   

Recapitalization expenses(5)

                        178   

Executive recruitment(6)

                        646   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 24,805       $ 31,947          $ 26,592   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents a non-cash component of income tax expense above.
(2) Represents a non-cash component of interest expense above.
(3) This adjustment reflects the prepayment of Founder Contingent Compensation. See Note 1 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information.
(4) Represents the following:

 

    Predecessor         Successor  
(In thousands)   Year ended
December 31,
2013
    January 1,
2014 to
July 16,
2014
         July 17, 2014 to
December 31,
2014
 

Predecessor transaction costs(i)

  $     —      $ 510          $   

Transaction bonuses(ii)

           778              

Sponsor transaction costs(iii)

                      2,215   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total

  $  —      $  1,288          $  2,215   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

  i. Represents a supplemental transaction payment and related expenses of $0.5 million paid to Precision Capital, an advisor to the Predecessor, in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition, in recognition of the services that were provided by Precision Capital, LLC to the Predecessor. Although the Predecessor was not contractually obligated to pay such amounts, we believe that such payments would not have been made by the Predecessor to Precision Capital, LLC but for the consummation of the Sponsor Acquisition. In addition, we are permitted to add back expenses of this type in determining Adjusted EBITDA under the Credit Agreement governing our term loan. Adjusted EBITDA (as defined therein) is used thereunder in determining our financial maintenance covenants and is therefore an important measure of our operating performance. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Indebtedness” for more information.
  ii. Represents transaction bonuses paid to employees in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition. These have been excluded from the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited) net income as more fully described in “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information”, and therefore no further adjustment is required in reconciling Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited) net income to Adjusted EBITDA.
  iii. Represents legal, accounting, tax, insurance and other diligence fees paid to consultants in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition. These have been excluded from the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited) net income as more fully described in “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information”, and therefore no further adjustment is required in reconciling Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited) net income to Adjusted EBITDA.

 

(5) Represents the expenses we incurred in connection with the December 2014 Special Dividend. We are permitted to add back expenses of this type in determining Adjusted EBITDA under the Credit Agreement governing our term loan. Adjusted EBITDA (as defined therein) is used thereunder in determining our financial maintenance covenants and is therefore an important measure of our operating performance. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Indebtedness” for more information.

 

 

18


Table of Contents
(6) Represents the recognized expense associated with sign-on and retention bonuses for certain executive hires and certain recruiting fees. We are permitted to add back expenses of this type in determining Adjusted EBITDA under the Credit Agreement governing our term loan. Adjusted EBITDA (as defined therein) is used thereunder in determining our financial maintenance covenants and for calculating ratios in our debt incurrence covenants and is therefore an important measure of our operating performance and our ability to take certain actions in operating our business. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Indebtedness” for more information.

Operating Cash Flow Less Capital Expenditures

Operating cash flow less capital expenditures is a financial measure that is not calculated in accordance with GAAP. We define “operating cash flow less capital expenditures” as cash from operating activities, which is the most comparable GAAP financial measure, reduced by capital expenditures. Below, we have provided a reconciliation of operating cash flow less capital expenditures to our cash from operating activities, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Operating cash flow less capital expenditures should not be considered as an alternative to cash from operating activities or any other measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Our operating cash flow less capital expenditures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other organizations because other organizations may not calculate operating cash flow less capital expenditures in the same manner as we calculate the measure. Since capital spending is essential to maintaining our operational capabilities, we believe that it is a recurring and necessary use of cash. As such, we believe investors should also consider capital spending when evaluating our cash from operating activities. We view operating cash flow less capital expenditures as an important measure because it reflects changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs, and is one factor in evaluating the amount of cash available for discretionary investments.

The following tables present a reconciliation of operating cash flow less capital expenditures to cash from operating activities, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, for each of the periods indicated:

 

     Predecessor          Successor  
     Three months
ended March 31,
2014
          Three months
ended March 31,
2015
 

(In thousands)

         

Cash from operating activities

   $   11,640           $   14,142   

Capital expenditures

     (82          (370
  

 

 

        

 

 

 

Operating cash flow less capital expenditures

   $ 11,558           $ 13,772   
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

     Predecessor          Successor  
(In thousands)    Year ended
December 31,
2012
    Year ended
December 31,
2013
    January 1,
2014 to
July 16,
2014
          July 17, 2014
to
December 31,
2014
 

Cash from operating activities

   $ 6,386      $ 22,469      $ 26,339           $ 12,719   

Capital expenditures

     (16     (456     (278          (178
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Operating cash flow less capital expenditures

   $   6,370      $   22,013      $   26,061           $   12,541   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

 

 

19


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, before making a decision to invest in our common stock. If any of the risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be harmed. In that event, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

Risks Related to Our Products

We rely on sales to a limited number of distributors and retailers for the substantial majority of our net sales, and the loss of one or more such distributors or retailers may harm our business.

A substantial majority of our sales are generated from a limited number of distributors and retailers, which we refer to as customers. For the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited), sales to our two largest customers, Costco and Sam’s Club, represented approximately 34.7% and 20.9% of our net sales, respectively. In addition, these two customers accounted for approximately 53.2% of our accounts receivable as of December 31, 2014. Although the composition of our significant customers may vary from period to period, we expect that most of our net sales and accounts receivable will continue to come from a relatively small number of customers for the foreseeable future. We do not have commitments or minimum volumes that ensure future sales of our products to any of our customers. Consequently, our financial results may fluctuate significantly from period to period based on the actions of one or more significant customers. A customer may take actions that affect us for reasons that we cannot always anticipate or control, such as their financial condition, changes in their business strategy or operations, the introduction of competing products or the perceived quality of our products. In addition, despite operating in different channels, our retailers sometimes compete for the same consumers. As a result of actual or perceived conflicts resulting from this competition, customers may take actions that negatively affect us. The loss of, or a reduction in sales or anticipated sales to, one or more of our most significant distributors or retailers may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation and financial condition.

Further, through our brand SkinnyPop, we have relatively new relationships with some of the largest U.S. retail chains such as Walmart, Target and CVS Pharmacy, and these customers may find, as they gain more experience selling our products, that their respective abilities to sell SkinnyPop products does not meet their expectations or they may not continue to place orders for our products.

Sales of a limited number of SkinnyPop products and flavors contributed all of our historical profitability and cash flow. A reduction in the sale of our SkinnyPop products would have a material adverse effect on our ability to remain profitable and achieve future growth.

All of our net sales for Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited) resulted from sales of our SkinnyPop products. Additionally, during this time period, approximately 87% of our SkinnyPop branded sales came from a variety of stock-keeping-units, or SKUs, under our Original flavor. All of our secondary flavors, White Cheddar Flavor, Naturally Sweet, Black Pepper and a rotational Hatch Chile flavored SKU, were first introduced in late 2013 or 2014 and represent a relatively small portion of our sales. We cannot be certain that we will be able to continue to commercialize or expand distribution of our existing flavors of popcorn products or that any of our future food products and flavors will be accepted in their markets. Any inability on our part to stay current with food and consumer trends through new products could have a material adverse effect on our business performance. Because sales of our SkinnyPop products make up all of our historical profitability and cash flows, reductions in sales of these products will have an adverse effect on our profitability and ability to generate cash to fund our product development, research and development efforts or potential acquisitions.

 

20


Table of Contents

The following factors, among others, could affect continued market acceptance and profitability of SkinnyPop products:

 

    the introduction of competitive products;

 

    changes in consumer preferences among RTE popcorn and other snack food products;

 

    changes in consumer eating and snacking habits, including trends away from certain categories, including major allergen-free, gluten-free and non-GMO products;

 

    changes in awareness of the social effects of farming and food production;

 

    changes in consumer perception about trendy snack products;

 

    changes in consumer perception regarding the healthfulness or BFY nature of our products;

 

    the level and effectiveness of our sales and marketing efforts;

 

    any unfavorable publicity regarding RTE popcorn products or similar products;

 

    any unfavorable publicity regarding the SkinnyPop brand;

 

    litigation or threats of litigation with respect to our products;

 

    the price of our products relative to other competing products;

 

    price increases resulting from rising commodity costs;

 

    any changes in government policies and practices related to our products, labeling and markets;

 

    regulatory developments affecting the manufacturing, labeling, marketing or use of our products;

 

    new science or research that disputes the healthfulness of our products; and

 

    adverse decisions or rulings limiting our ability to promote the benefits of popcorn products.

Adverse developments with respect to the sale of SkinnyPop products would significantly reduce our net sales and profitability and have a material adverse effect on our ability to maintain profitability and achieve our business plan.

We currently depend exclusively on one third-party co-manufacturer with one location to manufacture all of our SkinnyPop products. The loss of this co-manufacturer or the inability of this co-manufacturer to fulfill our orders would adversely affect our ability to make timely deliveries of our product and would have a material adverse effect on our business.

Currently, all of our SkinnyPop products are produced solely by Assemblers Food Packaging LLC, or Assemblers, which maintains only one facility for all of its customers. Our agreement with Assemblers provides that we will order a minimum amount of products from Assemblers each year during the agreement’s term. If we do not meet the minimum order amount, we must pay a penalty fee if Assemblers is no longer our exclusive manufacturer. The agreement may be terminated by us upon written notice and the payment of a termination fee. There can be no assurance that Assemblers’ capacity will be sufficient to fulfill our orders, and any supply shortfall could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. Additionally, we face the risk of disruption to our production and sales processes if Assemblers is unable or unwilling to produce sufficient quantities of our products in a timely manner or renew contracts with us or suffers a natural disaster, fire, power interruption, work stoppage or other unanticipated catastrophic event. In addition, we are responsible for any increase in Assemblers’ manufacturing costs and may not be able to pass these costs on to our customers. In order to continue manufacturing our products in the event of a disruption to our production and sales processes, we would have to identify and qualify new manufacturers, including obtaining third party certifications for claims, which we may be unable to do in a timely manner, if at all. From time to time, we need to seek new manufacturers or enter into new arrangements with our existing manufacturer. However, only a limited number of manufacturers may have the ability to produce our products at the volumes we need, and it could take a significant

 

21


Table of Contents

period of time to locate and qualify such alternative production sources. Moreover, it may be difficult or expensive to find manufacturers to produce small volumes of our new products. Manufacturers may impose minimum order requirements and any failure on our part to meet these requirements could increase our costs. There can also be no assurance that we would be able to identify and qualify new manufacturers in a timely manner or that such manufacturers could allocate sufficient capacity in order to meet our requirements, which could materially adversely affect our ability to make timely deliveries of product. In addition, we may be unable to negotiate pricing or other terms with our existing or new manufacturers as favorable as what we currently enjoy. Furthermore, there is no guarantee a new third-party manufacturing partner could accurately replicate the production process and taste profile of our existing products.

Given our third-party co-manufacturer operates from a single site, shipments to and from the warehouses where our products are stored could be delayed for a variety of reasons, including weather conditions, strikes and shipping delays. Any significant delay in the shipments of product would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition and could cause our sales and profitability to fluctuate during a particular period or periods.

We rely, in part, on our third-party co-manufacturer to maintain the quality of our products. The failure or inability of this co-manufacturer to comply with the specifications and requirements of our products could result in product recall and could adversely affect our reputation.

Our third-party co-manufacturer is required to maintain the quality of our products and to comply with our product specifications and requirements for certain certifications. Our third-party co-manufacturer is also required to comply with all federal, state and local laws with respect to food safety. Additionally, certain retail customers, such as Costco, require our third-party co-manufacturer to maintain minimum independent certifications, such as SQF Level 2 Certification or Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Points, or HACCP, certification. However, our third-party co-manufacturer may not continue to produce products that are consistent with our standards or that are in compliance with applicable laws, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to identify instances in which our third-party co-manufacturer fails to comply with our standards or applicable laws. Any such failure, particularly if it is not identified by us, could harm our brand and reputation as well as our customer relationships. We would have these same issues with any new co-manufacturer, and they may be exacerbated due to the newness of the relationship. The failure of any manufacturer to produce products that conform to our standards could materially and adversely affect our reputation in the marketplace and result in product recalls, product liability claims and severe economic loss.

We do not have any contracts with our customers that require the purchase of a minimum amount of our products. The absence of such contracts could result in periods during which we must continue to pay costs and service indebtedness with reduced sales.

Our customers do not provide us with firm, long-term or short-term volume purchase commitments. As a result of the absence of such contracts, we could have periods during which we have no or limited orders for our products, but we will continue to have to pay our costs, including those to maintain our work force and service our indebtedness with reduced sales. We cannot assure you that we will be able to timely find new customers to supplement periods where we experience no or limited purchase orders or that we can recover fixed costs as a result of experiencing reduced purchase orders. Periods of no or limited purchase orders for our products could have a material adverse effect on our net income, cause us to incur losses or result in violations of the covenants contained in our Credit Agreement (as defined below).

Conversely, we may experience unanticipated increased orders for our products from these customers that can create supply chain problems and may result in orders we may be unable to meet. Unanticipated fluctuations in product requirements by our customers could result in fluctuations in our results from quarter to quarter.

 

22


Table of Contents

Because we rely on a limited number of raw materials to create our products and a limited number of third-party suppliers to supply our raw materials, we may not be able to obtain raw materials on a timely basis, at cost effective pricing or in sufficient quantities to produce our products.

We use a specific type of popcorn kernel of limited production, sunflower oil, a variety of seasonings and salt to make our popcorn products. There may be a limited market supply of any of our core ingredients, including in particular the specific popcorn kernel we use. In addition to the market limitations of the raw materials used to make our product, we rely on a limited number of third-party suppliers to supply us with such raw materials. Although we have multiple suppliers for our popcorn seasoning, we have a single supplier for the sunflower oil and only two key suppliers for the popcorn kernels used in our products. As of December 31, 2014, two vendors accounted for approximately 74% of our accounts payable. During the year ended December 31, 2014, all of our products were made using sunflower oil, popcorn kernels and salt as their bases. Any ordering error on our part or disruption in the supply of sunflower oil, popcorn kernels in general, or our specific type of popcorn kernel, could have a material adverse effect on our business, particularly our profitability and our margins. Our financial performance depends in large part on our ability to arrange for the purchase of raw materials in sufficient quantities at competitive prices. We are not assured of continued supply, pricing or exclusive access to raw materials from these sources. Any of our suppliers could discontinue or seek to alter their relationships with us. Additionally, we may be adversely affected if there are increases in demand for the specific raw materials we use in our products, there is a reduction in overall supply of our required raw materials or our suppliers raise their prices, stop selling to us or our third-party manufacturers or enter into arrangements that impair their abilities to provide us or our third-party manufacturers with raw materials.

Events that adversely affect our suppliers could impair our ability to obtain raw material inventory in the quantities that we desire. Such events include problems with our suppliers’ businesses, finances, labor relations, ability to import raw materials, costs, production, insurance, reputation and weather conditions during growing, harvesting or shipping, including flood, drought, frost and earthquakes, as well as natural or man-made disasters or other catastrophic occurrences.

If we experience significant increased demand for our products, or need to replace an existing supplier, there can be no assurance that additional supplies of raw materials will be available when required on acceptable terms, or at all, or that any supplier would allocate sufficient capacity to us in order to meet our requirements, fill our orders in a timely manner or meet our strict quality standards. Even if our existing suppliers are able to expand their capacities to meet our needs or we are able to find new sources of raw materials, we may encounter delays in production, inconsistencies in quality and added costs. We are not able to pass increased costs onto the customer immediately, if at all, which may decrease or eliminate our profitability in any period. Any delays or interruption in, or increased costs of, our supply of raw materials could have an adverse effect on our ability to meet consumer demand for our products and result in lower net sales and profitability both in the short and long term.

As a food production company, all of our products must be compliant with regulations by the Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, and in addition a number of our products rely on independent certification that they are non-GMO, gluten-free or Kosher. Any non-compliance with the FDA or the loss of any such certification could harm our business.

We must comply with various FDA rules and regulations, including those regarding product manufacturing, food safety, required testing and appropriate labeling of our products. It is possible that regulations by the FDA and its interpretation thereof may change over time. As such, there is a risk that our products could become non-compliant with the FDA’s regulations and any such non-compliance could harm our business. In addition, we rely on independent certification of our

 

23


Table of Contents

non-GMO, gluten-free and Kosher products and must comply with the requirements of independent organizations or certification authorities in order to label our products as such. Currently, the FDA does not directly regulate the labeling of Kosher or non-GMO products as such. The FDA has defined the term “gluten-free” and we must comply with the FDA’s definition if we include this label on our products. Our products could lose their non-GMO and gluten-free certifications if our raw material suppliers lose their product certifications for those specified claims. We could also lose our Kosher product certification if a contract manufacturing plant is found to be in violation of required manufacturing or cleaning processes. The loss of any of these independent certifications, including for reasons outside of our control, could harm our business.

We must expend resources to create consumer awareness, build brand loyalty and generate interest in our products. In addition, competitors may offer significant price reductions, and we cannot ensure that consumers will find our products suitably differentiated from products of our competitors.

Our ability to develop, market and sell new and existing products at an appropriate price may be hampered by unfavorable terms of sale imposed by our customers, the inability to obtain shelf space or preferable shelf placement for our products at a reasonable cost or, once placed, the failure to have an attractive price set for our products. Competitors, many of whom have greater resources than us, vie for the same shelf placement and may offer incentives to the retailers that we cannot match. In addition, unattractive shelf placement and pricing may put us at a disadvantage to our competitors.

Even if we do obtain shelf space or preferable shelf placement, our new and existing products may fail to achieve the sales expectations set by our retailers, potentially causing these retailers to remove our products from the shelf. Additionally, an increase in the number and quality of private-label products in the product categories in which we compete could create more pressure for shelf space and placement for branded products within each such category, which could adversely affect our sales.

To obtain and keep shelf placement for our products, we may need to increase our marketing and advertising spending in order to create consumer awareness, protect and grow our existing market share or to promote new products, which could impact our operating results. In addition, we consistently evaluate our product lines to determine whether or not to discontinue certain products. Discontinuing product lines may increase our profitability but could reduce our sales and hurt our brand, and a reduction in sales of certain products could result in a reduction in sales of other products. We cannot assure you that the discontinuation of product lines will not have an adverse effect on our business.

Ingredient and packaging costs are volatile and may rise significantly, which may negatively impact the profitability of our business.

We purchase large quantities of raw materials, including ingredients such as popcorn kernels, sunflower oil, seasonings and salt. In addition, we purchase and use significant quantities of film and corrugate to package our products. In recent periods, the prices of yellow corn (which impacts the price of popcorn kernels), sunflower oil and fuel have been priced below their respective historical five-year averages and we have realized some benefits from these low prices in the form of reduced cost of goods sold and resulting higher gross profit margins. Costs of ingredients and packaging are volatile and can fluctuate due to conditions that are difficult to predict, including global competition for resources, weather conditions, natural or man-made disasters, consumer demand and changes in governmental trade and agricultural programs. In particular, the availability, quality and cost of our specific type of popcorn kernels and sunflower oil are subject to risks inherent to farming, such as crop size, quality and yield fluctuations caused by poor weather and growing conditions, pest and disease problems and other factors beyond our control. Continued volatility in the prices of raw materials and other supplies we purchase could increase our cost of goods sold and reduce our profitability. We

 

24


Table of Contents

currently do not secure raw materials capacity and pricing for more than a year forward, nor do we hedge pricing or availability of any raw materials. As such, any material upward movement in raw materials pricing could negatively impact our margins, if we are not able to pass these costs on to our customers, or sales if we are forced to increase our prices. Additionally, should raw materials prices move meaningfully lower there is no guarantee our customers will not ask us to pass some or all of our savings on to them in the form of price reductions. If we are not successful in managing our ingredient and packaging costs, if we are unable to increase our prices to cover increased costs or if such price increases reduce our sales volumes, then such increases in costs will adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Certain of our raw material contracts have minimum purchase commitments that could require us to continue to purchase raw materials even if our sales have declined. Future raw material prices may be impacted by new laws or regulations, suppliers’ allocations to other purchasers, interruptions in production by suppliers, natural disasters, volatility in the price of crude oil and related petrochemical products and changes in exchange rates.

Our future business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected by reduced availability of our core ingredients.

Our ability to ensure a continuing supply of our core ingredients at competitive prices depends on many factors beyond our control, such as the number and size of farms that grow crops, the vagaries of these farming businesses (including poor harvests), changes in national and world economic conditions and our ability to forecast our ingredient requirements. The popcorn kernels and other ingredients used in our products are vulnerable to adverse weather conditions and natural disasters, such as floods, droughts, frosts, earthquakes, hurricanes and pestilences. Adverse weather conditions and natural disasters can lower crop yields and reduce crop size and quality, which in turn could reduce the available supply of our core ingredients. In addition, we compete with other food producers in the procurement of ingredients, such as sunflower oil, which are often less plentiful in the open market than conventional ingredients. If supplies of our core ingredients are reduced or there is greater demand for such ingredients from us and others, we may not be able to obtain sufficient supply on favorable terms, or at all, which could impact our ability to supply products to distributors and retailers and may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Failure by our transportation providers to deliver our products on time or at all could result in lost sales.

We currently rely upon third-party transportation providers for a significant portion of our product shipments. Our utilization of delivery services for shipments is subject to risks, including increases in fuel prices, which would increase our shipping costs, and employee strikes and inclement weather, which may impact the ability of providers to provide delivery services that adequately meet our shipping needs. We may, from time to time, change third-party transportation providers, and we could therefore face logistical difficulties that could adversely affect deliveries. In addition, we could incur costs and expend resources in connection with such change. Moreover, we may not be able to obtain terms as favorable as those we receive from the third-party transportation providers that we currently use, which in turn would increase our costs and thereby adversely affect our operating results.

Severe weather conditions and natural disasters such as fires, floods, droughts, hurricanes, earthquakes and tornados can affect crop supplies, manufacturing facilities and distribution activities, and negatively impact the operating results of our business.

Severe weather conditions and natural disasters, such as fires, floods, droughts, frosts, hurricanes, earthquakes, tornados, insect infestations and plant disease, may affect the supply of raw materials on which we depend to make food products, or may curtail or prevent the manufacturing or

 

25


Table of Contents

distribution of food products by us. Competing manufacturers might be affected differently by weather conditions and natural disasters, depending on the location of their sources of supplies and manufacturing or distribution facilities. If supplies of raw materials available to us are reduced, we may not be able to find enough supplemental supply sources on favorable terms, which could adversely affect our business and operating results.

Risks Related to Our Brands

Changes in consumer preferences and discretionary spending may have a material adverse effect on our brand loyalty, net sales, results of operations and financial condition.

We compete in a market that relies on innovation and evolving consumer preferences. We focus on products that are or are perceived to be BFY. However, the food processing industry in general, and the snacking and dietary-need specific industries (including the Kosher, major allergen-free and gluten-free industries) in particular, are subject to changing consumer trends, demands and preferences. Therefore, products once considered BFY may over time become disfavored by consumers or no longer perceived as BFY. Trends within the food industry change often and our failure to anticipate, identify or react to changes in these trends could, among other things, lead to reduced demand and price reductions, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Factors that may affect consumer perception of BFY products include dietary trends and attention to different nutritional aspects of foods, concerns regarding the health effects of specific ingredients and nutrients, trends away from gluten-free or non-GMO products, trends away from specific ingredients in products and increasing awareness of the environmental and social effects of product production. Consumer perceptions of the nutritional profile of gluten-free and non-GMO products may shift, and consumers may perceive food products with fewer carbohydrates, higher levels of protein, lower levels of fat and additional fiber as BFY. Our success depends, in part, on our ability to anticipate the tastes and dietary habits of consumers and to offer products that appeal to their needs and preferences on a timely and affordable basis. A change in consumer discretionary spending, due to economic downturn or other reasons may have a material effect on sales. If consumer demand for our products declines, our sales and business would be negatively affected.

We may not be able to compete successfully in the highly competitive snack food industry.

The market for snack foods is large and intensely competitive. Competitive factors in the snack food industry include product quality and taste, brand awareness among consumers, access to supermarket shelf space, price, advertising and promotion, innovation of on-trend snacks, variety of snacks offered, nutritional content, product packaging and package design. We compete in that market principally on the basis of product taste and quality, but also brand recognition and loyalty, marketing, advertising, price and the ability to satisfy specific consumer dietary needs (including Kosher, major allergen-free and gluten-free needs) against numerous multinational, regional and local companies. Substantial advertising and promotional expenditures may be required to maintain or improve a brand’s market position or to introduce a new product to the market, and participants in our industry are engaging with new media, including consumer outreach through social media and web-based channels. Our ability to compete may be also dependent on whether our products are placed in the BFY snack aisle or in the traditional snack food aisle, or both. An increasing focus on BFY products in the marketplace will likely increase these competitive pressures within the category in future periods.

A substantial majority of sales in the snack food industry is concentrated among large food companies, including Frito-Lay, Inc., a subsidiary of PepsiCo, Inc., The Kellogg Company, ConAgra Foods, Inc., Diamond Foods, Inc., General Mills, Inc., Snyder’s-Lance, Inc. and others that have substantially greater financial and other resources than us and sell brands that are more widely recognized than ours. These and numerous other companies that are actual or potential competitors of ours, many of which have greater financial and other resources (including more employees and more

 

26


Table of Contents

extensive facilities) than us, offer products similar to ours or a wider range of products than we offer. Local or regional markets often have significant smaller competitors, many of whom offer products similar to ours and may have unique ties to regional or national retail chains. Additionally, many of our retail customers, such as Costco and Whole Foods, have historically emphasized private-label offerings across categories as a key part of their strategy and these customers may create or expand competitive RTE popcorn and tortilla chip private-label offerings. With expansion of our operations into new markets, we have and will continue to encounter significant competition from multinational, national, regional and local competitors that may be greater than that encountered by us in our existing markets. In addition, these competitors may challenge our position in our existing markets.

All of our sales involve the sale of BFY snack food products, which has various risks and uncertainties.

All of our sales involve the sale of products designed to be BFY snack food options. While BFY snack food products are currently popular and sales of such products have been increasing rapidly, consumers may not continue to be interested in BFY snack food products. Consumers may in the future choose to purchase other products that they perceive to be BFY or more “trendy” at a future time. Consumers may prefer products with fewer carbohydrates, higher levels of protein, lower levels of certain nutrients including fat, additional fiber or different nutritional characteristics that do not favor our products or RTE popcorn in general. In addition, our business could be adversely affected if larger, well-capitalized companies elect to either enter into the healthier snack food space or competed in irrational ways that could damage our margins, or if lower-priced private-label products gain market share. We also face the risk that competitors may significantly improve the taste and quality of the BFY snack foods they sell that are competitive with our products. Additionally, we face the risk our retail customers may request or require our products to deliver certain new “on trend” attributes in our products, which may either be impossible for us to achieve or cost prohibitive for us to deliver.

Our SkinnyPop brand and reputation as a producer of BFY products may be diminished due to real or perceived quality or health issues with our products or a change in consumers’ perception of what is BFY itself, which could have an adverse effect on our business and operating results.

We believe consumers of our products rely on us to provide them with high-quality, BFY food products containing no GMOs, gluten or major allergens. Concerns regarding the ingredients used in our products or the healthfulness, safety or quality of our products or our supply chain may cause consumers to stop purchasing our products, even if the basis for the concern is unfounded, has been addressed or is outside of our control. Although we believe we have a rigorous quality control process, there can be no assurance that our products will always comply with the standards we set for our products. Adverse publicity about the healthfulness, safety or quality of our products, whether or not ultimately based on fact, may discourage consumers from buying our products and have an adverse effect on our brand, reputation and operating results.

We have no control over our products once purchased by consumers. Accordingly, consumers may store our products for long periods of time, which may adversely affect the quality of our products. If consumers do not perceive our products to be of high quality, then the value of our brand would be diminished, and our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Any loss of confidence on the part of consumers in the ingredients used in our products or in the safety and quality of our products may be difficult and costly to overcome. Any such adverse effect could be exacerbated by our position in the market as a purveyor of high-quality, BFY food products and may significantly reduce our brand value. Issues regarding the safety of any of our products, regardless of the cause, may have a substantial and adverse effect on our brand, reputation and operating results.

 

27


Table of Contents

Our SkinnyPop brand is of significant value and our brand and reputation may be diminished due to possible consumer disagreement with the use of the word “Skinny” on our product, differences in opinion as to what products are “Skinny” or increased negative connotation with the word “Skinny”. We may be subject to claims or litigation concerning our branding or labeling practices. Food product companies are, from time to time, subject to class actions lawsuits related their branding or labeling. In 2014, we settled one such lawsuit for a nominal amount. Related or similar claims or lawsuits may be brought against us in the future. Additionally, changes in applicable laws or regulations, or evolving interpretations thereof, could necessitate changes to our branding or labeling. While we have never claimed that SkinnyPop is a low fat product, the FDA and FTC currently have no definition of the word “Skinny” and could, in the future, define the term in a way that is not favorable to our existing product branding or labeling.

Consumers’ loyalty to our SkinnyPop brand may change due to factors beyond our control, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.

Our business currently depends in a large part on repeat purchases by the same consumers. We believe this purchasing pattern is indicative of brand loyalty. However, these consumers are under no obligation to continue to repeatedly purchase our product and could stop purchasing our product at any time. These consumers could cease purchasing our product for any number of reasons, some of which are beyond our control, including changing consumer trends, negative publicity regarding our brand, real or perceived quality or health issues with our products, a change in consumers’ perception of BFY, or the availability of lower priced alternative snack products, or for no reason at all. Erosion of our brand loyalty and the resulting decreased sales to consumers could have an adverse effect on our business and operating results.

We face competition in our business from generic or store branded RTE popcorn which may result in decreased demand for our products and pricing pressures.

We are subject to competition from companies, including from some of our customers, that either currently manufacture or are developing products directly in competition with our products. These generic or store-branded products may be a less expensive option for consumers than our products making it more difficult to sell our product. For example, Costco is well known for its Kirkland Signature brand, which offers high-quality products across a variety of categories at lower price points than many branded products. The development of Kirkland Signature products may cause Costco to decrease their orders of our products, require us to reduce the pricing of our products or drive Costco to change the shelf placement of our products in a detrimental way. Kroger, one of our largest customers, already competes with us through their Simple Truth RTE popcorn brand. Similarly, other large retail customers could follow similar private-label strategies. In future years, we may experience competition-induced pricing pressure from our customers due to such competition, which could have a material and adverse effect on our operating results.

If our brand or reputation is damaged, the attractive characteristics that we offer retailers may diminish, which could diminish the value of our platform.

We are currently an attractive brand for our customers because our products generate a high level of retail sales at a premium margin relative to their shelf space. This is due to both our premium price point and our sales velocity. If our brand or reputation is damaged for any reason, consumers may no longer be willing to pay a premium price for our products and we may no longer be able to generate a high sales velocity at our then-current prices. If we no longer offer these characteristics, customers may decrease their orders of our products and downgrade the in-store placement of our products, which could have an adverse effect on our business and platform.

 

28


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Business Generally

Our gross profit and Adjusted EBITDA margins may be impacted by a variety of factors, including but not limited to variations in raw materials pricing, retail customer requirements and mix, sales velocities and required promotional support.

We have operated our company with strong gross profit and Adjusted EBITDA margins as compared to other food and snacking companies. Our gross profit increased $41.5 million, or 127%, from $32.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $74.2 million for the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited). While we expect our gross profit to increase in absolute dollars in future periods, we expect that our gross profit as a percentage of net sales will fluctuate and may decrease as a result of the competitive and other factors described herein. Our gross profit is impacted by a number of factors, including product pricing, raw material, labor, packaging and fuel costs. Should the competitive dynamic change in our industry (which could impact our margins through forces including but not limited to requiring us to alter our pricing strategy or requiring additional promotional activity), raw materials prices increase dramatically, or any of our customer relationships change materially, then we may not be able to continue to operate at our current margins. Additionally, should unforeseen events require our company to make significant and unplanned investments in additional infrastructure or marketing activities, our gross profit and Adjusted EBITDA margins could be materially reduced.

We may be subject to significant liability should the consumption of any of our products cause or be claimed to cause illness or physical harm.

We sell products for human consumption, which involves risks such as product contamination or spoilage, product tampering, other adulteration, mislabeling and misbranding. Under certain circumstances, we may be required to, or may voluntarily, recall or withdraw products. A widespread product recall or product withdrawal may negatively and significantly impact our sales and profitability for a period of time and could result in significant losses depending on the costs of the recall, the destruction of product inventory, product availability, competitive reaction and customer and consumer reaction. We may also be subject to claims or lawsuits resulting in liability for actual or claimed injuries, illness or death. Any of these events may result in a material adverse effect on our business. Even if a product liability claim or lawsuit is unsuccessful or is not fully pursued, the negative publicity surrounding any assertion that our products caused illness or physical harm could adversely affect our reputation with existing and potential customers and consumers and our corporate and brand image. Moreover, claims or liabilities of this sort might not be covered by our insurance or by any rights of indemnity or contribution that we may have against others. We maintain product liability insurance in an amount that we believe to be adequate. However, we cannot be sure that we will not incur claims or liabilities for which we are not insured or that exceed the amount of our insurance coverage. A product liability judgment against us or a product recall could have a material adverse effect on our business, consolidated financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

Litigation or legal proceedings could expose us to significant liabilities and have a negative impact on our reputation.

From time to time, we may be party to various claims and litigation proceedings. We evaluate these claims and litigation proceedings to assess the likelihood of unfavorable outcomes and to estimate, if possible, the amount of potential losses. Based on these assessments and estimates, we establish reserves, as appropriate. These assessments and estimates are based on the information available to management at the time and involve a significant amount of management judgment. Actual outcomes or losses may differ materially from our current assessments and estimates.

For example, in 2014, a putative class action lawsuit was filed against our Predecessor related to the compliance of its product labels with various state and federal laws. The case settled for a nominal amount and was later dismissed with prejudice in July 2014 after SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC updated its

 

29


Table of Contents

product labels. From time to time, we have received threats by plaintiffs’ attorneys to bring similar class action lawsuits related to other alleged product label claims, including relating to the BFY nature of our products. We would vigorously defend any threatened lawsuit if brought. Such a lawsuit or related or similar claims or lawsuits may be brought against us in the future and the cost of defending against any such claims could be significant. There is an additional risk that these types of suits may lead to consumer confusion, distrust and additional legal challenges for companies faced with them. Should we become subject to related or additional unforeseen lawsuits, including claims related to our products or their labeling or advertising, consumers may avoid purchasing our products or seek alternative products, even if the basis for the claims against us is unfounded. Additionally, adverse publicity about any lawsuit in which we are involved may further discourage consumers from buying our products. Any loss of confidence on the part of consumers in the truthfulness of our labeling or ingredient claims would be difficult and costly to overcome and may significantly reduce our brand value. Uncertainty as to the ingredients used in our products, regardless of the cause, may have a substantial and adverse effect on our brand and our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, some lawsuits have been filed against companies who make “natural” claims on their products. We make no “natural” claims on our products, but we do currently label our SkinnyPop products with “No Artificial Anything”.

We have also been a party to several claims and proceedings in both the US Patent and Trademark Office and federal court regarding competitors’ attempted or actual infringement of the “SKINNYPOP” trademark. Each of these proceedings has resulted in a resolution whereby the competitor has expressly acknowledged our exclusive trademark rights to use “SKINNY” with respect to popcorn products. In some instances, however, we have expressly acknowledged the competitor’s rights to the term “SKINNY” with respect to non-popcorn snack foods. Additional matters may continue to arise from time to time where other competitors use the term “SKINNY” to refer to their products, and we may or may not be able to assert our trademark rights based on the specific facts in each case. We will continue to monitor and address such facts on a case-by-case basis.

We may not be able to adequately protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights that are material to our business.

Our ability to compete effectively depends in part upon protection of our rights in trademarks, trade dress, copyrights and other intellectual property rights we own or license. Our use of contractual provisions, confidentiality procedures and agreements, and trademark, copyright, unfair competition, trade secret and other laws to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights may not be adequate. We may not be able to preclude third parties from using the term “SKINNY” with respect to food or beverage products, and may not be able to leverage our branding beyond our current product offerings. Litigation may be necessary to enforce our intellectual property rights and protect our proprietary information, or to defend against claims by third parties that our products or our use of intellectual property infringe their intellectual property rights. Any litigation or claims brought by or against us could result in substantial costs and diversion of our resources. A successful claim of trademark, copyright or other intellectual property infringement against us could prevent us from providing our products, which could harm our business, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, a breakdown in our internal policies and procedures may lead to an unintentional disclosure of our proprietary, confidential or material non-public information, which could in turn harm our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We may not be successful in implementing our growth strategy, including without limitation, enhancing our brand recognition, increasing distribution of our products, attracting new consumers to our brands, and introducing new products and product extensions, either on a timely basis or at all.

Our future success depends in large part on our ability to implement our growth strategy, including without limitation, enhancing our brand recognition, increasing distribution of our products,

 

30


Table of Contents

attracting new consumers to our brands, driving repeat purchase of our products and introducing new products and product extensions. Our ability to implement our growth strategy depends, among other things, on our ability to develop new products, identify and acquire additional product lines and businesses, secure shelf space in grocery stores and supermarkets, increase customer awareness of our brands, enter into distribution and other strategic arrangements with third-party retailers and other potential distributors of our products and compete with numerous other companies and products. In late 2014 and early 2015, SkinnyPop achieved significant distribution gains with some of the largest U.S. retail chains, including Walmart, Target and CVS Pharmacy. We cannot provide assurances to you that these customers will achieve performances comparable to our more seasoned retail customers nor that we will continue to expand retail distribution by adding more retail locations or SKU varieties as we have done with several other key customers in the past. We also cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully implement our growth strategy and continue to maintain growth in our sales. If we fail to implement our growth strategy, our sales and profitability may be adversely affected.

We may be unable to successfully identify and execute or integrate acquisitions.

On April 17, 2015 we acquired Paqui, which we refer to in this prospectus as the “Paqui Acquisition”. In addition, we plan to selectively pursue acquisitions in the future, to continue to grow and increase our profitability. Our acquisition strategy is based on identifying and acquiring brands with products that complement our existing products and identifying and acquiring brands in new categories and in new geographies for purposes of expanding our platform of healthier snacks. However, although we regularly evaluate multiple acquisition candidates, we cannot be certain that we will be able to successfully identify suitable acquisition candidates, negotiate acquisitions of identified candidates on terms acceptable to us, or integrate acquisitions that we complete. Acquisitions involve numerous risks and uncertainties, including intense competition for suitable acquisition targets, which could increase prices and/or adversely affect our ability to consummate deals on favorable or acceptable terms, the potential unavailability of financial resources necessary to consummate acquisitions in the future, the risk that we improperly value and price a target, the potential inability to identify all of the risks and liabilities inherent in a target company notwithstanding our due diligence efforts, the diversion of management’s attention from the operations of our business and strain on our existing personnel, increased leverage due to additional debt financing that may be required to complete an acquisition, dilution of our stockholder’s net current book value per share if we issue additional equity securities to finance an acquisition, difficulties in identifying suitable acquisition targets or in completing any transactions identified on sufficiently favorable terms and the need to obtain regulatory or other governmental approvals that may be necessary to complete acquisitions. In addition, any future acquisitions may pose risks associated with entry into new geographic markets, including outside the United States, distribution channels, lines of business or product categories, where we may not have significant or any prior experience and where we may not be as successful or profitable as we are in businesses and geographic regions where we have greater familiarity and brand recognition. Potential acquisitions may also entail significant transaction costs and require a significant amount of management time, even where we are unable to consummate or decide not to pursue a particular transaction.

In addition, even when acquisitions, such as the Paqui Acquisition, are completed, integration of acquired entities can involve significant difficulties, such as failure to achieve financial or operating objectives with respect to an acquisition, strain on our personnel, systems and operational and managerial controls and procedures, the need to modify systems or to add management resources, difficulties in the integration and retention of customers or personnel and the integration and effective deployment of operations or technologies, amortization of acquired assets (which would reduce future reported earnings), possible adverse short-term effects on cash flows or operating results, diversion of management’s attention from the operations of our business, integrating personnel with diverse backgrounds and organizational cultures, coordinating sales and marketing functions and failure to obtain and retain key personnel of an acquired business. Failure to manage these acquisition growth risks could have an adverse effect on us.

 

31


Table of Contents

Our continued success depends to a large extent on our ability to innovate successfully and on a cost-effective basis.

The food industry and retailers in the grocery industry use new products as a way of creating excitement and variety of choices in order to attract consumers. Therefore, a key element of our growth strategy is to introduce new products and to successfully innovate our existing products and to keep up with changing consumer tastes and trends. Success in product development is affected by our ability to anticipate consumer preferences, to leverage our research and development capabilities, and to utilize our management’s ability to launch new or improved products successfully and on a cost-effective basis. It is possible that we will be unable to develop new products to address consumer demands.

The development and introduction of new products requires substantial research and development and marketing expenditures, which we may be unable to recover if the new products do not achieve commercial success and gain widespread market acceptance. Product innovation may also result in increased costs resulting from the use of new manufacturing techniques, capital expenditures, new raw materials and ingredients, new product formulas and possibly new manufacturers. There may also be regulatory restrictions on the production and advertising of our new products, and our new products may cannibalize sales of our existing products. In addition, underperformance of new product launches would damage overall brand credibility with customers and consumers.

Further, new products may not achieve success in the marketplace, due to lack of demand, failure to meet consumer tastes or otherwise. If we are unsuccessful in our product innovation efforts and demand for our products declines, our business would be negatively affected.

Additionally, we do not have exclusive rights to the term “SKINNY” and therefore other companies in the food and beverage categories could use the term, which would inherently limit our ability to enter new categories with our anchor brand.

Slotting fees and customer charges or charge-backs for promotion allowances, cooperative advertising and damaged, undelivered or unsold food products may have a significant impact on our operating results and may disrupt our customer relationships.

Retailers in the grocery industry charge slotting fees for access to shelf space and often enter into promotional and advertising arrangements with manufacturers that result in the sharing of promotional and advertising costs among the retail customer, distributor or manufacturer. As the retail grocery industry has consolidated and become more competitive, retail customers have sought greater participation by manufacturers in cooperative promotional and advertising arrangements, and are more inclined to pass on unanticipated increases in promotional and advertising costs to manufacturers. Additionally, retailers are exhibiting a greater willingness to take deductions for damaged, undelivered and unsold products or to return unsold products to manufacturers. If we are charged significant and unanticipated promotional allowances or advertising charges by retail customers, or if our customers take substantial charge-backs or return material amounts of our products, the operating results and liquidity of our business could be harmed, perhaps substantially. Moreover, an unresolved disagreement with a retail customer concerning promotional allowances, advertising charges, charge-backs or returns could significantly disrupt or cause the termination of a customer relationship, immediately reducing our sales and liquidity. Because of the limited number of retail customers in the U.S. grocery market, the loss of even a single retail customer could have a long-term negative impact on our financial condition and net sales.

 

32


Table of Contents

Changes in retail distribution arrangements can result in the temporary loss of retail shelf space and disrupt sales of food products, causing our sales to fall.

From time to time, retailers change distribution centers that supply some of their retail stores. If a new distribution center has not previously distributed our products in that region, it may take time to get a retailer’s distribution center to begin distributing new products in its region. Even if a retailer approves the distribution of products in a new region, product sales may decline while the transition in distribution takes place. If we do not get approval to have our products offered in a new distribution region or if getting this approval takes longer than anticipated, our sales and operating results may suffer.

Fluctuations in our results of operations from quarter to quarter because of changes in our promotional activities may impact, and may have a disproportionate effect on, our overall financial condition and results of operations.

Our business is subject to quarterly fluctuations due to the timing of and demand for customer-driven promotional activities, which may have a disproportionate effect on our results of operations. Historically, we have offered a variety of sales and promotion incentives to our customers and to consumers, such as price discounts, consumer coupons, volume rebates, cooperative marketing programs, slotting fees and in-store displays. Our net sales are periodically influenced by the introduction and discontinuance of sales and promotion incentives. Reductions in overall sales and promotion incentives could impact our net sales and affect our results of operations in any particular fiscal quarter.

In addition, our net sales increased $76.6 million, or 138%, from $55.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $132.4 million for the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited). While we expect our net sales to increase in absolute dollars in future periods, we expect that our net sales growth rate will not keep pace with our net sales growth rate in prior periods, due to the increasing cumulative size of the net sales base on which future growth rates will be measured.

Historical quarter-to-quarter and period-over-period comparisons of our sales and operating results are not necessarily indicative of future quarter-to-quarter and period-over-period results. You should not rely on the results of a single fiscal quarter or period as an indication of our annual results or our future performance.

Our future results of operations may be adversely affected by increased fuel costs.

Many aspects of our business have been, and may continue to be, directly affected by the rising cost of fuel. Increased fuel costs result in increased costs for the products and services we receive from our third-party providers including, but not limited to, increased distribution costs for our products and increased packaging costs. As the cost of doing business increases, we may not be able to pass these higher costs on to our customers and, therefore, any such cost increases may adversely affect our earnings. In addition, if fuel costs decline we may not benefit from these decreases because our customers may require us to pass on the benefit of lower prices to them.

Changes in the legal and regulatory environment could limit our business activities, increase our operating costs, reduce demand for our products or result in litigation.

The conduct of our businesses, including the production, storage, distribution, sale, display, advertising, marketing, labeling, health and safety practices, transportation and use of many of our products, are subject to various laws and regulations administered by federal, state and local governmental agencies in the United States, as well as to laws and regulations administered by government entities and agencies outside the United States in markets in which our products or components thereof (such as packaging) may be made, manufactured or sold. These laws and regulations and interpretations thereof may change, sometimes dramatically, as a result of a variety of factors, including political, economic or social events. Such changes may include changes in:

 

    food and drug laws (including FDA regulations);

 

33


Table of Contents
    laws related to product labeling;

 

    advertising and marketing laws and practices;

 

    laws and programs restricting the sale and advertising of certain of our products;

 

    laws and programs aimed at reducing, restricting or eliminating ingredients present in certain of our products;

 

    laws and programs aimed at discouraging the consumption of products or ingredients or altering the package or portion size of certain of our products;

 

    increased regulatory scrutiny of, and increased litigation involving, product claims and concerns regarding the effects on health of ingredients in, or attributes of, certain of our products;

 

    state consumer protection and disclosure laws;

 

    taxation requirements, including the imposition or proposed imposition of new or increased taxes or other limitations on the sale of our products; competition laws;

 

    anti-corruption laws;

 

    employment laws;

 

    privacy laws;

 

    laws regulating the price we may charge for our products; and

 

    farming and environmental laws.

New laws, regulations or governmental policy and their related interpretations, or changes in any of the foregoing, including taxes or other limitations on the sale of our products, ingredients contained in our products or commodities used in the production of our products, may alter the environment in which we do business and, therefore, may impact our operating results or increase our costs or liabilities.

Loss of our key management or other personnel, or an inability to attract and retain such management and other personnel, could negatively impact our business.

Our success is substantially dependent on the continued service of certain members of our senior management, including Thomas Ennis, our Chief Executive Officer, or CEO, and Brian Goldberg, our Chief Financial Officer, or CFO. These executives have been primarily responsible for determining the strategic direction of our business and for executing our growth strategy and are integral to our brand and culture, and the reputation we enjoy with suppliers, contract manufacturers, distributors, retailers and consumers. The loss of the services of any of these executives could have a material adverse effect on our business and prospects, as we may not be able to find suitable individuals to replace them on a timely basis, if at all. In addition, any such departure could be viewed in a negative light by investors and analysts, which may cause the price of our common stock to decline. We have employment agreements with our key senior executives, including our CEO, CFO and Jason Shiver, our Senior Vice President of Sales, and each of our Founders. However, we do not maintain key-person life insurance with respect to any of them. In 2016, we expect to pay the Founders approximately $25.3 million of which $11.5 million has been accrued as of March 31, 2015. The Founders’ employment agreements each expire on December 31, 2015.

Additionally, we also depend on our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel to operate and expand our business. If we fail to attract talented new employees, our business and results of operations could be negatively affected.

 

 

34


Table of Contents

As a result of our rapid growth over the past few years, we need to continue developing an infrastructure and workforce sufficient to meet the growing demands for our products.

We have experienced rapid growth in the past few years, which included growing our net sales from $55.7 million in 2013 to $132.4 million in 2014. Rapid growth involves various risks related to ensuring that our infrastructure and personnel are sufficient to meet the growing demand for our products. For example, we must seek to identify our personnel needs in light of expected demand for our products, and we will need to identify, recruit, train and retain qualified employees in order to serve this anticipated demand, in all areas of our operations. Because we may hire additional employees in order to meet potential future needs and to ensure that our sales growth does not outgrow our infrastructure, we may experience higher levels of costs of goods sold and general and administrative expense as we build this infrastructure. While we do not anticipate extensive management needs, as we grow, we may add additional layers of management, process and bureaucracy into our governing structure. In doing so, we risk losing qualified employees and members of management who were attracted to our entrepreneurial culture but who may not want to remain at a larger company.

In addition, with sales and demand growing rapidly, we need to ensure that we have sufficient manufacturing capacity, both internal capacity and manufacturing arrangements, to meet actual and potential demand for our products. This could require us to make significant capital expenditure investments in order to make sure we have sufficient manufacturing capacity. If growth does not materialize as planned, these large investments could increase our cost of goods sold without increasing our profitability.

There can be no assurance that we will be successful in all of these efforts, and any failure to maintain sufficient infrastructure and personnel will have an adverse effect on our ability to grow and improve our profitability.

A failure of our new enterprise resource planning, or ERP, system could impact our ability to operate our business, lead to internal control and reporting weaknesses and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We have recently implemented a new ERP system to provide for greater depth and breadth of functionality and effectively manage our business data, communications, supply chain, order entry and fulfillment, inventory and warehouse management and other business processes. A failure of our new system to perform as we anticipate may result in transaction errors, processing inefficiencies and sales losses, may otherwise disrupt our operations and materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition and may harm our ability to accurately forecast sales demand, manage our supply chain and production facilities, fulfill customer orders and report financial and management information on a timely and accurate basis. In addition, due to the systemic internal control features within ERP systems, we may experience difficulties that may affect our internal control over financial reporting, which may create a significant deficiency or material weakness in our overall internal controls. The risks associated with a new ERP system are greater for us as a newly public company.

We have a limited operating history, and our historical and as adjusted and as further adjusted financial information is not necessarily representative of the results we may achieve in the future.

Through our Predecessor, we have been in operation since 2010. However, we only have two years of available audited consolidated financial statements. Our relatively limited available historical financial information does not necessarily reflect our future financial position, results of operations, or cash flows, and the occurrence of any of the risks discussed in this “Risk Factors” section, or any other event, could cause our future financial position, results of operations, or cash flows to materially differ from our historical and as adjusted and as further adjusted financial information. While we have been profitable in the past, we cannot assure you that our profits will continue, at a similar level or at all.

 

35


Table of Contents

We rely on information technology systems, and any inadequacy, failure, interruption or security breach of those systems may harm our ability to effectively operate our business.

We are dependent on various information technology systems, including, but not limited to, networks, applications and outsourced services in connection with the operation of our business. A failure of our information technology systems to perform as we anticipate could disrupt our business and result in transaction errors, processing inefficiencies and sales losses, causing our business to suffer. In addition, our information technology systems may be vulnerable to damage or interruption from circumstances beyond our control, including fire, natural disasters, systems failures, viruses and security breaches. Any such damage or interruption could have a material adverse effect on our business.

In addition, we sell our products over the internet through third-party websites, including those operated by Amazon.com. The website operations of such third parties may be affected by reliance on other third-party hardware and software providers, technology changes, risks related to the failure of computer systems through which these website operations are conducted, telecommunications failures, electronic break-ins and similar disruptions. Furthermore, the ability of our third-party partners to conduct these website operations may be affected by liability for online content and state and federal privacy laws.

Further, because of our rapid growth, we need to ensure that we have sufficient personnel to manage our growing IT infrastructure, and that our systems generate sufficient information and reports so that our management team can better anticipate future business needs. As we grow, we may decide in the future to install a new company-wide information technology system. Any future migration to a new company-wide information technology system would be costly and potentially disruptive to our business.

Our indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and ability to operate our company, and we may incur additional debt.

As of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, we had outstanding indebtedness in the aggregate principal amount of $200 million and $197.5 million, respectively. In May 2015, in connection with our Third Amended Credit Facility and as part of the May 2015 Special Dividend, we increased our term loan borrowings by $7.5 million to a total of $205 million, net of principal payments made in the first quarter of $2.5 million, and our revolving facility by $17.5 million to a total of $25 million and made a revolving loan borrowing of $15 million. The proceeds of the additional borrowings were used to fund the May 2015 Special Dividend. Our credit agreement, or the Credit Agreement, with a syndicate of lenders led by Jefferies Finance LLC, is secured by substantially all of our assets.

Our debt level and the terms of our financing arrangements could adversely affect our financial condition and limit our ability to successfully implement our growth strategy. In addition, our ability to increase the uncommitted portion of our revolving facility may be limited by our debt level or other factors.

Our ability to meet our debt service obligations will depend on our future performance, which will be affected by the other risk factors described in this prospectus. For the year ended December 31, 2014, our actual interest expense was $4.3 million, for the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited) our pro forma interest expense would have been $12.9 million and we expect our interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2015 to be approximately $11.5 million. In addition, we expect to use $10.2 million of cash to make principal payments in 2015. If we do not generate enough cash flow to pay our debt service obligations, we may be required to refinance all or part of our existing debt, sell our assets, borrow more money or raise equity. There is no guarantee that we will be able to take any of these actions on a timely basis, on terms satisfactory to us, or at all.

 

36


Table of Contents

Our outstanding indebtedness under the Credit Agreement bears interest at variable rates. If market interest rates increase, variable rate debt will create higher debt service requirements, which could adversely affect our cash flow.

The Credit Agreement governing our credit facility contains various covenants that impose restrictions on us that may affect our ability to operate our business if we fail to meet those covenants or otherwise suffer a default thereunder.

We are required to comply with certain financial maintenance covenants pursuant to the Credit Agreement as of the end of each fiscal quarter, including a total funded debt ratio and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio. The Credit Agreement contains other negative incurrence-based covenants that, among other things, limit our ability to:

 

    borrow money or guarantee debt;

 

    create liens;

 

    make specified types of investments and acquisitions;

 

    pay dividends on or redeem or repurchase stock;

 

    enter into new lines of business;

 

    enter into transactions with affiliates; and

 

    sell assets or merge with other companies.

Should we be in default under any of such covenants, Jefferies Finance LLC shall have the right, upon written notice and after the expiration of any applicable period during which such default may be cured, to demand immediate payment of all of the then-unpaid principal and accrued but unpaid interest under the Credit Agreement and would permit lenders to foreclose upon the collateral securing the debt. As of March 31, 2015, we believe that we were in compliance with all covenants of the Credit Agreement.

As we execute our business strategy, we may not be able to remain in compliance with our financial covenants because various risks, uncertainties and events beyond our control could affect our ability to comply with these covenants. These restrictions on the operation of our business through the requirement that we meet certain ratios to take certain actions could harm us by, among other things, limiting our ability to take advantage of financing, merger and acquisition opportunities and other corporate opportunities. Additionally, any acceleration of the borrowings under the Credit Agreement prior to the applicable maturity dates could have a material adverse effect upon our business, financial condition and results of operations. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Indebtedness”.

To the extent we further grow our business outside of the United States and Canada, we will face risks associated with conducting business in foreign markets.

We currently conduct most of our business in the United States and Canada, but we are evaluating the possibility of doing business in certain other foreign countries. The substantial up-front investment required, the lack of consumer awareness of our products in jurisdictions outside of the United States and Canada, differences in consumer preferences and trends between the United States and Canada and other jurisdictions, the risk of inadequate intellectual property protections and differences in packaging, labeling, food and related laws, rules and regulations are all substantial matters that need to be evaluated prior to doing business in new territories. To the extent we grow our business outside of the United States and Canada, we could be adversely affected by economic, legal,

 

37


Table of Contents

political and regulatory developments in the countries in which we do business in the future or in which we expand our business, particularly those countries that have historically experienced a high degree of political or economic instability.

Examples of risks inherent in doing business outside of North America include changes in the political and economic conditions in the countries in which we operate, unexpected changes in regulatory requirements, changes in tariffs, the adoption of foreign or U.S. laws limiting exports to or imports from certain foreign countries, fluctuations in currency exchange rates and the value of the U.S. dollar, restrictions on repatriation of earnings, expropriation of property without fair compensation, weak protection of intellectual property rights and the acceptance of business practices that are not consistent with or are antithetical to prevailing business practices we are accustomed to in the United States, including export compliance and anti-bribery practices and governmental sanctions. We may also face difficulties in operations and diversion of management time in connection with establishing our business in countries where we have not operated before.

Doing business outside the United States requires us to comply with the laws and regulations of the U.S. government and various foreign jurisdictions, which place restrictions on our operations, trade practices, partners and investment decisions. In particular, our operations are subject to U.S. and foreign anti-corruption and trade control laws and regulations, such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, export controls and economic sanctions programs, including those administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, or OFAC. As a result of doing business in foreign countries and with foreign partners, we are exposed to a heightened risk of violating anti-corruption and trade control laws and sanctions regulations. The FCPA prohibits us from providing anything of value to foreign officials for the purposes of obtaining or retaining business or securing any improper business advantage. In addition, the United Kingdom Bribery Act, or the Bribery Act, extends beyond bribery of foreign public officials and also applies to transactions with individuals that a government does not employ. The provisions of the Bribery Act are also more onerous than the FCPA in a number of other respects, including jurisdiction, non-exemption of facilitation payments and penalties. Our continued expansion outside the United States, including in developing countries, and our development of new partnerships and joint venture relationships worldwide, could increase the risk of FCPA, OFAC or Bribery Act violations in the future. Violations of anti-corruption and trade control laws and sanctions regulations are punishable by civil penalties, including fines, denial of export privileges, injunctions, asset seizures, debarment from government contracts and revocations or restrictions of licenses, as well as criminal fines and imprisonment.

Period-to-period comparisons may not be meaningful given the Sponsor Acquisition of SkinnyPop by TA Associates in 2014 and may not be representative of our future performance.

Due to the Sponsor Acquisition, which was consummated on July 17, 2014, it may be difficult for you to compare our Predecessor and Successor financial results. The Sponsor Acquisition was accounted for utilizing acquisition method accounting, which resulted in new valuations for the assets and liabilities of SkinnyPop to their fair values on July 17, 2014. In addition, we are recognizing the Founder Contingent Compensation ratably over the 18 months after the date of completion of the Sponsor Acquisition. Accordingly, our historical financial information may be of limited use in evaluating our historical performance and comparing it to other periods. Additionally, due to the new valuations for the assets and liabilities of SkinnyPop, our Predecessor financial results may not be representative of our future performance. For example, for the year ended December 31, 2014, on an unaudited pro forma basis, our net income was $13.6 million, a 45% decrease from the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

38


Table of Contents

The pro forma financial information in this prospectus is presented for illustrative purposes only and does not represent what the results of operations of the combined company would have been had the Sponsor Acquisition, the December 2014 Special Dividend or the May 2015 Special Dividend occurred on January 1, 2014, the date assumed for purposes of that pro forma information, nor does it represent the actual financial position or results of operations of the combined company following the Sponsor Acquisition.

The pro forma financial information in this prospectus is derived from our consolidated results of operations giving pro forma effect to the Sponsor Acquisition, the December 2014 Special Dividend and the May 2015 Special Dividend described under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—The Sponsor Acquisition and Subsequent Financings”, as if such transactions occurred on January 1, 2014. It is presented for illustrative purposes only and contains certain estimates and assumptions about the Sponsor Acquisition, the December 2014 Special Dividend and the May 2015 Special Dividend. The preparation of this pro forma financial information is based on certain assumptions and estimates that we believe are reasonable. Our assumptions may prove to be inaccurate over time and may be affected by other factors. Accordingly, the pro forma financial information may not reflect what our results of operations, financial positions and cash flows would have been had the Sponsor Acquisition, the December 2014 Special Dividend or the May 2015 Special Dividend, respectively, occurred during the periods presented or what our results of operations, financial positions and cash flows will be in the future. The pro forma information contained in this prospectus is based on adjustments that our management believes are reasonable. Our estimate of these adjustments and allocation may differ from actual amounts that we report in the future.

The summary statement of income data for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the selected consolidated financial data as of and for the year ended December 31, 2012, or collectively, the Unaudited 2012 Financial Data, presented in this prospectus was not audited and investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such data.

The Unaudited 2012 Financial Data included in this prospectus was based on our unaudited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. This financial data was not audited for any period and was not subject to adjustments or procedures, closing or otherwise. The Unaudited 2012 Financial Data included in this prospectus involves estimates, assumptions and judgments and is based on the Predecessor’s books and records and may not reflect what our results of operations would have been had the consolidated financial statements for the relevant periods been audited. The Unaudited 2012 Financial Data could materially vary from the results of operations had they been audited. Investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the Unaudited 2012 Financial Data.

Our tax receivable agreement will require us to make cash payments to the former holders of units in Topco in respect of certain tax benefits to which we may become entitled, and we expect that the payments we will be required to make will be substantial.

In connection with the consummation of the Corporate Reorganization, which will occur immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, we will enter into a tax receivable agreement with the former holders of units of Topco. Pursuant to the tax receivable agreement, we will be required to make cash payments to the former holders of units of Topco equal to           % of the tax benefits, if any, that we actually realize, or in some circumstances are deemed to realize, as a result of certain tax attributes that were generated when SkinnyPop was acquired by affiliates of TA Associates in July 2014. The amount of the cash payments that we may be required to make under the tax receivable agreement could be significant. Payments under the tax receivable agreement will be based on the tax reporting positions that we determine, which tax reporting positions will be based on the advice of our tax advisors. Any

 

39


Table of Contents

payments made by us to former holders of units of Topco under the tax receivable agreement will generally reduce the amount of overall cash flow that might have otherwise been available to us. If the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, were to successfully challenge the tax benefits that give rise to any payments under the tax receivable agreement, our future payments under the tax receivable agreement to the former holders of units of Topco would be reduced by the amount of such payments, but the tax receivable agreement does not require the former holders of units of Topco to reimburse us for the amount of such payments to the extent they exceed any future amounts payable under the tax receivable agreement. To the extent that we are unable to make timely payments under the tax receivable agreement for any reason, the unpaid amounts will be deferred and will accrue interest until paid by us. Furthermore, our future obligation to make payments under the tax receivable agreement could make us a less attractive target for an acquisition, particularly in the case of an acquirer that cannot use some or all of the tax benefits that may be deemed realized under the tax receivable agreement. For more information, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement”.

Disruptions in the worldwide economy may adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Adverse and uncertain economic conditions may impact distributor, retailer and consumer demand for our products. In addition, our ability to manage normal commercial relationships with our suppliers, contract manufacturers, distributors, retailers, consumers and creditors may suffer. Consumers may shift purchases to lower-priced or other perceived value offerings during economic downturns, making it more difficult to sell our premium products. During economic downturns, it may be more difficult to convince consumers to switch to our brands or convince new users to choose our brands without expensive sampling programs and price promotions. In particular, consumers may reduce the amount of products with no GMOs, gluten, or preservatives that they purchase when there are conventional offerings of similar products, which generally have lower retail prices. In addition, consumers may choose to purchase private-label products rather than branded products because they are generally less expensive. Distributors and retailers may become more conservative in response to these conditions and seek to reduce their inventories. For example, during the economic downturn from 2007 through 2009, distributors and retailers significantly reduced their inventories. Our results of operations depend upon, among other things, our ability to maintain and increase sales volume with our existing distributors and retailers, to attract new consumers and to provide products that appeal to consumers at prices they are willing and able to pay. Prolonged unfavorable economic conditions may have an adverse effect on our sales and profitability.

An impairment of goodwill could materially adversely affect our net income.

We have significant goodwill, which amounted to 0% and 13.5% of our total assets as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. In accordance with GAAP, we first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of our sole reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test, which we perform annually in the fourth fiscal quarter and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of goodwill may not be recoverable. Future events that may trigger impairment include, but are not limited to, significant adverse change in customer demand, the business climate or a significant decrease in expected cash flows. When impaired, the carrying value of goodwill is written down to fair value. In the event that an impairment to goodwill is identified, an immediate charge to earnings would be recorded, which would adversely affect our operating results. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Goodwill and Intangible Assets”.

 

40


Table of Contents

We rely on sales agents for our products and there could be a disruption in our ability to sell products to our customers if our relationship with a major sales agent is terminated.

We are represented by 20 agents who represent almost all of our product line to supermarkets and food stores. There are a very limited number of national sales agents in the snack food industry. Our agreements with these agents are terminable by either us or them after satisfaction of a short notice period. The termination of these agreements would require us to seek other sales agents, likely causing significant disruption to our business, and could affect our relationships with our customers. New sales agents would also potentially face conflicts of interest with respect to their existing customers.

A determination that the employees of our current third-party manufacturer or any future third-party co-manufacturers constitute our employees could have a material adverse effect on us.

We currently outsource the manufacturing of all of our products to a third-party co-manufacturer and we expect that we will continue to outsource the manufacturing of all of our products to one or more third-party manufacturers in the future. We do not consider employees of these third-party manufacturers to be our employees. As such, we do not withhold federal or state income or other employment related taxes, make federal or state unemployment tax or Federal Insurance Contributions Act payments, provide workers’ compensation insurance or other employee-related benefits with respect to these manufacturers’ employees. Recently, there has been an increase in litigation against companies across industries claiming that certain individuals associated with outsourced business functions should be considered employees. Although we are not unique in our outsourcing of certain aspects of our business, such as manufacturing operations, to third parties, there is a risk that such claims may be brought against us. This risk would be increased to the extent that any of the employees of our third-party manufacturers work exclusively on the manufacture of our products. In the event of a determination by a court, federal or state taxing authorities or other relevant governmental authorities that the employees of our third-party manufacturers constitute our employees, we may be adversely affected and subject to retroactive taxes and penalties.

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock and this Offering

Our stock price may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance, and you may lose part or all of your investment.

The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to a number of factors, most of which we cannot control, including:

 

    market conditions or trends in the BFY packaged food industry or in the economy as a whole;

 

    actions by competitors;

 

    actual or anticipated growth rates relative to our competitors;

 

    the public’s response to press releases or other public announcements by us or third parties, including our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC;

 

    economic, legal and regulatory factors unrelated to our performance;

 

    any future guidance we may provide to the public, any changes in such guidance or any difference between our guidance and actual results;

 

    changes in financial estimates or recommendations by any securities analysts who follow our common stock;

 

    speculation by the press or investment community regarding our business;

 

    litigation;

 

41


Table of Contents
    changes in key personnel; and

 

    future sales of our common stock by our officers, directors and significant stockholders.

In addition, the stock markets, including the NYSE, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. In the past, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were involved in securities litigation, we could incur substantial costs and our resources and the attention of management could be diverted from our business.

Future sales of our common stock, or the perception in the public markets that these sales may occur, may depress our stock price.

The market price of our common stock could decline significantly as a result of sales of a large number of shares of our common stock in the market following this initial offering. These sales, or the perception that these sales might occur, could depress the market price of our common stock. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale”.

In connection with this offering, we, our directors, certain of our executive officers and the selling stockholders have each agreed to certain lock-up restrictions. We and they, subject to certain exceptions, will not be permitted to dispose of or hedge any shares of our common stock for 180 days (subject to extension) after the date of this prospectus, except as discussed in “Shares Eligible for Future Sale”, without the prior consent of the representatives. The representatives may, in their sole discretion, release all or any portion of the shares of our common stock from the restrictions in any of the lock-up agreements described above. See “Underwriting”.

Also, in the future, we may issue shares of our common stock in connection with investments or acquisitions. The amount of shares of our common stock issued in connection with an investment or acquisition could constitute a material portion of our then-outstanding shares of our common stock.

Concentration of ownership among our existing executive officers, directors and principal stockholders may prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions.

Upon the consummation of this offering, our selling stockholders will own, in the aggregate, approximately     % of our outstanding common stock (or approximately     % if the underwriters’ exercise their option to purchase additional shares). As a result, these stockholders will be able to exercise significant control over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, amendment of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and approval of significant corporate transactions and will have significant control over our management and policies. This concentration of influence could be disadvantageous to other stockholders with interests different from those of the selling stockholders. As a result of these ownership positions, these stockholders could take actions that have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of us or discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares, which could prevent stockholders from receiving a premium for their shares. These actions may be taken even if other stockholders oppose them. The concentration of voting power held by the selling stockholders may have an adverse effect on the price of our common stock. The interests of these stockholders may not be consistent with your interests as a stockholder.

 

42


Table of Contents

None of the proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders in this offering will be available to fund our operations or to pay dividends.

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders in this offering. The selling stockholders, which are investment funds and entities affiliated with TA Associates and other holders of existing units in Topco to be identified in this prospectus, will receive all proceeds from the sale of shares. Consequently, none of the proceeds from such sale will be available to fund our operations, capital expenditures or acquisition opportunities or to pay dividends. See “Use of Proceeds” and “Principal and Selling Stockholders”.

We identified a material weakness in connection with our 2014 audit. If we fail to remediate that material weakness and otherwise establish and maintain effective internal controls in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, it could have a material adverse effect on our business and stock price.

As a public company, we will be required to document and test our internal control procedures in order to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which will require, beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016, annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Additionally, as of the later of the filing of such Annual Report and the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company” we will require a report by our independent registered public accounting firm that addresses the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. During the course of our testing, we may identify deficiencies that we may not be able to remediate in time to meet our deadline for compliance with Section 404.

Testing and maintaining internal control can divert our management’s attention from other matters that are important to the operation of our business. We also expect the regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make it more difficult to attract and retain qualified executive officers and members of our Board, particularly to serve on our audit committee, and make some activities more difficult, time-consuming and costly. We may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 and, when applicable to us, our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able or willing to issue an unqualified report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. If we conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective, we cannot be certain as to the timing of completion of our evaluation, testing and remediation actions or their effect on our operations because there is presently no precedent available by which to measure compliance adequacy.

In connection with the 2014 audit of our financial statements, we identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. This material weakness related to our presentation and classification of certain promotional obligations in the consolidated financial statements as well as our accounting for pricing concessions. We are in the process of developing a remediation plan with respect to the tracking of demonstration expenses and pricing concessions along with developing and evaluating our other internal controls.

We cannot predict the success of remediation plan or the outcome of our review at this time. During the course of the review, we may identify additional control deficiencies, which could give rise to other material weaknesses in addition to the one previously identified. We may also find that our previous and planned remediation measures have not been successful to the extent we expected, if at all. As a result, our ability to report our financial results on a timely and accurate basis may be

 

43


Table of Contents

adversely affected, we may be subject to sanctions or investigations by regulatory authorities, and investors may lose confidence in our financial information, which in turn could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

Our costs will increase significantly as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to complying with public company regulations.

As a public company with SEC reporting, regulatory and stock exchange listing requirements, we will incur additional legal, accounting, compliance and other expenses that we have not incurred historically. After the consummation of this offering, we will be obligated to file with the SEC annual and quarterly information and other reports that are specified in Section 13 and other sections of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and therefore will need to have the ability to prepare consolidated financial statements that are compliant with all SEC reporting requirements on a timely basis. In addition, we will be subject to other reporting and corporate governance requirements, including certain requirements of the and certain provisions of Sarbanes-Oxley and the regulations promulgated thereunder, which will impose significant compliance obligations upon us.

We are an emerging growth company, and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company, or EGC, as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not EGCs, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock, and our stock price may be more volatile.

Although the JOBS Act permits an EGC such as us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies, we are choosing to “opt out” of this provision, and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards as required when they are adopted. This decision to opt out of the extended transition period under the JOBS Act is irrevocable.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock is influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. Moreover, if our operating results do not meet the expectations of the investor community, one or more of the analysts who cover our company may change their recommendations regarding our company, and our stock price could decline.

 

44


Table of Contents

Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware could prevent an acquisition or other change in control of our Company that may be beneficial to our stockholders.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the DGCL, to which we are subject contain provisions that could discourage, delay, or prevent a change in control of our Company or changes in our board of directors and management that the stockholders of our Company may deem advantageous.

After this offering, for as long as TA Associates continues to own a substantial number of shares of our common stock, representing a substantial number of votes entitled to be cast by holders of our common stock, it will have the ability to control decisions regarding an acquisition of us by a third party that are subject to a vote of our stockholders. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and the DGCL contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us without the consent of our board of directors. These provisions include a classified board of directors with each class serving three-year staggered terms, restrictions on the ability of our stockholders to remove directors, the inability of our stockholders to fill vacancies on our board of directors, in certain instances supermajority voting requirements for stockholders to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, prohibition on action by our stockholders by written consent, advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and director nominations, and the inability of our stockholders to call special meetings of stockholders. In addition, our board of directors has the right to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval, which could be used to dilute the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquirer. Moreover, we will be subject to the restrictions on business combinations set forth in Section 203 of the DGCL, which generally will prohibit us from engaging in a business combination with a person who owns in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock for a period of three years after the time of the transaction in which the person acquired in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock, unless, among other exceptions, the transaction is approved in a prescribed manner. Although we believe these provisions protect our stockholders from coercive or otherwise unfair takeover tactics and thereby provide for an opportunity to receive a higher bid by requiring potential acquirers to negotiate with our board of directors, these provisions apply even if the offer may be considered beneficial by some stockholders. See “Description of Capital Stock”.

Futures sales or other issuances of our common stock or issuances of securities convertible into our common stock would result in dilution to our stockholders and could adversely impact the market price of our common stock.

As of                     , 2015, and assuming the consummation of the Corporate Reorganization and the associated exchange or conversion of units of Topco for shares of our common stock or restricted stock, as applicable, we had outstanding             shares of our common stock and             shares of our restricted stock. In the future we may sell additional shares of our common stock or securities convertible into our common stock to raise capital or issue additional shares of our common stock or securities convertible into our common stock as consideration for future acquisitions, which would dilute the voting power and ownership percentage of our stockholders. In addition, we have a substantial number of shares of restricted stock that is subject to additional vesting, and the vesting of such shares will result in additional dilution of the voting power and ownership percentage of our stockholders. We cannot predict the size of future issuances of our common stock or securities convertible into our common stock or the effect, if any, that such future issuances might have on the market price for our common stock. The issuance and sale of substantial amounts of our common stock or securities convertible into our common stock, or the perception that such issuances and sales may occur, could also materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock and impair our ability to raise capital through the issuance of additional equity securities.

 

45


Table of Contents

No trading market currently exists for our common stock. We cannot assure you that an active trading market will develop for our common stock.

There currently is no public market for shares of our common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our Company will lead to the development of a trading market on the NYSE or otherwise, or how liquid that market might be. If an active market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling your shares of our common stock. The initial public offering price for our common stock has been determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following the consummation of this offering.

 

46


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws, which statements involve substantial risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements generally relate to future events or our future financial or operating performance. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “may”, “will”, “should”, “expects”, “plans”, “anticipates”, “could”, “intends”, “target”, “projects”, “contemplates”, “believes”, “estimates”, “predicts”, “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions that concern our expectations, strategy, plans or intentions. Forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

    our future financial performance, including our net sales, cost of goods sold, gross profit or gross profit margin, operating expenses, ability to generate positive cash flow and ability to achieve and maintain profitability;

 

    our ability to maintain, protect and enhance our brands;

 

    our ability to attract and retain customers;

 

    the sufficiency of our cash and cash equivalents to meet our liquidity needs and service our indebtedness;

 

    our ability to produce sufficient quantities of our products to meet demands;

 

    demand fluctuations for our products;

 

    our ability to successfully innovate and compete in the food industry;

 

    changing trends, preferences and tastes in the food industry;

 

    our ability to successfully expand in our existing markets and into new U.S. and international markets;

 

    worldwide economic conditions and their impact on consumer spending;

 

    our expectations concerning relationships with third parties;

 

    our ability to effectively manage our growth and future expenses;

 

    future acquisitions of or investments in complementary companies or products;

 

    changes in regulatory requirements in our industry and our ability to comply with those requirements; and

 

    the attraction and retention of qualified employees and key personnel.

We caution you that the foregoing list may not contain all of the forward-looking statements made in this prospectus.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. We cannot assure you that the results, events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur, and actual results, events, or circumstances could differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements.

 

47


Table of Contents

The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this prospectus to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments we may make.

 

48


Table of Contents

CORPORATE REORGANIZATION

The diagram below depicts our organizational structure immediately prior to the consummation of this offering:

 

 

LOGO

Topco (TA Topco 1, LLC)

Currently, the capital structure of Topco consists of four classes of membership units: (i) Class A Units, or preferred units, (ii) Class B Units, or common units, (iii) Class C-1 Units, which are profit interests and (iv) Class C-2 Units, which are profit interests (together with the Class C-1 Units, the “Class C Units”). Topco is the ultimate parent company of SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC, or SkinnyPop, which is the current operating company for our business operations. Topco owns 100% of the capital stock of Amplify Snack Brands, Inc., and Amplify Snack Brands, Inc. owns 100% of the membership units in SkinnyPop.

 

49


Table of Contents

The Corporate Reorganization

Immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, a series of related reorganization transactions will occur in the following sequence:

 

    Topco will liquidate in accordance with the terms and conditions of Topco’s existing limited liability company agreement. We refer to this transaction in this prospectus as the “Topco Liquidation”. The holders of existing units in Topco will receive, as a result of the Topco Liquidation, 100% of the capital stock of the Company. The capital stock of the Company will be allocated to such unit holders pursuant to the distribution provisions of the existing limited liability company agreement of Topco based upon the liquidation value of Topco, assuming it was liquidated at the time of this offering with a value implied by the initial public offering price of the shares of common stock to be sold in this offering. Topco will cease to exist following the Topco Liquidation.

 

    The Company will enter into a tax receivable agreement with the former holders of existing units in Topco pursuant to which such holders will receive the right to future payments from Amplify Snack Brands, Inc. See “—Tax Receivable Agreement”.

We refer to the foregoing transactions, collectively, as the “Corporate Reorganization”.

Immediately following the Corporate Reorganization, the selling stockholders identified in this prospectus will offer             shares of common stock of Amplify Snack Brands, Inc. to the public pursuant to the terms of the offering described in this prospectus (or             shares of common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of common stock from the selling stockholders). The holders of existing units in Topco, including the selling stockholders, will have the right to receive future payments pursuant to that certain tax receivable agreement described below in “—Tax Receivable Agreement”. New investors in this offering will not receive the right to receive any future payments pursuant to the tax receivable agreement.

As a result of the Corporate Reorganization and the subsequent consummation of the offering described in this prospectus:

 

    investors in this offering will collectively own             shares of common stock of Amplify Snack Brands, Inc. (or             shares of common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of common stock from the selling stockholders identified in this prospectus); and

 

    existing holders of units in Topco will collectively own             shares of common stock of Amplify Snack Brands, Inc. (or             shares of common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of common stock from the selling stockholders identified in this prospectus).

 

50


Table of Contents

The diagram below depicts our organizational structure immediately following the consummation of this offering:

 

 

LOGO

Tax Receivable Agreement

Pursuant to the tax receivable agreement to be entered into immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, the former holders of existing units in Topco will receive the right to future payments equal to             % of the U.S. federal, state and local tax benefits realized by us and our subsidiaries from the utilization of certain tax attributes that were generated when SkinnyPop was acquired by affiliates of TA Associates in July 2014. Amplify Snack Brands, Inc. will retain approximately             % of the U.S. federal, state and local tax benefits realized from the utilization of such tax attributes.

The amount payable to the holders of existing units in Topco under the tax receivable agreement will be based on an annual calculation of the reduction in our U.S. federal, state and local taxes resulting from the utilization of these tax attributes. For purposes of determining the reduction in taxes resulting from the utilization of pre-IPO tax attributes, we will be required to assume that pre-IPO tax attributes are utilized before any other attributes. We expect that the payments that we may make under the tax receivable agreement may be substantial. In addition, if the IRS were to successfully challenge the tax benefits that give rise to any payments under the tax receivable agreement, our future payments under the tax receivable agreement to the former holders of units of Topco would be reduced by the amount of such payments, but the tax receivable agreement does not require the former holders of units of Topco to reimburse us for the amount of such payments to the extent they exceed any future amounts payable under the tax receivable agreement.

Payment under the tax receivable agreement may be accelerated in the event of certain mergers, stock or asset sales, other forms of combinations or other changes of control or upon a

 

51


Table of Contents

breach by us of our material obligations under the tax receivable agreement (such as by failing to make a payment within              months of the date on which such payment is due). Such accelerated payment would be based on the present value of projected future payments under the tax receivable agreement as of the date of the accelerating event. Such projected future payments could differ from the payments that would otherwise have resulted under the tax receivable agreement from our actual tax benefits realized from utilizing the pre-IPO tax attributes.

The form of tax receivable agreement is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Treatment of Outstanding Equity Awards of Topco

In connection with the Corporate Reorganization, all of the outstanding equity awards (which are currently comprised of Class C units of Topco consisting of C-1 units and C-2 units) that have been granted under the TA Topco 1, LLC 2014 Equity Incentive Plan will be converted into shares of the common stock and restricted stock of Amplify Snack Brands, Inc. The portion of the outstanding Class C units that have vested as of the consummation of the Corporate Reorganization will be converted into shares of our common stock and the remaining portion of unvested outstanding Class C units will be converted into shares of Amplify Snack Brand’s restricted stock, which will be granted under our 2015 Plan. As a result, we will grant shares of common stock and restricted stock to current awardees under the 2015 Plan in connection with the Corporate Reorganization. The shares of restricted stock will be subject to time-based vesting conditions, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Class C units from which such shares are converted.

Holding Company Structure

Following the consummation of the Corporate Reorganization, Amplify Snack Brands, Inc. will be a holding company, and its sole material asset will be 100% of the membership units in SkinnyPop. As the sole and managing member of SkinnyPop, the Company will operate and control all of the business and affairs of SkinnyPop, Paqui and any other subsidiaries of the Company, through which we conduct our business. The Company will consolidate the financial results of its subsidiaries, including SkinnyPop and Paqui. Pursuant to the limited liability company agreement of SkinnyPop, the Company will have the right to determine when distributions will be made to the Company and the amount of any such distributions.

 

52


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

The selling stockholders are selling all of the shares of our common stock being sold in this offering, including any shares that may be sold in connection with the exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders”. Accordingly, we will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering. We will bear all costs, fees and expenses in connection with this offering, which are estimated to be $              , except that the selling stockholders will pay all underwriting commissions and discounts.

 

53


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

Except as described below, we have not declared or paid a cash dividend on our capital stock. Any future determination to declare cash dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws, and will depend on a number of factors, including our financial condition results of operations, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. The Credit Agreement governing our credit facility prohibits the payment of any dividends without obtaining the prior written consent of the lenders representing a majority of the outstanding principal under the Credit Agreement, other than dividends payable solely in our common stock.

In December 2014, SkinnyPop made a $59.8 million distribution to the Company in connection with the second amendment to our Credit Agreement. The Company then distributed such amount to Topco, which then distributed such amount to its members. We refer to this distribution as the December 2014 Special Dividend.

In May 2015, SkinnyPop made a $22.3 million distribution to the Company in connection with our Third Amended Credit Facility. The Company then distributed such amount to Topco, which then distributed such amount to its members. For more information about this distribution, which we refer to as the May 2015 Special Dividend, as well as the December 2014 Special Dividend, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—The Sponsor Acquisition and Subsequent Financings”.

We do not currently intend to declare or pay any similar special dividends in the foreseeable future.

 

54


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth cash and cash equivalents, as well as our capitalization, as of                     , 2015 as follows:

 

    on an actual historical basis for the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries;

 

    on an adjusted basis to give effect to the completion of the Corporate Reorganization prior to the consummation of this offering (see “Corporate Reorganization”); and

 

    on an as further adjusted basis giving effect to the adjustments set forth above and the sale of             shares of common stock by the selling stockholders in this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the payment of the Performance Bonus Payments, the May 2015 Special Dividend and the estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The as further adjusted information set forth in the table below is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other final terms of this offering. You should read this table together with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes, and “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Risk Factors” that are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of                     , 2015  
(In thousands, except share and per share information)        Actual          As
    Adjusted    
     As Further
    Adjusted    
 

Cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments(1)

   $                    $                    $                
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt

Total stockholders’/members’ equity:

Members’ equity

Preferred stock, par value $         per share: no shares authorized, issued, and outstanding, actual and as adjusted;              shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, as further adjusted

Common stock, par value $         per share:              shares authorized,              shares issued and outstanding, actual;              shares authorized,             shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted;             shares authorized,             shares issued and outstanding, as further adjusted

Additional paid-in capital(2)

Retained earnings

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’/members’ equity

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization(3)

$      $      $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The as adjusted cash and cash equivalents reflects             . The as further adjusted cash and cash equivalents reflects the payment of the Performance Bonus Payments, the May 2015 Special Dividend and the estimated offering expenses payable by us.
(2) The as adjusted additional paid-in capital reflects                    .
(3) If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholders were exercised in full, as further adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’/members’ equity and shares issued and outstanding as of                     , 2015 would not change.

 

55


Table of Contents

The as adjusted and as further adjusted columns in the table above exclude the following:

 

                shares of our common stock that are issuable upon the conversion of             Class C units of Topco that were issued, outstanding and vested as of                     , 2015, which conversion will occur in connection with the Corporate Reorganization;

 

                shares of our restricted stock issuable upon the conversion of             Class C units of Topco that were issued, outstanding and unvested as of                     , 2015, which conversion will occur in connection with the Corporate Reorganization; and

 

                shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, which will become effective upon the consummation of this offering, and which contains provisions that automatically increase its share reserve each year.

 

56


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. Net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after the completion of this offering.

Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our total tangible assets less our total liabilities by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding. Our historical net tangible book value as of                 , 2015 was $                 million, or $                 per share. Our historical net tangible book value excludes $                 million of goodwill and intangible assets and $                 million of net deferred tax assets—long term.

Because all of the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering, including those subject to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, will be sold by the selling stockholders, there will be no increase in the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as a result of this offering. The common stock to be sold by the selling stockholders is common stock that will be currently issued and outstanding following the Corporate Reorganization. Accordingly, our pro forma net tangible book value as of                 , 2015, would be unchanged at $                 million, or $                 per share, prior to giving effect to the payment by us of the Performance Bonus Payments, the May 2015 Special Dividend and estimated offering expenses of $                 million in connection with this offering.

After deducting the payment of the Performance Bonus Payments, the May 2015 Special Dividend and the estimated offering expenses payable by us in connection with this offering, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of                  , 2015 would have been $                 million, or $                 per share. This represents an immediate decrease in pro forma net tangible book value of $                 per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $                 per share to investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

The following table illustrates this dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

$              

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of                 , 2015

$              

Decrease in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable this offering

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering

     

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value share to new investors in this offering

$     
     

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would not affect our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors, but would increase or decrease, as applicable, dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $            .

 

57


Table of Contents

The number of shares of common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on shares outstanding as of                  , 2015, and excludes:

 

                     shares of our common stock that are issuable upon the conversion of                  Class C units of Topco that were issued and outstanding and vested as of                  , 2015, which conversion will occur in connection with the Corporate Reorganization;

 

                     shares of our restricted stock issuable upon the conversion of             Class C units of Topco that were issued and outstanding and unvested as of                 , 2015, which conversion will occur in connection with the Corporate Reorganization as described above; and

 

                     shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Plan, which will become effective upon the consummation of this offering, and which contains provisions that automatically increase its share reserve each year.

 

58


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of income for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 present our consolidated results of operations giving pro forma effect to the Sponsor Acquisition, the December 2014 Special Dividend and the May 2015 Special Dividend described below under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—The Sponsor Acquisition and Subsequent Financings”, as if such transactions had occurred on January 1, 2014. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2015 presents our consolidated balance sheet giving effect to the May 2015 Special Dividend as if it had occurred on March 31, 2015. The pro forma balance sheet does not give effect to this offering, including the Performance Bonus Payments. The pro forma adjustments are based on available information and upon assumptions that our management believes are reasonable in order to reflect, on a pro forma basis, the impact of these transactions on the historical financial information of our Predecessor and Successor entities, as applicable.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information should be read together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, “Risk Factors” and the historical consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The Sponsor Acquisition was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. The initial estimated fair values of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities as of the date of acquisition, which are based on the consideration paid and estimates and our assumptions, are reflected herein. As explained in more detail in the accompanying Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Statement of Operations, the total purchase price of approximately $320 million to acquire the SkinnyPop business has been allocated to the assets acquired and assumed liabilities of SkinnyPop based upon estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. Independent valuation specialists conducted analyses in order to assist our management in determining the fair values of the acquired assets and liabilities assumed. Our management is responsible for these internal and third-party valuations and appraisals and they are continuing to review the amounts and allocations to finalize these amounts. Although our review is substantially complete and there are no pending items associated with accounting for the acquisition, we have one year from the date of completion of the Sponsor Acquisition to finalize these amounts and are therefore continuing to review.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information is included for informational purposes only and does not purport to reflect the results of operations of Amplify Snack Brands, Inc. that would have occurred had the Sponsor Acquisition, the December 2014 Special Dividend or the May 2015 Special Dividend occurred on January 1, 2014. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information contains a variety of adjustments, assumptions and estimates, is subject to numerous other uncertainties and the assumptions and adjustments as described in the accompanying notes hereto and should not be relied upon as being indicative of our results of operations had the Sponsor Acquisition, the December 2014 Special Dividend and the May 2015 Special Dividend occurred on the dates assumed. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information also does not project our results of operations for any future period or date. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information does not include results of the Paqui, LLC acquisition. Company management evaluated the impact to the Company’s financial statements of the Paqui, LLC acquisition and concluded that the impact was not large enough to require or separately warrant the inclusion of pro forma financial results inclusive of Paqui, LLC under applicable SEC rules and regulations or under GAAP.

The pro forma adjustments give effect to the following items in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition, the December 2014 Special Dividend and the May 2015 Special Dividend:

 

    the asset and liability valuations and related purchase price allocations associated with the Sponsor Acquisition;

 

59


Table of Contents
    the effect of the incurrence of a $150 million term loan and a $7.5 million revolving facility in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition;

 

    the incurrence of an incremental $50 million under the Credit Agreement governing the $150 million term loan, increasing the aggregate term loan to $200 million, as part of the December 2014 Special Dividend;

 

    the incurrence of an incremental $7.5 million under the Credit Agreement governing the $200 million term loan, increasing the aggregate term loan to $207.5 million and the incurrence of a $15 million borrowing under our revolving facility increasing the aggregate revolving facility to $25 million, each as part of the May 2015 Special Dividend;

 

    the estimated compensation expense associated with the Founder Contingent Compensation in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition, based on our achievement of certain contribution margin benchmarks during the fiscal year 2015, and the tax benefit, to the extent realized by us, associated with the arrangement; and

 

    the associated income tax expense effect of the above adjustments.

 

60


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Income

For the Year Ended December 31, 2014

 

     Historical(1)                 Pro Forma  
     Predecessor           Successor                 Combined  

In thousands, except per unit/share

information

   January 1,
2014 to
July 16,
2014
           July 17, 2014
to
December 31,
2014
     Pro Forma
Adjustments
         Year Ended
December 31,
2014
 

Net sales(2)

   $ 68,353            $ 64,004       $         $ 132,357   

Cost of goods sold(2)

     29,429              28,724                   58,153   
  

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Gross profit

     38,924              35,280                   74,204   

Sales & marketing expenses

     5,661              6,977                   12,638   

General & administrative expenses

     1,394              13,611         12,233  (3)(4)         27,238   

Sponsor Acquisition-related expenses

     1,288              2,215         (2,993 )(5)         510   
  

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

  8,343        22,803      9,240      40,386   

Operating income

  30,581        12,477      (9,240   33,818   

Interest expense

                  4,253         8,631  (6)         12,884   
  

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Pre-tax income

  30,581        8,224      (17,871   20,934   

Income tax expense

         3,486      3,840  (7)    7,326   
  

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 30,581            $ 4,738       $ (21,711      $ 13,608   
  

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Basic and diluted earnings per unit/share

$ 76,452.74      $ 4,737.97    $ 13,607.81   

Basic and diluted weighted average units/shares outstanding:

     400              1,000              1,000   

 

(1) The amounts in these columns represent our Predecessor’s and Successor’s historical results of operations for the periods reflected.
(2) Includes the effect of $0.4 million of additional cost of sales associated with inventory acquired.
(3) This adjustment reflects the incremental amortization expense associated with the allocation of purchase price to finite-lived identifiable intangible assets consisting of amortization related to customer relationships and the non-competition agreements entered into with the Founders.
(4) This adjustment reflects the incremental compensation expense associated with the Founder Contingent Compensation that would have been recognized if the employment agreements with the Founders had been in effect for the full year. The total estimated obligation of $26.8 million is being recognized ratably over the 18-month contractual service period. See Note 1 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information.
(5) This reflects an adjustment to exclude the non-recurring Sponsor Acquisition-related expenses, which consist of the following:

 

     Predecessor          Successor  
     January 1,
2014 to
July 16,
2014
          July 17, 2014 to
December 31,
2014
 

Transaction bonuses(i)

     778               

Sponsor transaction costs(ii)

                   2,215   
  

 

 

        

 

 

 

Total

   $ 778           $ 2,215   
  

 

 

        

 

 

 

 

  i. Represents transaction bonuses paid to employees in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition.
  ii. Represents legal, accounting, tax, insurance and other diligence fees paid to consultants in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition.

 

61


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Income

For the Year Ended December 31, 2014

 

(6) This adjustment reflects the following adjustments to increase interest expense as a result of the $150 million term loan and a $7.5 million revolving facility in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition; the incurrence of an incremental $50 million term loan increasing the aggregate term loan to $200 million, as part of the December 2014 Special Dividend and the incurrence of an incremental $7.5 million term loan increasing the aggregate term loan to $207.5 million as well as the incurrence of a $15 million borrowing under our revolving facility, increasing the aggregate revolving facility to $25 million each as part of the May 2015 Special Dividend:

 

Pro forma interest expense components:

  

Aggregate $207.5 million term loan and $15 million revolving loan interest expense(i)

   $ 12,026   

Amortization of capitalized debt issuance costs associated with aggregate term loan amortized over five years

     758   

Revolving facility unused commitment fees

     50   

Other administrative fees

     50   
  

 

 

 

Total pro forma interest expense

     12,884   

Less: actual interest expense for the period

     (4,253
  

 

 

 

Net pro forma adjustment to interest expense

   $ 8,631   
  

 

 

 

 

  (i) Reflects the impact of scheduled amortization payments. Assumes an interest rate of 5.50% per annum. A  18% change in the interest rate would change our annual interest expense by $0.3 million.

 

(7) Reflects the statutory tax rate of 35%.

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Income

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2015

 

    Historical(1)           Pro Forma  
(In thousands, except per share information)   Three months
ended March 31,
2015
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Three months
ended March 31,
2015
 

Net Sales

  $ 44,275      $      $ 44,275   

Cost of goods sold

    19,866               19,866   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Profit

  24,409           24,409   

Sales and marketing expenses

  3,618           3,618   

General and administrative expenses

  9,032           9,032   

Sponsor Acquisition-related expenses

              
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

  12,650           12,650   

Operating income

  11,759           11,759   

Interest expense

    2,955        178 (2)      3,133   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pre-tax income

    8,804        (178     8,626   

Income tax expense

    3,900        (881 )(3)      3,019   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 4,904      $ 703      $ 5,607   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted earnings per share

  $ 4,904.06        $ 5,607.02   

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding

    1,000          1,000   

 

(1) The amounts in these columns represent our Successor’s historical results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2015.

 

62


Table of Contents
(2) This adjustment reflects the following adjustments to interest expense as a result of the $150 million term loan and a $7.5 million revolving facility in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition; the incurrence of an incremental $50 million term loan increasing the aggregate term loan to $200 million as part of the December 2014 Special Dividend and the incurrence of an incremental $7.5 million term loan increasing the aggregate term loan to $207.5 million as well as the incurrence of a $15 million borrowing under our revolving facility, increasing the aggregate revolving facility to $25 million each as part of the May 2015 Special Dividend:

 

Pro forma interest expense components:

  

Aggregate $207.5 million term loan and $15 million revolving loan interest expense(i)

   $ 2,918   

Amortization of capitalized debt issuance costs associated with aggregate term loan amortized over five years

     189   

Revolving facility unused commitment fees

     13   

Other administrative fees

     13   
  

 

 

 

Total pro forma interest expense

     3,133   

Less: actual interest expense for the period

     2,955   
  

 

 

 

Net pro forma adjustments to interest expense

   $ 178   
  

 

 

 

 

  (i) Reflects the impact of scheduled amortization payments. Assumes an interest rate of 5.5% per annum. A 1/8% change in the interest rate would change our quarterly interest expense by $0.1 million.

 

(3) Reflects the statutory tax rate of 35%.

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Income

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2014

 

    Historical(1)           Pro Forma  
(In thousands, except per share information)   Three months
ended March 31,
2014
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Three months
ended March 31,
2014
 

Net Sales

  $ 25,706      $      $ 25,706   

Cost of goods sold

    11,378               11,378   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Profit

  14,328           14,328   

Sales and marketing expenses

  1,945           1,945   

General and administrative expenses

  669      5,644 (4)    6,313   

Sponsor Acquisition-related expenses

              
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

  2,614      5,644      8,258   

Operating income

  11,714      (5,644   6,070   

Interest expense

           3,274 (2)      3,274   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pre-tax income

    11,714        (8,918     2,796   

Income tax expense

           (979 )(3)      979   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 11,714      $ (9,897   $ 1,817   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted earnings per share

  $ 29,285.11        $ 4,543.50   

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding

    400          400   

 

(1) The amounts in these columns represent our Predecessor’s historical results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2014.
(2) This adjustment reflects the following adjustments to interest expense as a result of the $150 million term loan and a $7.5 million revolving facility in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition; the incurrence of an incremental $50 million term loan increasing the aggregate term loan to $200 million, as part of the December 2014 Special Dividend and the incurrence of an incremental $7.5 million term loan increasing the aggregate term loan to $207.5 million as well as the incurrence of a $15 million borrowing under our revolving facility, increasing the aggregate revolving facility to $25 million each as part of the May 2015 Special Dividend:

 

Pro forma interest expense components:

  

Aggregate $207.5 million term loan and $15 million revolving loan interest expense(i)

   $ 3,059   

Amortization of capitalized debt issuance costs associated with aggregate term loan amortized over five years

     189   

Revolving facility unused commitment fees

     13   

Other administrative fees

     13   
  

 

 

 

Total pro forma interest expense

     3,274   

Less: actual interest expense for the period

       
  

 

 

 

Net pro forma adjustments to interest expense

   $ 3,274   
  

 

 

 

 

  (i) Reflects the impact of scheduled amortization payments. Assumes an interest rate of 5.5% per annum. A 1/8% change in the interest rate would change our quarterly interest expense by $0.1 million.

 

63


Table of Contents
(3) Reflects the statutory tax rate of 35%.

 

(4) This adjustment reflects the incremental amortization expense associated with the allocation of purchase price to finite-lived identifiable intangible assets consisting of amortization related to customer relationships and the non-competition agreements entered into with the Founders.

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet

As of March 31, 2015

 

     Historical (1)            Pro
Forma
 
     March 31,
2015
     Pro Forma
Adjustments (2)
    March 31,
2015
 

ASSETS

       

CURRENT ASSETS:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 16,887       $ 22,285      $ 39,172   

Accounts receivable

     13,319                13,319   

Inventories

     3,768                3,768   

Net deferred tax assets – current

     2,196                2,196   

Other current assets

     845                845   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     37,015         22,285        59,300   

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT – Net

     1,029                1,029   

OTHER ASSETS:

       

Goodwill

     45,694                45,694   

Intangible assets

     262,344                262,344   

Net deferred tax assets – long term

     1,177                1,177   

Other assets

     3,232         119        3,351   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL

   $   350,491       $ 22,404      $   372,895   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY

       

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

       

Accounts payable

   $ 6,500       $      $ 6,500   

Accrued liabilities

     7,737                7,737   

Dividend payable

             22,285        22,285   

Senior term loan – current portion

     10,000         250        10,250   

Other current liabilities

     593                593   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     24,830         22,535        47,365   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

       

Senior term loan

     187,500         22,250        209,750   

Founder contingent consideration

     10,945                10,945   

Other long term liabilities

     356                356   

Total long-term liabilities

     198,801         22,250        221,051   

STOCKHOLDER’S/MEMBERS’ EQUITY:

       

Capital stock

                      

Additional paid in capital

     117,218         (22,285     94,933   

Members’ equity

            

Retained earnings

     9,642         (96     9,546   

Total stockholders’/ members’ equity

     126,860         (22,381     104,479   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL

   $ 350,491       $ 22,404      $ 372,895   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) The amounts in this column represents our Successor’s balance sheet as of March 31, 2015.
(2) This adjustment reflects (i) the incurrence of an incremental $7.5 million term loan increasing the aggregate term loan to $205 million (after the payment of a scheduled principal payment), as well as the incurrence of a $15 million borrowing under our revolving facility, increasing the aggregate revolving facility to $25 million, each as part of the May 2015 Special Dividend and (ii) the accrual of the May 2015 Special Dividend.

 

64


Table of Contents

Pro forma debt components:

  

Incremental term loan

   $ 7,500   

Revolving facility

     15,000   
  

 

 

 

Total pro forma debt increase

     22,500   

Less: deferred financing costs paid

     (119

Less: other transaction fees paid

     (96
  

 

 

 

Total dividend payable

   $ 22,285   
  

 

 

 

 

65


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables set forth our historical consolidated financial data. We have derived the selected (1) statements of income data for the year ended December 31, 2013 and the period from January 1, 2014 to July 16, 2014 for the Predecessor (as discussed below) and for the period from July 17, 2014 to December 31, 2014 for the Successor (as discussed below) and (2) balance sheet data as of December 31, 2014 from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the following selected consolidated financial data as of and for the year ended December 31, 2012, or the 2012 Financial Data, from our unaudited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. We caution you not to place undue reliance on the 2012 Financial Data. We have derived the selected (1) statements of income data for the three months ended March 31, 2014 for the Predecessor and the three months ended March 31, 2015 for the Successor and (2) balance sheet data as of March 31, 2015 from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements were prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements and include, in management’s opinion, all normal recurring adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Our financial data prior to the date of the Sponsor Acquisition, which are the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013 and the period from January 1, 2014 to July 16, 2014, are presented as the financial data of the Predecessor, which includes the results of the then-existing SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC. The financial data after the date of the Sponsor Acquisition, which are the period from July 17, 2014 to December 31, 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2015, are presented as the financial data of the Successor. The balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013 is presented as the balance sheet of the Predecessor and as of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 is presented as the balance sheet of the Successor. The Predecessor and Successor financial data has been prepared on different accounting bases and therefore the sum of the data for the two reporting periods should not be used as an indicator of our full year performance.

After the consummation of the Sponsor Acquisition, the Company along with its subsidiary SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC, are referred to collectively in this prospectus as the “Successor”. Prior to the consummation of the Sponsor Acquisition, SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC is referred to in this prospectus as the “Predecessor”. We applied Financial Accounting Standards Board’s, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification Topic 805, “Business Combinations” on July 17, 2014, the closing date of the Sponsor Acquisition, and as a result, the merger consideration in the Sponsor Acquisition was allocated to the respective fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed from the Predecessor. The fair value of identifiable intangibles was recorded at $265.3 million. For the period from July 17, 2014 to December 31, 2014, the Successor’s general and administrative expenses increased by $1.9 million as amortization was recorded. For the three months ended March 31, 2015, amortization expense was $1.0 million. As a result of the application of acquisition method accounting, the Successor balances and amounts presented in the audited consolidated financial statements and footnotes are not comparable with those of the Predecessor. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future, and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year or any other period.

 

66


Table of Contents

You should read the following selected consolidated financial data below in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, “Risk Factors”, “Capitalization”, “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information” and all of our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Predecessor     Successor     Predecessor     Successor  
(In thousands, except per
share information)
  Year
ended
December 31,
2012
    Year
ended
December 31,
2013
    January 1,
2014 to

July 16,
2014
    July 17,
2014 to
December 31,
2014
    Three
Months
ended
March 31,
2014
    Three
Months
ended
March 31,
2015
 

Statement of Income Data:

                 

Net sales

  $ 16,019      $ 55,710      $ 68,353      $ 64,004      $ 25,706      $ 44,275   

Cost of goods sold

    7,047        23,054        29,429        28,724        11,378        19,866   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     

Gross profit

    8,972        32,656        38,924        35,280        14,328        24,409   

Sales & marketing expenses

    1,495        5,938        5,661        6,977        1,945        3,618   

General & administrative expenses

    679        1,960        1,394        13,611        669        9,032   

Sponsor Acquisition-related expenses(1)

                  1,288        2,215                 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    2,174        7,898        8,343        22,803        2,614        12,650   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

    6,798        24,758        30,581        12,477        11,714        11,759   

Interest expense

                         4,253               2,955   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pre-tax income

    6,798        24,758        30,581        8,224        11,714        8,804   

Income tax expense

                         3,486               3,900   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 6,798      $ 24,758      $ 30,581      $ 4,738      $ 11,714      $ 4,904   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted earnings per unit/share(2)

  $   16,995.01     $   61,895.01     $   76,452.74     $   4,737.97     $   29,285.11      $   4,904.06   

Basic and diluted weighted average units/shares outstanding(2)

    400       400       400       1,000       400        1,000   
     

Cash Flow Data:

                 

Cash from operating activities

  $ 6,386      $ 22,469      $ 26,339      $ 12,719      $ 11,640      $ 14,142   

Cash used in investing activities

    (16     (456     (278     (294,630     (82     (370

Cash from (used in) financing activities

    (5,848     (19,362     (28,533     287,526        (9,687     (2,500

 

(1) In the period from January 1 to July 16, 2014 and the period from July 17 to December 31, 2014, the Sponsor Acquisition-related expenses reflect the Sponsor Acquisition.
(2) See Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the method used to calculate basic and diluted earnings per unit/share and the weighted average units/shares outstanding used in the computation of the per unit/share amounts.

 

(In thousands)    Predecessor           Successor  
   At December 31,
2012
     At December 31,
2013
           At December 31,
2014
     At March 31,
2015
 

Balance Sheet Data:

                

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 870       $ 3,519            $ 5,615       $ 16,887   

Working capital(1)

     1,671         6,599              3,378         12,185   

Property and equipment—net

             468              746         1,029   

Other assets

                          313,387         312,447   

Total assets

       2,550           11,053                338,891         350,491   

Total indebtedness(2)

                          206,936         209,394   

Total stockholder’s/members’ equity

     1,671         7,067              121,168         126,860   

 

(1) Working capital is the sum of current assets less current liabilities.
(2) Total indebtedness consists of the accrued amounts due in connection with the Founder Contingent Compensation, the actual outstanding principal amount of the term loan under our Credit Agreement and other current liabilities. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information”.

 

67


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed below. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below and those discussed in “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

Amplify Snack Brands is a high growth, snack food company focused on developing and marketing products that appeal to consumers’ growing preference for BFY snacks. Our anchor brand, SkinnyPop, is a rapidly-growing, highly-profitable and market-leading BFY RTE popcorn brand. We recently acquired a second BFY brand, Paqui, an emerging BFY tortilla chip brand, that has many of the same key taste and BFY attributes as SkinnyPop. We believe that our focus on building a portfolio of exclusively BFY snack brands will allow us to leverage our platform to realize material synergies across our family of BFY brands, as well as allow our retail customers to consolidate their vendor relationships in this large and growing segment.

Our SkinnyPop brand sells premium products made from high-quality, simple ingredients and is sold in over 47,000 retail locations in the United States and Canada. We distribute our products across a wide variety of retail channels, including natural and conventional grocery, drug, convenience, club and mass merchandise. We also have a presence in the foodservice and selected other non-food retail channels. Our SkinnyPop product portfolio consists of four core flavors (Original, Black Pepper, White Cheddar Flavor and Naturally Sweet), along with occasional rotational flavors, which are sold in a variety of packaging sizes and marketed under the SkinnyPop brand. Our SkinnyPop brand has experienced strong growth, driven by distribution gains, increases in sales velocities and new product introductions. As is evidenced by our high repeat purchase patterns, we have built a loyal and growing customer base for our SkinnyPop brand. Additionally, we believe retailers find our SkinnyPop products to be attractive because of our premium price points and strong sales velocities. While SkinnyPop’s growth has been rapid, we believe significant opportunity exists for continued growth.

Our corporate vision is to continue to build a diversified and BFY-focused snacking company that aligns with continued increases in consumer preferences for BFY products and overall snacking trends. We believe this focus gives us a competitive advantage in the large and intensely competitive snack foods market. We intend to achieve our goal by both developing and acquiring snacking brands and products that deliver exceptional taste, align with our BFY mission and allow us to leverage our management and infrastructure to help drive net sales growth and increased profitability.

Components of Our Results of Operations and Trends Affecting Our Business

Net Sales

Our net sales are derived from the sale of our products to our retailer customers, who purchase either directly from us or through third party distributors. Our products are sold to consumers through an increasing number of locations primarily in the natural and conventional grocery, drug and convenience, club and mass merchandise retail channels. We also have a growing presence in the foodservice and selected other non-food retail channels. Historically, all of our products have been sold

 

68


Table of Contents

under the SkinnyPop brand, which we continue to roll out in leading retailers across the United States. In April 2015, we acquired Paqui, a BFY tortilla chip brand.

Our net sales growth is driven by the following factors:

 

    Increased penetration of our more established retail channels, including the drug, natural and conventional grocery and club distribution channels as well as continued expansion into other sizeable distribution channels;

 

    Increasing sales velocity driven by growing awareness and consumer loyalty;

 

    Continued share gain by BFY products in the large and growing U.S. salty snacking market;

 

    The RTE popcorn category, into which we sell our SkinnyPop products, which was the fastest growing category across all U.S. salty snacking categories in 2014, with a growth rate of 22.6%; and

 

    Consumer trends and preferences, including a greater focus on health and wellness, increase consumption of smaller, more frequent meals throughout the day and a strong preference for convenient BFY products.

Our net sales increased by $76.7 million, or 138%, from $55.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $132.4 million for the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited) and by $18.6 million, or 72%, from $25.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 to $44.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015. While we expect our net sales to increase in absolute dollar in future periods, we expect that our net sales growth rate will not keep pace with our net sales growth rate in prior periods, due to the increasing cumulative size of the net sales base on which future growth rates will be measured.

Sales are recorded net of discounts, allowances, coupons, slotting fees and trade advertising that we offer our customers. Such amounts are estimated and recorded as a reduction in total gross sales in order to arrive at reported net sales. Management believes that net sales is the most appropriate measure of our revenues and the most useful measure for investors in understanding our business over time. Our net sales are periodically influenced by the introduction and discontinuance of sales and promotion incentives. We anticipate that promotional activities will continue to impact our net sales and that changes in such activities will continue to impact period-over-period results.

Our two largest customers in 2014, Costco and Sam’s Club, represented approximately 34.7% and 20.9% of our net sales on a pro forma unaudited basis for the year. We believe our relationships with these retailers have helped us increase the brand awareness for SkinnyPop and thereby enabled incremental sales to new and existing customers. In recent months, we have significantly increased both the number of retail locations where our products are sold and the number of our products found in individual retail locations across a variety of retail channels. We believe that by increasing penetration in all of our distribution channels, combined with greater brand awareness, new product introductions and favorable consumer trends, we will continue to drive our net sales growth in future periods. Although we have continued to grow and diversify our customer base, we expect that most of our sales will continue to come from a relatively small number of customers for the foreseeable future. In addition, we do not have purchase commitments or minimum volume requirements with any of our customers; accordingly, our net sales may fluctuate significantly from period to period.

We sell our products in varying package sizes and through multiple distribution channels. We do not charge the same price for our products on a per ounce basis across package sizes and we do not charge the same price for the same product across all distribution channels. Accordingly, the amount of our net sales that we recognize will vary from period to period depending on the mix of package sizes sold and distribution channels sold through during those periods.

 

69


Table of Contents

Gross Profit

Our gross profit reflects our net sales less our cost of goods sold, which consists of the costs of ingredients, packaging materials, contract manufacturing fees, shipping and handling costs, in-bound freight charges, equipment repairs, reserves for inventory obsolescence and depreciation of manufacturing equipment.

Our gross profit margins are impacted by input costs, which are subject to pricing movements driven by market supply and demand, and against which we do not engage in any hedging of our financial exposure. In recent periods, the prices of yellow corn (which impacts the price of popcorn kernels), sunflower oil and fuel have been priced below their respective historical five-year averages and we have realized some benefits from these low prices in the form of reduced cost of goods sold and resulting higher gross profit margins. We expect to mitigate any adverse movement in input costs through a combination of cost management and price increases. However, if our mitigation strategies do not eliminate increased costs, we may be unable to pass any such adverse movement in input costs onto our customers, which may thereby increase our cost of goods sold and, thus, reduce our gross profit. In addition, if our input costs decline, we may be asked to pass along these reduced costs to our customers in the form of lower prices for our products.

All of our SkinnyPop products are currently sourced from a single third-party co-manufacturing facility dedicated solely to manufacturing our products. We are subject to fluctuations in the cost of labor as well as the cost of film and corrugate for packaging of our products because these costs, plus a markup, are passed on to us by our single third-party co-manufacturer. Our relationship and contract terms with this third-party afforded us the opportunity to rapidly scale our business while maintaining our existing product quality, and provided us with significant predictability around contract manufacturing fees, and, as such, mitigated fluctuations in our cost of goods sold. While this relationship has historically been a benefit to us as we built our business, it also exposed us to the risks of relying on a single manufacturer and production facility.

Our gross profit increased by $41.5 million, or 127%, from $32.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $74.2 million for the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited) and by $10.1 million, or 70%, from $14.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 to $24.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, driven by strong growth in net sales. Our gross profit margin decreased modestly from 58.6% for the year ended December 31, 2013 to 56.1% for the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited), reflecting the effect of higher input costs and promotional activities. Our gross profit margin decreased modestly from 55.7% for the three months ended March 31, 2014 to 55.1% for the three months ended March 31, 2015, driven by higher trade promotional spending. While we expect our gross profit to increase in absolute dollars in future periods, we expect that our gross profit as a percentage of net sales will fluctuate and may decrease as a result of the competitive and other factors described herein.

Operating Expenses

Sales and Marketing Expenses

Sales and marketing expenses include salaries and wages, commissions, bonuses and incentives for our sales and marketing personnel, broker fees, sales-related travel and entertainment expenses and other marketing and advertising expenses. Our marketing programs also include selective event sponsorships designed to increase brand awareness and to provide opportunities to sample branded products to consumers. Included in sales and marketing expense are costs and fees relating to the execution of in-store product demonstrations.

Our sales and marketing expenses have remained relatively flat as a percentage of our net sales in recent periods, but we expect that our sales and marketing expenses in future periods will increase,

 

70


Table of Contents

as measured in both absolute dollars and as a percentage of our net sales, as we invest to support new product releases and drive greater brand awareness, attract new customers and increase household penetration.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses include salaries and wages for our management and general administrative personnel, liabilities associated with the Founder Contingent Compensation, depreciation of non-manufacturing property and equipment, professional fees to service providers including accounting and legal (both in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition, the December 2014 Special Dividend and the May 2015 Special Dividend, as well as costs incurred in the ordinary course of our business), costs associated with the implementation and utilization of our new corporate ERP system, amortization of intangible assets, insurance, travel and other operating expenses.

We continue to increase headcount, particularly in our management and finance departments, to support our continued growth. We expect our general and administrative expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars as we incur increased costs related to the growth of our business and our operation as a public company, which could impact our future operating profitability. After this offering, we expect to incur incremental annual costs related to operating as a public company in the range of $1.5 to $2.0 million.

Sponsor Acquisition-related Expenses

Sponsor Acquisition-related expenses with respect to Predecessor periods consist of (i) transaction expenses incurred by the Predecessor in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition and paid to the Predecessor’s advisors and (ii) transaction bonuses paid to employees of the Predecessor in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition. Sponsor Acquisition-related expenses for Successor periods consist of legal, accounting, tax, insurance and other diligence fees paid by the Successor to consultants in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition.

Interest Expense

In July 2014, SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC entered into senior secured credit facilities in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition. Interest expense in our results of operations consists of interest and commitment fees payable pursuant to these senior secured credit facilities, as well as costs incurred in connection with such debt financing that have been deferred and are being amortized using the effective interest method over the term of the indebtedness. The senior secured credit facilities consist of a term loan facility and a revolving facility. Proceeds from the initial term loan borrowings were primarily used to finance the Sponsor Acquisition and to pay fees and expenses in connection therewith. Proceeds from additional borrowings under the term loan facility were used to pay a $59.8 million distribution to the Company in 2014 to provide liquidity to our ultimate equityholders. The revolving facility may be used by us for working capital and for other general corporate purposes, including acquisitions and investments and dividends and distributions. See “—Indebtedness” and Note 8 in the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information.

At December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, we had $200 million and $197.5 million, respectively, outstanding under the term loan facility and no borrowings outstanding under the revolving facility. In May 2015, in connection with our Third Amended Credit Facility and as part of the May 2015 Special Dividend, we increased our term loan borrowings by $7.5 million to a total of $205 million, net of principal payments made in the first quarter of $2.5 million, and our revolving facility by $17.5 million to a total of $25 million and made a revolving loan borrowing of $15 million. The interest rates for the outstanding obligations at December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 for the term loan facility were LIBOR (with a 1.00% LIBOR floor) plus 4.5%, or 5.5% per annum. The commitment fee on the unused

 

71


Table of Contents

revolving facility was 0.5% per annum. The interest rates and commitment fee on the unused revolving facility remained unchanged in connection with our Third Amended Credit Facility. Assuming the interest rate and the outstanding principal amount of our indebtedness remains the same, we expect our cash interest expense to be approximately $11.5 million in 2015. This is a substantial increase from 2014. We also expect to use $10.2 million in cash in 2015 to make required principal payments on our term loans in accordance with the maturity schedule set forth below.

 

     As of
March 31,
2015
 

Remainder of 2015

   $ 7,688   

2016

     10,250   

2017

     10,250   

2018

     10,250   

2019

     166,562   
  

 

 

 

Total .

$ 205,000   
  

 

 

 

Competitive Factors

Competitive factors in the snack food industry include product quality and taste, brand awareness among consumers, access to supermarket shelf space, price, advertising and promotion, variety of snacks offered, nutritional content, product packaging and package design. Although we have been able to compete effectively, we expect these competitive factors to continue to impact our business.

The Sponsor Acquisition and Subsequent Financings

The Sponsor Acquisition

On July 17, 2014, the Predecessor was acquired by investment funds and entities associated with TA Associates, a private equity entity. We refer to this transaction as the Sponsor Acquisition. To effect the Sponsor Acquisition, the Predecessor’s members entered into a Unit Purchase Agreement, or the Purchase Agreement, with us and TA Midco 1, LLC, or Midco, whereby the Predecessor’s members contributed all units of the Predecessor to Midco in exchange for cash and rollover stock. The Predecessor then merged with and into Midco, with Midco as the surviving entity. Midco subsequently changed its name to SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC, a subsidiary of the Company. The parties agreed to consummate the Sponsor Acquisition, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Purchase Agreement, for an aggregate purchase consideration of $320 million, which included rollover stock from the Predecessor’s members representing approximately 14% of the Company. A portion of the purchase consideration is being held in escrow to secure post-closing purchase price adjustments and indemnity claims. The aggregate purchase consideration, and related fees and expenses, were funded by the equity investment in Topco by TA Associates, as well as from certain members of management, and the net proceeds from the borrowing of $150 million under the Credit Agreement. For more information on the Credit Agreement, see “—Indebtedness”.

The December 2014 Special Dividend

In December 2014, SkinnyPop made a distribution of $59.8 million to us, which we distributed to our parent, Topco, who subsequently distributed such proceeds to its unit holders according to the terms of Topco’s Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement. We refer to this distribution as the December 2014 Special Dividend. The December 2014 Special Dividend was paid in order to provide a return on investment and liquidity to our equity holders and was not used to pay any part of the consideration for the Sponsor Acquisition. We paid for the December 2014 Special Dividend, in part, with the proceeds of the second amendment to our Credit Amendment. For more information on the Credit Agreement and the amendments thereto, see “—Indebtedness”.

 

72


Table of Contents

The May 2015 Special Dividend

In May 2015, SkinnyPop made a distribution of $22.3 million to us, which we distributed to our parent, Topco, which subsequently distributed such proceeds to its unit holders according to the terms of Topco’s Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement. We refer to this distribution as the May 2015 Special Dividend. The May 2015 Special Dividend was paid in order to provide a return on investment and liquidity to our equityholders and was not used to pay any part of the consideration of the Sponsor Acquisition. We paid for the May 2015 Special Dividend with the proceeds from borrowings under the Third Amended Credit Facility. For more information on the Credit Facility and the amendments thereto, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Indebtedness”.

The board of directors considered a number of different factors in making its determination to declare and distribute the December 2014 Special Dividend and the May 2015 Special Dividend using proceeds from the Company’s Second Amended Credit Facility and Third Amended Credit Facility, respectively. As an overall objective, the board of directors desired to provide its stockholders with a modest return on equity capital in a manner that also optimized the Company’s balance sheet from a corporate finance perspective. Given the Company’s historical levels of operating cash flow less capital expenditures, the board of directors believed that incurring additional indebtedness at historically-favorable market rates would allow the Company to reduce its cost of capital, while at the same time preserving the Company’s ability to fund future acquisitions and meet the Company’s future growth objectives. The board of directors reviewed various analyses (some of which were prepared for the board of directors by independent third party advisors) regarding the Company’s expected pro forma interest and fixed charge coverage ratios and the Company’s ongoing ability to meet its pro forma debt service requirements for the foreseeable future. After considering all of these factors, the board of directors determined to pay both the December 2015 Special Dividend and the May 2015 Special Dividend, and to fund such dividends using proceeds from the Company’s Second Amended Credit Facility and Third Amended Credit Facility, respectively.

Results of Operations

Our results of operations prior to the date of the Sponsor Acquisition are presented as the results of the Predecessor, SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC. The results of operations, including the Sponsor Acquisition and results thereafter, are presented as the results of the Successor, the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries. The Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited) represents the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2014 after giving pro forma effect to the Sponsor Acquisition, the December 2014 Special Dividend and the May 2015 Special Dividend as if such transactions had occurred on January 1, 2014, as more fully described in “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information”, which section includes a comparative presentation showing all pro forma adjustments made to our historical statements of income for the Predecessor and Successor periods in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. We believe it provides useful information in assessing our business. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information”. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of income is included for informational purposes only and does not purport to reflect the results of operations of Amplify Snack Brands, Inc. that would have occurred had the Sponsor Acquisition, the December 2014 Special Dividend or the May 2015 Special Dividend occurred on January 1, 2014. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of income contains a variety of adjustments, assumptions and estimates, is subject to numerous other uncertainties and the assumptions and adjustments as described in the accompanying notes hereto and should not be relied upon as being indicative of our results of operations had the Sponsor Acquisition, the December 2014 Special Dividend and the May 2015 Special Dividend occurred on the dates assumed. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of income also does not project our results of operations for any future period or date. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of income does not include results of the Paqui, LLC acquisition. Company management

 

73


Table of Contents

evaluated the impact to the Company’s financial statements of the Paqui, LLC acquisition and concluded that the impact was not large enough to require or separately warrant the inclusion of pro forma financial results inclusive of Paqui, LLC under applicable SEC rules and regulations or under GAAP.

The following tables set forth our statements of income for the periods presented in dollars and as a percentage of our net sales:

 

     Predecessor          Successor  
(In thousands, except percentage information)    Three months
ended
March 31,
2014
     % of
Net
Sales
          Three months
ended
March 31,
2015
     % of
Net
Sales
 

Net sales

   $ 25,706         100        $ 44,275         100

Cost of goods sold

     11,378         44          19,866         45
  

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross Profit

     14,328         56          24,409         55

Sales & marketing expenses

     1,945         7          3,618         8

General & administrative expenses

     669         3          9,032         20

Sponsor acquisition-related expense

             0                  0
  

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     2,614         10          12,650         28
  

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income

     11,714         46          11,759         27

Interest expense

             0          2,955         7
  

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pre-tax income

     11,714         46          8,804         20

Income tax expense

             0          3,900         9
  

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income(1)

   $ 11,714         46        $ 4,904         11
  

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other Financial Information (Non-GAAP):

               

Adjusted EBITDA(2)

   $ 11,748         46        $ 19,231         43

Operating cash flow less capital expenditures(3)

   $ 11,558         45        $ 13,772         31

 

(1) For the three months ended March 31, 2014, on a pro forma basis, as described in “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information”, our net income would have been $1.8 million.
(2) See “—Non GAAP Financial Measures—Adjusted EBITDA” for more information and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.
(3) See “—Non GAAP Financial Measures—Operating Cash Flow Less Capital Expenditures” for more information and a reconciliation of operating cash flow less capital expenditures to cash from operating activities, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.

 

(In thousands, except percentage
information)
  Predecessor         Successor     Pro Forma (Unaudited)  
  Year ended
December 31,
2013
    % of
Net
Sales
     January 1,
2014 to
July 16,
2014
         July 17, 2014
to December 31,
2014
    Year ended
December 31,
2014
     % of
Net
Sales
 

Net sales

  $  55,710        100    $  68,353          $  64,004      $  132,357         100

Cost of goods sold

    23,054        41         29,429            28,724        58,153         44   
 

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross Profit

    32,656        59         38,924            35,280        74,204         56   

Sales & marketing expenses

    5,938        11         5,661            6,977        12,638         10   

General & administrative expenses

    1,960        4         1,394            13,611        27,238         21   

Sponsor acquisition-related expense

                   1,288            2,215        510         0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    7,898        14         8,343            22,803        40,386         31   
 

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income

    24,758        44         30,581            12,477        33,818         26   

Interest expense

                              4,253        12,884         10   
 

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pre-tax income

    24,758        44         30,581            8,224        20,934         16   

Income tax expense

                              3,486        7,326         6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

  $  24,758        44    $  30,581          $ 4,738      $ 13,608         10
 

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
                 

Other Financial Information (Non-GAAP):

                 

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

  $ 24,805        45    $ 31,947          $ 26,592      $ 58,539         44

Operating cash flow less capital expenditures(2)

  $ 22,013        40    $ 26,061          $ 12,541                  

 

74


Table of Contents

 

(1) See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures—Adjusted EBITDA” for more information and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.
(2) See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures—Operating Cash Flow Less Capital Expenditures” for more information and a reconciliation of operating cash flow less capital expenditures to cash from operating activities, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We include Adjusted EBITDA and operating cash flow less capital expenditures, which we refer to as the non-GAAP metrics, in this prospectus because they are important measures upon which our management assesses our operating performance. We use Adjusted EBITDA as a key performance metric because we believe it facilitates operating performance comparisons from period-to-period by excluding potential differences primarily caused by variations in capital structures, tax positions, the impact of depreciation and amortization expense on our fixed assets and the impact of equity-based compensation expense. In addition, our Credit Agreement contains financial maintenance covenants, including a total funded debt ratio and a minimum fixed charged ratio, that use Adjusted EBITDA as one of their inputs. We include operating cash flow less capital expenditures in this prospectus because we believe capital expenditures are essential to maintaining our operational capabilities and are a recurring and necessary use of cash. We view operating cash flow less capital expenditures as a key performance metric because it reflects changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs, and is useful in evaluating the amount of cash available for discretionary investments. Because such non-GAAP metrics facilitate internal comparisons of our historical operating performance on a more consistent basis, we also use them for business planning purposes, to incentivize and compensate our management personnel, and in evaluating acquisition opportunities. In addition, we believe the non-GAAP metrics and similar measures are widely used by investors, securities analysts, ratings agencies and other parties in evaluating companies in our industry as a measure of financial performance and debt-service capabilities.

Our use of non-GAAP metrics has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

    Adjusted EBITDA metric does not reflect our cash expenditures for capital equipment or other contractual commitments;

 

    Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect capital expenditure requirements for such replacements;

 

    Adjusted EBITDA metrics may not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

 

    Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the interest expense or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our indebtedness;

 

    Operating cash flow less capital expenditures does not reflect other non-discretionary expenditures such as mandatory debt service requirements or acquisition consideration paid that could impact residual cash flow available for discretionary expenditures; and

 

    Other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate Adjusted EBITDA and other non-GAAP measures differently, which reduces their usefulness as a comparative measure.

In evaluating non-GAAP metrics, you should be aware that in the future we will incur expenses similar to the adjustments in this presentation. Our presentation of any non-GAAP metrics should not

 

75


Table of Contents

be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by these expenses or any other expenses, whether or not they are unusual or non-recurring items. When evaluating our performance, you should consider the non-GAAP metrics alongside other financial performance measures, including our net income and other GAAP results.

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA is a financial performance measure that is not calculated in accordance with GAAP. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income adjusted to exclude, when appropriate, interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation, amortization of intangible assets, Founder Contingent Compensation expense, inventory fair value adjustment, equity-based compensation expenses, expenses related to the Sponsor Acquisition and other non-operational items. Below, we have provided a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to our net income, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net income or any other measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Our Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other organizations because other organizations may not calculate Adjusted EBITDA in the same manner as we calculate the measure.

The following tables present a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to our net income, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, for each of the periods indicated:

 

     Predecessor          Successor  
(In thousands)    Three months
ended March 31,
2014
          Three months
ended March 31,
2015
 

Net income

   $   11,714           $ 4,904   

Non-GAAP adjustments:

         

Interest expense

                 2,955   

Income tax expense

                 3,900   

Depreciation

     34             47   

Amortization of intangible assets

                 1,042   

Equity-based compensation expenses

                 788   

Founder Contingent Compensation(1)

                 4,602   

Executive recruitment(2)

                 308   

Other professional services(3)

                 685   
  

 

 

        

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 11,748           $   19,231   
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents compensation expense associated with the Founder Contingent Compensation. See Note 1 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information.
(2) Represents the recognized expense associated with sign-on and retention bonuses for certain executive hires and certain recruiting fees. We are permitted to add back expenses of this type in determining Adjusted EBITDA under the Credit Agreement governing our term loan. Adjusted EBITDA (as defined therein) is used thereunder in determining our financial maintenance covenants and for calculating ratios in our debt incurrence covenants and is therefore an important measure of our financial performance and our ability to take certain actions in operating our business. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Indebtedness” for more information.
(3) Represents transaction costs associated with legal and accounting services.

 

    Predecessor         Successor     Pro Forma(9)  
(In thousands)   Year ended
December 31,
2013
    January 1,
2014 to
July 16,
2014
         July 17, 2014 to
December 31,
2014
    Year ended
December 31,
2014
 

Net income

  $ 24,758      $ 30,581          $ 4,738      $ 13,608   

Non-GAAP adjustments:

           

Interest expense(1)

                      4,253        12,884   

Income tax expense(2)

                      3,486        7,326   

Depreciation

    47        78            99        177   

Amortization of intangible assets(3)

                      1,904        4,166   

Inventory fair value adjustment(4)

                      401        401   

Equity-based compensation expenses

                      235        235   

Founder Contingent Compensation(5)

                      8,437        18,408   

Sponsor Acquisition-related expenses(6)

           1,288            2,215        510   

Recapitalization expenses(7)

                      178        178   

Executive recruitment(8)

                      646        646   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $   24,805      $   31,947          $   26,592      $   58,539   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

76


Table of Contents

 

(1) Represents interest expense of $4.3 million recorded in Successor period from July 17, 2014 to December 31, 2014, and $12.9 million recorded in the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited) as more fully described in “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information”.
(2) Represents income tax expense of $3.5 million recorded in Successor period from July 17, 2014 to December 31, 2014, and $7.3 million recorded in the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited) as more fully described in “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information”.
(3) Represents amortization of intangible assets of $1.9 million recorded in Successor period from July 17, 2014 to December 31, 2014, and $4.2 million reflected as a component of general & administrative expenses in the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited) as more fully described in “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information”.
(4) This adjustment reflects the elimination of the $0.4 million increase in cost of goods sold related to the Sponsor Acquisition.
(5) Represents compensation expense associated with the Founder Contingent Compensation of $8.4 million recorded in Successor period from July 17, 2014 to December 31, 2014 (see Note 1 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information), and $18.4 million reflected as a component of general & administrative expenses in the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited) as more fully described in “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information”.
(6) Represents the following:

 

    Predecessor         Successor     Pro Forma  
(In thousands)   Year ended
December 31,
2013
    January 1,
2014 to
July 16,
2014
         July 17, 2014 to
December 31,
2014
    Year ended
December 31,
2014
 

Predecessor transaction costs(i)

  $     —      $ 510          $      $     510   

Transaction bonuses(ii)

           778                     

Sponsor transaction costs(iii)

                      2,215          
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $  —      $  1,288          $  2,215      $ 510   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  i. Represents a supplemental transaction payment and related expenses of $0.5 million paid to Precision Capital, an advisor to the Predecessor, in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition, in recognition of the services that were provided by Precision Capital, LLC to the Predecessor. Although the Predecessor was not contractually obligated to pay such amounts, we believe that such payments would not have been made by the Predecessor to Precision Capital, LLC but for the consummation of the Sponsor Acquisition. In addition, we are permitted to add back expenses of this type in determining Adjusted EBITDA under the Credit Agreement governing our term loan. Adjusted EBITDA (as defined therein) is used thereunder in determining our financial maintenance covenants and is therefore an important measure of our operating performance. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Indebtedness” for more information.
  ii. Represents transaction bonuses paid to employees in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition. These have been excluded from the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited) net income as more fully described in “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information”, and therefore no further adjustment is required in reconciling Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited) net income to Adjusted EBITDA.
  iii. Represents legal, accounting, tax, insurance and other diligence fees paid to consultants in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition. These have been excluded from the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited) net income as more fully described in “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information”, and therefore no further adjustment is required in reconciling Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited) net income to Adjusted EBITDA.

 

(7) Represents the expenses we incurred in connection with the December 2014 Special Dividend. We are permitted to add back expenses of this type in determining Adjusted EBITDA under the Credit Agreement governing our term loan. Adjusted EBITDA (as defined therein) is used thereunder in determining our financial maintenance covenants and is therefore an important measure of our operating performance. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Indebtedness” for more information.
(8) Represents the recognized expense associated with sign-on and retention bonuses for certain executive hires and certain recruiting fees. We are permitted to add back expenses of this type in determining Adjusted EBITDA under the Credit Agreement governing our term loan. Adjusted EBITDA (as defined therein) is used thereunder in determining our financial maintenance covenants and for calculating ratios in our debt incurrence covenants and is therefore an important measure of our operating performance and our ability to take certain actions in operating our business. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Indebtedness” for more information.

 

77


Table of Contents
(9) Represents Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited) net income, as more fully described in “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information”, adjusted to exclude, when appropriate, interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation, amortization of intangible assets, Founder Contingent Compensation expense, inventory fair value adjustment, equity-based compensation expenses, expenses related to the Sponsor Acquisition and other non-operational items.

Our Credit Agreement contains financial maintenance covenants, including a total funded debt ratio and a minimum fixed charge ratio, that use Adjusted EBITDA as one of their inputs. Accordingly, we have provided a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to our cash from operating activities, the most directly comparable liquidity measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to cash from operating activities or any other measure of liquidity calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Our Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other organizations because other organizations may not calculate Adjusted EBITDA in the same manner we calculate the measure. For more information on our Credit Agreement, its material terms, including the financial maintenance covenants, the amounts or limits required for compliance with the covenants and the effects of non-compliance with these covenants, see “—Indebtedness”.

The following tables present a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to our cash from operating activities for each of the periods indicated:

 

     Predecessor    

 

  Successor  
(In thousands)    Three months
ended
March 31, 2014
   

 

  Three months
ended
March 31, 2015
 

Cash from operating activities

   $ 11,640          $ 14,142   

Reconciling items:

        

Interest expense

                2,955   

Income tax expense

                3,900   

Deferred income taxes(1)

                247   

Amortization of deferred financing costs(2)

                (185

Net change in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisition

     108            (2,821

Executive recruitment(3)

                308   

Other professional services(4)

                685   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 11,748          $ 19,231   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 
(1) Represents a non-cash component of income tax expense above.
(2) Represents a non-cash component of interest tax expense above.
(3) Represents the recognized expense associated with sign-on and retention bonuses for certain executive hires and certain recruiting fees. We are permitted to add back expenses of this type in determining Adjusted EBITDA under the Credit Agreement governing our term loan. Adjusted EBITDA (as defined therein) is used thereunder in determining our financial maintenance covenants and for calculating ratios in our debt incurrence covenants and is therefore an important measure of our financial performance and our ability to take certain actions in operating our business. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Indebtedness” for more information.

 

78


Table of Contents
(4) Represents transaction costs associated with legal and accounting services.

 

    Predecessor         Successor  
(In thousands)   Year ended
December 31,
2013
    January 1, 2014
to July 16, 2014
         July 17, 2014 to
December 31, 2014
 

Cash from operating activities

  $ 22,469      $ 26,339          $ 12,719   

Reconciling items:

         

Interest expense

                      4,253   

Income tax expense

                      3,486   

Deferred income taxes(1)

                      3,126   

Amortization of deferred financing costs(2)

                      (292

Net change in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisition

    2,336        4,320            (1,640

Inventory fair value adjustment

                      401   

Founder Contingent Compensation (3)

                      1,500   

Sponsor Acquisition-related expenses(4)

           1,288            2,215   

Recapitalization expenses(5)

                      178   

Executive recruitment(6)

                      646   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 24,805      $ 31,947          $ 26,592   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents a non-cash component of income tax expense above.
(2) Represents a non-cash component of interest tax expense above.
(3) This adjustment reflects the prepayment of Founder Contingent Compensation. See Note 1 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information.
(4) Represents the following:

 

    Predecessor         Successor  
(In thousands)   Year ended
December 31,
2013
    January 1,
2014 to
July 16,
2014
         July 17, 2014 to
December 31,
2014
 

Predecessor transaction costs(i)

  $     —      $ 510          $   

Transaction bonuses(ii)

           778              

Sponsor transaction costs(iii)

                      2,215   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total

  $  —      $  1,288          $  2,215   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

  i. Represents a supplemental transaction payment and related expenses of $0.5 million paid to Precision Capital, an advisor to the Predecessor, in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition, in recognition of the services that were provided by Precision Capital, LLC to the Predecessor. Although the Predecessor was not contractually obligated to pay such amounts, we believe that such payments would not have been made by the Predecessor to Precision Capital, LLC but for the consummation of the Sponsor Acquisition. In addition, we are permitted to add back expenses of this type in determining Adjusted EBITDA under the Credit Agreement governing our term loan. Adjusted EBITDA (as defined therein) is used thereunder in determining our financial maintenance covenants and is therefore an important measure of our operating performance. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Indebtedness” for more information.
  ii. Represents transaction bonuses paid to employees in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition. These have been excluded from the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited) net income as more fully described in “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information”, and therefore no further adjustment is required in reconciling Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited) net income to Adjusted EBITDA.
  iii. Represents legal, accounting, tax, insurance and other diligence fees paid to consultants in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition. These have been excluded from the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited) net income as more fully described in “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information”, and therefore no further adjustment is required in reconciling Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited) net income to Adjusted EBITDA.

 

(5) Represents the expenses we incurred in connection with the December 2014 Special Dividend. We are permitted to add back expenses of this type in determining Adjusted EBITDA under the Credit Agreement governing our term loan. Adjusted EBITDA (as defined therein) is used thereunder in determining our financial maintenance covenants and is therefore an important measure of our operating performance. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Indebtedness” for more information.
(6)

Represents the recognized expense associated with sign-on and retention bonuses for certain executive hires and certain recruiting fees. We are permitted to add back expenses of this type in determining Adjusted EBITDA under the Credit Agreement governing our term loan. Adjusted EBITDA (as defined therein) is used thereunder in determining our financial

 

79


Table of Contents
  maintenance covenants and for calculating ratios in our debt incurrence covenants and is therefore an important measure of our operating performance and our ability to take certain actions in operating our business. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Indebtedness” for more information.

Operating Cash Flow Less Capital Expenditures

Operating cash flow less capital expenditures is a financial measure that is not calculated in accordance with GAAP. We define “operating cash flow less capital expenditures” as cash from operating activities, which is the most comparable GAAP financial measure, reduced by capital expenditures. Below, we have provided a reconciliation of operating cash flow less capital expenditures to our cash from operating activities, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Operating cash flow less capital expenditures should not be considered as an alternative to cash from operating activities or any other measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Our operating cash flow less capital expenditures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other organizations because other organizations may not calculate operating cash flow less capital expenditures in the same manner as we calculate the measure. Since capital spending is essential to maintaining our operational capabilities, we believe that it is a recurring and necessary use of cash. As such, we believe investors should also consider capital spending when evaluating our cash from operating activities. We view operating cash flow less capital expenditures as an important measure because it reflects changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs, and is one factor in evaluating the amount of cash available for discretionary investments.

The following tables present a reconciliation of operating cash flow less capital expenditures to cash from operating activities, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, for each of the periods indicated:

 

     Predecessor         Successor  
(In thousands)    Three months
ended March 31,
2014
         Three months
ended March 31,
2015
 

Cash from operating activities

   $  11,640          $  14,142   

Capital expenditures

     (82         (370
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Operating cash flow less capital expenditures

   $ 11,558          $ 13,772   
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

     Predecessor          Successor  
(In thousands)    Year ended
December 31,
2013
    January 1,
2014 to
July 16,
2014
          July 17,
2014 to
December 31,
2014
 

Cash from operating activities

   $ 22,469      $ 26,339           $ 12,719   

Capital expenditures

     (456     (278          (178
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Operating cash flow less capital expenditures

   $  22,013      $  26,061           $  12,541   
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

 

80


Table of Contents

Comparison of the Three Months Ended March 31, 2014 and 2015

 

     Predecessor      Successor      Change  
(In thousands, except percentage information)    Three months
ended March 31,
2014
     Three months
ended March 31,
2015
     $     %  

Net sales

   $ 25,706       $ 44,275       $ 18,569        72

Cost of goods sold

     11,378         19,866         8,488        75
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     14,328         24,409         10,081        70

Sales and marketing expenses

     1,945         3,618         1,673        86

General and administrative expenses

     669         9,032         8,363        1,250

Sponsor acquisition-related expense

                              
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     2,614         12,650         10,036        384
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     11,714         11,759         45        0

Interest expense

             2,955         2,955          
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pre-tax income

     11,714         8,804         (2,910     -25

Income tax expense

             3,900         3,900          
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 11,714       $ 4,904       $ (6,810     -58
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Financial Information (Non-GAAP):

            

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

   $ 11,748       $ 19,231       $ 7,483        64

Operating cash flow less capital expenditures(2)

   $ 11,558       $ 13,772       $ 2,214        19

 

(1) See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures—Adjusted EBITDA” for more information and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.
(2) See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures—Operating Cash Flow Less Capital Expenditures” for more information and a reconciliation of operating cash flow less capital expenditures to cash from operating activities, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.

Net Sales

Net sales increased $18.6 million, or 72%, from $25.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 to $44.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015. Our net sales growth has been primarily driven by volume increases resulting from increases in both the number of distribution points and sales to existing customers and the addition of new customers, primarily in the drug, conventional grocery and mass merchandiser channels. Volume increases resulted in an increase in net sales of approximately $15.8 million. Total Distribution Points increased 104% from 76 at March 31, 2014 to 155 at March 31, 2015. New customers acquired after March 31, 2014 accounted for approximately $2.8 million of the increase in net sales. Product price changes did not significantly impact sales growth from quarter to quarter.

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold increased $8.5 million, or 75%, from $11.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 to $19.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015. The increase in cost goods sold was primarily driven by increased sales volume. The product cost component of cost of goods sold increased $7.6 million, or 73%, from $10.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 to $18.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015. The shipping and handling cost component of cost of goods sold increased $0.9 million, or 90%, from $1.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 to $1.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015. The volume increase resulted in a cost of goods sold increase of approximately $9.0 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015. Rate decreases resulted in a cost of goods sold decrease of approximately $0.5 million in three months ended March 31, 2015.

 

81


Table of Contents

Gross Profit

Gross profit increased $10.1 million, or 70%, from $14.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 to $24.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015. The increase primarily related to the increase in net sales. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales declined approximately 60 basis points, from 55.7% for the three months ended March 31, 2014 to 55.1% for the three months ended March 31, 2015. The decrease in gross profit as a percentage of net sales was primarily a result of higher trade promotional spending in 2015 resulting from our increased product distribution. Trade promotional spending increased $5.0 million from the three months ended March 31, 2014 to the three months ended March 31, 2015.

Sales and Marketing Expenses

Sales and marketing expenses increased $1.7 million, or 86%, from $1.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 to $3.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015. The increase was due primarily to increases in compensation expense for sales and marketing personnel of $0.9 million as we began to build out our internal sales team in 2014. Demonstrations expense increased $0.3 million driven by increased investment in consumer trial activities. Sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of net sales were 7.6% for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 8.2% for the three months ended March 31, 2015, representing consistent sales and marketing efforts in proportion to net sales.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses increased $8.4 million, or 1,250%, from $0.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 to $9.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015. The increase was due primarily to higher compensation expense associated with the Founder Contingent Compensation of $4.6 million, equity-based compensation of $0.8 million, an increase in amortization expense of $1.0 million associated with the Sponsor Acquisition, an increase in compensation expense of $0.9 million and an increase in professional fees of $0.9 million due to increased headcount and professional services to support our growth and operations. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales increased from 2.6% for the three months ended March 31, 2014 to 20.4% for the three months ended March 31, 2015. The increase was a result of the factors described above.

Operating Income

As a result of the factors above, operating income was $11.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to operating income of $11.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015. Operating income as a percentage of net sales decreased from 45.6% in the three months ended March 31, 2014 to 26.6% in the three months ended March 31, 2015.

Interest Expense

The Company did not incur interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to $3.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015. Interest expense increased due to the incurrence of term loan borrowings in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition and the December 2014 Special Dividend.

Income Tax Expense

Our effective tax rate was 44.3% for the Successor three months ended March 31, 2015. The difference between the consolidated effective income tax rate and the U.S. federal statutory rate is primarily attributable to state taxes, net of federal benefit. The Predecessor was not subject to federal income tax.

 

82


Table of Contents

Net Income

As a result of the increase in net sales, gross profit, operating expenses, and interest expense, as well as the other factors described above, net income decreased $6.8 million, or 58%, from $11.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 to $4.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 (as compared to $5.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and $1.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, each on a pro forma basis). See “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information”.

Adjusted EBITDA

As a result of the factors above, Adjusted EBITDA increased $7.5 million, or 64%, from $11.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 to $19.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015. Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net sales decreased 230 basis points from 45.7% in the three months ended March 31, 2014 to 43.4% in the three months ended March 31, 2015. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures—Adjusted EBITDA” for more information and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.

Operating Cash Flow Less Capital Expenditures

Operating cash flow less capital expenditures increased $2.2 million, or 19%, from $11.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 to $13.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015. The increase was due primarily to the factors above, offset partially by interest and income tax payments in the Successor three months ended March 31, 2015. Mainly due to these factors, operating cash flow less capital expenditures as a percentage of net sales decreased from 45.0% in the three months ended March 31, 2014 to 31.1% in the three months ended March 31, 2015. See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures—Operating Cash Flow Less Capital Expenditures” for more information and a reconciliation of operating cash flow less capital expenditures to cash flow from operations, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.

Notes Regarding Pro Forma Results of Operations and Selected Consolidated Financial and Operating Information due to the Acquisition

Under GAAP, the audited consolidated financial statements for our fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 are presented in two distinct periods, as Predecessor and Successor entities, and are not comparable. However, in order to facilitate a discussion of our results of operations, liquidity and capital resources compared to a similar period within this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, or MD&A, we prepared and are presenting financial information for the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited). The Predecessor and Successor periods are presented on two different bases of accounting. The pro forma results may not be indicative of future results or financial presentation. Wherever practicable, the discussion below compares the pro forma consolidated financial statements for the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited) to the consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013. We believe this presentation provides the reader a more meaningful comparison of our operating results in the year ended December 31, 2014 with the other periods presented because it demonstrates our underlying business performance and reflects management’s assessment of our business. See “Risk Factors—Period-to-period comparisons may not be meaningful given the Sponsor Acquisition of SkinnyPop by TA Associates in 2014 and may not be representative of our future performance” and “Risk Factors—The pro forma financial information in this prospectus is presented for illustrative purposes only and does not represent what the results of operations of the

 

83


Table of Contents

combined company would have been had the Sponsor Acquisition, the December 2014 Special Dividend or the May 2015 Special Dividend occurred on January 1, 2014, the date assumed for purposes of that pro forma information, nor does it represent the actual financial position or results of operations of the combined company following the Sponsor Acquisition.”

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2014

 

    Predecessor         Successor     Pro Forma
(Unaudited)
    Change  
(In thousands, except percentage information)   Year
ended
December

31, 2013
    January 1,
2014 to
July 16,
2014
         July 17,
2014 to
December

31, 2014
    Year ended
December

31, 2014
    $     %  

Net Sales

  $ 55,710      $ 68,353          $  64,004      $  132,357      $ 76,647        138

Cost of Goods Sold

    23,054        29,429            28,724        58,153        35,099        152   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Profit

    32,656        38,924            35,280        74,204        41,548        127   

Sales & marketing expenses

    5,938        5,661            6,977        12,638        6,700        113   

General & administrative expenses

    1,960        1,394            13,611        27,238        25,278        1,290   

Sponsor acquisition-related expenses

           1,288            2,215        510        510          
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    7,898        8,343            22,803        40,386        32,488        411   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

  24,758      30,581        12,477      33,818      9,060      37   

Interest expense

                      4,253        12,884        12,884          
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pre-tax income

  24,758      30,581        8,224      20,934      (3,824   (15

Income tax expense

              3,486      7,326      7,326        

Net income

  $  24,758      $  30,581          $ 4,738      $ 13,608      $ (11,150     45
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Financial Information (Non-GAAP):

               

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

    24,805        31,947            26,592        58,539        33,734        136

Operating cash flow less capital expenditures(2)

    22,013        26,061            12,541        N/A        N/A        N/A   

 

(1) See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures—Adjusted EBITDA” for more information and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.
(2) See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures—Operating Cash Flow Less Capital Expenditures” for more information and a reconciliation of operating cash flow less capital expenditures to cash from operating activities, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.

Net Sales

Net sales increased $76.6 million, or 138%, from $55.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $132.4 million for the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited). Our net sales growth has been primarily driven by volume increases resulting from increases in both the number of distribution points and sales to existing customers and the addition of new customers, primarily in the drug, conventional grocery and mass merchandiser channels. Volume increases resulted in an increase in net sales of approximately $73.0 million. Total distribution points increased 178% from 49 at December 31, 2013 to 136 at December 31, 2014. New customers acquired during 2014 accounted for approximately $3.6 million of the increase in net sales. Product price changes did not significantly impact sales growth from period to period.

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold increased $35.1 million, or 152%, from $23.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $58.2 million for the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited). The increase in cost goods sold was primarily driven by increased sales volume. The product cost

 

84


Table of Contents

component of cost of goods sold increased $31.5 million, or 147%, from $21.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $52.9 million for the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited). The shipping and handling cost component of cost of goods sold increased $3.6 million, or 212%, from $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $5.3 million for the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited). The volume increase resulted in a cost of goods sold increase of approximately $34.7 million in Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited). Rate increases resulted in a cost of goods sold increase of approximately $0.4 million in Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited).

Gross Profit

Gross profit increased $41.5 million, or 127%, from $32.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $74.2 million for the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited). The increase primarily related to the increase in net sales. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales declined approximately 250 basis points, from 58.6% for the year ended December 31, 2013 to 56.1% for the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited). The decrease in gross profit as a percentage of net sales was primarily a result of higher trade promotional spending in 2014 resulting from our increased product distribution. Trade promotional spending increased $14.7 million from the year ended December 31, 2013 to the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited).

Sales and Marketing Expenses

Sales and marketing expenses increased $6.7 million, or 113%, from $5.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $12.6 million for the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited). The increase was due primarily to increases in demonstrations expense of $2.0 million and broker fees of $3.0 million related to the increase in net sales. Compensation expense for sales and marketing personnel also increased $1.0 million as we began to build out our internal sales team in 2014. Sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of net sales were 10.7% for the year ended December 31, 2013 and 9.5% for the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited), representing consistent sales and marketing efforts in proportion to net sales.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses increased $25.3 million, or 1290%, from $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $27.2 million for the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited). The increase was due primarily to an increase in compensation expense associated with the Founder Contingent Compensation of $18.4 million, an increase in amortization expense of $4.2 million associated with the Sponsor Acquisition, an increase in compensation expense of $1.2 million and an increase in professional fees of $1.2 million due to increased headcount and professional services to support our growth and operations. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales increased from 3.5% for the year ended December 31, 2013 to 20.6% for the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited). The increase was a result of the factors described above.

The Sponsor Acquisition-Related Costs

The Sponsor Acquisition-related costs for the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited) included a total of $0.5 million. These costs primarily included a supplemental transaction payment and related expenses paid to Precision Capital, an advisor to Predecessor, in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition. There were no such costs in the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

85


Table of Contents

Operating Income

As a result of the factors above, operating income was $24.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to operating income of $33.8 million for the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited). Operating income as a percentage of net sales decreased from 44.4% in the year ended December 31, 2013 to 25.6% in the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited).

Interest Expense

Interest expense was $0.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $12.9 million for the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited). Interest expense increased in 2014 due to the incurrence of term loan and revolver borrowings in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition, the December 2014 Special Dividend and the May 2015 Special Dividend.

Income Tax Expense

Our effective tax rate was 42.4% for the Successor period in 2014. The difference between the consolidated effective income tax rate for the Successor period and the U.S. federal statutory rate is primarily attributable to state taxes, net of federal benefit. The Predecessor was not subject to federal income tax. See Note 12 of the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further detail.

In connection with the Corporate Reorganization, the former holders of existing units in Topco will receive the right to receive future payments pursuant to a tax receivable agreement. This tax receivable agreement will provide that we will be obligated to make annual payments to the holders of existing units in Topco equal to               % of the U.S. federal, state and local tax benefits realized by us and our subsidiaries from the utilization of certain tax attributes that were generated when we were acquired by affiliates of TA Associates in July 2014. We will retain approximately               % of the U.S. federal, state and local tax benefits realized from the utilization of such tax attributes.

The amount payable to the holders of existing units in Topco under the tax receivable agreement will be based on an annual calculation of the reduction in our U.S. federal, state and local taxes resulting from the utilization of these tax attributes. For purposes of determining the reduction in taxes resulting from the utilization of pre-IPO tax attributes, we will be required to assume that pre-IPO tax attributes are utilized before any other attributes. We expect that the payments that we may make under the tax receivable agreement may be substantial. In addition, if the IRS were to successfully challenge the tax benefits that give rise to any payments under the tax receivable agreement, our future payments under the tax receivable agreement to the former holders of units of Topco would be reduced by the amount of such payments, but the tax receivable agreement does not require the former holders of units of Topco to reimburse us for the amount of such payments to the extent they exceed any future amounts payable under the tax receivable agreement.

Payment under the tax receivable agreement may be accelerated in the event of certain mergers, stock or asset sales, other forms of combinations or other changes of control or upon a breach by us of our material obligations under the tax receivable agreement (such as by failing to make a payment within months of the date on which such payment is due). Such accelerated payment would be based on the present value of projected future payments under the tax receivable agreement as of the date of the accelerating event. Such projected future payments could differ from the payments that would otherwise have resulted under the tax receivable agreement from our actual tax benefits realized from utilizing the pre-IPO tax attributes. For more information on the tax receivable agreement, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement”.

 

86


Table of Contents

Net Income

As a result of the increase in Founder Contingent Compensation, amortization expense in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition, and interest expense in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition, the December 2014 Special Dividend and the May 2015 Special Dividend, as well as the other factors described above, net income decreased $11.2 million, or 45%, from $24.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $13.6 million for the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited).

Adjusted EBITDA

As a result of the factors above, Adjusted EBITDA increased $33.7 million, or 136%, from $24.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $58.5 million for the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited). Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net sales decreased 30 basis points from 44.5% in the year ended December 31, 2013 to 44.2% in the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited). See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures—Adjusted EBITDA” for more information and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.

Operating Cash Flow Less Capital Expenditures

Operating cash flow less capital expenditures was $22.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, $26.1 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2014 to July 16, 2014 and $12.5 million for the Successor period from July 17, 2014 to December 31, 2014. These represented 39.5%, 38.1%, and 19.6% of net sales, respectively. The decrease in the Successor period from July 17, 2014 to December 31, 2014 was due primarily to interest and income tax payments. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures—Operating Cash Flow Less Capital Expenditures” for more information and a reconciliation of operating cash flow less capital expenditures to cash flow from operations, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.

 

87


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following unaudited quarterly statements of income data for each of the nine quarters ended March 31, 2015 have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited annual financial statements and include, in the opinion of management, all normal recurring adjustments necessary for the fair statement of the financial information contained in those statements. These quarterly results of operations are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that may be expected in the future and the results of operations in the periods presented are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for any other period. The following quarterly financial data should be read in conjunction with all of our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

(In thousands, except percentage information)

2014

  Predecessor         Successor  
  Three
months
ended

March 31,
    2014    
    Three
months
ended

June 30,
    2014    
    July 1,
2014 to
July 16,
      2014      
         July 17,
2014 to
September 30,
2014
    Three
months
ended
December 31,
2014
    Three
months
ended
March 31,
2015
 
 

Results of Operations Data:

               

Net sales

  $     25,706      $     35,462      $     7,185          $     30,957      $     33,047      $     44,275   

Gross profit

    14,328        20,130        4,466            16,702        18,578        24,409   

Sales & marketing expenses

    1,945        2,652        1,065            3,261        3,715        3,618   

General & administrative expenses

    669        599        126            5,493        8,118        9,032   

Sponsor Acquisition-related expenses

                  1,288            2,215                 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

    11,714        16,879        1,987            5,733        6,745        11,759   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 11,714      $ 16,879      $ 1,987          $ 2,126      $ 2,613      $ 4,904   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Other Financial Information
(Non-GAAP):

               

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

  $ 11,748      $ 16,915      $ 3,284          $ 13,232      $ 13,360      $ 19,231   

Operating cash flow less capital expenditures(2)

  $ 11,558      $ 13,663      $ 841          $ 12,407      $ 133      $ 13,772   
 

Percentage of Net Sales:

               

Net sales

    100     100     100         100     100     100

Gross profit

    56        57        62            54        56        55   

Sales & marketing expenses

    8        7        15            11        11        8   

General & administrative expenses

    3        2        2            18        25        21   

Sponsor Acquisition-related expenses

                  18            7                 

Operating income

    46        48        28            19        20        26   

Net income

    46     48     28         8     7     11
 

Other Financial Information:

               

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

    46     48     46         43     40     43

Operating cash flow less capital expenditures(2)

    45     39     12         40     0     31

 

(1) See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures—Adjusted EBITDA” below for more information and below for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.
(2) See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures—Operating Cash Flow Less Capital Expenditures” below for more information and below for a reconciliation of operating cash flow less capital expenditures to cash from operating activities, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.

 

88


Table of Contents

(In thousands, except for percentage information)

2013

  Predecessor  
  Three months
ended

March 31,
2013
    Three months
ended

June 30,
2013
    Three months
ended

September 30,
2013
    Three months
ended

December 31,
2013
 

Results of Operations Data:

       

Net sales

  $     8,247      $     12,727      $     14,701      $     20,035   

Gross profit

    4,945        7,142        9,272        11,297   

Sales & marketing expenses

    881        1,279        1,768        2,010   

General & administrative expenses

    288        386        286        1,000   

Sponsor Acquisition-related expenses

                           
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

    3,776        5,477        7,218        8,287   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 3,776      $ 5,477      $ 7,218      $ 8,287   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Financial Information (Non-GAAP):

       

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

  $ 3,780      $ 5,489      $ 7,230      $ 8,306   

Operating cash flow less capital expenditures(2)

  $ 3,924      $ 4,047     $ 7,066     $ 6,976  

Percentage of Net Sales:

       

Net sales

    100     100     100     100

Gross profit

    60        56        63        56   

Sales & marketing expenses

    11        10        12        10   

General & administrative expenses

    3        3        2        5   

Sponsor Acquisition-related expenses

                           

Operating income

    46        43        49        41   

Net income

    46     43     49     41

Other Financial Information (Non-GAAP):

       

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

    46     43     49     41

Operating cash flow less capital expenditures(2)

    48     32     48     35

 

(1) See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures—Adjusted EBITDA” below for more information and below for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.
(2) See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures—Operating Cash Flow Less Capital Expenditures” below for more information and below for a reconciliation of operating cash flow less capital expenditures to cash from operating activities, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.

 

89


Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA

The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to our net income, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, for each of the periods indicated below. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information on our use and the limitations of Adjusted EBITDA as a measure of our financial performance.

 

(In thousands)

2014

  Predecessor         Successor  
  Three
months
ended

March 31,
2014
    Three
months
ended

June 30,
2014
    July 1,
2014 to
July 16,
2014
         July 17,
2014 to
September 30,
2014
    Three
months
ended

December 31,
2014
    Three
months
ended

March 31,
2015
 
 

Net income

  $     11,714      $     16,879      $     1,987          $ 2,126      $ 2,613      $ 4,904   

Non-GAAP adjustments:

               

Interest expense

                             1,853        2,400        2,955   

Income tax expense

                             1,754        1,732        3,900   

Depreciation

    34        36        9            49        49        47   

Amortization of intangible assets

                             862        1,042        1,042   

Inventory fair value adjustment(1)

                             401                 

Equity-based compensation expenses

                                    235        788   

Founder Contingent Compensation(2)

                             3,835        4,602        4,602   

Sponsor Acquisition-related expenses(3)

                  1,288            2,215                 

Recapitalization expenses(4)

                                    178          

Executive recruitment(5)

                             137        509        308   

Other professional services(6)

                                           685   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 11,748      $ 16,915      $ 3,284          $     13,232      $     13,360      $     19,231   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) This adjustment reflects the elimination of the $0.4 million increase in cost of goods sold related to the Sponsor Acquisition.
(2) Represents compensation expense associated with the Founder Contingent Compensation. See Note 1 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information.
(3) Represents the following:

 

  Predecessor     Successor  
(In thousands) Three months
ended
March 31,
2014
  Three months
ended
June 30,
2014
  July 1,
2014 to
July 16,
2014
     July 17, 2014
to
September 30,
2014
  Three months
ended
December 31,
2014
  Three months
ended
March 31,
2015
 

Predecessor transaction costs(i)

  $   —      $   —      $ 510          $      $   —      $   —   

Transaction bonuses(ii)

                  778                 $   —      $   —   

Sponsor transaction costs(iii)

                             2,215      $   —      $   —   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $      $      $   1,288          $   2,215      $   —      $   —   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  i. Represents a supplemental transaction payment and related expenses of $0.5 million paid to Precision Capital, an advisor to the Predecessor, in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition, in recognition of the services that were provided by Precision Capital, LLC to the Predecessor. Although the Predecessor was not contractually obligated to pay such amounts, we believe that such payments would not have been made by the Predecessor to Precision Capital, LLC but for the consummation of the Sponsor Acquisition. In addition, we are permitted to add back expenses of this type in determining Adjusted EBITDA under the Credit Agreement governing our term loan. Adjusted EBITDA (as defined therein) is used thereunder in determining our financial maintenance covenants and is therefore an important measure of our operating performance. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Indebtedness” for more information.
  ii. Represents transaction bonuses paid to employees in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition.
  iii. Represents legal, accounting, tax, insurance and other diligence fees paid to consultants in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition.

 

(4) Represents the expenses we incurred in connection with the December 2014 Special Dividend. We are permitted to add back expenses of this type in determining Adjusted EBITDA under the credit agreement governing our term loan. Adjusted EBITDA (as defined therein) is used thereunder in determining our financial maintenance covenants and is therefore an important measure of our operating performance. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Indebtedness” for more information.

 

90


Table of Contents
(5) Represents the recognized expense associated with sign-on and retention bonuses for certain executive hires, and certain recruiting fees. We are permitted to add back expenses of this type in determining Adjusted EBITDA under the Credit Agreement governing our term loan. Adjusted EBITDA (as defined therein) is used thereunder in determining our financial maintenance covenants and for calculating ratios in our debt incurrence covenants and is therefore an important measure of our financial performance and our ability to take certain actions in operating our business. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Indebtedness” for more information.
(6) Represents transaction costs associated with legal and accounting services.

 

(In thousands)

2013

   Three Months Ended  
   March 31,
2013
Predecessor
     June 30,
2013
Predecessor
     September 30,
2013
Predecessor
     December 31,
2013
Predecessor
 

Net income

   $     3,776       $     5,477       $     7,218       $     8,287   

Non-GAAP adjustments:

           

Interest expense

                               

Income tax expense

                               

Depreciation

     3         11         12         21   

Amortization of intangible assets

                               

Non-cash equity-based compensation

                               

Founder Contingent Compensation

                               

Sponsor Acquisition-related expenses

                               

Recapitalization expenses

                               

Executive recruitment

                               
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 3,779       $ 5,488       $ 7,230       $ 8,308   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following tables present a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to our cash from operating activities:

 

     Predecessor    

 

  Successor  
(In thousands)    Three
months
ended
March 31,
2014
     Three
months
ended
June 30,
2014
     July 1,
2014 to
July 16,
2014
   

 

  July 17, 2014
to
September 30,
2014
    Three
months
ended
December 31,
2014
    Three
months
ended
March 31,
2015
 

Cash from operating activities

   $ 11,640       $ 13,858       $ 841          $ 12,515      $ 204      $ 14,142   

Reconciling items:

                  

Interest expense

     —           —           —              1,853        2,400        2,955   

Income tax expense

     —           —           —              1,754        1,732        3,900   

Deferred income taxes (1)

     —           —           —              —          3,126        247   

Amortization of deferred financing costs (2)

     —           —           —              (127     (165     (185

Net changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisition

     108         3,057         1,155            (5,516     3,876        (2,821

Inventory fair value adjustment

     —           —           —              401        —          —     

Founder Contingent Compensation (3)

     —           —           —              —          1,500        —     

Sponsor Acquisition-related expenses

     —           —           1,288            2,215        —          —     

Recapitalization expenses

     —           —           —              —          178        —     

Executive recruitment

     —           —           —              137        509        308   

Other professional services

     —           —           —              —          —          685   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 11,748       $ 16,915       $ 3,284          $ 13,232      $ 13,360      $ 19,231   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents a non-cash component of income tax expense above.
(2) Represents a non-cash component of interest expense above.

 

91


Table of Contents
(3) This adjustment reflects the prepayment of Founder Contingent Compensation. See Note 1 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information.

 

     Three Months Ended  
(In thousands)    March 31,
2013
Predcessor
    June 30,
2013
Predcessor
     September 30,
2013
Predcessor
     December 31,
2013
Predcessor
 

Cash from operating activities

   $ 4,062      $ 4,069       $ 7,112       $ 7,226   

Reconciling items:

          

Net changes in operating assets and liabilities

     (283     1,419         118         1,082   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 3,779      $ 5,488       $ 7,230       $ 8,308   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating Cash Flow Less Capital Expenditures

The following table presents a reconciliation of operating cash flow less capital expenditure to our cash from operating activities, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, for each of the periods indicated below. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information on our use and the limitations of operating cash flow less capital expenditures as a measure of our financial performance.

 

(In thousands)

2014

  Predecessor         Successor  
  Three
months
ended

March 31,
2014
    Three
months
ended

June 30,
2014
    July 1,
2014 to
July 16,
2014
         July 17,
2014 to
September 30,
2014
    Three
months
ended

December 31,
2014
    Three
months
ended

March 31,
2015
 
 

Cash from operating activities

  $   11,640      $   13,858      $   841          $   12,515      $   204      $   14,142   

Capital expenditures

    (82     (195     —              (108     (71     (370
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating cash flow less capital expenditures

  $   11,558      $   13,663      $   841          $   12,407      $   133      $   13,772   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

2013

  Predecessor  
  Three
months
ended

March 31,
2013
    Three
months
ended

June 30,
2013
    Three
months
ended

September 30,
2013
    Three
months
ended

December 31,
2013
 

Cash from operating activities

  $   4,062      $   4,069      $   7,112      $   7,226   

Capital expenditures

    (138     (22     (46     (250
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating cash flow less capital expenditures

  $   3,924      $   4,047      $   7,066      $   6,976   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Quarterly Trends

Historically, we have experienced greater quarterly net sales around the time of our customers’ merchandising and promotional activities. We had significant merchandising and promotional activities with major customers predominately in the first and third quarters in 2014, with net sales for such activities taking place in the fourth quarter of 2013 and the third quarter of 2014, respectively. Generally, inventory levels and working capital requirements increase during the period of or the period prior to the merchandising, sampling and promotional activity period, in order to support higher levels of net sales from those promotional activities. We anticipate that the impact of merchandising and promotional activities on our net sales and working capital is likely to continue, but we cannot predict whether this trend will follow a regular annual pattern according to traditional calendar seasons. Accordingly, our results of operations for any particular quarter may not be indicative of the results we expect for the full year.

 

92


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity represents our ability to generate sufficient cash from operating activities to satisfy obligations, as well as our ability to obtain appropriate financing. Therefore, liquidity cannot be considered separately from capital resources that consist primarily of current and potentially available funds for use in achieving our objectives. Currently, our liquidity needs arise mainly from working capital requirements, primarily related to our purchases of ingredients and interest and principal payments on our outstanding indebtedness and, to a lesser extent, to capital expenditures. We believe our cash on hand and cash to be provided from our operations, in addition to borrowings available under our credit facility, will be sufficient to fund our contractual commitments, repay our obligations as required and meet our operational requirements for at least the next 12 months. In addition, we have an uncommitted incremental revolving facility that we believe would be available if we requested it from lenders. As of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, $7.5 million was available for borrowing under our revolving facility and we had $5.6 million and $16.9 million of cash and cash equivalents on hand, respectively.

The interest expense on our outstanding indebtedness for the year ended December 31, 2014 on a pro forma basis would have been $12.2 million had the $207.5 million aggregate principal amount of debt under the Credit Facility been incurred on January 1, 2014. The interest expense on our outstanding indebtedness for the year ending December 31, 2015 is expected to be approximately $11.5 million assuming the interest rate remains constant and that we make only required amortization payments. In 2016, we expect to use approximately $25 million in cash to pay the Founder Contingent Compensation. We expect to fund this payment through a combination of borrowings under our revolving facility and cash on hand.

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

(In thousands)    Predecessor     Successor     Predecessor     Successor  
   Year ended
December 31,
2013
    January 1,
2014 to
July 16,
2014
    July 17,
2014 to
December 31,
2014
    Three
months
ended
March 31,
2014
    Three
months
ended
March 31,
2015
 
     

Cash from operating activities

   $   22,469      $   26,339      $ 12,719      $ 11,640      $ 14,142   

Cash used in investing activities

     (456     (278     (294,630     (82     (370

Cash from (used in) financing activities

   $ (19,362   $ (28,533   $  287,526      $ (9,687   $ (2,500
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Flow

Cash from Operating Activities

Operating activities provided $11.6 million of cash during the three months ended March 31, 2014 primarily due to our net income of $11.7 million. Changes in operating asset and liability accounts represented a $0.1 million net use of cash during the quarter.

Operating activities provided $14.1 million of cash during the three months ended March 31, 2015 primarily due to our net income of $4.9 million, which was reduced by $4.6 million for Founder Contingent Compensation, $1.1 million for depreciation and amortization and $0.2 million for the amortization of deferred financing costs. Changes in operating asset and liability accounts represented a $2.8 million net source of cash, which was primarily comprised of a $2.6 million decrease in inventory mainly due to the timing of promotional activities, a $3.4 million increase in accrued liabilities mainly due to accrued income taxes, and offset by a $3.3 million increase accounts receivable driven by increased sales and business activity.

 

93


Table of Contents

Operating activities provided $22.5 million of cash during the year ended December 31, 2013, primarily due to our net income of $24.8 million. Changes in operating asset and liability accounts represented a $2.3 million net use of cash during the year ended December 31, 2013.

Operating activities provided $26.3 million of cash during the Predecessor period from January 1, 2014 to July 16, 2014 primarily due to our net income of $30.6 million, which was reduced by $0.1 million for depreciation and amortization. Changes in operating asset and liability accounts represented a $4.3 million use of cash, which was primarily comprised of a $4.6 million increase in accounts receivable and a $1.0 million increase in inventory, offset by a $0.9 million increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses. This net use of cash was primarily driven by increased sales and business activity.

Operating activities provided $12.7 million of cash during the Successor period from July 17, 2014 to December 31, 2014 primarily due to our net income of $4.7 million, which was reduced by $6.9 million for Founder Contingent Compensation, $2.0 million for depreciation and amortization and $0.3 million for the amortization of deferred financing costs. Changes in operating asset and liability accounts represented a $1.6 million net source of cash, which was primarily comprised of a $0.8 million increase in accounts receivable and a $3.0 million increase in inventory, offset by a $5.9 million increase in accounts payable and accrued expense.

Cash Used in Investing Activities

For the three months ended March 31, 2014, cash used in investing activities consisted of capital expenditures of $0.1 million.

For the three months ended March 31, 2015, cash used in investing activities consisted of capital expenditures of $0.4 million primarily for the purchase of leasehold improvements for our new corporate headquarters in Austin, Texas.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, cash used in investing activities consisted of capital expenditures of $0.5 million. The major areas of expenditures were for maintenance capital and production equipment located at our co-manufacturer.

For the Predecessor period from January 1, 2014 to July 16, 2014, cash used in investing activities consisted of capital expenditures of $0.3 million. Capital expenditures were primarily for production equipment located at our co-manufacturer’s facility.

For the Successor period from July 17, 2014 to December 31, 2014, cash used in investing activities included $294.5 million of cash used in the Sponsor Acquisition, net of cash acquired, and capital expenditures of $0.2 million. Capital expenditures were primarily for production equipment located at our co-manufacturer’s facility.

Cash from (Used in) Financing Activities

Cash used in financing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2014 included cash paid as distributions to the members of the Predecessor entity.

Cash used in financing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2015 included a required payment against the principal outstanding in accordance with the maturity schedule of our long-term debt.

Cash from (used in) financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 included cash paid as distributions to the members of the Predecessor entity.

 

94


Table of Contents

Cash used in financing activities for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2014 to July 16, 2014, included cash paid as distributions to the members of the Predecessor entity.

Cash from (used in) financing activities for the Successor period from July 17, 2014 to December 31, 2014 included an equity contribution of $151.0 million in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition and proceeds from the issuance of the term loans of $200.0 million, net of fees and expenses of $3.7 million. These inflows were partially offset by $59.8 million of distributions paid to members of Topco.

In connection with the Corporate Reorganization, the former holders of existing units in Topco will receive the right to receive future payments pursuant to a tax receivable agreement. The amount payable to the holders of existing units in Topco under the tax receivable agreement will be based on an annual calculation of the reduction in our U.S. federal, state and local taxes resulting from the utilization of certain pre-IPO tax attributes. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement”. We expect that the payments that we may be required to make under the tax receivable agreement may be substantial. It is possible that future transactions or events could increase or decrease the actual tax benefits realized and the corresponding tax receivable agreement payments that are payable by us. There may be a material negative effect on our liquidity if, as a result of timing discrepancies or otherwise, the payments under the tax receivable agreement exceed the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement, or if distributions to the Company by our wholly-owned subsidiaries are not sufficient to permit the Company to make payments under the tax receivable agreement after it has paid taxes. In addition, if the IRS were to successfully challenge the tax benefits that give rise to any payments under the tax receivable agreement, our future payments under the tax receivable agreement to the former holders of units of Topco would be reduced by the amount of such payments, but the tax receivable agreement does not require the former holders of units of Topco to reimburse us for the amount of such payments to the extent they exceed any future amounts payable under the tax receivable agreement. Also, if we elect to terminate the tax receivable agreement early, we would be required to make an immediate payment equal to the present value of the anticipated future tax benefits, which upfront payment may be made years in advance of the actual realization of such future benefits (if any). In these situations, our obligations under the tax receivable agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity and we may not be able to finance our obligations under the tax receivable agreement.

Indebtedness

On July 17, 2014, SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC entered into the Credit Agreement, which provided for a $150.0 million term loan facility and a $7.5 million revolving facility (with sublimits for swingline loans and the issuance of letters of credit). These senior secured credit facilities, or the Credit Facility, were guaranteed by the Company. The Credit Facility will mature on July 17, 2019, with an option to extend the maturity of the term loan with the consent of lenders willing to provide such extension.

The Credit Facility replaced our prior line of credit, which had a zero balance immediately prior to the entry into the Credit Facility. Immediately after the closing of the Credit Facility, total outstanding debt under the Credit Facility was approximately $150.0 million in term loan debt and $0 in borrowings under the revolving facility.

On August 18, 2014, we amended the Credit Facility, or the Amended Credit Facility, to remove certain total funded debt-to-EBITDA interest rate reductions and implement a static interest rate margin based on either the Eurodollar Rate or the Base Rate (as each is defined in the Amended Credit Facility).

 

95


Table of Contents

On December 23, 2014, we amended the Amended Credit Facility to increase our term loan borrowings by $50.0 million to a total of $200.0 million, with such borrowings having the same interest rate as the original term loans under the Amended Credit Facility. In addition, we amended the financial covenants in the Amended Credit Facility to increase the total funded debt-to-EBITDA covenant for each quarterly period to reflect our higher leverage. The Amended Credit Facility, as so amended is referred to as the Second Amended Credit Facility. The interest rate on our outstanding indebtedness was 5.5% per annum at December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015.

On May 29, 2015, we amended the Second Amended Credit Facility to increase our term loan borrowings by $7.5 million to a total of $205 million, net of principal payments made in the first quarter of $2.5 million, and our revolving facility by $17.5 million to a total of $25 million and made a revolving loan borrowing of $15 million. The Second Amended Credit Facility, as so amended, is referred to as the Third Amended Credit Facility. At the closing of the Third Amended Credit Facility, we borrowed $15 million under our revolving facility, which, along with our term loan borrowings, have the same interest rate as the term and revolving loans under the Second Amended Credit Facility. The interest rate on our outstanding indebtedness was 5.5% per annum at December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015. Assuming the interest rate and the outstanding principal amount of our indebtedness remains the same, we expect our actual cash interest expense to be approximately $11.5 million in 2015. This is a substantial increase from 2014 when our actual cash interest expense was $4.0 million in the Successor period from July 17, 2014 to December 31, 2014. We also expect to use $10.2 million in cash in 2015 to make required principal payments against the total principal outstanding in accordance with the maturity schedule.

Proceeds from the initial term loan borrowings were primarily used to finance the Sponsor Acquisition and to pay fees and expenses in connection therewith. Proceeds of the Second Amended Credit Facility were primarily used to pay the December 2014 Special Dividend to the equity holders of Topco. Proceeds from the Third Amended Credit Facility were primarily used to pay the May 2015 Special Dividend to the equity holders of Topco. In the future, we may use the revolving facility for working capital and for other general corporate purposes, including acquisitions, investments, dividends and distributions, to the extent permitted under the Third Amended Credit Facility. The Third Amended Credit Facility also provides that, upon satisfaction of certain conditions, we may increase the aggregate principal amount of the loans outstanding thereunder by an amount not to exceed $50.0 million, subject to receipt of additional lending commitments for such loans.

Interest

Outstanding term loan borrowings under the Third Amended Credit Facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to (a) the Eurodollar Rate plus 4.50% or (b) the Base Rate (equal in this context to the greater of (i) the prime rate, (ii) the federal funds rate plus 1/2 of 1.00% and (iii) the Eurodollar Rate plus 1.00%) (but subject to a minimum of 2.00%) plus 3.50%. The term loans under the Third Amended Credit Facility will amortize in equal quarterly installments of 1.25% of the principal amount of $207.5 million beginning on June 30, 2015, with the balance due at maturity.

Outstanding amounts under the revolving facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to (a) the Eurodollar Rate plus 4.50% or (b) the Base Rate (equal in this context to the greater of (i) the prime rate, (ii) the federal funds rate plus 1/2 of 1.00% and (iii) the Eurodollar Rate plus 1.00%) (but subject to a minimum of 2.00%) plus 3.50%. We are required to pay a commitment fee on the unused commitments under the revolving facility at a rate equal to 0.50% per annum.

Guarantees

The loans and other obligations under the Third Amended Credit Facility (including in respect of hedging agreements and cash management obligations) are (a) guaranteed by the Company and its

 

96


Table of Contents

existing and future wholly-owned U.S. subsidiaries and (b) secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company and its existing and future wholly-owned U.S. subsidiaries, in each case subject to certain customary exceptions and limitations.

Covenants

As of the last day of any fiscal quarter of the Company, the terms of the Third Amended Credit Facility require the Company and its subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis and subject to certain customary exceptions) to maintain (x) a maximum total funded debt to consolidated EBITDA ratio of not more than 4.25 to 1.0, initially, and decreasing to 2.25 to 1.0 over the term of the Third Amended Credit Facility and (y) a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.10 to 1.00. As of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, we were in compliance with our financial covenants.

In addition, the Third Amended Credit Facility contains (a) customary provisions related to mandatory prepayment of the loans thereunder with (i) 50% of Excess Cash Flow (as defined in the Third Amended Credit Facility), subject to step-downs to 25% and 0% of Excess Cash Flow at certain leverage-based thresholds and (ii) the proceeds of asset sales and casualty events (subject to certain customary limitations, exceptions and reinvestment rights) and (b) certain covenants that, among other things, restrict additional indebtedness, liens and encumbrances, investments, acquisitions, loans and advances, mergers, consolidations and asset dispositions, dividends and other restricted payments, transactions with affiliates and other matters customarily restricted in such agreements, in each case, subject to certain customary exceptions. The first payment based on Excess Cash Flow (as defined in the Third Amended Credit Facility) is dependent on our results for the year ended December 31, 2015 and due not later than May 6, 2016.

Although the Third Amended Credit Facility generally prohibits payments and dividends and distributions, we are permitted, subject to certain customary conditions such as the absence of events of default and compliance with financial covenants, to make payments, dividends or distributions including (a) earnout payments, (b) payments, dividends or distributions in cash from retained excess cash flow and certain proceeds from distributions from or sales of investments, (c) payments, dividends or distributions in an unlimited amount from the proceeds of equity issuances and (d) payments, dividends or distributions not to exceed $5.0 million in the aggregate.

Under the Third Amended Credit Facility, the Founder Contingent Compensation may be paid at any time so long as no payment default under the Third Amended Credit Facility has occurred and is continuing and, immediately after giving effect to such payment, the Company has at least $5.0 million of cash and cash equivalents subject to a first priority lien in favor of the lenders party thereto plus availability under the revolving facility. In the event we are not permitted to pay the Founder Contingent Compensation under the Third Amended Credit Facility we will no longer be obligated to make such payment under the employment agreements with the Founders subject to limited exceptions.

The Third Amended Credit Facility also contains customary events of default, including payment defaults, breaches of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross-defaults to certain material indebtedness in excess of specified amounts, certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency, certain ERISA events, judgments in excess of specified amounts, certain impairments to the guarantees or collateral documents and change in control defaults.

Other

Certain of the lenders under the Third Amended Credit Facility (or their affiliates) may provide, certain commercial banking, financial advisory and investment banking services in the ordinary course of business for us and our subsidiaries, for which they receive customary fees and commissions.

 

97


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations and Other Commitments

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2014:

 

(In thousands)

 

Contractual Obligations:

 

  Payments Due by Period  
  Less Than 1 year     1 to 3 Years     3 to 5 Years     More Than 5 Years     Total  

Long-term debt

  $   10,000      $   20,000      $   170,000      $     —      $   200,000   

Interest on long-term debt

    10,794        19,938        14,220               44,952   

Founder Contingent Compensation(1)

    593        6,343                      6,936   

Operating leases(2)

    27        47                      74   

Purchase commitments(3)

    10,397        2,900                      13,297   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

  $ 31,811      $ 49,228      $ 184,220      $      $ 265,259   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Reflects the accrued amount related to the Founder Contingent Compensation which is being recognized ratably over the contractual service period through December 31, 2015. We expect to pay approximately $25 million of the Founder Contingent Compensation in cash in 2016, which will be fully accrued by December 31, 2015. We have not included the full cash amount in this table because we have pre-paid a portion of the amount and have disclosed the timing of remaining payments elsewhere in this prospectus. See “Executive Compensation—Employment Agreements and Termination of Employment and Change in Control Agreements”.
(2) Operating leases include total future minimum rent payments under noncancelable operating lease agreements. We lease an office of approximately 2,200 square feet of space at 8135 Monticello Ave, Skokie, IL pursuant to a lease agreement with a related party that expires in August 2017. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Monticello Partners LLC Lease Agreement”.
(3) We have non-cancelable purchase commitments, directly or through co-manufacturers, to purchase ingredients to be used in the future to manufacture products. We have not reflected any minimum purchase requirements, termination fees or penalty fees under our contract with Assemblers.

Upon termination of our Manufacturing and Supply Agreement with the Company’s co-manufacturer of certain snack products, we would be obligated to purchase any unused packaging material.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have off-balance sheet arrangements, financings or other relationships with unconsolidated entities or other persons.

Segment Information

We have determined that we operate as one segment: the marketing and distribution of BFY, RTE snacking products. Our chief executive officer is considered to be our chief operating decision maker. He reviews our operating results on an aggregate basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to certain market risks in the ordinary course of our business. These risks primarily include market sensitivities as follows:

Ingredient Risk

We purchase ingredients, including popcorn kernels, sunflower oil, flavoring and packaging materials used in the contract manufacturing of our products. These ingredients are subject to price fluctuations that may create price risk. A hypothetical 10% increase or decrease in the weighted-average cost of our primary ingredients as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 would have resulted in an increase or decrease to cost of goods sold of approximately $2.9 million and $1.5 million, respectively. We seek to mitigate the impact of ingredient cost increases through forward-pricing

 

98


Table of Contents

contracts and taking physical delivery of future ingredient needs. We strive to offset the impact of ingredient cost increases with a combination of cost savings initiatives and efficiencies and price increases to our customers.

Interest Rate Risk

We currently do not engage in any interest rate hedging activity and currently have no intention to do so in the foreseeable future. Based on the average interest rate on the Credit Facility during the period from July 17, 2014 to December 31, 2014 and to the extent that borrowings were outstanding, we do not believe that a 1.0% change in the interest rate would have a material effect on our results of operations or financial condition. A  18% change in the annual interest rate would change the annual interest expense on the variable rate portion of our long-term borrowings under the Third Amended Credit Facility by approximately $0.3 million.

We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes and have not used any derivative financial instruments to manage our interest rate risk exposure. We have not been exposed nor do we anticipate being exposed to material risks due to a change in interest rates.

Foreign Exchange Risk

Our sales and costs are denominated in U.S. dollars and are not subject to foreign exchange risk. However, to the extent our sourcing strategy changes or we commence generating net sales outside of the United States and Canada that are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, our results of operations could be impacted by changes in exchange rates.

Inflation

Inflationary factors, such as increases in the cost of goods sold and selling, general and administrative expenses, may adversely affect our operating results. Although we do not believe that inflation has had a material impact on our financial position or results of operations to date, a high rate of inflation in the future may have an adverse effect on our ability to maintain current levels of gross profit margin and selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales if the selling prices of our products do not increase to cover these increased costs.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

As a public company, we will be required to document and test our internal control procedures in order to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which will require, beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016, annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Additionally, as of the later of the filing of such Annual Report and the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company” we will require a report by our independent registered public accounting firm that addresses the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. During the course of our testing, we may identify deficiencies that we may not be able to remediate in time to meet our deadline for compliance with Section 404.

In connection with the 2014 audit of our financial statements, we identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. This material weakness related to our presentation and classification of certain

 

99


Table of Contents

promotional obligations in the consolidated financial statements as well as our accounting for pricing concessions. We are in the process of developing a remediation plan with respect to the tracking of demonstration expenses and pricing concessions along with developing and evaluating our other internal controls. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock and this Offering”.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, net sales, costs and expenses, and related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable. In many instances, we could have reasonably used different accounting estimates, and in other instances changes in the accounting estimates are reasonably likely to occur from period-to-period. Actual results could differ significantly from our estimates. To the extent that there are material differences between these estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be affected. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving our judgments and estimates.

Recognition of Net Sales, Sales Incentives and Trade Accounts Receivable

Net sales are recognized when the earnings process is complete and the risks and rewards of ownership have transferred to the customer, which occurs upon the receipt and acceptance of product by the customer. Our customers are primarily businesses that are stocking our products. The earnings process is generally complete once the customer order has been placed and approved and the product shipped has been received by the customer or when product is picked up by our customers at our manufacturing location, though in certain circumstances the earnings process is completed when a customer picks ups product at our manufacturing and that product is delivered to the customer’s warehouse. Product is sold to customers on credit terms established on a customer-by-customer basis. The credit factors used include historical performance, current economic conditions and the nature and volume of the product.

We offer our customers a variety of sales and incentive programs, including discounts, coupons, slotting fees, in-store displays and trade advertising. The more significant programs we offer include:

Price discounts—certain price discounts are provided in the form of allowances at the time of invoicing while others are provided based on future consumer purchasing activity.

Coupons—we participate in coupon programs with customers, including “multi-vendor mailer” coupon programs with club retailers.

In-store displays—we authorize in-store displays and pay a fee to the customer for the promotional feature.

The costs of these programs are recognized at the time the related sales are recorded and are classified as a reduction in net sales. These program costs are recorded based on estimated participation and performance levels of the offered programs, based upon factors such as historical trends with similar promotions, expectations regarding customer and consumer participation and sales and payment trends with similar previously offered programs. We maintain a sales and promotional incentive allowance at the end of each period for the estimated trade program costs incurred but

 

100


Table of Contents

unpaid, which is recorded as a reduction in our trade accounts receivable balance. Evaluating these estimates requires management judgment and, as such, actual results may differ from our estimates. Historically, differences between estimated and actual trade program costs are generally not material and are recognized as a change in sales and promotional incentive allowance in the period such differences are determined. Trade promotions included in net sales were $5.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2013, were $8.7 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2014 to July 16, 2014 and were $11.4 million in Successor period from July 17, 2014 to December 31, 2014.

We extend unsecured credit to our customers in the ordinary course of business and make efforts to mitigate the associated credit risk by performing credit checks and actively pursuing past due accounts. Accounts are charged to bad debt expense as they are deemed uncollectible based upon a periodic review of aging and collections.

As of December 31, 2013, December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, we recorded total allowances against trade accounts receivable of $1.7 million, $3.0 million and $2.3 million, respectively. Recoveries of receivables previously written off are recorded when received.

Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market using the weighted-average cost method.

Write-downs are provided for finished goods expected to become non-saleable due to age and provisions are specifically made for slow moving or obsolete raw ingredients and packaging. We also adjust the carrying value of our inventories when we believe that the net realizable value is less than the carrying value. These adjustments are estimates that require management judgment. Actual results could vary from our estimates and additional inventory write-downs could be required.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

In connection with the Sponsor Acquisition, we recorded $45.7 million of goodwill resulting from the excess of aggregate purchase consideration over the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

Goodwill is tested annually for impairment or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate, more likely than not, that impairment may have occurred. We have the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. Otherwise, the impairment analysis for goodwill includes a comparison of our carrying value (including goodwill) to our estimated fair value. If the fair value does not exceed the carrying value, then an additional analysis would be performed to allocate the fair value to all of our assets and liabilities as if it had been acquired in a business combination and the fair value was our purchase consideration. If the excess of the fair value of our identifiable assets and liabilities is less than the carrying value of recorded goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded for the difference. We will perform our annual assessment of goodwill as of July 1 of each fiscal year. Given the goodwill included on our consolidated balance sheet was measured and recorded in the current year, an impairment test was not performed during the period ended December 31, 2014.

Other intangible assets are comprised of both finite and indefinite-lived intangible assets. Indefinite-lived intangible assets, including our trade name, are not amortized. We have the option to first assess the qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount. Otherwise, indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested annually for impairment, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances

 

101


Table of Contents

indicate, in management’s judgment, that the asset might be impaired. In assessing the recoverability of indefinite-lived intangible assets, we must make assumptions about the estimated future cash flows and other factors to determine the fair value of these assets.

An intangible asset is determined to have an indefinite useful life when there are no legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic, or any other factors that may limit the period over which the asset is expected to contribute directly or indirectly to our future cash flows. In each reporting period, we also evaluate the remaining useful life of an intangible asset that is not being amortized to determine whether events and circumstances continue to support an indefinite useful life. If an intangible asset that is not being amortized is determined to have a finite useful life, the asset will be amortized prospectively over the estimated remaining useful life and accounted for in the same manner as intangible assets subject to amortization.

Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes are provided for the differences between the basis of assets and liabilities for financial reporting and income tax purposes. A valuation allowance is established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. We record a liability for all tax positions if it is not “more likely than not” that the position is sustainable based on its technical merits. At December 31, 2014, we had no valuation allowance nor any uncertain tax positions.

Considerable management judgment is necessary to assess the inherent uncertainties related to the interpretations of complex tax laws, regulations and taxing authority rulings, as well as to the expiration of statues of limitations in the jurisdictions in which we operate.

Equity-Based Compensation

We record equity-based compensation in accordance with the FASB ASC Topic 718, “Compensation—Stock Compensation”, which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all equity-based payment awards made to employees and directors including incentive units and employee stock options based on estimated fair values. There was no stock compensation expense in 2013 or for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2014 to July 16, 2014. Stock compensation amounted to $0.2 million for the Successor period from July 17, 2014 to December 31, 2014.

Both Class C-1 and C-2 units are time-based units, however the Class C-2 units are also subject to a performance hurdle related to a tiered distribution if certain criteria are met. This performance hurdle is subject to the realization by Class A unitholders, through one or more distribution events, of an aggregate amount of proceeds in respect of their Class A Units equal to three times such members’ aggregate Class A contribution amount, taking into account all proceeds received by such members in respect of their Class A Units from such distribution events.

The fair value of each award is estimated on the grant date using a two-step process. See “Valuation of our Equity Awards” below for further discussion of the valuation process. The equity-based compensation expense, net of forfeitures, is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the awards, which corresponds to the vesting periods of the awards.

Valuation of our Equity Awards

In the absence of a public trading market for our securities, our board of directors has determined the estimated fair value of the equity-based compensation awards at the date of grant based upon several factors, including its consideration of input from management and contemporaneous third-party valuations.

 

102


Table of Contents

The valuation of Topco’s equity was determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. The assumptions we used in the valuation models are highly complex and subjective. We based our assumptions on future expectations combined with management judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of the equity awards as of the grant date including, but not limited to, the following factors:

 

    lack of marketability;

 

    our actual operating and financial performance;

 

    current business conditions and projections;

 

    the U.S. capital market conditions;

 

    our stage of development; and

 

    likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as this offering, given prevailing market conditions.

The valuation of the equity-based compensation awards involved a two-step process. First, we determined our business equity value using an enterprise value based on the income approach, specifically a discounted cash flow, or DCF, analysis. A market approach, which estimates the fair value of the Company, by applying market multiples of comparable peer companies in our industry or similar lines of business to our historical and/or projected financial metrics, was also developed to corroborate the reasonableness of the DCF indication of enterprise value. The values determined by the income and the market approach were comparable. Second, the business equity value was allocated among the securities that comprise the capital structure of the Company using the Option-Pricing Method, or OPM, as described in the AICPA Practice Aid entitled Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. See below for a description of the valuation and allocation methods.

The DCF analysis required the development of the forecasted future financial performance of the Company, including revenues, operating expenses and taxes, as well as working capital and capital asset requirements. The discrete forecast period analyzed extends to the point at which the Company will be expected to have reached a steady state of growth and profitability. The projected cash flows of the discrete forecast period are discounted to a present value employing a discount rate that properly accounts for the estimated market weighted average cost of capital. Finally, an assumption is made regarding the sustainable long-term rate of growth beyond the discrete forecast period, and a residual value is estimated and discounted to a present value. The sum of the present value of the discrete cash flows and the residual, or “terminal” value represents the estimated fair value of the total enterprise value of the Company. This value is then adjusted for non-operational assets, liabilities and interest bearing debt to conclude the equity value of the Company.

The financial forecasts prepared took into account our past results and expected future financial performance. There is inherent uncertainty in these estimates as the assumptions used are highly subjective and may change as a result of new operating data and economic and other conditions that may impact our business.

Once the equity value of the Company is estimated, it is then allocated among the various classes of securities to arrive at the fair value of the awards. For this allocation, the OPM was used for all grants. The OPM entails allocating the equity value to the various share classes based upon their respective claims on a series of call options with strike prices at various value levels depending upon the rights and preferences of each class. A Black-Scholes option pricing model is employed to value the call options. This model defines the securities’ fair values as functions of the current fair value of a

 

103


Table of Contents

company and requires the use of assumptions such as the anticipated holding period and the estimated volatility of the equity securities.

The following table summarizes the key assumptions used in the OPM allocation as of December 4, 2014:

 

Assumptions

•  Time to liquidity event

2 years

•  Volatility

30.00%

•  Risk-free rate

0.55%

•  Dividend yield

0.00%

•  Lack of marketability discount

16%

The expected term of 2 years represents management’s expected time to a liquidity event as of the valuation date. The volatility assumption is based on the estimated stock price volatility of a peer group of comparable public companies over a similar term. The risk-free rate is based on the yields of U.S. Treasury securities with maturities similar to the expected term. As of December 4, 2014, the only grant date in 2014, we used an expected dividend yield of zero as we had never declared or paid any cash dividends and at that time did not plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

The value derived from the OPM model was reduced by a 16% lack of marketability discount in the determination of fair values of the awards at the grant date. A discount for lack of marketability was applied to reflect the increased risk arising from the inability to readily sell the equity awards.

After the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will determine the fair value of each share of underlying common stock based on the closing price of our common stock as reported on the date of grant. As such, the assumptions used in the valuation models discussed above will no longer be necessary in the valuation of equity-based compensation awards.

For awards granted on February 24, 2015, we have used the Probability Weighted Expected Return Method, or PWERM, whereby the value of the various classes of securities is estimated based upon the analysis of future values for the company assuming various possible future liquidity events such as an initial public offering, or IPO, sale or merger. Share value is based upon the probability-weighted present value of expected future net cash flows, considering each of the possible future events, as well as the rights and preferences of each share class. The PWERM was selected due to the established nature of the Company, the prospect of a near term exit via an IPO or sale, and our ability to reasonably forecast financial performance.

First, future enterprise values of the Company were estimated using a range of Enterprise-to-EBITDA multiples. The valuation multiple range was established by consideration of valuation multiples indicated by the comparable public company and comparable transaction methods, both versions of the Market Approach. A DCF analysis was also performed to corroborate the Market Approach indications of value.

Second, the Company’s implied equity value was allocated among the various classes of securities using the PWERM. To apply the PWERM, we first estimated future enterprise values under various exit scenarios, and adjusted projected values of cash and debt for each scenario to determine the total expected equity value of the Company at the exit date. As of February 24, 2015, the PWERM analysis reflected the Company’s belief that there was a 60% probability that the Company would

 

104


Table of Contents

complete an initial public offering and a 40% probability of a sale of the Company. The valuation used a risk adjusted discount rate of 14% and an estimated time to a liquidity event of 6 months.

The aggregate value of the Class C-1 and Class C-2 units derived from the PWERM allocation method was then divided by the number of respective units outstanding to arrive at the per unit value. A lack of marketability discount was applied to reflect the increased risk arising from the inability to readily sell the units. This discount was 12% under an assumed IPO scenario and 8% under an assumed sale scenario. The higher discount under the IPO scenario reflects a potential delay in liquidity, relative to a sale scenario, due to typical IPO lock-up provisions.

The key subjective factors and assumptions used in our valuation of February 24, 2015 grants primarily consisted of:

 

    the probability and timing of the various possible liquidity events;

 

    the selection of the appropriate market comparable transactions;

 

    the selection of the appropriate comparable publicly traded companies;

 

    the financial forecasts utilized to determine future cash balances and necessary capital requirements;

 

    the estimated weighted-average cost of capital; and

 

    the discount for lack of marketability.

The intrinsic value of all outstanding equity awards at March 31, 2015 was $             million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $               per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

Under the JOBS Act, we meet the definition of an “emerging growth company”. We have irrevocably elected to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards pursuant to Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act. See Note 2 of the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further detail.

 

105


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Company

Amplify Snack Brands is a high growth, snack food company focused on developing and marketing brands and products that appeal to consumers’ growing preference for BFY snacks. Our anchor brand, SkinnyPop, is a rapidly growing, highly profitable and market leading BFY RTE popcorn brand. Through its simple, major allergen-free and non-GMO ingredients, SkinnyPop embodies our BFY mission and has amassed a loyal and growing customer base across a wide range of food distribution channels in the United States. SkinnyPop’s continued success and robust financial characteristics, combined with our experienced and talented management team, position us to become an industry-leading BFY snacking company that capitalizes on the potential of great-tasting and high quality BFY snack brands that we create and acquire. To that end, in April 2015, we acquired Paqui LLC, or Paqui, an emerging BFY tortilla chip brand that has many of the same key taste and BFY attributes as SkinnyPop. Paqui allows us to leverage our infrastructure to help grow into an adjacent snacking sub-segment with a second innovative BFY brand. We believe that our focus on building a portfolio of exclusively BFY snack brands differentiates us and will allow us to leverage our platform to realize material synergies across our family of BFY brands, as well as allow our retail customers to consolidate their vendor relationships in this large and growing category.

We target sizeable global and U.S. markets, with Nielsen estimating global retail snack sales to be in excess of $370 billion and North American snack retail sales in excess of $120 billion for the twelve months ended March 31, 2014. We estimate the U.S. salty snack segment to be approximately $18 billion in annual retail sales and that it will grow approximately 3% to 4% per year through 2019. To date, our focus has been on developing brands in the rapidly growing BFY sub-segment of the salty snacks. We believe that within the salty snack segment, BFY-focused brands are taking share from and growing faster than conventional brands, and management estimates that BFY-focused brands experienced aggregate growth in excess of 10% in 2014. Outside the United States, estimates for the size and growth rates of the BFY category of the snacks market are difficult to aggregate, but we believe similar trends are becoming more prevalent globally. We believe the growth rate being experienced by BFY-focused brands is driven by a variety of favorable consumer trends, including a greater focus on health and wellness, increased consumption of smaller, more frequent meals throughout the day and a strong preference for convenient BFY products. Over time, we expect to explore the development and acquisition of additional BFY brands within other U.S. and global segments of the overall snacking market.

Our SkinnyPop brand was established in 2010 by Pam Netzky and Andy Friedman, who saw an opportunity to develop a new popcorn product that would offer consumers a BFY alternative to existing RTE, microwave and movie theatre style popcorn products. SkinnyPop quickly developed a loyal and passionate consumer following and by 2014 had become a $132.4 million net sales brand. The SkinnyPop brand embodies our BFY mission while also providing rapid net sales and earnings growth, robust and steady margins, and strong cash flows to help facilitate further investments in organic and inorganic growth opportunities. We have invested significantly to grow the SkinnyPop brand and our Company. We have compiled an experienced and talented group of entrepreneurial and classically trained executives to lead and grow the business. We believe we have established a world class BFY snacking platform, supported by strong senior management and talented sales, operations and marketing teams. This infrastructure positions us to continue to drive growth and innovation across a diversified group of BFY brands.

We believe SkinnyPop continues to take meaningful market share from a variety of sizeable sub-segments of the overall U.S. salty snack segment, although the brand competes most directly in the RTE popcorn sub-segment of salty snacks. The overall U.S. popcorn sub-segment is estimated at $1.9 billion in 2014 and grew 8.1% over the prior year. The $966 million RTE popcorn sub-segment is

 

106


Table of Contents

the fastest growing sub-segment within U.S. salty snacks, growing at a compound annual growth rate of 14.6% since 2010. Our research indicates the growth in RTE popcorn is partially attributable to a shift by consumers from eating microwave popcorn to eating RTE popcorn, but is primarily driven by consumers increasingly choosing RTE popcorn over other conventional salty snack alternatives. Within RTE popcorn, SkinnyPop was the fastest growing brand of scale in 2014, increasing its share of the sub-segment by 6.5 percentage points to 12.1% and accounting for more than 40% of total sub-segment growth. Additionally, in 2015, weekly sales of SkinnyPop products, as measured by IRI U.S. Multi-Outlet, have surpassed most other competitive RTE popcorn brands and caught up with the sub-segment leader. SkinnyPop is an increasingly strong and recognizable brand that has exhibited rapid organic growth since its founding. This growth has been driven by continued gains in both distribution and sales velocity.

ACV and Sales Velocity Trends

 

 

LOGO

 

(1) Sales velocity is measured using IRI’s “Dollars per $MM ACV” metric which IRI defines as “the total product sales per million dollars of annual ACV of stores selling the product”. This metric represents the retail sales efficiency for a product in relation to its distribution. Using the ACV of stores selling a product means this measure controls for store size, and can be used to determine how well a product sold while controlling for weighted distribution.

Despite SkinnyPop’s recent growth and a market leading BFY presence, we believe significant opportunities remain for continued growth. For example, as of December 31, 2014, SkinnyPop’s household penetration, which represents the percentage of households that have purchased SkinnyPop over the prior 52 weeks, stood at 5.2% compared to an average of approximately 22.7% for the top 25 salty snack brands by dollar retail sales according to IRI data. SkinnyPop also has the opportunity to grow by increasing its product range in stores where the brand already has some presence. The average number of SkinnyPop Universal Product Codes, or UPCs, per retail location is 2.3, which is below our primary competitors who average approximately 5.6 UPCs per location. Retail locations represent the number of stores in the IRI-defined universe where SkinnyPop has sold at least once in the past 52 weeks. Additionally, at December 31, 2014, our Total Distribution Points stood at approximately 136, versus an average of 919 TDPs for the top 25 leading salty snack brands. We plan to continue to grow SkinnyPop by increasing its distribution, household penetration, product offerings per retail location and sales velocity, all of which will be supported by increasing brand awareness, new product introductions and favorable consumer trends.

 

107


Table of Contents

Total Distribution Points(1)

 

 

LOGO

 

(1) Total Distribution Points is an IRI metric used to illustrate the distribution of a brand while taking into account the number of UPCs selling within that brand. TDPs are not determined by reference to any GAAP financial measure over any period.
(2) The top 25 salty snack brands are those brands with the highest dollar retail sales in 2014 according to IRI data.

Inorganic growth is also a strategic priority for us. We believe there are a large number of attractive brands that may be suitable acquisition targets. We intend to focus our strategic acquisitions efforts on BFY snacking brands that taste great, align with our BFY mission, have some proof of concept in retail and compete within existing large addressable markets and allow us to leverage our sales, marketing and distribution infrastructure to add meaningful value. We plan to build on our success in SkinnyPop and leverage our skilled team to drive additional platform growth across our BFY portfolio.

Company Growth and Performance

We have experienced strong financial performance over the past several years, including:

 

    Net sales increased from $55.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 to $132.4 million in the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited), representing growth of 137.6% and increased from $25.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2014 to $44.3 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015, representing growth of 72.2%;

 

    Consistent gross profit and Adjusted EBITDA margins of 58.6% and 44.5%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2013, 56.1% and 44.2%, for the Pro Forma Year Ended
  December 31, 2014 (Unaudited) respectively, and 55.7% and 45.7%, respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 55.1% and 43.4%, respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 2015;

 

    Net income under GAAP decreased from $24.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 to $13.6 million for the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited), representing a decrease of 45%, reflecting the Sponsor Acquisition, the Founder Contingent Compensation, the December 2014 Special Dividend and the May 2015 Special Dividend, and decreased from $11.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 to $4.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, representing a decrease of 58%. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information”;

 

    Adjusted EBITDA increased from $24.8 million in year ended December 31, 2013 to $58.5 million in the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited), representing growth of 136% and increased from $11.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2014 to $19.2 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015, representing growth of 63.7%; and

 

108


Table of Contents
    Cash from operating activities was $26.3 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2014 to July 16, 2014, $12.7 million for the Successor period from July 17, 2014 to December 31, 2014, and $14.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, and operating cash flow less capital expenditures was $26.1 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2014 to July 16, 2014, $12.5 million for the Successor period from July 17, 2014 to December 31, 2014, and $13.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, driven by our asset-light and outsourced manufacturing model, which requires low levels of capital investment.

Industry Overview

Nielsen estimates the global snack market, as of March 2014, was in excess of $370 billion in annual retail sales, and growing at 2% annually when adjusted for inflation. Sweet and salty snacks are among the largest segments in the overall snack market. SkinnyPop and Paqui brands currently compete in the salty snack segment, which includes products such as potato chips, tortilla chips, popcorn, cheese snacks and pretzels. IRI and Mintel estimate that these sub-segments totaled approximately $21 billion and $18 billion in U.S. retail sales, respectively, in 2014. Mintel forecasts that sub-segments within the salty snacks segment will grow between 2.2% per year (pretzels) and 6.0% per year (popcorn) through 2019, with popcorn serving as the fastest growing product within salty snacks. While we do not currently offer products in the potato chip, cheese snack or pretzel sub-segments, we may consider entering these markets in the future. We believe leading BFY brands within the salty snack segment grew at a rate in excess of 10% in 2014, significantly outpacing overall salty snack segment growth in the United States.

We believe growth in BFY snacks is driven by various factors, including the increasing importance of snacking in many consumers’ diets, heightened awareness of the importance of a healthier diet, coupled with increased understanding and focus on importance of nutrition to long-term health and wellness. As the IRI 2015 State of the Snack Food Industry report indicates, consumers are increasingly eating smaller meals more frequently throughout the day and 41% of consumers snack at least three times a day. We believe these consumers are recognizing the associated benefits of keeping metabolism elevated, normalizing blood sugar and reducing hunger and the associated urge to overeat. Consumers are also increasingly aware of their snacking choices, are demanding great tasting BFY products that can meet specific dietary requirements and are focusing on products with simple and more easily understandable ingredients. Additionally, millennial consumers have shown a stronger affinity for snacking than their boomer counterparts, which we believe will provide future positive tailwinds in the snacking market.

IRI estimates that total retail sales of popcorn in the United States were approximately $1.9 billion for 2014. The RTE popcorn sub-segment grew by 22.6% in 2014 to approximately $966 million in retail

sales, while the microwave popcorn sub-segment declined by 3.6% over the same period to $853 million in retail sales. Popcorn remained relatively flat at $122 million in retail sales in 2014. According to IRI data, SkinnyPop was the fastest growing RTE popcorn brand of scale in 2014 and accounted for more than 40% of total sub-segment growth. Since 2010 the RTE popcorn sub-segment has grown at a compound annual growth rate of approximately 14.6%, making it the fastest growing sub-segment in salty snacks. We believe that this growth has been largely achieved by converting consumers from conventional salty snack products to RTE popcorn, as consumers become aware of the great taste and healthier characteristics offered by RTE popcorn. Some of the growth has also been achieved by consumers changing preference for RTE popcorn compared to traditional popcorn. We believe RTE popcorn has thus far been underrepresented as a percentage of snack foods consumed because it is only in recent years that pre-packaged, RTE popcorn has emerged as a convenient, BFY option that offers a high level of freshness. This emergence was driven by both the overall BFY segment, coupled with developments in packaging and ingredients that have facilitated

 

109


Table of Contents

significant improvements in freshness and taste. We believe consumers are increasingly purchasing RTE popcorn because of their historical familiarity with traditional popcorn and because of consumer trends towards BFY snacks.

IRI estimates that total retail sales of tortilla chips in the United States have grown at a compound annual growth rate of 5.3% between 2010 and 2014 to $4.7 billion in 2014. Frito Lay’s tortilla chips have an estimated combined share of approximately 68% of the tortilla chip sub-segment. Given the fragmented nature of the BFY tortilla chip sub-segment, we believe that there is a significant opportunity to create a market-leading and great-tasting BFY brand.

Beyond popcorn and tortilla chips, there are several other sizeable sub-segments within salty snacks such as potato chips, cheese snacks and pretzels at approximately $7.2 billion, $1.8 billion and $1.2 billion, respectively, in total retail sales in the United States in 2014 according to IRI data. There is a significant potential opportunity to grow retail sales across multiple large categories as consumers are increasingly substituting for BFY snacks within these categories. Continued BFY substitution has the potential to significantly expand SkinnyPop’s and Paqui’s addressable markets. We believe that the growth of BFY snacks will continue to be supported by increased consumer focus on healthier lifestyles. We also believe that as a result of these consumer trends, distribution channels will continue to stock an increasing number of BFY snacks.

We believe that Amplify Snack Brands is well positioned to benefit from these market trends and preferences in the coming years.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the continued growth and profitability of our company will be driven by the following competitive strengths:

 

    Strong consumer appeal of our SkinnyPop brand:    The SkinnyPop brand is a leading RTE popcorn brand with strong consumer loyalty and one of the fastest growing brands in the entire salty snack segment. The SkinnyPop brand is differentiated in that it has a clear BFY positioning while also appealing to a more mainstream customer. SkinnyPop’s BFY positioning is reinforced through our unique packaging, which communicates the key attributes of our brand including a simple, short ingredient list that is major allergen-free and contains only non-GMO ingredients. According to IRI data, SkinnyPop has the highest level of repeat purchase in the RTE popcorn sub-segment and one of the highest rates of repeat purchase relative to overall salty snacks leaders. We believe our loyal consumer following will enable SkinnyPop to maintain its premium brand position in the RTE popcorn sub-segment, and drive continued growth in share across broader salty snacks.

 

   

Highly attractive brand for retailers:    SkinnyPop’s premium price point and strong sales velocities generate profits relative to the shelf space our SkinnyPop products occupy, making these products highly attractive to a diverse set of retailers across various distribution channels. On average, versus other leading RTE popcorn brands we commanded a more than 20% price premium in 2014. SkinnyPop’s sales velocities were $141 per million dollars of annual ACV of retail locations selling the product in 2014 as compared with other leading RTE popcorn brands whose product had average sales velocities of $132 per million dollars of annual ACV during the same period. Retailers also find SkinnyPop customers desirable not only because SkinnyPop consumers spent approximately twice as much per visit on SkinnyPop products, and purchased SkinnyPop products more frequently, as compared to competitive RTE popcorn products in 2014 but also because SkinnyPop’s consumers’ average total expenditure per visit in dollars was approximately 33% more than the dollars spent by consumers of SkinnyPop’s

 

110


Table of Contents
 

closest competitors in 2014. We believe all of these characteristics are compelling and will continue to encourage retailers to carry a greater number of our products and improve the shelf space and positioning of SkinnyPop within their stores. This increased distribution and enhanced in-store placement has been apparent with some of our larger and longer tenured customers, such as Whole Foods, Costco, Kroger, Sam’s Club and Walgreens. All of these accounts have increased both points of distribution and product mix due to our strong retail performance.

 

    Attractive financial profile:    We have a strong financial profile characterized by net sales growth of 137.6% and 72.2%, gross profit margin of 56.1% and 55.1% and Adjusted EBITDA margin of 44.2% and 43.4% in the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited) and the three months ended March 31, 2015, respectively. Our gross profit and Adjusted EBITDA margins have been consistent over time. We are also highly cash generative given our outsourced manufacturing model which requires modest capital investment and low net working capital. Historically, this strong free cash flow generation has provided us with financial flexibility to execute its business plan.

 

    BFY-focused snacking platform:    With SkinnyPop as the anchor brand in our BFY-focused snacking platform, we believe that we will be able to increase our share of the large and growing global snack industry. We believe that, in addition to the strength of the SkinnyPop brand, we are well positioned to capitalize on several strengths as we continue to expand our platform:

 

    Culture of innovation:    Because of our focus and ability to innovative BFY brands and nurture them, we believe we are attractive to entrepreneurs who are looking for a strategic partner as evidenced by our recent acquisition of Paqui.

 

    Experienced management team:    We have established a well-regarded, experienced management team who possess both entrepreneurial and classically-trained skill sets gained through their extensive branded consumer products experience. Their talent has guided SkinnyPop’s growth and established an infrastructure that can be leveraged to expand into additional snacking segments either through new product introductions or through acquisitions. Our management team seeks to identify and evaluate potential acquisition or partnership opportunities that would complement our BFY platform, and their combination of entrepreneurial skills and experience enables them to nurture and develop leading BFY brands in order to integrate and grow them as part of our broader BFY focused platform.

 

    Established infrastructure:    We have built a strong sales, marketing and supply chain infrastructure with the objective of growing our existing and new brands that we add to the platform. We have the ability to leverage our sales force and strong relationships with our retail customers and distributors to help our brands gain distribution; leverage our operations team for improved demand planning and additional margin opportunities; and leverage our suppliers for purchasing and marketing resources for brand building.

Our Growth Strategies

We intend to continue growing net sales and profitability through the following growth strategies:

 

   

Expand distribution through new customer wins:    We plan to capitalize on the strength of our SkinnyPop brand, positive market trends and our attractive retailer economics in order to penetrate new customers and increase the number of stores carrying our SkinnyPop and Paqui brands. SkinnyPop’s Total Distribution Points have increased from 49 points as of year-end 2013 to 136 points as of year-end 2014, but this remains well below the average of the top 25 salty snacks brands who average more than 919 points. We believe we have additional growth

 

111


Table of Contents
 

opportunities in our core distribution channels, including natural and conventional grocery, drug, convenience, club, mass merchandise and in new channels. Based on IRI data, management estimates that as of December 31, 2014, SkinnyPop currently has less than 20% retail penetration within the more than 250,000 potential U.S. retail locations. Beyond our core channels, we also plan to pursue growth in alternative channels and retailers including foodservice outlets, home hardware stores, airport kiosks and college bookstores.

 

    Continue to increase shelf space with existing customers:    While SkinnyPop is highly attractive to retail customers given its premium price and attractive sales velocities, the average retail location carries only 2.3 of our UPCs per store compared to approximately 5.6 for our largest RTE popcorn competitors. Our larger and longer-term relationships with retail customers such as Whole Foods, Costco, Kroger, Sam’s Club and Walgreens have demonstrated our ability to consistently increase shelf space through increased products offerings, promotional support and new flavor offerings. We will continue to capitalize on the strong consumer appeal and attractive economics to retailers to increase UPCs per retailer and improve and increase our shelf space with both existing and new customers.

 

    Continue to grow awareness and expand household penetration:    Consumers who purchase SkinnyPop have a strong affinity for the brand as evidenced by our high level of repeat purchase. Yet, our 2014 research indicated that less than 30% of US households had aided awareness of our brand as compared to more established snack brands that have aided awareness in excess of 90%. However, IRI data as of December 31, 2014 indicates that for that year, only 5.2% of households have purchased SkinnyPop compared to 22.7% of households purchasing the top 25 salty snack brands. We intend to increase our household penetration through marketing, including product sampling, social media tools and advertising, to educate consumers about our brands and benefits of our BFY snacks. According to IRI consumption data, our market share in the U.S. salty snacks segment is less than 1%, and our market share in the rapidly growing RTE popcorn sub-segment is approximately 12%.

 

    Continue product innovation and brand extensions:    We intend to improve and strengthen our product offering by creating new and innovative flavors, packaging alternatives and additional products, while maintaining a focus on simple ingredients and BFY snacks that appeal to consumers. Our product innovation encompasses multiple elements, from offering a broad range of varied packaging, new flavors and formats for current products to developing new and innovative brand extensions that we can grow on our current platform.

 

    Leverage platform to expand in attractive snacking categories:    We intend to expand our business through the introduction of additional brands and products in the BFY snacking segment in order to generate incremental growth opportunities and synergies. We are actively looking to identify and evaluate new acquisition opportunities to complement our platform. Our Company culture makes us a natural choice for potential targets who wish to maintain an entrepreneurial culture and accelerate the growth of their brands utilizing our strong, established infrastructure. Most recently, our acquisition of Paqui tortilla chips has diversified our portfolio into the large tortilla chips category. Paqui is well aligned with our BFY mission as it is an organic, non-MSG, non-GMO, gluten-free snack. We intend to continue to expand into new BFY snacking categories and gain share across the broader snacking market.

 

    Pursue international expansion opportunities:    We are currently selling SkinnyPop in Canada, and have a short-term objective to expand our Canadian distribution. According to Nielsen, North America represents approximately one-third of the global snacking market, and recent trends in North America, including a focus on BFY products, are becoming prevalent globally. We believe our brands will resonate well with consumers in markets outside North America.

 

112


Table of Contents

Our Company History

Our first and principal brand, SkinnyPop, was launched in August 2010 by Pam Netzky and Andy Friedman. Pam and Andy established a small Chicago-area based retail and wholesale popcorn concept in 2007 called Wells Street Popcorn. Wells Street Popcorn was a decadent “Chicago-style” popcorn concept that was growing and profitable but also difficult to scale as the core product was heavily coated in highly caloric and dense toppings and did not align with BFY consumer trends.

Pam and Andy used their extensive knowledge of popcorn and founded SkinnyPop based on a few key principles; the product had to taste fresh and delicious, have a limited number of ingredients in each bag and be non-GMO, gluten-free and major allergen-free.

SkinnyPop garnered its early distribution primarily in the natural and specialty grocery channels with chains such as Whole Foods, Sprouts and The Fresh Market. After demonstrating strong retail performance in those channels, Costco’s Midwest region took the brand into its stores and helped build consumer trials and has continued to support its growth. As a result of SkinnyPop’s strong sales velocities and unique brand positioning, Walgreens picked up the brand in 2012. In 2013, we adopted a more sophisticated approach to sales and marketing and rapidly accelerated our sales growth into key customers such as Sam’s Club, Kroger, Ahold and Publix.

In 2014, TA Associates made a significant equity investment in us, acquiring control and providing capital for both organic and acquisition focused growth. TA Associates recruited a professional management team with extensive consumer products and food and beverage-specific experience and helped put additional financial and operational systems in place to enhance our sales planning, ordering, customer service and financial reporting capabilities. Under new management, we have significantly expanded our SkinnyPop brand and gained full distribution with several major customers including Walmart, CVS, Target and Wawa.

In April 2015, we acquired Paqui, our first acquisition. Management believes Paqui has great potential and plans to rapidly expand its distribution in 2015 and 2016.

Our Products

Our products are comprised of our cornerstone brand, SkinnyPop, and our recently acquired brand, Paqui.

SkinnyPop

The SkinnyPop brand is the cornerstone of our BFY snacking platform. The brand grew 137.6% between 2013 and 2014 to achieve $132.4 million in net sales for the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited). All SkinnyPop flavors are cooked with three core ingredients; popcorn, sunflower oil and salt. The core SkinnyPop product portfolio is currently comprised of four flavors: Original, Black Pepper, White Cheddar Flavor and Naturally Sweet. We also collaborated with Kroger for an in-and-out offering, Hatch Chile, in 2014 and expect to continue these types of collaborations going forward. Whether the product is a core or rotational flavor, we strictly maintain our focus and commitment to using a limited number of simple ingredients. While the ingredients are simple, we have developed a unique combination of proprietary cooking process and carefully selected premium ingredients to achieve a desirable taste profile. Additionally, our SkinnyPop products are major allergen-free, non-GMO, gluten-free and artificial preservative-free, making them a tasty BFY snack.

 

113


Table of Contents

SkinnyPop has a loyal and growing consumer following that has supported rapid growth of the brand and, as of December 31, 2014, was sold in approximately 47,000 retail locations. Our customers enjoy the product and continue to repurchase once they have sampled it, as is evidenced by our best-in-class repeat purchase patterns for the year ended December 31, 2014. We believe SkinnyPop is also attractive to our retail customers because our products sell at a premium price relative to our closest RTE popcorn competitors and have strong sales velocities; these two factors together provide our retailers with a desirable high dollar profit per facing. Furthermore, our product is offered in several alternative package formats to cater to different distribution channels: 4.4oz bags, multiple club size bags and a variety of single serving size bags. To date our Black Pepper and Naturally Sweet products only come in the 4.4oz bags. The brand was initially established through distribution in the natural and organic channel at retailers such as Whole Foods, Sprouts and The Fresh Market, and has subsequently expanded penetration into the conventional grocery, drug, club and mass merchandisers channels, as well as expanding to new and alternative channels including convenience stores and food service. We have long standing relationships with key retailers including Whole Foods, Sprout’s, Costco, Sam’s Club, Kroger and Walgreens; and have recently gained national distribution with several major customers including Walmart, CVS, Target and Wawa. With this extensive and growing distribution network, we believe that SkinnyPop is well positioned to achieve continued future growth.

Paqui Tortilla Chips

In April 2015, we acquired Paqui, which is based in Austin, Texas. Paqui is a good example of how we intend to leverage our platform to help innovative brands grow. We believe the Paqui product has a desirable taste profile, aligns well with our BFY strategy and provides an entry point into the $4.7 billion tortilla chip sub-segment, where no clear BFY market leader has emerged. Paqui, which is derived from the Aztec word that means “to be happy”, produces tortilla chips that taste great but are also non-GMO, gluten-free, trans fats-free, cholesterol-free and contain no MSG or artificial flavors. Paqui’s tortilla chips currently come in an assortment of sizes and six core flavors: Original Delights, Cowboy Ranch, Roasted Jalapeno, Grilled Habanero, Very Verde Good and Haunted Ghost Pepper. We plan to add traditional flavors to the line and believe we can add sales, marketing and operational support to help build the brand, win a larger share of the tortilla chips category and become a strong contributor to the overall Company.

Product Innovation

Given we compete in the global snack category, innovation is, and will continue to be, an important component of our growth strategy moving forward. As is discussed above, we have leveraged the success of our Original SkinnyPop flavor and resulting growth in brand equity to successfully launch new flavors and new packaging formats. Our innovation strategy is based on our ongoing research into consumers’ BFY snacking needs. We will continue to conduct extensive consumer research in order to develop successful new products including product flavor and concept testing, marketing and trend analyses and consumer prototype testing. As part of our innovation process we collaborate with nationally recognized third-party flavor houses and product development firms for new product development and then conduct our own proprietary consumer research to identify and improve upon winning new product concepts. Utilizing our talented and experienced sales organization we then launch these new products into the marketplace across retail channels. Given our relatively low household penetration to date, we remain focused on ensuring consumers’ initial trial with our brand comes through one of our core flavor offerings. Over time we expect to add both rotational, and perhaps seasonal, flavor offerings as well as new formats for product offerings to our product mix. We currently have plans to launch two to three new products over the next twelve months.

 

114


Table of Contents

Customers and Distribution

We market our products predominantly throughout the United States, and sell our products through several distribution channels including natural and conventional grocery, drug, convenience, club, mass merchandise and a variety of alternative channels. Because of our brand loyalty and high-quality products, we believe there are strong growth prospects for us in each of these channels, in addition to a variety of new channels of distribution we are actively pursuing.

 

    Natural Grocery:    Given the BFY characteristics of our SkinnyPop brand, our products were well received by this channel when first launched in a meaningful way in 2011. Customers in this channel include chains such as Whole Foods, Sprouts and The Fresh Market. Similarly, our Paqui brand is rooted in the natural grocery channel, with Whole Foods serving as a key initial customer. In the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited), we estimate that the natural grocery channel represented approximately 4.1% of net sales.

 

    Club and Mass Merchandisers:    Our key customers in this channel include large national and regional retailers such as Costco, Sam’s Club, BJ’s, Target and Walmart. SkinnyPop has had a strong and growing relationship with Costco since their Mid-West region began supporting the brand in 2012. Sam’s Club has been a rapidly growing and valuable customer since our launch with them 2013. BJ’s also gained significant SkinnyPop distribution in 2013 and continues to support the brand. Most recently SkinnyPop began nationwide distribution with Target and Walmart in early 2015. In the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited), we estimate that the club and mass merchandiser channel represented approximately 61.1% of net sales.

 

    Conventional Grocery:    We have grown our conventional grocery business rapidly since 2013. Our customers in this channel include large national and regional chains such as Kroger, Publix, Ahold, Wegmans, Albertson’s and Safeway. Our Paqui brand currently has an emerging but strong relationship with Kroger. In the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited), we estimate that the grocery channel represented approximately 27.2% of net sales.

 

    Drug Stores:    Walgreens first became a customer of SkinnyPop in 2012 and has continued to expand distribution over time through both increased locations and increased product offerings. In January of 2015 CVS committed to chain-wide distribution over the course of 2015. In the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited), we estimate that the drug store channel represented approximately 6.3% of net sales.

 

    Convenience Stores:    The convenience channel represents an important outlet for snack foods. As of late 2014 and early 2015, we have been expanding distribution in this channel with new customer acquisitions such as Wawa, Casey’s, The Pantry and select divisions of Circle K and 7-Eleven. In the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited), we estimate that the convenience store channel represented approximately 0.6% of net sales. Management believes there is significant opportunity to expand distribution in the convenience channel.

 

    Alternative Channels:    Our customers in this channel include retailers such as Bed, Bath and Beyond and Hudson News. Additional and reasonably large opportunities in this channel would include increased foodservice and vending distribution, as well as potential international distribution opportunities. In the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited), we estimate that the alternative store channel represented approximately 0.7% of net sales.

We estimate that the breakdown of our net sales by channel for the year ended December 31, 2013 was comparable to the breakdown in Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited).

 

115


Table of Contents

We sell our products directly to retailers and through distributors.

 

    Direct Sales:    We largely rely on our direct sales force in combination with traditional sales brokerage firms to sell to and service customers in the majority of our key distribution channels. In the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited), management estimates that 78.7% of our net sales was generated through direct sales.

 

    Distributors:    The majority of our natural and organic grocery customers, as well as some regional customers in other channels, are serviced through independent food distributors that purchase products for us for resale to retailers, taking title to the products upon purchase. The prices retailers pay for these products are set by our distributors, at their sole discretion, although we may influence the retail price with the use of promotional incentives. In the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited), 21.3% of our net sales were generated from sales to distributors.

Marketing and Advertising

The SkinnyPop brand was built primarily through our differentiated packaging and unique BFY proposition and taste profile, as opposed to brand building through significant traditional marketing spend. As we continue to build the brand, we aim to create impactful marketing communication and activation to drive awareness, trial and repeat business and cement brand loyalty. Given our relatively low household penetration, our current marketing efforts remain focused on increasing awareness, stimulating trial and reaching a broader consumer base. We believe we have significant opportunity to grow our business by increasing communications about our brand and product attributes to a wider audience of consumers. To achieve our objectives, we will continue to actively use social media and other grassroots marketing efforts that encourage a personal dialogue with consumers. We also intend to employ field marketing in order to provide product samples to consumers, as we believe that once we can get consumers to try our products they will purchase them on a frequent basis.

Our Supply Chain

Ingredients

SkinnyPop’s raw materials consist primarily of popcorn kernels, salt and sunflower oil. We believe we adhere to rigorous standards in determining raw material quality and safety. We use a specified popcorn kernel for all of our RTE popcorn production and secure our popcorn largely from two popcorn suppliers. Our sunflower oil is largely purchased through a single vendor, although we expect this base to expand over time. We often enter directly into forward pricing contracts with certain ingredient suppliers in order to mitigate the impact of commodity cost fluctuations, but we have not historically entered into any hedging agreements. In the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited), our contracted ingredients represented approximately 12% of our cost of goods sold. We are currently in discussion with additional raw material suppliers to develop secondary and tertiary suppliers to mitigate supply risks and create purchasing leverage.

Packaging

SkinnyPop packaging consists of the corrugated cartons and the bag itself, which is made out of flexible film. Our cartons are dual sourced and all SKUs have detailed specifications. These specifications are validated at the supplier with a signed SKU specific certification for every inbound purchase order and checked again when received. The film also is dual sourced. The structure of the film is the most commonly used film in the snack food industry; it is a multi-layer plastic that provides a superior barrier from moisture to ensure the freshest product possible. As with the corrugated cartons, all film meets specifications that are validated at the supplier with a signed SKU specific certification

 

116


Table of Contents

and then validated again by the production facility. All of the validations of packaging specifications are completed to ensure the quality and appearance of SkinnyPop packaging is superior in the marketplace.

Manufacturing

In order to efficiently manufacture our popcorn products, we have a long-term contract with a SQF Level 2 certified co-manufacturer to make our products according to our proprietary formulas and specifications. All of our manufacturing is outsourced to our co-manufacturing partner, although we own all of the popcorn poppers used in marking our products, as they are built to our customized specifications. Our RTE popcorn co-manufacturing partner is prohibited from producing competing RTE popcorn for any other party. Our manufacturing partner is located in Chicago, Illinois, and is a dedicated peanut-free, tree nut-free, gluten-free and dairy-free facility. We are currently in discussions with additional co-manufacturing companies to serve as secondary suppliers for our RTE popcorn in order to mitigate production risks and create purchasing leverage. Our Paqui products are currently made at a single manufacturing facility located in Austin, Texas. As is the case with our popcorn production we plan to seek out additional contract manufacturers for our Paqui branded products.

Quality Control

Our products are manufactured in facilities that have programs and controls in place regarding consistent quality and food safety. Product attributes, such as taste, aroma, texture and appearance are regularly monitored. Good Manufacturing Practices and comprehensive Food Safety programs are designed to produce a safe, wholesome product. Our suppliers are required to have equally robust processes in place and confirm their compliance with product specifications with Letters of Guaranty and Certificates of Analysis for shipments of raw materials to be used in our Products. Finally, random samples of our finished goods are sent regularly to a third-party laboratory for testing.

Order Fulfillment

In order to best serve our customers and maximize flexibility, SkinnyPop employs a third-party co-manufacturer. The facility runs production on SkinnyPop-developed lines optimized to reduce production cycle times and minimize lot size. As a result, we are able to operate with a minimal amount of inventory, which we believe ensures fresh product in the marketplace. In addition, SkinnyPop’s order fill rates are near 100% for the first quarter of 2015, providing consistency of service to our customer base. Approximately 50% of customers’ order volumes are picked up directly from SkinnyPop’s co-manufacturer, with remaining order volumes being delivered by third-party carriers managed by us. Outbound orders consist of full truckload, intermodal and less-than-truckload shipments. SkinnyPop’s customer service is managed in house and is centralized to ensure the highest level of customer service possible.

Competition

We operate in a highly competitive environment and face competition in each of our product categories. We have numerous competitors of varying sizes, including manufacturers of private-label products, as well as manufacturers of other branded food products, that compete for trade merchandising support and consumer dollars. We compete with large conventional consumer packaged foods companies such as Frito Lay, Inc., a subsidiary of PepsiCo, Inc., The Kellogg Company, ConAgra Foods, Inc., Diamond Foods, Inc., General Mills, Inc. and Snyder’s-Lance, Inc. We also compete directly with smaller, local or regional BFY snack and RTE popcorn companies including Popcorn Indiana and Angie’s as well as private-label RTE popcorn products manufactured by retailers,

 

117


Table of Contents

some of which are our customers. An increasing focus on BFY products in the marketplace will likely increase these competitive pressures within the category in future periods.

Competitive factors in our industry include product quality and taste, brand awareness and loyalty among consumers, product variety, ingredients, interesting or unique product names, innovation of on-trend snacks, product packaging and package design, access to supermarket shelf space, reputation, price, advertising, promotion and nutritional claims. We believe that we currently compete effectively with respect to each of these factors.

Employees

As of March 31, 2015, we had 31 employees, 13 of whom are located in our Austin, Texas headquarters, six of whom are in our customer service center in Chicago and 12 of whom are sales personnel throughout the country who work remotely. We are continuing to build our workforce with experienced individuals in order to serve our operations. None of our employees is represented by a labor union with respect to his or her employment with us. We believe our relationship with our employees is satisfactory.

Properties

In February 2015, we entered into a lease effective through March 2024 for approximately 11,000 square feet of office space that houses our principal offices in Austin, Texas. We also have a customer service call center located in Skokie, Illinois that consists of approximately 2,200 square feet and is subject to a lease agreement that expires in August 2017. We believe our facilities are sufficient for our current needs.

Trademarks and Other Intellectual Property

We believe that our intellectual property has substantial value and has contributed significantly to the success of our business. Our primary trademarks include “SKINNYPOP”, “SKINNYPACK”, “THE BIG SKINNY” and “DON’T WORRY BE PAQUI” all of which are registered with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. Our trademarks are valuable assets that reinforce the distinctiveness of our brand and our consumers’ favorable perception of our products and brands. Certain of our marks are also pending registration in Canada. Our web content and the domain name, www.amplifysnackbrands.com, are owned by us and the content is copyright protected. We also rely on unpatented proprietary expertise, recipes and formulations, continuing innovation and other trade secrets to develop and maintain our competitive position.

Government Regulation

Along with our co-manufacturers, brokers, distributors and ingredients and packaging suppliers, we are subject to extensive laws and regulations in the United States by federal, state and local government authorities. In the United States, the federal agencies governing the manufacture, distribution and advertising of our products include, among others, the FTC, the FDA, the USDA, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and the Occupational Safety and Health Administration and similar state and local agencies. Under various statutes, these agencies, among other things, prescribe the requirements and establish the standards for quality and safety and regulate our marketing and advertising to consumers. Certain of these agencies, in certain circumstances, must not only approve our products, but also review the manufacturing processes and facilities used to produce these

 

118


Table of Contents

products before they can be marketed in the United States. We are also subject to the laws of Canada, including the Canadian Food Inspection Agency, as well as provincial and local regulations.

We are subject to labor and employment laws, laws governing advertising, privacy laws, safety regulations and other laws, including consumer protection regulations that regulate retailers or govern the promotion and sale of merchandise. Our operations, and those of our contract co-manufacturers, distributors and suppliers, also are subject to various laws and regulations relating to environmental protection and worker health and safety matters. We monitor changes in these laws and believe that we are in material compliance with applicable laws.

Geographic Information

For a description of our net sales and long-lived assets by geographic area, see Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business. We have received, and may in the future continue to receive, claims from third parties asserting, among other things, infringement of their intellectual property rights. Future litigation may be necessary to defend ourselves, our partners and our customers by determining the scope, enforceability and validity of third-party proprietary rights or to establish our proprietary rights. The results of any current or future litigation cannot be predicted with certainty and regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources, and other factors. See “Risk Factors—Litigation or legal proceedings could expose us to significant liabilities and have a negative impact on our reputation”.

 

119


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers, Directors and Founders

The following table provides information regarding our executive officers and directors as of March 31, 2015. Each is a citizen of the United States unless otherwise indicated.

 

Name

  

Age

  

Position

Executive Officers:

     

Thomas C. Ennis

   48    Chief Executive Officer, President and Director

Brian Goldberg

   41    Chief Financial Officer

Jason Shiver

   42    Senior Vice President of Sales

Non-Employee Directors:

     

Jeffrey S. Barber(2)(3)

   42    Chairman of the Board of Directors

William David Christ II(1)(3)

   36    Director

Chris Elshaw(1)(2)(3)

   55    Director

John K. Haley(1)(3)

   64    Director

Dawn Hudson(2)(3)

   57    Director

Founders and Directors:

     

Andrew S. Friedman

   46    Senior Advisor and Director

Pamela L. Netzky

   40    Senior Advisor and Director

 

(1) Member of our audit committee.
(2) Member of our compensation committee.
(3) Member of our nominating and corporate governance committee.

Executive Officers

Thomas C. Ennis.    Mr. Ennis has served as our Chief Executive Officer, President, and has been a member of our board of directors since July 2014. From June 2009 to July 2014, Mr. Ennis served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Oberto Sausage Co., Inc., a company manufacturing meat snacks, doing business as Oberto Brands. From August 2007 to June 2009, Mr. Ennis served as the Vice President of Marketing at Oberto Brands. From 2005 to 2007, Mr. Ennis served as the Vice President of Marketing at Maggiano’s, a Brinker International, Inc. national restaurant chain. From 2003 to 2005, Mr. Ennis was Marketing Director at The Dial Corporation, a personal care and household cleaning product company. From July 1996 to August 1997 and from April 1998 to 2003, Mr. Ennis served in various brand management roles at Unilever United States, Inc. From August 1997 to April 1998, Mr. Ennis worked at Nestle S.A., a food and beverage company. From 2012 to 2014, Mr. Ennis served as a member of the board of directors of Toosum Healthy Foods LLC, a private company manufacturing BFY, all-natural snack bars. Mr. Ennis holds a Bachelor of Arts in History and minor in English from Fordham University and a Master of Business Administration with a concentration in marketing from the University of Texas at Austin.

We believe that Mr. Ennis is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his previous experience as Chief Executive Officer of a major snack food company and his deep experience and knowledge of the snack food industry.

Brian Goldberg.    Mr. Goldberg has served as our Chief Financial Officer since September 2014. From January 2013 to September 2014, Mr. Goldberg served as the Chief Financial Officer at Enersciences Holdings, LLC, a company focused on developing technology solutions for the energy

 

120


Table of Contents

industry, and Mr. Goldberg continues to serve on its board of directors. From January 2012 until December 2012, Mr. Goldberg served as the Chief Financial Officer at Badlands Power Fuels, LLC, an environmental services provider. From 2005 to December 2011, Mr. Goldberg served as the Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer at Sweet Leaf Tea Company, a beverage company. After Sweet Leaf Tea Company was sold to Nestle S.A., Mr. Goldberg was retained by Nestle to manage the integration. From 2004 to 2005, Mr. Goldberg served as Vice President of New Capital Partners, a private equity firm. Mr. Goldberg also serves, and has served on the boards of several private companies, including Rumble Drinks, a company manufacturing pre-packaged shakes, since September 2013; Runa LLC, a beverage company, from October 2012 to September 2014; and Freed Foods, Inc., an organic baby foods company doing business as NurtureMe since June 2011. Mr. Goldberg holds a Bachelor of Science in Management with a major in accounting from Tulane University, a Master of Accountancy with an emphasis in taxation from the University of Georgia, and a Master of Business Administration from The Darden School at The University of Virginia.

Jason Shiver.    Mr. Shiver has served as our Senior Vice President of Sales since July 2014. From May 2013 until July 2014, Mr. Shiver was employed by Precision Capital, LLC and served as Vice President of Sales at SkinnyPop. From April 2012 to December 2013, Mr. Shiver served as the General Manager and Senior Vice President of Sales for Rickland Orchards, LLC, a yogurt snack company. From February 2008 to March 2012, Mr. Shiver served as the Senior Vice President of Sales and Marketing at Glutino USA, Inc., a gluten-free snack food company, which was acquired by Boulder Brands, Inc., a diversified food company. From May 2003 to January 2008, Mr. Shiver held several roles at Atkins Nutritionals, Inc., the leader in low-carb foods and beverages, including Vice President of Sales. From September 2001 to May 2003, Mr. Shiver was a Southeast Regional Sales Manager at Acirca, Inc., an organic foods and beverages company. From August 2000 to September 2001, Mr. Shiver was a National Account Manager at Arizona Beverages USA LLC. Mr. Shiver holds a Bachelor of Science in Marketing from University of South Florida.

Non-Employee Directors

Jeffrey S. Barber.    Mr. Barber has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2014, and chairman of the board of directors since April 2015. Mr. Barber joined TA Associates, a leading growth private equity firm, in 2001 and has served as a Managing Director since 2007. Currently, Mr. Barber co-heads TA Associates’ North American Consumer and Healthcare Group and serves or has served on the boards of several public and private companies including, Tectum Holdings, Inc., a vehicle products company, since 2014; Full Sail University, since 2011; the Los Angeles Film School, since 2011; Vatterott College, an educational services company, since 2009; Cath Kidston Ltd, a fashion company, from 2010 to 2015; Dymatize Enterprises LLC, a nutritional supplements company, from December 2010 to February 2014 and Tempur Sealy International, Inc., a publicly-traded mattress company, from 2002 to 2009. Mr. Barber also serves as a Trustee of The Johns Hopkins University, The Buckingham, Brown and Nichols School and the US Lacrosse Foundation. Mr. Barber holds a Bachelor of Arts from Johns Hopkins University and a Masters of Business Administration from Columbia School of Business.

We believe that Mr. Barber is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his experience as a seasoned investor, a current and former director of many companies, including a public company, and his financial expertise.

William David Christ II.    Mr. Christ has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2014. Mr. Christ joined TA Associates in 2003, where he now serves as a Director, and is primarily focused on investments in the consumer products, retail and restaurant industries. Mr. Christ currently serves or has served on the boards of several private companies including Towne Park, LLC, a hospitality services company from December 2013 to December 2014; Dymatize Enterprises LLC, a

 

121


Table of Contents

nutritional supplements company, from December 2010 to February 2014; Vatterott College, an educational services company, from November 2009 to June 2014; and Microban International Ltd., a branded ingredient company, from October 2008 to December 2011. Mr. Christ holds a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration from Washington and Lee University and a Master of Business Administration from the Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth College.

We believe that Mr. Christ is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his experience as a current and former director of many companies and his financial expertise.

Chris Elshaw.    Mr. Elshaw has served on our board of directors since May 2015. From May 2009 until February 2014, Mr. Elshaw served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Revlon Inc. and its affiliates, a global cosmetics company. From October 2007 until May 2009, Mr. Elshaw served as Revlon’s Executive Vice President and General Manager, U.S. Region. From July 2002 until October 2007, Mr. Elshaw held several leadership roles within Revlon, including Senior Vice President and Managing Director, Europe, Middle East and Canada. From 1996 until 2002, Mr. Elshaw held several senior general management positions at Bristol-Myers Squibb Company (Clairol Division), a global pharmaceuticals company, including serving as General Manager of the U.K. and Ireland division. From November 2007 until February 2014, Mr. Elshaw served as a board member of the Personal Care Products Council, a cosmetic and personal care products industry association, and from February 2012 to February 2014, served as its Vice Chairman.

We believe that Mr. Elshaw is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his experience serving in leadership roles at various public companies.

John K. Haley.    Mr. Haley has served on our board of directors since April 2015. Mr. Haley currently serves as a member of the board of directors, a member of the compensation committee and chair of the audit committee at General Growth Properties, Inc., a publicly-traded real estate investment trust, and a member of the board of directors at Bedrock Brands Inc., a consumer products company. Mr. Haley also acts as a consultant, assisting with financial due diligence for private equity firms. From October 2010 to February 2014, Mr. Haley served as a member of the board of directors and chair of the audit committee at Body Central, Corp., a fashion apparel and accessories retailer. From November 2010 to September 2012, Mr. Haley served as a member of the board of directors at JW Childs Acquisition Corporation, a special purpose acquisition company. From 1978 to 2009, Mr. Haley held various positions, including Partner, at Ernst & Young LLP. Mr. Haley has a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration with a concentration in Accounting from Northeastern University.

We believe that Mr. Haley is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his experience as a current and former director of many companies and his accounting expertise.

Dawn Hudson.    Ms. Hudson has served on our board of directors since October 2014. Since September 2014, Ms. Hudson has been the Chief Marketing Officer of the National Football League, a professional sports league. From March 2009 to September 2014, Ms. Hudson was a Vice-Chairman at The Parthenon Group, a global boutique consulting firm, serving as head of its consumer practice. Between 2002 and 2007, Ms. Hudson held several roles at Pepsi-Cola North America, a multi-national beverage company and division of PepsiCo, Inc., including President and Chief Executive Officer of Pepsi-Cola North America and PepsiCo Food Service from 2005 to 2007. Ms. Hudson also served as Executive Vice President of Sales and Marketing at Frito-Lay North America, Inc., an international snack food company, from 1996 to 1998. Ms. Hudson currently serves as a member of the board of directors, compensation committee and governance committee of Lowes Companies, Inc., a chain of retail home improvement and appliance stores; as a member of the board of directors and audit committee of Nvidia Corp., a visual computing company; and as a member of the board of Interpublic Group of Companies, Inc., a marketing solutions company. From May 2008 to March 2014,

 

122


Table of Contents

Ms. Hudson served on the board of directors of Allergan Inc., a pharmaceutical company, from 2010 to 2012, Ms. Hudson served on the board of PF Chang’s China Bistro, Inc., a restaurant chain, and from 2008 to 2010, she served as Chairman of the board of the Ladies Professional Golf Association, a professional golfing organization. Ms. Hudson holds a Bachelor of Arts from Dartmouth College.

We believe that Ms. Hudson is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of her experience as a current and former director of many companies, including public companies, her experience as a chief executive officer and her knowledge of the snack food industry.

Founders and Directors

Andrew S. Friedman.    Mr. Friedman is our founder and has served as our Senior Advisor and on our board of directors since July 2014. From August 2010 to July 2014, Mr. Friedman served as the Chief Executive Officer of SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC, our Predecessor. From 2008 to 2010, Mr. Friedman co-founded and served as Chief Executive Officer of Wells Street Popcorn, LLC, a retail popcorn company. Mr. Friedman holds a Bachelor of Arts in Organizational Management from the University of Michigan and a Master of Business Administration with a major in Finance from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.

We believe that Mr. Friedman is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his experience and perspective as our founder and former Chief Executive Officer of our Predecessor.

Pamela L. Netzky.    Ms. Netzky is our founder and served as our Senior Advisor and on our board of directors since July 2014. From August 2010 to July 2014, Mr. Netzky also served as the President of SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC, our Predecessor. From 2008 to 2010, Ms. Netzky co-founded and served as the Chief Operating Officer of Wells Street Popcorn, LLC, a retail popcorn company. Ms. Netzky holds a Bachelor of Arts in Communications from DePaul University.

We believe that Ms. Netzky is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of her experience and perspective as our founder and former President of our Predecessor.

Each executive officer serves at the discretion of our board of directors and holds office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

The members of the board of directors and the officers of the Company also constitute all of the members of the board of managers and all of the officers of Topco. Topco will be liquidated in connection with the Corporate Reorganization in connection with this offering. See “Corporate Reorganization”.

Codes of Business Conduct and Ethics

Prior to the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that will apply to all of our employees, officers and directors, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and other executive and senior financial officers.

Board of Directors

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. The number of directors will be fixed by our board of directors, subject to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. Our board of directors will consist of seven directors, four of whom will qualify as “independent” under the NYSE listing standards.

 

123


Table of Contents

In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, immediately after the consummation of this offering our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

    the Class I directors will be Messrs. Christ and Elshaw and Ms. Netzky, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2016;

 

    the Class II directors will be Mr. Friedman and Ms. Hudson, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2017; and

 

    the Class III directors will be Messrs. Barber, Ennis and Haley, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2018.

Any increase or decrease in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors.

This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our company.

Director Independence

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director. Based on information provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment and affiliations, our board of directors has determined that Messrs. Elshaw, Haley, Barber and Christ and Ms. Hudson do not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the listing standards of the NYSE. In making these determinations, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director, and the transactions involving them described in “—Non-Employee Director Compensation” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors has established or will establish, effective prior to the consummation of this offering, an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and governance committee. The composition and responsibilities of each of the committees of our board of directors is described below. Members will serve on these committees until their resignation or until as otherwise determined by our board of directors.

Audit Committee

Immediately following the consummation of this offering, our audit committee will consist of Messrs. Christ, Elshaw and Haley. Mr. Haley will serve as chairman of the audit committee. Under the NYSE listing standards and applicable SEC rules, we are required to have three members of the audit committee. Subject to phase-in rules, the NYSE and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act requires that the audit committee of a listed company be comprised solely of independent directors. Because we have applied to list our securities on the NYSE in connection with this offering, we have twelve months from the date our securities are first listed on the NYSE to comply with the audit committee independence requirements. Mr. Christ, who is not an independent director for audit committee purposes, will serve on the audit committee until an additional independent director is appointed. The other members named in this committee are independent.

 

124


Table of Contents

In addition, our board of directors has determined that Mr. Haley is an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of Item 407(d) of Regulation S-K under the 1933 Securities Act, as amended, or the Securities Act.

Our audit committee will, among other things:

 

    select a qualified firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our consolidated financial statements;

 

    help to ensure the independence and performance of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    discuss the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm, and review, with management and the independent registered public accounting firm, our interim and year-end results of operations;

 

    develop procedures for employees to submit concerns anonymously about questionable accounting or audit matters;

 

    review our policies on risk assessment and risk management;

 

    review related party transactions;

 

    obtain and review a report by the independent registered public accounting firm at least annually, that describes our internal control procedures, any material issues with such procedures and any steps taken to deal with such issues; and

 

    approve (or, as permitted, pre-approve) all audit and all permissible non-audit services, other than de minimis non-audit services, to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm.

Our audit committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the consummation of this offering, that satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of the NYSE.

Compensation Committee

Immediately following the consummation of this offering, our compensation committee will consist of Messrs. Barber, Elshaw and Ms. Hudson, with Ms. Hudson serving as Chairperson. The composition of our compensation committee meets the requirements for independence under the NYSE listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. Each member of the compensation committee is also a non-employee director, as defined pursuant to Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and an outside director, as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, or the Code. The purpose of our compensation committee is to discharge the responsibilities of our board of directors relating to compensation of our executive officers. Our compensation committee, among other things:

 

    reviews, approves and determines, or make recommendations to our board of directors regarding, the compensation of our executive officers;

 

    administers our stock and equity incentive plans;

 

    reviews and approves and make recommendations to our board of directors regarding incentive compensation and equity plans; and

 

    establishes and reviews general policies relating to compensation and benefits of our employees.

Our compensation committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the consummation of this offering, that satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of the NYSE.

 

125


Table of Contents

Nominating and Governance Committee

Immediately following the consummation of this offering, our nominating and governance committee will consist of Messrs. Barber, Christ, Elshaw and Haley and Ms. Hudson, with Mr. Christ serving as Chairman. The composition of our nominating and governance committee meets the requirements for independence under the NYSE listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. Our nominating and governance committee will, among other things:

 

    identify, evaluate and select, or make recommendations to our board of directors regarding, nominees for election to our board of directors and its committees;

 

    evaluate the performance of our board of directors and of individual directors;

 

    consider and make recommendations to our board of directors regarding the composition of our board of directors and its committees;

 

    review developments in corporate governance practices;

 

    evaluate the adequacy of our corporate governance practices and reporting; and

 

    develop and make recommendations to our board of directors regarding corporate governance guidelines and matters.

The nominating and governance committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the consummation of this offering that satisfies the applicable listing requirements and rules of the NYSE.

Risk Oversight

Our board of directors has an oversight role, as a whole and also at the committee level, in overseeing management of our risks. Our board of directors regularly reviews information regarding our credit, liquidity and operations, as well as the risks associated with each. The compensation committee of the board of directors is responsible for overseeing the management of risks relating to our employee compensation plans and the audit committee of the board of directors oversees the management of financial risks. While each committee is responsible for evaluating certain risks and overseeing the management of such risks, the entire board of directors is regularly informed through committee reports about such risk.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

Prior to this offering, we did not have a formal policy or plan under which to make equity award grants or to pay cash retainers to our non-employee directors. Non-employee directors who were not affiliated with TA Associates generally received a cash fee of $15,000 for every meeting attended in person and $5,000 for every meeting attended telephonically, as well as an initial equity grant of 288,812.70 Class C-1 units of Topco. Employee directors did not receive additional compensation for service as a member of our board of directors.

In connection with the Corporate Reorganization, each Class C-1 unit granted under the TA Topco 1, LLC 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2014 Plan, to our directors will be converted into the corresponding number of shares of common stock and/or restricted stock of Amplify Snack Brands, Inc., which will be granted under our 2015 Plan. The portion of the outstanding Class C-1 units that

 

126


Table of Contents

have vested as of the time of the Corporate Reorganization will be converted into shares of common stock and the remaining portion of unvested outstanding Class C-1 units will be converted into shares of restricted stock. As a result, we will grant shares of common stock and restricted stock to our directors on this basis in connection with the Corporate Reorganization. The shares of restricted stock will be subject to time-based vesting conditions, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Class C-1 units from which such shares were converted. See “Corporate Reorganization”. The number of shares of restricted stock and common stock to be issued to our 2014 directors (other than Messrs. Ennis and Friedman and Ms. Netzky) in connection with the Corporate Reorganization are set forth in the table below. The shares of common stock and restricted stock that will be granted to Messrs. Ennis and Friedman and Ms. Netzky are presented in “Executive Compensation—Treatment of Equity Interests in the Corporate Reorganization”.

 

Name

   Number of Class C-1 Units      Number of Shares of
Restricted Stock
     Number of Shares of
Common Stock
 

Jeffrey S. Barber

                       

William D. Christ

                       

Frank Doyle(1)

     288,812.70         

James Hart(2)

                       

Dawn Hudson(3)

     288,812.70         

 

(1) Mr. Doyle was appointed to our board of directors on October 1, 2014 and resigned on December 16, 2014.
(2) Mr. Hart was appointed to our board of directors on July 14, 2014 and resigned on March 25, 2015.
(3) Ms. Hudson was appointed to our Board on October 1, 2014.

Director Compensation Table—2014

The following table presents the total compensation for each person who served as a member of our board of directors during the year ended December 31, 2014. Thomas Ennis, who is our Chief Executive Officer, as well as Andrew Friedman and Pamela Netzky, our Senior Advisors, were employees during fiscal year 2014 and received no additional compensation for their services as members of our Board. The compensation received by Messrs. Ennis and Friedman and Ms. Netzky, as Named Executive Officers of the Company is presented in “Executive Compensation—Summary Compensation Table—2014”. The table below assumes the completion of the Corporate Reorganization prior to the consummation of this offering.

 

Director Name(1)

   Fees Earned or Paid in
Cash ($)
     Stock Awards ($)(2)      Total
($)
 

Jeffrey S. Barber

                       

William D. Christ

                       

Frank Doyle

     15,000         274,372(3)         289,372   

James Hart

                       

Dawn Hudson

     15,000         274,372(3)         289,372   

 

(1) Each director other than Ms. Hudson and Mr. Doyle was appointed to the board of directors on July 14, 2014, in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition. Messrs. Barber, Christ and Hart were affiliated with TA Associates. As of December 31, 2014, Mr. Doyle and Ms. Hudson each had              shares of restricted stock outstanding and Messrs. Barber, Christ and Hart each had 0 shares of restricted stock outstanding.
(2) The amounts reported in the Stock Awards column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of equity-based compensation granted to the non-employee members of our board of directors during the year ended December 31, 2014 as computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Pursuant to SEC rules, these amounts exclude the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions. The assumptions used in calculating the aggregate grant date fair value of shares reported in the Stock Awards column are set forth in Note 14 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these shares and do not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by the non-employee members of our board of directors for the shares.
(3) The shares of restricted stock vest 25% on December 2, 2015, and thereafter, 2.0833% on the final day of each of the following 36 months, subject to the non-employee director’s continued service to the Company through each applicable vesting date. Upon a termination of his or her service relationship by the Company, all unvested shares will be forfeited and all vested shares may be repurchased by the Company. In the event of a “sale of the Company” (as defined in each non-employee director’s award agreement), all unvested shares will be fully vested.

 

127


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table—2014

The following table presents information regarding the compensation awarded to, earned by, and paid to each individual who served as our principal executive officer and the two most highly-compensated executive officers (other than the principal executive officer) who were serving as executive officers at the end of the year ended December 31, 2014. All of these individuals are collectively referred to as our Named Executive Officers.

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary($)     Bonus($)      Stock
Awards
($)(1)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
    All Other
Compensation
($)
    Total ($)  

Current Named Executive Officers:

  

Thomas Ennis

Chief Executive Officer

    2014        310,213        420,000 (2)       3,499,314               50,100 (3)      4,279,627   

Brian Goldberg

Chief Financial Officer

    2014        87,500        400,000 (4)       1,544,814               3,900 (5)      2,036,214   

Jason Shiver

Senior Vice President of Sales

    2014        154,006        70,000 (6)       1,235,852        50,000 (7)      6,000 (5)      1,515,858   

Former Executive Officers:

  

Andrew Friedman(8)

Senior Advisor

and Former Chief Executive Officer

    2014        355,769        750,000 (9)                     323,627 (10)      1,429,396   

Pamela Netzky(8)

Senior Advisor and Former President

    2014        355,769        750,000 (9)                     323,627 (10)      1,429,396   

 

(1) The amounts reported in the Stock Awards column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the equity-based compensation granted to the Named Executive Officers as computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, and assuming the consummation of the Corporate Reorganization. Pursuant to SEC rules, these amounts exclude the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions. The assumptions used in calculating the aggregate grant date fair value of the shares reported in the Stock Awards column are set forth in Note 14 to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these shares and do not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by the Named Executive Officers for the shares.
(2) Mr. Ennis received a one-time signing bonus equal to $420,000. If, within the first anniversary of employment with Topco, Mr. Ennis is terminated by Topco for “cause” (as defined in his employment agreement, as discussed in “Executive Compensation—Employment Agreements and Termination of Employment and Change in Control Arrangements” below) or he voluntarily resigns from Topco without “good reason” (as defined in his employment agreement, as discussed in “Executive Compensation—Employment Agreements and Termination of Employment and Change in Control Arrangements” below), then Mr. Ennis must repay to Topco the full amount of the signing bonus.
(3) The amount includes reimbursements by Topco for temporary housing, travel and relocation expenses, as well as reimbursements by Topco for automobile-related expenses and mobile telephone charges.
(4) Mr. Goldberg is entitled to a one-time signing bonus equal to $400,000; $175,000 of which was paid in October 2014 and $225,000 of which was paid in January 2015. If Mr. Goldberg is terminated by Topco for “cause” (as defined in his employment agreement, as discussed in “Executive Compensation—Employment Agreements and Termination of Employment and Change in Control Arrangements” below) or he voluntarily resigns from Topco without “good reason” (as defined in his employment agreement, as discussed in “Executive Compensation—Employment Agreements and Termination of Employment and Change in Control Arrangements” below), (i) after December 31, 2014 but on or before March 31, 2015, then Mr. Goldberg must repay to Topco $225,000; (ii) after March 31, 2015 but on or before June 30, 2015, then Mr. Goldberg must repay to Topco $150,000; or (iii) after June 30, 2015 but on or before September 30, 2015, then Mr. Goldberg must repay to Topco $75,000.
(5) The amount includes reimbursements by Topco for automobile-related expenses and mobile telephone charges.
(6) Mr. Shiver received a one-time signing bonus equal to $70,000. If, within the first anniversary of employment with Topco, Mr. Shiver is terminated by Topco for “cause” (as defined in his employment agreement, as discussed in “Executive Compensation—Employment Agreements and Terminations of Employment and Change in Control Arrangements” below) or he voluntarily resigns from Topco without “good reason” (as defined in his employment agreement, as discussed in “Executive Compensation—Employment and Termination of Employment and Change in Control Agreements Arrangements” below), then Mr. Shiver must repay to Topco the full amount of the signing bonus.

 

128


Table of Contents
(7) Pursuant to Mr. Shiver’s employment agreement, Mr. Shiver was entitled to earn a bonus for the period commencing on July 17, 2014 and ending December 31, 2014 based on Topco’s EBITDA for 2014.
(8) Mr. Friedman and Ms. Netzky served as Chief Executive Officer and President, respectively, of our Predecessor during fiscal year 2014 until they became Senior Advisors to SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC following the Sponsor Acquisition in July 2014. Ms. Netzky served in a capacity similar to Mr. Friedman prior to July 2014.
(9) Mr. Friedman and Ms. Netzky may each receive an additional bonus compensation amount of up to $10 million, based on various contribution margin metrics in fiscal year 2015, and subject to their continued employment though fiscal year 2015. In December 2014, Mr. Friedman and Ms. Netzky each received an advancement of $750,000 of the compensation amount. SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC has no clawback or similar right with respect to the advanced compensation amount and neither Mr. Friedman nor Ms. Netzky has any obligation to repay such amount to SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC under any circumstances.
(10) The amount includes tax gross-ups for the advancement of compensation received in December 2014.

Employment Agreements and Termination of Employment and Change in Control Arrangements

Thomas Ennis

On July 17, 2014, Topco entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Ennis for the position of Chief Executive Officer. The employment agreement provides for his at-will employment and sets forth his initial annual base salary of $500,000; his annual target bonus of $250,000 (effective January 1, 2015) based on the achievement of certain net revenue and EBITDA goals for 2015 as determined by the Company’s board of directors; his one-time signing bonus of $420,000 that is subject to full repayment if Topco terminates him for “cause” (as defined in the employment agreement) or he voluntarily resigns without “good reason” (as defined in the employment agreement) within the first year of employment; his one-time retention bonus of $415,000 that is payable upon the earlier of (i) Mr. Ennis’ completion of his first year of employment with Topco and (ii) upon a termination by Topco without cause; his reimbursements for temporary housing, travel and moving expenses through August 30, 2015 (up to $4,000 per month for temporary housing, up to 10 business class round-trip airline tickets per calendar quarter for travel to Topco’s headquarters and up to $25,000 for moving); his reimbursements for automobile-related expenses and mobile telephone charges up to a monthly aggregate cap of $1,100; his initial equity grants of our Class C-1 and Class C-2 units; his right to purchase our Class A and Class B units under certain circumstances; and his eligibility to participate in our benefit plans generally. Mr. Ennis is also subject to standard perpetual confidentiality and nondisclosure, assigning of IP work product and 18-month post-termination noncompetition and non-solicitation of employees, independent contractors and customers covenants.

In the event that Mr. Ennis’ employment is terminated by Topco without cause or he resigns for good reason, subject to his delivery of a fully effective release of claims, he will be entitled to cash severance equal to twelve months of his then-current base salary (payable over twelve months) plus a monthly payment equal to Mr. Ennis’ COBRA premium for twelve months. Mr. Ennis’ equity awards are also subject to certain acceleration of vesting provisions, pursuant to his equity award agreements, as discussed in “Executive Compensation—Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table—2014” below.

Brian Goldberg

On July 17, 2014, Topco entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Goldberg for the position of Chief Financial Officer. The employment agreement provides for his at-will employment and sets forth his initial base salary of $300,000; his annual target bonus equal to 50% of his base salary (effective January 1, 2015) based on the achievement of certain net revenue and EBITDA goals for 2015 as determined by the Company’s board of directors; his one-time signing bonus of up to $400,000 (of which, $100,000 was used to purchase Class A units, $75,000 was be paid within 30 days of Mr. Goldberg’s start date and $225,000 was paid in January 2015); his reimbursements for automobile-related expenses and mobile telephone charges up to a monthly aggregate cap of up to $1,100; his initial equity grants of our Class C-1 and Class C-2 units; his eligibility to purchase our

 

129


Table of Contents

Class A and Class B units under certain circumstances; and his eligibility to participate in our benefit plans generally. Mr. Goldberg’s signing bonus is subject to repayment as follows: (i) if he is terminated by Topco for “cause” (as defined in the employment agreement) or he voluntarily resigns without “good reason” (as defined in the employment agreement) after March 31, 2015 but on or before June 30, 2015, he must repay to Topco $150,000 and (ii) if he is terminated by Topco for cause or he voluntarily resigns without good reason after June 30, 2015 but on or before September 30, 2015, he must repay to Topco $75,000. Mr. Goldberg is also subject to standard perpetual confidentiality and nondisclosure, assignment of IP work product and 18-month post-termination noncompetition and non-solicitation of employees, independent contractors and customers covenants.

In the event that Mr. Goldberg’s employment is terminated by Topco without cause or he resigns for good reason, and subject to his delivery of a fully effective release of claims, he will be entitled to cash severance equal to twelve months of his then-current base salary (payable over twelve months) plus a monthly payment equal to Mr. Goldberg’s COBRA premiums for twelve months.

Jason Shiver

On July 17, 2014, Topco entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Shiver for the position of Senior Vice President of Sales. The employment agreement provides for his at-will employment and sets forth his initial base salary of $250,000; his annual target bonus of $125,000 (effective January 1, 2015) based on the achievement of certain net revenue and EBITDA goals for 2015 as determined by the Company’s board of directors; his one-time signing bonus of $70,000 that is subject to full repayment if Topco terminates him for “cause” (as defined in the employment agreement) or he voluntarily resigns without “good reason” (as defined in the employment agreement) within the first year of employment; his reimbursements for automobile-related expenses and mobile telephone charges up to a monthly aggregate cap of up to $1,100; his initial equity grants of our Class C-1 and Class C-2 units; and his eligibility to participate in our benefit plans generally. Mr. Shiver is also subject to standard perpetual confidentiality and nondisclosure, assignment of IP work product and 18-month post-termination noncompetition and non-solicitation of employees, independent contractors and customers covenants.

In the event that Mr. Shiver’s employment is terminated by Topco without cause or he resigns for good reason, and subject to his delivery of a fully effective release of claims, he will be entitled to cash severance equal to twelve months of his then-current base salary (payable over twelve months) plus a monthly payment equal to Mr. Shiver’s COBRA premiums for twelve months.

Employment with Precision Capital Group, LLC

Prior to July 17, 2014, Mr. Shiver was employed by Precision Capital Group, LLC, which provided business consulting services to Topco, including, but not limited to, servicing vendor contracts, providing operational support and assisting Topco in sales and marketing operations. As part of Precision Capital Group, LLC, Mr. Shiver helped to provide such business consulting services to Topco and assisted with the Sponsor Acquisition. While at Precision Capital Group, LLC, Mr. Shiver was paid a salary, as well as bonuses, by Precision Capital Group, LLC. Further information regarding Precision Capital Group, LLC can be found in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Precision Capital Group LLC Consulting Services Agreements”.

Andrew Friedman and Pamela Netzky

Prior to July 17, 2014, Mr. Friedman and Ms. Netzky served as our Chief Executive Officer and President, respectively. On July 17, 2014, TA Midco 1, LLC (now known as SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC) entered into an employment agreement with each of Mr. Friedman and Ms. Netzky for the position of

 

130


Table of Contents

Senior Advisor. The terms of the agreements are until December 31, 2015, unless terminated earlier. The employment agreements set forth each executive’s initial annual base salary of $200,000 and eligibility to participate in our benefit plans generally. The employment agreements also provide for each executive’s eligibility to receive a cash payment of up to $10 million (the “cash payment”), based on achievement by SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC of certain contribution margin metrics during the period commencing on January 1, 2015 and ending on December 31, 2015. Furthermore, in connection with the payments, SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC will provide each executive with an additional tax benefit equal to (i) in the case of the taxable year in which the cash payment is paid or any subsequent taxable year, the net excess (if any) of (A) the taxes that would have been paid by SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC in respect of such taxable year calculated without taking into account the payment of the cash payment over (B) the actual taxes payable by SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC in respect of such taxable year and (ii) in the case of any taxable year prior to the year in which the cash payment is paid, the amount of any tax refund resulting from carrying back any operating losses to the extent attributable to the cash payment. Mr. Friedman and Ms. Netzky are each also subject to standard perpetual confidentiality and nondisclosure and assignment of intellectual property work product covenants, as well as noncompetition and non-solicitation of employees, independent contractors and customers covenants through the later of (1) seven years after the Sponsor Acquisition and (2) 18 months after Mr. Friedman or Ms. Netzky, as applicable, ceases to provide services to SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC. On December 23, 2014, Mr. Friedman and Ms. Netzky each entered into an agreement with SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC, pursuant to which each executive received an advancement of $750,000 of the cash payment. The agreements do not subject Mr. Friedman or Ms. Netzky to any clawback provisions with respect to the advanced cash payment and neither executive has any obligation to repay such amount to SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC under any circumstances.

For each of Mr. Friedman and Ms. Netzky, in the event of a termination due to death, by SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC without cause or by the executive for good reason, and subject to his or her, as applicable, delivery of a fully effective release of claims, the executive will be entitled to continued base salary through December 31, 2015 (paid in accordance with SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC’s standard payroll procedures) and a monthly payment equal to the executive’s COBRA premium through December 31, 2015. In addition, each executive will remain eligible to receive the cash payment as if he or she were still employed by SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC.

 

131


Table of Contents

Treatment of Equity Interests in the Corporate Reorganization

In connection with the Corporate Reorganization, outstanding Class C units granted under our 2014 Plan will be converted into shares of common stock and restricted stock of Amplify Snack Brands, Inc., which will be granted under our 2015 Plan. The portion of the outstanding Class C units that have vested as of the time of the Corporate Reorganization will be converted into shares of common stock and the remaining portion of unvested outstanding Class C units will be converted into shares of restricted stock. As a result, we will issue shares of common stock and restricted stock to our Named Executive Officers in connection with the Corporate Reorganization. The shares of restricted stock will be subject to time-based vesting conditions, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Class C units from which such shares were converted. See “Corporate Reorganization”. The number of shares of restricted stock and common stock to be issued to our Named Executive Officers in connection with the Corporate Reorganization is set forth in the table below.

 

Name

  Number of Class
C-1 Units
    Number of
Shares of
Restricted
Stock
  Number of
Shares of
Common Stock
  Number of Class
C-2 Units
    Number of
Shares of
Restricted
Stock
  Number of
Shares of
Common
Stock

Current Named Executive Officers:

           

Thomas Ennis

    3,245,086.52            2,313,787.18       

Brian Goldberg

    1,352,119.39            1,446,116.99       

Jason Shiver

    1,081,695.51            1,156,893.59       

Former Named Executive Officers:

           

Andrew Friedman

                     

Pamela Netzky

                     

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table—2014

The following table summarizes, for each of the Named Executive Officers, the outstanding shares of restricted stock held by our Named Executive Officers as of December 31, 2014. The table assumes the completion of the Corporate Reorganization prior to the consummation of this offering and the conversion of outstanding Class C units as described above.

 

    Stock Awards(1)  

Name

  Number of Shares or
Units of Stock that
Have Not Vested(#)
    Market Value of
Shares or Units of
Stock that Have
Not Vested($)
    Equity Incentive Plan
Awards: Number of
Unearned Shares, Units
or Other Rights that
Have Not Vested(#)
    Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Market or Payout
Value of Unearned
Shares, Units or
Other Rights that
Have Not Vested

($)
 

Current Named Executive Officers:

  

Thomas Ennis

         (2)                 

Brian Goldberg

         (2)                 

Jason Shiver

         (2)                 

Former Named Executive Officers:

  

Andrew Friedman

                           

Pamela Netzky

                           

 

(1) Assumes an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
(2) The shares of restricted stock vest 25% on the first anniversary of the vesting reference date (July 7, 2014 for Mr. Ennis, July 17, 2014 for Mr. Shiver and September 15, 2014 for Mr. Goldberg), and thereafter, 2.0833% on the final day of each of the following 36 months, subject to the Named Executive Officer’s continued employment with Topco through each applicable vesting date. Upon a termination by Topco without “cause” (as defined in the Named Executive Officer’s award agreement), all unvested shares will be forfeited and all vested shares may be repurchased by Topco. For Mr. Ennis only, in the event of a “sale of the Company” (as defined in Mr. Ennis’ award agreement), all unvested shares will be fully vested.

 

132


Table of Contents

In connection with this offering, we will pay the Performance Bonus Payments of $500,000, $350,000 and $300,000 to Messrs. Ennis, Goldberg and Shiver, respectively, and $350,000 to be allocated to other employees, to be paid upon the consummation of this offering. We determined that these Performance Bonus Payments were warranted based on the exceptional leadership of each of Messrs. Ennis, Goldberg and Shiver, who drove the Company’s continued growth trajectory during 2015 while also preparing the Company for this offering. The board of directors reviewed the efforts of these individuals during this time period and determined their performance, in this unique situation, to be above and beyond what was expected as part of their existing employment arrangements. As such, the board of directors approved these one-time, transaction related bonuses, which were derived based on a calculation of one times the base salary for Mr. Ennis and one times the base salary plus $50,000 for Messrs. Goldberg and Shiver. The board of directors also approved a $350,000 transaction bonus pool that will be paid to the non-executive leadership team and general employee base, in recognition of related and similar extraordinary efforts, to be paid upon the consummation of this offering.

Employee Benefit and Stock Plans

2015 Stock Option and Incentive Plan

Our 2015 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, or our 2015 Plan, was adopted by our board of directors and approved by our stockholders in                     , 2015 and will become effective immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. The 2015 Plan will replace the 2014 Plan, as our board of directors has determined not to make additional awards under that plan following the consummation of this offering. The 2015 Plan allows the compensation committee to make equity-based incentive awards to our officers, employees, non-employee directors and consultants.

We have initially reserved              shares of our common stock for the issuance of awards under the 2015 Plan, plus the             shares of restricted stock and common stock to be issued under the 2015 Plan in connection with the conversion of Class C Units as part of the Corporate Reorganization. The 2015 Plan provides that the number of shares reserved and available for issuance under the plan will automatically increase each January 1, beginning on January 1, 2016, by     % of the outstanding number of shares of our common stock on the immediately preceding December 31 or such lesser number of shares as determined by our compensation committee. This number is subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other change in our capitalization.

The shares we issue under the 2015 Plan will be authorized but unissued shares or shares that we reacquire. The shares of common stock underlying any awards that are forfeited, cancelled, held back upon exercise or settlement of an award to satisfy the exercise price or tax withholding, reacquired by us prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of stock, expire or are otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) under the 2015 Plan will be added back to the shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2015 Plan.

Stock options and stock appreciation rights with respect to no more than              shares of common stock may be granted to any one individual in any one calendar year and the maximum “performance-based award” payable to any one “covered employee” during a performance cycle under the 2015 Plan is              shares of common stock or $         in the case of cash-based performance awards. The maximum number of shares that may be issued as incentive stock options may not exceed                      cumulatively increased on January 1, 2016 and on each January 1 thereafter by the lesser of the annual increase for such year or              shares.

The 2015 Plan will be administered by our compensation committee. Our compensation committee has full power to select, from among the individuals eligible for awards, the individuals to whom awards will be granted, to make any combination of awards to participants, and to determine the

 

133


Table of Contents

specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of the 2015 Plan. Persons eligible to participate in the 2015 Plan will be those full-or part-time officers, employees, non-employee directors and consultants as selected from time to time by our compensation committee in its discretion.

The 2015 Plan permits the granting of both (1) options to purchase common stock intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code and (2) options that do not so qualify. The option exercise price of each option will be determined by our compensation committee but may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. In the event an incentive stock option is granted to an employee who owns or is deemed to own more than 10% of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of us or any parent or subsidiary corporation, or a 10% owner, the option exercise price of such option may not be less than 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of each option will be fixed by our compensation committee and may not exceed ten years from the date of grant (five years in the case of an incentive stock option held by a 10% owner). Our compensation committee will determine at what time or times each option may be exercised. To the extent required for incentive stock option treatment under Section 422 of the Code, the aggregate fair market value (determined as of the time of grant) of the shares of stock with respect to which incentive stock options become exercisable for the first time by an optionee during any calendar year must not exceed $100,000. To the extent that any stock option exceeds this limit, it will constitute a nonqualified stock option.

Our compensation committee may award stock appreciation rights subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. Stock appreciation rights entitle the recipient to shares of common stock, or cash, equal to the value of the appreciation in our stock price over the exercise price. The exercise price may not be less than 100% of fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant. The term of a stock appreciation right may not exceed ten years.

Our compensation committee may award restricted shares of common stock and restricted stock units to participants subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. These conditions and restrictions may include the achievement of certain performance goals and/or continued employment with us through a specified vesting period. Our compensation committee may also grant shares of common stock that are free from any restrictions under the 2015 Plan. Unrestricted common stock may be granted to participants in recognition of past services or for other valid consideration and may be issued in lieu of cash compensation due to such participant.

Our compensation committee may grant performance share awards to participants that entitle the recipient to receive awards of common stock upon the achievement of certain performance goals and such other conditions as our compensation committee shall determine. Our compensation committee may grant dividend equivalent rights to participants that entitle the recipient to receive credits for dividends that would be paid if the recipient had held a specified number of shares of common stock.

Our compensation committee may grant cash bonuses under the 2015 Plan to participants, subject to the achievement of certain performance goals.

Our compensation committee may grant awards of restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares or cash-based awards under the 2015 Plan that are intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. Such awards will only vest or become payable upon the attainment of performance goals that are established by our compensation committee and related to one or more performance criteria. The performance criteria that could be used with respect to any such awards include: total stockholder return, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, net income (loss) (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization), changes in the market price of our common stock, economic value-added, cash flows

 

134


Table of Contents

from operations or similar measure, sales or revenue, acquisitions or strategic transactions, operating income (loss), cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow), return on capital, assets, equity, or investment, return on sales, gross or net profit levels, productivity, expense, margins, operating efficiency, customer satisfaction, working capital, earnings (loss) per share of stock, sales or market shares and number of customers, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or as compared to the results of a peer group.

The 2015 Plan provides that upon the effectiveness of a “sale event”, as defined in the 2015 Plan, an acquirer or successor entity may assume, continue or substitute for the outstanding awards under the 2015 Plan. To the extent that awards granted under the 2015 Plan are not assumed or continued or substituted by the successor entity, all unvested awards granted under the 2015 Plan shall terminate. In the event of such termination, individuals holding options and stock appreciation rights will be permitted to exercise such options and stock appreciation rights (to the extent exercisable) prior to the sale event. In addition, in connection with the termination of the 2015 Plan upon a sale event, we may make or provide for a cash payment to participants holding vested and exercisable options and stock appreciation rights equal to the difference between the per share cash consideration payable to stockholders in the sale event and the exercise price of the options or stock appreciation rights.

Our board of directors may amend or discontinue the 2015 Plan and our compensation committee may amend or cancel outstanding awards for purposes of satisfying changes in law or any other lawful purpose, but no such action may adversely affect rights under an award without the holder’s consent. Certain amendments to the 2015 Plan require the approval of our stockholders.

No awards may be granted under the 2015 Plan after the date that is ten years from the date of stockholder approval of the 2015 Plan. No awards under the 2015 Plan have been made prior to the date hereof.

TA Topco 1, LLC Equity Incentive Plan

Our 2014 Plan was adopted by our board of directors and approved by our stockholders in July 2014. An aggregate of                      incentive units were authorized for issuance under the 2014 Plan. As of December 31, 2014,                  Class C units were outstanding under the 2014 Plan. In the event that any outstanding awards under the 2014 Plan were forfeited, cancelled, reacquired by Topco prior to vesting or otherwise terminated, the number of units underlying such award became available for grant under the 2014 Plan. Our board of directors has determined not to grant any further awards under the 2014 Plan after the completion of Corporate Reorganization and the offering. Following the consummation of the Corporate Reorganization, we expect to make future awards under the 2015 Plan.

Our employees, officers, directors, manager and consultants, as well as employees, officers, directors, managers and consultants of our subsidiaries, were eligible to participate in the 2014 Plan.

Our board of directors administered the 2014 Plan. The plan administrator had the authority to select award recipients, determine the size, types and terms of awards, interpret the plan and prescribe, amend and rescind rules and make all other determinations necessary or desirable for the administration of the 2014 Plan.

Units granted were subject to the terms and conditions of Topco’s Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, or the LLC Agreement, as well as the terms and conditions of the 2014 Plan.

 

 

135


Table of Contents

In the event of “sale event” (as defined in the LLC Agreement), the 2014 Plan provided that each unvested unit would be immediately forfeited, unless such units were assumed, continued or substituted with a comparable award by our successor company or its parent. In the event that the unvested units terminated in connection with a transaction, Topco may have provided each unit holder with a cash payment equal to the fair market value of a unit multiplied by the number of units.

Subject to any additional transfer restrictions set forth in the LLC Agreement, units granted under the 2014 Plan could not be sold, exchanged, transferred, assigned, distributed, pledged or otherwise disposed of or encumbered without the prior consent of the plan administrator.

The board of directors had the authority to amend or modify the 2014 Plan at any time; provided, that any amendment that adversely affected rights under any outstanding award would have required consent by the holder of such award.

The 2014 Plan will terminate upon the consummation of the Corporate Reorganization and we do not expect to make any additional grants under our 2014 Plan upon adoption of the 2015 Plan in connection with the Corporate Reorganization.

 

136


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In addition to the compensation arrangements, including employment, termination of employment and change in control arrangements and indemnification arrangements, discussed, when required, in “Management” and “Executive Compensation” and the registration rights described in “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights”, the following is a description of each transaction since January 1, 2012 and each currently proposed transaction in which:

 

    we have been or are to be a participant;

 

    the amount involved exceeded or exceeds $120,000; and

 

    any of our directors, executive officers, or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any immediate family member of, or person sharing the household with, any of these individuals, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

The Sponsor Acquisition

In July 2014, investment funds managed by TA Associates acquired a controlling interest in our parent company, Topco, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $320 million which was paid in a combination of cash and equity. At the time of the Sponsor Acquisition, TA Associates and the other members of Topco entered into the LLC Agreement setting forth the nature of each investor’s ownership interests in Topco and governing the election of managers, rights to participate in future financings, transfers of equity interests, rights to distributions, indemnification of specified persons, voting rights and approval requirements for specified corporate actions.

In connection with the Sponsor Acquisition, the following occurred:

 

    We entered into employment agreements with the Founders, which include the Founder Contingent Compensation. See “Executive Compensation—Employment Agreements and Termination of Employment and Change in Control Agreements”.

 

    We entered into a Transition Services Agreement with Precision Capital Group, LLC, which held equity interests in SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC prior to the Sponsor Acquisition and which continues to hold equity interests in Topco, to provide us with sales and related services.

Concurrently with the Sponsor Acquisition, specified current and former managers and executive officers invested in Topco through a contribution and rollover of previously held equity interests in our company. Upon the consummation of this offering, such interest will represent the following numbers of shares of common stock.

 

Name

   Shares(1)

Jason Shiver

  

Andrew Friedman

  

Pamela Netzky

  

 

(1) Assumes an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

On December 23, 2014, we amended our existing credit facility in order to permit additional borrowing thereunder in an amount equal to $50 million. Immediately thereafter, our company used the proceeds from such additional borrowing to make a $1.5 million prepayment of our Founder Contingent Compensation obligations and distributed the remaining proceeds to its parent, which subsequently distributed such proceeds to Topco, which subsequently distributed such proceeds to Topco’s members in accordance with the LLC Agreement.

 

137


Table of Contents

The December 2014 Special Dividend

In December 2014, SkinnyPop made a distribution of $59.8 million to us and we distributed it to our parent, Topco, which subsequently distributed such proceeds to its unit holders. We refer to this distribution as the December 2014 Special Dividend. The December 2014 Special Dividend was paid in order to provide a return on investment and liquidity to our equityholders and was not used to pay any part of the consideration of the Sponsor Acquisition. We paid for the December 2014 Special Dividend, in part, with the proceeds from borrowings under the Second Amended Credit Facility. For more information on the Credit Facility and the amendments thereto, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Indebtedness”.

The May 2015 Special Dividend

In May 2015, SkinnyPop made a distribution of $22.3 million to us which we distributed to our parent, Topco, which subsequently distributed such proceeds to its unit holders according to the terms of Topco’s Amended and Restated Limited Liability Agreement. We refer to this distribution as the May 2015 Special Dividend. The May 2015 Special Dividend was paid in order to provide a return on investment and liquidity to our equityholders and was not used to pay any part of the consideration of the Sponsor Acquisition. We paid for the May 2015 Special Dividend with the proceeds from borrowings under the Third Amended Credit Facility. For more information on the Credit Facility and the amendments thereto, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Indebtedness”.

The board of directors considered a number of different factors in making its determination to declare and distribute the December 2014 Special Dividend and the May 2015 Special Dividend using proceeds from the Company’s Second Amended Credit Facility and Third Amended Credit Facility, respectively. As an overall objective, the board of directors desired to provide its stockholders with a modest return on equity capital in a manner that also optimized the Company’s balance sheet from a corporate finance perspective. Given the Company’s historical levels of operating cash flow less capital expenditures, the board of directors believed that incurring additional indebtedness at historically-favorable market rates would allow the Company to reduce its cost of capital, while at the same time preserving the Company’s ability to fund future acquisitions and meet the Company’s future growth objectives. The board of directors reviewed various analyses (some of which were prepared for the board of directors by independent third party advisors) regarding the Company’s expected pro forma interest and fixed charge coverage ratios and the Company’s ongoing ability to meet its pro forma debt service requirements for the foreseeable future. After considering all of these factors, the board of directors determined to pay both the December 2015 Special Dividend and the May 2015 Special Dividend, and to fund such dividends using proceeds from the Company’s Second Amended Credit Facility and Third Amended Credit Facility, respectively.

Precision Capital Group LLC Consulting Services Agreements

We entered into two consulting services agreements with one of our stockholders, Precision Capital Group LLC, or Precision. Jason Shiver, our executive vice president of sales, is a former employee, and a current equity holder, of Precision. In addition to his investment in us in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition, in 2013, Mr. Shiver also invested in us through Precision.

Sales Consulting Services Agreement

We entered into a sales consulting services agreement with Precision. Under the terms of this sales consulting services agreement, which we refer to as the Precision Sales Consulting Agreement, Precision agreed to provide sales professionals to work on behalf of the Company. Such sales professionals were entitled to a monthly stipend plus a commission based on sales performance. The

 

138


Table of Contents

Precision sales professionals were, at the time of the agreement, employees of Precision. In 2013, fees for consulting services under this agreement were $0.6 million. For the period from January 1, 2014 to July 16, 2014, we incurred operating expenses of $0.9 million for sales consulting services under the Precision Sales Consulting Agreement. The Precision Sales Consulting Agreement was terminated on July 17, 2014 in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition.

Business Consulting Services Agreement

We entered into a business consulting agreement with Precision, which we refer to as the Precision Business Consulting Agreement and, together with the Precision Sales Consulting Agreement, the Precision Agreements. Under the Precision Business Consulting Agreement, Precision provided business consulting services to us. For the period from January 1, 2014 to July 16, 2014, we expensed $0.1 million for consulting services under this agreement. The Precision Business Consulting Agreement was terminated on July 17, 2014 in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition.

Transition Services Agreement

The Precision Agreements were terminated on July 18, 2014, in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition. In connection with the termination of the Precision Agreements, we entered into a transition services agreement with Precision whereby, for a period of 90 days, Precision agreed to provide substantially the same services as it was providing under the Precision Agreements in exchange for payment of an $0.1 million monthly consulting fee and certain performance bonuses. The transition services agreement was subsequently amended in October 2014 to increase the performance bonuses payable thereunder. The transition services agreement was not renewed at the expiration of its term.

Monticello Partners LLC Lease Agreement

We lease office space from a related party, Monticello Partners, LLC, which is wholly-owned by two of our directors, Pamela Netzky and Andrew Friedman. The lease agreement expires on August 31, 2017. Under the lease agreement, we are responsible for all taxes and utilities for the office space. In 2014, we expensed $25,600 in rent under this agreement.

Future minimum annual lease payments for this lease, which had a non-cancelable lease term in excess of one year as of December 31, 2014, were as follows (in thousands):

 

2015

$ 27   

2016

  28   

2017

  19   
  

 

 

 

Total

$ 74   
  

 

 

 

Investors’ Rights Agreement

In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into an Investors’ Rights Agreement with certain holders of our common stock.

Tax Receivable Agreement

In connection with the Corporate Reorganization, the former holders of existing units in Topco will receive the right to receive future payments pursuant to a tax receivable agreement. This tax receivable agreement will provide that we will be obligated to make annual payments to the holders of

 

139


Table of Contents

existing units in Topco equal to     % of the U.S. federal, state and local tax benefits realized by us and our subsidiaries from the utilization of certain tax attributes that were generated when we were acquired by affiliates of TA Associates in July 2014. We will retain approximately     % of the U.S. federal, state and local tax benefits realized from the utilization of such tax attributes.

The amount payable to the holders of existing units in Topco under the tax receivable agreement will be based on an annual calculation of the reduction in our U.S. federal, state and local taxes resulting from the utilization of these tax attributes. For purposes of determining the reduction in taxes resulting from the utilization of pre-IPO tax attributes, we will be required to assume that pre-IPO tax attributes are utilized before any other attributes. We expect that the payments that we may make under the tax receivable agreement may be substantial. In addition, if the IRS were to successfully challenge the tax benefits that give rise to any payments under the tax receivable agreement, our future payments under the tax receivable agreement to the former holders of units of Topco would be reduced by the amount of such payments, but the tax receivable agreement does not require the former holders of units of Topco to reimburse us for the amount of such payments to the extent they exceed any future amounts payable under the tax receivable agreement.

Payment under the tax receivable agreement may be accelerated in the event of certain mergers, stock or asset sales, other forms of combinations or other changes of control or upon a breach by us of our material obligations under the tax receivable agreement (such as by failing to make a payment within             months of the date on which such payment is due). Such accelerated payment would be based on the present value of projected future payments under the tax receivable agreement as of the date of the accelerating event. Such projected future payments could differ from the payments that would otherwise have resulted under the tax receivable agreement from our actual tax benefits realized from utilizing the pre-IPO tax attributes.

Other Transactions

We have granted Class C units of Topco to our executive officers and certain of our directors. See “Executive Compensation—Treatment of Equity Interests in the Corporate Reorganization” and “Management—Non-Employee Director Compensation” for a description of these units. These units will convert into shares of common stock or restricted stock, as applicable, in connection with the Corporate Reorganization that will be consummated immediately prior to the consummation of this offering.

We have entered into change in control arrangements with certain of our executive officers that, among other things, provide for certain severance and change in control benefits. See “Executive Compensation—Employment Agreements and Termination of Employment and Change in Control Arrangements” for more information regarding these agreements.

In connection with this offering, we will pay the Performance Bonus Payments of $500,000, $350,000 and $300,000 to Messrs. Ennis, Goldberg and Shiver, respectively, and $350,000 to be allocated to other employees.

Other than as described above in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”, since January 1, 2012, we have not entered into any transactions, nor are there any currently proposed transactions, between us and a related party where the amount involved exceeds, or would exceed, $120,000, and in which any related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest. We believe the terms of the transactions described above were comparable to terms we could have obtained in arm’s-length dealings with unrelated third parties.

 

140


Table of Contents

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Prior to the consummation of this offering, we expect to adopt an amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, and which will contain provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for the following:

 

    any breach of their duty of loyalty to our company or our stockholders;

 

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

    any transaction from which they derived an improper personal benefit.

Any amendment to, or repeal of, these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to that amendment or repeal. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

In addition, prior to the consummation of this offering, we expect to adopt amended and restated bylaws which will provide that we will indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our directors or officers or is or was serving at our request as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. Our amended and restated bylaws are expected to provide that we may indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our employees or agents or is or was serving at our request as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that we must advance expenses incurred by or on behalf of a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, subject to very limited exceptions.

Further, prior to the consummation of this offering, we expect to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. These indemnification agreements will require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and executive officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service. These indemnification agreements will also require us to advance all expenses incurred by the directors and executive officers in investigating or defending any such action, suit or proceeding. We believe that these agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and executive officers.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions that are expected to be included in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended restated bylaws and indemnification agreements that we enter into with our directors and executive officers may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and executive officers for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and executive officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against

 

141


Table of Contents

directors and executive officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, we are not aware of any pending litigation or proceeding involving any person who is or was one of our directors, officers, employees or other agents or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

We have obtained insurance policies under which, subject to the limitations of the policies, coverage is provided to our directors and executive officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of fiduciary duty or other wrongful acts as a director or executive officer, including claims relating to public securities matters, and to us with respect to payments that may be made by us to these directors and executive officers pursuant to our indemnification obligations or otherwise as a matter of law.

Certain of our non-employee directors may, through their relationships with their employers, be insured and/or indemnified against certain liabilities incurred in their capacity as members of our board of directors.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling our company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

Following the consummation of this offering, the audit committee will have the primary responsibility for reviewing and approving or disapproving “related party transactions”, which are transactions between us and related persons in which the aggregate amount involved exceeds or may be expected to exceed $120,000 and in which a related person has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. For purposes of this policy, a related person will be defined as a director, executive officer, nominee for director, or greater than 5% beneficial owner of our common stock, in each case since the beginning of the most recently completed year, and their immediate family members. Our audit committee charter will provide that the audit committee shall review and approve or disapprove any related party transactions. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not adopted any formal standards, policies or procedures governing the review and approval of related party transactions, but we expect that our audit committee will do so in the future.

 

142


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of                     , 2015, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock offered by the selling stockholders in this offering assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, for:

 

    each of our executive officers;

 

    each of our directors;

 

    all of our directors and executive officers as a group;

 

    each of the selling stockholders; and

 

    each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than five percent of any class of our voting securities.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and thus it represents sole or shared voting or investment power with respect to our securities. Unless otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially owned, subject to community property laws where applicable. The table set forth below does not give effect to the exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock from certain selling stockholders. Such option entitles the underwriters to purchase up to shares from             .

We have based percentage ownership of our common stock before this offering on              shares of our common stock outstanding as of                     , 2015, after giving effect to the completion of the Corporate Reorganization. Percentage ownership of our common stock after this offering assumes the sale of              shares of common stock by the selling stockholders in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o Amplify Snack Brands, Inc., 500 West 5th Street, Austin, Texas 78701.

 

    Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to Offering
  Number of
Shares Being
Offered
  Shares Beneficially Owned
After the Offering
    Number   Percentage     Number   Percentage

Executive Officers and Directors:

         

Thomas C. Ennis(1)

         

Brian Goldberg(2)

         

Jason Shiver(3)

         

Jeffrey S. Barber(4)

         

William D. Christ II(5)

         

Chris Elshaw(6)

         

Andrew S. Friedman(7)

         

John K. Haley(8)

         

Dawn Hudson(9)

         

Pamela L. Netzky(10)

         

All directors and executive officers as a group (ten persons)(11)

         

5% Stockholders:

         

Investment funds and entities affiliated with TA Associates(12)

         

 

* Less than one percent (1%).
(1) Consists of (i)              shares of common stock and (ii)              shares of restricted stock subject to continued vesting as of                     , 2015, as follows:             .

 

143


Table of Contents
(2) Consists of (i)              shares of common stock and (ii)              shares of restricted stock subject to continued vesting as of                     , 2015, as follows:             .
(3) Consists of (i)              shares of common stock and (ii)              shares of restricted stock subject to continued vesting as of                     , 2015, as follows:             .
(4) Consists of (i)              shares of common stock and (ii)              shares of restricted stock subject to continued vesting as of                     , 2015, follows:             .
(5) Consists of (i)              shares of common stock and (ii)              shares of restricted stock subject to continued vesting as of                     , 2015, as follows:             .
(6) Consists of (i)              shares of common stock and (ii)              shares of restricted stock subject to continued vesting as of                     , 2015, as follows:             .
(7) Consists of (i)              shares of common stock held by A&J Popcorn Holdings, LLC in which Mr. Friedman has sole voting and dispositive power and (ii)              shares of restricted stock held by A&J Popcorn Holdings, LLC in which Mr. Friedman has sole voting and dispositive power subject to continued vesting as of                     , 2015, as follows:             .
(8) Consists of (i)              shares of common stock and (ii)              shares of restricted stock subject to continued vesting as of                     , 2015, as follows:             .
(9) Consists of (i)              shares of common stock and (ii)              shares of restricted stock subject to continued vesting as of                     , 2015, as follows:             .
(10) Consists of (i)              shares of common stock held by P&A Capital LLC in which Ms. Netzky has sole voting and dispositive power and (ii)              shares of restricted stock held by P&A Capital LLC in which Ms. Netzky has sole voting and dispositive power subject to continued vesting as of                     , 2015, as follows:             .
(11) Consists of (i)              shares of common stock and (ii)              shares of restricted stock subject to continued vesting as of                     , 2015, as follows:             .
(12) Consists of (i)              shares held by TA XI L.P., (ii)              shares held by TA Atlantic and Pacific VII-A L.P., (iii)              shares held by TA Atlantic and Pacific VII-B L.P. and (iv)              shares held by TA Investors IV L.P. (the “TA Associates Funds”). TA Associates, L.P. is the ultimate general partner or manager of each of such entity. Investment and voting control of the TA Associates Funds is held by TA Associates, L.P. No stockholder, director or officer of TA Associates, L.P. has voting or investment power with respect to our shares of common stock held by the TA Associates Funds. Voting and investment power with respect to such shares is vested in a four-person investment committee consisting of the following employees of TA Associates, L.P.: Jeffrey Barber, William D. Christ, Roger B. Kafker and Richard Tadler. The address of each TA Associates Fund is 200 Clarendon Street, 56th floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02116.

Relationship with Selling Stockholders

All of the shares sold in this offering will be sold by investment funds and entities affiliated with TA Associates and other holders of existing units in Topco to be identified in this prospectus. For additional information with respect to TA Associates and its relationship with us, please see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”.

 

144


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following description summarizes the most important terms of our capital stock, as they are expected to be in effect upon the consummation of this offering. We expect to adopt an amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws in connection with this offering, and this description summarizes the provisions that are expected to be included in such documents. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description of the matters set forth in this “Description of Capital Stock”, you should refer to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and investors’ rights agreement, which are or will be included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law. Immediately following the consummation of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of              shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and              shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share.

Assuming the completion of the Corporate Reorganization which will occur prior to this offering, as of                     , 2015, there were              shares of our common stock outstanding, held by              stockholders of record, and no shares of our convertible preferred stock outstanding. Our board of directors is authorized, without stockholder approval except as required by the listing standards of the NYSE to issue additional shares of our capital stock.

Common Stock

Dividend Rights

Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available if our board of directors, in its discretion, determines to issue dividends and then only at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine.

Voting Rights

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of directors in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation establishes a classified board of directors that is divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only the directors in one class will be subject to election by a plurality of the votes cast at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the directors in the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms.

No Preemptive or Similar Rights

Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights, and is not subject to conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions.

Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions

If we become subject to a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders would be distributable ratably among the holders of our common stock and any participating preferred stock outstanding at that time, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the preferential rights of and the payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

 

145


Table of Contents

Fully Paid and Non-Assessable

All of the outstanding shares of our common stock are, and the shares of our common stock to be issued pursuant to this offering will be, fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

Following this offering, our board of directors will be authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by Delaware law, to issue preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each series and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions, in each case without further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors can also increase or decrease the number of shares of any series of preferred stock, but not below the number of shares of that series then outstanding, without any further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in our control of our company and might adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. We have no current plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Restricted Stock

As of                     , 2015, assuming the consummation of the Corporate Reorganization, we had outstanding              shares of our restricted stock that remains subject to continued vesting. Our shares of restricted stock will be issued upon the conversion of Class C units of Topco into shares of our common stock and restricted stock, as applicable, in the Corporate Reorganization that will be consummated immediately prior to the consummation of this offering.

Registration Rights

In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into an Investors’ Rights Agreement with certain holders of our common stock. The Investors’ Rights Agreement will provide such stockholders with rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. The registration rights set forth in the Investors’ Rights Agreement will expire        years following the completion of this offering, or, with respect to any particular stockholder, when such stockholder is able to sell all of its shares pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act or a similar exemption during any 90-day period. We will pay the registration expenses (other than underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes) of the holders of the shares registered pursuant to the registrations described below. In an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares such holders may include.

Demand Registration Rights

After the consummation of this offering, the holders of approximately              shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. If we determine that it would be seriously detrimental to our stockholders to effect such a demand registration, we will have the right to defer such registration, not more than              in any 12-month period, for a period of up to              days. Additionally, we will not be required to effect a demand registration during the period beginning with              days prior to our good faith estimate of the date of the filing of, and ending up to              days following the effectiveness of, a registration statement relating to the public offering of our common stock.

 

146


Table of Contents

Piggyback Registration Rights

After the consummation of this offering, if we propose to register the offer and sale of our common stock under the Securities Act, in connection with the public offering of such common stock the holders of up to approximately              shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights allowing the holders to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to (1) a registration related to a company stock plan, (2) a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the public offering of our common stock or (3) a registration in which the only common stock being registered is common stock issuable upon the conversion of debt securities that are also being registered, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to certain limitations, to include their shares in the registration.

S-3 Registration Rights

After the consummation of this offering, the holders of up to approximately              shares of our common stock may make a written request that we register the offer and sale of their shares on a registration statement on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 so long as the request covers at least that number of shares with an anticipated offering price, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, of at least $             million. These stockholders may make an unlimited number of requests for registration on Form S-3; however, we will not be required to effect a registration on Form S-3 if we have effected          such registrations within the 12-month period preceding the date of the request. Additionally, if we determine that it would be seriously detrimental to our stockholders to effect such a registration, we have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any 12-month period, for a period of up to          days.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

The provisions of Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, which are summarized below, may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of our company. They are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Delaware Law

We are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a public Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A “business combination” includes mergers, asset sales or other transactions resulting in a financial benefit to the stockholder. An “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years did own, 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock. These provisions may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in our control.

 

147


Table of Contents

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaw Provisions

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws include a number of provisions that could deter hostile takeovers or delay or prevent changes in control of our board of directors or management team, including the following:

 

    Board of Directors Vacancies.    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws authorize only our board of directors to fill vacant directorships, including newly created seats. In addition, the number of directors constituting our board of directors will be permitted to be set only by a resolution adopted by a majority vote of our entire board of directors. These provisions would prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of our board of directors and then gaining control of our board of directors by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees. This makes it more difficult to change the composition of our board of directors and promotes continuity of management.

 

    Classified Board.    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that our board of directors is classified into three classes of directors. A third party may be discouraged from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us as it is more difficult and time consuming for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors on a classified board of directors.

 

    Stockholder Action; Special Meeting of Stockholders.    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our stockholders may not take action by written consent, but may only take action at annual or special meetings of our stockholders. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our amended and restated bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our amended and restated bylaws. Our amended and restated bylaws will further provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by a majority of our board of directors, the Chairman of our board of directors, our Chief Executive Officer or our President, thus prohibiting a stockholder from calling a special meeting. These provisions might delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for stockholders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

 

    Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations.    Our amended and restated bylaws will provide advance notice procedures for stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders. Our amended and restated bylaws will also specify certain requirements regarding the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions might preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders if the proper procedures are not followed. We expect that these provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

 

    No Cumulative Voting.    The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that stockholders are not entitled to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting.

 

    Directors Removed Only for Cause.    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that stockholders may remove directors only for cause.

 

    Amendment of Charter Provisions.    Any amendment of the above provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation would require approval by holders of at least two-thirds of our then-outstanding common stock.

 

148


Table of Contents
    Issuance of Undesignated Preferred Stock.     Our board of directors has the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to              shares of undesignated preferred stock with rights and preferences, including voting rights, designated from time to time by our board of directors. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock would enable our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or other means.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon the consummation of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.

Listing

We intend to apply for the listing of our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “BETR”.

 

149


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares of our common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Following the consummation of this offering, based on the number of shares of our capital stock outstanding as of                    , 2015, we will have a total of            shares of our common stock outstanding. Of these outstanding shares, all of the            shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased in this offering by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, would only be able to be sold in compliance with the Rule 144 limitations described below.

The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. In addition, all of our executive officers, directors and holders of substantially all of our common stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock have entered into market standoff agreements with us or lock-up agreements with the underwriters under which they have agreed, subject to specific exceptions, not to sell any of our stock for at least 180 days following the date of this prospectus. As a result of these agreements and the provisions of our Investors’ Rights Agreement described above in “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights”, subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, based on an assumed offering date of                    , 2015, shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

    beginning on the date of this prospectus, the            shares of common stock sold in this offering will be immediately available for sale in the public market;

 

    beginning 181 days after the date of this prospectus,            additional shares of common stock may become eligible for sale in the public market upon the satisfaction of certain conditions as set forth in “—Lock-Up Agreements”, of which            shares would be held by affiliates and subject to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below; and

 

    the remainder of the shares of common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market from time to time thereafter, subject in some cases to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, our executive officers, directors and holders of substantially all of our common stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock, have agreed or will agree that, subject to certain exceptions, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Jefferies LLC, dispose of or hedge any shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our capital stock. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Jefferies LLC may, in their discretion, and with our consent, release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time.

 

150


Table of Contents

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person would be entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

    1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately            shares immediately after this offering; or

 

    the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required by that rule to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares pursuant to Rule 701.

Registration Rights

In connection with this offering, we plan to enter into an Investors’ Rights Agreement, pursuant to which the holders of up to              shares of our common stock, or their transferees, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of the offer and sale of those shares under the Securities Act. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for a description of these registration rights. If the offer and sale of these shares is registered, the shares will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, and a large number of shares may be sold into the public market.

Registration Statement on Form S-8

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all of the shares of common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our 2015 Stock Option and Incentive Plan. We expect to file this registration statement as promptly as possible after the

 

151


Table of Contents

consummation of this offering. Shares covered by this registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market, subject to the Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates, vesting restrictions and any applicable lock-up agreements and market standoff agreements.

Outstanding Equity Awards

In connection with the Corporate Reorganization, outstanding Class C units granted under our 2014 Plan will be converted into shares of common stock and restricted stock of Amplify Snack Brands, Inc., which will be granted under our 2015 Plan. The portion of the outstanding Class C units that have vested as of the time of the Corporate Reorganization will be converted into shares of common stock and the remaining portion of unvested outstanding Class C units will be converted into shares of restricted stock. As a result, we will issue shares of common stock and restricted stock to our Named Executive Officers in connection with the Corporate Reorganization. The shares of restricted stock will be subject to time-based vesting conditions, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Class C units from which such shares were converted. See “Corporate Reorganization”.

 

152


Table of Contents

CERTAIN MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations for non-U.S. holders (as defined below) relating to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of common stock issued pursuant to this offering. This summary deals only with common stock held as a capital asset (within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code), by a holder and does not discuss the U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to a holder that is subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws, including, but not limited to:

 

    banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;

 

    persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

    tax-exempt organizations;

 

    an integral part or controlled entity of a foreign sovereign;

 

    dealers in securities or currencies;

 

    traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

 

    controlled foreign corporations or passive foreign investment companies;

 

    certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

    persons who hold our common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle”, “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction;

 

    persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code; or

 

    persons who hold our common stock other than as a capital asset (generally, an asset held for investment purposes).

This summary is based upon provisions of the Code, applicable U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, published rulings and judicial decisions, all as in effect as of the date hereof. Those authorities may be changed, perhaps retroactively, or may be subject to differing interpretations, which could result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income tax, does not deal with all tax considerations that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their personal circumstances and does not address the Medicare tax imposed on certain investment income or any state, local, foreign, gift, estate or alternative minimum tax considerations.

For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. holder” is a beneficial holder of common stock that is: an individual citizen or resident of the United States; a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

For purposes of this discussion a “non-U.S. holder” is a beneficial holder of common stock that is neither a U.S. holder nor a partnership (or any other entity or arrangement that is treated as a partnership) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However, neither the term U.S. holder nor the term non-U.S. holder includes any entity or other person that is subject to special treatment under the Code.

 

153


Table of Contents

If a partnership (or an entity or arrangement that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds common stock, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A partner of a partnership holding common stock is urged to consult its own tax advisors.

PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THEIR PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES IN LIGHT OF THEIR SPECIFIC SITUATIONS, AS WELL AS THE TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAX LAWS AND ANY OTHER U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS (INCLUDING THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE AND GIFT TAX LAWS).

Distributions on our Common Stock

Distributions with respect to common stock, if any, generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid out of current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Any portion of a distribution in excess of current or accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a return of capital and will first be applied to reduce the holder’s tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero. Any remaining amount will then be treated as gain from the sale or exchange of the common stock and will be treated as described under “—Disposition of our Common Stock” below.

Distributions treated as dividends that are paid to a non-U.S. holder, if any, with respect to shares of our common stock will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% (or lower applicable income tax treaty rate) of the gross amount of the dividends unless the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States. If a non-U.S. holder is engaged in a trade or business in the United States and dividends with respect to the common stock are effectively connected with the conduct of that trade or business and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment, then although the non-U.S. holder will generally be exempt from the 30% U.S. federal withholding tax, provided certain certification requirements are satisfied, the non-U.S. holder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on those dividends on a net income basis at regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States. Any such effectively connected income received by a foreign corporation may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or lower applicable income tax treaty rate) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as adjusted under the Code. To claim the exemption from withholding with respect to any such effectively connected income, the non-U.S. holder must generally furnish to us or our paying agent a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form). A non-U.S. holder of shares of our common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an exemption or reduced rate of withholding tax under an applicable treaty must furnish to us or our paying agent a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable (or applicable successor form) certifying such holder’s qualification for the exemption or reduced rate. If a non-U.S. holder is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty, the non-U.S. holder may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty.

Disposition of our Common Stock

Non-U.S. holders may recognize gain upon the sale, exchange, redemption or other taxable disposition of common stock. Subject to discussions below regarding backup withholding and foreign accounts, such gain generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax unless: (i) that gain is

 

154


Table of Contents

effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder); (ii) the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the taxable year of that disposition, and certain other conditions are met; or (iii) we are or have been a “U.S. real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of disposition or the holder’s holding period for our common stock, and certain other requirements are met. We believe that we are not and we do not anticipate becoming a “U.S. real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

If a non-U.S. holder is an individual described in clause (i) of the preceding paragraph, the non-U.S. holder will generally be subject to tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal individual income tax rates in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States, unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. If the non-U.S. holder is an individual described in clause (ii) of the preceding paragraph, the non-U.S. holder will generally be subject to a flat 30% tax on the gain, which may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses even though the non-U.S. holder is not considered a resident of the United States, provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses. If a non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation that falls under clause (i) of the preceding paragraph, it will be subject to tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal corporate income tax rates in the same manner as if it were a resident of the United States and, in addition, the non-U.S. holder may be subject to the branch profits tax at a rate equal to 30% (or lower applicable income tax treaty rate) of its effectively connected earnings and profits.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax

We report to our non-U.S. holders and the IRS the amount of dividends paid during each calendar year and the amount of any tax withheld. All distributions to holders of common stock are subject to any applicable withholding. Information-reporting requirements apply even if no withholding was required because the distributions were effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a United States trade or business or withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable income tax treaty. This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established. Under U.S. federal income tax law, interest, dividends and other reportable payments may, under certain circumstances, be subject to “backup withholding” at the then-applicable rate, which is currently 28%. Backup withholding, however, generally will not apply to distributions to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock, provided the non-U.S. holder furnishes to us or our paying agent the required certification as to its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or IRS Form W-8ECI (as applicable), or certain other requirements are met. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person that is not an exempt recipient.

Information reporting and backup withholding generally are not required with respect to the amount of any proceeds from the sale of a non-U.S. holder’s shares of our common stock outside the United States through a foreign office of a foreign broker that does not have certain specified connections to the United States. If a non-U.S. holder sells its shares of our common stock through a U.S. broker or the U.S. office of a foreign broker, however, the broker will be required to report to the IRS the amount of proceeds paid to such non-U.S. holder, and to backup withhold on that amount, unless such non-U.S. holder is an exempt recipient or provides appropriate certification as to its non-U.S. status. Information reporting will also apply if a non-U.S. holder sells its shares of our common stock through a foreign broker deriving more than a specified percentage of its income from U.S.

 

155


Table of Contents

sources or having certain other connections to the United States, unless such non-U.S. holder is an exempt recipient or the broker has documentary evidence in its records of such non-U.S. holder’s non-U.S. status and certain other conditions are met.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax but merely an advance payment of U.S. federal income tax, which may be refunded to the extent it results in an overpayment of tax and the appropriate information is timely supplied to the IRS.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act

Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, provisions commonly known as FATCA, and guidance issued and intergovernmental agreements entered into thereunder, may impose a 30% withholding tax on dividends and, for a disposition of our common stock occurring after December 31, 2016, the gross proceeds from such disposition, in each case paid to (i) a “foreign financial institution” (as specifically defined under FATCA), unless the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations and other specified requirements are satisfied or (ii) a “non-financial foreign entity”, (as specifically defined under FATCA) unless the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial U.S. owner and other specified requirements are satisfied. Non-U.S. holders may be required to enter into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury relating to certain reporting, withholding and other obligations under FATCA, or may be required to comply with reporting and other compliance obligations under an intergovernmental agreement between their country of organization and the U.S. Treasury. If a non-U.S. holder does not provide us with the information necessary to comply with FATCA, it is possible that distributions to such non-U.S. holder that are attributable to withholdable payments, such as dividends, will be subject to the 30% withholding tax. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisers regarding this legislation.

 

156


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Jefferies LLC are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

   Number of Shares

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

Jefferies LLC

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  

Piper Jaffray & Co.

  

Total

  
  

 

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional              shares from the selling stockholders. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by the selling stockholders. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase              additional shares.

 

Paid by the Selling Stockholders

   No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Share

   $                    $                

Total

   $         $     

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $             per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

We and our officers, directors and holders of substantially all of our common stock have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price has been negotiated among us, the selling stockholders and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

We intend to apply for the listing of our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “BETR”.

 

157


Table of Contents

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

We and the selling stockholders estimate that the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $            .

We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to the issuer and to persons and entities with relationships with the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. Affiliates of Jefferies LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. are lenders under our Third Amended Credit Facility.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and

 

158


Table of Contents

other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date) it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

 

  (a) to legal entities which are authorised or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorised or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

 

  (b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

 

  (c) to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (d) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the Issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

  (a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended, or FSMA, would not, if the Issuer was not an authorised person, apply to the Issuer; and

 

  (b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

 

159


Table of Contents

Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

 

160


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Goodwin Procter LLP, Boston, Massachusetts. Cravath, Swaine & Moore, LLP, New York, New York, has represented the underwriters.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2014 (Successor) and 2013 (Predecessor), and for the period from July 17, 2014 to December 31, 2014 (Successor), for the period from January 1, 2014 to July 16, 2014 (Predecessor), and for the year ended December 31, 2013 (Predecessor), included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein (which report expresses an unqualified opinion on the financial statements and includes an explanatory paragraph referring to the acquisition of SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC). Such consolidated financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some of which is contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document is not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.amplifysnackbrands.com. Upon completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

 

161


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Audited Financial Statements

   Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Statements of Income

     F-3   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholder’s/Members’ Equity

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-6   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7   

 

Unaudited Financial Statements

   Page  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income

     F-30   

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-31   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Stockholder’s/Members’ Equity

     F-32   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-33   

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-34   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholder of

Amplify Snack Brands, Inc. (formerly known as TA Holdings 1, Inc.)

Austin, Texas

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Amplify Snack Brands, Inc. (formerly known as TA Holdings 1, Inc.) and subsidiary (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2014 (Successor) and 2013 (Predecessor), and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholder’s/members’ equity and cash flows for the period from July 17, 2014 to December 31, 2014 (Successor), for the period from January 1, 2014 to July 16, 2014 (Predecessor), and for the year ended December 31, 2013 (Predecessor). These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Amplify Snack Brands, Inc. and its subsidiary as of December 31, 2014 (Successor) and 2013 (Predecessor), and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the period from July 17, 2014 to December 31, 2014 (Successor), for the period from January 1, 2014 to July 16, 2014 (Predecessor), and for the year ended December 31, 2013 (Predecessor), in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, on July 17, 2014, the Company acquired 100% of the membership units of SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC for an aggregate purchase price of $320 million. The acquisition has been accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting, whereby the purchase consideration was allocated to the tangible and intangible net assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their estimated fair values on the date of acquisition. The acquisition results in a new basis of accounting beginning on July 17, 2014.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Austin, Texas

April 29, 2015

 

F-2


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Income

(In thousands, except shares outstanding and per share information)

 

     Predecessor     Predecessor           Successor  
     Year Ended
December 31,
2013
    January 1, 2014 to
July 16,

2014
          July 17, 2014 to
December 31,
2014
 

NET SALES

   $ 55,710      $ 68,353           $ 64,004   

COST OF GOODS SOLD

     23,054        29,429             28,724   
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

GROSS PROFIT

  32,656      38,924        35,280   

Sales & marketing expenses

  5,938      5,661        6,977   

General & administrative expenses

  1,960      1,394        13,611   

Sponsor acquisition-related expenses

       1,288        2,215   
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES

  7,898      8,343        22,803   

OPERATING INCOME

  24,758      30,581        12,477   

Interest expense

              4,253   
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

PRE-TAX INCOME

  24,758      30,581        8,224   

Income tax expense

              3,486   
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

NET INCOME

$ 24,758    $ 30,581      $ 4,738   
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Basic and diluted earnings per unit/share

$ 61,895.01    $ 76,452.74      $ 4,737.97   

Basic and diluted weighted average units/shares outstanding

  400      400        1,000   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except for number of units and shares and per share data)

 

    Predecessor           Successor  
    December 31,
2013
          December 31,
2014
 

ASSETS

        

CURRENT ASSETS:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 3,519           $ 5,615   

Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $1,677 and $2,961, respectively

    4,705             10,066   

Inventories

    2,008             6,330   

Net deferred tax assets—current portion

                2,196   

Other current assets

    353             551   
 

 

 

        

 

 

 

Total current assets

  10,585        24,758   
 

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT—Net

  468        746   

OTHER ASSETS:

 

Goodwill

         45,694   

Intangible assets

         263,386   

Net deferred tax assets—long term

         930   

Other assets

         3,377   
 

 

 

        

 

 

 

TOTAL

$ 11,053      $ 338,891   
 

 

 

        

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY

 
 

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

 

Accounts payable

$ 2,260      $ 6,443   

Accrued liabilities

  1,726        4,344   

Senior term loan—current portion

         10,000   

Other current liabilities

         593   
 

 

 

        

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

  3,986        21,380   
 

LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

 

Senior term loan

         190,000   

Founder contingent compensation

         6,343   
 

 

 

        

 

 

 

Total long-term liabilities

         196,343   
 

COMMITMENT AND CONTINGENCIES (NOTE 10)

 
 

STOCKHOLDER’S/MEMBERS’ EQUITY:

 

Capital stock ($0.0001 par value, 1,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014)

           

Members’ units (400 units issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013)

           

Additional paid in capital

         116,430   

Members’ equity

  7,067          

Retained earnings

         4,738   
 

 

 

        

 

 

 

Total stockholder’s/members’ equity

  7,067        121,168   
 

 

 

        

 

 

 

TOTAL

$ 11,053      $ 338,891   
 

 

 

        

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholder’s/Members’ Equity

(In thousands, except for number of units and shares)

 

     Units      Additional Paid in
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Total  
     Units      Amount                     

Predecessor

            

BALANCE— January 1, 2013

     400       $     —       $      $ 1,671      $ 1,671   

Net income

                            24,758        24,758   

Distributions paid

                            (19,362     (19,362
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE—December 31, 2013

  400    $    $    $ 7,067    $ 7,067   

Net income

                 30,581      30,581   

Distributions paid

                 (28,533   (28,533
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE—July 16, 2014

  400    $    $    $ 9,115    $ 9,115   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Common Stock      Additional Paid in
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Total  
     Shares      Amount                     

Successor

            

BALANCE—July 17, 2014

           $       $      $      $   

Net initial capital contributions

     1,000                 175,950               175,950   

Capital distributions

                     (59,755            (59,755

Net income

                            4,738        4,738   

Equity-based incentive compensation

                     235               235   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE—December 31, 2014

  1,000    $    $ 116,430    $ 4,738    $ 121,168   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

 

     Predecessor     Predecessor           Successor  
     Year Ended
December 31,
2013
    January 1, 2014
to July 16,

2014
          July 17, 2014
to December 31,
2014
 

Cash from operating activities:

           

Net income

   $ 24,758      $ 30,581           $ 4,738   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash from operating activities:

           

Depreciation

     47        78             99   

Amortization of intangible assets

                        1,904   

Amortization of deferred financing costs

                        292   

Deferred income taxes

                        (3,126

Equity-based compensation expense

                        235   

Founder Contingent Compensation

                        6,937   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisition:

           

Accounts receivable

     (3,347     (4,600          (763

Inventories

     (1,687     (956          (2,964

Other current assets

     (351     353             (551

Accounts payable

     1,558        952             3,231   

Accrued liabilities

     1,491        (69          2,687   
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Cash from operating activities

  22,469      26,339        12,719   
 

Cash from investing activities:

 

Capital expenditures

  (456   (278     (178

Purchase of Predecessor, net of cash acquired

              (294,452
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Cash used in investing activities

  (456   (278     (294,630
 

Cash from financing activities:

 

Capital distributions

  (19,362   (28,533     (59,755

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

              150,950   

Deferred financing costs

              (3,669

Proceeds from issuance of senior debt

              200,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Cash from (used in) financing activities

  (19,362   (28,533     287,526   
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  2,651      (2,472     5,615   

Cash and cash equivalents—Beginning of period

  868      3,519          
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents—End of period

  3,519      1,047        5,615   

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

 

Cash paid during the period:

 

Income taxes

$    $      $ 5,600   

Interest

              3,961   

Non-cash activities during the period:

 

Purchase of Predecessor, non-cash consideration

              25,000   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. BUSINESS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

We are a high growth, snack food company focused on developing and marketing products that appeal to consumers’ growing preference for Better-For-You (“BFY”) snacks. We contract with a third-party firm to manufacture our products, and we operate in multiple channels of trade to distribute our products to consumers.

Amplify Snack Brands, Inc. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of TA Topco 1, LLC (“Topco”). Pursuant to the terms of the Corporate Reorganization that will be completed prior to the consummation of this offering, Topco will dissolve and in liquidation, will distribute all of the shares of capital stock of Amplify Snack Brands, Inc. to its members in accordance with the limited liability company agreement of Topco. Amplify Snack Brands, Inc. currently owns 100% of the membership units of its subsidiary SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC (collectively the “Company”).

On July 17, 2014, SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC (“Predecessor”) was acquired (the “Sponsor Acquisition”) by investment funds and entities associated with TA Associates, L.P., a private equity entity (“TA Associates”). To affect the Sponsor Acquisition, the Predecessor’s members entered into a Unit Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with Amplify Snack Brands, Inc. and TA Midco 1, LLC (“Midco”), whereby the members contributed all units of the Predecessor to Midco in exchange for cash and rollover stock. The Predecessor then merged with and into Midco, with Midco as the surviving entity. Midco subsequently changed its name to SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC, a subsidiary of Amplify Snack Brands, Inc.

The parties agreed to consummate the Sponsor Acquisition, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Unit Purchase Agreement, for an aggregate purchase consideration of $320 million, which included rollover stock from the Predecessor’s members representing approximately 14% of the Company. A portion of the purchase consideration is being held in escrow to secure post-closing purchase price adjustments and indemnity claims. The aggregate purchase consideration, plus related fees and expenses, was funded by the equity investment in Topco by affiliates of TA Associates as well as from certain members of management, and the net proceeds from the borrowing of a $150 million Term Loan due 2019 that bears initial interest at LIBOR (with a 1.00% LIBOR floor) plus 4.5% per annum. The Sponsor Acquisition and the financing transaction described above are collectively referred to herein as the “Transactions”. See Note 8 for a summary of the terms of the Term Loan.

The Transactions were consummated on July 17, 2014. The accompanying consolidated financial statements are presented for two periods: predecessor and successor, which relate to the periods preceding and succeeding the Sponsor Acquisition, respectively. The Sponsor Acquisition results in a new basis of accounting beginning on July 17, 2014 and the financial reporting periods are presented as follows:

 

    The year ended December 31, 2014 includes the predecessor period of the Company from January 1, 2014 to July 16, 2014 and the successor period, reflecting the Sponsor Acquisition from July 17, 2014 to December 31, 2014.

 

    The 2013 period presented is the predecessor period.

Total fees and expenses related to the Transactions aggregated to approximately $6.6 million consisting of $1.3 million of Sponsor Acquisition-related costs recognized in the predecessor period, $2.2 million of Sponsor Acquisition-related costs recognized in the successor period, and $3.1 million of deferred financing costs, also recognized in the successor period.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

 

The Sponsor Acquisition has been accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting, whereby the purchase consideration was allocated to the tangible and intangible net assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their estimated fair values on the date of acquisition. The excess purchase consideration over fair value of net assets acquired and liabilities assumed was recorded as goodwill and represents a value attributable to brand scalability and revenue growth potential, in excess of value attributable to trade name intangible asset, associated with the Company’s products and position in the BFY snack category. Of the $45.7 million of goodwill recorded by the Company, $19.2 million is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. The fair value measurements for intangible assets were calculated using a discounted cash flow approach, which includes unobservable inputs classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy. The amount and timing of future cash flows was based on the Company’s most recent operational forecasts. In preparing the purchase price allocations, the Company considered a report of a third party valuation expert. Our management is responsible for these internal and third-party valuations and appraisals and they are continuing to review the amounts and allocations to finalize these amounts. We have one year from the date of completion of the Sponsor Acquisition to finalize these amounts and are therefore continuing to review the valuation and contractual obligations.

The following table summarizes the purchase consideration and estimated fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition (in thousands):

 

Purchase consideration:

Cash paid as purchase consideration

$ 280,750   

Cash paid into escrow

  14,250   

Value of equity issued

  25,000   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration

$ 320,000   

Less: Cash and cash equivalents acquired

  548   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price—net of cash and cash equivalents acquired

  319,452   
  

 

 

 

Fair value of net assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

Current assets

$ 12,671   

Property and equipment

  667   

Indefinite-lived identifiable intangible asset—trade name

  202,900   

Definite-lived identifiable intangible assets—customer relationships

  62,300   

Definite-lived identifiable intangible assets—non-competition agreements

  90   

Current liabilities

  (4,870
  

 

 

 

Total fair value of net assets acquired and liabilities assumed

$ 273,758   
  

 

 

 

Excess purchase consideration over fair value of net assets acquired (goodwill)

$ 45,694   
  

 

 

 

In connection with the Sponsor Acquisition, the Company’s founders entered into employment agreements with the Company through December 31, 2015. Under the terms of these agreements, and subject to continuing employment, the founders are each eligible to receive up to $10 million upon the Company’s achievement of certain contribution margin benchmarks during the period commencing on January 1, 2015 and ending on December 31, 2015. The founders are also eligible to receive further payment contingent on the potential future tax savings associated with the deductibility of the payments under these agreements. At December 31, 2014, all payments under these agreements are expected to amount to $26.8 million (the “Founder Contingent Compensation”), including the expected benefit associated with the tax savings. On December 23, 2014, the Company entered into a Prepayment Agreement with the founders to reflect a $750,000 bonus payment to each founder and a reduction of the Company’s future Founder Contingent Compensation obligations. The Company is recognizing the fair value of the associated obligation ratably over the contractual service period. Total expense related thereto amounted to $8.4 million in the successor period from July 17, 2014 to December 31, 2014.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

 

Pro Forma Combined Financial Information (Unaudited)

The following unaudited pro forma combined financial information reflects the consolidated statements of income of the Company as if the Sponsor Acquisition had occurred as of January 1, 2013. The pro forma information includes adjustments primarily related to the amortization of intangible assets acquired, the fair value of inventory acquired, interest expense associated with the $150 million Term Loan to finance the Sponsor Acquisition and does not reflect the $50 million increase in connection with the December 2014 Special Dividend. The pro forma combined financial information is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations as they would have been had the transaction been effected on the assumed date (in thousands, except per share data):

 

(Unaudited)    Pro forma
Year Ended
December 31,
2013
    Pro forma
Year Ended
December 31,
2014
Combined
(Non-GAAP)
 

Net sales

   $ 55,710      $ 132,357   

Net income (loss)

     (6,881     23,546   

Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share

   $ (6,880.94   $ 23,545.88   

Pro forma year ended December 31, 2014 was adjusted to exclude $3.5 million of non-recurring Sponsor Acquisition-related expenses and $0.4 million of additional cost of sales associated with inventory acquired. Pro forma year ended December 31, 2013 was adjusted to include these charges.

The foregoing information reflects the estimated compensation expense associated with the Founder Contingent Compensation (as defined above) in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition, based on our achievement of certain contribution margin benchmarks during the fiscal year 2015, and the tax benefit, to the extent realized by us, associated with the arrangement, that would have been recognized if the employment agreements had been in effect from January 1, 2013. The total estimated obligation of $26.8 million is being recognized ratably over the approximately 18-month contractual service period.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“GAAP”) and include the accounts of Amplify Snack Brands, Inc. and SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC, its wholly-owned subsidiary. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with GAAP. Management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of net sales and expenses during the reporting period. The Company routinely evaluates its estimates, including those related to accruals and allowances for customer programs and incentives, bad debts, income taxes, long-lived assets, inventories, equity-based compensation, accrued broker commissions and contingencies. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

 

Significant Risks and Uncertainties

The Company’s future results of operations involve a number of risks and uncertainties. Factors that could affect the Company’s future operating results and cause actual results to vary materially from expectations include, but are not limited to, fluctuations in commodity prices, specifically popcorn kernels and sunflower oil, continued acceptance of the Company’s products, competition from substitute products and larger companies and dependence on strategic relationships. The Company relies on contract manufacturers to manufacture and third-party logistics to distribute its products. The Company’s manufacturers and suppliers may encounter supply interruptions or problems during manufacturing due to a variety of reasons, including failure to comply with applicable regulations, equipment malfunction and weather and environmental factors, any of which could delay or impede the Company’s ability to meet demand.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the reporting date. The accounting guidance establishes a three-tiered hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in the valuation methodologies in measuring fair value:

Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2—Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

The categorization of a financial instrument within the valuation hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, approximate fair value due to their relatively short maturities. Our debt bears interest at a variable interest rate plus an applicable margin and, therefore, approximates fair value.

The following table presents liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

     Predecessor      Successor  
     At December 31,
2013
     At December 31,
2014
 

Liabilities:

       

Founder Contingent Compensation—short term

   $     —       $ 593   

Founder Contingent Compensation—long term

   $         6,343   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Founder Contingent Compensation(i)

$    $ 6,936   

 

(i) Founder Contingent Compensation liability fair value measurements based upon unobservable inputs (Level 3). See Note 1 for more information.

Considerable judgment is required in developing the estimate of fair value of Founder Contingent Compensation. The use of different assumptions or valuation methodologies could have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

 

The fair value measurement of the Founder Contingent Compensation obligation relates to the employment agreements entered into in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition. The current portion is included in other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet. The fair value measurement is based upon significant inputs not observable in the market. Changes in the value of the obligation are recorded as income or expense in our consolidated statements of income. To determine the fair value, we valued the total contingent compensation liability based on the expected probability weighted compensation payments corresponding to the performance thresholds agreed to under the applicable employment agreements, as well as the associated income tax benefit using the estimated tax rates that will be in effect. The current estimate represents the recognizable portion based on the maximum potential obligation allowable under the employment agreements. As discussed in Note 1, the Company is recognizing the fair value of the associated obligation ratably over the contractual service period.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash and money market funds with an original maturity of 90 days or less.

Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market using the weighted-average cost method. The Company procures certain raw material inputs and packaging from suppliers and contracts with a third-party firm to assemble and warehouse finished product. The third-party co-manufacturer invoices the Company monthly for labor and certain raw material inputs upon the sale of finished product to customers during that period.

Write-downs are provided for finished goods expected to become non-saleable due to age and provisions are specifically made for slow moving or obsolete raw ingredients and packaging. The Company also adjusts the carrying value of its inventories when it believes that the net realizable value is less than the carrying value. These write-downs are measured as the difference between the cost of the inventory, including estimated costs to complete, and estimated selling prices. Charges related to slow moving or obsolete items are recorded as a component of cost of goods sold. Charges related to packaging redesigns are recorded as a component of selling and marketing. Once inventory is written down, a new, lower-cost basis for that inventory is established.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation on equipment is provided in amounts sufficient to relate the cost of the assets to operations over their estimated service lives ranging from 5-7 years using the straight-line method. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term or estimated useful lives. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Assets not yet placed in use are not depreciated.

The useful lives of the property and equipment are as follows:

 

Machinery and equipment 5 years
Furniture and fixtures 5 to 7 years
Leasehold improvements Shorter of lease term or estimated useful life

We continually evaluate whether events and circumstances have occurred that indicate the remaining estimated useful life of long-lived assets may warrant revision, or that the remaining balance

 

F-11


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

 

of these assets may not be recoverable. When deemed necessary, we complete this evaluation by comparing the carrying amount of the assets against the estimated undiscounted future cash flows associated with them. If such evaluations indicate that the future undiscounted cash flows of amortizable long-lived assets are not sufficient to recover the carrying value of such assets, the assets are adjusted to their estimated fair values.

Deferred Financing Costs

Costs incurred in connection with debt issuances have been deferred, and are being amortized using the effective interest method over the term of the related instrument as interest expense.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

In connection with the Sponsor Acquisition, the Company recorded $45.7 million of goodwill resulting from the excess of aggregate purchase consideration over the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

Goodwill is tested annually for impairment or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred. We have the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. Otherwise, the impairment analysis for goodwill includes a comparison of our carrying value (including goodwill) to our estimated fair value. If the fair value does not exceed the carrying value, then an additional analysis would be performed to allocate the fair value to all of our assets and liabilities as if it had been acquired in a business combination and the fair value was our purchase consideration. If the excess of the fair value of our identifiable assets and liabilities is less than the carrying value of recorded goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded for the difference. The Company will perform its annual assessment of goodwill as of July 1 of each fiscal year.

Other intangible assets are comprised of both finite and indefinite-lived intangible assets. Indefinite-lived intangible assets, including our trade name, are not amortized. The Company has the option to first assess the qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount. Otherwise, indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested annually for impairment, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired.

An intangible asset is determined to have an indefinite useful life when there are no legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic or any other factors that may limit the period over which the asset is expected to contribute directly or indirectly to our future cash flows. In each reporting period, we also evaluate the remaining useful life of an intangible asset that is not being amortized to determine whether events and circumstances continue to support an indefinite useful life. If an intangible asset that is not being amortized is determined to have a finite useful life, the asset will be amortized prospectively over the estimated remaining useful life and accounted for in the same manner as intangible assets subject to amortization.

The Company generally expenses legal and related costs incurred in defending or protecting its intellectual property unless it can be established that such costs have added economic value to the business enterprise, in which case it capitalizes the costs incurred as part of intangible assets.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

 

Impairment of Long-lived Assets

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable and prior to any annual impairment test. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. There was no impairment of long-lived assets during the periods ended December 31, 2013 and 2014.

Recognition of Net Sales, Sales Incentives and Trade Accounts Receivable

Net sales are recognized when the earnings process is complete and the risks and rewards of ownership have transferred to the customer, which occurs upon the receipt and acceptance of product by the customer. The Company’s customers are primarily businesses that are stocking its products. The earnings process is complete once the customer order has been placed and approved and the product shipped has been received by the customer or when product is picked up by the Company’s customers at the Company’s co-manufacturer. Product is sold to customers on credit terms established on a customer-by-customer basis. The credit factors used include historical performance, current economic conditions and the nature and volume of the product.

The Company offers its customers a variety of sales and incentive programs, including price discounts, coupons, slotting fees, in-store displays and trade advertising. The costs of these programs are recognized at the time the related sales are recorded and are classified as a reduction in net sales. These program costs are estimated based on a number of factors including customer participation and performance levels. Trade promotions included in net sales were $5.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2013, were $8.7 million for the predecessor period from January 1, 2014 to July 16, 2014 and were $11.4 million in successor period from July 17, 2014 to December 31, 2014.

The Company extends unsecured credit to its customers in the ordinary course of business but mitigates the associated credit risk by performing credit checks and actively pursuing past due accounts. Accounts are charged to bad debt expense as they are deemed uncollectible based upon a periodic review of aging and collections.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

 

As of December 31, 2013 and 2014, the Company recorded total allowances against trade accounts receivable of $1.7 million and $3.0 million, respectively. Recoveries of receivables previously written off are recorded when received.

 

(In Thousands)         Additions     Deductions        
  Balance at
Beginning of
Period
    Charged to
Costs and
Expenses
    Charged
to Other
Accounts
    Write-Offs and
Adjustments
    Balance at
End of Period
 

December 31, 2013 (Predecessor)

         

Allowances deducted from assets to which they apply

         

Allowance for doubtful accounts

    74        46                      120   

Allowance for promotional activities

    44        5,243               (3,730     1,557   

July 16, 2014 (Predecessor)

         

Allowances deducted from assets to which they apply

         

Allowance for doubtful accounts

    120                      (80     40   

Allowance for promotional activities

    1,557        8,726               (9,380     903   

December 31, 2014 (Successor)

         

Allowances deducted from assets to which they apply

         

Allowance for doubtful accounts

    40        60                      100   

Allowance for promotional activities

    903        11,357               (9,399     2,861   

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold consists of the costs of ingredients and packaging utilized in the manufacture of products, contract manufacturing fees, shipping and handling costs to external customers, equipment repairs, in-bound freight charges, reserves for inventory obsolescence and depreciation of manufacturing equipment.

Sales and Marketing Expenses

Sales and marketing expenses include salaries and wages, commissions, broker fees, bonuses and incentives and other marketing and advertising expenses.

Also included in sales and marketing expense are costs and fees relating to the execution of in-store product demonstrations with club stores or grocery retailers, which were $3.1 million in 2013, $2.4 million for the predecessor period from January 1, 2014 to July 16, 2014, and $2.5 million for the successor period from July 17, 2014 to December 31, 2014. The cost of product used in the demonstrations, which is insignificant, and the fees paid to the independent third-party providers who conduct the in-store demonstrations, are recorded as an expense when the event occurs. Product demonstrations are conducted by independent third-party providers designated by the various retailer or club chains. During the in-store demonstrations, the consumers in the stores receive small samples of our products. The consumers are not required to purchase our product in order to receive the sample.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses include salaries and wages, founder employment costs, depreciation of property and equipment, professional fees, amortization of intangible assets, insurance, travel and other operating expenses.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

 

Equity-Based Compensation

The Company records equity-based compensation in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 718, “Compensation—Stock Compensation”, which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all equity-based payment awards made to employees and directors including incentive units or employee stock options based on estimated fair values. The fair value of each award is estimated on the grant date using a two-step process. See Note 14 for a further discussion of the valuation process. The equity-based compensation expense, net of forfeitures, is recognized using a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the awards, which corresponds to the vesting periods of the awards. Compensation expense amounted to $0 million in 2013, $0 million for the predecessor period from January 1, 2014 to July 16, 2014, and $0.2 million for the successor period from July 17, 2014 to December 31, 2014.

Segment Reporting

FASB ASC Topic 280, “Segment Reporting”, establishes standards for reporting information about a company’s operating segments. The Company determined its operating segment on the same basis that it uses to evaluate its performance internally. The Company has one business activity, marketing and distribution of BFY ready-to-eat snacking products, and operates as one operating segment. The Company’s chief operating decision-maker, its chief executive officer, reviews its operating results on an aggregate basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance.

Concentration Risk

Financial instruments which potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash, cash equivalents and trade receivables. We maintain the majority of our cash and cash equivalents in the form of demand deposits with financial institutions that management believes are creditworthy.

The Company has one customer that, in total, accounted for 35.6% of net sales during 2013, 33.2% of net sales during the predecessor period from January 1, 2014 to July 16, 2014 and 36.3% of net sales during the successor period from July 17, 2014 to December 31, 2014. This customer represented 59.2% and 20.1% of the accounts receivable balances outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. A second customer accounted for 21.6% of net sales during 2013, 21.5% of net sales during the predecessor period from January 1, 2014 to July 16, 2014 and 20.3% of net sales during the successor period from July 17, 2014 to December 31, 2014. This customer represented 15.8% and 33.1% of the accounts receivable balances outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

The Company relies on a limited number of suppliers for the ingredients used in manufacturing its products. In order to mitigate any adverse impact from a disruption of supply, the Company attempts to maintain an adequate supply of ingredients and believes that other vendors would be able to provide similar ingredients if supplies were disrupted. The Company outsources the manufacturing of its products to a co-manufacturer in the United States. The co-manufacturer represented 67.6% and 63.7% of accounts payable at December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. One other raw material vendor represented 18.0% of accounts payable at December 31, 2013.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

 

Earnings per Unit/Share

The Company follows FASB ASC Topic 260 “Earnings Per Share” to account for earnings per unit/share. Basic earnings per unit/share has been computed based upon the weighted average number of common units/shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per unit/share has been computed based upon the weighted average number of common units/shares outstanding plus the effect of all potentially dilutive common units/stock equivalents, except when the effect would be anti-dilutive.

Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes are provided for the differences between the basis of assets and liabilities for financial reporting and income tax purposes. A valuation allowance is established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

The Company records a liability for all tax positions if it is not “more likely than not” that the position is sustainable based on its technical merits.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”. This ASU supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in Accounting Standards Codification 605, “Revenue Recognition,” and most industry-specific guidance throughout the Codification. The standard requires entities to recognize the amount of revenue that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and for interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is in the process of assessing both the method and the impact of the adoption of ASU 2014-09 on its financial position, results of operations, cash flows and financial statement disclosures.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, “Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern: Disclosures about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern”. The new standard requires management to perform interim and annual assessments of an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year of the date the financial statements are issued. An entity must provide certain disclosures if conditions or events raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. The new guidance is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, and interim periods thereafter. The Company is currently assessing the impact of the adoption of ASU No. 2014-15 on its financial position, results of operations and financial statement disclosures.

3. INVENTORY

Inventories, net consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     Predecessor      Successor  
     December 31,
2013
     December 31,
2014
 

Raw materials:

       

Popcorn kernels

   $ 548       $ 654   

Sunflower oil

     215         2,459   

Seasonings

     82         1,150   

Finished goods

     1,163         2,067   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Inventories

$     2,008    $     6,330   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-16


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

 

4. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment are valued at cost. Property and equipment, net consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     Predecessor      Successor  
     December 31,
2013
     December 31,
2014
 

Machinery and equipment

   $ 511       $ 929   

Furniture and fixtures

     20         44   

Leasehold improvements

             13   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

  531      986   

Less: Accumulated depreciation

  (63   (240
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

$     468    $     746   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense amounted to $0.1 million for the successor period from July 17, 2014 to December 31, 2014, $0.1 million for the predecessor period from January 1, 2014 to July 16, 2014, and $0.1 million in 2013.

5. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill and intangible assets consist of the following (in thousands):

 

          Predecessor      Successor  
     Estimated Useful
Life
   December 31,
2013
     December 31,
2014
 

Goodwill:

          

Beginning balance

      $       $   

Acquired during the year

                45,694   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

$    $ 45,694   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Intangible assets:

 

Trade name

Indefinite $    $ 202,900   

Customer relationship

15 years        62,300   

Non-competition agreement

7 years        90   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
$    $ 265,290   

Less: Accumulated amortization

       (1,904
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Intangible assets, net

$     —    $ 263,386   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

There was no amortization of intangibles in 2013 and for the predecessor period from January 1, 2014 to July 16, 2014. Amortization for intangibles totaled $1.9 million for the successor period from July 17, 2014 to December 31, 2014, and is included as part of general and administrative expense. The weighted average remaining amortization period of intangible assets at December 31, 2014 was 14.6 years.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

 

The estimated annual amortization expenses related to amortizable intangible assets is as follows for the years ending December 31 (in thousands):

 

2015

$ 4,166   

2016

  4,166   

2017

  4,166   

2018

  4,166   

2019

  4,166   

Thereafter

  39,656   

6. DEFERRED FINANCING COSTS

Deferred financing costs consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     Predecessor      Successor  
     December 31,
2013
     December 31,
2014
 

Deferred financing costs

   $       $ 3,669   

Less: accumulated amortization

             (292
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred financing costs, net

$     —    $     3,377   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amortization expense for deferred financing costs totaled $0.0 million in 2013, $0.0 million for the predecessor period from January 1, 2014 to July 16, 2014, and $0.3 million for the successor period from July 17, 2014 to December 31, 2014, and is included as part of interest expense.

7. ACCRUED LIABILITIES

The following table shows the components of accrued liabilities (in thousands):

 

     Predecessor           Successor  
     December 31,
2013
          December 31,
2014
 

Accrued Income Taxes

   $           $ 1,012   

Unbilled Inventory

     429             1,178   

Accrued Commissions

     429             805   

Accrued Bonuses

     600             536   

Accrued Marketing Expense

     0             411   

Other Accrued Liabilities

   $ 268           $ 402   
  

 

 

        

 

 

 

Total Accrued Liabilities

$ 1,726      $ 4,344   
  

 

 

        

 

 

 

8. LONG-TERM DEBT AND LINE OF CREDIT

Long-term debt consists of the following (in thousands):

 

     Predecessor           Successor  
     December 31,
2013
          December 31,
2014
 

Term loan

   $  —           $ 200,000   

Revolver

                   

Total debt

               $ 200,000   
  

 

 

        

 

 

 

Less: Current portion

         10,000   
  

 

 

        

 

 

 

Long-term debt

$  —      $ 190,000   
  

 

 

        

 

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

 

The interest rates for outstanding obligations at December 31, 2014 for the Term Loan (as defined below) was 5.5%, while the commitment fee on the unused line was 0.5%.

On July 17, 2014, SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC entered into the Credit Agreement, which provided for a $150.0 million term loan facility and a $7.5 million revolving facility (with sublimits for swingline loans and the issuance of letters of credit). These senior secured credit facilities, or the Credit Facility, were guaranteed by the Company. The Credit Facility will mature on July 17, 2019, with an option to extend the maturity of the term loan with the consent of lenders willing to provide such extension.

The Credit Facility replaced the Company’s prior line of credit, which had a zero balance immediately prior to the entry into the Credit Facility. Immediately after the closing of the Credit Facility, total outstanding debt under the Credit Facility was approximately $150.0 million in term loan debt and $0 in borrowings under the revolving facility.

On August 18, 2014, we amended the Credit Facility, or the Amended Credit Facility, to remove certain total funded debt-to-EBITDA interest rate reductions and implement a static interest rate margin based on either the Eurodollar Rate or the Base Rate (as each is defined in the Amended Credit Facility).

On December 23, 2014, we amended the Amended Credit Facility to increase our term loan borrowings by $50.0 million to a total of $200.0 million, with such borrowings having the same interest rate as the original term loans under the Amended Credit Facility. In addition, we amended the financial covenants in the Amended Credit Facility to increase the total funded debt-to-EBITDA covenant for each quarterly period to reflect our higher leverage. The Amended Credit Facility, as amended, is referred to as the Second Amended Credit Facility. The interest rate on our outstanding indebtedness was 5.5% per annum as of December 31, 2014.

Proceeds from the initial term loan borrowings were primarily used to finance the Sponsor Acquisition and to pay fees and expenses in connection therewith. Proceeds of the Second Amended Credit Facility were primarily used to pay the December 2014 Special Dividend to the equityholders of Topco as discussed in Note 13. In the future, we may use the revolving facility for working capital and for other general corporate purposes, including acquisitions and investments and dividends and distributions, to the extent permitted under the Second Amended Credit Facility. The Second Amended Credit Facility also provides that, upon satisfaction of certain conditions, we may increase the aggregate principal amount of the loans outstanding thereunder by an amount not to exceed $50.0 million, subject to receipt of additional lending commitments for such loans.

Interest

Outstanding term loan borrowings under the Second Amended Credit Facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to (a) the Eurodollar Rate plus 4.50% or (b) the Base Rate (equal in this context to the greater of (i) the prime rate, (ii) the federal funds rate plus 1/2 of 1.00% and (iii) the Eurodollar Rate plus 1.00%) (but subject to a minimum of 2.00%) plus 3.50%. The term loans under the Second Amended Credit Facility will amortize in equal quarterly installments of 1.25% of the initial principal amount $200 million beginning on December 31, 2014, with the balance due at maturity.

Outstanding amounts under the revolving facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to (a) the Eurodollar Rate plus 4.50% or (b) the Base Rate (equal in this context to the greater of (i) the prime rate, (ii) the federal funds rate plus 1/2 of 1.00% and (iii) the Eurodollar Rate plus 1.00%) (but subject to a minimum of 2.00%) plus 3.50%. We are required to pay a commitment fee on the unused commitments under the revolving facility at a rate equal to 0.50% per annum.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

 

Guarantees

The loans and other obligations under the Second Amended Credit Facility (including in respect of hedging agreements and cash management obligations) are (a) guaranteed by the Company and its existing and future wholly-owned U.S. subsidiaries and (b) secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company and its existing and future wholly-owned U.S. subsidiaries, in each case subject to certain customary exceptions and limitations.

Covenants

As of the last day of any fiscal quarter of the Company, the terms of the Second Amended Credit Facility require the Company and its subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis and subject to certain customary exceptions) to maintain (x) a maximum total funded debt to consolidated EBITDA ratio of not more than 4.25 to 1.0, initially, and decreasing to 2.25 to 1.0 over the term of the Second Amended Credit Facility and (y) a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.10 to 1.00. As of December 31, 2014 we were in compliance with our financial covenants.

In addition, the Second Amended Credit Facility contains (a) customary provisions related to mandatory prepayment of the loans thereunder with (i) 50% of Excess Cash Flow (as defined in the Second Amended Credit Facility), subject to step-downs to 25% and 0% of Excess Cash Flow at certain leverage-based thresholds and (ii) the proceeds of asset sales and casualty events (subject to certain customary limitations, exceptions and reinvestment rights) and (b) certain covenants that, among other things, restrict additional indebtedness, liens and encumbrances, investments, acquisitions, loans and advances, mergers, consolidations and asset dispositions, dividends and other restricted payments, transactions with affiliates and other matters customarily restricted in such agreements, in each case, subject to certain customary exceptions. The first payment based on Excess Cash Flow (as defined in the Second Amended Credit Facility) is dependent on our results for the year ended December 31, 2015 and due not later than May 6, 2016.

Although the Second Amended Credit Facility generally prohibits payments and dividends and distributions, we are permitted, subject to certain customary conditions such absence of events of default and compliance with financial covenants, to make payments, dividends or distributions including (a) earnout payments, (b) payments, dividends or distributions in cash from retained excess cash flow and certain proceeds from distributions from or sales of investments, (c) payments, dividends or distributions in an unlimited amount from the proceeds of equity issuances and (d) payments, dividends or distributions not to exceed $5.0 million in the aggregate.

Under the Second Amended Credit Facility the Founder Contingent Compensation may be paid at any time so long as no payment default under the Second Amended Credit Facility has occurred and is continuing and, immediately after giving effect to such payment, the Company has at least $5.0 million of cash and cash equivalents subject to a first priority lien in favor of the lenders party thereto plus availability under the revolving facility. In the event we are not permitted to pay the Founder Contingent Compensation under the Second Amended Credit Facility we are no longer obligated to make such payment under the employment agreements with the Founders subject to limited exception.

The Second Amended Credit Facility also contains customary events of default, including payment defaults, breaches of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross-defaults to certain material indebtedness in excess of specified amounts, certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency, certain ERISA events, judgments in excess of specified amounts, certain impairments to the guarantees or collateral documents, and change in control defaults.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

 

Other

Certain of the lenders under the Second Amended Credit Facility (or their affiliates) may provide, certain commercial banking, financial advisory, and investment banking services in the ordinary course of business for the Company and its subsidiaries, for which they receive customary fees and commissions.

Annual maturities of long-term debt as of December 31, 2014 are as follows (in thousands):

 

2015

$ 10,000   

2016

  10,000   

2017

  10,000   

2018

  10,000   

2019

  160,000   
  

 

 

 

Total

$ 200,000   
  

 

 

 

9. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Employment Agreements

In connection with the Sponsor Acquisition, we entered into employment agreements with certain of our managers who held equity interests in our company prior to the acquisition and continue to hold equity interests in Topco. We entered into employment agreements with the Founders, which include the Founder Contingent Compensation. The employment agreements set forth each executive’s initial annual base salary of $200,000 and eligibility to participate in our benefit plans generally. The employment agreements also provide for each executive’s eligibility to receive a cash payment of up to $10 million (the “cash payment”), based on achievement by SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC of certain contribution margin metrics during the period commencing on January 1, 2015 and ending on December 1, 2015. Furthermore, in connection with the payments, SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC will provide each executive with an additional tax benefit equal to (i) in the case of the taxable year in which the cash payment is paid or any subsequent taxable year, the net excess (if any) of (A) the taxes that would have been paid by SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC in respect of such taxable year calculated without taking into account the payment of the cash payment over (B) the actual taxes payable by SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC in respect of such taxable year and (ii) in the case of any taxable year prior to the year in which the cash payment is paid, the amount of any tax refund resulting from carrying back any operating losses to the extent attributable to the cash payment. See Note 1.

Precision Capital Group LLC Consulting Services Agreements

We entered into two consulting services agreements with one of our stockholders, Precision Capital Group LLC, or (“Precision”). Jason Shiver, our executive vice president of sales, is a former employee, and a current equity holder, of Precision. In addition to his investment in the Company in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition, in 2013, Mr. Shiver also invested in the Company through Precision.

Sales Consulting Services Agreement

We entered into a sales consulting services agreements with Precision. Under the terms of this sales consulting services agreement, which we refer to as the Precision Sales Consulting Agreement, Precision agreed to provide sales professionals to work on behalf of the Company. Such sales professionals were entitled to a monthly stipend plus a commission based on sales performance. The Precision sales professionals were, at the time of the agreement, employees of Precision. Fees for

 

F-21


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

 

consulting services under this agreement totaled $0.6 million in 2013, $0.9 million for the predecessor period from January 1, 2014 to July 16, 2014, and $0.0 million for the successor period from July 17, 2014 to December 31, 2014, and are included as part of sales and marketing expense.

Business Consulting Services Agreement

We entered into a business consulting agreement with Precision, which, together with the Precision Sales Consulting Agreement, we refer to as the Precision Agreements. Under this agreement, Precision provided business consulting services to us. Fees for consulting services under this agreement totaled $0.1 million in 2013, $0.1 million for the predecessor period from January 1, 2014 to July 16, 2014, and $0.0 million for the successor period from July 17, 2014 to December 31, 2014, and are included as part of sales and marketing expense.

Transition Services Agreement

The Precision Agreements were terminated on July 18, 2014, in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition. In connection with the termination of the Precision Agreements, we entered into a transition services agreement with Precision whereby, for a period of 90 days, Precision agreed to provide substantially the same services as it was providing under the Precision Agreements. The transition services agreement was not renewed at the expiration of its term. Fees for transition services under this agreement totaled $0.3 million for the successor period from July 17, 2014 to December 31, 2014.

Fees paid to Precision of $0.5 million were included in Sponsor Acquisition-related expenses in the predecessor period from January 1, 2014 to July 16, 2014.

Monticello Partners LLC Lease Agreement

The Company leases office space from a related party, Monticello Partners LLC, which is wholly-owned by one of Topco’s unitholders. The lease agreement expires on August 31, 2017. The Company is responsible for all taxes and utilities. Payments under this agreement were not material to the periods presented.

Future minimum lease payments for this lease, which had a non-cancelable lease term in excess of one year as of December 31, 2014, were as follows (in thousands):

 

2015

$ 27   

2016

  28   

2017

  19   
  

 

 

 

Total

$ 74   
  

 

 

 

10. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Purchase Commitments

The Company entered into certain supply contracts for their popcorn kernels for various periods through October 2016. As of December 31, 2014 the Company’s purchase commitments remaining under these contracts totaled $13.3 million. The contract also stipulates that if the Company fails to purchase the stated quantities within the time period specified, the Company could either (1) buy all remaining quantities under the contract, or (2) pay liquidated damages, including payment of the excess of the contract price over the market price for all remaining contracted quantities not purchased.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

 

On February 27, 2014, the Company entered into an exclusive Manufacturing and Supply Agreement with the Company’s co-manufacturer for the production of certain snack products including popcorn and popcorn products. Upon termination, under the terms of the agreement, the Company would be obligated to purchase any packaging materials purchased by the co-manufacturer in reasonable anticipation of one or more forecasts provided by the Company. At December 31, 2014, the approximate value of packaging material was $1.9 million.

Lease Commitments

Rent expense from operating leases totaled $0.0 million for the successor period from July 17, 2014 to December 31, 2014, $0.0 million for the predecessor period from January 1, 2014 to July 16, 2014, and $0.0 million in 2013. As of December 31, 2014, minimum rental commitments under non-cancellable operating leases were (in thousands):

 

2015

   $ 27   

2016

     28   

2017

     19   
  

 

 

 

Total

$ 74   
  

 

 

 

Legal Matters

From time to time, the Company is subject to claims and assessments in the ordinary course of business. The Company is not currently a party to any litigation matter that, individually or in the aggregate, is expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results from operations or cash flow.

In February 2014, a class action complaint was filed against the Company in California alleging that the Company’s products were mislabeled in various respects in violation of California’s unfair competition and consumer advertising laws. The Company and plaintiffs entered into a settlement agreement in July 2014, which was not material to the financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company.

11. GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

Our net sales by geographic area are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year ended
December 31,
2013
     Predecessor      Successor  
        January 1, 2014
to July 16, 2014
     July 17, 2014 to
December 31, 2014
 

United States

   $ 54,587       $ 64,809       $ 60,833   

Canada

   $ 1,123       $ 3,544       $ 3,171   

All of our long-lived assets are located in the United States.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

 

12. INCOME TAXES

The components of the provision (benefit) for income taxes attributable to continuing operations are as follows:

 

     Successor  
     July 17, 2014 to
December 31, 2014
 

Income tax provision (benefit):

  

Current:

  

Federal

   $ 5,224   

State

     1,388   
  

 

 

 

Total current

$ 6,612   
  

 

 

 

Deferred:

Federal

  (2,478

State

  (648
  

 

 

 

Total deferred

  (3,126
  

 

 

 

Total provision (benefit)

$ 3,486   
  

 

 

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred taxes are as follows:

 

     Successor  
     December 31,
2014
 

Deferred tax assets

  

Allowance for bad debt

     40   

Allowance for promotional activity

     1,120   

Accrued expenses and other

     682   

Inventories

     490   

Acquisition costs

     897   

Contingent compensation

     2,569   
  

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

  5,798   

Deferred tax liabilities

Prepaid Expenses

  (136

Depreciation and amortization

  (2,536
  

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

  (2,672
  

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

  3,126   
  

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

 

The Company’s income tax expense attributable to continuing operations differs from the expected tax benefit amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 35% to income before taxes for the Successor period ended December 31, 2014 primarily as a result of the following:

 

     Successor  
     July 17, 2014 to
December 31, 2014
 

Income tax at U.S. statutory rate

     35.0

Effect of:

  

State taxes, net of federal benefit

     5.8

Other permanent items

     1.1

Other

     0.5
  

 

 

 

Income tax provision effective rate

  42.4
  

 

 

 

The tax year 2014 remains open to examination by the major taxing jurisdictions to which the Company is subject. The Company is not currently under audit in any major taxing jurisdiction.

The Company does not have any uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2014. The Company’s policy is to accrue interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a component of income tax expense. For the periods presented, the Company did not recognize any interest or penalties.

13. STOCKHOLDER’S/MEMBERS’ EQUITY

In connection with the Sponsor Acquisition, TA Associates and other members of Topco entered into a limited liability company agreement, which provided for, among other things, the issuance of four classes of units: (i) Class A Units, or preferred units, (ii) Class B Units, or common units, (iii) Class C-1 Units, which are profit interests and (iv) Class C-2 Units, which are profit interests (together with the Class C-1 Units, the “Class C Units”). Topco is the ultimate parent company of the Company.

Only the Class A Units and Class B Units have voting rights, as specifically set forth in the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of TA Topco 1, LLC, or the LLC Agreement. Each Class A Unit or Class B Unit entitles the holder to one (1) vote per Class A Unit or Class B Unit, respectively, on any matters to be decided by a vote of such members. No other class of units have voting rights. In the event of liquidation, preferred unit holders are entitled to return of the face amount of their contributions before any distributions are made to common or Class C Unit holders. Preferred and common unit holders are also entitled to a priority operating return before any income is allocated to Class C common unit holders. In the event of a liquidation, preferred and common unit holders are entitled to their accumulated priority operating return before any distributions are made to Class C common unit holders.

During the period ended December 31, 2014, the Company made a distribution of $59.8 million to its parent Topco, which subsequently distributed such proceeds to its unit holders. The Company refers to this distribution as the December 2014 Special Dividend.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

 

14. EQUITY-BASED COMPENSATION

Certain employees participate in the Company’s parent, TA Topco 1, LLC’s Equity Incentive Plan. The 2014 Plan was adopted by Topco’s board of directors and approved by its unitholders in July 2014. As of December 31, 2014, 6,955,194 Class C-1 units and 5,571,410 Class C-2 units were outstanding under the 2014 Plan and 101,152,914 Class C-1 units and 110,052,235 Class C-2 units remained available for future grant under the terms of the 2014 Plan. The Class C units represent profit interests and have no capital contribution requirement. In the event that any outstanding awards under the 2014 Plan are forfeited, cancelled, reacquired by Topco prior to vesting or otherwise terminated, the number of units underlying such award will becomes available for grant under the 2014 Plan.

Because the Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Topco, its employees, officers, directors, manager and consultants, as well as employees, officers, directors, managers and consultants of its subsidiaries, were eligible to participate in the 2014 Plan. Topco’s board of directors administers the 2014 Plan. The plan administrator may select award recipients, determine the size, types and terms of awards, interpret the plan and prescribe, amend and rescind rules and make all other determinations necessary or desirable for the administration of the 2014 Plan.

Units granted are subject to the terms and conditions of the LLC Agreement, as well as the terms and conditions of the 2014 Plan. Both Class C-1 and C-2 units are time-based units, however the Class C-2 units are also subject to a performance hurdle related to a tiered distribution if certain criteria are met. This performance hurdle is subject to the realization by Class A unit-holders, through one or more distribution events, of an aggregate amount of proceeds in respect of their Class A Units equal to three times such members’ aggregate Class A contribution amount, taking into account all proceeds received by such members in respect of their Class A Units from such distribution events. The Class C units vest 25% on the first anniversary of the vesting reference date applicable to individual grants, and thereafter, 2.0833% on the final day of each of the following 36 months, subject to continued service through each applicable vesting date. Upon a termination of service relationship by Topco, all unvested units will be forfeited and all vested units may be repurchased by Topco.

In the event of Sale Event (as defined in the LLC Agreement), the 2014 Plan provides that each unvested unit will be immediately forfeited, unless such units will be assumed, continued or substituted with a comparable award by the Company’s successor company or its parent. In the event that the unvested units terminate in connection with a transaction, TA Topco 1, LLC may provide each unit holder with a cash payment equal to the fair market value of a unit multiplied by the number of units.

Subject to any additional transfer restrictions set forth in the LLC Agreement, units granted under the 2014 Plan may not be sold, exchanged, transferred, assigned, distributed, pledged or otherwise disposed of or encumbered without the prior consent of the plan administrator.

Topco’s board of directors may amend or modify the 2014 Plan at any time; provided, that any amendment that adversely affects rights under any outstanding award will require consent by the holder of such award. The 2014 Plan will terminate upon the consummation of an initial public offering.

In connection with the Corporate Reorganization, all of the outstanding equity awards that have been granted under the TA Topco 1, LLC 2014 Equity Incentive Plan will be converted into shares of the common stock and restricted stock of Amplify Snack Brands, Inc. The portion of the outstanding Class C units that have vested as of the consummation of the Corporate Reorganization will be converted into shares of common stock and the remaining portion of unvested outstanding Class C units will be converted into shares of Amplify Snack Brand’s restricted stock, which will be granted under the 2015 Plan. The shares of restricted stock will be subject to time-based vesting conditions, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Class C units from which such shares are converted.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

 

The following summarizes the activity of the unvested incentive units for the period from July 17, 2014 to December 31, 2014:

 

     Successor  
     July 17, 2014 to
December 31, 2014
 
     Class C-1
Units
     Class C-2
Units
 

Number of units

     

Non-vested as of July 17, 2014

               

Issued

     6,955,194         5,571,410   

Forfeited

               

Vested

               

Non-vested as of December 31, 2014

     6,955,194         5,571,410   

Expected to vest at December 31, 2014

     6,955,194         5,571,410   

Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value

     

Non-vested as of July 17, 2014

   $           

Issued

   $ 0.95         0.18   

Forfeited

               

Vested

               

Non-vested as of December 31, 2014

   $ 0.95         0.18   

(In Thousands)

     

Compensation expense recorded during the period

   $ 191         44   

Unamortized costs at December 31, 2014

   $ 6,416         959   

At December 31, 2014, the weighted-average remaining vesting term of unvested units was approximately 44 months.

Valuation of our Equity Awards

In the absence of a public trading market for our securities, the Company’s board of directors has determined the estimated fair value of the equity-based compensation awards at the date of grant based upon several factors, including its consideration of input from management and contemporaneous third-party valuations.

The valuation of Topco’s equity was determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. The assumptions we used in the valuation models are highly complex and subjective. The Company bases its assumptions on future expectations combined with management judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of the equity awards as of the grant date including, but not limited to, the following factors:

 

    lack of marketability;

 

    the Company’s actual operating and financial performance;

 

    current business conditions and projections;

 

    the U.S. capital market conditions;

 

    the Company’s stage of development; and

 

    likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as this offering, given prevailing market conditions.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

 

The valuation of the equity-based compensation awards involved a two-step process. First, the Company determined its business equity value using an enterprise value based on the income approach, specifically a discounted cash flow, or DCF, analysis. A market approach, which estimates the fair value of the Company, by applying market multiples of comparable peer companies in its industry or similar lines of business to its historical and/or projected financial metrics, was also developed to corroborate the reasonableness of the DCF indication of enterprise value. The values determined by the income and the market approach were comparable. Second, the business equity value was allocated among the securities that comprise the capital structure of the Company using the Option-Pricing Method, or OPM, as described in the AICPA Practice Aid entitled Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. See below for a description of the valuation and allocation methods.

The DCF analysis required the development of the forecasted future financial performance of the Company, including revenues, operating expenses and taxes, as well as working capital and capital asset requirements. The discrete forecast period analyzed extends to the point at which the Company will be expected to have reached a steady state of growth and profitability. The projected cash flows of the discrete forecast period are discounted to a present value employing a discount rate that properly accounts for the estimated market weighted average cost of capital. Finally, an assumption is made regarding the sustainable long-term rate of growth beyond the discrete forecast period, and a residual value is estimated and discounted to a present value. The sum of the present value of the discrete cash flows and the residual, or “terminal” value represents the estimated fair value of the total enterprise value of the Company. This value is then adjusted for non-operational assets, liabilities and interest bearing debt to conclude the equity value of the Company.

The financial forecasts prepared took into account the Company’s past results and expected future financial performance. There is inherent uncertainty in these estimates as the assumptions used are highly subjective and may change as a result of new operating data and economic and other conditions that may impact the Company’s business.

Once the equity value of the Company is estimated, it is then allocated among the various classes of securities to arrive at the fair value of the awards. For this allocation, the OPM was used for all grants. The OPM entails allocating the equity value to the various share classes based upon their respective claims on a series of call options with strike prices at various value levels depending upon the rights and preferences of each class. A Black-Scholes option pricing model is employed to value the call options. This model defines the securities’ fair values as functions of the current fair value of a company and requires the use of assumptions such as the anticipated holding period and the estimated volatility of the equity securities.

The following table summarizes the key assumptions used in the OPM allocation as of December 4, 2014:

 

Assumptions

Time to liquidity event

  2 years   

Volatility

  30.00

Risk-free rate

  0.55

Dividend yield

  0.00

Lack of marketability discount

  16

 

F-28


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

 

The expected term of 2 years represents management’s expected time to a liquidity event as of the valuation date. The volatility assumption is based on the estimated stock price volatility of a peer group of comparable public companies over a similar term. The risk-free rate is based on the yields of U.S. Treasury securities with maturities similar to the expected term. As of December 4, 2014, the only grant date in 2014, the Company used an expected dividend yield of zero as we had never declared or paid any cash dividends and at that time did not plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

The value derived from the OPM model was reduced by a 16% lack of marketability discount in the determination of fair values of the awards at the grant date. A discount for lack of marketability was applied to reflect the increased risk arising from the inability to readily sell the equity awards.

15. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

In April 2015, the Company acquired 100% of the shares of Paqui, LLC, a manufacturer and marketer of tortilla chips and pre-packaged tortillas.

Employee Benefit Plans

On April 1, 2015, the Company established a retirement savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. This plan covers all employees who meet minimum age and service requirements and allows participants to defer a portion of their annual compensation on a pre-tax basis. Under the plan, the Company matches 100% up to a maximum of 6% of eligible compensation, not to exceed annual IRS contribution limits. Contribution expense was not material.

Operating Leases

The Company entered into an operating lease for its headquarters office location in Austin, Texas. The lease was effective February 26, 2015 and has a nine year term.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income

(unaudited)

(In thousands, except shares outstanding and per share information)

 

     Predecessor          Successor  
     Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2014
         Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2015
 

NET SALES

   $ 25,706          $ 44,275   

COST OF GOODS SOLD

     11,378            19,866   
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

GROSS PROFIT

  14,328        24,409   

Sales & marketing expenses

  1,945        3,618   

General & administrative expenses

  669        9,032   
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES

  2,614        12,650   

OPERATING INCOME

  11,714        11,759   

Interest expense

         2,955   
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

PRE-TAX INCOME

  11,714        8,804   

Income tax expense

         3,900   
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

NET INCOME

$ 11,714      $ 4,904   
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Basic and diluted earnings per unit/share

$ 29,285.11      $ 4,904.06   

Basic and diluted weighted average units/shares outstanding

  400        1,000   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

(unaudited)

(In thousands, except for number of units and shares and per share data)

 

     Successor      Supplemental
Pro Forma
 
     December 31,
2014
     March 31,
2015
     March 31,
2015
 

ASSETS

        

CURRENT ASSETS:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 5,615       $ 16,887       $ 39,172   

Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $2,961 and $2,273, respectively

     10,066         13,319         13,319   

Inventories

     6,330         3,768         3,768   

Net deferred tax assets—current portion

     2,196         2,196         2,196   

Other current assets

     551         845         845   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

  24,758      37,015      59,300   

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT—Net

  746      1,029      1,029   

OTHER ASSETS:

Goodwill

  45,694      45,694      45,694   

Intangible assets

  263,386      262,344      262,344   

Net deferred tax assets—long term

  930      1,177      1,177   

Other assets

  3,377      3,232      3,351   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

$ 338,891    $ 350,491    $ 372,895   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

Accounts payable

$ 6,443    $ 6,500    $ 6,500   

Accrued liabilities

  4,344      7,737      7,737   

Dividend Payable

  22,285   

Senior term loan—current portion

  10,000      10,000      10,250   

Other current liabilities

  593      593      593   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

  21,380      24,830      47,365   

LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

Senior term loan

  190,000      187,500      209,750   

Founder contingent consideration

  6,343      10,945      10,945   

Other liabilities

       356      356   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term liabilities

  196,343      198,801      221,051   

COMMITMENT AND CONTINGENCIES (NOTE 10)

SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY:

Capital stock ($0.0001 par value, 1,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015)

              

Additional paid in capital

  116,430      117,218      94,933   

Retained earnings

  4,738      9,642      9,546   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total shareholder’s equity

  121,168      126,860      104,479   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

$ 338,891    $ 350,491    $ 372,895   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Shareholder’s Equity

(unaudited)

(In thousands, except for number of units and shares)

 

 

     Common Stock      Additional Paid
in Capital
     Retained
Earnings
    Total  
     Shares      Amount                      

Predecessor

             

BALANCE—December 31, 2013

     400       $       $       $ 7,067      $ 7,067   

Net income

                             11,714        11,714   

Distributions paid

                             (9,687     (9,687
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE—March 31, 2014

  400    $   —    $    $ 9,094    $ 9,094   

Successor

BALANCE—December 31, 2014

  1,000    $    $ 116,430    $ 4,738    $ 121,168   

Net income

                 4,904      4,904   

Equity-based incentive compensation

            788           788   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE—March 31, 2015

  1,000    $    $ 117,218    $ 9,642    $ 126,860   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(unaudited)

(In thousands)

 

     Predecessor          Successor  
     Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2014
         Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2015
 

Cash from operating activities:

        

Net income

   $ 11,714          $ 4,904   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities:

        

Depreciation

     34            47   

Amortization of intangible assets

                1,042   

Amortization of deferred financing costs

                185   

Deferred income taxes

                (247

Equity-based compensation expense

                788   

Founder Contingent Compensation

                4,602   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisition:

        

Accounts receivable

     (1,771         (3,253

Inventories

     818            2,562   

Other current assets

     271            (294

Deferred rent and lease incentive liability

                356   

Accounts payable

     1,118            57   

Accrued liabilities

     (544         3,393   
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total adjustments

  (74)        9,238   
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Cash from operating activities

  11,640        14,142   
 

Cash from investing activities:

 

Acquisition of property and equipment

  (82     (370

Purchase of Predecessor, net of cash acquired

      
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Cash used in investing activities

  (82     (370
 

Cash from financing activities:

 

Capital distributions

  (9,687       

Payments on term loan

    (2,500
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Cash used in financing activities

  (9,687     (2,500
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Increase in cash and cash equivalents

  1,871        11,272   

Cash—Beginning of period

  3,519        5,615   
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Cash—End of period

  5,390        16,887   

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

 

Income taxes

$      $ 1,262   

Interest

$      $ 2,772   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

1. BUSINESS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

We are a high growth, snack food company focused on developing and marketing products that appeal to consumers’ growing preference for Better-For-You (“BFY”) snacks. We contract with a third-party firm to manufacture our products, and we operate in multiple channels of trade to distribute our products to consumers.

Amplify Snack Brands, Inc. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of TA Topco 1, LLC (“Topco”). Pursuant to the terms of the Corporate Reorganization that will be completed prior to the consummation of this offering, Topco will dissolve and in liquidation, will distribute all of the shares of capital stock of Amplify Snack Brands, Inc. to its members in accordance with the limited liability company agreement of Topco. Amplify Snack Brands, Inc. currently owns 100% of the membership units of its subsidiary SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC (collectively the “Company”).

On July 17, 2014, SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC (“Predecessor”) was acquired (the “Sponsor Acquisition”) by investment funds and entities associated with TA Associates, L.P., a private equity entity (“TA Associates”). To affect the Sponsor Acquisition, the Predecessor’s members entered into a Unit Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with Amplify Snack Brands, Inc. and TA Midco 1, LLC (“Midco”), whereby the members contributed all units of the Predecessor to Midco in exchange for cash and rollover stock. The Predecessor then merged with and into Midco, with Midco as the surviving entity. Midco subsequently changed its name to SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC, a subsidiary of Amplify Snack Brands, Inc.

The parties agreed to consummate the Sponsor Acquisition, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Unit Purchase Agreement, for an aggregate purchase consideration of $320 million, which included rollover stock from the Predecessor’s members representing approximately 14% of the Company. A portion of the purchase consideration is being held in escrow to secure post-closing purchase price adjustments and indemnity claims. The aggregate purchase consideration, plus related fees and expenses, was funded by the equity investment in Topco by affiliates of TA Associates as well as from certain members of management, and the net proceeds from the borrowing of a $150 million Term Loan due 2019 that bears initial interest at LIBOR (with a 1.00% LIBOR floor) plus 4.5% per annum. The Sponsor Acquisition and the financing transaction described above are collectively referred to herein as the “Transactions”. See Note 8 for a summary of the terms of the Term Loan.

The Transactions were consummated on July 17, 2014. The accompanying interim condensed consolidated financial statements are presented for two periods: predecessor and successor, which relate to the periods preceding and succeeding the Sponsor Acquisition, respectively. The Sponsor Acquisition results in a new basis of accounting beginning on July 17, 2014 and the financial reporting periods are presented as follows:

 

    The three months ended March 31, 2015 reflects the successor period, reflecting the Sponsor Acquisition.

 

    The three months ended March 31, 2014 is the predecessor period. The interim condensed consolidated financial statements for this predecessor period have been prepared using the historical basis of accounting for the Company. As a result of the Sponsor Acquisition and the associated acquisition accounting, the interim condensed consolidated financial statements of the successor are not comparable to periods preceding the Sponsor Acquisition.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

 

Total fees and expenses related to the Transactions aggregated to approximately $6.6 million consisting of $1.3 million of Sponsor Acquisition-related costs recognized in the predecessor period ($0.0 during the three months ended March 31, 2014), $2.2 million of Sponsor Acquisition-related costs recognized in the successor period ($0.0 during the three months ended March 31, 2015) and $3.1 million of deferred financing costs, also recognized in the successor period.

The Sponsor Acquisition has been accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting, whereby the purchase consideration was allocated to the tangible and intangible net assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their estimated fair values on the date of acquisition. The excess purchase consideration over fair value of net assets acquired and liabilities assumed was recorded as goodwill and represents a value attributable to brand recognition associated with the Company’s products and position in the BFY snack category. Of the $45.7 million of goodwill recorded by the Company, $19.2 million is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. The fair value measurements for intangible assets were calculated using a discounted cash flow approach, which includes unobservable inputs classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy. The amount and timing of future cash flows were based on the Company’s most recent operational forecasts. In preparing the purchase price allocations, the Company considered a report of a third party valuation expert. The Company has completed its review of the purchase consideration and estimated fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition.

The following table summarizes the purchase consideration and estimated fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition (in thousands):

 

Purchase consideration:

Cash paid as purchase consideration

$ 280,750   

Cash paid into escrow

  14,250   

Value of equity issued

  25,000   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration

$ 320,000   

Less: Cash and cash equivalents acquired

  548   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price—net of cash and cash equivalents acquired

  319,452   
  

 

 

 

Fair value of net assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

Current assets

$ 12,671   

Property and equipment

  667   

Indefinite-lived identifiable intangible asset—trade name

  202,900   

Definite-lived identifiable intangible assets—customer relationships

  62,300   

Definite-lived identifiable intangible assets—non-competition agreements

  90   

Current liabilities

  (4,870
  

 

 

 

Total fair value of net assets acquired and liabilities assumed

$ 273,758   
  

 

 

 

Excess purchase consideration over fair value of net assets acquired (goodwill)

$ 45,694   
  

 

 

 

In connection with the Sponsor Acquisition, the Company’s founders entered into employment agreements with the Company through December 31, 2015. Under the terms of these agreements, and subject to continuing employment, the founders are each eligible to receive up to $10 million upon the Company’s achievement of certain contribution margin benchmarks during the period commencing on January 1, 2015 and ending on December 31, 2015. The founders are also eligible to receive further payment contingent on the potential future tax savings associated with the deductibility of the payments under these agreements. At March 31, 2015, all payments under these agreements were

 

F-35


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

 

expected to amount to $26.8 million (the “Founder Contingent Compensation”), including the expected benefit associated with the tax savings. On December 23, 2014, the Company entered into a Prepayment Agreement with the founders to reflect a $750,000 bonus payment to each founder and a reduction of the Company’s future Founder Contingent Compensation obligations. The Company is recognizing the fair value of the associated obligation ratably over the contractual service period. Total expense related thereto amounted to $4.6 million in the successor three months ended March 31, 2015.

Staff Accounting Bulletin 1.B.3 requires that certain dividends declared subsequent to the balance sheet date be reflected in a supplemental pro forma balance sheet. The supplemental pro forma balance sheet as of March 31, 2015 presents our consolidated balance sheet giving effect to the May 2015 Special Dividend as if it had been declared and payable as of that date.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying interim condensed consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, the interim condensed consolidated statement of stockholder’s/member’s equity for the three months ended March 31, 2015, and the interim condensed consolidated statements of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, and the interim condensed consolidated statements of cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 are unaudited. These interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) for interim financial information. Accordingly, certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations. These interim condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the annual consolidated financial statements and notes thereto contained elsewhere in this prospectus. The December 31, 2014 condensed consolidated balance sheet included herein was derived from the audited financial statements as of that date, but does not include all disclosures including notes required by U.S. GAAP for audited financial statements.

The unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments of a normal recurring nature considered necessary to state fairly our financial position as of March 31, 2015 and results of our operations for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015. The interim results for the three months ended March 31, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2015.

The unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiary, SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with GAAP. Management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported

 

F-36


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

 

amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of net sales and expenses during the reporting period. The Company routinely evaluates its estimates, including those related to accruals and allowances for customer programs and incentives, bad debts, income taxes, long-lived assets, inventories, equity-based compensation, accrued broker commissions and contingencies. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the reporting date. The accounting guidance establishes a three-tiered hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in the valuation methodologies in measuring fair value:

Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2—Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

The categorization of a financial instrument within the valuation hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, approximate fair value due to their relatively short maturities. Our debt bears interest at a variable interest rate plus an applicable margin and, therefore, approximates fair value.

The following table presents liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

     Successor  
     December 31,
2014
     March 31,
2015
 

Liabilities:

     

Founder Contingent Compensation—short term

   $ 593       $ 593   

Founder Contingent Compensation—long term

     6,343       $ 10,945   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Founder Contingent Compensation(i)

$ 6,936    $ 11,538   

 

(i) Founder Contingent Compensation liability fair value measurements based upon unobservable inputs (Level 3). See Note 1 for more information.

Considerable judgment is required in developing the estimate of fair value of Founder Contingent Compensation. The use of different assumptions or valuation methodologies could have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.

The fair value measurement of the Founder Contingent Compensation obligation relates to the employment agreements entered into in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition. The current portion is included in other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet. The fair value measurement is

 

F-37


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

 

based upon significant inputs not observable in the market. Changes in the value of the obligation are recorded as income or expense in our consolidated statements of income. To determine the fair value, we valued the total contingent compensation liability based on the expected probability weighted compensation payments corresponding to the performance thresholds agreed to under the applicable employment agreements, as well as the associated income tax benefit using the estimated tax rates that will be in effect. The current estimate represents the recognizable portion based on the maximum potential obligation allowable under the employment agreements. As discussed in Note 1, the Company is recognizing the fair value of the associated obligation ratably over the contractual service period.

Recognition of Net Sales, Sales Incentives and Trade Accounts Receivable

The Company offers its customers a variety of sales and incentive programs, including price discounts, coupons, slotting fees, in-store displays and trade advertising. The costs of these programs are recognized at the time the related sales are recorded and are classified as a reduction in net sales. These program costs are estimated based on a number of factors including customer participation and performance levels.

As of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, the Company recorded total allowances against trade accounts receivable of $3.0 million and $2.3 million, respectively. Recoveries of receivables previously written off are recorded when received.

Concentration Risk

Customers with 10% or more of the Company’s net sales consist of the following:

 

     Net Sales  
     Costco     Sam’s Club  

Three Months Ended March 31,

    

2015

     35     15

2014

     33     22

As of March 31, 2015, Costco and Sam’s Club represented 24% and 13%, respectively, of the accounts receivable balances outstanding. The same two customers represented 18% and 31%, respectively, of accounts receivable as of December 31, 2014.

The Company outsources the manufacturing of its products to Assemblers, a co-manufacturer in the United States. Assemblers represented 64% and 74% of accounts payable at December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, respectively.

Earnings per Unit/Share

The Company follows FASB ASC Topic 260 “Earnings Per Share” to account for earnings per unit/share. Basic earnings per unit/share has been computed based upon the weighted average number of common units/shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per unit/share has been computed based upon the weighted average number of common units/shares outstanding plus the effect of all potentially dilutive common units/stock equivalents, except when the effect would be anti-dilutive.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”. This ASU supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in Accounting Standards Codification 605, “Revenue Recognition”, and most industry-specific guidance throughout the Codification. The standard requires entities to recognize the amount of revenue that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and for interim periods within those fiscal years. On April 1, 2015, the FASB voted to propose a one-year deferral of the effective date but to permit entities to adopt the standard on the original effective date if they choose. If the deferral is approved, the standard will be effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company is in the process of assessing both the method and the impact of the adoption of ASU 2014-09 on its financial position, results of operations, cash flows and financial statement disclosures.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, “Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern: Disclosures about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern”. The new standard requires management to perform interim and annual assessments of an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year of the date the financial statements are issued. An entity must provide certain disclosures if conditions or events raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. The new guidance is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, and interim periods thereafter. The Company is currently assessing the impact of the adoption of ASU No. 2014-15 on its financial position, results of operations and financial statement disclosures.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03, “Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs”, which changes the presentation of debt issuance costs in financial statements. ASU No. 2015-03 requires an entity to present such costs in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the related debt liability, rather than as an asset. Amortization of the costs will continue to be reported as interest expense. The ASU is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. The new guidance will be applied retrospectively to each prior period presented. The Company currently presents debt issuance costs as an asset and upon adoption of this ASU in 2017, will present such debt issuance costs as a direct deduction from the related debt liability.

3. INVENTORY

Inventories, net consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     Successor  
     December 31,
2014
     March 31,
2015
 

Raw materials:

     

Corn kernels

   $ 654      $ 229   

Sunflower oil

     2,459         913   

Seasonings

     1,150         668   

Finished goods

     2,067         1,958   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Inventories, net

$ 6,330   $ 3,768   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-39


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

 

4. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment are valued at cost. Property and equipment, net consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     Successor  
     December 31,
2014
    March 31,
2015
 

Machinery and equipment

   $ 929      $ 929   

Furniture and fixtures

     44        44   

Leasehold improvements

     13        343   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

  986      1,316   

Less: Accumulated depreciation

  (240   (287
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

$ 746    $ 1,029   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense amounted to $34,000 for the predecessor three months ended March 31, 2014, and $47,000 for the successor three months ended March 31, 2015.

5. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill and intangible assets consist of the following (in thousands):

 

          Successor  
     Estimated Useful
Life
   December 31,
2014
    March 31,
2015
 

Goodwill:

       

Beginning balance

      $        45,694   

Acquired during the year

        45,694          
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

$ 45,694    $ 45,694   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Intangible assets:

Trade name

Indefinite $ 202,900      202,900   

Customer relationship

15 years   62,300      62,300   

Non-competition agreement

7 years   90      90   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
$ 265,290    $ 265,290   

Less: Accumulated amortization

  (1,904   (2,946
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Intangible assets, net

$ 263,386    $ 262,344   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization of amortizable intangibles totaled $0.0 million for the predecessor three months ended March 31, 2014, and $1.0 million for the successor three months ended March 31, 2015, and is included as part of general and administrative expense.

The estimated future amortization expenses related to amortizable intangible assets is as follows as of March 31, 2015 (in thousands):

 

Remainder of 2015

$ 3,125   

2016

  4,166   

2017

  4,166   

2018

  4,166   

2019

  4,166   

Thereafter

  39,655   

 

F-40


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

 

6. DEFERRED FINANCING COSTS

Deferred financing costs consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2014
    March 31,
2015
 

Deferred financing costs

   $ 3,669      $ 3,669   

Less: accumulated amortization

     (292     (477
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred financing costs, net

$ 3,377    $ 3,192   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization expense for deferred financing costs totaled $0 million for the predecessor three months ended March 31, 2014 and $0.2 million for the successor three months ended March 31, 2015, and is included as part of interest expense.

7. ACCRUED LIABILITIES

The following table shows the components of accrued liabilities (in thousands):

 

     Successor  
     December 31,
2014
     March 31,
2015
 

Accrued Income Taxes

   $ 1,012       $ 3,895   

Unbilled Inventory

     1,178         961   

Accrued Commissions

     805         801   

Accrued Bonuses

     536         699   

Accrued Marketing Expense

     411         15   

Accrued Professional Fees

     145         830   

Other Accrued Liabilities

     257         536   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Accrued Liabilities

$ 4,344    $ 7,737   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

8. LONG-TERM DEBT AND LINE OF CREDIT

Long-term debt consists of the following (in thousands):

 

     Successor  
     December 31,
2014
     March 31,
2015
 

Term loan

   $ 200,000       $ 197,500   

Revolver

               
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt

$ 200,000    $ 197,500   

Less: Current portion

  10,000      10,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt

$ 190,000    $ 187,500   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The interest rates for outstanding obligations at March 31, 2015 for the Term Loan (as defined below) was 5.5%, while the commitment fee on the unused line was 0.5%.

On July 17, 2014, SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC entered into the Credit Agreement, which provided for a $150.0 million term loan facility and a $7.5 million revolving facility (with sublimits for swingline loans and the issuance of letters of credit). These senior secured credit facilities, or the Credit Facility, were guaranteed by the Company. The Credit Facility will mature on July 17, 2019, with an option to extend the maturity of the term loan with the consent of lenders willing to provide such extension.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

 

The Credit Facility replaced the Company’s prior line of credit, which had a zero balance immediately prior to the entry into the Credit Facility. Immediately after the closing of the Credit Facility, total outstanding debt under the Credit Facility was approximately $150.0 million in term loan debt and $0 in borrowings under the revolving facility.

On August 18, 2014, the Company amended the Credit Facility, or the Amended Credit Facility, to remove certain total funded debt-to-EBITDA interest rate reductions and implement a static interest rate margin based on either the Eurodollar Rate or the Base Rate (as each is defined in the Amended Credit Facility).

On December 23, 2014, the Company amended the Amended Credit Facility to increase its term loan borrowings by $50.0 million to a total of $200.0 million, with such borrowings having the same interest rate as the original term loans under the Amended Credit Facility. In addition, the Company amended the financial covenants in the Amended Credit Facility to increase the total funded debt-to-EBITDA covenant for each quarterly period to reflect our higher leverage. The Amended Credit Facility, as so amended, is referred to as the Second Amended Credit Facility. The interest rate on the Company’s outstanding indebtedness was 5.5% per annum as of March 31, 2015.

On May 29, 2015, the Company amended the Second Amended Credit Facility which is discussed further in the subsequent event footnote 14.

Proceeds from the initial term loan borrowings were primarily used to finance the Sponsor Acquisition and to pay fees and expenses in connection therewith. Proceeds of the Second Amended Credit Facility were primarily used to pay the December 2014 Special Dividend to the equity holders of Topco as discussed in Note 8. In the future, we may use the revolving facility for working capital and for other general corporate purposes, including acquisitions and investments and dividends and distributions, to the extent permitted under the Third Amended Credit Facility. The Second Amended Credit Facility also provides that, upon satisfaction of certain conditions, the Company may increase the aggregate principal amount of the loans outstanding thereunder by an amount not to exceed $50.0 million, subject to receipt of additional lending commitments for such loans.

Interest

Outstanding term loan borrowings under the Second Amended Credit Facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to (a) the Eurodollar Rate plus 4.50% or (b) the Base Rate (equal in this context to the greater of (i) the prime rate, (ii) the federal funds rate plus 1/2 of 1.00% and (iii) the Eurodollar Rate plus 1.00%) (but subject to a minimum of 2.00%) plus 3.50%. The term loans under the Second Amended Credit Facility will amortize in equal quarterly installments of 1.25% of the initial principal amount $200.0 million beginning on December 31, 2014, with the balance due at maturity.

Outstanding amounts under the revolving facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to (a) the Eurodollar Rate plus 4.50% or (b) the Base Rate (equal in this context to the greater of (i) the prime rate, (ii) the federal funds rate plus 1/2 of 1.00% and (iii) the Eurodollar Rate plus 1.00%) (but subject to a minimum of 2.00%) plus 3.50%. We are required to pay a commitment fee on the unused commitments under the revolving facility at a rate equal to 0.50% per annum.

Guarantees

The loans and other obligations under the Second Amended Credit Facility (including in respect of hedging agreements and cash management obligations) are (a) guaranteed by the Company and its

 

F-42


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

 

existing and future wholly-owned U.S. subsidiaries and (b) secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company and its existing and future wholly-owned U.S. subsidiaries, in each case subject to certain customary exceptions and limitations.

Covenants

As of the last day of any fiscal quarter of the Company, the terms of the Second Amended Credit Facility require the Company and its subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis and subject to certain customary exceptions) to maintain (x) a maximum total funded debt to consolidated EBITDA ratio of not more than 4.25 to 1.0, initially, and decreasing to 2.25 to 1.0 over the term of the Second Amended Credit Facility and (y) a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.10 to 1.00. As of March 31, 2015 we were in compliance with our financial covenants.

In addition, the Second Amended Credit Facility contains (a) customary provisions related to mandatory prepayment of the loans thereunder with (i) 50% of Excess Cash Flow (as defined in the Second Amended Credit Facility), subject to step-downs to 25% and 0% of Excess Cash Flow at certain leverage-based thresholds and (ii) the proceeds of asset sales and casualty events (subject to certain customary limitations, exceptions and reinvestment rights) and (b) certain covenants that, among other things, restrict additional indebtedness, liens and encumbrances, investments, acquisitions, loans and advances, mergers, consolidations and asset dispositions, dividends and other restricted payments, transactions with affiliates and other matters customarily restricted in such agreements, in each case, subject to certain customary exceptions. The first payment based on Excess Cash Flow (as defined in the Second Amended Credit Facility) is dependent on our results for the year ended December 31, 2015 and due not later than May 6, 2016.

Although the Second Amended Credit Facility generally prohibits payments and dividends and distributions, we are permitted, subject to certain customary conditions such absence of events of default and compliance with financial covenants, to make payments, dividends or distributions including (a) earnout payments, (b) payments, dividends or distributions in cash from retained excess cash flow and certain proceeds from distributions from or sales of investments, (c) payments, dividends or distributions in an unlimited amount from the proceeds of equity issuances and (d) payments, dividends or distributions not to exceed $5.0 million in the aggregate.

Under the Second Amended Credit Facility the Founder Contingent Compensation may be paid at any time so long as no payment default under the Second Amended Credit Facility has occurred and is continuing and, immediately after giving effect to such payment, the Company has at least $5.0 million of cash and cash equivalents subject to a first priority lien in favor of the lenders party thereto plus availability under the revolving facility. In the event we are not permitted to pay the Founder Contingent Compensation under the Second Amended Credit Facility we are no longer obligated to make such payment under the employment agreements with the Founders subject to limited exception.

The Second Amended Credit Facility also contains customary events of default, including payment defaults, breaches of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross-defaults to certain material indebtedness in excess of specified amounts, certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency, certain ERISA events, judgments in excess of specified amounts, certain impairments to the guarantees or collateral documents, and change in control defaults.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

 

Other

Certain of the lenders under the Second Amended Credit Facility (or their affiliates) may provide, certain commercial banking, financial advisory and investment banking services in the ordinary course of business for the Company and its subsidiaries, for which they receive customary fees and commissions.

Annual maturities of long-term debt as of March 31, 2015 are as follows (in thousands):

 

Remainder of 2015

$ 7,500   

2016

  10,000   

2017

  10,000   

2018

  10,000   

2019

  160,000   
  

 

 

 

Total

$ 197,500   
  

 

 

 

9. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Employment Agreements

In connection with the Sponsor Acquisition, we entered into employment agreements with certain of our managers who held equity interests in our company prior to the acquisition and continue to hold equity interests in Topco. We entered into employment agreements with the Founders, which include the Founder Contingent Compensation. The employment agreements set forth each executive’s initial annual base salary of $200,000 and eligibility to participate in our benefit plans generally. The employment agreements also provide for each executive’s eligibility to receive a cash payment of up to $10 million (the “cash payment”), based on achievement by SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC of certain contribution margin metrics during the period commencing on January 1, 2015 and ending on December 1, 2015. Furthermore, in connection with the payments, SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC will provide each executive with an additional tax benefit equal to (i) in the case of the taxable year in which the cash payment is paid or any subsequent taxable year, the net excess (if any) of (A) the taxes that would have been paid by SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC in respect of such taxable year calculated without taking into account the payment of the cash payment over (B) the actual taxes payable by SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC in respect of such taxable year and (ii) in the case of any taxable year prior to the year in which the cash payment is paid, the amount of any tax refund resulting from carrying back any operating losses to the extent attributable to the cash payment. See Note 1.

Precision Capital Group LLC Consulting Services Agreements

We entered into two consulting services agreements with one of our stockholders, Precision Capital Group LLC, or (“Precision”). Jason Shiver, our executive vice president of sales, is a former employee, and a current equity holder, of Precision. In addition to his investment in the Company in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition, in 2013, Mr. Shiver also invested in the Company through Precision.

Sales Consulting Services Agreement

We entered into a sales consulting services agreements with Precision. Under the terms of this sales consulting services agreement, which we refer to as the Precision Sales Consulting Agreement, Precision agreed to provide sales professionals to work on behalf of the Company. Such sales professionals were entitled to a monthly stipend plus a commission based on sales performance. The Precision sales professionals were, at the time of the agreement, employees of Precision. Fees for

 

F-44


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

 

consulting services under this agreement totaled $0.3 million for the predecessor three months ended March 31, 2014, and $0.0 million for the successor three months ended March 31, 2015, and are included as part of sales and marketing expense.

Business Consulting Services Agreement

We entered into a business consulting agreement with Precision, which, together with the Precision Sales Consulting Agreement, we refer to as the Precision Agreements. Under this agreement, Precision provided business consulting services to us. Fees for consulting services under this agreement totaled $36,000 for the predecessor three months ended March 31, 2014, and $0.0 million for the successor three months ended March 31, 2015, and are included as part of sales and marketing expense.

Transition Services Agreement

The Precision Agreements were terminated on July 18, 2014, in connection with the Sponsor Acquisition. In connection with the termination of the Precision Agreements, we entered into a transition services agreement with Precision whereby, for a period of 90 days, Precision agreed to provide substantially the same services as it was providing under the Precision Agreements. The transition services agreement was not renewed at the expiration of its term. Because the transition services agreement was completed in 2014 no transition services were provided during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and accordingly, there were no fees for transition services under this agreement for the Successor for the three months ended March 31, 2015.

Monticello Partners LLC Lease Agreement

The Company leases office space from a related party, Monticello Partners LLC, which is wholly owned by one of Topco’s unitholders. The lease agreement expires on August 31, 2017. The Company is responsible for all taxes and utilities. Payments under this agreement were not material to the periods presented.

Future minimum lease payments for this lease, which had a non-cancelable lease term in excess of one year as of March 31, 2015, were as follows (in thousands):

 

Remainder of 2015

$ 20   

2016

  28   

2017

  19   
  

 

 

 

Total

$ 67   
  

 

 

 

10. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Purchase Commitments

The Company entered into certain supply contracts for their popcorn kernels for various periods through October 2016. As of March 31, 2015, the Company’s purchase commitments remaining under these contracts totaled $15.9 million. The contract also stipulates that if the Company fails to purchase the stated quantities within the time period specified, the Company could either (1) buy all remaining quantities under the contract, or (2) pay liquidated damages, including payment of the excess of the contract price over the market price for all remaining contracted quantities not purchased.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

 

On February 27, 2014, the Company entered into an exclusive Manufacturing and Supply Agreement with the Company’s co-manufacturer for the production of certain snack products including popcorn and popcorn products. Upon termination, under the terms of the agreement, the Company would be obligated to purchase any packaging materials purchased by the co-manufacturer in reasonable anticipation of one or more forecasts provided by the Company. At March 31, 2015, the approximate value of packaging material was $1.8 million.

Lease Commitments

The Company entered into an operating lease for its headquarters office location in Austin, Texas. The lease was effective February 26, 2015 and has a nine year term.

Rent expense from operating leases totaled $36,000 for the predecessor three months ended March 31, 2014, and $6,000 for the successor three months ended March 31, 2015. As of March 31, 2015, minimum rental commitments under noncancellable operating leases were (in thousands):

 

Remainder of 2015

   $ 184   

2016

     360   

2017

     360   

2018

     349   

2019

     357   

Thereafter

     1,708   
  

 

 

 

Total

$ 3,318   
  

 

 

 

Legal Matters

From time to time, the Company is subject to claims and assessments in the ordinary course of business. The Company is not currently a party to any litigation matter that, individually or in the aggregate, is expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results from operations or cash flow.

In February 2014, a class action complaint was filed against the Company in California alleging that the Company’s products were mislabeled in various respects in violation of California’s unfair competition and consumer advertising laws. The Company and plaintiffs entered into a settlement agreement in July 2014, which was not material to the financial position, results of operations cash flows of the Company.

11. GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

Our net sales by geographic area are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Predecessor      Successor  
     Three Months
Ended March 31,
2014
     Three Months
Ended March 31,
2015
 

United States

   $ 24,708       $ 41,838   

Canada

     998         2,437   

All of our long-lived assets are located in the United States.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

 

12. INCOME TAXES

Our effective tax rate for the year is dependent on many factors, including the impact of enacted tax laws in jurisdictions in which we operate and the amount of pretax income we earn. The effective tax rate was 0% and 44.3% for the three months ended March 31, 2014, and 2015, respectively. The increase in tax rate is due to the Company becoming a tax paying entity in 2015 when the Company was not previously in 2014.

13. EQUITY-BASED COMPENSATION

Certain employees participate in the Company’s parent, TA Topco 1, LLC’s Equity Incentive Plan. The 2014 Plan was adopted by Topco’s board of directors and approved by its unitholders in July 2014. As of March 31, 2015, 7,231,576 Class C-1 units and 5,854,923 Class C-2 units were outstanding under the 2014 Plan and 881,140 Class C-1 units and 1,664,886 Class C-2 units remained available for future grant under the terms of the 2014 Plan. The Class C units represent profit interests and have no capital contribution requirement. In the event that any outstanding awards under the 2014 Plan are forfeited, cancelled, reacquired by Topco prior to vesting or otherwise terminated, the number of units underlying such award will becomes available for grant under the 2014 Plan.

Because the Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Topco, its employees, officers, directors, manager and consultants, as well as employees, officers, directors, managers and consultants of its subsidiaries, were eligible to participate in the 2014 Plan. Topco’s board of directors administers the 2014 Plan. The plan administrator may select award recipients, determine the size, types and terms of awards, interpret the plan and prescribe, amend and rescind rules and make all other determinations necessary or desirable for the administration of the 2014 Plan.

Units granted are subject to the terms and conditions of the LLC Agreement, as well as the terms and conditions of the 2014 Plan. Both Class C-1 and C-2 units are time-based units, however the Class C-2 units are also subject to a performance hurdle related to a tiered distribution if certain criteria are met. This performance hurdle is subject to the realization by Class A unit-holders, through one or more distribution events, of an aggregate amount of proceeds in respect of their Class A Units equal to three times such members’ aggregate Class A contribution amount, taking into account all proceeds received by such members in respect of their Class A Units from such distribution events. The Class C units vest 25% on the first anniversary of the vesting reference date applicable to individual grants, and thereafter, 2.0833% on the final day of each of the following 36 months, subject to continued service through each applicable vesting date. Upon a termination of service relationship by Topco, all unvested units will be forfeited and all vested units may be repurchased by Topco.

In the event of Sale Event (as defined in the LLC Agreement), the 2014 Plan provides that each unvested unit will be immediately forfeited, unless such units will be assumed, continued or substituted with a comparable award by the Company’s successor company or its parent. In the event that the unvested units terminate in connection with a transaction, TA Topco 1, LLC may provide each unit holder with a cash payment equal to the fair market value of a unit multiplied by the number of units.

Subject to any additional transfer restrictions set forth in the LLC Agreement, units granted under the 2014 Plan may not be sold, exchanged, transferred, assigned, distributed, pledged or otherwise disposed of or encumbered without the prior consent of the plan administrator.

Topco’s board of directors may amend or modify the 2014 Plan at any time; provided, that any amendment that adversely affects rights under any outstanding award will require consent by the holder of such award. The 2014 Plan will terminate upon the consummation of an initial public offering.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

 

In connection with the Corporate Reorganization, all of the outstanding equity awards that have been granted under the TA Topco 1, LLC 2014 Equity Incentive Plan will be converted into shares of the common stock and restricted stock of Amplify Snack Brands, Inc. The portion of the outstanding Class C units that have vested as of the consummation of the Corporate Reorganization will be converted into shares of common stock and the remaining portion of unvested outstanding Class C units will be converted into shares of Amplify Snack Brand’s restricted stock, which will be granted under the 2015 Plan. The shares of restricted stock will be subject to time-based vesting conditions, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Class C units from which such shares are converted.

The following summarizes the activity of the unvested incentive units for the three months ended March 31, 2015:

 

     Successor  
     Three Months Ended March 31,
2015
 
     Class C-1 Units      Class C-2 Units  

Number of units

     

Non-vested as of December 31, 2014

     6,955,914         5,571,410   

Issued

     276,383         283,439   

Forfeited

               

Vested

               

Non-vested as of March 31, 2015

     7,231,576         5,854,923   

Expected to vest at March 31, 2015

     7,231,576         5,854,923   

Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value

     

Non-vested as of December 31, 2014

   $ 0.95       $ 0.18   

Issued

     1.99         0.25   

Forfeited

               

Vested

               

Non-vested as of March 31, 2015

   $ 0.99       $ 0.18   

(In Thousands)

     

Compensation expense recorded during the period

   $ 686       $ 102   

Unamortized costs at March 31, 2015

   $ 6,267       $ 941   

At March 31, 2015, the weighted-average remaining vesting term of unvested units was approximately 41 months.

Valuation of our Equity Awards

In the absence of a public trading market for our securities, the Company’s board of directors has determined the estimated fair value of the equity-based compensation awards at the date of grant based upon several factors, including its consideration of input from management and contemporaneous third-party valuations.

The valuation of Topco’s equity was determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. The assumptions we used in the valuation models are highly complex and subjective. The Company bases its assumptions on future expectations combined with management judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of the equity awards as of the grant date including, but not limited to, the following factors:

 

    lack of marketability;

 

F-48


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

 

    the Company’s actual operating and financial performance;

 

    current business conditions and projections;

 

    the U.S. capital market conditions;

 

    the Company’s stage of development; and

 

    likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as this offering, given prevailing market conditions.

The valuation of the equity-based compensation awards involved a two-step process. First, the Company determined its business equity value using an enterprise value based on the income approach, specifically a discounted cash flow, or DCF, analysis. A market approach, which estimates the fair value of the Company, by applying market multiples of comparable peer companies in its industry or similar lines of business to its historical and/or projected financial metrics, was also developed to corroborate the reasonableness of the DCF indication of enterprise value.

The values determined by the income and the market approach were comparable. Second, the business equity value was allocated among the securities that comprise the capital structure of the Company using the Option-Pricing Method, or OPM, as described in the AICPA Practice Aid entitled Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. See below for a description of the valuation and allocation methods.

The DCF analysis required the development of the forecasted future financial performance of the Company, including revenues, operating expenses and taxes, as well as working capital and capital asset requirements. The discrete forecast period analyzed extends to the point at which the Company will be expected to have reached a steady state of growth and profitability. The projected cash flows of the discrete forecast period are discounted to a present value employing a discount rate that properly accounts for the estimated market weighted average cost of capital. Finally, an assumption is made regarding the sustainable long-term rate of growth beyond the discrete forecast period, and a residual value is estimated and discounted to a present value. The sum of the present value of the discrete cash flows and the residual, or “terminal” value represents the estimated fair value of the total enterprise value of the Company. This value is then adjusted for non-operational assets, liabilities and interest bearing debt to conclude the equity value of the Company.

The financial forecasts prepared took into account the Company’s past results and expected future financial performance. There is inherent uncertainty in these estimates as the assumptions used are highly subjective and may change as a result of new operating data and economic and other conditions that may impact the Company’s business.

Once the equity value of the Company is estimated, it is then allocated among the various classes of securities to arrive at the fair value of the awards. For this allocation, the OPM was used for all grants. The OPM entails allocating the equity value to the various share classes based upon their respective claims on a series of call options with strike prices at various value levels depending upon the rights and preferences of each class. A Black-Scholes option pricing model is employed to value the call options. This model defines the securities’ fair values as functions of the current fair value of a company and requires the use of assumptions such as the anticipated holding period and the estimated volatility of the equity securities.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

 

The following table summarizes the key assumptions used in the OPM allocation as of December 4, 2014:

 

Assumptions

•  Time to liquidity event

  2 years   

•  Volatility

  30.00%   

•  Risk-free rate

  0.55%   

•  Dividend yield

  0.00%   

•  Lack of marketability discount

  16%   

The expected term of 2 years represents management’s expected time to a liquidity event as of the valuation date. The volatility assumption is based on the estimated stock price volatility of a peer group of comparable public companies over a similar term. The risk-free rate is based on the yields of U.S. Treasury securities with maturities similar to the expected term. As of December 4, 2014, the only grant date in 2014, the Company used an expected dividend yield of zero as we had never declared or paid any ordinary cash dividends and at that time did not plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

The value derived from the OPM model was reduced by a 16% lack of marketability discount in the determination of fair values of the awards at the grant date. A discount for lack of marketability was applied to reflect the increased risk arising from the inability to readily sell the equity awards.

For awards granted on February 24, 2015, we have used the Probability Weighted Expected Return Method, or PWERM, whereby the value of the various classes of securities is estimated based upon the analysis of future values for the company assuming various possible future liquidity events such as an initial public offering, or IPO, sale or merger. Share value is based upon the probability-weighted present value of expected future net cash flows, considering each of the possible future events, as well as the rights and preferences of each share class. The PWERM was selected due to the established nature of the Company, the prospect of a near term exit via an IPO or sale, and our ability to reasonably forecast financial performance.

First, future enterprise values of the Company were estimated using a range of Enterprise-to-EBITDA multiples. The valuation multiple range was established by consideration of valuation multiples indicated by the comparable public company and comparable transaction methods, both versions of the Market Approach. A DCF analysis was also performed to corroborate the Market Approach indications of value.

Second, the Company’s implied equity value was allocated among the various classes of securities using the PWERM. To apply the PWERM, we first estimated future enterprise values under various exit scenarios, and adjusted projected values of cash and debt for each scenario to determine the total expected equity value of the Company at the exit date. As of February 24, 2015, the PWERM analysis reflected the Company’s belief that there was a 60% probability that the Company would complete an initial public offering and a 40% probability of a sale of the Company. The valuation used a risk adjusted discount rate of 14% and an estimated time to a liquidity event of 6 months.

The aggregate value of the Class C-1 and Class C-2 units derived from the PWERM allocation method was then divided by the number of respective units outstanding to arrive at the per unit value. A lack of marketability discount was applied to reflect the increased risk arising from the inability to readily sell the units. This discount was 12% under an assumed IPO scenario and 8% under an assumed sale scenario. The higher discount under the IPO scenario reflects a potential delay in liquidity, relative to a sale scenario, due to typical IPO lock-up provisions.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

 

The key subjective factors and assumptions used in our valuation of February 24, 2015 grants primarily consisted of:

 

    the probability and timing of the various possible liquidity events;

 

    the selection of the appropriate market comparable transactions;

 

    the selection of the appropriate comparable publicly traded companies;

 

    the financial forecasts utilized to determine future cash balances and necessary capital requirements;

 

    the estimated weighted-average cost of capital; and

 

    the discount for lack of marketability.

14. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company evaluated all events or transactions that occurred after March 31, 2015 up through the date the Company issued these financial statements.

In April 2015, the Company acquired 100% of the shares of Paqui, LLC, a manufacturer and marketer of tortilla chips and pre-packaged tortillas. In addition, Company management also evaluated the acquisition under ASC Topic 805 related to business combinations and concluded that the acquisition would not otherwise have an impact on the Company’s financial statements that would separately require the presentation of separate financial statements for Paqui, LLC in the Amendment.

On April 29, 2015 the Company and Assemblers Food Packaging LLC (“Assemblers”) entered into an amendment (the “Assemblers Amendment”) to their manufacture and supply agreement dated February 27, 2014 (the “Assemblers Contract”). The Assemblers Amendment extended the initial term of the Assemblers Contract. Additionally, the Assemblers Amendment obligates the Company to pay a termination fee to Assemblers in the event the Company terminates the Assemblers Contract during its term. Further, the Company is obligated to make certain annual minimum purchases from Assemblers. In the event that the Company fails to make the minimum purchases for any year and Assemblers is no longer the Company’s exclusive manufacturer, the Company will become obligated to pay a penalty fee to Assemblers.

On May 29, 2015, we amended the Second Amended Credit Facility to increase our term loan borrowings by $7.5 million to a total of $205 million, net of principal payments made in the first quarter of $2.5 million, and our revolving facility by $17.5 million to a total of $25 million. The Second Amended Credit Facility, as so amended, is referred to as the Third Amended Credit Facility. At the closing of the Third Amended Credit Facility, we borrowed $15 million under our revolving facility, which, along with our term loan borrowings, have the same interest rate as the term and revolving loans under the Second Amended Credit Facility. The interest rate on our outstanding indebtedness was 5.5% per annum at December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015. Proceeds of the Third Amended Credit Facility were primarily used to pay the May 2015 Special Dividend.

Employee Benefit Plans

On April 1, 2015, the Company established a retirement savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. This plan covers all employees who meet minimum age and service requirements and allows participants to defer a portion of their annual compensation on a pre-tax basis. Under the plan, the Company matches 100% up to a maximum of 6% of eligible compensation, not to exceed annual IRS contribution limits.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

 

 

             Shares

Amplify Snack Brands, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

PROSPECTUS

                    , 2015

 

 

Until                     , 2015 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by us in connection with this offering. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee, and the listing fee.

 

SEC registration fee

$ 23,240   

FINRA filing fee

  30,500  

Listing fee

          *  

Printing and engraving

          *  

Legal fees and expenses

          *  

Accounting fees and expenses

          *  

Custodian transfer agent and registrar fees

          *  

Miscellaneous

          *  
  

 

 

 

Total

$         *  
  

 

 

 

 

* To be completed by amendment.

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a corporation’s board of directors to grant, and authorizes a court to award, indemnity to officers, directors and other corporate agents.

Prior to the consummation of this offering, we expect to adopt an amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, and which will contain provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for the following:

 

    any breach of their duty of loyalty to our company or our stockholders;

 

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

    any transaction from which they derived an improper personal benefit.

Any amendment to, or repeal of, these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to that amendment or repeal. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

In addition, prior to the consummation of this offering, we expect to adopt amended and restated bylaws which will provide that we will indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our directors or officers or is or was serving at our request as a

 

II-1


Table of Contents

director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. Our amended and restated bylaws are expected to provide that we may indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit, or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our employees or agents or is or was serving at our request as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that we must advance expenses incurred by or on behalf of a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, subject to very limited exceptions.

Further, prior to the consummation of this offering, we expect to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. These indemnification agreements will require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and executive officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service. These indemnification agreements will also require us to advance all expenses incurred by the directors and executive officers in investigating or defending any such action, suit or proceeding. We believe that these agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and executive officers.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions that are expected to be included in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended restated bylaws and in indemnification agreements that we enter into with our directors and executive officers may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and executive officers for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and executive officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and executive officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, we are not aware of any pending litigation or proceeding involving any person who is or was one of our directors, officers, employees or other agents or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

We have obtained insurance policies under which, subject to the limitations of the policies, coverage is provided to our directors and executive officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of fiduciary duty or other wrongful acts as a director or executive officer, including claims relating to public securities matters, and to us with respect to payments that may be made by us to these directors and executive officers pursuant to our indemnification obligations or otherwise as a matter of law.

The underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of the Registrant and its officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act and otherwise.

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

In connection with the Sponsor Acquisition, on July 2, 2014, the registrant issued 1,000 shares of the registrant’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, to TA Topco 1, LLC, such that the registrant was a wholly-owned subsidiary of TA Topco 1, LLC. The issuance of such shares of common stock was not registered under the Securities Act because the shares were offered and sold in a transaction exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

(a) Exhibits.

See the Exhibit Index on the page immediately following the signature page for a list of exhibits filed as part of this registration statement on Form S-1, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

(b) No financial statement schedules are provided because the information is not required or is either shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Act, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Austin, State of Texas, on June 26, 2015.

 

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

By:  

/s/ Thomas C. Ennis

  Thomas C. Ennis
  Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Thomas C. Ennis and Brian Goldberg, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Amplify Snack Brands, and any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto and any new registration statement with respect to the offering contemplated thereby filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agent, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Thomas C. Ennis

Thomas C. Ennis

  

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 26, 2015

/s/ Brian Goldberg

Brian Goldberg

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

  June 26, 2015

/s/ Jeffrey S. Barber

Jeffrey S. Barber

   Director   June 26, 2015

/s/ William David Christ II

William David Christ II

   Director   June 26, 2015

/s/ Chris Elshaw

Chris Elshaw

   Director   June 26, 2015

/s/ Andrew S. Friedman

Andrew S. Friedman

   Director   June 26, 2015

/s/ John K. Haley

John K. Haley

   Director   June 26, 2015

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Dawn Hudson

Dawn Hudson

   Director   June 26, 2015

/s/ Pamela L. Netzky

Pamela L. Netzky

   Director   June 26, 2015

 

II-5


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1*    Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
  3.2*    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant to be in effect immediately prior to the consummation of this offering.
  3.3*    Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
  3.4*    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant to be adopted immediately prior to the consummation of this offering.
  4.1*    Form of common stock certificate of the Registrant.
  4.2*    Investors’ Rights Agreement, by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders.
  5.1*    Opinion of Goodwin Procter LLP.
10.1#*    Forms of Indemnification Agreement.
10.2#*    2015 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, and related form agreements thereunder.
10.3#    Employment Agreement, dated July 17, 2014, by and between Thomas C. Ennis and TA Topco 1, LLC.
10.4#    Employment Agreement, dated September 2, 2014, by and between Brian Goldberg and TA Topco 1, LLC.
10.5#    Employment Agreement, dated July 17, 2014, by and between Jason Shiver and TA Topco 1, LLC.
10.6#    Employment Agreement, dated July 17, 2014, by and between SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC and Pamela L. Netzky.
10.7#    Employment Agreement, dated July 17, 2014, by and between SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC and Andrew S. Friedman.
10.8    Office Lease, dated as of February 26, 2015, by and between International Bank of Commerce and the Registrant.
10.9    Credit Agreement, dated as of July 17, 2014, by and among the Registrant, SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC, the lenders party thereto, Jefferies Finance LLC and BNP Paribas Securities Corp.
10.10    First Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of August 18, 2014, by and among the Registrant, SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC, the lenders party thereto, Jefferies Finance LLC and BNP Paribas Securities Corp.
10.11    Second Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2014, by and among the Registrant, SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC, the lenders party thereto, Jefferies Finance LLC and BNP Paribas Securities Corp.
10.12    Collateral Agreement, dated as of July 17, 2014, by and among SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC, the Registrant and Jefferies Finance, LLC.
10.13†    Manufacturing and Supply Agreement, dated February 27, 2014, between SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC and Assemblers Food Packaging LLC as amended by Addendum No. 1 to the Manufacturing and Supply Agreement, dated April 29, 2015.


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

10.14†    Contract Regarding Sale of Goods No. 14-3-31, dated April 1, 2014, by and between Preferred Popcorn, LLC and Skinny Pop Popcorn, as amended by the second addendum to Contract Regarding Sale of Goods dated September 8, 2014.
10.15†    Contract Regarding Sale of Goods No. 14-12-23, dated January 22, 2015, by and between Preferred Popcorn, LLC and Skinny Pop Popcorn.
10.16†   

Contract Regarding Sale of Goods No. 15-1-23, dated February 14, 2015, by and between Preferred Popcorn, LLC and Skinny Pop Popcorn.

10.17†    Contract Regarding Sale of Goods No. 15-1-27, dated February 14, 2015, by and between Preferred Popcorn, LLC and Skinny Pop Popcorn.
10.18*    Form of Tax Receivable Agreement.
10.19    Offer Letter, dated September 23, 2014, by and between TA Topco 1, LLC and Dawn Hudson.
10.20    Offer Letter, dated March 13, 2015, by and between TA Topco 1, LLC and John K. Haley.
10.21    Offer Letter, dated May 7, 2015, by and between TA Topco 1, LLC and Chris Elshaw.
10.22    Third Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 29, 2015, by and among the Registrant, SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC, the lenders party thereto and Jefferies Finance LLC.
21.1    List of subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
23.2*    Consent of Goodwin Procter LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1    Power of Attorney (see page II-4 of this Registration Statement on Form S-1).

 

* To be filed by amendment.
# Indicates management contract or compensatory plan, contract or agreement.
Confidential treatment requested as to certain portions of this exhibit, which portions have been omitted and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

EX-10.3

EXHIBIT 10.3

EXECUTION VERSION

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into this 17th day of July, 2014 by and between Thomas C. Ennis (the “Executive”) and TA Topco 1, LLC (the “Company”; the Executive and the Company are collectively referred to as the “Parties”). This Agreement shall be effective upon the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement (as defined below) (the “Effective Date”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, reference is hereby made to that certain Unit Purchase Agreement entered into as of July 17, 2014 (the “Purchase Agreement”), by and among Andrew S. Friedman and Jennifer Friedman, Pamela L. Netzky and Ashley Netzky, Michael H. Eiserman and Judith Eiserman, Jeffrey A. Eiserman and Heather Eiserman, Precision Capital Group, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (collectively, the “Sellers” and each, a “Seller”), SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC, an Illinois limited liability company, TA Holdings 1, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Parent”), TA Midco 1, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Purchaser”) and Andrew S. Friedman, solely in the capacity as the Sellers’ Representative;

WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ the Executive and the Executive desires to be employed by the Company on the terms contained herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. Employment.

(a) Term. The Company hereby employs the Executive, and the Executive hereby accepts such employment, on the terms set forth herein commencing as of the Effective Date and continuing until terminated in accordance with the provisions of Section 4 (the “Term”).

(b) Position and Duties. During the Term, the Executive shall serve as the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) of the Company, and shall have responsibility for the day-to-day business and affairs of the Company and shall have such other powers and duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”), provided that such duties are consistent with the Executive’s position as CEO. The Executive shall serve as a member of the Board so long as he is employed as the CEO of the Company. The Executive shall not receive any additional compensation for his service as a Board member. The Executive shall devote his full working time and efforts to the business and affairs of the Company.


2. Compensation and Related Matters.

(a) Base Salary. During the Term, the Executive’s annual base salary shall be Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) (the “Base Salary.”) The Base Salary shall be payable in a manner that is consistent with the Company’s usual payroll practices for senior executives.

(b) Annual Bonus. Commencing January 1, 2015, the Executive will be eligible for an annual bonus, subject to the achievement of certain performance goals as determined by the Board (or the compensation committee of the Board) in consultation with the Executive (e.g., net revenue, EBITDA, Board discretion, etc.) (the “Annual Bonus”). The Executive’s Target Annual Bonus shall be Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) and shall be uncapped. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Executive is not eligible for an Annual Bonus for the period between the Effective Date and December 31, 2014.

(c) Signing Bonus. The Executive will receive a one-time signing bonus of Four Hundred Twenty Thousand Dollars ($420,000) (the “Signing Bonus”). The Signing Bonus will be payable no later than thirty (30) days after the Effective Date. Some or all of the Signing Bonus may be used by the Executive to purchase Class A Units of the Company at the same price per share paid by funds affiliated with TA Associates Management, L.P. (“TA”). If within the first 365 days of employment, the Executive is terminated by the Company for Cause or voluntarily resigns his employment without Good Reason, the Executive shall within 30 business days repay to the Company the gross amount of the Signing Bonus.

(d) Retention Bonus. The Executive will be eligible to receive a one-time retention bonus of Four Hundred Fifteen Thousand Dollars ($415,000) (the “Retention Bonus”) conditioned upon the Executive either: (i) being employed in good standing with the Company continuously from the Effective Date through 365 days following the Effective Date or (ii) being terminated by the Company without Cause prior to payment of the Retention Bonus.

(e) Temporary Housing and Relocation: For the period from the Effective Date through August 30, 2015, the Company will reimburse the Executive for: (i) his actual temporary housing costs in Chicago, Illinois or any other location in which the Company operates its headquarters up to a maximum of Four Thousand Dollars ($4,000) per month; and (ii) up to ten (10) business class round-trip airline tickets per calendar year quarter for travel to the Company’s headquarters. In addition, provided that the Executive relocates his primary residence from Seattle, Washington to a location within forty-five (45) miles of the Company’s headquarters no later than August 30, 2015, the Company will reimburse the Executive for his actual and direct moving expenses for such relocation up to a maximum of Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000).

(f) Employee Benefit Plans: As soon as reasonably practical, the Company will establish a market benefits plan that will include group medical and dental coverage. The Executive will be entitled to participate in all group benefit plans generally available to senior executives of the Company. If as of the Effective Date, the Company does not have a benefit plan that includes group medical and dental coverage available to the Executive, the Company shall reimburse the Executive for the cost of his actual and documented monthly COBRA

 

2


premiums for the period from the Effective Date until the earlier of (i) the Company implementing a benefit plan that includes group medical and dental coverage; and (ii) the expiration of the Executive’s eligibility for COBRA coverage under his former employer’s group medical and dental plan.

(g) Automobile and Mobile Phone Allowance: During the Term, the Company will reimburse the Executive for documented automobile-related expenses (i.e., lease payments, registration, insurance, maintenance, auto cleaning) and mobile telephone charges up to a monthly aggregate cap of $1,100 (prorated for any partial month of service to the Company).

(h) Expenses. The Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket business expenses incurred by the Executive during the Term in performing services hereunder, in accordance with the policies and procedures then in effect and established by the Company for its senior executives.

(i) Vacation. During the Term, the Executive shall be entitled to accrue up to twenty (20) paid vacation days in each full calendar year, which shall accrue ratably. During the Term, the Executive shall also be entitled to all paid holidays given by the Company to its executives.

3. Equity.

(a) Executive’s Direct Investment Option. Executive shall have the right to make cash investments in the Company from time to time on the following terms: (i) at the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement (the “Closing”), the Executive shall be eligible to purchase Class A Units of the Company at the same price per share paid by funds affiliated with TA, and (ii) at the conclusion of each calendar year following the Closing, the Executive shall be eligible to purchase Class B Units of the Company at a per share price equal to then-fair market value of such Class B Units.

(b) Time Based Equity Target. Promptly following the Closing, the Executive shall be granted Class C-1 Units in an amount equal to three percent (3%) of the fully-diluted ownership of the Company. Twenty-five percent (25%) of such Class C-1 Units shall vest on the first anniversary of the Closing and the remainder of such Class C-1 Units shall vest in equal parts over the subsequent thirty-six (36) months.

(c) Performance Based Equity. Promptly following the Closing, the Executive shall be granted Class C-2 Units in an amount equal to two percent (2%) of the fully-diluted ownership of the Company. Such Class C-2 Units shall vest upon the achievement by TA of a per Class A Unit net return of three times (3x) the price paid by TA for each Class A Unit of the Company at the Closing.

4. Termination. During the Term, the Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated without any breach of this Agreement under the following circumstances:

(a) Death. The Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate upon the Executive’s death.

 

3


(b) Disability. The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment if the Executive is disabled and unable to perform the essential functions of the Executive’s then existing position or positions under this Agreement with or without reasonable accommodation for a period of 180 days (which need not be consecutive) in any 12-month period. If any question shall arise as to whether during any period the Executive is disabled so as to be unable to perform the essential functions of the Executive’s then existing position or positions with or without reasonable accommodation, the Executive may, and at the request of the Company shall, submit to the Company a certification in reasonable detail by a physician selected by the Company to whom the Executive or the Executive’s guardian has no reasonable objection as to whether the Executive is so disabled or how long such disability is expected to continue, and such certification shall for the purposes of this Agreement be conclusive of the issue. The Executive shall cooperate with any reasonable request of the physician in connection with such certification. If such question shall arise and the Executive shall fail to submit such certification, the Company’s determination of such issue shall be binding on the Executive. Nothing in this Section 4(b) shall be construed to waive the Executive’s rights, if any, under existing law including, without limitation, the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993, 29 U.S.C. §2601 et seq. and the Americans with Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. §12101 et seq.

(c) Termination by Company for Cause. The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean: (i) conduct by the Executive constituting a material act of misconduct in connection with the performance of the Executive’s duties, including, without limitation, misappropriation of funds or property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates; (ii) the commission by the Executive of any felony or a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, deceit, dishonesty or fraud, or any conduct by the Executive that would reasonably be expected to result in material injury or reputational harm to the Company or any of its subsidiaries and affiliates if the Executive was retained in his position; (iii) continued non-performance by the Executive of the Executive’s duties hereunder (other than by reason of the Executive’s physical or mental illness, incapacity or disability) which has continued for more than 30 days following written notice of such non-performance from the Board; (iv) a breach by the Executive of any of the provisions contained in this Agreement; (v) a material violation by the Executive of the Company’s written employment policies; or (vi) failure to cooperate with a bona fide internal investigation or an investigation by regulatory or law enforcement authorities, after being instructed by the Company to cooperate, or the willful destruction or failure to preserve documents or other materials known to be relevant to such investigation or the inducement of others to fail to cooperate or to produce documents or other materials in connection with such investigation.

(d) Termination Without Cause. The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder at any time without Cause. Any termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment under this Agreement which does not constitute a termination for Cause under Section 4(c) and does not result from the death or disability of the Executive under Section 4(a) or (b) shall be deemed a termination without Cause.

(e) Termination by the Executive. The Executive may terminate his employment hereunder at any time for any reason, including but not limited to Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean that the Executive has complied with the “Good Reason Process” (hereinafter defined) following the occurrence of any of the

 

4


following events: (i) a material diminution in the Executive’s responsibilities, authority or duties; (ii) a material diminution in the Executive’s Base Salary except for across-the-board salary reductions based on the Company’s financial performance similarly affecting all or substantially all senior management employees of the Company; or (iii) the material breach of this Agreement by the Company. “Good Reason Process” shall mean that (A) the Executive reasonably determines in good faith that a “Good Reason” condition has occurred; (B) the Executive notifies the Company in writing of the first occurrence of the Good Reason condition within 60 days of the first occurrence of such condition; (C) the Executive cooperates in good faith with the Company’s efforts, for a period not less than 30 days following such notice (the “Cure Period”), to remedy the condition; (D) notwithstanding such efforts, the Good Reason condition continues to exist; and (E) the Executive terminates his employment within 60 days after the end of the Cure Period. If the Company cures the Good Reason condition during the Cure Period, Good Reason shall be deemed not to have occurred.

(f) Notice of Termination. Except for termination as specified in Section 4(a), any termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company or any such termination by the Executive shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon.

(g) Date of Termination. “Date of Termination” shall mean: (i) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by his death, the date of his death; (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated on account of disability under Section 4(b) or by the Company for Cause under Section 4(c), the date on which a Notice of Termination is given; (iii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company under Section 4(d), the last date of employment as referenced in the Notice of Termination; (iv) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Executive under Section 4(e) without Good Reason, 30 days after the date on which a Notice of Termination is given, and (v) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Executive under Section 4(e) with Good Reason, the date on which a Notice of Termination is given after the end of the Cure Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (A) in the event that the Executive gives a Notice of Termination to the Company, the Company may unilaterally accelerate the Date of Termination and such acceleration shall not result in a termination by the Company for purposes of this Agreement, and (B) in the event that the Company terminates the Executive’s employment without Cause under Section 4(d), the Company may unilaterally accelerate the Date of Termination to any earlier effective date provided that the Company continues to pay the Executive the Base Salary through the Date of Termination.

5. Compensation Upon Termination.

(a) Compensation Generally. If the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated for any reason, the Company shall pay or provide to the Executive (or to his authorized representative or estate) (i) any Base Salary earned through the Date of Termination, unpaid expense reimbursements (subject to, and in accordance with, Section 2(h) of this Agreement) and unused vacation that accrued through the Date of Termination on or before the time required by law but in no event more than 30 days after the Executive’s Date of Termination; and (ii) any vested benefits the Executive may have under any employee benefit plan of the Company through the Date of Termination, which vested benefits shall be paid and/or provided in accordance with the terms of such employee benefit plans (collectively, the “Accrued Benefit”).

 

5


(b) Termination by the Company without Cause or by the Executive with Good Reason. During the Term, if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause as provided in Section 4(d), or the Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason as provided in Section 4(e), then the Company shall pay the Executive his Accrued Benefit. In addition, subject to the Executive signing a separation and general release agreement in a form and manner satisfactory to the Company (the “Separation and General Release Agreement”), the Separation and General Release Agreement becoming irrevocable, and the Executive not breaching any of his post-employment contractual obligations to the Company:

(i) the Company shall pay the Executive an amount equal to twelve (12) months of the Executive’s then current Base Salary; and

(ii) if the Executive was participating in the Company’s group health plan immediately prior to the Date of Termination and timely elects continued group health coverage pursuant to COBRA, then the Company shall pay to the Executive a monthly cash payment for twelve (12) months in an amount equal to Executive’s monthly COBRA premium; and

(iii) the amounts payable under this Section 4(b) shall be paid out in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s payroll practice over twelve (12) months commencing within 60 days after the Date of Termination; provided, however, that if the 60-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the Severance Amount shall begin to be paid in the second calendar year by the last day of such 60-day period; provided, further, that the initial payment shall include a catch-up payment to cover amounts retroactive to the day immediately following the Date of Termination. Each payment pursuant to this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

6. Section 409A.

(a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if at the time of the Executive’s separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the Company determines that the Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then to the extent any payment or benefit that the Executive becomes entitled to under this Agreement on account of the Executive’s separation from service would be considered deferred compensation otherwise subject to the 20 percent additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A(a) of the Code as a result of the application of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such payment shall not be payable and such benefit shall not be provided until the date that is the earlier of (A) six months and one day after the Executive’s separation from service, or (B) the Executive’s death. If any such delayed cash payment is otherwise payable on an installment basis, the first payment shall include a catch-up payment covering amounts that would otherwise have been paid during the six-month period but for the application of this provision, and the balance of the installments shall be payable in accordance with their original schedule.

 

6


(b) All in-kind benefits provided and expenses eligible for reimbursement under this Agreement shall be provided by the Company or incurred by the Executive during the time periods set forth in this Agreement. All reimbursements shall be paid as soon as administratively practicable, but in no event shall any reimbursement be paid after the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred. The amount of in-kind benefits provided or reimbursable expenses incurred in one taxable year shall not affect the in-kind benefits to be provided or the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year (except for any lifetime or other aggregate limitation applicable to medical expenses). Such right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

(c) To the extent that any payment or benefit described in this Agreement constitutes “non-qualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, and to the extent that such payment or benefit is payable upon the Executive’s termination of employment, then such payments or benefits shall be payable only upon the Executive’s “separation from service.” The determination of whether and when a separation from service has occurred shall be made in accordance with the presumptions set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).

(d) The parties intend that this Agreement will be administered in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the provision shall be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder comply with Section 409A of the Code. Each payment pursuant to this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2). The parties agree that this Agreement may be amended, as reasonably requested by either party, and as may be necessary to fully comply with Section 409A of the Code and all related rules and regulations in order to preserve the payments and benefits provided hereunder without additional cost to either party.

(e) The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to the Executive or any other person if any provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, such Section.

7. Nondisclosure/Confidentiality.

(a) Confidential Information. As used in this Agreement, “Confidential Information” shall mean information belonging to the Company or any of its affiliates or related entities, as applicable (together, the “Protected Parties” and each of them, a “Protected Party”) which is of value to any of the Protected Parties in the course of conducting its business and the disclosure of which could result in a competitive or other disadvantage to a Protected Party. Confidential Information includes, without limitation:

(i) the identity of any current or prospective customers, clients, suppliers or vendors;

 

7


(ii) information relating to the business, products, affairs and finances of any of the Protected Parties;

(iii) information relating to the manufacture, production, distribution, marketing, or sale of any product sold by any of the Protected Parties;

(iv) technical data and know-how relating to the business of any of the Protected Parties;

(v) any information relating to technology, marketing and business plans or strategies of any of the Protected Parties;

(vi) any non-public management accounting or other similar financial information that would typically be included in the financial statements of any of the Protected Parties, including without limitation, the amount of the assets, liabilities, net worth, revenues or net income of any of the Protected Parties;

(vii) names and addresses of any of the customers, clients, suppliers, vendors and employees of any of the Protected Parties, and details of any independent contractor or agency arrangements of any of the Protected Parties;

(viii) non-public information relating to legal and professional dealings, real property, tangible property, finances, business, and investment activities, and other personal affairs of any of the Protected Parties;

(ix) any and all books, notes, memoranda, records, correspondence, documents, computer and other discs and tapes, data listings, codes, designs, drawings and other documents and materials (whether made or created by the Executive or otherwise) relating to the business of any of the Protected Parties; and

(x) any other non-public information gained in the course of the Executive’s employment with any of the Protected Parties that could reasonably be expected to prove harmful to any of the Protected Parties if disclosed to third parties, including without limitation, any information that could be reasonably expected to aid a competitor or potential competitor of any of the Protected Parties.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information does not include information in the public domain, unless due to breach of the Executive’s duties under Section 7(b).

 

8


(b) Confidentiality. The Executive understands and agrees that the Executive’s employment with the Company will create a relationship of confidence and trust between the Executive and the Company with respect to all Confidential Information. At all times, both during the Executive’s employment with the Company and after its termination, the Executive will keep in confidence and trust all such Confidential Information, and will not use or disclose any such Confidential Information without the written consent of the Company, except as may be necessary in the ordinary course of performing the Executive’s duties to the Company.

(c) Company Property. All documents, records, data, apparatus, equipment and other physical property, whether or not pertaining to Confidential Information, which are furnished to the Executive by the Company or any other Protected Party or are produced by the Executive in connection with the Executive’s employment will be and remain the sole property of the Company. The Executive will return to the Company all such materials and property as and when requested by the Company.

8. Noncompetition and Nonsolicitation.

(a) During the Executive’s employment with the Company and continuing through eighteen (18) months after the Date of Termination (the “Restricted Period”), the Executive (i) will not, directly or indirectly, whether as owner, partner, shareholder, consultant, agent, employee, co-venturer or otherwise, engage, participate, assist or invest or actively prepare to engage, participate, assist or invest in any Competing Business (as hereinafter defined); (ii) will refrain from directly or indirectly employing, attempting to employ, recruiting, hiring or otherwise soliciting, inducing or influencing any person to leave employment with any of the Protected Parties; and (iii) will refrain from soliciting or encouraging any customer, supplier, consultant or vendor to terminate or otherwise modify adversely its business relationship with any of the Protected Parties. The Executive understands that the restrictions set forth in this Section 8 are intended to protect the interest of each of the Protected Parties in its Confidential Information, goodwill and established employee, customer, supplier, consultant and vendor relationships and goodwill, and agrees that such restrictions are reasonable and appropriate for this purpose.

(b) For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Competing Business” shall mean (i) any business engaged in manufacturing, producing, distributing, marketing, selling, or purchasing popcorn or popcorn-related products, (ii) any other business carried on by the Company and/or its affiliates over the course of the Restricted Period (irrespective of whether such business is carried on by the Company and/or any of its affiliates as of the Effective Date); and (iii) any business in an active phase of development at the Company and/or any of its affiliates over the course of the Restricted Period (irrespective of whether such business is carried on by the Company and/or any of its affiliates as of the Effective Date); provided, however, that Competing Business shall not include any business unrelated to popcorn in which the Executive as of the Effective Date holds a passive investment interest (i.e., no involvement whatsoever in the management or operation of the business, including no involvement with or position on the board of directors of such business).

(c) The restrictions in this Section 8 shall apply to any conduct in (i) the United States of America; (ii) any geographic area in which the Company or its affiliates has

 

9


sold, is then selling, or is actively planning to sell its products or services; and (iii) any other geographic area in which the Company or its affiliates has operated, is then operating or is actively planning to operate its business.

9. Work Product. As used in this Agreement, the term “Work Product” means all inventions, innovations, improvements, technical information, systems, software developments, methods, designs, analyses, drawings, reports, service marks, trademarks, trade names, logos and all similar or related information (whether patentable or unpatentable, copyrightable, registerable as a trademark, reduced to writing, or otherwise) which relates to the Company’s or any of its affiliates’ actual or anticipated business, research and development or existing or future products or services and which are or were conceived, developed or made by the Executive (whether or not during usual business hours, whether or not by the use of the facilities of the Company or any of its affiliates, and whether or not alone or in conjunction with any other person) while employed by the Company together with all patent applications, letters patent, trademark, trade name and service mark applications or registrations, copyrights and reissues thereof that may be granted for or upon any of the foregoing. All Work Product that the Executive may discover, invent or originate during the Term, shall be the exclusive property of the Company, and its affiliates, as applicable, and the Executive hereby assigns all of the Executive’s right, title and interest in and to such Work Product to the Company or its applicable affiliate, including all intellectual property rights therein. The Executive shall promptly disclose all Work Product to the Company, shall execute at the request of the Company any assignments or other documents the Company may deem necessary to protect or perfect its (or any of its affiliate’s, as applicable) rights therein, and shall assist the Company, at the Company’s expense, in obtaining, defending and enforcing the Company’s (or any of its affiliate’s, as applicable) rights therein. The Executive hereby appoints the Company as his attorney-in-fact to execute on his behalf any assignments or other documents deemed necessary by the Company to protect or perfect the Company’s (and any of its affiliate’s, as applicable) rights to any Work Product.

10. Third-Party Agreements and Rights. The Executive represents to the Company that the Executive’s execution of this Agreement, the Executive’s employment with the Company and the performance of the Executive’s duties for the Company as contemplated under this Agreement will not violate any obligations the Executive may have to any previous employer or other party. In the Executive’s work for the Company, the Executive will not disclose or make use of any information in violation of any agreements with or rights of any such previous employer or other party, and the Executive will not bring to the premises of the Company any copies or other tangible embodiments of non-public information belonging to or obtained from any such previous employment or other party.

11. Litigation and Regulatory Cooperation. During and after the Executive’s employment, the Executive shall cooperate fully with the Company in the defense or prosecution of any claims or actions now in existence or which may be brought in the future against or on behalf of the Company which relate to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was employed by the Company. The Executive’s full cooperation in connection with such claims or actions shall include, but not be limited to, being available to meet with counsel to prepare for discovery or trial and to act as a witness on behalf of the Company at mutually convenient times. During and after the Executive’s employment, the Executive also shall cooperate fully with the Company in connection with any investigation or review of any federal,

 

10


state or local regulatory authority as any such investigation or review relates to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was employed by the Company. The Company shall reimburse the Executive for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the Executive’s performance of obligations pursuant to this Section 11.

12. Remedies. The Executive acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this Agreement are reasonable and necessary to protect the Company’s legitimate business interests and that any violation of the provisions contained herein would result in irreparable injury to the Company and that monetary damages may not be sufficient to compensate the Company for any economic loss which may be incurred by reason of breach of the restrictions contained herein. In the event of a breach or a threatened breach by the Executive of any provision contained herein, the Company shall be entitled to a temporary restraining order and injunctive relief restraining the Executive from the commission of any breach, shall not be required to provide any bond or other security in connection with obtaining any such equitable remedy and shall be entitled to recover the Company’s reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses related to the breach or threatened breach. Nothing contained in this Section 12 shall be construed as prohibiting the Company from pursuing any other remedies available to it for any breach or threatened breach, including, without limitation, the recovery of money damages.

13. Withholding. All payments made by the Company to the Executive under this Agreement shall be net of any tax or other amounts required to be withheld by the Company under applicable law.

14. Enforceability. If any portion or provision of this Agreement (including, without limitation, any portion or provision of any section of this Agreement) shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

15. Survival. The provisions of this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement and/or the termination of the Executive’s employment to the extent necessary to effectuate the terms contained herein.

16. Waiver. No waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party. The failure of any party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Agreement, or the waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.

17. Notices. Any notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for by this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and delivered in person or sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service or by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the Executive at the last address the Executive has filed in writing with the Company or, in the case of the Company, at its main offices, attention of the Chief Executive Officer.

 

11


18. Amendment. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by the Executive and by a duly authorized representative of the Company.

19. Governing Law. This is an Illinois contract and shall be construed under and be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Illinois, without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles of such state.

20. Successor to Company. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company.

21. Integration. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior written or oral agreements between the parties concerning such subject matter.

22. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be taken to be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same document.

[Remainder of Page Left Intentionally Blank]

 

12


EXECUTION VERSION

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement effective on the date and year first above written.

 

TA TOPCO 1, LLC

By:

/s/ William Christ

Name:

William Christ

Title:

Manager

/s/ Thomas E. Ennis

THOMAS E. ENNIS

 

[Signature Page to Ennis Employment Agreement]


EX-10.4

EXHIBIT 10.4

EXECUTION VERSION

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into as of the 2nd day of September, 2014 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Brian S. Goldberg (the “Executive”) and TA Topco 1, LLC (the “Company”; the Executive and the Company are collectively referred to as the “Parties”).

1. Employment.

(a) Term. The Company hereby employs the Executive, and the Executive hereby accepts such employment, on the terms set forth herein commencing as of September 15, 2014 (the “Planned Start Date”) and continuing until terminated in accordance with the provisions of Section 4 (the “Term”).

(b) Position and Duties. During the Term, the Executive shall serve as the Chief Financial Officer of the Company (the “CFO”) and shall have responsibilities and duties consistent with such position as well as such additional, reasonably related duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “CEO”). The Executive shall devote his full working time and efforts to the business and affairs of the Company, provided that Executive shall continue to be involved with other current investment activities or such additional activities disclosed to and approved by the CEO. The foregoing, however, will not preclude the Executive from serving on corporate, civic, or charitable boards or committees, or from managing his personal investments, so long as such activities do not materially interfere with the performance of the Executive’s responsibilities under this Agreement.

2. Compensation and Related Matters.

(a) Base Salary. During the Term, the Executive’s annual base salary shall be Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000) (the “Base Salary”). The Base Salary shall be payable in a manner that is consistent with the Company’s usual payroll practices for senior executives. The Base Salary shall be subject to annual review and may be adjusted upward from time to time in the sole discretion of the Company taking into account such factors as it deems relevant.

(b) Annual Bonus. Commencing January 1, 2015, the Executive shall be eligible for an annual bonus, subject to the achievement of certain performance goals as determined by the Board (or the compensation committee of the Board) in consultation with the Executive (e.g., net revenue, EBITDA, Board discretion, etc.) (the “Annual Bonus”). The Executive’s Target Annual Bonus shall be 50% of his Base Salary and shall be uncapped. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Executive is not eligible for an Annual Bonus for the period between the Planned Start Date and December 31, 2014. Subject to achievement of the performance goals as determined by the Board, the Executive shall be vested with respect to the Annual Bonus if the Executive is employed by the Company on the last day of the year for which the Annual Bonus is determined.


(c) Signing Bonus. The Executive shall receive a one-time signing bonus of Four Hundred Thousand Dollars ($400,000) (the “Signing Bonus”); provided, however, that the amount of the Signing Bonus shall be reduced by Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000) for each calendar day after the Planned Start Date that the Executive has not begun to provide services to the Company as its CFO on a full time basis (the first date on which the Executive provides services to the Company as its CFO on a full time basis being the “Actual Start Date”). For the sake of clarity, if the Executive’s Actual Start Date is September 16, 2014, the amount of the Executive’s Signing Bonus shall be reduced to Three Hundred Eighty Thousand Dollars ($380,000). As payment for the Class A Units portion of the Executive’s direct investment option as referenced in Section 3(a)(i) below, One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) of the Signing Bonus will be automatically applied to the purchase on the Actual Start Date of Class A Units of the Company at the same price per share paid by funds affiliated with TA Associates Management, L.P. (“TA”). If the amount of the Signing Bonus is reduced to less than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) because the Executive’s Actual Start Date falls on or after October 1, 2014, the Executive shall be responsible for paying the difference between the Signing Bonus and the $100,000 purchase price for the Class A Units. Of the cash portion of the signing bonus, Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($75,000) of the Signing Bonus shall be paid within thirty (30) calendar days of the Actual Start Date. The remaining Two Hundred Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($225,000) of the Signing Bonus shall be payable to the Executive in cash after January 1, 2015 but before January 31, 2015. If the Executive’s Actual Start Date is September 16, 2014, or later, the resulting reduction to the Signing Bonus shall reduce the payments in inverse order (i.e., the last payment is reduced before an earlier payment is reduced). If the Executive is terminated by the Company for Cause or voluntarily resigns his employment without Good Reason (i) on or before December 31, 2014, the Executive shall within 30 business days repay to the Company One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), representing that portion of the Signing Bonus applied to the purchase of Class A Units of the Company or in the alternative Executive may at his option surrender the Class A Units purchased with the Signing Bonus (rather than repaying the purchase price for such Class A Units), (ii) after December 31, 2014 but on or before March 31, 2015, the Executive shall within 30 business days repay to the Company Two Hundred Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($225,000) (assuming such amount was previously paid to the Executive), (iii) after March 31, 2015, but on or before June 30, 2015, the Executive shall within 30 business days repay to the Company One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) or (iv) after June 30, 2015 but on or before September 30, 2015, the Executive shall within 30 business days repay to the Company Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($75,000).

(d) Employee Benefit Plans: As soon as reasonably practical, the Company will establish a market benefits plan that will include group medical and dental coverage. The Executive will be entitled to participate in all group benefit plans generally available to senior executives of the Company. If as of the Actual Start Date, the Company does not have a benefit plan that includes group medical and dental coverage available to the Executive, the Company shall reimburse the Executive for the cost of his actual and documented monthly COBRA premiums for the period from the Actual Start Date until the earlier of (i) the Company implementing a benefit plan that includes group medical and dental coverage; and (ii) the expiration of the Executive’s eligibility for COBRA coverage under his former employer’s group medical and dental plan.

 

2


(e) Automobile and Mobile Phone Allowance: After the Actual Start Date and during the Term, the Company will reimburse the Executive for documented automobile-related expenses (i.e., lease payments, registration, insurance, maintenance, auto cleaning, and gas) and mobile telephone charges up to a monthly aggregate cap of $1,100 (prorated for any partial month of service to the Company).

(f) Expenses. The Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket business expenses incurred by the Executive after the Actual Start Date and during the Term in performing services hereunder, in accordance with the policies and procedures then in effect and established by the Company for its senior executives.

(g) Vacation. After the Actual Start Date and during the Term, the Executive shall be entitled to accrue up to twenty (20) paid vacation days in each full calendar year, which shall accrue ratably. After the Actual Start Date and during the Term, the Executive shall also be entitled to all paid holidays given by the Company to its executives.

(h) Indemnification. The Executive and the Company shall enter into a customary indemnification agreement pursuant to which the Company shall indemnify Executive to the fullest extent permitted by law with respect to any action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that the Executive is or was an officer or manager of the Company or serves or served at any other enterprise as an officer of manager at the request of the Company. The Company shall indemnify the Executive to the fullest extent permitted under the Amended Company Agreement in effect as of the date hereof.

3. Equity.

(a) Executive’s Direct Investment Option. Executive shall have the right to make cash investments in the Company from time to time on the following terms: (i) upon the Actual Start Date, the Executive shall be eligible to purchase up to $250,000 of Class A Units of the Company at the same price per share paid by funds affiliated with TA, and (ii) at the conclusion of each calendar year following the Actual Start Date, the Executive shall be eligible to purchase a Board approved amount of Class B Units of the Company at a per share price equal to then-fair market value of such Class B Units.

(b) Time Based Equity Target. Promptly upon the Actual Start Date, the Executive shall be granted Class C-1 Units in an amount equal to one percent (1.0%) of the fully-diluted ownership of the Company. Twenty-five percent (25%) of such Class C-1 Units shall vest on the first anniversary of the Actual Start Date and the remainder of such Class C-1 Units shall vest in equal parts over the subsequent thirty-six (36) months.

(c) Performance Based Equity. Promptly following the Actual Start Date, the Executive shall be granted Class C-2 Units in an amount equal to one percent (1.0%) of the fully-diluted ownership of the Company. Such Class C-2 Units shall vest upon the achievement by TA of a per Class A Unit net return of three times (3x) the price per share paid by funds affiliated with TA for each Class A Unit.

 

3


4. Termination. During the Term, the Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated without any breach of this Agreement under the following circumstances:

(a) Death. The Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate upon the Executive’s death.

(b) Disability. The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment if the Executive is disabled and unable to perform the essential functions of the Executive’s then existing position or positions under this Agreement with or without reasonable accommodation for a period of 180 days (which need not be consecutive) in any 12-month period. If any question shall arise as to whether during any period the Executive is disabled so as to be unable to perform the essential functions of the Executive’s then existing position or positions with or without reasonable accommodation, the Executive may, and at the request of the Company shall, submit to the Company a certification in reasonable detail by a physician selected by the Company to whom the Executive or the Executive’s guardian has no reasonable objection as to whether the Executive is so disabled or how long such disability is expected to continue, and such certification shall for the purposes of this Agreement be conclusive of the issue. The Executive shall cooperate with any reasonable request of the physician in connection with such certification. If such question shall arise and the Executive shall fail to submit such certification, the Company’s determination of such issue shall be binding on the Executive. Nothing in this Section 4(b) shall be construed to waive the Executive’s rights, if any, under existing law including, without limitation, the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993, 29 U.S.C. §2601 et seq. and the Americans with Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. §12101 et seq.

(c) Termination by Company for Cause. The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean: (i) conduct by the Executive constituting a material act of willful misconduct in connection with the performance of the Executive’s duties, including, without limitation, misappropriation of funds or property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates; (ii) the commission by the Executive of any felony or a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, deceit, dishonesty or fraud, or any conduct by the Executive that would reasonably be expected to result in material injury or reputational harm to the Company or any of its subsidiaries and affiliates if the Executive was retained in his position; (iii) continued non-performance by the Executive of the Executive’s duties hereunder (other than by reason of the Executive’s physical or mental illness, incapacity or disability) which has continued for more than 30 days following written notice of such non-performance from the CEO; (iv) a breach by the Executive of any of the provisions contained in this Agreement; (v) a material violation by the Executive of the Company’s written employment policies that would reasonably be expected to result in injury or reputational harm to the Company or any of its subsidiaries and affiliates if the Executive was retained in his position; or (vi) failure to cooperate with a bona fide internal investigation or an investigation by regulatory or law enforcement authorities, after being instructed by the Company to cooperate, or the willful destruction or failure to preserve documents or other materials known to be relevant to such investigation or the inducement of others to fail to cooperate or to produce documents or other materials in connection with such investigation.

(d) Termination Without Cause. The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder at any time without Cause. Any termination by the

 

4


Company of the Executive’s employment under this Agreement which does not constitute a termination for Cause under Section 4(c) and does not result from the death or disability of the Executive under Section 4(a) or (b) shall be deemed a termination without Cause.

(e) Termination by the Executive. The Executive may terminate his employment hereunder at any time for any reason, including but not limited to Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean that the Executive has complied with the “Good Reason Process” (hereinafter defined) following the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) a material diminution in the Executive’s responsibilities, authority or duties; (ii) a reduction in the Executive’s Base Salary except for across-the-board salary reductions of not more than 10% based on the Company’s financial performance similarly affecting all or substantially all senior management employees of the Company; (iii) the material breach of this Agreement by the Company; or (iv) the Company fails to establish its headquarters in the Greater Austin Area (as defined below) on or before the one year anniversary of the Actual Start Date, or, after establishing its headquarters in the Greater Austin Area within that time period, later establishes its headquarters in a location outside of the Greater Austin Area. “Good Reason Process” shall mean that (A) the Executive reasonably determines in good faith that a “Good Reason” condition has occurred; (B) the Executive notifies the Company in writing of the first occurrence of the Good Reason condition within 60 days of the first occurrence of such condition; (C) the Executive cooperates in good faith with the Company’s efforts, for a period not less than 30 days following such notice (the “Cure Period”), to remedy the condition; (D) notwithstanding such efforts, the Good Reason condition continues to exist; and (E) the Executive terminates his employment within 60 days after the end of the Cure Period. If the Company cures the Good Reason condition during the Cure Period, Good Reason shall be deemed not to have occurred. The “Greater Austin Area” shall mean the Austin-Round Rock, Texas metropolitan statistical area, which is defined by the United States Office of Management and Budget to consist of the counties of Bastrop, Texas, Caldwell, Texas, Hays, Texas, Travis, Texas and Williamson, Texas.

(f) Notice of Termination. Except for termination as specified in Section 4(a), any termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company or any such termination by the Executive shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon.

(g) Date of Termination. “Date of Termination” shall mean: (i) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by his death, the date of his death; (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated on account of disability under Section 4(b) or by the Company for Cause under Section 4(c), the date on which a Notice of Termination is given; (iii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company under Section 4(d), the last date of employment as referenced in the Notice of Termination; (iv) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Executive under Section 4(e) without Good Reason, ten days after the date on which a Notice of Termination is given, and (v) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Executive under Section 4(e) with Good Reason, the date on which a Notice of Termination is given after the end of the Cure Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (A) in the event that the Executive gives a Notice of Termination to the Company, the Company may unilaterally accelerate the Date of Termination and such acceleration shall not result in a termination by the

 

5


Company for purposes of this Agreement, and (B) in the event that the Company terminates the Executive’s employment without Cause under Section 4(d), the Company may unilaterally accelerate the Date of Termination to any earlier effective date provided that the Company continues to pay the Executive the Base Salary through the Date of Termination.

5. Compensation Upon Termination.

(a) Compensation Generally. If the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated for any reason, the Company shall pay or provide to the Executive (or to his authorized representative or estate) (i) any Base Salary earned through the Date of Termination, unpaid expense reimbursements (subject to, and in accordance with, Sections 2(e) and 2(f) of this Agreement) and unused vacation that accrued through the Date of Termination on or before the time required by law but in no event more than 30 days after the Executive’s Date of Termination; and (ii) any vested benefits or vested bonus the Executive may have under any employee benefit plan or bonus plan of the Company through the Date of Termination, which vested benefits and vested bonus shall be paid and/or provided in accordance with the terms of such employee benefit plans and bonus plans (collectively, the “Accrued Benefit”).

(b) Termination by the Company without Cause or by the Executive with Good Reason. During the Term, if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause as provided in Section 4(d), or the Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason as provided in Section 4(e), then the Company shall pay the Executive his Accrued Benefit. In addition, subject to the Executive signing a separation and general release agreement in a customary form and manner reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Executive (the “Separation and General Release Agreement”), the Separation and General Release Agreement becoming irrevocable, and the Executive not breaching any of his post-employment contractual obligations to the Company:

(i) the Company shall pay the Executive an amount equal to twelve (12) months of the Executive’s then current Base Salary; and

(ii) if the Executive was participating in the Company’s group health plan immediately prior to the Date of Termination and timely elects continued group health coverage pursuant to COBRA, then the Company shall pay to the Executive a monthly cash payment for twelve (12) months in an amount equal to Executive’s monthly COBRA premium; and

(iii) the amounts payable under this Section 4(b) shall be paid out in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s payroll practice over twelve (12) months commencing within 60 days after the Date of Termination; provided, however, that if the 60-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the Severance Amount shall begin to be paid in the second calendar year by the last day of such 60-day period; provided, further, that the initial payment shall include a catch-up payment to cover amounts retroactive to the day immediately following the Date of Termination. Each payment pursuant to this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

 

6


6. Section 409A.

(a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if at the time of the Executive’s separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the Company determines that the Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then to the extent any payment or benefit that the Executive becomes entitled to under this Agreement on account of the Executive’s separation from service would be considered deferred compensation otherwise subject to the 20 percent additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A(a) of the Code as a result of the application of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such payment shall not be payable and such benefit shall not be provided until the date that is the earlier of (A) six months and one day after the Executive’s separation from service, or (B) the Executive’s death. If any such delayed cash payment is otherwise payable on an installment basis, the first payment shall include a catch-up payment covering amounts that would otherwise have been paid during the six-month period but for the application of this provision, and the balance of the installments shall be payable in accordance with their original schedule.

(b) All in-kind benefits provided and expenses eligible for reimbursement under this Agreement shall be provided by the Company or incurred by the Executive during the time periods set forth in this Agreement. All reimbursements shall be paid as soon as administratively practicable, but in no event shall any reimbursement be paid after the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred. The amount of in-kind benefits provided or reimbursable expenses incurred in one taxable year shall not affect the in-kind benefits to be provided or the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year (except for any lifetime or other aggregate limitation applicable to medical expenses). Such right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

(c) To the extent that any payment or benefit described in this Agreement constitutes “non-qualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, and to the extent that such payment or benefit is payable upon the Executive’s termination of employment, then such payments or benefits shall be payable only upon the Executive’s “separation from service.” The determination of whether and when a separation from service has occurred shall be made in accordance with the presumptions set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).

(d) The parties intend that this Agreement will be administered in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the provision shall be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder comply with Section 409A of the Code. Each payment pursuant to this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2). The parties agree that this Agreement may be amended, as reasonably requested by either party, and as may be necessary to fully comply with Section 409A of the Code and all related rules and regulations in order to preserve the payments and benefits provided hereunder without additional cost to either party.

 

7


(e) The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to the Executive or any other person if any provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, such Section.

7. Nondisclosure/Confidentiality.

(a) Confidential Information. As used in this Agreement, “Confidential Information” shall mean information belonging to the Company or any of its controlled affiliates, as applicable (together, the “Protected Parties” and each of them, a “Protected Party”) which is of value to any of the Protected Parties in the course of conducting its business and the disclosure of which could result in a competitive or other disadvantage to a Protected Party. Confidential Information includes, without limitation:

(i) the identity of any current or prospective customers, clients, suppliers or vendors;

(ii) information relating to the business, products, affairs and finances of any of the Protected Parties;

(iii) information relating to the manufacture, production, distribution, marketing, or sale of any product sold by any of the Protected Parties;

(iv) technical data and know-how relating to the business of any of the Protected Parties;

(v) any information relating to technology, marketing and business plans or strategies of any of the Protected Parties;

(vi) any non-public management accounting or other similar financial information that would typically be included in the financial statements of any of the Protected Parties, including without limitation, the amount of the assets, liabilities, net worth, revenues or net income of any of the Protected Parties;

(vii) names and addresses of any of the customers, clients, suppliers, vendors and employees of any of the Protected Parties, and details of any independent contractor or agency arrangements of any of the Protected Parties;

(viii) non-public information relating to legal and professional dealings, real property, tangible property, finances, business, and investment activities, and other personal affairs of any of the Protected Parties;

(ix) any and all books, notes, memoranda, records, correspondence, documents, computer and other discs and tapes, data listings, codes, designs, drawings and other documents and materials (whether made or created by the Executive or otherwise) relating to the business of any of the Protected Parties; and

 

8


(x) any other non-public information gained in the course of the Executive’s employment with any of the Protected Parties that could reasonably be expected to prove harmful to any of the Protected Parties if disclosed to third parties, including without limitation, any information that could be reasonably expected to aid a competitor or potential competitor of any of the Protected Parties.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information does not include information in the public domain, unless due to breach of the Executive’s duties under Section 7(b), and does not include information known to the Executive prior to his employment hereunder, including methods, strategies and procedures not specifically related to the Company’s business that are known by the Executive as a result of his extensive experience in the consumer products industry.

(b) Confidentiality. The Executive understands and agrees that the Executive’s employment with the Company will create a relationship of confidence and trust between the Executive and the Company with respect to all Confidential Information. At all times, both during the Executive’s employment with the Company and after its termination, the Executive will keep in confidence and trust all such Confidential Information, and will not use or disclose any such Confidential Information without the written consent of the Company, except as may be necessary in the ordinary course of performing the Executive’s duties to the Company.

(c) Company Property. All documents, records, data, apparatus, equipment and other physical property, whether or not pertaining to Confidential Information, which are furnished to the Executive by the Company or any other Protected Party or are produced by the Executive in connection with the Executive’s employment will be and remain the sole property of the Company. The Executive will return to the Company all such materials and property as and when requested by the Company.

8. Noncompetition and Nonsolicitation.

(a) During the Executive’s employment with the Company and continuing through eighteen (18) months after the Date of Termination (the “Restricted Period”), the Executive (i) will not, directly or indirectly, whether as owner, partner, shareholder, consultant, agent, employee, co-venturer or otherwise, engage, participate, assist or invest or actively prepare to engage, participate, assist or invest in any Competing Business (as hereinafter defined); (ii) will refrain from directly or indirectly employing, attempting to employ, recruiting, hiring or otherwise soliciting, inducing or influencing any person to leave employment with any of the Protected Parties; and (iii) will refrain from soliciting or encouraging any customer, supplier, consultant or vendor to terminate or otherwise modify adversely its business relationship with any of the Protected Parties. The Executive understands that the restrictions set forth in this Section 8 are intended to protect the interest of each of the Protected Parties in its Confidential Information, goodwill and established employee, customer, supplier, consultant and vendor relationships and goodwill, and agrees that such restrictions are reasonable and appropriate for this purpose.

 

9


(b) For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Competing Business” shall mean (i) any business engaged in manufacturing, producing, distributing, marketing, selling, or purchasing popcorn or popcorn-related products, (ii) any other business carried on by the Company and/or its affiliates over the course of the Restricted Period (irrespective of whether such business is carried on by the Company and/or any of its affiliates as of the Effective Date); and (iii) any business in an active phase of development at the Company and/or any of its affiliates over the course of the Restricted Period (irrespective of whether such business is carried on by the Company and/or any of its affiliates as of the Effective Date); provided, however, that Competing Business shall not include any business unrelated to popcorn in which the Executive as of the Effective Date holds a passive investment interest (i.e., no involvement whatsoever in the management or operation of the business, including no involvement with or position on the board of directors of such business).

(c) The restrictions in this Section 8 shall apply to any conduct in (i) the United States of America; (ii) any geographic area in which the Company or its affiliates has sold, is then selling, or is actively planning to sell its products or services; and (iii) any other geographic area in which the Company or its affiliates has operated, is then operating or is actively planning to operate its business.

9. Work Product. As used in this Agreement, the term “Work Product” means all inventions, innovations, improvements, technical information, systems, software developments, methods, designs, analyses, drawings, reports, service marks, trademarks, trade names, logos and all similar or related information (whether patentable or unpatentable, copyrightable, registerable as a trademark, reduced to writing, or otherwise) which relates to the Company’s or any of its affiliates’ actual or anticipated business, research and development or existing or future products or services and which are or were conceived, developed or made by the Executive (whether or not during usual business hours, whether or not by the use of the facilities of the Company or any of its affiliates, and whether or not alone or in conjunction with any other person) while employed by the Company together with all patent applications, letters patent, trademark, trade name and service mark applications or registrations, copyrights and reissues thereof that may be granted for or upon any of the foregoing. All Work Product that the Executive may discover, invent or originate during the Term, shall be the exclusive property of the Company, and its affiliates, as applicable, and the Executive hereby assigns all of the Executive’s right, title and interest in and to such Work Product to the Company or its applicable affiliate, including all intellectual property rights therein. The Executive shall promptly disclose all Work Product to the Company, shall execute at the request of the Company any assignments or other documents the Company may deem necessary to protect or perfect its (or any of its affiliate’s, as applicable) rights therein, and shall assist the Company, at the Company’s expense, in obtaining, defending and enforcing the Company’s (or any of its affiliate’s, as applicable) rights therein. The Executive hereby appoints the Company as his attorney-in-fact to execute on his behalf any assignments or other documents deemed necessary by the Company to protect or perfect the Company’s (and any of its affiliate’s, as applicable) rights to any Work Product.

 

10


10. Third-Party Agreements and Rights. The Executive represents to the Company that the Executive’s execution of this Agreement, the Executive’s employment with the Company and the performance of the Executive’s duties for the Company as contemplated under this Agreement will not violate any obligations the Executive may have to any previous employer or other party. In the Executive’s work for the Company, the Executive will not disclose or make use of any information in violation of any agreements with or rights of any such previous employer or other party, and the Executive will not bring to the premises of the Company any copies or other tangible embodiments of non-public information belonging to or obtained from any such previous employment or other party.

11. Litigation and Regulatory Cooperation. During and after the Executive’s employment, the Executive shall cooperate fully with the Company in the defense or prosecution of any claims or actions now in existence or which may be brought in the future against or on behalf of the Company which relate to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was employed by the Company. The Executive’s full cooperation in connection with such claims or actions shall include, but not be limited to, being available to meet with counsel to prepare for discovery or trial and to act as a witness on behalf of the Company at mutually convenient times. During and after the Executive’s employment, the Executive also shall cooperate fully with the Company in connection with any investigation or review of any federal, state or local regulatory authority as any such investigation or review relates to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was employed by the Company. The Company shall reimburse the Executive for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the Executive’s performance of obligations pursuant to this Section 11.

12. Remedies. The Executive acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this Agreement are reasonable and necessary to protect the Company’s legitimate business interests and that any violation of the provisions contained herein would result in irreparable injury to the Company and that monetary damages may not be sufficient to compensate the Company for any economic loss which may be incurred by reason of breach of the restrictions contained herein. In the event of a breach or a threatened breach by the Executive of any provision contained herein, the Company shall be entitled to a temporary restraining order and injunctive relief restraining the Executive from the commission of any breach, shall not be required to provide any bond or other security in connection with obtaining any such equitable remedy and shall be entitled to recover the Company’s reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses related to the breach or threatened breach. Nothing contained in this Section 12 shall be construed as prohibiting the Company from pursuing any other remedies available to it for any breach or threatened breach, including, without limitation, the recovery of money damages.

13. Withholding. All payments made by the Company to the Executive under this Agreement shall be net of any tax or other amounts required to be withheld by the Company under applicable law.

14. Enforceability. If any portion or provision of this Agreement (including, without limitation, any portion or provision of any section of this Agreement) shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

11


15. Survival. The provisions of this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement and/or the termination of the Executive’s employment to the extent necessary to effectuate the terms contained herein.

16. Waiver. No waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party. The failure of any party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Agreement, or the waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.

17. Notices. Any notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for by this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and delivered in person or sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service or by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the Executive at the last address the Executive has filed in writing with the Company or, in the case of the Company, at its main offices, attention of the Chief Executive Officer.

18. Amendment. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by the Executive and by a duly authorized representative of the Company.

19. Governing Law. This is a Texas contract and shall be construed under and be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Texas, without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles of such state.

20. Successor to Company. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company.

21. Integration. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior written or oral agreements between the parties concerning such subject matter.

22. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be taken to be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same document.

[Remainder of Page Left Intentionally Blank]

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement effective on the date and year first above written.

 

TA TOPCO 1, LLC
By:

/s/ William Christ

Name: William Christ
Title: Manager

/s/ Brian S. Goldberg

BRIAN S. GOLDBERG

[Signature Page to Goldberg Employment Agreement]


EX-10.5

EXHIBIT 10.5

EXECUTION VERSION

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into this 17th day of July, 2014 by and between Jason Shiver (the “Executive”) and TA Topco 1, LLC (the “Company”; the Executive and the Company are collectively referred to as the “Parties”). This Agreement shall be effective upon the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement (as defined below) (the “Effective Date”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, reference is hereby made to that certain Unit Purchase Agreement entered into as of July 17, 2014 (the “Purchase Agreement”), by and among Andrew S. Friedman and Jennifer Friedman, Pamela L. Netzky and Ashley Netzky, Michael H. Eiserman and Judith Eiserman, Jeffrey A. Eiserman and Heather Eiserman, Precision Capital Group, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (collectively, the “Sellers” and each, a “Seller”), SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC, an Illinois limited liability company, TA Holdings 1, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Parent”), TA Midco 1, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Purchaser”) and Andrew S. Friedman, solely in the capacity as the Sellers’ Representative;

WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ the Executive and the Executive desires to be employed by the Company on the terms contained herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. Employment.

(a) Term. The Company hereby employs the Executive, and the Executive hereby accepts such employment, on the terms set forth herein commencing as of the Effective Date and continuing until terminated in accordance with the provisions of Section 4 (the “Term”).

(b) Position and Duties. During the Term, the Executive shall serve as the Senior Vice President of Sales of the Company, and shall have primary responsibility for the sales of the Company’s products and the hiring, training and supervision of its sales personnel and shall have such other powers and duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “CEO”). The Executive shall devote his full working time and efforts to the business and affairs of the Company; provided, however, that unless the Executive receives express written permission from the CEO of the Company, the Executive may serve on the board of directors of up to a maximum of two (2) entities that are not a Competing Business (as defined herein). The Executive’s service on such board(s) of directors is conditioned upon the Executive disclosing in writing to the CEO the name and address of the entities for which the Executive is providing such service as a board member.


(c) Workplace Location. The Executive may continue to work from Tampa, Florida but shall regularly commute to the Company’s headquarters and other locations as required to perform his duties under this Agreement or as otherwise directed by the CEO.

2. Compensation and Related Matters.

(a) Base Salary. During the Term, the Executive’s annual base salary shall be Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) (the “Base Salary.”) The Base Salary shall be payable in a manner that is consistent with the Company’s usual payroll practices for senior executives.

(b) Annual Bonus. Commencing January 1, 2015, the Executive will be eligible for an annual bonus, subject to the achievement of certain performance goals as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) (e.g., net revenue, EBITDA, Board discretion, etc.) (the “Annual Bonus”). The Executive’s Target Annual Bonus shall be One Hundred Twenty-five Thousand Dollars ($125,000) and shall be uncapped. For the period from the Effective Date through December 31, 2014, the Executive shall be eligible to receive a bonus based on the following formula:

(i) if the Company’s EBITDA for calendar year 2014 is greater than Fifty-five Million Dollars ($55,000,000), the Company shall pay the Executive a bonus in the amount of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000); and

(ii) if the Company’s EBITDA for calendar year 2014 is greater than Sixty Million Dollars ($60,000,000), the Company shall pay the Executive an additional bonus in the amount of Twenty-five Thousand Dollars ($25,000).

(c) Signing Bonus. The Executive will receive a one-time signing bonus of Seventy Thousand Dollars ($70,000) (the “Signing Bonus”). The Signing Bonus will be payable no later than thirty (30) days after the Effective Date. If within the first 365 days of employment, the Executive is terminated by the Company for Cause or voluntarily resigns his employment without Good Reason, the Executive shall within 30 business days repay to the Company the gross amount of the Signing Bonus.

(d) Employee Benefit Plans: As soon as reasonably practical, the Company will establish a market benefits plan that will include group medical and dental coverage. The Executive will be entitled to participate in all group benefit plans generally available to senior executives of the Company.

(e) Mobile Phone: During the Term, the Company will reimburse the Executive for the reasonable cost of a mobile telephone and the monthly charges related to the Executive’s use of such telephone in connection with the performance of his duties for the Company under this Agreement.

(f) Automobile and Mobile Phone Allowance: During the Term, the Company will reimburse the Executive for documented automobile-related expenses (i.e., lease payments, registration, insurance, maintenance, auto cleaning) and mobile telephone charges up to a monthly aggregate cap of $1,100 (prorated for any partial month of service to the Company).

 

2


(g) Expenses. The Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket business expenses incurred by the Executive during the Term in performing services hereunder, in accordance with the policies and procedures then in effect and established by the Company for its senior executives.

(h) Vacation. During the Term, the Executive shall be entitled to accrue up to twenty (20) paid vacation days in each full calendar year, which shall accrue ratably. During the Term, the Executive shall also be entitled to all paid holidays given by the Company to its executives.

3. Equity.

(a) Time Based Equity Target. Promptly following the Closing of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement (the “Closing”), the Executive shall be granted Class C-1 Units in an amount equal to one percent (1%) of the fully-diluted ownership of the Company. Twenty-five percent (25%) of such Class C-1 Units shall vest on the first anniversary of the Closing and the remainder of such Class C-1 Units shall vest in equal parts over the subsequent thirty-six (36) months.

(b) Performance Based Equity. Promptly following the Closing, the Executive shall be granted Class C-2 Units in an amount equal to one percent (1%) of the fully-diluted ownership of the Company. Such Class C-2 Units shall vest upon the achievement by funds affiliated with TA Associates Management L.P. (“TA”) of a per Class A Unit net return of three times (3x) the price paid by TA for each Class A Unit of the Company at the Closing.

4. Termination. During the Term, the Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated without any breach of this Agreement under the following circumstances:

(a) Death. The Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate upon the Executive’s death.

(b) Disability. The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment if the Executive is disabled and unable to perform the essential functions of the Executive’s then existing position or positions under this Agreement with or without reasonable accommodation for a period of 180 days (which need not be consecutive) in any 12-month period. If any question shall arise as to whether during any period the Executive is disabled so as to be unable to perform the essential functions of the Executive’s then existing position or positions with or without reasonable accommodation, the Executive may, and at the request of the Company shall, submit to the Company a certification in reasonable detail by a physician selected by the Company to whom the Executive or the Executive’s guardian has no reasonable objection as to whether the Executive is so disabled or how long such disability is expected to continue, and such certification shall for the purposes of this Agreement be conclusive of the issue. The Executive shall cooperate with any reasonable request of the physician in connection with such certification. If such question shall arise and the Executive shall fail to submit such certification, the Company’s determination of such issue shall be binding on the Executive. Nothing in this Section 4(b) shall be construed to waive the Executive’s rights, if any, under existing law including, without limitation, the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993, 29 U.S.C. §2601 et seq. and the Americans with Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. §12101 et seq.

 

3


(c) Termination by Company for Cause. The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean: (i) conduct by the Executive constituting a material act of misconduct in connection with the performance of the Executive’s duties, including, without limitation, misappropriation of funds or property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates; (ii) the commission by the Executive of any felony or a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, deceit, dishonesty or fraud, or any conduct by the Executive that would reasonably be expected to result in material injury or reputational harm to the Company or any of its subsidiaries and affiliates if the Executive was retained in his position; (iii) continued non-performance by the Executive of the Executive’s duties hereunder (other than by reason of the Executive’s physical or mental illness, incapacity or disability) which has continued for more than 30 days following written notice of such non-performance from the Company; (iv) a breach by the Executive of any of the provisions contained in this Agreement; (v) a material violation by the Executive of the Company’s written employment policies; or (vi) failure to cooperate with a bona fide internal investigation or an investigation by regulatory or law enforcement authorities, after being instructed by the Company to cooperate, or the willful destruction or failure to preserve documents or other materials known to be relevant to such investigation or the inducement of others to fail to cooperate or to produce documents or other materials in connection with such investigation.

(d) Termination Without Cause. The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder at any time without Cause. Any termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment under this Agreement which does not constitute a termination for Cause under Section 4(c) and does not result from the death or disability of the Executive under Section 4(a) or (b) shall be deemed a termination without Cause.

(e) Termination by the Executive. The Executive may terminate his employment hereunder at any time for any reason, including but not limited to Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean that the Executive has complied with the “Good Reason Process” (hereinafter defined) following the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) a material diminution in the Executive’s responsibilities, authority or duties; (ii) a material diminution in the Executive’s Base Salary except for across-the-board salary reductions based on the Company’s financial performance similarly affecting all or substantially all senior management employees of the Company; or (iii) the material breach of this Agreement by the Company. “Good Reason Process” shall mean that (A) the Executive reasonably determines in good faith that a “Good Reason” condition has occurred; (B) the Executive notifies the Company in writing of the first occurrence of the Good Reason condition within 60 days of the first occurrence of such condition; (C) the Executive cooperates in good faith with the Company’s efforts, for a period not less than 30 days following such notice (the “Cure Period”), to remedy the condition; (D) notwithstanding such efforts, the Good Reason condition continues to exist; and (E) the Executive terminates his employment within 60 days after the end of the Cure Period. If the Company cures the Good Reason condition during the Cure Period, Good Reason shall be deemed not to have occurred.

 

4


(f) Notice of Termination. Except for termination as specified in Section 4(a), any termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company or any such termination by the Executive shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon.

(g) Date of Termination. “Date of Termination” shall mean: (i) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by his death, the date of his death; (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated on account of disability under Section 4(b) or by the Company for Cause under Section 4(c), the date on which a Notice of Termination is given; (iii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company under Section 4(d), the last date of employment as referenced in the Notice of Termination; (iv) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Executive under Section 4(e) without Good Reason, 30 days after the date on which a Notice of Termination is given, and (v) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Executive under Section 4(e) with Good Reason, the date on which a Notice of Termination is given after the end of the Cure Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (A) in the event that the Executive gives a Notice of Termination to the Company, the Company may unilaterally accelerate the Date of Termination and such acceleration shall not result in a termination by the Company for purposes of this Agreement, and (B) in the event that the Company terminates the Executive’s employment without Cause under Section 4(d), the Company may unilaterally accelerate the Date of Termination to any earlier effective date provided that the Company continues to pay the Executive the Base Salary through the Date of Termination.

5. Compensation Upon Termination.

(a) Compensation Generally. If the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated for any reason, the Company shall pay or provide to the Executive (or to his authorized representative or estate) (i) any Base Salary earned through the Date of Termination, unpaid expense reimbursements (subject to, and in accordance with, Section 2(g) of this Agreement) and unused vacation that accrued through the Date of Termination on or before the time required by law but in no event more than 30 days after the Executive’s Date of Termination; and (ii) any vested benefits the Executive may have under any employee benefit plan of the Company through the Date of Termination, which vested benefits shall be paid and/or provided in accordance with the terms of such employee benefit plans (collectively, the “Accrued Benefit”).

(b) Termination by the Company without Cause or by the Executive with Good Reason. During the Term, if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause as provided in Section 4(d), or the Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason as provided in Section 4(e), then the Company shall pay the Executive his Accrued Benefit. In addition, subject to the Executive signing a separation and general release agreement in a form and manner satisfactory to the Company (the “Separation and General Release Agreement”), the Separation and General Release Agreement becoming irrevocable, and the Executive not breaching any of his post-employment contractual obligations to the Company:

(i) the Company shall pay the Executive an amount equal to twelve (12) months of the Executive’s then current Base Salary; and

 

5


(ii) if the Executive was participating in the Company’s group health plan immediately prior to the Date of Termination and timely elects continued group health coverage pursuant to COBRA, then the Company shall pay to the Executive a monthly cash payment for twelve (12) months in an amount equal to Executive’s monthly COBRA premium; and

(iii) the amounts payable under this Section 4(b) shall be paid out in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s payroll practice over twelve (12) months commencing within 60 days after the Date of Termination; provided, however, that if the 60-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the Severance Amount shall begin to be paid in the second calendar year by the last day of such 60-day period; provided, further, that the initial payment shall include a catch-up payment to cover amounts retroactive to the day immediately following the Date of Termination. Each payment pursuant to this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

6. Section 409A.

(a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if at the time of the Executive’s separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the Company determines that the Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then to the extent any payment or benefit that the Executive becomes entitled to under this Agreement on account of the Executive’s separation from service would be considered deferred compensation otherwise subject to the 20 percent additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A(a) of the Code as a result of the application of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such payment shall not be payable and such benefit shall not be provided until the date that is the earlier of (A) six months and one day after the Executive’s separation from service, or (B) the Executive’s death. If any such delayed cash payment is otherwise payable on an installment basis, the first payment shall include a catch-up payment covering amounts that would otherwise have been paid during the six-month period but for the application of this provision, and the balance of the installments shall be payable in accordance with their original schedule.

(b) All in-kind benefits provided and expenses eligible for reimbursement under this Agreement shall be provided by the Company or incurred by the Executive during the time periods set forth in this Agreement. All reimbursements shall be paid as soon as administratively practicable, but in no event shall any reimbursement be paid after the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred. The amount of in-kind benefits provided or reimbursable expenses incurred in one taxable year shall not affect the in-kind benefits to be provided or the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year (except for any lifetime or other aggregate limitation applicable to medical expenses). Such right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

(c) To the extent that any payment or benefit described in this Agreement constitutes “non-qualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, and to the

 

6


extent that such payment or benefit is payable upon the Executive’s termination of employment, then such payments or benefits shall be payable only upon the Executive’s “separation from service.” The determination of whether and when a separation from service has occurred shall be made in accordance with the presumptions set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).

(d) The parties intend that this Agreement will be administered in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the provision shall be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder comply with Section 409A of the Code. Each payment pursuant to this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2). The parties agree that this Agreement may be amended, as reasonably requested by either party, and as may be necessary to fully comply with Section 409A of the Code and all related rules and regulations in order to preserve the payments and benefits provided hereunder without additional cost to either party.

(e) The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to the Executive or any other person if any provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, such Section.

7. Nondisclosure/Confidentiality.

(a) Confidential Information. As used in this Agreement, “Confidential Information” shall mean information belonging to the Company or any of its affiliates or related entities, as applicable (together, the “Protected Parties” and each of them, a “Protected Party”) which is of value to any of the Protected Parties in the course of conducting its business and the disclosure of which could result in a competitive or other disadvantage to a Protected Party. Confidential Information includes, without limitation:

(i) the identity of any current or prospective customers, clients, suppliers or vendors;

(ii) information relating to the business, products, affairs and finances of any of the Protected Parties;

(iii) information relating to the manufacture, production, distribution, marketing, or sale of any product sold by any of the Protected Parties;

(iv) technical data and know-how relating to the business of any of the Protected Parties;

(v) any information relating to technology, marketing and business plans or strategies of any of the Protected Parties;

(vi) any non-public management accounting or other similar financial information that would typically be included in the financial statements

 

7


of any of the Protected Parties, including without limitation, the amount of the assets, liabilities, net worth, revenues or net income of any of the Protected Parties;

(vii) names and addresses of any of the customers, clients, suppliers, vendors and employees of any of the Protected Parties, and details of any independent contractor or agency arrangements of any of the Protected Parties;

(viii) non-public information relating to legal and professional dealings, real property, tangible property, finances, business, and investment activities, and other personal affairs of any of the Protected Parties;

(ix) any and all books, notes, memoranda, records, correspondence, documents, computer and other discs and tapes, data listings, codes, designs, drawings and other documents and materials (whether made or created by the Executive or otherwise) relating to the business of any of the Protected Parties; and

(x) any other non-public information gained in the course of the Executive’s employment with any of the Protected Parties that could reasonably be expected to prove harmful to any of the Protected Parties if disclosed to third parties, including without limitation, any information that could be reasonably expected to aid a competitor or potential competitor of any of the Protected Parties.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information does not include information in the public domain, unless due to breach of the Executive’s duties under Section 7(b).

(b) Confidentiality. The Executive understands and agrees that the Executive’s employment with the Company will create a relationship of confidence and trust between the Executive and the Company with respect to all Confidential Information. At all times, both during the Executive’s employment with the Company and after its termination, the Executive will keep in confidence and trust all such Confidential Information, and will not use or disclose any such Confidential Information without the written consent of the Company, except as may be necessary in the ordinary course of performing the Executive’s duties to the Company.

(c) Company Property. All documents, records, data, apparatus, equipment and other physical property, whether or not pertaining to Confidential Information, which are furnished to the Executive by the Company or any other Protected Party or are produced by the Executive in connection with the Executive’s employment will be and remain the sole property of the Company. The Executive will return to the Company all such materials and property as and when requested by the Company.

8. Noncompetition and Nonsolicitation.

(a) During the Executive’s employment with the Company and continuing through eighteen (18) months after the Date of Termination (the “Restricted Period”), the

 

8


Executive (i) will not, directly or indirectly, whether as owner, partner, shareholder, consultant, agent, employee, co-venturer or otherwise, engage, participate, assist or invest or actively prepare to engage, participate, assist or invest in any Competing Business (as hereinafter defined); (ii) will refrain from directly or indirectly employing, attempting to employ, recruiting, hiring or otherwise soliciting, inducing or influencing any person to leave employment with any of the Protected Parties; and (iii) will refrain from soliciting or encouraging any customer, supplier, consultant or vendor to terminate or otherwise modify adversely its business relationship with any of the Protected Parties. The Executive understands that the restrictions set forth in this Section 8 are intended to protect the interest of each of the Protected Parties in its Confidential Information, goodwill and established employee, customer, supplier, consultant and vendor relationships and goodwill, and agrees that such restrictions are reasonable and appropriate for this purpose.

(b) For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Competing Business” shall mean (i) any business engaged in manufacturing, producing, distributing, marketing, selling, or purchasing popcorn or popcorn-related products, (ii) any other business carried on by the Company and/or its affiliates over the course of the Restricted Period (irrespective of whether such business is carried on by the Company and/or any of its affiliates as of the Effective Date); and (iii) any business in an active phase of development at the Company and/or any of its affiliates over the course of the Restricted Period (irrespective of whether such business is carried on by the Company and/or any of its affiliates as of the Effective Date); provided, however, that Competing Business shall not include any business unrelated to popcorn in which the Executive as of the Effective Date holds a passive investment interest (i.e., no involvement whatsoever in the management or operation of the business, including no involvement with or position on the board of directors of such business).

(c) The restrictions in this Section 8 shall apply to any conduct in (i) the United States of America; (ii) any geographic area in which the Company or its affiliates has sold, is then selling, or is actively planning to sell its products or services; and (iii) any other geographic area in which the Company or its affiliates has operated, is then operating or is actively planning to operate its business.

9. Work Product. As used in this Agreement, the term “Work Product” means all inventions, innovations, improvements, technical information, systems, software developments, methods, designs, analyses, drawings, reports, service marks, trademarks, trade names, logos and all similar or related information (whether patentable or unpatentable, copyrightable, registerable as a trademark, reduced to writing, or otherwise) which relates to the Company’s or any of its affiliates’ actual or anticipated business, research and development or existing or future products or services and which are or were conceived, developed or made by the Executive (whether or not during usual business hours, whether or not by the use of the facilities of the Company or any of its affiliates, and whether or not alone or in conjunction with any other person) while employed by the Company together with all patent applications, letters patent, trademark, trade name and service mark applications or registrations, copyrights and reissues thereof that may be granted for or upon any of the foregoing. All Work Product that the Executive may discover, invent or originate during the Term, shall be the exclusive property of the Company, and its affiliates, as applicable, and the Executive hereby assigns all of the Executive’s right, title and interest in and to such Work Product to the Company or its applicable affiliate, including all

 

9


intellectual property rights therein. The Executive shall promptly disclose all Work Product to the Company, shall execute at the request of the Company any assignments or other documents the Company may deem necessary to protect or perfect its (or any of its affiliate’s, as applicable) rights therein, and shall assist the Company, at the Company’s expense, in obtaining, defending and enforcing the Company’s (or any of its affiliate’s, as applicable) rights therein. The Executive hereby appoints the Company as his attorney-in-fact to execute on his behalf any assignments or other documents deemed necessary by the Company to protect or perfect the Company’s (and any of its affiliate’s, as applicable) rights to any Work Product. Third-Party Agreements and Rights. The Executive represents to the Company that the Executive’s execution of this Agreement, the Executive’s employment with the Company and the performance of the Executive’s duties for the Company as contemplated under this Agreement will not violate any obligations the Executive may have to any previous employer or other party. In the Executive’s work for the Company, the Executive will not disclose or make use of any information in violation of any agreements with or rights of any such previous employer or other party, and the Executive will not bring to the premises of the Company any copies or other tangible embodiments of non-public information belonging to or obtained from any such previous employment or other party.

10. Third-Party Agreements and Rights. The Executive represents to the Company that the Executive’s execution of this Agreement, the Executive’s employment with the Company and the performance of the Executive’s duties for the Company as contemplated under this Agreement will not violate any obligations the Executive may have to any previous employer or other party. In the Executive’s work for the Company, the Executive will not disclose or make use of any information in violation of any agreements with or rights of any such previous employer or other party, and the Executive will not bring to the premises of the Company any copies or other tangible embodiments of non-public information belonging to or obtained from any such previous employment or other party.

11. Litigation and Regulatory Cooperation. During and after the Executive’s employment, the Executive shall cooperate fully with the Company in the defense or prosecution of any claims or actions now in existence or which may be brought in the future against or on behalf of the Company which relate to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was employed by the Company. The Executive’s full cooperation in connection with such claims or actions shall include, but not be limited to, being available to meet with counsel to prepare for discovery or trial and to act as a witness on behalf of the Company at mutually convenient times. During and after the Executive’s employment, the Executive also shall cooperate fully with the Company in connection with any investigation or review of any federal, state or local regulatory authority as any such investigation or review relates to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was employed by the Company. The Company shall reimburse the Executive for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the Executive’s performance of obligations pursuant to this Section 11.

12. Remedies. The Executive acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this Agreement are reasonable and necessary to protect the Company’s legitimate business interests and that any violation of the provisions contained herein would result in irreparable injury to the Company and that monetary damages may not be sufficient to compensate the Company for any economic loss which may be incurred by reason of breach of the restrictions contained herein. In

 

10


the event of a breach or a threatened breach by the Executive of any provision contained herein, the Company shall be entitled to a temporary restraining order and injunctive relief restraining the Executive from the commission of any breach, shall not be required to provide any bond or other security in connection with obtaining any such equitable remedy and shall be entitled to recover the Company’s reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses related to the breach or threatened breach. Nothing contained in this Section 12 shall be construed as prohibiting the Company from pursuing any other remedies available to it for any breach or threatened breach, including, without limitation, the recovery of money damages.

13. Withholding. All payments made by the Company to the Executive under this Agreement shall be net of any tax or other amounts required to be withheld by the Company under applicable law.

14. Enforceability. If any portion or provision of this Agreement (including, without limitation, any portion or provision of any section of this Agreement) shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

15. Survival. The provisions of this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement and/or the termination of the Executive’s employment to the extent necessary to effectuate the terms contained herein.

16. Waiver. No waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party. The failure of any party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Agreement, or the waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.

17. Notices. Any notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for by this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and delivered in person or sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service or by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the Executive at the last address the Executive has filed in writing with the Company or, in the case of the Company, at its main offices, attention of the Chief Executive Officer.

18. Amendment. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by the Executive and by a duly authorized representative of the Company.

19. Governing Law. This is a Florida contract and shall be construed under and be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Florida, without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles of such state.

20. Successor to Company. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company.

 

11


21. Integration. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior written or oral agreements between the parties concerning such subject matter.

22. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be taken to be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same document.

[Remainder of Page Left Intentionally Blank]

 

12


EXECUTION VERSION

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement effective on the date and year first above written.

 

TA TOPCO 1, LLC
By:

/s/ William Christ

Name: William Christ
Title: Manager

/s/ Jason Shiver

JASON SHIVER

[Signature Page to Shiver Employment Agreement]


EX-10.6

EXHIBIT 10.6

EXECUTION VERSION

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into this 17th day of July, 2014 by and between Pamela L. Netzky (the “Executive”) and TA Midco 1, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company” or the “Purchaser”; the Executive and the Company are collectively referred to as the “Parties”). This Agreement shall be effective upon the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement (as defined below) (the “Effective Date”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, reference is hereby made to that certain Unit Purchase Agreement entered into as of July 17, 2014 (the “Purchase Agreement”), by and among Andrew S. Friedman and Jennifer Friedman, Pamela L. Netzky and Ashley Netzky, Michael H. Eiserman and Judith Eiserman, Jeffrey A. Eiserman and Heather Eiserman, Precision Capital Group, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (collectively, the “Sellers” and each, a “Seller”), SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“SkinnyPop”), TA Holdings, 1, a Delaware corporation (“Parent”), TA Midco 1, LLC and Andrew S. Friedman, solely in the capacity as the Sellers’ Representative;

WHEREAS, the Executive is currently serving as an executive of SkinnyPop;

WHEREAS, as a material inducement for the Purchaser to enter into the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, the Executive has agreed to enter into this Employment Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Executive will materially benefit from the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, that this Agreement and its covenants are supported by good and sufficient consideration and that the Executive desires to be employed by the Company on the terms and conditions specified herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. Employment.

(a) Term. The Company hereby employs the Executive, and the Executive hereby accepts such employment, on the terms set forth herein commencing as of the Effective Date and continuing until December 31, 2015 unless sooner terminated in accordance with the provisions of Section 4 (the “Term”).

(b) Position and Duties. During the Term, the Executive shall serve as a Senior Advisor of the Company.

(i) During the first 90 days of the Term (the “Initial 90 Day Period”), the Executive shall devote her full working time and efforts to the business and affairs of


the Company (i.e., 5 days/week, standard business hours). During the Initial 90 Day Period, the Executive will continue to participate in and have material responsibility for day-to-day operations of the Company, including but not limited to being supportive, cooperative and helpful in connection with the transition of Thomas C. Ennis (or such other individual, as applicable) to his new role as Chief Executive Officer of the Company (“CEO”) and shall have such other powers and duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) or the CEO.

(ii) After the Initial 90 Day Period, the Executive shall be available for a minimum of two (2) days per week to provide services to the Company as requested by the Board or the CEO, provided that any request to provide services over two (2) days in any week shall be reasonably justified with the reasonable consent of Executive.

(iii) During the Term, the Executive shall serve as a member of the Board.

2. Compensation and Related Matters.

(a) Base Salary. During the Term, the Executive’s annual base salary shall be Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) (the “Base Salary.”) The Base Salary shall be payable in a manner that is consistent with the Company’s usual payroll practices for senior executives.

(b) Expenses. The Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable and documented expenses incurred by the Executive during the Term in performing services hereunder, in accordance with the policies and procedures then in effect and established by the Company for its senior executives.

(c) Other Benefits. During the Term, the Executive shall be eligible to participate in any group coverage medical and dental benefit plans in effect at the Company from time to time for similarly situated senior executives, subject to the terms of such plans.

(d) Vacation. During the Initial 90 Day Period, the Executive shall be entitled to up to five (5) paid vacation days. During the remainder of the Term following the Initial 90 Day Period, the Executive shall be entitled to up to eight (8) paid vacation days (four (4) weeks’ vacation time x two (2) work days per week off). During the Term, the Executive shall also be entitled to all paid holidays given by the Company to its executives.

(e) Service on the Board of Directors.

(i) During the Term, the Executive shall serve as a member of the Board and shall not receive any additional compensation or benefits for her service as a Board member.

(ii) After the Term of this Agreement expires, if requested by the Chairman of the Board, the Executive may at her election serve as a member of the Board. If the Executive serves as a member of the Board after the Term of this


Agreement expires, the Executive shall receive the same cash compensation and benefits paid or available to other Board members, which shall include an annualized stipend of not less than Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000). Such annual stipend shall be pro-rated for any partial year of service on the Board after the expiration of the Term.

3. Earn Out. The Executive shall be eligible to receive a cash payment of up to $10 million (the “Earn-out”) upon the achievement by the Company of certain contribution margin benchmarks during the period commencing on January 1, 2015 and ending on December 31, 2015 (the “Earn-out Period”) as further described below.

(a) The following definitions shall be used for purposes of determining whether the Company has achieved such contribution margin benchmarks:

(i) Actual Club Channel Contribution Margin: means, for the Baseline Period or the Earn-out Period, as applicable, an amount calculated as (i) Club Channel Revenue, minus (ii) Club Channel Cost of Goods Sold, minus (iii) to the extent not already included as a reduction of Club Channel Revenue or a component of Club Channel Cost of Goods Sold, the amount of Club Channel Demonstration Expenses, in each case, as determined in accordance with GAAP and as set forth in a supplemental schedule to the audited financial statements for the Baseline Period and for the Earn-out Period, as applicable.

(ii) Actual Company Contribution Margin: means, for the Baseline Period or the Earn-out Period, as applicable, an amount calculated as (i) Company Revenue, minus (ii) Company Cost of Goods Sold, minus (iii) to the extent not already included as a reduction of Company Revenue or a component of Company Cost of Goods Sold, the amount of Company Demonstration Expenses, in each case as determined in accordance with GAAP, and as set forth on the face of or in a supplemental schedule to the audited financial statements for the Baseline Period and the Earn-out Period, as applicable.

(iii) Baseline Period: means the period commencing on January 1, 2014 and ending on December 31, 2014.

(iv) Baseline Period Club Channel Contribution Margin: means the lesser of (x) the Hypothetical Baseline Period Club Channel Contribution Margin and (y) the Actual Club Channel Contribution Margin for the Baseline Period.

(v) Baseline Period Company Contribution Margin: means the lesser of (x) the Hypothetical Baseline Period Company Contribution Margin and (y) the Actual Company Contribution Margin for the Baseline Period.

(vi) Club Channel Cost of Goods Sold: means cost of goods sold related to Club Channel Revenue, as determined in accordance with GAAP and as set forth in a supplemental schedule to the audited financial statements for the Baseline Period and for the Earn-out Period.


(vii) Club Channel Demonstration Expenses: means any costs incurred by the Company with any party, whether a club channel customer or another third party, related to the promotion and demonstration of the Company’s products at Costco, Sam’s Club, and BJ’s, including the cost of products utilized in the demonstration as well as any customer or third party charges incurred in respect of such demonstration activities, as determined in accordance with GAAP and as set forth in a supplemental schedule to the audited financial statements for the Baseline Period and for the Earn-out Period.

(viii) Club Channel Revenue: means revenues of the Company (net of any and all sales adjustments, including but not limited to, customer credits for markdowns, promotions, returns, damages, cooperative advertising, rebates, discounts, or other promotional activities, other reductions of customer revenues, and any other amounts paid to customers) derived from Costco, Sam’s Club, and BJ’s membership warehouse clubs, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and as set forth in a supplemental schedule to the audited financial statements for the Baseline Period and for the Earn-out Period.

(ix) Company Cost of Goods Sold: means cost of goods sold related to Company Revenue, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and as set forth on the face of the audited financial statements for the Baseline Period and for the Earn-out Period.

(x) Company Demonstration Expenses: means any costs incurred by the Company with any party, whether a customer or another third party, related to the promotion and demonstration of the Company’s products, including the cost of products utilized in the demonstration as well as any customer or third party charges incurred in respect of such demonstration activities, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and as set forth in a supplemental schedule to the audited financial statements for the Baseline Period and the Earn-out Period.

(xi) “Company EBITDA”: means, for any period, the net income (loss) of the Company, excluding, to the extent included in determination of such net income (loss), (i) interest expense of the Company, net of any interest income, (ii) provision/benefit for income taxes, (iii) depreciation and amortization expense, and (iv) any charges, expenses, credits, or income related to the accounting for the Earn-out, in each case as determined in accordance with GAAP, and as set forth in the audited financial statements for the Baseline Period and for the Earn-out Period.

(xii) Company Revenue: means revenues (net of any and all sales adjustments, including but not limited to, customer credits for markdowns, promotions, returns, damages, cooperative advertising, rebates, discounts, or other promotional activities, other reductions of customer revenues, and any other amounts paid to customers) of the Company as determined in accordance with GAAP, and as set forth on the face of the audited financial statements for the Baseline Period and for the Earn-out Period.


(xiii) Hypothetical Baseline Period Club Channel Contribution Margin: means an amount calculated by multiplying (i) the quotient, expressed as a decimal, obtained by dividing (a) the Actual Club Channel Contribution Margin for the Baseline Period by (b) the Actual Company Contribution Margin for the Baseline Period, by (ii) the Hypothetical Baseline Period Company Contribution Margin.

(xiv) Hypothetical Baseline Period Company Contribution Margin: means an amount calculated by multiplying (i) the quotient, expressed as a decimal, obtained by dividing (a) $57,500,000 by (b) the Company EBITDA for the Baseline Period, by (ii) Actual Company Contribution Margin for the Baseline Period.

(b) The Earn-out shall be determined as follows:

(i) Up to $5,000,000 of the Earn-out will be based upon the amount by which the Actual Club Channel Contribution Margin during the Earn-out Period exceeds the Baseline Period Club Channel Contribution Margin, which shall be determined by dividing (x) the positive difference, if any, obtained by subtracting the Baseline Period Club Channel Contribution Margin from the Actual Club Channel Contribution Margin for the Earn-out Period by (y) the Baseline Period Club Channel Contribution Margin (such amount, expressed as a decimal, the “Club Margin Growth Amount”). This portion of the Earn-out will be determined by multiplying (x) the quotient, expressed as a decimal, obtained by dividing (i) the Club Margin Growth Amount (which for purposes of this calculation shall not exceed 0.05) by (ii) 0.05, by (y) $5,000,000. In no event shall the Executive be entitled to this portion of the Earn-out if the Actual Club Channel Contribution Margin during the Earn-out Period is less than the Baseline Period Club Channel Contribution Margin.

(ii) Up to $5,000,000 of the Earn-out will be based upon the amount by which the Actual Company Contribution Margin during the Earn-out Period exceeds the Baseline Period Company Contribution Margin, which shall be determined by dividing (x) the positive difference, if any, obtained by subtracting the Baseline Period Company Contribution Margin from the Actual Company Contribution Margin for the Earn-out Period by (y) the Baseline Period Company Contribution Margin (such amount, expressed as a decimal. the “Company Margin Growth Amount”). This portion of the Earn-out will be determined by multiplying (x) the quotient, expressed as a decimal, obtained by dividing (i) the Company Margin Growth Amount (which for purposes of this calculation shall not exceed 0.05) by (ii) 0.05, by (y) $5,000,000. In no event shall the Executive be entitled to this portion of the Earn-out if the Actual Company Contribution Margin during the Earn-out Period is less than the Baseline Period Company Contribution Margin.


(c) Within thirty (30) days following the receipt by the Company of its audited financial statements for the Earn-out Period, the Company shall prepare and deliver to the Executive a written statement setting forth the Company’s calculation of the Actual Club Channel Contribution Margin and Actual Company Contribution Margin achieved during the Earn-out Period and the resulting amount of the Earn-out payment, if any (the “Earn-out Statement”). If the Executive agrees with the calculations contained in the Earn-out Statement, the Executive shall provide written notice of such agreement to the Company, and the Company shall upon receipt of such notice promptly pay the Earn-out, if any, to the Executive pursuant to Section 3(e). If the Executive disagrees with the Earn-out Statement (or any component thereof), the Executive may, within thirty (30) calendar days following receipt of the Earn-out Statement, deliver a notice to the Company disagreeing with the Earn-out Statement, accompanied by the calculations, explanations and assumptions that explain in reasonable details the basis for such disagreement. If the Executive fails to object in writing to the Earn-out Statement (or any component thereof) within such thirty (30) calendar day period, the Executive will be deemed to have conclusively accepted the Earn-out Statement (including all components therein) and the Earn-out Statement shall be final and binding upon the Purchaser and the Sellers.

(d) If a notice of disagreement is delivered pursuant to Section 3(c), the Executive and the Company shall, during the thirty (30) calendar days following such delivery (or such longer period as they may mutually agree), use their commercially reasonable efforts to reach agreement on the disputed items or amounts in the Earn-out Statement. If, after such thirty (30) day period, the Sellers’ Representative and the Purchaser are unable to reach an agreement, the Sellers’ Representative or the Purchaser may request that the dispute be resolved by an arbiter from a nationally recognized independent public accounting firm that is mutually agreed upon by the Executive and the Company (the person so selected shall be referred to herein as the “Accounting Arbitrator”). The Accounting Arbitrator so selected will consider only those items and amounts set forth in the Earn-out Statement and the foregoing written notice of disagreement as to which the Executive and the Company have disagreed within the time periods and on the terms specified above. In submitting a dispute to the Accounting Arbitrator, each of the Executive and the Company shall concurrently furnish, at its own expense, to the Accounting Arbitrator and the other party such documents and information as the Accounting Arbitrator may request. Each party may also furnish to the Accounting Arbitrator such other information and documents as it deems relevant, with copies of such submission and all such documents and information being concurrently given to the other party. The Accounting Arbitrator shall issue a detailed written report that sets forth the resolution of all items in dispute and that contains a final Earn-out Statement; provided, that for the sake of clarity, in no event shall the Accounting Arbitrator’s calculation of any of the items in the Earn-out Statement be either less or more (as applicable) than the amounts calculated by the Parties in the Earn-out Statement or the foregoing written notice of disagreement. Such final Earn-out Statement (and the calculations set forth therein) shall be final and binding upon the Executive and the Company. The fees and expenses of the Accounting Arbitrator incurred in connection with the determination of the disputed items by the Accounting Arbitrator shall be borne by (i) the Executive, on the one hand, and (ii) the Company, on the other hand, on the basis, for each such party, of the percentage which the portion of the contested amount not awarded to each party bears to the amount actually contested by each such party (as specified in the materials that each party submitted to the Accounting Arbitrator). The Executive and the Company shall cooperate fully with the Accounting Arbitrator and respond on a timely basis to all requests for information or access to documents or


personnel made by the Accounting Arbitrator or by other parties hereto, all with the intent to fairly and in good faith resolve all disputes relating to the Earn-out Statement as promptly as reasonably practicable.

(e) Upon final determination of the items set forth in the Earn-out Statement, if the Executive is entitled to receive all or any portion of the Earn-out, then the Company shall promptly (within fifteen (15) business days of such final determination) pay to the Executive the amount of such Earn-out by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account as the Executive has designated in writing to the Company prior to the payment date. The Company, at its sole discretion, may elect to pay the foregoing payment through surplus cash on its balance sheet or through the incurrence of additional indebtedness for borrowed money.

(f) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall the Executive be entitled to receive any Earn-out payment, and the Company shall not be required to pay any Earn-out to the Executive at any time, if: (i) the Executive’s employment has been terminated by the Company with Cause; (ii) such payment is restricted by the terms of any applicable indebtedness under which the Company or any of its affiliates is an obligor (without giving effect to any subsequent cure, waiver or remedy of such restriction), (iii) the Company is not in compliance at any time with Section 6.06(a)(vi)(x) or 6.06(b)(vi)(x) of the Credit Agreement (or any similar financial covenant in any other indebtedness documentation in which the Company or any of its affiliates is an obligor) (without giving effect to any subsequent cure, waiver or remedy of such lack of compliance), (iv) the Company is not in compliance at any time with Section 6.06(a)(vi)(y) or 6.06(b)(vi)(x) of the Credit Agreement (or any similar covenant in any other indebtedness documentation in which the Company or any of its affiliates is an obligor) (the “Liquidity Test”); provided, that, with respect to this clause (iv) to the extent the Company was not operated in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices for the three-month period prior to the date such Earn-out is required to be paid and, as a result of such action, the Company is not in compliance with the Liquidity Test, then the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Company to be in compliance with the Liquidity Test solely with the utilization of internally-generated cash on the Company’s balance sheet or the incurrence of indebtedness permitted by the Credit Agreement (or any similar covenant in any other indebtedness documentation in which the Company or any of its affiliates is an obligor), which indebtedness is permitted to be incurred to pay such Earn-out or (v) to the extent the Company EBITDA for the Baseline Period was equal to or greater than $57.5M (the “Base EBITDA”), the Company EBITDA for the Earn-out Period is not at least eighty percent (80%) of the Base EBITDA. For purposes of this Agreement, “Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof, by and among TA Holdings 1, Inc., TA Midco 1, LLC, the lender parties specified therein, and the other parties specified therein.

(g) To the extent actually realized by the Company in a taxable year, the Company shall pay to the Executive an amount, in cash, equal to the Tax Benefit Amount (as defined below) within fifteen (15) business days of realizing such amount. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, the Tax Benefit Amount shall be deemed realized (i) in the case of the taxable year in which the Earn-out is paid or any subsequent taxable year, at the time of the due date of the tax return (subject to permitted extensions) with respect to which such Tax Benefit Amount relates and (ii) in the case of any taxable year prior to the year in which the Earn-out is paid, upon actual receipt of any tax refund resulting from carrying back any net operating loss to


the extent attributable to the Earn-out. For purposes of this Agreement, “Tax Benefit Amount” means (A) in the case of the taxable year in which the Earn-out is paid or any subsequent taxable year, the net excess (if any) of (1) the taxes that would have been paid by the Company in respect of such taxable year calculated without taking into account the payment of the Earn-out (and, for the avoidance of doubt, any net operating losses attributable thereto) over (2) the actual taxes payable by the Company in respect of such taxable year and (B) in the case of any taxable year prior to the year in which the Earn-out is paid, the amount of any tax refund resulting from carrying back any net operating losses to the extent attributable to the Earn-out. For the avoidance of doubt and for purposes of this Section 3(g), (i) in order to determine the Tax Benefit Amount for any taxable year of the Company in which a deduction for the Earn-out is utilized, the portion of the Company’s deductions and net operating loss carrybacks and carryforwards attributable to the Earn-out shall be treated as utilized last and (ii) no payment of a Tax Benefit Amount shall be made in respect of estimated tax payments, including, without limitation, federal estimated income tax payments. In the event that any portion of the Tax Benefit Amount is subsequently determined by any taxing authority to be less than the amount paid to the Executive pursuant to this Section 3(g), the Executive shall promptly return any such disallowed amount (plus any interest or penalties in respect of such disallowed amount owed to any taxing authority) to the Company.

(h) The Company and the Executive agree that the Earn-out and the Tax Benefit Amount shall be treated as compensation payable to the Executive for tax purposes and may be subject to applicable federal, state and local tax withholding.

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in no event shall the aggregate payments hereunder, determined on an after-tax basis in the hands of the Executive, exceed the after-tax amount that the Executive would have received if the Executive had only received an amount equal to the Earn-out and such amount was taxed as long-term capital gain for income tax purposes.

4. Termination. During the Term, the Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated without any breach of this Agreement under the following circumstances:

(a) Death. The Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate upon the Executive’s death.

(b) Disability. The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment if the Executive is disabled and unable to perform the essential functions of the Executive’s then existing position or positions under this Agreement with or without reasonable accommodation for a period of 180 days (which need not be consecutive) in any 12-month period. If any question shall arise as to whether during any period the Executive is disabled so as to be unable to perform the essential functions of the Executive’s then existing position or positions with or without reasonable accommodation, the Executive may, and at the request of the Company shall, submit to the Company a certification in reasonable detail by a physician mutually selected by the Company and the Executive or the Executive’s guardian as to whether the Executive is so disabled or how long such disability is expected to continue, and such certification shall for the purposes of this Agreement be conclusive of the issue. The Executive shall cooperate with any reasonable request of the physician in connection with such certification. Nothing in this Section


4(b) shall be construed to waive the Executive’s rights, if any, under existing law including, without limitation, the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993, 29 U.S.C. §2601 et seq. and the Americans with Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. §12101 et seq. and any similar state statutes or local ordinances.

(c) Termination by Company for Cause. The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean: (i) conduct by the Executive constituting a willful and material act of misconduct in connection with the performance of the Executive’s duties, including, without limitation, misappropriation of funds or property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates; (ii) the commission by the Executive of any felony or a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, deceit, dishonesty or fraud, or any conduct by the Executive that would reasonably be expected to result in material injury or reputational harm to the Company or any of its subsidiaries and affiliates if the Executive was retained in her position; (iii) documented repeated and continual non-performance by the Executive of the Executive’s duties hereunder (other than by reason of the Executive’s physical or mental illness, incapacity or disability); (iv) a material breach by the Executive of any of the provisions contained in this Agreement; (v) a material violation by the Executive of the Company’s written employment policies; or (vi) deliberate failure to cooperate with a bona fide internal investigation or an investigation by regulatory or law enforcement authorities, after being instructed by the Company to cooperate, or the willful destruction or failure to preserve documents or other materials known to be relevant to such investigation or the willful inducement of others to fail to cooperate or to produce documents or other materials in connection with such investigation. In the case where a Cause termination is premised on clause (iii) (iv), (v), or (vi) above, prior to any such termination taking place the Company will first provide the Executive with a written notice detailing the factual basis for termination and providing ten (10) business days’ opportunity to cure.

(d) Termination Without Cause. The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder at any time without Cause. Any termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment under this Agreement which does not constitute a termination for Cause under Section 4(c) and does not result from the death or disability of the Executive under Section 4(a) or (b) shall be deemed a termination without Cause.

(e) Termination By Executive For Good Reason: The Executive may terminate her employment hereunder at any time for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean: (i) a material breach of any of the Company’s representations, warranties, or obligations under this Agreement; (ii) a material reduction in the Executive’s Base Salary and benefits as promised hereunder; (iii) a material diminution in the Executive’s level of authority or responsibility as provided in this Agreement; and (iv) any requirement that the Executive routinely and regularly report to a location that is more than twenty-five (25) miles from the current office location of the Company. Prior to any such termination taking place the Executive will provide the Company with a written notice detailing the factual basis for termination and providing ten (10) business days’ opportunity to cure.

(f) Termination By Executive Without Good Reason: Following the first 365 days after the Effective Date of this Agreement, Executive may elect to terminate the Agreement without Good Reason at any time through the completion of its Term upon 15 days’ written notice to Company.


(g) Notice of Termination. Except for termination as specified in Section 4(a), any termination of the Executive’s employment shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon.

(h) Date of Termination. “Date of Termination” shall mean: (i) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by her death under Section 4(a), the date of her death; or (ii) if the Executive’s employment is otherwise terminated, the date noted in the Notice of Termination, subject to any applicable notice or cure periods.

5. Compensation Upon Termination.

(a) If the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated by reason of disability under Section 4(b), by the Company for Cause under Section 4(c), or by the Executive without Good Reason under Section 4(f), then the Company shall pay or provide to the Executive (or to her authorized representative or estate) (i) any Base Salary earned through the Date of Termination, unpaid expense reimbursements (subject to, and in accordance with, Section 2(b) of this Agreement) and unused vacation that accrued through the Date of Termination on or before the time required by law but in no event more than 30 days after the Executive’s Date of Termination; and (ii) any vested benefits the Executive may have under any employee benefit plan of the Company through the Date of Termination, which vested benefits shall be paid and/or provided in accordance with the terms of such employee benefit plans (collectively the “Accrued Benefits”).

(b) If the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of death under Section 4(a), by the Company without Cause under Section 4(d), or by the Executive for Good Reason under Section 4(e), the Company shall pay or provide to the Executive her Accrued Benefits. In addition, subject to the Executive signing a separation and general release agreement in a form and manner reasonably satisfactory to the Company and Executive (the “Separation and General Release Agreement”), the Separation and General Release Agreement becoming irrevocable, and the Executive not breaching any of her post-employment contractual obligations to the Company:

(i) the Company shall continue to pay the Executive her Base Salary for the remainder of the full Term of the Agreement, consistent with the Company’s usual payroll practices for senior executives;

(ii) the Company shall pay the Executive the Earn-out to which Executive would have been entitled if he were still employed by the Company, on the terms and at the times set forth in Section 3;

(iii) if the Executive was participating in the Company’s group health plan immediately prior to the Date of Termination and timely elects continued group health coverage pursuant to COBRA, then the Company shall pay to the Executive for the remainder of the full Term of the Agreement a monthly cash payment in an amount equal to Executive’s monthly COBRA premium; and


(iv) the Company shall provide the Executive with any vested benefits the Executive may have under any employee benefit plan of the Company through the remainder of the full Term of the Agreement, which vested benefits shall be paid and/or provided in accordance with the terms of such employee benefit plans.

6. Section 409A.

(a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if at the time of the Executive’s separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the Company determines that the Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then to the extent any payment or benefit that the Executive becomes entitled to under this Agreement on account of the Executive’s separation from service would be considered deferred compensation otherwise subject to the 20 percent additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A(a) of the Code as a result of the application of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such payment shall not be payable and such benefit shall not be provided until the date that is the earlier of (A) six months and one day after the Executive’s separation from service, or (B) the Executive’s death. If any such delayed cash payment is otherwise payable on an installment basis, the first payment shall include a catch-up payment covering amounts that would otherwise have been paid during the six-month period but for the application of this provision, and the balance of the installments shall be payable in accordance with their original schedule.

(b) All in-kind benefits provided and expenses eligible for reimbursement under this Agreement shall be provided by the Company or incurred by the Executive during the time periods set forth in this Agreement. All reimbursements shall be paid as soon as administratively practicable, but in no event shall any reimbursement be paid after the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred. The amount of in-kind benefits provided or reimbursable expenses incurred in one taxable year shall not affect the in-kind benefits to be provided or the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year (except for any lifetime or other aggregate limitation applicable to medical expenses). Such right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

(c) To the extent that any payment or benefit described in this Agreement constitutes “non-qualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, and to the extent that such payment or benefit is payable upon the Executive’s termination of employment, then such payments or benefits shall be payable only upon the Executive’s “separation from service.” The determination of whether and when a separation from service has occurred shall be made in accordance with the presumptions set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).

(d) The parties intend that this Agreement will be administered in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the provision shall be read in such a manner


so that all payments hereunder comply with Section 409A of the Code. Each payment pursuant to this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2). The parties agree that this Agreement may be amended, as reasonably requested by either party, and as may be necessary to fully comply with Section 409A of the Code and all related rules and regulations in order to preserve the payments and benefits provided hereunder without additional cost to either party.

(e) The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to the Executive or any other person if any provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, such Section.

7. Nondisclosure/Confidentiality.

(a) Confidential Information. As used in this Agreement, “Confidential Information” shall mean information belonging to the Company or any of its affiliates which is of value to the Company or any of its affiliates in the course of conducting its business from its not being generally known and the disclosure of which could result in a competitive or other disadvantage to the Company or any of its affiliates. Confidential Information may include, without limitation:

(i) the identity of any current or prospective customers, clients, suppliers or vendors or the Company or any of its affiliates;

(ii) information relating to the business, products, affairs and finances of the Company or any of its affiliates;

(iii) information relating to the manufacture, production, distribution, marketing, or sale of any product sold by the Company or any of its affiliates;

(iv) technical data and know-how relating to the business of the Company or any of its affiliates;

(v) any information relating to the technology, marketing and business plans or strategies of the Company or any of its affiliates;

(vi) any non-public management accounting or other similar financial information that would typically be included in the financial statements of the Company or any of its affiliates, including without limitation, the amount of the assets, liabilities, net worth, revenues or net income of the Company or any of its affiliates;

(vii) names and addresses of any of the customers, clients, suppliers, vendors and employees, and details of any independent contractor or agency arrangements of the Company or any of its affiliates;


(viii) non-public information relating to legal and professional dealings, real property, tangible property, finances, business, and investment activities, and other personal affairs of the Company or any of its affiliates;

(ix) any and all books, notes, memoranda, records, correspondence, documents, computer and other discs and tapes, data listings, codes, designs, drawings and other documents and materials (whether made or created by the Executive or otherwise) relating to the business of the Company or any of its affiliates; and

(x) any other non-public information gained in the course of the Executive’s employment with the Company that could reasonably be expected to prove harmful to the Company or any of its affiliates if disclosed to third parties, including without limitation, any information that could be reasonably expected to aid a competitor or potential competitor of the Company or any of its affiliates.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information does not include information in the public domain, unless due to breach of the Executive’s duties under Section 7(b).

(b) Confidentiality. The Executive understands and agrees that the Executive’s employment with the Company has created and will continue to create a relationship of confidence and trust between the Executive and the Company with respect to all Confidential Information. At all times, both during the Executive’s employment with the Company and after its termination, the Executive will keep in confidence and trust all such Confidential Information, and will not use or disclose any such Confidential Information without the written consent of the Company, except as may be necessary in the ordinary course of performing the Executive’s duties to the Company.

(c) Company Property. All documents, records, data, apparatus, equipment and other physical property, whether or not pertaining to Confidential Information, which are furnished to the Executive by the Company or any of its affiliates or are produced by the Executive in connection with the Executive’s employment will be and remain the sole property of the Company. The Executive will return to the Company all such materials and property as and when requested by the Company. The foregoing notwithstanding, it is understood that all Personal Property located on the Premises located at 8135 Monticello Avenue, Skokie, Illinois 60076 subject to that certain Lease dated September 1, 2012 by and between Monticello Partners LLC as Landlord and Company as Tenant shall remain the property of the Executive and Pamela L. Netzky as the principals of the Landlord and are not the property of the Company, and the Executive and Netzky shall have full rights of ownership and possession of said Personal Property. As used in this Agreement, Personal Property is defined as all physical property on the Premises which is movable and not affixed to the Premises. Personal Property includes all office furniture and equipment on the Premises. As the sole exception, however, Personal Property does not include the computers and servers used by employees other than Executive and Netzky, which will be considered the property of Company, along with their content. As for the computers of the Executive and Netzky, these will be considered their Personal Property, but Company will be entitled to purge them of any Company Confidential Information they may contain before releasing them.


8. Noncompetition and Nonsolicitation.

(a) During the Executive’s employment with the Company and continuing through the later of (i) seven (7) years after the Closing Date of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement and (ii) eighteen (18) months after the Executive ceases to serve on the Board or otherwise provide any services to the Company (individually and collectively (i) and (ii) are referred to as the “Restricted Period”), the Executive (A) will not, directly or indirectly, whether as owner, partner, shareholder, consultant, agent, employee, co-venturer or otherwise, engage, participate, assist or invest or actively prepare to engage, participate, assist or invest in that part of any entity or enterprise that is engaged in a Competing Business (as hereinafter defined); (B) will refrain from directly or indirectly employing, attempting to employ, recruiting, hiring or otherwise soliciting, inducing or influencing any person to leave employment with the Company or any of its affiliates; and (C) will refrain from soliciting or encouraging any customer, supplier, consultant or vendor to terminate or otherwise modify adversely its business relationship with the Company or any of its affiliates. The Executive understands that the restrictions set forth in this Section 8 are intended to protect the Company’s interest in its Confidential Information, goodwill and established employee, customer, supplier, consultant and vendor relationships and goodwill, and agrees that such restrictions are reasonable and appropriate for this purpose. The Executive also acknowledges and agrees that the Executive is a Seller as defined in the Purchase Agreement and absent Executive’s agreement to and compliance with the restrictions set forth in this Section 8, the Purchaser would not have entered into the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement.

(b) For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Competing Business” shall mean (i) any business engaged in manufacturing, producing, distributing, marketing, selling or purchasing popcorn or popcorn-related products; (ii) any other business carried on by the Company and/or its affiliates during the period of Executive’s continued employment with the Company, service on the Board, or other such service affiliation (irrespective of whether such business is carried on by the Company and/or any of its affiliates as of the Effective Date); and (iii) any business in an active phase of development at the Company and/or any of its affiliates during the period of Executive’s continued employment with the Company, service on the Board, or other such service affiliation (irrespective of whether such business is carried on by the Company and or any of its affiliates as of the Effective Date); provided, however, that Competing Business shall not include (i) any business unrelated to popcorn in which the Executive as of the Effective Date holds a passive investment interest (i.e. no involvement whatsoever in the management or operation of the business, including no involvement with or position on the board of directors of such business); and (ii) any business unrelated to popcorn in which the Executive after the Effective Date invests and which at the time of the Executive’s investment was not a business covered by Section 8(b)(ii) or 8(b)(iii) of this Agreement but which during the period of Executive’s continued employment with the Company, service on the Board, or other service affiliation becomes a business covered by Section 8(b)(ii) or 8(b)(iii) of this Agreement (a “Permitted Passive Investment”); provided, however, that as a condition of a Permitted Passive Investment being excluded from the definition of Competing Business, the Executive must within ten (10) days of the investment becoming a Permitted Passive Investment,


cease to have any relationship with or involvement in the Permitted Passive Investment other than as a passive investor (i.e. no involvement whatsoever in the management or operation of the business, including no involvement with or position on the board of directors of such business).

(c) The restrictions in this Section 8 shall apply to any conduct in (i) any geographic area in which the Company has sold within the past year, is then selling, or is actively planning to sell its products or services; and (ii) any other geographic area in which the Company has operated within the past year, is then operating or is actively planning to operate its business.

9. Work Product. As used in this Agreement, the term “Work Product” means all inventions, formulations, recipes, products, innovations, improvements, technical information, systems, software developments, methods, designs, analyses, drawings, reports, service marks, trademarks, trade names, logos and all similar or related information (whether patentable or unpatentable, copyrightable, registerable as a trademark, reduced to writing, or otherwise) related to the business of the Company, or the Company’s actual research or development, or existing or demonstrably anticipated products or services and which are or were conceived, developed or made by the Executive (whether or not during usual business hours, whether or not by the use of the facilities of the Company or any of its affiliates, and whether or not alone or in conjunction with any other person) while employed by the Company (including those conceived, developed or made prior to the date hereof) together with all patent applications, letters patent, trademark, trade name and service mark applications or registrations, copyrights and reissues thereof that may be granted for or upon any of the foregoing. All Work Product that the Executive may have discovered, invented or originated during her employment by the Company or any of its affiliates prior to the date hereof or that he may discover, invent or originate during the Term, shall be the exclusive property of the Company, and its affiliates, as applicable, and the Executive hereby assigns all of the Executive’s right, title and interest in and to such Work Product to the Company or its applicable affiliate, including all intellectual property rights therein. The Executive shall promptly disclose all Work Product to the Company, shall execute at the request of the Company any assignments or other documents the Company may deem necessary to protect or perfect its (or any of its affiliate’s, as applicable) rights therein, and shall assist the Company, at the Company’s expense, in obtaining, defending and enforcing the Company’s (or any of its affiliate’s, as applicable) rights therein. The Executive hereby appoints the Company as her attorney-in-fact to execute on her behalf any assignments or other documents deemed necessary by the Company to protect or perfect the Company, the Company’s (and any of its affiliate’s, as applicable) rights to any Work Product.

10. Litigation and Regulatory Cooperation. During and for a mutually agreeable period after Executive’s employment, the Executive shall cooperate fully with the Company in the defense or prosecution of any claims or actions now in existence or which may be brought in the future against or on behalf of the Company which relate to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was employed by the Company. The Executive’s full cooperation in connection with such claims or actions shall include, but not be limited to, being available to meet with counsel to prepare for discovery or trial and to act as a witness on behalf of the Company at mutually convenient times. During and after the Executive’s employment, the Executive also shall cooperate fully with the Company in connection with any investigation or review of any federal, state or local regulatory authority as any such investigation or review


relates to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was employed by the Company. The Company shall reimburse the Executive for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the Executive’s performance of obligations pursuant to this Section 10 and, to the extent any request is made after the Executive’s employment, the Executive shall be compensated for her time at an hourly rate to be determined by dividing her Base Salary by 1920.

11. Remedies. The Executive acknowledges that the restrictions contained in Paragraphs 7, 8 and 9 of this Agreement are reasonable and necessary to protect the Company’s legitimate business interests and that any violation of the provisions contained herein would result in irreparable injury to the Company and that monetary damages may not be sufficient to compensate the Company for any economic loss which may be incurred by reason of breach of the restrictions contained herein. In the event of a breach or a threatened breach by the Executive of any provision contained herein, the Company shall be entitled to a temporary restraining order and injunctive relief restraining the Executive from the commission of any breach, provided all of the elements required by law for obtaining such equitable relief are met. The prevailing party in such action shall be entitled to recover its/her reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses from the non-prevailing party. Nothing contained in this Section 11 shall be construed as prohibiting the Company from pursuing any other remedies available to it for any breach or threatened breach, including, without limitation, the recovery of money damages.

12. Withholding. All payments made by the Company to the Executive under this Agreement shall be net of any tax or other amounts required to be withheld by the Company under applicable law.

13. Enforceability. If any portion or provision of this Agreement (including, without limitation, any portion or provision of any section of this Agreement) shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

14. Survival. The provisions of this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement and/or the termination of the Executive’s employment to the extent necessary to effectuate the terms contained herein.

15. Waiver. No waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party. The failure of any party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Agreement, or the waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.

16. Notices. Any notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for by this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and delivered in person or sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service or by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the Executive at the last address the Executive has filed in writing with the Company or, in the case of the Company, at its main offices, attention of the Chief Executive Officer.


17. Amendment. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by the Executive and by a duly authorized representative of the Company.

18. Governing Law. This is an Illinois contract and shall be construed under and be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Illinois, without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles of such state. Any suit, action or proceeding relating in any way to this Agreement must be brought and enforced exclusively in the Circuit Court of Cook County of the State of Illinois or in the District Court of the United States of America for the Northern District of Illinois, and the party being sued will submit to the jurisdiction of each such court and will not claim that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum or that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper.

19. Successor to Company. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company.

20. Integration. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior written or oral agreements between the parties concerning such subject matter.

21. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be taken to be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same document.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement effective on the date and year first above written.

 

TA MIDCO 1, LLC
By: /s/ William D. Christ
Name:   William D. Christ
Title: Manager

/s/ Pamela L. Netzky

Pamela L. Netzky

Signature Page to Employment Agreement


EX-10.7

EXHIBIT 10.7

EXECUTION VERSION

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into this 17th day of July, 2014 by and between Andrew S. Friedman (the “Executive”) and TA Midco 1, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company” or the “Purchaser”; the Executive and the Company are collectively referred to as the “Parties”). This Agreement shall be effective upon the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement (as defined below) (the “Effective Date”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, reference is hereby made to that certain Unit Purchase Agreement entered into as of July 17, 2014 (the “Purchase Agreement”), by and among Andrew S. Friedman and Jennifer Friedman, Pamela L. Netzky and Ashley Netzky, Michael H. Eiserman and Judith Eiserman, Jeffrey A. Eiserman and Heather Eiserman, Precision Capital Group, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (collectively, the “Sellers” and each, a “Seller”), SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“SkinnyPop”), TA Holdings, 1, a Delaware corporation (“Parent”), TA Midco 1, LLC and Andrew S. Friedman, solely in the capacity as the Sellers’ Representative;

WHEREAS, the Executive is currently serving as an executive of SkinnyPop;

WHEREAS, as a material inducement for the Purchaser to enter into the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, the Executive has agreed to enter into this Employment Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Executive will materially benefit from the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, that this Agreement and its covenants are supported by good and sufficient consideration and that the Executive desires to be employed by the Company on the terms and conditions specified herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. Employment.

(a) Term. The Company hereby employs the Executive, and the Executive hereby accepts such employment, on the terms set forth herein commencing as of the Effective Date and continuing until December 31, 2015 unless sooner terminated in accordance with the provisions of Section 4 (the “Term”).

(b) Position and Duties. During the Term, the Executive shall serve as a Senior Advisor of the Company.

(i) During the first 90 days of the Term (the “Initial 90 Day Period”), the Executive shall devote his full working time and efforts to the business and affairs of


the Company (i.e., 5 days/week, standard business hours). During the Initial 90 Day Period, the Executive will continue to participate in and have material responsibility for day-to-day operations of the Company, including but not limited to being supportive, cooperative and helpful in connection with the transition of Thomas C. Ennis (or such other individual, as applicable) to his new role as Chief Executive Officer of the Company (“CEO”) and shall have such other powers and duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) or the CEO.

(ii) After the Initial 90 Day Period, the Executive shall be available for a minimum of two (2) days per week to provide services to the Company as requested by the Board or the CEO, provided that any request to provide services over two (2) days in any week shall be reasonably justified with the reasonable consent of Executive.

(iii) During the Term, the Executive shall serve as a member of the Board.

2. Compensation and Related Matters.

(a) Base Salary. During the Term, the Executive’s annual base salary shall be Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) (the “Base Salary.”) The Base Salary shall be payable in a manner that is consistent with the Company’s usual payroll practices for senior executives.

(b) Expenses. The Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable and documented expenses incurred by me Executive during the Term in performing services hereunder, in accordance with the policies and procedures then in effect and established by the Company for its senior executives.

(c) Other Benefits. During the Term, the Executive shall be eligible to participate in any group coverage medical and dental benefit plans in effect at the Company from time to time for similarly situated senior executives, subject to the terms of such plans.

(d) Vacation. During the Initial 90 Day Period, the Executive shall be entitled to up to five (5) paid vacation days. During the remainder of the Term following the Initial 90 Day Period, the Executive shall be entitled to up to eight (8) paid vacation days (four (4) weeks’ vacation time x two (2) work days per week off). During the Term, the Executive shall also be entitled to all paid holidays given by the Company to its executives.

(e) Service on the Board of Directors.

(i) During the Term, the Executive shall serve as a member of the Board and shall not receive any additional compensation or benefits for his service as a Board member.

(ii) After the Term of this Agreement expires, if requested by the Chairman of the Board, the Executive may at his election serve as a member of the Board. If the Executive serves as a member of the Board after the Term of this

 

2


Agreement expires, the Executive shall receive the same cash compensation and benefits paid or available to other Board members, which shall include an annualized stipend of not less than Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000). Such annual stipend shall be pro-rated for any partial year of service on the Board after the expiration of the Term.

3. Earn Out. The Executive shall be eligible to receive a cash payment of up to $10 million (the “Earn-out”) upon the achievement by the Company of certain contribution margin benchmarks during the period commencing on January 1, 2015 and ending on December 31, 2015 (the “Earn-out Period”) as further described below.

(a) The following definitions shall be used for purposes of determining whether the Company has achieved such contribution margin benchmarks:

(i) Actual Club Channel Contribution Margin: means, for the Baseline Period or the Earn-out Period, as applicable, an amount calculated as (i) Club Channel Revenue, minus (ii) Club Channel Cost of Goods Sold, minus (iii) to the extent not already included as a reduction of Club Channel Revenue or a component of Club Channel Cost of Goods Sold, the amount of Club Channel Demonstration Expenses, in each case, as determined in accordance with GAAP and as set forth in a supplemental schedule to the audited financial statements for the Baseline Period and for the Earn-out Period, as applicable.

(ii) Actual Company Contribution Margin: means, for the Baseline Period or the Earn-out Period, as applicable, an amount calculated as (i) Company Revenue, minus (ii) Company Cost of Goods Sold, minus (iii) to the extent not already included as a reduction of Company Revenue or a component of Company Cost of Goods Sold, the amount of Company Demonstration Expenses, in each case as determined in accordance with GAAP, and as set forth on the face of or in a supplemental schedule to the audited financial statements for the Baseline Period and the Earn-out Period, as applicable.

(iii) Baseline Period: means the period commencing on January 1, 2014 and ending on December 31, 2014.

(iv) Baseline Period Club Channel Contribution Margin: means the lesser of (x) the Hypothetical Baseline Period a Contribution Margin and (y) the Actual Club Channel Contribution Margin for the Baseline Period.

(v) Baseline Period Company Contribution Margin: means the lesser of (x) the Hypothetical Baseline Period Company Contribution Margin and (y) the Actual Company Contribution Margin for the Baseline Period.

(vi) Club Channel Cost of Goods Sold: means cost of goods sold related to Club Channel Revenue, as determined in accordance with GAAP and as set forth in a supplemental schedule to the audited financial statements for the Baseline Period and for the Earn-out Period.

 

3


(vii) Club Channel Demonstration Expenses: means any costs incurred by the Company with any party, whether a club channel customer or another third party, related to the promotion and demonstration of the Company’s products at Costco, Sam’s Club, and BJ’s, including the cost of products utilized in the demonstration as well as any customer or third party charges incurred in respect of such demonstration activities, as determined in accordance with GAAP and as set forth in a supplemental schedule to the audited financial statements for the Baseline Period and for the Earn-out Period.

(viii) Club Channel Revenue: means revenues of the Company (net of any and all sales adjustments, including but not limited to, customer credits for markdowns, promotions, returns, damages, cooperative advertising, rebates, discounts, or other promotional activities, other reductions of customer revenues, and any other amounts paid to customers) derived from Costco, Sam’s Club, and BJ’s membership warehouse clubs, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and as set forth in a supplemental schedule to the audited financial statements for the Baseline Period and for the Earn-out Period.

(ix) Company Cost of Goods Sold: means cost of goods sold related to Company Revenue, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and as set forth on the face of the audited financial statements for the Baseline Period and for the Earn-out Period.

(x) Company Demonstration Expenses: means any costs incurred by the Company with any party, whether a customer or another third party, related to the promotion and demonstration of the Company’s products, including the cost of products utilized in the demonstration as well as any customer or third party charges incurred in respect of such demonstration activities, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and as set forth in a supplemental schedule to the audited financial statements for the Baseline Period and the Earn-out Period.

(xi) “Company EBITDA”: means, for any period, the net income (loss) of the Company, excluding, to the extent included in determination of such net income (loss), (i) interest expense of the Company, net of any interest income, (ii) provision/benefit for income taxes, (iii) depredation and amortization expense, and (iv) any charges, expenses, credits, or income related to the accounting for the Earn-out, in each case as determined in accordance with GAAP, and as set forth in the audited financial statements for the Baseline Period and for the Earn-out Period.

(xii) Company Revenue: means revenues (net of any and all sales adjustments, including but not limited to, customer credits for markdowns, promotions, returns, damages, cooperative advertising, rebates, discounts, or other promotional activities, other reductions of customer revenues, and any other amounts paid to customers) of the Company as determined in accordance with GAAP, and as set forth on the face of the audited financial statements for the Baseline Period and for the Earn-out Period.

(xiii) Hypothetical Baseline Period Club Channel Contribution Margin: means an amount calculated by multiplying (i) the quotient, expressed as a decimal,

 

4


obtained by dividing (a) the Actual Club Channel Contribution Margin for the Baseline Period by (b) the Actual Company Contribution Margin for the Baseline Period, by (ii) the Hypothetical Baseline Period Company Contribution Margin.

(xiv) Hypothetical Baseline Period Company Contribution Margin: means an amount calculated by multiplying (i) the quotient, expressed as a decimal, obtained by dividing (a) $57,500,000 by (b) the Company EBITDA for the Baseline Period, by (ii) Actual Company Contribution Margin for the Baseline Period.

(b) The Earn-out shall be determined as follows:

(i) Up to $5,000,000 of the Earn-out will be based upon the amount by which the Actual Club Channel Contribution Margin during the Earn-out Period exceeds the Baseline Period Club Channel Contribution Margin, which shall be determined by dividing (x) the positive difference, if any, obtained by subtracting the Baseline Period Club Channel Contribution Margin from the Actual Club Channel Contribution Margin for the Earn-out Period by (y) the Baseline Period Club Channel Contribution Margin (such amount, expressed as a decimal, the “Club Margin Growth Amount”). This portion of the Earn-out will be determined by multiplying (x) the quotient, expressed as a decimal obtained by dividing (i) the Club Margin Growth Amount (which for purposes of this calculation shall not exceed 0.05) by (ii) 0.05, by (y) $5,000,000. In no event shall the Executive be entitled to this portion of the Earn-out if the Actual Club Channel Contribution Margin during the Earn-out Period is less than the Baseline Period Club Channel Contribution Margin.

(ii) Up to $5,000,000 of the Earn-out will be based upon the amount by which the Actual Company Contribution Margin during the Earn-out Period exceeds the Baseline Period Company Contribution Margin, which shall be determined by dividing (x) the positive difference, if any, obtained by subtracting the Baseline Period Company Contribution Margin from the Actual Company Contribution Margin for the Earn-out Period by (y) the Baseline Period Company Contribution Margin (such amount, expressed as a decimal, the “Company Margin Growth Amount”). This portion of the Earn-out will be determined by multiplying (x) the quotient, expressed as a decimal, obtained by dividing (i) the Company Margin Growth Amount (which for purposes of this calculation shall not exceed 0.05) by (ii) 0.05, by (y) $5,000,000. In no event shall the Executive be entitled to this portion of the Earn-out if the Actual Company Contribution Margin during the Earn-out Period is less than the Baseline Period Company Contribution Margin.

(c) Within thirty (30) days following the receipt by the Company of its audited financial statements for the Earn-out Period, the Company shall prepare and deliver to the Executive a written statement setting forth the Company’s calculation of the Actual Club Channel Contribution Margin and Actual Company Contribution Margin achieved during the Earn-out Period and the resulting amount of the Earn-out payment, if any (the “Earn-out Statement”). If the Executive agrees with the calculations contained in the Earn-out Statement, the Executive shall provide written notice of such agreement to the Company, and the Company shall upon receipt of such notice promptly pay the Earn-out, if any, to the Executive pursuant to

 

5


Section 3(e). If the Executive disagrees with the Earn-out Statement (or any component thereof), the Executive may, within thirty (30) calendar days following receipt of the Earn-out Statement, deliver a notice to the Company disagreeing with the Earn-out Statement, accompanied by the calculations, explanations and assumptions that explain in reasonable details the basis for such disagreement. If the Executive fails to object in writing to the Earn-out Statement (or any component thereof) within such thirty (30) calendar day period, the Executive will be deemed to have conclusively accepted the Earn-out Statement (including all components therein) and the Earn-out Statement shall be final and binding upon the Purchaser and the Sellers.

(d) If a notice of disagreement is delivered pursuant to Section 3(c), the Executive and the Company shall, during the thirty (30) calendar days following such delivery (or such longer period as they may mutually agree), use their commercially reasonable efforts to reach agreement on the disputed items or amounts in the Earn-out Statement. If, after such thirty (30) day period, the Sellers’ Representative and the Purchaser are unable to reach an agreement, the Sellers’ Representative or the Purchaser may request that the dispute be resolved by an arbiter from a nationally recognized independent public accounting firm that is mutually agreed upon by the Executive and the Company (the person so selected shall be referred to herein as the “Accounting Arbitrator”). The Accounting Arbitrator so selected will consider only those items and amounts set forth in the Earn-out Statement and the foregoing written notice of disagreement as to which the Executive and the Company have disagreed within the time periods and on the terms specified above. In submitting a dispute to the Accounting Arbitrator, each of the Executive and the Company shall concurrently furnish, at its own expense, to the Accounting Arbitrator and the other party such documents and information as the Accounting Arbitrator may request. Each party may also furnish to the Accounting Arbitrator such other information and documents as it deems relevant, with copies of such submission and all such documents and information being concurrently given to the other party. The Accounting Arbitrator shall issue a detailed written report that sets forth the resolution of all items in dispute and that contains a final Earn-out Statement; provided, that for the sake of clarity, in no event shall the Accounting Arbitrator’s calculation of any of the items in the Earn-out Statement be either less or more (as applicable) than the amounts calculated by the Parties in the Earn-out Statement or the foregoing written notice of disagreement. Such final Earn-out Statement (and the calculations set forth therein) shall be final and binding upon the Executive and the Company. The fees and expenses of the Accounting Arbitrator incurred in connection with the determination of the disputed items by the Accounting Arbitrator shall be borne by (i) the Executive, on the one hand, and (ii) the Company, on the other hand, on the basis, for each such party, of the percentage which the portion of the contested amount not awarded to each party bears to the amount actually contested by each such party (as specified in the materials that each party submitted to the Accounting Arbitrator). The Executive and the Company shall cooperate fully with the Accounting Arbitrator and respond on a timely basis to all requests for information or access to documents or personnel made by the Accounting Arbitrator or by other parties hereto, all with the intent to fairly and in good faith resolve all disputes relating to the Earn-out Statement as promptly as reasonably practicable.

(e) Upon final determination of the items set forth in the Earn-out Statement, if the Executive is entitled to receive all or any portion of the Earn-out, then the Company shall promptly (within fifteen (15) business days of such final determination) pay to the Executive the amount of such Earn-out by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account as the

 

6


Executive has designated in writing to the Company prior to the payment date. The Company, at its sole discretion, may elect to pay the foregoing payment through surplus cash on its balance sheet or through the incurrence of additional indebtedness for borrowed money.

(f) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall the Executive be entitled to receive any Earn-out payment, and the Company shall not be required to pay any Earn-out to the Executive at any time, if: (i) the Executive’s employment has been terminated by the Company with Cause; (ii) such payment is restricted by the terms of any applicable indebtedness under which the Company or any of its affiliates is an obligor (without giving effect to any subsequent cure, waiver or remedy of such restriction), (iii) the Company is not in compliance at any time with Section 6.06(a)(vi)(x) or 6.06(b)(vi)(x) of the Credit Agreement (or any similar financial covenant in any other indebtedness documentation in which the Company or any of its affiliates is an obligor) (without giving effect to any subsequent cure, waiver or remedy of such lack of compliance), (iv) the Company is not in compliance at any time with Section 6.06(a)(vi)(y) or 6.06(b)(vi)(x) of the Credit Agreement (or any similar covenant in any other indebtedness documentation in which the Company or any of its affiliates is an obligor) (the “Liquidity Test”); provided, that, with respect to this clause (iv) to the extent the Company was not operated in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices for the three-month period prior to the date such Earn-out is required to be paid and, as a result of such action, the Company is not in compliance with the Liquidity Test, then the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Company to be in compliance with the Liquidity Test solely with the utilization of internally-generated cash on the Company’s balance sheet or the incurrence of indebtedness permitted by the Credit Agreement (or any similar covenant in any other indebtedness documentation in which the Company or any of its affiliates is an obligor), which indebtedness is permitted to be incurred to pay such Earn-out or (v) to the extent the Company EBITDA for the Baseline Period was equal to or greater than $57.5M (the “Base EBITDA”), the Company EBITDA for the Earn-out Period is not at least eighty percent (80%) of the Base EBITDA. For purposes of this Agreement, “Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof, by and among TA Holdings 1, Inc., TA Midco 1, LLC, the lender parties specified therein, and the other parties specified therein.

(g) To the extent actually realized by the Company in a taxable year, the Company shall pay to the Executive an amount, in cash, equal to the Tax Benefit Amount (as defined below) within fifteen (15) business days of realizing such amount. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, the Tax Benefit Amount shall be deemed realized (i) in the case of the taxable year in which the Earn-out is paid or any subsequent taxable year, at the time of the due date of the tax return (subject to permitted extensions) with respect to which such Tax Benefit Amount relates and (ii) in the case of any taxable year prior to the year in which the Earn-out is paid, upon actual receipt of any tax refund resulting from carrying back any net operating loss to the extent attributable to the Earn-out. For purposes of this Agreement, “Tax Benefit Amount” means (A) in the case of the taxable year in which the Earn-out is paid or any subsequent taxable year, the net excess (if any) of (1) the taxes that would have been paid by the Company in respect of such taxable year calculated without taking into account the payment of the Earn-out (and, for the avoidance of doubt, any net operating losses attributable thereto) over (2) the actual taxes payable by the Company in respect of such taxable year and (B) in the case of any taxable year prior to the year in which the Earn-out is paid, the amount of any tax refund resulting from carrying back any net operating losses to the extent attributable to the Earn-out. For the

 

7


avoidance of doubt and for purposes of this Section 3(g), (i) in order to determine the Tax Benefit Amount for any taxable year of the Company in which a deduction for the Earn-out is utilized, the portion of the Company’s deductions and net operating loss carrybacks and carryforwards attributable to the Earn-out shall be treated as utilized last and (ii) no payment of a Tax Benefit Amount shall be made in respect of estimated tax payments, including, without limitation, federal estimated income tax payments. In the event that any portion of the Tax Benefit Amount is subsequently determined by any taxing authority to be less than the amount paid to the Executive pursuant to this Section 3(g), the Executive shall promptly return any such disallowed amount (plus any interest or penalties in respect of such disallowed amount owed to any taxing authority) to the Company.

(h) The Company and the Executive agree that the Earn-out and the Tax Benefit Amount shall be treated as compensation payable to the Executive for tax purposes and may be subject to applicable federal, state and local tax withholding.

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in no event shall the aggregate payments hereunder, determined on an after-tax basis in the hands of the Executive, exceed the after-tax amount that the Executive would have received if the Executive had only received an amount equal to the Earn-out and such amount was taxed as long-term capital gain for income tax purposes.

4. Termination. During the Term, the Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated without any breach of this Agreement under the following circumstances:

(a) Death. The Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate upon the Executive’s death.

(b) Disability. The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment if the Executive is disabled and unable to perform the essential functions of the Executive’s then existing position or positions under this Agreement with or without reasonable accommodation for a period of 180 days (which need not be consecutive) in any 12-month period. If any question shall arise as to whether during any period the Executive is disabled so as to be unable to perform the essential functions of the Executive’s then existing position or positions with or without reasonable accommodation, the Executive may, and at the request of the Company shall, submit to the Company a certification in reasonable detail by a physician mutually selected by the Company and the Executive or the Executive’s guardian as to whether the Executive is so disabled or how long such disability is expected to continue, and such certification shall for the purposes of this Agreement be conclusive of the issue. The Executive shall cooperate with any reasonable request of the physician in connection with such certification. Nothing in this Section 4(b) shall be construed to waive the Executive’s rights, if any, under existing law including, without limitation, the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993, 29 U.S.C. §2601 et seq. and the Americans with Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. §12101 et seq. and any similar state statutes or local ordinances.

(c) Termination by Company for Cause. The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean: (i) conduct by the Executive constituting a willful and material act of misconduct in

 

8


connection with the performance of the Executive’s duties, including, without limitation, misappropriation of funds or property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates; (ii) the commission by the Executive of any felony or a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, deceit, dishonesty or fraud, or any conduct by the Executive that would reasonably be expected to result in material injury or reputational harm to the Company or any of its subsidiaries and affiliates if the Executive was retained in his position; (iii) documented repeated and continual non-performance by the Executive of the Executive’s duties hereunder (other than by reason of the Executive’s physical or mental illness, incapacity or disability); (iv) a material breach by the Executive of any of the provisions contained in this Agreement; (v) a material violation by the Executive of the Company’s written employment policies; or (vi) deliberate failure to cooperate with a bona fide internal investigation or an investigation by regulatory or law enforcement authorities, after being instructed by the Company to cooperate, or the willful destruction or failure to preserve documents or other materials known to be relevant to such investigation or the willful inducement of others to fail to cooperate or to produce documents or other materials in connection with such investigation. In the case where a Cause termination is premised on clause (iii) (iv), (v), or (vi) above, prior to any such termination taking place the Company will first provide the Executive with a written notice detailing the factual basis for termination and providing ten (10) business days’ opportunity to cure.

(d) Termination Without Cause. The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder at any time without Cause. Any termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment under this Agreement which does not constitute a termination for Cause under Section 4(c) and does not result from the death or disability of the Executive under Section 4(a) or (b) shall be deemed a termination without Cause.

(e) Termination By Executive For Good Reason. The Executive may terminate his employment hereunder at any time for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean: (i) a material breach of any of the Company’s representations, warranties, or obligations under this Agreement; (ii) a material reduction in the Executive’s Base Salary and benefits as promised hereunder; (iii) a material diminution in the Executive’s level of authority or responsibility as provided in this Agreement; and (iv) any requirement that the Executive routinely and regularly report to a location that is more than twenty-five (25) miles from the current office location of the Company. Prior to any such termination taking place the Executive will provide the Company with a written notice detailing the factual basis for termination and providing ten (10) business days’ opportunity to cure.

(f) Termination By Executive Without Good Reason. Following the first 365 days after the Effective Date of this Agreement, Executive may elect to terminate the Agreement without Good Reason at any time through the completion of its Term upon 15 days’ written notice to Company.

(g) Notice of Termination. Except for termination as specified in Section 4(a), any termination of the Executive’s employment shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon.

 

9


(h) Date of Termination. “Date of Termination” shall mean: (I if the Executive’s employment is terminated by his death under Section 4(a), the date of his death; or (ii) if the Executive’s employment is otherwise terminated, the date noted in the Notice of Termination, subject to any applicable notice or cure periods.

5. Compensation Upon Termination.

(a) If the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated by reason of disability under Section 4(b), by the Company for Cause under Section 4(c), or by the Executive without Good Reason under Section 4(f), then the Company shall pay or provide to the Executive (or to his authorized representative or estate) (i) any Base Salary earned through the Date of Termination, unpaid expense reimbursements (subject to, and in accordance with, Section 2(b) of this Agreement) and unused vacation that accrued through the Date of Termination on or before the time required by law but in no event more than 30 days after the Executive’s Date of Termination; and (ii) any vested benefits the Executive may have under any employee benefit plan of the Company through the Date of Termination, which vested benefits shall be paid and/or provided in accordance with the terms of such employee benefit plans (collectively the “Accrued Benefits”).

(b) If the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of death under Section 4(a), by the Company without Cause under Section 4(d), or by the Executive for Good Reason under Section 4(e), the Company shall pay or provide to the Executive his Accrued Benefits. In addition, subject to the Executive signing a separation and general release agreement in a form and manner reasonably satisfactory to the Company and Executive (the “Separation and General Release Agreement”), the Separation and General Release Agreement becoming irrevocable, and the Executive not breaching any of his post-employment contractual obligations to the Company:

(i) the Company shall continue to pay the Executive his Base Salary for the remainder of the full Term of the Agreement, consistent with the Company’s usual payroll practices for senior executives;

(ii) the Company shall pay the Executive the Earn-out to which Executive would have been entitled if he were still employed by the Company, on the terms and at the times set forth in Section 3;

(iii) if the Executive was participating in the Company’s group health plan immediately prior to the Date of Termination and timely elects continued group health coverage pursuant to COBRA, then the Company shall pay to the Executive for the remainder of the full Term of the Agreement a monthly cash payment in an amount equal to Executive’s monthly COBRA premium; and

(iv) the Company shall provide the Executive with any vested benefits the Executive may have under any employee benefit plan of the Company through the remainder of the full Term of the Agreement, which vested benefits shall be paid and/or provided in accordance with the terms of such employee benefit plans.

 

10


6. Section 409A.

(a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if at the time of the Executive’s separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the Company determines that the Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then to the extent any payment or benefit that the Executive becomes entitled to under this Agreement on account of the Executive’s separation from service would be considered deferred compensation otherwise subject to the 20 percent additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A(a) of the Code as a result of the application of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such payment shall not be payable and such benefit shall not be provided until the date that is the earlier of (A) six months and one day after the Executive’s separation from service, or (B) the Executive’s death. If any such delayed cash payment is otherwise payable on an installment basis, the first payment shall include a catch-up payment covering amounts that would otherwise have been paid during the six-month period but for the application of this provision, and the balance of the installments shall be payable in accordance with their original schedule.

(b) All in-kind benefits provided and expenses eligible for reimbursement under this Agreement shall be provided by the Company or incurred by the Executive during the time periods set forth in this Agreement. All reimbursements shall be paid as soon as administratively practicable, but in no event shall any reimbursement be paid after the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred. The amount of in-kind benefits provided or reimbursable expenses incurred in one taxable year shall not affect the in-kind benefits to be provided or the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year (except for any lifetime or other aggregate limitation applicable to medical expenses). Such right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

(c) To the extent that any payment or benefit described in this Agreement constitutes “non-qualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, and to the extent that such payment or benefit is payable upon the Executive’s termination of employment, then such payments or benefits shall be payable only upon the Executive’s “separation from service.” The determination of whether and when a separation from service has occurred shall be made in accordance with the presumptions set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).

(d) The parties intend that this Agreement will be administered in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the provision shall be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder comply with Section 409A of the Code. Each payment pursuant to this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2). The parties agree that this Agreement may be amended, as reasonably requested by either party, and as may be necessary to fully comply with Section 409A of the Code and all related rules and regulations in order to preserve the payments and benefits provided hereunder without additional cost to either party.

(e) The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to the Executive or any other person if any provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, such Section.

 

11


7. Nondisclosure/Confidentiality.

(a) Confidential Information. As used in this Agreement, “Confidential Information” shall mean information belonging to the Company or any of its affiliates which is of value to the Company or any of its affiliates in the course of conducting its business from its not being generally known and the disclosure of which could result in a competitive or other disadvantage to the Company or any of its affiliates. Confidential Information may include, without limitation:

(i) the identity of any current or prospective customers, clients, suppliers or vendors or the Company or any of its affiliates;

(ii) information relating to the business, products, affairs and finances of the Company or any of its affiliates;

(iii) information relating to the manufacture, production, distribution, marketing, or sale of any product sold by the Company or any of its affiliates;

(iv) technical data and know-how relating to the business of the Company or any of its affiliates;

(v) any information relating to the technology, marketing and business plans or strategies of the Company or any of its affiliates;

(vi) any non-public management accounting or other similar financial information that would typically be included in the financial statements of the Company or any of its affiliates, including without limitation, the amount of the assets, liabilities, net worth, revenues or net income of the Company or any of its affiliates;

(vii) names and addresses of any of the customers, clients, suppliers, vendors and employees, and details of any independent contractor or agency arrangements of the Company or any of its affiliates;

(viii) non-public information relating to legal and professional dealings, real property, tangible property, finances, business, and investment activities, and other personal affairs of the Company or any of its affiliates;

(ix) any and all books, notes, memoranda, records, correspondence, documents, computer and other discs and tapes, data listings, codes, designs, drawings and other documents and materials (whether made or created by the Executive or otherwise) relating to the business of the Company or any of its affiliates; and

(x) any other non-public information gained in the course of the Executive’s employment with the Company that could reasonably be expected to prove harmful to the Company or any of its affiliates if disclosed to third parties, including without limitation, any information that could be reasonably expected to aid a competitor or potential competitor of the Company or any of its affiliates.

 

12


Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information does not include information in the public domain, unless due to breach of the Executive’s duties under Section 7(b).

(b) Confidentiality. The Executive understands and agrees that the Executive’s employment with the Company has created and will continue to create a relationship of confidence and trust between the Executive and the Company with respect to all Confidential Information. At all times, both during the Executive’s employment with the Company and after its termination, the Executive will keep in confidence and trust all such Confidential Information, and will not use or disclose any such Confidential Information without the written consent of the Company, except as may be necessary in the ordinary course of performing the Executive’s duties to the Company.

(c) Company Property. All documents, records, data, apparatus, equipment and other physical property, whether or not pertaining to Confidential Information, which are furnished to the Executive by the Company or any of its affiliates or are produced by the Executive in connection with the Executive’s employment will be and remain the sole property of the Company. The Executive will return to the Company all such materials and property as and when requested by the Company. The foregoing notwithstanding, it is understood that all Personal Property located on the Premises located at 8135 Monticello Avenue, Skokie, Illinois 60076 subject to that certain Lease dated September 1, 2012 by and between Monticello Partners LLC as Landlord and Company as Tenant shall remain the property of the Executive and Pamela L. Netzky as the principals of the Landlord and are not the property of the Company, and the Executive and Netzky shall have full rights of ownership and possession of said Personal Property. As used in this Agreement, Personal Property is defined as all physical property on the Premises which is movable and not affixed to the Premises. Personal Property includes all office furniture and equipment on the Premises. As the sole exception, however, Personal Property does not include the computers and servers used by employees other than Executive and Netzky, which will be considered the property of Company, along with their content. As for the computers of the Executive and Netzky, these will be considered their Personal Property, but Company will be entitled to purge them of any Company Confidential Information they may contain before releasing them.

8. Noncompetition and Nonsolicitation.

(a) During the Executive’s employment with the Company and continuing through the later of (i) seven (7) years after the Closing Date of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement and (ii) eighteen (18) months after the Executive ceases to serve on the Board or otherwise provide any services to the Company (individually and collectively (i) and (ii) are referred to as the “Restricted Period”), the Executive (A) will not, directly or indirectly, whether as owner, partner, shareholder, consultant, agent, employee, co-venturer or otherwise, engage, participate, assist or invest or actively prepare to engage, participate, assist or invest in that part of any entity or enterprise that is engaged in a Competing Business (as hereinafter defined); (B) will refrain from directly or indirectly employing, attempting to employ, recruiting, hiring or otherwise soliciting, inducing or influencing any person to leave employment with the

 

13


Company or any of its affiliates; and (C) will refrain from soliciting or encouraging any customer, supplier, consultant or vendor to terminate or otherwise modify adversely its business relationship with the Company or any of its affiliates. The Executive understands that the restrictions set forth in this Section 8 are intended to protect the Company’s interest in its Confidential Information, goodwill and established employee, customer, supplier, consultant and vendor relationships and goodwill, and agrees that such restrictions are reasonable and appropriate for this purpose. The Executive also acknowledges and agrees that the Executive is a Seller as defined in the Purchase Agreement and absent Executive’s agreement to and compliance with the restrictions set forth in this Section 8, the Purchaser would not have entered into the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement.

(b) For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Competing Business” shall mean (i) any business engaged in manufacturing, producing, distributing, marketing, selling or purchasing popcorn or popcorn-related products; (ii) any other business carried on by the Company and/or its affiliates during the period of Executive’s continued employment with the Company, service on the Board, or other such service affiliation (irrespective of whether such business is carried on by the Company and/or any of its affiliates as of the Effective Date); and (iii) any business in an active phase of development at the Company and/or any of its affiliates during the period of Executive’s continued employment with the Company, service on the Board, or other such service affiliation (irrespective of whether such business is carried on by the Company and or any of its affiliates as of the Effective Date); provided, however, that Competing Business shall not include (i) any business unrelated to popcorn in which the Executive as of the Effective Date holds a passive investment interest (i.e. no involvement whatsoever in the management or operation of the business, including no involvement with or position on the board of directors of such business); and (ii) any business unrelated to popcorn in which the Executive after the Effective Date invests and which at the time of the Executive’s investment was not a business covered by Section 8(b)(ii) or 8(b)(iii) of this Agreement but which during the period of Executive’s continued employment with the Company, service on the Board, or other service affiliation becomes a business covered by Section 8(b)(ii) or 8(b)(iii) of this Agreement (a “Permitted Passive Investment”); provided, however, that as a condition of a Permitted Passive Investment being excluded from the definition of Competing Business, the Executive must within ten (10) days of the investment becoming a Permitted Passive Investment, cease to have any relationship with or involvement in the Permitted Passive Investment other than as a passive investor (i.e. no involvement whatsoever in the management or operation of the business, including no involvement with or position on the board of directors of such business).

(c) The restrictions in this Section 8 shall apply to any conduct in (i) any geographic area in which the Company has sold within the past year, is then selling, or is actively planning to sell its products or services; and (ii) any other geographic area in which the Company has operated within the past year, is then operating or is actively planning to operate its business.

9. Work Product. As used in this Agreement, the term “Work Product” means all inventions, formulations, recipes, products, innovations, improvements, technical information, systems, software developments, methods, designs, analyses, drawings, reports, service marks, trademarks, trade names, logos and all similar or related information (whether patentable or unpatentable, copyrightable, registerable as a trademark, reduced to writing, or otherwise) related

 

14


to the business of the Company, or the Company’s actual research or development, or existing or demonstrably anticipated products or services and which are or were conceived, developed or made by the Executive (whether or not during usual business hours, whether or not by the use of the facilities of the Company or any of its affiliates, and whether or not alone or in conjunction with any other person) while employed by the Company (including those conceived, developed or made prior to the date hereof) together with all patent applications, letters patent, trademark, trade name and service mark applications or registrations, copyrights and reissues thereof that may be granted for or upon any of the foregoing. All Work Product that the Executive may have discovered, invented or originated during his employment by the Company or any of its affiliates prior to the date hereof or that he may discover, invent or originate during the Term, shall be the exclusive property of the Company, and its affiliates, as applicable, and the Executive hereby assigns all of the Executive’s right, title and interest in and to such Work Product to the Company or its applicable affiliate, including all intellectual property rights therein. The Executive shall promptly disclose all Work Product to the Company, shall execute at the request of the Company any assignments or other documents the Company may deem necessary to protect or perfect its (or any of its affiliate’s, as applicable) rights therein, and shall assist the Company, at the Company’s expense, in obtaining, defending and enforcing the Company’s (or any of its affiliate’s, as applicable) rights therein. The Executive hereby appoints the Company as his attorney-in-fact to execute on his behalf any assignments or other documents deemed necessary by the Company to protect or perfect the Company, the Company’s (and any of its affiliate’s, as applicable) rights to any Work Product.

10. Litigation and Regulatory Cooperation. During and for a mutually agreeable period after Executive’s employment, the Executive shall cooperate fully with the Company in the defense or prosecution of any claims or actions now in existence or which may be brought in the future against or on behalf of the Company which relate to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was employed by the Company. The Executive’s full cooperation in connection with such claims or actions shall include, but not be limited to, being available to meet with counsel to prepare for discovery or trial and to act as a witness on behalf of the Company at mutually convenient times. During and after the Executive’s employment, the Executive also shall cooperate fully with the Company in connection with any investigation or review of any federal, state or local regulatory authority as any such investigation or review relates to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was employed by the Company. The Company shall reimburse the Executive for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the Executive’s performance of obligations pursuant to this Section 10 and, to the extent any request is made after the Executive’s employment, the Executive shall be compensated for his time at an hourly rate to be determined by dividing his Base Salary by 1920.

11. Remedies. The Executive acknowledges that the restrictions contained in Paragraphs 7, 8 and 9 of this Agreement are reasonable and necessary to protect the Company’s legitimate business interests and that any violation of the provisions contained herein would result in irreparable injury to the Company and that monetary damages may not be sufficient to compensate the Company for any economic loss which may be incurred by reason of breach of the restrictions contained herein. In the event of a breach or a threatened breach by the Executive of any provision contained herein, the Company shall be entitled to a temporary restraining order and injunctive relief restraining the Executive from the commission of any

 

15


breach, provided all of the elements required by law for obtaining such equitable relief are met. The prevailing party in such action shall be entitled to recover its/his reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses from the non-prevailing party. Nothing contained in this Section 11 shall be construed as prohibiting the Company from pursuing any other remedies available to it for any breach or threatened breach, including, without limitation, the recovery of money damages.

12. Withholding. All payments made by the Company to the Executive under this Agreement shall be net of any tax or other amounts required to be withheld by the Company under applicable law.

13. Enforceability. If any portion or provision of this Agreement (including, without limitation, any portion or provision of my section of this Agreement) shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

14. Survival. The provisions of this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement and/or the termination of the Executive’s employment to the extent necessary to effectuate the terms contained herein.

15. Waiver. No waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party. The failure of any party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Agreement, or the waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.

16. Notices. Any notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for by this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and delivered in person or sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service or by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the Executive at the last address the Executive has filed in writing with the Company or, in the case of the Company, at its main offices, attention of the Chief Executive Officer.

17. Amendment. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by the Executive and by a duly authorized representative of the Company.

18. Governing Law. This is an Illinois contract and shall be construed under and be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Illinois, without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles of such state. Any suit, action or proceeding relating in any way to this Agreement must be brought and enforced exclusively in the Circuit Court of Cook County of the State of Illinois or in the District Court of the United States of America for the Northern District of Illinois, and the party being sued will submit to the jurisdiction of each such court and will not claim that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum or that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper.

 

16


19. Successor to Company. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company.

20. Integration. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior written or oral agreements between the parties concerning such subject matter.

21. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be taken to be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same document.

 

17


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement effective on the date and year first above written.

 

TA MIDCO 1, LLC
By:

/s/ William D. Christ

Name: William D. Christ
Title: Manager

/s/ Andrew S. Friedman

Andrew S. Friedman

Signature Page to Employment Agreement


EX-10.8

EXHIBIT 10.8

************************

OFFICE LEASE

500 West 5th Street

Austin, Texas

************************

Between

TA Holdings 1, Inc. d/b/a Skinny Pop

(Tenant)

and

International Bank of Commerce, Laredo, Texas

(Landlord)

Suite 1350, IBC Bank Plaza

With an

Effective Date of February 26, 2015

EXECUTION VERSION


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

               Page  

KEY TERMS SCHEDULE

     6   

1.

   Project      6   

2.

   Leased Premises      6   

3.

   Commencement Date      6   

4.

   Term      7   

6.

   Operating Expenses      7   

7.

   Tenant Improvement Allowance      7   

8.

   Construction Process      8   

9.

   Assignment and Subletting      8   

10.

   Compliance with Law      8   

11.

   Building Management      8   

12.

   Non-Disturbance Agreement      8   

13.

   Parking      8   

14.

   Building Operating Hours      9   

15.

   After Hours HVAC Charges      9   

16.

   Signage      9   

17.

   Security Deposit      9   

18.

   Brokers      9   

19.

   Common Areas      9   

ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

     9   

1.

   LEASE AGREEMENT      9   

2.

   RENT      9   
  

A.

  

Types of Rent

     9   
   B.    Place and Method of Payment      9   
   C.    Payment of Rent      10   
   D.    Payment of Operating Cost Share Rent      10   
   E.    Computation of Base Rent and Rent Adjustments      14   

3.

   PREPARATION. CONDITION. POSSESSION AND SURRENDER OF LEASED PREMISES      15   
   A.    Condition of Leased Premises      15   
  

B.

  

Tenant’s Possession

     15   
  

C.

  

Maintenance

     15   

4.

   PROJECT SERVICES      16   
  

A.

  

Heating and Air Conditioning

     16   
  

B.

  

Elevators

     17   
  

C.

  

Electricity

     17   
   D.    Water      17   
   E.    Janitorial Service      17   
   F.    Electric Lighting Service      17   
   G.    Property Management Services      18   
   H.    Other Services      18   
   I.    Parking      18   
   J.    Interruption of Services      18   
   K.    Building Access      19   
   L.    Signs      19   
   M.    Security      19   

5.

   ALTERATIONS AND REPAIRS      20   
   A.    Landlord’s Consent and Conditions      20   
   B.    Damage to Systems      21   
   C.    No Liens      21   
   D.    Ownership of Improvements      21   
   E.    Removal at Termination      21   
   F.    Approved Alterations      21   


               Page  

6.

   USE OF LEASED PREMISES      21   

7.

   GOVERNMENTAL REQUIREMENTS AND BUILDING RULES      22   

8.

   WAIVER OF CLAIMS; INDEMNIFICATION; INSURANCE      22   
   A.    WAIVER OF CLAIMS      22   
   B.    INDEMNIFICATION      22   
   C.    Tenant’s Insurance      23   
   D.    Insurance Certificates      24   
   E.    Landlord’s Insurance      24   

9.

   FIRE AND OTHER HAZARDS      24   
   A.    Termination      24   
   B.    Restoration      25   

10.

   EMINENT DOMAIN      25   

11.

   RIGHTS RESERVED TO LANDLORD      25   
   A.    Name      25   
   B.    Signs      25   
   C.    Window Treatments      25   
   D.    Keys      25   
   E.    Access      25   
   F.    Preparation for Reoccupancv      25   
   G.    Heavy Articles      26   
   H.    Show Leased Premises      26   
   I.    Use of Lockbox      26   
   J.    Repairs and Alterations      26   
   K.    Landlord’s Agents      26   
   L.    Building Services      26   
   M.    Other Actions      26   

12.

   TENANT’S DEFAULT      26   
   A.    Rent Default      26   
   B.    Assignment/Sublease or Hazardous Substances Default      26   
   C.    Other Performance Default      26   
   D.    Credit Default      27   

13.

   LANDLORD REMEDIES      27   
   A.    Termination of Lease or Possession      27   
   B.    Lease Termination Damages      27   
   C.    Possession Termination Damages      27   
   D.    Landlord’s Remedies Cumulative      27   
   E.    Waiver of Trial by Jury      28   
   F.    Litigation Costs      28   

14.

   SURRENDER      28   

15.

   HOLDOVER      28   

16.

   SUBORDINATION TO GROUND LEASES AND MORTGAGES      28   
   A.    Subordination      28   
   B.    Termination of Ground Lease or Foreclosure of Mortgage      29   
   C.    Security Deposit      29   
   D.    Notice and Right to Cure      29   
   E.    Definitions      29   

17.

   ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLEASE      29   
   A.    In General      29   
   B.    Landlord’s Consent      29   
   C.    Procedure      30   
   D.    Change of Management or Ownership      30   
   E.    Excess Payments      30   
   F.    Recapture      30   
   G.    Affiliate      30   

18.

   CONVEYANCE BY LANDLORD      30   

19.

   ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE      31   

 

3


               Page  

20.

   SECURITY DEPOSIT      31   

21.

   FORCE MAJEURE      31   

22.

   NOTICES.      31   
   A.    Landlord      31   
   B.    Tenant      32   

23.

   QUIET POSSESSION      32   

24.

   REAL ESTATE BROKER      32   

25.

   MISCELLANEOUS      33   
   A.    Successors and Assigns      33   
   B.    Date Payments Are Due      33   
   C.    Meaning of “Landlord”, “Re-Entrv, “Including” and “Affiliate”      33   
   D.    Time of the Essence      33   
   E.    No Option      33   
   F.    Severability      33   
   G.    Governing Law      33   
   H.    No Oral Modification      33   
   I.    Landlord’s Right to Cure      33   
   J.    Captions      33   
   K.    Authority      33   
   L.    Landlord’s Enforcement of Remedies      34   
   M.    Entire Agreement; Counterparts      34   
   N.    Landlord’s Title      34   
   O.    Light and Air Rights      34   
   P.    Singular and Plural      34   
   Q.    No Recording by Tenant      34   
   R.    Exclusivity      34   
   S.    No Construction Against Drafting Party      34   
   T.    Survival      34   
   U.    Rent Not Based on Income      34   
   V.    Building Manager and Service Providers      34   
   W.    Late Charge and Interest on Late Payments      34   
   X.    Usury Savings      34   
   Y.    Waiver of Warranties      35   
   Z.    Method of Calculation      35   
   AA.    WAIVER OF CONSUMER RIGHTS      35   
   BB.    Tenant’s Financial Statements      35   

26.

   HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES      35   

27.

   EXCULPATION      36   

28.

   LANDLORD’S LIEN      36   

APPENDIX A—FLOOR PLAN OF THE LEASED PREMISES

     39   
APPENDIX B—RULES AND REGULATIONS      40   
APPENDIX C—WORK LETTER      43   
APPENDIX D—SHELL LETTER DEFINITION      45   
APPENDIX E—COMMENCEMENT DATE BASE RENT CONFIRMATION      47   
APPENDIX F—JANITORIAL SPECIFICATIONS      48   
APPENDIX G—AEGB AND LEED GUIDELINES FOR TENANT      59   
APPENDIX H—RENEWAL OPTION      61   

 

4


DEFINITIONS SCHEDULE

In the below Definitions Schedule the location of the definition of a term defined in the Key Terms Schedule is identified by Paragraph symbol and the number of the paragraph in which the definition appears (e.g., “Building” is listed as 11); the location of a definition of a term defined in the Additional Terms and Conditions portion of this Lease is referred to by Section symbol and the number and the letter of section in which the definition appears (e.g., “Operating Cost Report” is listed as “§ 2D(2)”); and the location of the definition of a term defined in an Appendix to this Lease is identified by reference to the Appendix letter and by Paragraph symbol and the number of the paragraph in the Appendix in which the definition appears (e.g., “Tenant Improvements” is listed as “App. C §”).

 

ADA   §7    Lease Year 1   § 2D(4)(d)   
Additional Rent   § 2C(3)    Minimum Spaces   114(a)   
Additional Tenant Allowance   17    Monthly Base Rent   16   
Affiliate   § 25C    Mortgage   § 16E   
Annual Base Rent   16    Mortgagee   § 16E   
Arbitrator   App. H § 4(a)    Occupancy   13   
Base Rent   16    Operating Cost Report   § 2D(2)   
Base Rental Rate   16    Operating Costs   § 2D(4)(a)   
BOMA   § 2E(3)    Operating Cost Share Rent   § 2D(1)   
Brokers   118    Operator   § 41(1)   
Brokerage Commission   118    Prevailing Party   § 13F   
Building   11    Project   11   
Building Holidays   § 4A    Punch List Items   App. C § 2(b)(2)   
Building Shell   App. C § 1    Recapture   § 17F   
Building Operating Hours   115; §4A    Re-enter   § 25C   
Building’s Systems   § 3C(1); App. D    Re-Entry   § 25C   
Business day   § 25D    Releasing Party   § 8A   
Change Order   App. C § 2(a)    Released Person   § 8A   
Commencement Date   13    Rent   § 2A   
Common Areas   120    Rent Tax   §2D(4)(c)   
Controllable Operating Expenses   16(a)    Rentable Square Footage   § 2E(3)   
Construction Drawings   App. C § 2(a)(2)    Restoration Thresholds   § 9A   
Control   § 25C    RSF   12;§2E(3)   
Cost Pools   §2D(4)(a)    Site Improvements   App. C § 1   
Days   § 25D    Soft Costs   App. C § 3(a)   
Design Professionals   App. C § 2(b)(2)    Space Plan   App. C § 2(a)(1)   
Disqualifying Conditions   § 17B    Substantial Completion Date   App. C §2(b)(6)   
Effective Date   Intro. Par.    Substantial Completion of the
Eligibility Period   § 4J   

Tenant Improvements

  App. C § 2(b)(6)   
Excluded Operating Costs   § 2D(4)(b)    Substantially Completed   App. C § 2(b)(6)   
Fiscal Year   § 2D(4)(e)    Taxes   § 2D(4)(c)   
Force Majeure   § 21    Tenant Delay   App. C § 2(b)(10)   
Governmental Requirements   § 5A(4)(c)    Tenant Improvements   App. C § 2   
Grace Period   § 9A    Tenant Improvement
Hazardous Substances   § 26   

Allowance

  App. C § 3(a)   
HVAC   §4A    Tenant’s Broker   118   
Qualified Capital Expenses   § 2D(4)(a)    Tenant’s Proportionate Share
Including   § 25C   

of Operating Expenses

  12   
Land   11    Term   14   
Landlord   Intro. Par.; § 25C    Untenantable   § 4J   
Landlord’s Broker   118    Usable Square Footage   § 2E(3)   
Landlord’s Base Rent Notice   App. H § 3    USF   § 2E(3)   
Lease   Intro. Par.; App. E    Visible Leased Premises   § 3C(1)   
Lease Month   § 2D(4)(f)    Work   § 5A(1)   
Leased Premises   12; App. E   
Lease Year   § 2D(4)(d)   


OFFICE LEASE

This Office Lease (the “Lease” or this “Lease”) is made as of February 26, 2015 (the “Effective Date”), between International Bank of Commerce, Laredo, Texas, a Texas state bank (the “Landlord”), and TA Holdings 1, Inc. d/b/a Skinny Pop, a corporation. The following Key Terms Schedule is an integral part of this Lease. Terms defined in this Key Terms Schedule shall have the same meaning throughout the Lease. Provisions in the Key Terms Schedule are referred to by Paragraph number [e.g., Paragraph 1 (Project)] and provisions in the Additional Terms and Conditions portion of this Lease are referred to by Section number [e.g., Section 1 (Lease Agreement)].

KEY TERMS SCHEDULE

 

1. Project. (a) Building. IBC Bank Plaza will be a 194,794 Rentable Square Foot, 13 story class “A” building (the “Building”). The Building will be pre-registered as LEED Silver Core & Shell with the U.S. Green Building Council, (b) Land. The land upon which the Building is to be built is described as follows (the “Land”):

Lots 1,2,3, and 4, Block 51, of the ORIGINAL CITY OF AUSTIN, Travis County, Texas, according to the map or plat thereof, on record at the General Land Office of the State of Texas, together with the south 10’ of the twenty foot 20’ wide alley adjoining Lots 1,2,3 and 4 as vacated by the City of Austin by instrument recorded in Volume 659, Page 243 of the Real Property Records of Travis County, Texas.

 

2. Leased Premises. The Leased Premises is Suite 1350 (the “Leased Premises” or “Suite 1350”) and outlined and depicted on Appendix A. Per the attached Appendix D Shell Building Letter the Multi-Tenant floor add on factor is 1.18858. Subject to Tenant’s and Landlord’s right to have the Leased Premises remeasured prior to accepting the Leased Premises for occupancy as provided for in Section 2(E)3, the following is the Rentable Square Feet (“RSF”) of the Leased Premises and its associated proportionate share of Operating Expenses (“Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses”):

 

Leased Premises RSF

Tenant’s Proportionate Share

of Operating Expenses

Suite 1350 11,087 5.6917%

 

3. Commencement Date. The “Commencement Date” is the date Rent commences to accrue (being the date that Base Rent commences to be conditionally abated). The Commencement Date is the earlier to occur of the following:

 

  (1) Occupancy (as below defined) of any portion of the Leased Premises by Tenant; or

 

  (2) Seven days after Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements (as defined in this Lease).

Occupancy” means Tenant’s occupancy of a portion of the Leased Premises for the conduct of Tenant’s business. Landlord and Tenant shall execute a Commencement Date and Base Rent Confirmation substantially in the form of Appendix E (Commencement Date and Base Rent Confirmation). Tenant shall sign the Commencement Date and Base Rent Confirmation form within seven business days after Tenant’s receipt of the full and correct Commencement Date and Base Rent Confirmation form, and Landlord’s written request to sign such form. Landlord shall sign such form within 10 business days after Landlord’s receipt of the signed form from Tenant, and promptly return an original of the fully executed form to Tenant. If the date that Substantial Completion occurs is delayed due to the time required to implement a Change Order requested by Tenant, the date of Substantial Completion shall be deemed to be the date on which the Tenant Improvements would have been substantially completed but for the delay due to the Change Order.


4. Term. The term (the “Term”) of this Lease is 109 Lease Months, as may be extended pursuant to Appendix H attached hereto and incorporated herein for all purposes. The last day of the Term is called herein the “Termination Date”.

 

5. Base Rental Rate. “Base Rent” is the aggregate of the Annual Base Rent payable by Tenant to Landlord determined in accordance with the Base Rent Chart for the Term of the Lease commencing on the Commencement Date. “Annual Base Rent” is the Base Rent for each of the Lease Years of the Term of this Lease. The “Base Rental Rate” is the amount of Base Rent on a RSF basis. Lease Month 1 begins on the Commencement Date. The Annual Base Rental Rate for Lease Year 1 (Lease Months 1 - 12) is $29.50 per RSF* of the Leased Premises and thereafter the Annual Base Rent increases as follows:

Base Rent Chart

 

Period

Lease Months

Annual Base Rent
Lease Year 1 Lease Months 1 - 12 $ 29.50/RSF*
Lease Year 2 Lease Months 13 - 24 $ 30.25/RSF
Lease Year 3 Lease Months 25 - 36 S31.00/RSF
Lease Year 4 Lease Months 37 - 48 S31.75/RSF
Lease Year 5 Lease Months 49 - 60 $ 32.50/RSF
Lease Year 6 Lease Months 61 - 72 $ 33.25/RSF
Lease Year 7 Lease Months 73 - 84 $ 34.00/RSF
Lease Year 8 Lease Months 85 - 96 $ 34.75/RSF
Lease Year 9 Lease Months 97 - 108 $ 35.50/RSF
Partial Lease Year 10 Lease Month 109 $ 36.25/RSF

 

  * Base Rent is conditionally abated for Lease Months 1-2 (the “Abated Rent”) subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein.

The Base Rent payable for a Lease Month (the “Monthly Base Rent”) is the Annual Base Rent set out in the above Base Rent Chart times the RSF of the Leased Premises divided by 12.

 

6. Operating Expenses.

 

  (a) Tenant’s Proportionate Share. See Sections 2C(2) (Operating Cost Share Rent) and 2D (Payment of Operating Cost Share Rent). In addition to the Base Rent, Tenant is responsible for Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses during the Term of this Lease. Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses is set out in Paragraph 2 above.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, starting with the 2017 calendar budget year annual increases in Controllable Operating Costs on which Tenant’s Proportionate Share is to be calculated shall be “capped” so as not to exceed increasing more than 6% per annum on a cumulative and compounding basis. “Controllable Operating Expenses” are all Operating Expenses other than taxes, utilities, insurance, minimum wage and costs to comply with governmental regulations or laws.

 

  (b) Audit Rights. Tenant has Operating Expense audit rights. See Section 2D(3) (Audit Rights).

 

7. Tenant Improvement Allowance. See Appendix C (Work Letter). Landlord shall provide $32.28 per Rentable Square Foot in the Leased Premises as the Tenant Improvement Allowance for the construction of the Tenant Improvements, which allowance shall be disbursed in accordance with the provisions of Appendix C attached hereto.

Furthermore, Landlord shall provide an additional allowance (the “Additional Tenant Allowance”) up to an amount of $4.00 per Rentable Square Foot. Should Tenant use the Additional Tenant Allowance, the amount drawn down by Tenant will be amortized over the full lease term at an amortization rate of 7.0%

 

7


per annum, and therefore be paid back to Landlord by Tenant in the form of additional rent. No brokerage commissions shall be payable on the additional rent paid as part of the amortized Additional Tenant Allowance.

 

8. Construction Process. Subject to the additional terms and conditions set out in the Lease, including at Appendix C (Work Letter), Landlord, through its designated agent, will supervise the construction of the Tenant Improvements and coordinate the relationship between the Tenant, the design consultants (e.g., architect, structural and MEP engineering), the general contractor (Trimbuilt (as defined in Appendix C) is hereby approved by Tenant and Landlord, otherwise such general contractor must be mutually approved by Landlord and Tenant), the Work, the Building and the Building’s systems. In consideration for Landlord’s construction supervision services, Tenant is to pay to Landlord a construction supervision fee equal to 3.5% of the cost of the Tenant Improvements (hard and soft).

 

9. Assignment and Subletting. See Section 17 (Assignment and Sublease).

 

10. Compliance with Law. See Section 7 Governmental Requirements and Building Rules).

 

11. Building Management. IBC Bank Plaza will be professionally managed. Landlord has initially designated Endeavor Real Estate Group and its affiliates as the property manager of the Project.

 

12. Non-Disturbance Agreement. Currently there is no lien granted by Landlord to a lender on the Project. Concurrently with the closing of any future loan secured by the Project, Landlord’s lender and Tenant are to execute a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement as provided in Section 16 (Subordination to Ground Leases and Mortgages).

 

13. Parking. See Section 4F (Parking).

 

  (a) Minimum Spaces: and Rates. Landlord shall make available to Tenant, throughout the Initial Term, parking spaces in the parking garage of the Building (the “Building Parking Garage”) during Building Operating Hours and Tenant rents from Landlord parking spaces on a “must take and pay” basis (the “Minimum Spaces”) 20 parking spaces, of which three parking spaces may at Tenant’s election be reserved parking and the reserved parking shall be contiguous parking spaces on the second level of the Parking Garage. Beginning on Lease Month 25, the Minimum Spaces shall increase to 25, of which four parking spaces may at Tenant’s election be reserved parking. Tenant shall pay Landlord at $160/space/month plus sales tax for non-reserved parking and $225/space/month plus sales tax per reserved space. These parking rates to Tenant are fixed for the first 36 Lease Months, and will adjust to the market rate(s) for reserved and unreserved parking spaces in comparable buildings in a four block radius of the Building thereafter. Tenant is not guaranteed parking after Building Operating Hours.

 

  (b) Reserved Parking. Of these parking spaces, three of the Minimum Spaces will be reserved parking spaces and shall be contiguous parking spaces on the second level of the Building Parking Garage. Tenant’s reserved parking is reserved only during Building Operating Hours.

 

  (c) Additional Parking. To the extent available and on a month-to-month basis, Tenant may lease additional parking spaces on a monthly basis at the then market monthly charges plus sales tax. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the option to increase the Minimum Spaces to as many as 25 parking spaces at any time during the first 24 months of the Term by written notification to Landlord, and reserves the right to elect whether such parking spaces are reserved or unreserved spaces.

 

8


14. Building Operating Hours. See Section 4A (Heating and Air Conditioning). Tenant shall have access to the Building, Building Parking Garage, and Leased Premises 24 hours per day, 7 days per week. Tenant shall have HVAC service during “Building Operating Hours”, which are:

7:00 AM - 6:00 PM Monday – Friday

7:00 AM - 12:00 PM Saturday.

 

15. After Hours HVAC Charges. See Section 4A (Heating and Air Conditioning) and Appendix B (Rules and Regulations). After hours HVAC is available upon demand. The estimated rate per hour is $ 25.00 for the Leased Premises (it being acknowledged and agreed however that the same is just an estimate and such amount remains to be determined and shall be subject to change in the future).

 

16. Signage. See Section 4L (Signs). Landlord provides tenant directory(ies) and Building-standard suite signage at Landlord’s expense on or before the Commencement Date.

 

17. Security Deposit. An amount of $40.097.98 is to be deposited with Landlord on the Effective Date of this Lease.

 

18. Brokers. Endeavor Real Estate Management, LLC is Landlord’s real estate leasing broker for this Lease (the “Landlord’s Broker”). Stream Realty Partners is Tenant’s real estate leasing broker for this Lease (the “Tenant’s Broker”). The commission (the “Brokerage Commission”) paid or payable by Landlord to Tenant’s Broker is set out in separate written agreements executed by the Landlord and the Tenant’s Broker. Landlord shall pay the commissions of each of Landlord’s Broker and Tenant’s Broker (the “Brokers”) subject to separate written agreement and shall indemnify, defend, and hold Tenant harmless from any claims that may be asserted by either such broker with respect to any such commissions and/or any other amounts that may be claimed by such brokers.

 

19. Common Areas. “Common Areas” shall mean those areas located within the Building or on or in the Project for the common use or benefit of tenants generally and/or the public, including, without limitation, all parking facilities, hallways, lobbies, corridors, elevators, entrances and exits, restrooms, stairways, service areas (including, but not limited to, electrical, and mechanical rooms), and any other improvements or landscaping on the Land which are designated by Landlord from time to time, for the general use of all occupants of the Building.

ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

1. LEASE AGREEMENT.

On the terms stated in this Lease, Landlord leases the Leased Premises to Tenant, and Tenant leases the Leased Premises from Landlord, for the Term beginning on the Commencement Date, and ending on the Termination Date unless extended or sooner terminated pursuant to this Lease.

2. RENT.

A. Types of Rent. “Rent” as used in this Lease means Base Rent, Operating Cost Share Rent and Additional Rent. Tenant’s agreement to pay Rent is an independent covenant, with no right of setoff, deduction or counterclaim of any kind except as provided for herein.

B. Place and Method of Payment. Tenant shall pay the following Rent in the form of a check to Landlord at such address, or by wire transfer to such account, as may be specified from time to time by Landlord to Tenant.

 

9


C. Payment of Rent. Tenant is to pay the following types of Rent:

(1) Base Rent. Tenant is to pay Base Rent in monthly installments in advance, on or before (at Tenant’s sole discretion) the first day of each Lease Month of the Term in the amount set forth on the Key Terms Schedule. If the Term begins on a day other than the first day of a month or ends on a day other than the last day of a month, the Base Rent and Tenant’s Operating Cost Share Rent for such partial month shall be prorated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant’s monthly installment of Base Rent shall be conditionally abated during the first two months of the Term; provided, that notwithstanding such abatement of Base Rent, Tenant’s Operating Cost Share Rent, all other Additional Rent and other sums due under the Lease shall not be abated and shall be payable as provided for in the Lease. The abatement of Base Rent is conditioned upon the full performance by Tenant of all of its obligations under the Lease, and if a monetary default by Tenant occurs and has not been cured within the applicable notice and cure period, then the abatement of Base Rent provided by this Section shall immediately become void and Tenant shall promptly pay Landlord the unamortized amount (using a straight-line or zero percent amortization rate) of the monthly Base Rent abated pursuant hereto.

(2) Operating Cost Share Rent. Subject to the limitations specified herein, Tenant is to pay Operating Cost Share Rent in an amount equal to the Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Operating Costs for the applicable Fiscal Year of the Lease, paid monthly in advance in an estimated amount.

(3) Additional Rent. Tenant is to pay as “Additional Rent” all costs, expenses, liabilities, and amounts which Tenant is required to pay under this Lease, including any interest for late payment of any item of Rent.

D. Payment of Operating Cost Share Rent.

(1) Payment of Estimated Operating Cost Share Rent. Landlord shall provide a reasonable, good faith estimate of the Operating Costs of the Project (including Taxes, as defined below) by February 1 of each Fiscal Year based on a budget prepared by Landlord in accordance with standard industry and accounting practices. Landlord may revise these estimates whenever it obtains more accurate information, such as the final real estate tax assessment or tax rate for the Project. Within 30 days after receiving the original or revised estimate from Landlord, Tenant shall pay Landlord l/12th of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the estimated Operating Costs for such year, multiplied by the number of months that have elapsed in the applicable Fiscal Year to the date of such payment including the current month, minus payments previously made by Tenant for the months elapsed. Thereafter, on the first day of each month thereafter, Tenant shall pay Landlord 1/12th of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of this estimate, until a new estimate becomes applicable (“Operating Cost Share Rent”).

(2) Correction of Operating Cost Share Rent. Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a report for the previous Fiscal Year (the “Operating Cost Report”) by May 1 of each year, or as soon as reasonably possible thereafter but in no event later than June 30 of any given year, setting forth (a) the actual Operating Costs incurred, (b) the amount of Operating Cost Share Rent due from Tenant (inclusive of any Equitable Adjustments, as defined below, thereto), and (c) the amount of Operating Cost Share Rent paid by Tenant. At a minimum, the Operating Cost Report shall be broken down into at least eight categories of costs. Within 30 days after such delivery, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount due minus the amount paid. If the amount paid exceeds the amount due, Landlord shall apply the excess to Tenant’s payments of Rent next coming due (or if the Term of this Lease has ended and Tenant has no further obligation to Landlord, then Landlord shall pay such excess to Tenant within 20 days of delivery of such Operating Cost Report).

(3) Audit Right. So long as Tenant is not in default under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure periods, Tenant shall have the right to have a certified public accounting firm, acting as Tenant’s agent, and with demonstrated experience in review of leasehold operating expenses (provided that any such 3rd party auditor shall provide such service on a non-contingency basis), examine, copy and audit Landlord’s books and records establishing the Operating Costs for any year for a period of 180 days following the date that Tenant receives the Operating Cost Report for such year from Landlord. Tenant shall give Landlord not less than 15 days’ prior notice of its intention to examine and audit such books and records, and such examination and audit shall take place at the Building. All costs of the accounting firm’s examination and audit shall be borne by Tenant; provided however, for any Fiscal Year after the earlier of (i) 2016 or (ii) the year occurring after the initial stabilization of the

 

10


Building (meaning that the Building is at least 95% occupied), if the audit shows that the costs stated in the Operating Cost Report being audited was overstated by more than 3%, then Landlord shall pay the reasonable cost of such audit. If, pursuant to the audit, the payments made for such year by Tenant exceed Tenant’s required payment on account thereof for such year, Landlord shall credit the amount of overpayment against Rent next coming due starting within 30 days after conclusion of the examination and audit (or refund such overpayment within 30 days after conclusion of the examination and audit if the Term of this Lease has ended and Tenant has no further obligation to Landlord); but, if the payments made by Tenant for such year are less than Tenant’s required payment as established by the examination and audit, Tenant shall pay the deficiency to Landlord within 30 days after conclusion of the examination and audit, and the obligation to make such payment for any period within the Term shall survive expiration of the Term. If Tenant does not elect to exercise its right to examine and audit Landlord’s books and records for any year within the time period provided for by this paragraph, Tenant shall have no further right to challenge Landlord’s Operating Cost Report for such calendar year.

(4) Definitions.

(a) Included Operating Costs. “Operating Costs” means the following (except to the extent they are Excluded Operating Costs) all actual expenses, costs and disbursements of any kind which are directly attributable and allocable to the Project, paid or incurred by Landlord, calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, in connection with the management of the Building (including the lesser of (i) a market management fee for comparable buildings or (ii) 4% of Base Rent and Operating Cost Share Rent), maintenance, operation, insurance, repair, replacement and other related activities in connection with any part of the Project and of the personal property, fixtures, machinery, equipment, systems and apparatus used on-site and in connection therewith, including the cost of providing those services required to be furnished by Landlord under this Lease, and including any costs related to maintaining and managing the Building with green building standards (e.g., costs related to maintaining and managing LEED certification). Operating Costs shall also include Taxes and the costs of any capital improvements which are intended to reduce Operating Costs, or improve safety, and those made to keep the Project in compliance with governmental requirements applicable from time to time (collectively, “Qualified Capital Expenses”); provided, that the costs of any Qualified Capital Expense shall be amortized by Landlord, together with an amount equal to interest at 10% per annum, over the estimated useful life of such item in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and such amortized costs are only included in Operating Costs for that portion of the useful life of the Qualified Capital Expense which falls within the Term; provided, however, the maximum amount which is added to Operating Costs for any given calendar year for capital improvement item(s) installed for the purpose of reducing Operating Costs shall not exceed the lesser of (1) the annual amortization of the cost of the item(s) or (2) the actual costs saved as a result of the installation thereof in excess of amounts previously amortized therefor.

If the average amount of the Rentable Square Feet of the Building leased during any Fiscal Year of the Term is less than 185,054 rentable square feet (95% of the 194,794 rentable square feet in the Building) on an average annualized basis, and Landlord estimates in its reasonable discretion that the Operating Costs actually incurred by Landlord for the variable costs of (i) janitorial services, and (ii) electricity, water and wastewater services for the Building are lower than what would be incurred for such items if at least 185,054 rentable square feet of the Building were occupied, then at Landlord’s election appropriate adjustments using reasonable cost projections based on industry standards (calculated in a manner which is consistent with the methodology put forth in this Lease) shall be made to increase Operating Costs for such calendar year for the variable costs incurred for janitorial services, and electricity, water and wastewater services as specified above as though Landlord had furnished janitorial services, and electricity, water and wastewater services to -185,054 rentable square feet of the Building. Notwithstanding Landlord’s right to adjust the four expenses as provided above or anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, in no event will Landlord bill tenants of the Building or collect from tenants of the Building more than 100% of the actual amount incurred by Landlord for any calendar year for each item specified above. In the event an adjustment (increase(s)) is made pursuant to the terms stated above, Landlord shall provide Tenant with written notice specifying in reasonable detail the adjustment which was made (including the specifics of the calculation) at the same time Landlord provides Tenant the Operating Cost Report specified in Section 2(D)2 of this Lease. For the purposes of this paragraph, Landlord and Tenant agree the average amount of the Rentable Square Feet of the Building leased shall be determined by the total amount of Rentable Square Feet specified in all of the leases in the Building for which the commencement date of each lease term has begun for each such calendar year during the Term of the Lease. If Landlord does not furnish any particular service whose cost would have constituted an

 

11


Operating Cost to a tenant other than Tenant who has undertaken to perform such service itself, Operating Costs shall be increased by the amount which Landlord would have incurred if it had furnished the service to such tenant based on the cost to provide the particular service to other tenants in the Building. Landlord may elect to segregate Operating Costs into two or more subcategories. For example, Landlord may segregate electrical costs and/or other utility costs from other Operating Costs. If Landlord elects to make that segregation, Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Costs shall be determined separately for each such subcategory by making separate calculations of each subcategory of Operating Costs. In the event Landlord reasonably determines from time to time that measurably different amounts or types of services, work or benefits associated with Operating Costs are being provided to or conferred upon such class or group of tenants, Landlord may (and, in connection with any written request by Tenant for Landlord to so create Costs Pools which request results in Landlord making such determination, Landlord shall) equitably allocate some or all of the Operating Costs for the Project among different portions or occupants of the Project (the “Cost Pools”). Such Cost Pools may include, but shall not be limited to, the office space tenants of the Building and any retail space tenants of the Building. The Operating Costs within each such Cost Pool shall be allocated and charged to the tenants and/or owners within such Cost Pool in a reasonable manner (if not provided for pursuant to separate agreement). Operating Costs for 2015 are currently projected to be $13.90 per RSF.

(b) Excluded Operating Costs. Operating Costs shall not include (“Excluded Operating Costs”):

(1) allowances, concessions and other costs of alterations of tenant leased premises and/or renovating or otherwise improving space for specific current or future occupants of the Building or vacant leasable space in the Building;

(2) costs of initial construction of the Building, and the costs of capital improvements other than Qualified Capital Expenses;

(3) interest and principal payments on mortgages or any other debt costs, or rental payments on any ground lease of the Project;

(4) real estate brokers’ leasing commissions or any fee in lieu of such commission or any other cost incurred in procuring tenants and/or in the leasing, marketing and/or promotion of the Building to tenants of the Building and/or prospective tenants;

(5) legal fees, space planner fees and advertising expenses incurred with regard to leasing the Building or portions thereof;

(6) any cost or expenditure for which Landlord is reimbursed, by insurance proceeds or otherwise (or would be entitled to reimbursement had Landlord been in compliance with its insurance obligations hereunder and/or had submitted a claim to is insurer), except by Operating Cost Share Rent;

(7) the cost of any service furnished to any tenant of the Project which Landlord does not make available to Tenant;

(8) depreciation (except on any Qualified Capital Expenses);

(9) franchise or income taxes imposed upon Landlord, except to the extent imposed in lieu of all or any part of Taxes;

(10) legal and auditing fees which are for the benefit of Landlord such as collecting delinquent rents, preparing tax returns and other financial statements, and audits other than those incurred in connection with the preparation of reports required pursuant to Section 2D(2) above;

 

12


(11) compensation paid to officers and executives of Landlord and the wages of any employee for services not related directly to the management, maintenance, operation and repair of the Building or for any employee above the grade of property manager;

(12) fines, late fees penalties and interest;

(13) collection costs and legal fees paid in disputes with tenants including, but not limited to, legal expenses for services, other than those that benefit the tenants of the Building generally;

(14) costs to maintain and operate the entity that is Landlord (as opposed to operation and maintenance of the Project);

(15) governmental charges, impositions, penalties or any other costs incurred by Landlord in order to clean up, remediate, remove or abate any Hazardous Materials;

(16) bad debt loss, or reserves of any kind, including, but not limited to reserves for bad debt, rent loss or capital items;

(17) repairs, alterations, additions, improvements, replacements made to rectify or correct any defect in the design, materials or workmanship of the Building, the Project, or the Land;

(18) the cost of any special work or service performed for any tenant (including Tenant) at such tenant’s cost, including utilities charged to individual tenants (including Tenant) and after hours HVAC;

(19) any compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in commercial concessions operated by Landlord (including compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in connection with the operations of the Building Parking Garage);

(20) amounts paid to any party, including a division or affiliate of Landlord, providing materials, services, labor, or equipment to the extent that such amounts exceed the competitive costs of such materials, services, labor or equipment when provided by an independent party in an arm’s-length transaction;

(21) costs to maintain a marketing office;

(22) rental payments for base building equipment such as HVAC equipment and elevators (excluding EMS monitoring equipment);

(23) any expenses for repairs or maintenance which are covered by warranties and service contracts, to the extent such maintenance and repairs are made at no cost to Landlord;

(24) political contributions;

(25) charitable contributions, contributions to civic organizations and entertainment charges (except for entertainment made available to all of the tenants of the Building generally), unless approved in writing by Tenant;

(26) all acquisition costs for sculptures, paintings or other works of art;

(27) the cost of any repairs occasioned by eminent domain, whether or not covered by the eminent domain award; and

(28) premiums for terrorism or earthquake insurance.

(c) Taxes. “Taxes” means any and all taxes, assessments and charges of any kind, general or special, ordinary or extraordinary, levied against the Project, which Landlord shall pay or become obligated to pay in connection with the business of ownership, leasing, and/or renting space in the Project or

 

13


of the personal property, fixtures, machinery, equipment, systems and apparatus used in connection therewith. Taxes shall include real estate taxes, personal property taxes, sewer rents, water rents, special or general assessments, transit taxes, ad valorem taxes, assessments by any property owners association or under any deed or other restrictive covenants and any tax levied on the rents hereunder or the interest of Landlord under this Lease, including the so-called “margins tax” passed by the Texas Legislature, as the same may be amended or modified from time to time but only to the extent and for so long as such taxes are determined by reference to the “taxable margin” of Landlord, such taxes to be apportioned as provided by the Texas Tax Code and determined using elections or methods applicable to Landlord that result in the lowest taxable margin, with such taxes being allocated to the Project under generally accepted accounting principles based on the portion of the taxable margin of Landlord from the Project relative to the taxable margin from other sources of Landlord and its affiliates included in any combined group report (the “Rent Tax”). Taxes shall also include all reasonable fees and other costs and expenses paid by Landlord in reviewing any tax and in seeking a refund or reduction of any Taxes, whether or not the Landlord is ultimately successful. For any year, the amount to be included in Taxes (a) from taxes or assessments payable in installments, shall be the amount of the installments (with any interest) due and payable during such year, and (b) from all other Taxes, shall at Landlord’s election be the amount accrued, assessed, or otherwise imposed for such year or the amount due and payable in such year. Any refund or other adjustment to any Taxes by the taxing authority, shall apply during the year in which the adjustment is made. Taxes shall not include any net income (except Rent Tax), capital, stock, succession, transfer, gift, estate or inheritance tax, except to the extent that such tax shall be imposed in lieu of any portion of Taxes. Upon Tenant’s reasonable request, Landlord agrees to protest any substantial increases in Taxes.

(d) Lease Year. “Lease Year” means Lease Year 1 and each consecutive 12-month period following Lease Year 1. “Lease Year 1” is a 12-month period, beginning with the Commencement Date and extending 12 calendar months thereafter. If the Commencement Date is not the first day of a calendar month, then Lease Year 1 shall be the period from the Commencement Date and extending 12 calendar months and the number of days required thereafter to reach the end of the calendar month in which the Commencement Date occurred, and each subsequent Lease Year shall be the twelve months following the prior Lease Year.

(e) Fiscal Year. “Fiscal Year” means the calendar year, except that the first Fiscal Year and the last Fiscal Year of the Term may be a partial calendar year.

(f) Lease Month. “Lease Month” means each of the calendar months occurring during a Lease Year, except that if the Commencement Date is not the first day of a calendar month, then the first Lease Month shall be the period commencing on the Commencement Date and through the final day of the calendar month in which the Commencement Date occurred.

(g) Operation Standard. Landlord agrees that it will not collect or be entitled to collect Operating Costs from all of its tenants in an amount which is in excess of 100% of the Operating Costs actually paid or incurred by Landlord in connection with the operation of the Project. In any event, Landlord shall use good faith efforts to minimize the amount of Operating Costs consistent with its obligation to maintain the Class A character and first class nature of the Building.

(h) Cap on Controllable Operating Costs. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, for purposes of determining Operating Costs payable by Tenant hereunder for the third or any succeeding Lease Year during the initial Lease Term, in no event shall the aggregate amount of the Operating Costs that are “controllable” exceed the amount of such controllable Operating Costs that would be incurred during such Lease Year if such controllable Operating Costs incurred during the first Lease Year increased by 6% per annum each year after the first Lease Year. For purposes hereof, the term “controllable” shall mean all items of Operating Costs that are within the reasonable control of Landlord, but shall specifically exclude utility expenses, insurance costs, taxes, assessments, governmental charges, costs to comply with governmental requirements, and costs incurred because of Force Majeure.

E. Computation of Base Rent and Rent Adjustments.

(1) Prorations. If the Commencement Date of this Lease is on a day other than the first day of a month, Base Rent and Operating Cost Share Rent shall be prorated for such partial month based on the

 

14


actual number of days in such month. If the Term of this Lease begins on a day other than the first day, or ends on a day other than the last day, of the Fiscal Year, Operating Cost Share Rent shall be prorated for the applicable Fiscal Year.

(2) Default Interest. Any sum due from Tenant to Landlord not paid when due shall bear interest from the date due until paid at the lesser of (i) the maximum legal rate allowed by law or (ii) 10% per annum.

(3) Rent Adjustments. The square footage of the Leased Premises and the Building set forth in the Schedule have been calculated by the project architect based on the standards of the Building Owners and Managers Association standard method for measuring floor area in office buildings, ANSI/BOMA Z65.1-1996 (“BOMA”) of rentable square footage (“RSF” or “Rentable Square Footage”) and usable square footage (“USF” or “Usable Square Footage”) as applied to the finished construction plans for the Building; provided that prior to accepting the Leased Premises for occupancy, Tenant and Landlord shall have the rights to re-measure the Leased Premises and/or the Building to establish the actual RSF and USF set forth in this Lease. If the remeasurement is performed at the request of the Tenant as opposed to Landlord’s direction, Tenant shall bear the cost of the remeasurement unless such remeasurement reveals a discrepancy of greater or equal to a 2% decrease in RSF. Upon completion of such remeasurement, the parties will execute an amendment to this Lease to state or correct the RSF, USF, Tenant’s Proportionate Share, and the amounts of Base Rent payable per month and per year during each Lease Year, and the amounts set forth in the amendment will be conclusive and binding on the parties for the remainder of the Term. If any Operating Cost paid in one Fiscal Year relates to more than one Fiscal Year, Landlord may proportionately allocate such Operating Cost among the related Fiscal Years.

(4) Miscellaneous. So long as Tenant is in default of any obligation under this Lease, Tenant shall not be entitled to a refund of any amount from Landlord. Landlord may commingle any payments made with respect to Operating Cost Share Rent, without payment of interest.

3. PREPARATION. CONDITION. POSSESSION AND SURRENDER OF LEASED PREMISES.

A. Condition of Leased Premises. Except to the extent of Tenant Improvements specified in Appendix C, and the improvements specified in Appendix D. Landlord is leasing the Leased Premises to Tenant “as is”, without any obligation to alter, remodel, improve, repair or decorate any part of the Leased Premises except for Landlord’s maintenance, repair and other obligations set forth in this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) Landlord shall deliver the Leased Premises to Tenant with the Building structure and the systems and the improvements specified in Appendix D serving the Leased Premises in good operating order and condition, free of Hazardous Materials, and in compliance with all laws and (ii) Tenant does not accept the Leased Premises subject to latent defects in the Leased Premises of which Tenant notifies Landlord in writing within 12 months after the Commencement Date. Landlord shall cause the Building Shell to be completed in accordance with the Work Letter attached as Appendix C.

B. Tenant’s Possession. Tenant’s taking Occupancy shall be conclusive evidence that the Leased Premises is as of the date of such Occupancy in good order, repair and condition except for any Punch List Items (as defined in Appendix C). If Landlord authorizes Tenant to (and Tenant actually takes) Occupancy of the Leased Premises prior to the Commencement Date for purposes of doing business, all terms of this Lease shall apply to such pre-Term possession, including Base Rent at the rate set forth for the First Lease Year in the Schedule prorated for any partial month.

C. Maintenance.

(1) By Tenant. Throughout the Term, except for the Landlord’s maintenance, replacement, and repair obligations specified in this Lease Tenant shall maintain the Leased Premises in a clean, safe, and operable condition, loss or damage caused by the elements or Landlord and/or any party related thereto, wear and tear, condemnation, and fire and other casualty excepted, and at the termination of this Lease, or Tenant’s right to possession, Tenant shall return the Leased Premises to Landlord in broom-clean condition. To the extent Tenant fails to perform either obligation within 15 days after the Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s written request

 

15


specifying the maintenance and/or cleaning Landlord is requesting, Landlord may, but need not, restore the Leased Premises to such condition and Tenant shall pay the reasonable cost thereof. Additionally, Tenant, at its sole expense, shall repair, replace and maintain in good condition any air conditioning unit exclusively serving Tenant’s computer server room. With respect to any portion of the Leased Premises visible from any common area inside the Building (the “Visible Leased Premises”). Tenant shall (i) maintain such Visible Leased Premises and furniture, fixtures and equipment located therein in a neat and first-class condition throughout the Term and any extension thereof, (ii) not use the Visible Leased Premises exclusively for storage, (iii) obtain Landlord’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, as to the interior paint color, signage, and carpeting, contained in the Visible Leased Premises, (iv) complete within the Visible Leased Premises any cleaning reasonably requested by Landlord within two business days after Landlord’s written request therefor, and (v) complete within the Visible Leased Premises any repairs necessary to fulfill Tenant’s obligations under this Lease within five business days after Landlord’s written request therefor specifying the repair Landlord is requesting and thereafter diligently pursue the same to completion, but no longer than 30 days. Tenant shall repair or replace, subject to Landlord’s direction and supervision, any damage to the Project caused by Tenant or its employees, agents, or invitees unless the cost of said repair or replacement is otherwise covered by Landlord’s insurance or would have been covered by Landlord’s insurance had Landlord obtained and maintained the insurance required in this Lease. If the repair or replacement is not subject to Landlord’s insurance as specified in the preceding sentence, and Tenant fails to commence to make such repairs or replacements within 15 days after (i) the occurrence of such damage, and (ii) Tenant’s receipt of written notice from Landlord specifying the repair(s) or replacement(s) Landlord is requesting, and thereafter diligently pursue the completion thereof (or, in the case of a bona fide emergency, such shorter period of time as is reasonable given the circumstances, which emergency and shorter period will be specified in Landlord’s written notice to Tenant specifying the repair(s) or replacement(s) Landlord is requesting, then Landlord may make the same at Tenant’s cost. If any such damage occurs outside of the Leased Premises, or if such damage occurs inside the Leased Premises but affects the Building’s Systems and/or Building’s structure or any other area outside the Leased Premises, and the repair or replacement related to such damage is not subject to Landlord’s insurance coverage as specified above in this paragraph, then Landlord may elect to repair such damage at Tenant’s expense, rather than having Tenant repair such damage. The cost of all maintenance, repair or replacement work performed by Landlord under this Section, in each case plus an administrative fee of 6 % of such cost, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within 30 days after Landlord has invoiced Tenant therefor. Tenant’s obligations to repair and/or maintain contained in this paragraph shall be limited to the interior of the Leased Premises, and shall in no event include any structural elements, any building systems (including without limitation plumbing systems, sprinkler systems, and HVAC ducts), regular wear and tear or casualty loss to the extent that they are to be insured by property insurance specified to be carried by Landlord in this Lease.

(2) By Landlord. Landlord shall maintain and repair the Common Areas of the Project, Building’s structure, the Building’s Systems (including, but not limited to, electrical, HVAC, life-safety, plumbing, storm water and other drainage, elevator, and sprinkler systems) serving the Leased Premises as well as all other portions of the Project, the parking areas and other exterior areas of the Project, including driveways, alleys, landscape and grounds of the Project and utility lines in a good condition, and the exterior walls, windows, roof, and foundation in a manner consistent with the operation of similar Class A office buildings in the market in which the Project is located, including maintenance, repair and replacement of the exterior of the Project (including painting), landscaping, sprinkler systems and any items normally associated with the foregoing. All costs in performing the work described in this Section shall be included in Operating Costs except to the extent specifically excluded hereunder. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord shall, in its commercially-reasonable discretion, determine whether, and to the extent, repairs or replacements are the appropriate remedial action, and Landlord shall not be liable for failure to make any repairs until receipt of written notice from Tenant of the need for such repairs and a reasonable time for Landlord to commence and complete such repairs.

4. PROJECT SERVICES.

Landlord shall furnish services as follows:

A. Heating and Air Conditioning. During the Building Operating Hours of 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, and 7:00 a.m. to 12:00 p.m. on Saturday, excluding New Year’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (“Building Holidays”). Landlord shall

 

16


furnish heating and air conditioning and ventilation (“HVAC”) in the Leased Premises and the Common Areas inside the Building to provide a comfortable temperature for the use and occupancy of these areas as maintained in comparable buildings not owned or controlled by Landlord or an affiliate in close proximity to the Building (with good faith efforts to try and maintain temperatures between 72 and 76 degrees Fahrenheit), except to the extent Tenant installs equipment which is not typically found in other tenant spaces in the Building, and such equipment adversely affects the comfortable temperature maintained by the air conditioning system. If Tenant installs such equipment and Tenant does not modify and/or remove such equipment within 10 days of Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s written notice documenting the adverse condition, Landlord may install supplementary air conditioning units in the Leased Premises which are necessary to maintain the comfortable temperature in the Leased Premises, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent the cost of installation, operation and maintenance thereof within 30 days after Landlord has delivered to Tenant an invoice(s) therefor and reasonable substantiation for all amounts.

Landlord shall furnish HVAC service (i) before or after the Building Operating Hours or (ii) on Building Holidays, upon the written request (or such other means as may be reasonably requested by Landlord) by Tenant delivered to Landlord’s designated property manager before 3:00 p.m. on the business day preceding such required service, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord its then standard cost of such services within 30 days after Landlord has delivered to Tenant an invoice therefor. Landlord’s reasonable estimate for 2015 after-hours charges that is being utilized for all tenants in the Building for HVAC is $25 per hour per zone (zones are a full Floor in the Building), plus any applicable sales or other taxes; however, Landlord and Tenant agree that such figure may be adjusted after Landlord provides Tenant with a minimum of 15 days advance written notice for increases which will be based solely on increases in Landlord’s actual electrical costs for providing such services and shall not be interpreted as the maximum amount which may be charged to Tenant during the Term. Landlord agrees that the costs charged to all tenants in the Building for such after-hours service shall be the same, and no tenant shall be provided such service at a reduced rate and/or for free.

B. Elevators. Landlord shall provide passenger elevators for ingress and egress to the floor on which the Leased Premises is located in common with Landlord and all other tenants of the Building provided that Landlord may reasonably limit the number of operating elevators before or after Building Operating Hours and on Building Holidays, but in any event no less than one elevator shall be available at all times and provide service. Tenant shall have the use of the freight elevators during Building Operating Hours free of charge, including during the performance of Tenant’s Work and furniture move-in.

C. Electricity. Landlord shall provide sufficient electricity to operate normal office lighting and equipment. Tenant shall not install or operate in the Leased Premises any electrically operated equipment or other machinery, other than business machines and equipment normally employed for general office use, without obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord. If any or all of Tenant’s equipment requires electricity consumption in excess of that which is necessary to operate normal office equipment, or if Landlord reasonably determines that Tenant is using electricity materially in excess of a normal office tenant, then such consumption (including consumption for computer or telephone rooms and special HVAC equipment) shall, at Landlord’s election, be submetered by Landlord at Tenant’s expense, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord as Additional Rent for the cost of its submetered consumption based upon Landlord’s average cost of electricity. Such Additional Rent shall be in addition to Tenant’s obligations pursuant to Section 2C(2) (Operating Cost Share Rent) to pay its Proportionate Share of Operating Costs.

D. Water. Landlord shall furnish tap water for drinking and toilet purposes at those points of supply provided for general use of tenants of the Building.

E. Janitorial Service. Landlord shall furnish janitorial services five days per week after 6:00 p.m. if provided on any day Monday through Friday. The current janitorial specifications are attached hereto as Appendix F (Janitorial Specifications).

F. Electric Lighting Service. Electric lighting service for the Leased Premises, Common Areas and parking facilities, and replacement of all light bulbs and lamps, ballasts and starters and/or any other part associated with such electric lighting in all such areas;

 

17


G. Property Management Services. Landlord shall provide property management services;

H. Other Services. Landlord shall provide the following additional services and/or equipment:

(1) washing of the outside windows in the Leased Premises not less than once per calendar year;

(2) general maintenance of all Common Areas including removal of trash, snow and ice therefrom;

(3) pest control for the Leased Premises, Building and Project;

(4) sprinkler and fire alarm systems as required by governmental authorities for the Building and Project;

(5) interior plant maintenance in the Common Areas; and

(6) landscaping services;

Unless specified to the contrary in this Lease, all of the services stated herein shall be provided at a level which is equal to that found in comparable, multi-tenant office buildings in Austin, Texas not owned or controlled by Landlord or an affiliate in close proximity to the Building.

I. Parking. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Section 41. and the terms of Paragraph 13 on the Key Terms Schedule, the terms of Paragraph 13 shall govern and prevail.

(1) Rates. Tenant shall be directly responsible to Landlord or, if applicable, any parking facility operator (in either event, the “Operator”) as directed by Landlord in a written notice to Tenant (i) prior to the Commencement Date, and (ii) at any time thereafter for the payment of any and all fees and charges for all reserved and non-reserved parking spaces provided hereunder based on the rates stated above in Paragraph 13. Tenant shall not tow cars or otherwise enforce its parking rights against third parties unless the Operator fails or refuses to do so after written notice from Tenant.

(2) Rules and Regulations. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to enforce Tenant’s parking rights against third parties. Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to impose reasonable rules and regulations as Landlord may deem necessary to regulate parking within the Project provided such existing and/or future rules and regulations (i) are consistent for all tenants of the Buildings, (ii) applied uniformly among all tenants of the Buildings, and (iii) do not materially and adversely affect Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Building Parking Garage including registration of license plate numbers for vehicles driven by Tenant’s employees, issuance and monitoring of parking tags or permits and/or controlled access points.

(3) DISCLAIMER. LANDLORD SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGE OR LOSS TO ANY AUTOMOBILE (OR PROPERTY THEREIN) PARKED IN, ON OR ABOUT SUCH PARKING AREAS, OR FOR ANY INJURY SUSTAINED BY ANY PERSON IN, ON OR ABOUT SUCH AREAS.

(4) Retail Spaces. Landlord shall have the right to designate certain parking spaces as reserved for retail customers during certain days of the week and/or during certain times, as reasonably determined by Landlord; provided, however, such designation does not adversely affect Tenant’s rights hereunder (including Tenant’s rights with respect to the number and agreed upon location of parking spaces).

J. Interruption of Services. If any of the Leased Premises, Building and/or Project equipment or machinery ceases to function properly for any cause Landlord shall use commercially reasonable diligence to repair the same promptly. Landlord’s inability to furnish, to any extent, the Project services set forth in

 

18


this Section 4, or any cessation thereof resulting from any causes, including any entry for repairs pursuant to this Lease, and any renovation, redecoration or rehabilitation of any area of the Building, shall not render Landlord liable for damages to either person or property or for interruption or loss to Tenant’s business, nor be construed as an eviction of Tenant, nor work an abatement of any portion of Rent except as provided for herein, nor relieve Tenant from fulfillment of any covenant or agreement hereof. If, however, the Leased Premises or any portion thereof are rendered Untenantable for a period of seven consecutive days following Landlord’s receipt from Tenant of a written notice regarding such matters (the “Eligibility Period”) as a result of the failure to provide any service(s) specified in this Section 4. Tenant’s Base Rent and Operating Cost Share Rent shall be abated after the expiration of the Eligibility Period for such time as the Leased Premises (or portion thereof, as the case may be) remain Untenantable, in the same proportion as the rentable area rendered Untenantable bears to the total rentable area of the Leased Premises; provided, however, there shall be no abatement of Base Rent and Operating Cost Share Rent, if the failure is caused by a governmental directive or failure of a utility provider to provide service to the Project and Landlord has no control over such failure and/or has not caused such failure. As used herein, “Untenantable” means the Leased Premises is in a condition not reasonably usable or accessible by Tenant or its employees for the conduct of its business.

K. Building Access. At all times during the initial Term, Landlord shall install and maintain an electronic card-key or equivalent access control system for entry into the Building, Building Parking Garage, and for elevator operation before or after Building Operating Hours and/or on Building Holidays for the use of Tenants well as their employees. On or before the Commencement Date, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant 30 access cards which will permit access to the Building and for elevator operation at the times specified in the preceding sentence, with up to 25 of those access cards providing access to the Building Parking garage 24 hours per day, seven days per week, 356 (or 366) days per year, and no Tenant Party shall make a duplicate thereof. Thereafter, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the then-current reasonable charge for (and have access to) additional access cards for access to the Building, elevator, and Building Parking Garage or replacement of any lost access cards or for any additional access cards, but in no event shall more than 25 access cards have the capability to enter the Building Parking Garage subject to the next sentence. If Tenant needs additional parking spaces, Tenant shall be responsible for paying for the additional parking spaces at the rights set forth in Paragraph 13 of the Key Terms Schedule and such parking spaces shall have access cards as set forth above.

L. Signs. Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, shall include Tenant’s name in the Building-standard lobby directory, and any other signage directory, and shall install building standard suite signage next to Tenant’s entrance. In addition, see Section 16 of the Key Terms Schedule.

M. Security. Landlord shall provide one on-site security personnel 24 hours per day, 365 (366) days per year. Landlord shall have the right from time to time to adopt such additional policies, procedures and programs as it shall, in Landlord’s sole discretion, deem necessary or appropriate for the security of the Building, and Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord in the enforcement of, and shall comply with, the policies, procedures and programs adopted by Landlord insofar as the same pertain to Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors and invitees. Landlord agrees to maintain access control procedures at all times. Tenant acknowledges that the safety and security devices, services and programs provided by Landlord from time to time, if any, may not prevent theft or other criminal acts, or insure the safety of persons or property, and Tenant expressly assumes the risk that any safety device, service or program may not be effective or may malfunction or be circumvented. IN ALL EVENTS AND NOTWITHSTANDING ANY PROVISION OF THIS LEASE TO THE CONTRARY, LANDLORD SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO TENANT, AND TENANT HEREBY WAIVES ANY CLAIM AGAINST LANDLORD TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, FOR (I) ANY UNAUTHORIZED OR CRIMINAL ENTRY OF THIRD PARTIES INTO THE LEASED PREMISES OR THE BUILDING, (n) ANY INJURY TO OR DEATH OF PERSONS, OR (m) ANY LOSS OF PROPERTY IN AND ABOUT THE LEASED PREMISES OR THE BUILDING BY OR FROM ANY UNAUTHORIZED OR CRIMINAL ACTS OF THIRD PARTIES, REGARDLESS OF ANY ACTION, INACTION, FAILURE, BREAKDOWN, MALFUNCTION AND/OR INSUFFICIENCY OF THE SECURITY SERVICES PROVIDED BY LANDLORD, OR ANY ALLEGATION OF ACTIVE OR PASSIVE NEGLIGENCE ON THE PART OF LANDLORD, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT CAUSED BY THE GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF LANDLORD. Tenant shall obtain insurance coverage to the extent Tenant desires protection against criminal acts and other losses.

 

19


5. ALTERATIONS AND REPAIRS.

A. Landlord’s Consent and Conditions.

(1) Plans and Specifications. Except as contemplated under Appendix C hereto. Tenant shall not make any improvements or alterations to the Leased Premises without in each instance submitting plans and specifications to Landlord and obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). Improvements or alterations made to the Leased Premises is referred to herein as the “Work” or the “Tenant Improvements.” Landlord will be deemed to be acting reasonably in withholding its consent for any Work which (a) impacts the base structural components or the mechanical, electrical, or plumbing systems of the Building, (b) impacts any other tenant’s leased premises, or (c) is visible from the corridor outside the Leased Premises.

(2) Costs. Except as contemplated under Appendix C hereto including, but not limited to, the Tenant Improvement Allowance, Tenant shall pay for the cost of all Work.

(3) Trade Fixtures. All Work shall become the property of Landlord upon its installation, except for Tenant’s moveable trade fixtures, machinery, equipment, other personal property and items which Landlord requires Tenant to remove pursuant to Sections 5D and 5E.

(4) Conditions. The following requirements shall apply to all Work:

(a) Commencement Submittals. Prior to commencement, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord building permits, certificates of insurance satisfactory to Landlord.

(b) Coordination with Other Contractors. Tenant shall perform all Work so as to maintain peace and harmony among other contractors serving the Project and shall avoid interference with other work to be performed or services to be rendered in the Project.

(c) Governmental Requirements. The Work shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, meeting the standard for the typical construction and quality of materials in the Building that exists at the time of such Work, and shall comply with all reasonable insurance requirements based on the type and scope of work being provided and all applicable governmental laws, ordinances and regulations (“Governmental Requirements”).

(d) No Disruption of Tenants. Tenant shall perform all Work in such manner as is consistent with Landlord’s standard practices in the Building to minimize or prevent disruption to other tenants, and Tenant shall comply with all reasonable requests of Landlord in response to complaints from other tenants.

(e) Landlord’s Policies, Rules and Procedures. Tenant shall perform all Work in compliance with Landlord’s “Policies, Rules and Procedures for Construction Projects” in effect at the time the Work is performed provided that such Policies, Rules and Procedures for Construction Projects are applicable to all tenants of the Building, and are enforced by Landlord in a non-discriminatory manner among all tenants of the Building.

(f) Landlord Supervision. Except as provided in Appendix C, Tenant shall permit Landlord to supervise such Work. In such an event, Landlord may charge a supervisory fee not to exceed 1.5%. if Tenant’s contractor performs the work, or 3.5% of labor, material and all other hard costs of such Work if Landlord’s employees or contractors perform such Work.

(g) Completion Submittals. Upon completion, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with contractor’s affidavits and full and final statutory waivers of liens from all contractors and subcontractors, CADD as-built plans and specifications, and receipted bills covering all labor and materials, and all other close-out documentation required in Landlord’s “Policies, Rules and Procedures for Construction Projects”.

 

20


B. Damage to Systems. If any part of the mechanical, electrical or other systems in the Leased Premises shall be damaged, Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord, and Landlord shall repair such damage (which repairs shall be part of Operating Costs unless excluded under Section 2D(4)(b) Landlord may also at any reasonable time make any repairs or alterations which Landlord deems necessary for the safety or protection of the Project, or which Landlord is required to make by any court or pursuant to any Governmental Requirement. Tenant shall maintain the Leased Premises in accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 3C of this Lease.

C. No Liens. Tenant has no authority to cause or permit any lien or encumbrance of any kind to affect Landlord’s interest in the Project; any such lien or encumbrance shall attach to Tenant’s interest only. If any mechanic’s lien shall be filed or claim of lien made for work or materials furnished to Tenant in the Leased Premises, then Tenant shall at its expense within 20 days after receiving written notification of such lien or claim either discharge or contest the lien or claim. If Tenant contests the lien or claim, then Tenant shall (i) within such 20 day period, provide Landlord adequate security for the lien or claim by bonding in accordance with the Texas Property Code, (ii) contest the lien or claim in good faith by appropriate proceedings that operate to stay its enforcement, and (iii) pay promptly any final adverse judgment entered in any such proceeding. If Tenant does not comply with these requirements, Landlord may upon prior written notice to Tenant discharge the lien or claim, and the amount paid, as well as attorney’s fees and other expenses incurred by Landlord, shall become Additional Rent payable by Tenant on demand.

D. Ownership of Improvements. All Work as defined in this Section 5, together with all partitions, hardware, equipment, machinery and other improvements and fixtures (including, without limitation, supplemental FTVAC equipment, generators and UPS systems and related components, but expressly excluding Tenant’s moveable trade fixtures, machinery, equipment, and other personal property), constructed or installed in or on the Leased Premises by either Landlord or Tenant shall become Landlord’s property upon construction or installation without compensation to Tenant, unless Landlord consents to or requires its removal at the time of giving its consent to such construction or installation. Landlord is to notify Tenant prior to Landlord’s commencement of the Work which, if any, of the Tenant Improvements will be required to be removed by Tenant.

E. Removal at Termination. Upon the termination of this Lease or of Tenant’s right of possession, Tenant shall remove from the Building (i) its trade fixtures, furniture, moveable equipment and other personal property, (ii) any improvements which are required to be removed by Tenant pursuant to Section 5D, and (iii) any improvements made by Tenant to any portion of the Building or the Project other than the Leased Premises. Furthermore, upon the termination of this Lease or of Tenant’s right of possession, Tenant shall either (a) remove any and all computer, telephone, server and fiber cabling installed by or on behalf of Tenant in the Leased Premises or the Building (“Cabling”), or (b) leave all such Cabling installed in place provided that such Cabling shall be in working condition, terminated at both ends at a connector or other similar equipment and appropriately labeled or tagged. Tenant shall repair all damage caused by the installation or removal of any of the foregoing items. If Tenant does not timely remove such property, then Tenant shall be conclusively presumed to have, at Landlord’s election (i) conveyed such property to Landlord without compensation or (ii) abandoned such property, and Landlord may remove, dispose of or store any part thereof in any manner at Tenant’s sole cost. Landlord shall have no duty to be a bailee of any such personal property. If Landlord elects hereunder to treat such property as having been abandoned by Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon demand, any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Landlord for the removal, repair or disposition of such property.

F. Approved Alterations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may make improvements or alterations without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent and without payment of any additional fees, provided that Tenant gives Landlord reasonable prior written notice of same and further provided that such improvements or alterations (1) are purely cosmetic in nature (including painting, carpeting, and the installation of floor covering or wall covering), (2) will not constitute or give rise to a design or structure problem, (3) cost less than Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) in any one instance, and (4) do not require a governmental permit of any kind.

6. USE OF LEASED PREMISES. Tenant shall use the Leased Premises only for general office purposes in compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations. Tenant shall not allow any use of the Leased Premises which will negatively affect the cost of coverage of Landlord’s insurance on the Project. Tenant shall not allow any inflammable or explosive liquids or materials to be kept on the Leased Premises. Tenant shall not allow any use of the Leased Premises which would unreasonably interfere with any other tenant or with the operation of the Project by Landlord. Tenant shall not permit any nuisance or waste upon the Leased Premises, or allow any offensive noise or odor in or around the Leased Premises.

 

21


7. GOVERNMENTAL REQUIREMENTS AND BUILDING RULES. Tenant shall comply with all Governmental Requirements applying to its use of the Leased Premises, including without limit the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 and all regulations thereunder (the “ADA”). Tenant shall, at its expense (which can be paid from the Tenant Improvement Allowance defined in Appendix C), be responsible for ADA compliance with respect to the Tenant Improvements constructed by it to the Leased Premises. Landlord shall comply with all Governmental Requirements applying to the Building and the Common Areas, including without limitation, the ADA. Subject to the terms of this Lease, Landlord shall be permitted to pass-through to Tenant as an Operating Cost the cost of any alterations, additions or improvements required to cause the Building to comply with any amendment of the ADA, ADA regulations or similar laws promulgated after the date of this Lease. Accordingly, Landlord shall not pass-through to Tenant as an Operating Cost the cost of any alterations, additions or improvements required to cause the Building to comply with the ADA as it exists before the date of this Lease. Landlord shall not be responsible for determining whether Tenant is a public accommodation under ADA or whether the Tenant Improvements comply with ADA requirements. Such determinations, if desired by Tenant, shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant; and if any governmental authority shall deem the Leased Premises to be a “place of public accommodation” under the ADA or any other comparable law as a result of Tenant’s use, Tenant shall either modify its use to cause such authority to rescind its designation or be responsible for any alterations, structural or otherwise, required to be made to the Leased Premises under such laws. If, solely as a result of Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Leased Premises, or the making of any alterations, additions or improvements therein, any additions, alterations or improvements shall be required to be made by Landlord to any part of the Leased Premises or the Building to comply with any requirements of the ADA, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost incurred by Landlord to effect such compliance within 15 days of Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s invoice. Tenant shall also comply with all reasonable rules established for the Project from time to time by Landlord, so long as the rules are equitably applied to all tenants of the Building and uniformly enforced. To the extent any such rules and regulations are in conflict with the terms of this Lease, then the Lease terms shall control. The present rules and regulations are contained in Appendix B. Failure by another tenant to comply with the rules or failure by Landlord to enforce them shall not relieve Tenant of its obligation to comply with the rules or make Landlord responsible to Tenant in any way. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to apply all such rules and regulations uniformly with respect to Tenant and all tenants in the Building. In the event of alterations and repairs performed by Tenant, Tenant shall comply with the provisions of Section 5 of this Lease and also Landlord’s “Policies, Rules and Regulations for Construction Projects” subject to the terms specified in Section 5.

8. WAIVER OF CLAIMS; INDEMNIFICATION; INSURANCE.

A. WAIVER OF CLAIMS. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, EACH OF TENANT AND LANDLORD (THE “RELEASING PARTY”) WAIVES AND RELEASES ANY CLAIMS IT MAY HAVE AGAINST THE OTHER PARTY OR ITS OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS (THE “RELEASED PERSONS”) FOR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR DAMAGE TO PROPERTY SUSTAINED BY THE RELEASING PARTY AS THE RESULT OF ANY ACT OR OMISSION OF THE RELEASED PERSON, TO THE EXTENT TYPICALLY COVERED UNDER POLICIES OF PROPERTY INSURANCE. THE WAIVER OF CLAIMS CONTAINED IN THIS SECTION 8A (A) WILL SURVIVE THE END OF THE TERM AND (B) WILL APPLY EVEN IF THE LOSS IS CAUSED IN WHOLE OR IN PART BY THE ORDINARY NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY OF THE RELEASED PERSONS BUT WILL NOT APPLY TO THE EXTENT A LOSS OR DAMAGE IS CAUSED BY THE GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF THE RELEASED PERSONS.

B. INDEMNIFICATION.

(1) TENANT. TENANT SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND AND HOLD HARMLESS LANDLORD AND ITS OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS AGAINST ANY CLAIM BY ANY THIRD PARTY FOR INJURY TO ANY PERSON OR DAMAGE TO OR LOSS OF ANY PROPERTY OCCURRING IN THE PROJECT AND ARISING FROM THE USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE LEASED PREMISES OR FROM ANY OTHER ACT OR OMISSION OR NEGLIGENCE OF TENANT OR ANY OF TENANT’S EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS. TENANT’S OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL SURVIVE THE END OF THE TERM OF THIS LEASE.

 

22


(2) LANDLORD. LANDLORD SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND AND HOLD HARMLESS TENANT AND ITS OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS AGAINST ANY CLAIM BY ANY THIRD PARTY FOR INJURY TO ANY PERSON OR DAMAGE TO OR LOSS OF ANY PROPERTY OCCURRING IN THE PROJECT AND ARISING FROM ANY ACT OR OMISSION OR NEGLIGENCE OF LANDLORD OR ANY OF LANDLORD’ S EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS. LANDLORD’ S OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL SURVIVE THE END OF THE TERM OF THIS LEASE.

(3) PROPORTIONATE RESPONSIBILITY. THE INDEMNITIES CONTAINED IN THIS SECTION 8B ARE (A) INDEPENDENT OF TENANT’S AND LANDLORD’S INSURANCE (AS APPLICABLE), (B) WILL NOT BE LIMITED BY COMPARATIVE NEGLIGENCE STATUTES OR DAMAGES PAID UNDER THE WORKERS’ COMPENSATION ACT OR SIMILAR EMPLOYEE BENEFIT ACTS, AND (C) WILL SURVIVE THE END OF THE TERM. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING IN THIS LEASE TO THE CONTRARY, TO THE EXTENT THE INDEMNIFIED LIABILITY, LOSS, COST, DAMAGE OR EXPENSE ARISES OUT OF THE JOINT, CONCURRENT OR COMPARATIVE NEGLIGENCE, CAUSATION, RESPONSIBILITY OR FAULT OF TENANT AND LANDLORD, WHETHER NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, PRODUCTS LIABILITY, BREACH OF THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT, THEN THE INDEMNIFYING PARTY’S OBLIGATION TO THE INDEMNIFIED PERSONS SHALL ONLY EXTEND TO THE PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL RESPONSIBILITY OF THE INDEMNIFYING PARTY IN CONTRIBUTING TO SUCH LIABILITY, LOSS, COST, DAMAGE OR EXPENSE OF THE INDEMNIFIED PERSONS.

C. Tenant’s Insurance.

(1) Tenant. Tenant shall maintain insurance as follows, with such other terms, coverages and insurers, as Landlord shall reasonably require from time to time:

(a) Liability Insurance. Commercial general liability insurance on an occurrence basis on an Insurance Services Office (“ISO”) CG 00 01 or a substitute providing equivalent coverage, including (a) contractual liability coverage applicable to the indemnification provisions contained in this Lease, (b) a severability of interest provision or endorsement, (c) with limits of not less than $2,000,000 per occurrence and not less than $2,000,000 in the aggregate for bodily injury, sickness or death, and property damage, and umbrella coverage of not less than $5,000,000 (if the policies contain a general aggregate limit, it shall be endorsed to apply separately to these premises).

(b) Property Insurance. Property Insurance against “All Risks” of physical loss covering the replacement cost of all improvements, fixtures and personal property, including the Tenant Improvements, and betterments thereto. Tenant waives all rights of subrogation, and Tenant’s property insurance shall include a waiver of subrogation in favor of Landlord and its officers, directors, employees and agents.

(c) Employee Insurance. Workers’ compensation or similar insurance in form and amounts required by law, and Employer’s Liability with not less than the following limits:

 

Each Accident

$ 500,000   

Disease—Policy Limit

$ 500,000   

Disease—Each Employee

$ 500,000

(d) Additional Requirements. Such insurance shall contain a waiver of subrogation provision in favor of Landlord and its employees and agents. Tenant’s insurance shall be primary and not contributory to that carried by Landlord, its agents, or mortgagee. Landlord, and if any, Landlord’s building manager or agent, mortgagee and ground lessor shall be named as additional insureds as respects to insurance required of the Tenant in Section 8C(l)(a) on the current ISO additional insured endorsement form, or equivalent

 

23


form. The company or companies writing any insurance which Tenant is required to maintain under this Lease, as well as the form of such insurance, shall at all times be subject to Landlord’s approval, and any such company shall be licensed to do business in the state in which the Building is located. Such insurance companies shall have an A.M. Best rating of A VI or better.

(2) Contractors. Tenant shall cause any contractor of Tenant performing work on the Leased Premises to maintain insurance as follows, with such other terms, coverages and insurers, as Landlord shall reasonably require from time to time:

(a) Liability Insurance. Commercial general liability insurance on an occurrence basis on an ISO CG 00 01 form or a substitute providing equivalent coverage, including contractor’s liability coverage, contractual liability coverage, completed operations coverage, broad form property damage endorsement, and contractor’s protective liability coverage, to afford protection with limits, for each occurrence, of not less than $ 1,000,000 with respect to personal injury, death or property damage. If the policies contain a general aggregate limit, it shall be endorsed to apply separately to these premises.

(b) Employee Insurance. Workers’ compensation or similar insurance in form and amounts required by law, and Employer’s Liability with not less than the following limits:

 

Each Accident

$ 500,000   

Disease—Policy Limit

$ 500,000   

Disease—Each Employee

$ 500,000

(c) Additional Requirements. Such insurance shall contain a waiver of subrogation provision in favor of Landlord and its officers, directors, employees and agents. Tenant’s contractor’s insurance shall be primary and not contributory to that carried by Tenant, Landlord, their agents or mortgagees. Tenant and Landlord, and if any, Landlord’s building manager or agent, mortgagee or ground lessor shall be named as additional insured on the contractor’s insurance policies on the current ISO additional insured endorsement form, or equivalent form.

D. Insurance Certificates. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord certificates evidencing all required insurance no later than five days prior to the Commencement Date and each renewal date and copies of the insurance policies upon request of Landlord. Each certificate will have attached to it policy endorsements providing for 30 days prior written notice of cancellation to Landlord and Tenant and the required additional insured coverages. Any insurance required to be maintained by Tenant may be maintained on a blanket insurance policy covering one or more other properties then leased by Tenant.

E. Landlord’s Insurance. Landlord shall maintain “All-Risk” property insurance at replacement cost, including loss of rents, on the Building, and commercial general liability insurance policies covering the Common Areas of the Building, each with such terms, coverages and conditions as are normally carried by reasonably prudent owners of properties similar to the Project. With respect to property insurance, Landlord and Tenant mutually waive all rights of subrogation, and the respective “All-Risk” coverage property insurance policies carried by Landlord and Tenant shall contain enforceable waiver of subrogation endorsements. Upon receipt of written request from Tenant, Landlord agrees to provide Tenant with a copy of Landlord’s insurance certificate.

9. FIRE AND OTHER HAZARDS.

A. Termination. If a fire or other peril causes substantial damage to the Building or the Leased Premises, Landlord shall engage a registered architect to certify within one month of the casualty to both Landlord and Tenant the amount of time needed to restore the Building and the Leased Premises to tenantability, using standard working methods. If the architect-determined time needed exceeds either of the following thresholds: (i) 12 months from the date of the casualty, or (ii) two months therefrom if the restoration would begin during the last 12 months of the Lease, then in the case of the Leased Premises, either Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Lease, and in the case of the Building, Landlord may terminate this Lease, by written notice to the other party within 30 days after the notifying party’s receipt of the architect’s certificate (phrases (i) and (ii) shall be

 

24


known as the “Restoration Thresholds”). Additionally, if the actual time to restore the Leased Premises to tenantability exceeds by more than 30 days (the “grace period”) the greater of the architect-determined time needed or the Restoration Threshold, then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by notice to Landlord within 10 days after the expiration of the grace period; provided, however, commencement of the grace period shall be extended for each day that restoration is delayed because of Tenant delays, or changes, deletions or additions in constructions requested by Tenant, or Force Majeure. The termination shall be effective 30 days from the date of the notice and Rent shall be paid by Tenant to that date, with an abatement for any portion of the Leased Premises which has been untenantable after the casualty.

B. Restoration. If a casualty causes damage to the Building or the Leased Premises but this Lease is not terminated for any reason, then subject to the rights of any mortgagees or ground lessors, Landlord shall obtain the applicable insurance proceeds and diligently restore the Building and the Leased Premises to their condition prior to the casualty, subject to current Governmental Requirements. Tenant shall replace its damaged personal property and trade fixtures. Rent shall be abated on a per diem basis during the restoration for any portion of the Leased Premises which is untenantable.

10. EMINENT DOMAIN.

If a part of the Project is taken by eminent domain or deed in lieu thereof which is so substantial that the Leased Premises cannot reasonably be used by Tenant for the operation of its business, then either party may terminate this Lease effective as of the date of the taking. If any substantial portion of the Project is taken without affecting the Leased Premises, then Landlord may terminate this Lease as of the date of such taking. Rent shall abate from the date of the taking in proportion to any part of the Leased Premises taken. The entire award for a taking of any kind shall be paid to Landlord. Tenant may pursue a separate award for its trade fixtures and moving expenses in connection with the taking, but only if such recovery does not reduce the award payable to Landlord. All obligations accrued to the date of the taking shall be performed by the party liable to perform said obligations, as set forth herein.

11. RIGHTS RESERVED TO LANDLORD.

Landlord may exercise at any time any of the following rights respecting the operation of the Project without liability to the Tenant of any kind:

A. Name. To change the name or street address of the Building.

B. Signs. To install and maintain any signs on the exterior and in the interior of the Building, and to approve at its sole discretion, prior to installation, any of Tenant’s signs in the Leased Premises visible from the common areas or the exterior of the Building.

C. Window Treatments. To approve, at its discretion, prior to installation, any shades, blinds, ventilators or window treatments of any kind, as well as any lighting within the Leased Premises that may be visible from the exterior of the Building or any interior common area.

D. Keys. To retain and use at any time passkeys to enter the Leased Premises or any door within the Leased Premises. Tenant shall not alter or add any lock or bolt.

E. Access. Following reasonable prior notice to Tenant (except in the event of an emergency no prior notice to Tenant is required), to have access to inspect the Leased Premises, and to perform its obligations, or make repairs, alterations, additions or improvements, as permitted by this Lease.

F. Preparation for Reoccupancv. To decorate, remodel, repair, alter or otherwise prepare the Leased Premises for reoccupancy at any time after Tenant abandons the Leased Premises and Tenant is otherwise in default hereunder, without relieving Tenant of any obligation to pay Rent.

 

25


G. Heavy Articles. To approve the weight, size, placement and time and manner of movement within the Building of any safe, central filing system or other heavy article of Tenant’s property. Tenant shall move its property entirely at its own risk.

H. Show Leased Premises. To show the Leased Premises to prospective purchasers, possible tenants (only if there are 9 months or less remaining on the Term) lenders, investors, rating agencies or others at any reasonable time, provided that Landlord gives no less than 24 hours prior written notice to Tenant and does not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Leased Premises.

I. Use of Lockbox. To designate a lockbox collection agent for collections of amounts due Landlord. In that case, the date of payment of Rent or other sums shall be the date of the agent’s receipt of such payment or the date of actual collection if payment is made in the form of a negotiable instrument thereafter dishonored upon presentment.

J. Repairs and Alterations. To make repairs or alterations to the Project and in doing so transport any required material through the Leased Premises; in which case Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to do so to reasonably minimize material adverse interference with Tenant’s use of the Leased Premises for its permitted use, and Landlord will make commercially reasonable efforts to coordinate any such transport with Tenant’s schedule, to temporarily close entrances, doors, corridors, elevators and other facilities in the Project, to temporarily open any ceiling in the Leased Premises and in so doing exercise commercially reasonable efforts to reasonably minimize material adverse interference with Tenant’s ability to utilize the Leased Premises for its permitted use, or to temporarily suspend services or use of Common Areas in the Building. Landlord may perform any such repairs or alterations during Building Office Hours, if a prudent operator of class A office building would do so during such hours, except that Tenant may require any Work in the Leased Premises to be done after Building Operating Hours, if Tenant pays Landlord for overtime and any other expenses incurred. Landlord may do or permit any work on any nearby building, land, street, alley or way.

K. Landlord’s Agents. If Tenant is in default under this Lease, possession of Tenant’s funds or negotiation of Tenant’s negotiable instrument by any of Landlord’s agents shall not waive any breach by Tenant or any remedies of Landlord under this Lease.

L. Building Services. To install, use and maintain through the Leased Premises, pipes, conduits, wires and ducts serving the Building, provided that such installation, use and maintenance does not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Leased Premises.

M. Other Actions. To take any other action which is commercially reasonable in connection with the operation, maintenance or preservation of the Building.

12. TENANT’S DEFAULT.

Any of the following shall constitute a default by Tenant:

A. Rent Default. Tenant fails to pay any Rent when due and such failure continues for a period of five business days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s written notice of such failure, provided that written notice shall not be required more than two times in any Fiscal Year, and after such notices have been provided in any Fiscal Year, then any such failure to pay Rent shall be a default if such amount is not paid when due;

B. Assignment/Sublease or Hazardous Substances Default. Tenant defaults in its obligations under Section 17 (Assignment and Sublease) or Section 26 (Hazardous Substances) and such failure continues for a period of five business days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s written notice of such failure;

C. Other Performance Default. Tenant fails to perform any other obligation to Landlord under this Lease, and, this failure continues for 15 days after written notice from Landlord, except that if Tenant begins to cure its failure within the 15 day period but cannot reasonably complete its cure within such period, then, so long as Tenant continues to diligently attempt to cure its failure, the 15 day period shall be extended to such period of time as is reasonably necessary to complete the cure;

 

26


D. Credit Default. One of the following credit defaults occurs:

(1) Tenant or Guarantor (if any) commences any proceeding under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debts, or seeks appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for the Tenant, Guarantor or for any substantial part of its property, or any such proceeding is commenced against Tenant or Guarantor and either remains undismissed for a period of 60 days or results in the entry of an order for relief against Tenant or Guarantor which is not fully stayed within seven days after entry;

(2) Tenant or Guarantor (if any) becomes insolvent or bankrupt or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or

(3) Any third party obtains a levy or attachment under process of law against Tenant’s leasehold interest.

13. LANDLORD REMEDIES.

A. Termination of Lease or Possession. If Tenant defaults, Landlord may elect by notice to Tenant either to terminate this Lease or to terminate Tenant’s possession of the Leased Premises without terminating this Lease. In either case, Tenant shall immediately vacate the Leased Premises and deliver possession to Landlord, and Landlord may repossess the Leased Premises and may, at Tenant’s sole cost, remove any of Tenant’s signs and any of its other property, without relinquishing its right to receive Rent or any other right against Tenant.

B. Lease Termination Damages. If Landlord terminates the Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord all Rent due on or before the date of termination, plus Landlord’s reasonable estimate of the aggregate Rent that would have been payable from the date of termination through the Termination Date, reduced by the rental value of the Leased Premises calculated as of the date of termination for the same period, taking into account anticipated vacancy prior to reletting, reletting expenses and market concessions, both discounted to present value at the rate of 5% per annum. If Landlord shall relet any part of the Leased Premises for any part of such period before such present value amount shall have been paid by Tenant or finally determined by a court, then the amount of Rent payable pursuant to such reletting (taking into account vacancy prior to reletting and any reletting expenses or concessions) shall be deemed to be the reasonable rental value for that portion of the Leased Premises relet during the period of the reletting.

C. Possession Termination Damages. If Landlord terminates Tenant’s right to possession without terminating the Lease and Landlord takes possession of the Leased Premises itself, Landlord may relet any part of the Leased Premises for such Rent, for such time, and upon such terms as Landlord in its sole discretion shall determine, without any obligation to do so prior to renting other vacant areas in the Building. Any proceeds from reletting the Leased Premises shall first be applied to the reasonable expenses of reletting, including redecoration, repair, alteration, advertising, brokerage, legal, and other reasonably necessary expenses. If the reletting proceeds after payment of expenses are insufficient to pay the full amount of Rent under this Lease, Tenant shall pay such deficiency to Landlord monthly upon demand as it becomes due. Any excess proceeds shall be retained by Landlord.

D. Landlord’s Remedies Cumulative. All of Landlord’s remedies under this Lease shall be in addition to all other remedies Landlord may have at law or in equity. Waiver by Landlord of any breach of any obligation by Tenant shall be effective only if it is in writing, and shall not be deemed a waiver of any other breach, or any subsequent breach of the same obligation. Landlord’s acceptance of payment by Tenant shall not constitute a waiver of any breach by Tenant, and if the acceptance occurs after Landlord’s notice to Tenant, or termination of the Lease or of Tenant’s right to possession, the acceptance shall not affect such notice or termination. Acceptance of payment by Landlord after commencement of a legal proceeding or final judgment shall not affect such proceeding or judgment. Landlord may advance such monies and take such other actions for Tenant’s account as reasonably may be required to cure or mitigate any default by Tenant. Tenant shall immediately reimburse Landlord for any such advance, and such sums shall bear interest at the default interest rate under Section 2E(2) above until paid.

 

27


E. Waiver of Trial by Jury. EACH PARTY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN THE EVENT OF ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING BROUGHT BY THE OTHER IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE. EACH PARTY SHALL BRING ANY ACTION AGAINST THE OTHER IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE IN A FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN TRAVIS COUNTY, TEXAS, CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS, AND WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO HAVE ANY PROCEEDING TRANSFERRED FROM SUCH COURTS ON THE GROUND OF IMPROPER VENUE OR INCONVENIENT FORUM.

F. Litigation Costs. Tenant shall pay Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs in enforcing this Lease, if no suit is filed. In the event that any action or proceeding is brought to enforce any term, covenant or condition of this Lease on the part of Landlord or Tenant, the prevailing party in such litigation shall be entitled to reasonable attorney’s fees to be fixed by the court in such action or proceeding. The term “Prevailing Party” is defined to mean the party who obtains a determination of wrongful conduct by the other party regardless of whether actual damages are awarded (e.g., the Prevailing Party may be a Party which is ordered to pay $100.00 where the obligation to pay $80.00 was undisputed and the claiming Party claimed that it was entitled to $1,000.00).

14. SURRENDER.

Upon expiration or termination of this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession, Tenant shall return the Leased Premises to Landlord as provided for in this Lease.

15. HOLDOVER.

Tenant shall have no right to holdover possession of the Leased Premises after the expiration or termination of this Lease without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. If, however, Tenant retains possession of any part of the Leased Premises after the Term, Tenant shall become a month-to-month tenant for the entire Leased Premises upon all of the terms of this Lease as might be applicable to such month-to-month tenancy, except that Tenant shall pay all of Base Rent at 150% of the rate in effect immediately prior to such holdover, computed on a monthly basis for each full or partial month Tenant remains in possession. Tenant shall also pay Landlord all of Landlord’s direct and consequential damages resulting from Tenant’s holdover, and Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims made by other tenants or prospective tenants against Landlord for delay by Landlord in delivering possession of the Leased Premises because of any such holdover. No acceptance of Rent or other payments by Landlord under these holdover provisions shall operate as a waiver of Landlord’s right to regain possession upon demand, or any other of Landlord’s remedies.

16. SUBORDINATION TO GROUND LEASES AND MORTGAGES.

A. Subordination. Landlord represents that there is no present ground lease or mortgage respecting the Project. This Lease shall be subordinate to a future ground lease or mortgage, provided that, at the request of Landlord, Tenant or the ground lessor or mortgagee, the other parties shall within 10 days of the request, execute and deliver to the requesting party any reasonable documents provided to evidence the subordination; provided that such documents evidence that Tenant shall not be disturbed by any such subordination and/or attornment and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as against such transferee. Any mortgagee has the right, at its option, to subordinate its mortgage to the terms of this Lease, without notice to, nor the consent of, Tenant. Landlord shall obtain a fully executed Subordination, Attornment, Notice and Non-Disturbance Agreement in the standard form of any mortgagee or other commercially reasonable form as soon as reasonably practicable after request for such signature is made by Landlord or Tenant. If Tenant shall assign this Lease or sublet the Leased Premises in its entirety to any party other than an Affiliate Transferee (as defined in Section 17(G) any rights of Tenant to renew this Lease, extend the Term or to lease additional space in the Project shall be extinguished thereby and will not be transferred to the assignee or subtenant, all such rights being personal to the Tenant named herein or an Affiliate Transferee.

 

28


B. Termination of Ground Lease or Foreclosure of Mortgage. If any ground lease is terminated or mortgage foreclosed or deed in lieu of foreclosure given and the ground lessor, mortgagee, or purchaser at a foreclosure sale shall thereby become the owner of the Project, at the option of such ground lessor, mortgagee or purchaser, Tenant shall attorn to such ground lessor or mortgagee or purchaser without any deduction or set off by Tenant, and this Lease shall continue in effect as a direct lease between Tenant and such ground lessor, mortgagee or purchaser. The ground lessor or mortgagee or purchaser shall be liable as Landlord only during the time such ground lessor or mortgagee or purchaser is the owner of the Project. At the request of Landlord, ground lessor or mortgagee, Tenant shall execute and deliver within 10 days of the request any document furnished by the requesting party to evidence Tenant’s agreement to attorn.

C. Security Deposit. Any ground lessor or mortgagee shall be responsible for the return of any security deposit by Tenant only to the extent the security deposit is received by such ground lessor or mortgagee.

D. Notice and Right to Cure. Tenant agrees to send by registered or certified mail to any ground lessor or mortgagee identified in a notice from Landlord to Tenant a copy of any notice of default sent by Tenant to Landlord. If Landlord fails to cure such default within the required time period under this Lease, but ground lessor or mortgagee begins to cure within 10 days after such period and proceeds diligently to complete such cure, then ground lessor or mortgagee shall have such additional time as is necessary to complete such cure, including any time necessary to obtain possession if possession is necessary to cure, and Tenant shall not begin to enforce its remedies so long as the cure is being diligently pursued.

E. Definitions. As used in this Section 16, “mortgage” shall include “deed of trust” and “mortgagee” shall include “beneficiary” under such deed of trust, “mortgagee” shall include the mortgagee of any ground lessee, and “ground lessor”, “mortgagee”, and “purchaser at a foreclosure sale” shall include, in each case, all of its successors and assigns, however remote.

17. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLEASE.

A. In General. Except for an assignment or sublease to an Affiliate as set out in Section 17G. Tenant shall not, without the prior consent of Landlord in each case, (i) make or allow any assignment or transfer, by operation of law or otherwise, of any part of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, (ii) grant or allow any lien or encumbrance, by operation of law or otherwise, upon any part of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, (iii) sublet any part of the Leased Premises, or (iv) permit anyone other than Tenant and its employees to occupy any part of the Leased Premises. Tenant shall remain primarily liable for all of its obligations under this Lease, notwithstanding any assignment or transfer. No consent granted by Landlord shall be deemed to be a consent to any subsequent assignment or transfer, lien or encumbrance, sublease or occupancy. Tenant shall pay all of Landlord’s attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred in connection with any consent requested by Tenant or in reviewing any proposed assignment or subletting up to $1,000. Any assignment or transfer, grant of lien or encumbrance, or sublease or occupancy without Landlord’s prior written consent shall be void. Tenant has the right to bona fide advertise the availability of the space without restrictions as to the rental rate advertised.

B. Landlord’s Consent. Landlord will not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any proposed assignment or subletting. It shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any assignment or sublease if any of the following conditions exist (“Disqualifying Conditions”): (i) Tenant is in default under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period, (ii) the proposed assignee or sublessee is (A) a tenant in the Project, or has received a proposal or letter of intent from Landlord or its agent during the six months prior to Tenant providing the notice specified in Section 17C below, is in active lease negotiations with Landlord and (B) Landlord can accommodate the proposed assignee’s or sublessee’s space requirements, (iii) the proposed assignee or subtenant is a government entity, (iv) the proposed assignee or subtenant is a bank, (v) the lease by the proposed assignee or sublease by the subtenant violates an exclusive granted now or hereafter granted by Landlord (e.g., Landlord has granted an exclusive to a title company), or (vi) in the reasonable judgment of Landlord the purpose for which the assignee or subtenant intends to use the Leased Premises (or a portion thereof) is inconsistent with Class A office buildings. The foregoing shall not exclude any other reasonable basis for Landlord to withhold its consent. Notwithstanding any subleases by Tenant, Tenant will at all times remain primarily liable and responsible for all Rent, parking charges and costs associated with the subleased premises.

 

29


C. Procedure. Tenant shall notify Landlord of any proposed assignment or sublease at least 15 days prior to its proposed effective date. The notice shall include the name and address of the proposed assignee or subtenant, its corporate affiliates in the case of a corporation and its partners in a case of a partnership, an execution copy of the proposed assignment or sublease, and sufficient information to permit Landlord to determine the financial responsibility and character of the proposed assignee or subtenant. As a condition to any effective assignment of this Lease, the assignee shall execute and deliver in form satisfactory to Landlord at least 7 days prior to the effective date of the assignment, an assumption of all of the obligations of Tenant under this Lease. As a condition to any effective sublease, subtenant shall execute and deliver in form satisfactory to Landlord at least 7 days prior to the effective date of the sublease, an agreement to comply with all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, and at Landlord’s option, an agreement (except for the economic obligations which subtenant will undertake directly to Tenant) to attorn to Landlord under the terms of the sublease in the event this Lease terminates before the sublease expires.

D. Change of Management or Ownership. Any transfer of the direct or indirect power to affect the management or policies of Tenant or direct or indirect change in 50% or more of the ownership interest in Tenant shall constitute an assignment of this Lease. Provided, however, if there is (i) a change in ownership of Tenant as a result of a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or joint venture and the new ownership entity fully assumes all obligations of Tenant under this Lease; (ii) any entity succeeding to the business and assets of Tenant; or (iii) the sale, exchange, issuance, or other transfer of Tenant’s stock on a national exchange, Tenant shall not be required to obtain Landlord’s consent and Landlord shall have no right to delay, alter, or impede any of the foregoing transactions or combinations thereof.

E. Excess Payments. If Tenant shall assign this Lease or sublet any part of the Leased Premises for consideration in excess of the pro-rata portion of Rent applicable to the space subject to the assignment or sublet, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent 50% of any such excess (after deducting Tenant’s reasonable, actual out-of-pocket costs in entering into such sublease or assignment, including without limit, marketing costs, attorney’s fees, commissions, and Building-standard improvements) immediately upon receipt.

F. Recapture. In the event that the assignment or sublease is either for substantially all of the Leased Premises or 80% of the then remaining Term, or both, Landlord may, by giving written notice to Tenant within 15 days after receipt of Tenant’s notice of assignment or subletting, terminate this Lease with respect to the space described in Tenant’s notice, as of the effective date of the proposed assignment or sublease and all obligations under this Lease as to such space shall expire except as to any obligations that expressly survive any termination of this Lease (“Recapture”). Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, in the event Landlord elects to Recapture, Tenant may elect to withdraw its request for the Landlord’s consent to such transfer and maintain such portion of the Leased Premises the subject of the transfer as part of the Leased Premises by written notice to Landlord within ten (10) days after Landlord’s election to recapture.

G. Affiliate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may assign its entire interest under this Lease to an “Affiliate” (defined as any person or entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with Tenant)or to a successor to Tenant by merger, consolidation or reorganization or by purchase of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets, without the consent of Landlord and without payment of any additional fee to Landlord. Tenant shall be released from future liability under this Lease if the proposed transferee (i.e., Affiliate or Tenant’s successor) has a net worth at least as great as Tenant’s net worth as of the Effective Date of this Lease.

18. CONVEYANCE BY LANDLORD.

If Landlord shall at any time transfer its interest in the Project or this Lease, Landlord shall be released of any obligations occurring after such transfer (provided such transferee assumes Landlord’s obligation under the Lease arising after the date of such transfer), except the obligation to return to Tenant any security deposit not delivered to its transferee, and Tenant shall look solely to Landlord’s successors for performance of such obligations. This Lease shall not be affected by any such transfer.

 

30


19. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE.

Tenant shall, within 10 days of receiving a request from Landlord, execute, acknowledge in recordable form, and deliver to Landlord or its designee a certificate stating, subject to a specific statement of any applicable exceptions, that the Lease as amended to date is in full force and effect, that the Tenant is paying Rent and other charges on a current basis, and that to the actual knowledge of Tenant, Landlord has committed no uncured defaults and Tenant has no offsets or claims, except as otherwise indicated. Tenant may also be required to state the date of commencement of payment of Rent, the Commencement Date, the Termination Date, the Base Rent, the current Operating Cost Share Rent estimate, the status of any improvements required to be completed by Landlord, the amount of any security deposit, and such other matters as may be reasonably requested. Failure to deliver such certificate and statement within the time required shall be conclusive evidence against Tenant that this Lease, with any amendments identified by Landlord, is in full force and effect, that there are no uncured defaults by Landlord, that not more than one month’s Rent has been paid in advance, the amount of any security deposit paid by Tenant, and that Tenant has no claims or offsets against Landlord.

20. SECURITY DEPOSIT. Tenant shall deposit with Landlord on the date of this Lease, security for the performance of all of its obligations in the amount set forth on the Key Terms Schedule. If Tenant defaults under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period, Landlord may use any part of the Security Deposit to make any defaulted payment, to pay for Landlord’s cure of any defaulted obligation, or to compensate Landlord for any loss or damage resulting from any default. Landlord shall provide Tenant with an itemized report setting forth the application and use of the Security Deposit. To the extent any portion of the deposit is used, Tenant shall within five business days after written demand accompanied by such report from Landlord restore the deposit to its full amount. Landlord may keep the Security Deposit in its general funds and shall not be required to pay interest to Tenant on the deposit amount. If Tenant shall perform all of its obligations under this Lease and return the Premises to Landlord at the end of the Term, Landlord shall return all of the remaining Security Deposit to Tenant within 30 days after the end of the Term. The Security Deposit shall not serve as an advance payment of Rent or a measure of Landlord’s damages for any default under this Lease.

21. FORCE MAJEURE.

The parties shall not be in default under this Lease to the extent they are unable to perform any of its obligations on account of any strike or labor problem, energy shortage, governmental pre-emption or prescription, national emergency, or any other cause of any kind beyond the reasonable control of Landlord (“Force Majeure”): provided Force Majeure shall not excuse Tenant’s obligation to timely pay Rent hereunder.

22. NOTICES.

All notices, consents, approvals and similar communications to be given by one party to the other under this Lease, shall be given in writing, and either (i) mailed by first class, United States Mail, postage prepaid, certified with return receipt requested, or (ii) sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service, or (iii) faxed, or (iv) personally delivered as follows:

 

  A. Landlord. To Landlord as follows:

International Bank of Commerce

500 West 5th

Austin, Texas 78701

Attn: Robert B. Barnes, Division President

 

31


with a copy to:

Graves, Dougherty, Hearon & Moody, PC

401 Congress Avenue, Suite 2200

Austin, Texas 78701

Attn: Bill Locke

Phone: (512) 480-5600 or (512) 480-5736

Fax: (512)480-5837

or to such other person at such other address as Landlord may designate by notice to Tenant.

 

  B. Tenant. To Tenant as follows:

 

If prior to the

Commencement Date:

TA Holdings 1, Inc.

 

 

 

 

Fax:  

If after the

Commencement Date:

At the address of the Leased Premises

Phone: T.B.D.
Fax: T.B.D.

And a copy to:

Jackson Walker, LLP
Attn: Chad Smith
100 Congress Avenue, Suite 1100
Austin, Texas 78701
Phone: (512) 236-2029
Email: chadsmith@iw.com

or to such other person at such other address as Tenant may designate by notice to Landlord.

Mailed notices shall be sent by United States certified or registered mail, or by a reputable national overnight courier service, postage prepaid. Mailed notices shall be deemed to have been given on the earlier of actual delivery or three business days after posting in the United States mail in the case of registered or certified mail, and one business day in the case of overnight courier. Hand delivered notices shall be deemed to have been given on the date of hand delivery or, in the case of delivery service or mail, as of the date of first attempted delivery at the address and in the manner provided herein. Notices sent by facsimile or electronic mail shall be deemed given upon receipt; provided that a copy of any notice sent by facsimile or electronic mail shall also promptly be sent by hand delivery, overnight courier, or United States certified or registered mail.

23. QUIET POSSESSION.

So long as Tenant shall perform all of its obligations under this Lease, Tenant shall enjoy peaceful and quiet possession of the Leased Premises against any party claiming through the Landlord.

24. REAL ESTATE BROKER.

Tenant represents to Landlord that Tenant has not dealt with any real estate broker with respect to this Lease except for the Brokers listed in the Key Terms Schedule, and no other broker is in any way entitled to any broker’s fee or other payment in connection with this Lease. Each party shall indemnify and defend the other party against any claims by any other broker or third party (other than Landlord’s Broker and Tenant’s Broker) for any payment of any kind in connection with representation of such party in connection with this Lease.

 

32


25. MISCELLANEOUS.

A. Successors and Assigns. Subject to the limits on Tenant’s assignment contained in Section 17, the provisions of this Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of all successors and assigns of Landlord and Tenant.

B. Date Payments Are Due. Except for payments to be made by Tenant under this Lease which are due upon demand or are due in advance (such as Base Rent), Tenant shall pay to Landlord any amount for which Landlord renders a statement of account within 30 days of Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s statement.

C. Meaning of “Landlord”, “Re-Entrv, “Including” and “Affiliate”. The term “Landlord” means only the owner of the Project and the lessor’s interest in this Lease from time to time. The words “re-entry” and “re-enter” are not restricted to their technical legal meaning. The words “including” and similar words shall mean “without limitation.” The word “affiliate” shall mean a person or entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with the applicable entity. “Control” shall mean the power directly or indirectly, by contract or otherwise, to direct the management and policies of the applicable entity.

D. Time of the Essence. Time is of the essence of each provision of this Lease. As used herein, the term “business day” shall mean all days, excluding Saturdays, Sundays and all days observed by either the State of Texas or the United States government as legal holidays. All references to “days” that do not specifically refer to “business days” will refer to calendar days. If any date set forth in this Lease for the delivery of any document or the happening of any event should, under the terms hereof, fall on a day that is not a business day, then such date will be automatically extended to the next succeeding business day.

E. No Option. This document shall not be effective for any purpose until it has been executed and delivered by both parties; execution and delivery by one party shall not create any option or other right in the other party.

F. Severability. The unenforceability of any provision of this Lease shall not affect any other provision.

G. Governing Law. This Lease shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the state in which the Project is located, without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws.

H. No Oral Modification. No modification of this Lease shall be effective unless it is a written modification signed by both parties.

I. Landlord’s Right to Cure. If Landlord breaches any of its obligations under this Lease, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing and shall take no action respecting such breach so long as Landlord promptly begins to cure the breach and diligently pursues such cure to its completion, but in no event more than 60 days after such notice. Tenant hereby waives any right which Tenant may have to claim any lien or to withhold, abate or deduct from, or offset against rent under Texas Property Code §91.004(b) or otherwise. Landlord may cure any default by Tenant; any reasonable expenses incurred shall become Additional Rent due from Tenant on demand by Landlord.

J. Captions. The captions used in this Lease shall have no effect on the construction of this Lease.

K. Authority. Landlord and Tenant each represents to the other that it has full power and authority to execute and perform this Lease.

 

33


L. Landlord’s Enforcement of Remedies. Landlord may enforce any of its remedies under this Lease either in its own name or through an agent.

M. Entire Agreement; Counterparts. This Lease, together with all Appendices, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties. No representations or agreements of any kind have been made by either party which are not contained in this Lease. This Lease may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, which together will constitute one in the same agreement.

N. Landlord’s Title. Landlord’ s title shall always be paramount to the interest of the Tenant, and nothing in this Lease shall empower Tenant to do anything which might in any way impair Landlord’s title.

O. Light and Air Rights. Landlord does not grant in this Lease any rights to light and air in connection with Project. Landlord reserves to itself, the Land, the Building below the improved floor of each floor of the Leased Premises, the Building above the ceiling of each floor of the Leased Premises, the exterior of the Leased Premises and the areas on the same floor outside the Leased Premises, along with the areas within the Leased Premises required for the installation and repair of utility lines and other items required to serve other tenants of the Building.

P. Singular and Plural. Wherever appropriate in this Lease, a singular term shall be construed to mean the plural where necessary, and a plural term the singular. For example, if at any time two parties shall constitute Landlord or Tenant, then the relevant term shall refer to both parties together.

Q. No Recording by Tenant. Tenant shall not record in any public records any memorandum or any portion of this Lease.

R. Exclusivity. Landlord does not grant to Tenant in this Lease any exclusive right except the right to occupy its Leased Premises.

S. No Construction Against Drafting Party. The rule of construction that ambiguities are resolved against the drafting party shall not apply to this Lease.

T. Survival. All obligations of Landlord and Tenant under this Lease shall survive the termination of this Lease.

U. Rent Not Based on Income. No rent or other payment in respect of the Leased Premises shall be based in any way upon net income or profits from the Leased Premises. Tenant may not enter into or permit any sublease or license or other agreement in connection with the Leased Premises which provides for a rental or other payment based on net income or profit.

V. Building Manager and Service Providers. Landlord may perform any of its obligations under this Lease through its employees or third parties hired by the Landlord.

W. Late Charge and Interest on Late Payments. Without limiting the provisions of Section 12A, if Tenant fails to pay any installment of Rent or other charge to be paid by Tenant pursuant to this Lease within five business days after the same becomes due and payable more than one time in any Fiscal Year, then Tenant shall pay a late charge equal to 5% of the amount of such payment. In addition, interest shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord on any late payments of Rent from five days after the date due until paid at the rate provided in Section 2E(2). Such late charge and interest shall constitute Additional Rent due and payable by Tenant to Landlord upon the date of payment of the delinquent payment referenced above.

X. Usury Savings. All agreements between Landlord and Tenant, whether now existing or hereafter arising and whether written or oral, are hereby expressly limited so that in no contingency or event whatsoever shall the amount contracted for, charged or received by Landlord for the use, forbearance or retention of money hereunder or otherwise exceed the maximum amount which Landlord is legally entitled to contract for,

 

34


charge or collect under the applicable state or federal law. If, from any circumstance whatsoever, fulfillment of any provision hereof at the time performance of such provision shall be due shall involve transcending the limit of validity prescribed by law, then the obligation to be fulfilled shall be automatically reduced to the limit of such validity, and if from any such circumstance Landlord shall ever receive as interest or otherwise an amount in excess of the maximum that can be legally collected, then such amount which would be excessive interest shall be applied to the reduction of rent hereunder, and if such amount which would be excessive interest exceeds such rent, then such additional amount shall be refunded to Tenant.

Y. Waiver of Warranties. TENANT HEREBY WAIVES THE BENEFIT OF ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE LEASED PREMISES INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY THAT THE LEASED PREMISES ARE SUITABLE FOR ANY COMMERCIAL OR OTHER PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

Z. Method of Calculation. Landlord and Tenant hereby each acknowledge and agree that they are knowledgeable and experienced in commercial transactions and further hereby acknowledge and agree that the provisions of this Lease for determining charges, amounts and additional rent payable by Tenant are commercially reasonable and valid even though such methods may not state precise mathematical formula for determining such charges. ACCORDINGLY, TENANT HEREBY VOLUNTARILY AND KNOWINGLY WAIVES ALL RIGHTS AND BENEFITS TO WHICH TENANT MAY BE ENTITLED UNDER SECTION 93.012 OF THE TEXAS PROPERTY CODE, AS SUCH SECTION NOW EXISTS OR AS SAME MAY BE HEREAFTER AMENDED OR SUCCEEDED.

AA. WAIVER OF CONSUMER RIGHTS. TENANT HEREBY WAIVES ALL rrs RIGHTS UNDER THE TEXAS DECEPTIVE TRADE PRACTICES—CONSUMER PROTECTION ACT, SECTION 17.41 ET SEQ. OF THE TEXAS BUSINESS AND COMMERCE CODE, A LAW THAT GIVES CONSUMERS SPECIAL RIGHTS AND PROTECTIONS. AFTER CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY OF TENANT’S OWN SELECTION, TENANT VOLUNTARILY ADOPTS THIS WAIVER.

BB. Tenant’s Financial Statements. Within 10 days after Landlord’s written request therefor, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the most recent annual and quarterly financial statements of Tenant, certified by a member, partner, or officer of Tenant to be true and accurate in all material respects, and including a balance sheet and profit and loss statement, all prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord agrees that Landlord shall not request such financial statements more than one time per calendar year unless such request is in conjunction with Landlord’s sale of the Building, refinancing of the Building, or during an default of Tenant. Landlord understands and agrees that this financial information is confidential and will not divulge any information from or give the original or a copy to anyone other than an employee of Landlord unless it first obtains a confidentiality agreement reasonably satisfactory to Tenant.

26. HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES.

Except for incidental amounts customarily used by office tenants, Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Substances to be brought upon, produced, stored, used, discharged or disposed of in or near the Project unless Landlord has consented to such storage or use in its sole discretion. “Hazardous Substances” include those hazardous substances described in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq., the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 6901 et seq., any other applicable federal, state or local law, and the regulations adopted under these laws. If any lender or governmental agency shall require testing for Hazardous Substances in the Leased Premises as a result of or arising out of the use or occupancy of the Leased Premises by Tenant in violation of the requirements of this Lease, Tenant shall pay for such testing. Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all claims, demands, actions, liabilities, costs, expenses, damages and obligations of any nature arising from the contamination of the Project with Hazardous Substances as a result of or arising out of the use or occupancy of the Leased Premises by Tenant. The foregoing indemnification shall survive the termination or expiration of this Lease. Tenant shall have no liability to Landlord with respect to any Hazardous Substances, materials, or wastes which were located in, on, or under the Leased Premises prior to the Occupancy by Tenant.

 

35


27. EXCULPATION.

LANDLORD SHALL HAVE NO PERSONAL LIABILITY UNDER THIS LEASE; ITS LIABILITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO ITS INTEREST IN THE PROJECT, AND SHALL NOT EXTEND TO ANY OTHER PROPERTY OR ASSETS OF THE LANDLORD. IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY OFFICER, DIRECTOR, EMPLOYEE, AGENT, SHAREHOLDER, PARTNER, MEMBER OR BENEFICIARY OF LANDLORD BE PERSONALLY LIABLE FOR ANY OF LANDLORD’S OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER.

28. LANDLORD’S LIEN. Landlord hereby waives any contractual lien and its statutory landlord’s lien as to Tenant’s property in connection with this Lease.

 

36


LANDLORD’S SIGNATURE PAGE TO OFFICE LEASE

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Lease on the dates set forth below, but to be effective of the date first set forth above.

LANDLORD:

International Bank of Commerce, Laredo, Texas

a Texas state bank

 

By:

/s/ Robert B. Barnes

Robert B. Barnes
Division President

Date signed: February 27, 2015

 

37


TENANT’S SIGNATURE PAGE TO OFFICE LEASE

TENANT:

TA Holdings 1, Inc. d/b/a Skinny Pop

a corporation

 

By:

/s/ Brian Goldberg

By: Brian Goldberg
Name:  
Title: CFO
Date signed: February 27, 2015

 

38


APPENDIX A

FLOOR PLAN OF THE LEASED PREMISES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

39


APPENDIX B

RULES AND REGULATIONS

1. Tenant shall not place anything, or allow anything to be placed near the glass of any window, door, partition or wall which may, in Landlord’s judgment, appear unsightly from outside of the Project.

2. The Project directory shall be available to Tenant solely to display names and their location in the Project, which display shall be as directed by Landlord.

3. The sidewalks, halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators and stairways shall not be obstructed by Tenant or used by Tenant for any purposes other than for ingress to and egress from the Leased Premises. Tenant shall lend its full cooperation to keep such areas free from all obstruction and in a clean and sightly condition and shall move all supplies, furniture and equipment as soon as received directly to the Leased Premises and move all such items and waste being taken from the Leased Premises (other than waste customarily removed by employees of the Building) directly to the shipping platform at or about the time arranged for removal therefrom. The halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators, stairways, balconies and roof are not for the use of the general public and Landlord shall, in all cases, retain the right to control and prevent access thereto by all persons whose presence in the judgment of Landlord, reasonably exercised, shall be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and interests of the Project. Neither Tenant nor any employee or invitee of Tenant shall go upon the roof of the Project.

4. The toilet rooms, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatuses shall not be used for any purposes other than that for which they were constructed, and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein, and to the extent caused by Tenant or its employees or invitees, the expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by Tenant.

5. Tenant shall not cause any unnecessary janitorial labor or services by reason of Tenant’s carelessness or indifference in the preservation of good order and cleanliness.

6. Tenant shall not install or operate any refrigerating, heating or air conditioning apparatus, or carry on any mechanical business without the prior written consent of Landlord (provided that Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold consent to a standard refrigerator, dishwasher, and ice machine); use the Leased Premises for housing, lodging or sleeping purposes; or permit preparation or warming of food in the Leased Premises (warming of coffee and individual meals by employees and guests excepted). Tenant shall not occupy or use the Leased Premises or permit the Leased Premises to be occupied or used for any purpose, act or thing which is in violation of any Governmental Requirement or which may be dangerous to persons or property.

7. Tenant shall not bring upon, use or keep in the Leased Premises or the Project any kerosene, gasoline or inflammable or combustible fluid or material, or any other articles deemed hazardous to persons or property, or use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord.

8. Landlord shall have sole power to direct electricians as to where and how telephone and other wires are to be introduced. No boring or cutting for wires is to be allowed without the consent of Landlord. The location of telephones, call boxes and other office equipment affixed to the Leased Premises shall be subject to the approval of Landlord.

9. No additional locks shall be placed upon any doors, windows or transoms in or to the Leased Premises. Tenant shall not change existing locks or the mechanism thereof. Upon termination of the lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord all keys and passes for offices, rooms, parking lot and toilet rooms which shall have been furnished Tenant. In the event of the loss of keys so furnished, Tenant shall pay Landlord therefor. Tenant shall not make, or cause to be made, any such keys and shall order all such keys solely from Landlord and shall pay Landlord for any keys in addition to the two sets of keys originally furnished by Landlord for each lock.

10. Tenant shall not install linoleum, tile, carpet or other floor covering so that the same shall be affixed to the floor of the Leased Premises in any manner except as approved by Landlord.


11. No furniture, packages, supplies, equipment or merchandise will be received in the Project or carried up or down in any elevator, except between such hours and in such elevator as shall be designated by Landlord, and with such padding or other precautions as may be required by Landlord. Tenant shall not take or permit to be taken in or out of other entrances of the Building any item normally taken in or out through any trucking concourse or service doors.

12. Tenant shall cause all doors to the Leased Premises to be closed and securely locked and shall turn off all utilities, lights and machines (except those that are required to be on at all times based on Tenant’s business operations) before leaving the Project at the end of the day.

13. Without the prior written consent of Landlord, Tenant shall not use the name of the Project or any picture of the Project in connection with, or in promoting or advertising the business of, Tenant, except Tenant may use the address of the Project as the address of its business.

14. Tenant shall cooperate fully with Landlord to assure the most effective operation of the Leased Premises’ or the Project’s heating and air conditioning, and shall refrain from attempting to adjust any controls, other than room thermostats installed for Tenant’s use. Tenant shall keep corridor doors closed.

15. Tenant assumes full responsibility for protecting the Leased Premises from theft, robbery and pilferage, which may arise from a cause other than Landlord’s negligence, which includes keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Leased Premises closed and secured.

16. Peddlers, solicitors and beggars shall be reported to the office of the Project or as Landlord otherwise requests.

17. Tenant shall not advertise the business, profession or activities of Tenant conducted in the Project in any manner which violates the letter or spirit of any code of ethics adopted by any recognized association or organization pertaining to such business, profession or activities.

18. No bicycle or other vehicle and no animals or pets shall be allowed in the Leased Premises, halls, freight docks, or any other parts of the Building except trained assistance animals. Tenant shall not make or permit any noise, vibration or odor to emanate from the Leased Premises, or do anything therein tending to create, or maintain, a nuisance, or do any act tending to injure the reputation of the Building.

19. Tenant acknowledges that Building security problems may occur which may require the employment of extreme security measures in the day-to-day operation of the Project.

Accordingly:

(a) Landlord may, at any time, or from time to time, or for regularly scheduled time periods, as deemed advisable by Landlord and/or its agents, in their sole discretion, require that persons entering or leaving the Project or the Building identify themselves to watchmen or other employees designated by Landlord, by registration, identification or otherwise.

(b) Tenant agrees that it and its employees will cooperate fully with Project employees in the implementation of any and all security procedures.

(c) Such security measures shall be the sole responsibility of Landlord, and Tenant shall have no liability for any action taken by Landlord in connection therewith, it being understood that Landlord is not required to provide any security procedures and shall have no liability for such security procedures or the lack thereof.

20. Tenant shall not do or permit the manufacture, sale, purchase, use or gift of any fermented, intoxicating or alcoholic beverages without obtaining written consent of Landlord.

 

41


21. Tenant shall not disturb the quiet enjoyment of any other tenant.

22. Tenant shall not provide any janitorial services or cleaning without Landlord’s written consent and then only subject to supervision of Landlord and at Tenant’s sole responsibility and by janitor or cleaning contractor or employees at all times satisfactory to Landlord.

23. Landlord may retain a pass key to the Leased Premises and be allowed admittance thereto at all times enable its representatives to, in accordance with the terms of this Lease, examine the Leased Premises from time to time and to exhibit the same and Landlord may place and keep on the windows and doors of the Leased Premises at any time signs advertising the Leased Premises for rent.

24. No equipment, mechanical ventilators, awnings, special shades or other forms of window covering (other than building standard window coverings) shall be permitted either inside or outside the windows of the Leased Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord, and then only at the expense and risk of Tenant, and they shall be of such shape, color, material, quality, design and make as may be approved by Landlord.

25. Tenant shall not during the term of this Lease canvas or solicit other tenants of the Building for any purpose.

26. Tenant shall not install or operate any phonograph, musical or sound- producing instrument or device, radio receiver or transmitter, TV receiver or transmitter, or similar device in the Building, nor install or operate any antenna, aerial, wires or other equipment inside or outside the Building, nor operate any electrical device from which may emanate electrical waves which may interfere with or impair radio or television broadcasting or reception from or in the Building or elsewhere, without in each instance the prior written approval of Landlord. The use thereof, if permitted, shall be subject to control by Landlord to the end that others shall not be disturbed. The foregoing is not intended to prevent Tenant from having TVs or radio or other music producing devices in the Leased Premises, provided that the use thereof does not disturb other tenants in the Building.

27. Tenant shall promptly remove all rubbish and waste from the Leased Premises.

28. Tenant shall not exhibit, sell or offer for sale, rent or exchange in the Leased Premises or at the Project any article, thing or service, except those ordinarily embraced within the use of the Leased Premises specified in Section 6 of this Lease, without the prior written consent of Landlord.

29. Tenant shall list all furniture, equipment and similar articles Tenant desires to remove from the Leased Premises or the Building and deliver a copy of such list to Landlord and procure a removal permit from the Office of the Building authorizing Building employees to permit such articles to be removed.

30. Tenant shall not overload any floors in the Leased Premises or any public corridors or elevators in the Building.

31. Tenant shall not do any painting in the Leased Premises, or mark, paint, cut or drill into, drive nails or screws into, or in any way deface any part of the Leased Premises or the Building, outside or inside, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, except that Tenant may mark and drive nails or screws into interior walls of the Leased Premises for purposes of hanging or displaying artwork or other standard office equipment and decor (e.g., whiteboards, flat screen TVs, etc.).

32. Whenever Landlord’s consent, approval or satisfaction is required under these Rules, then unless otherwise stated, any such consent, approval or satisfaction must be obtained in advance, such consent or approval may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, and Landlord’s satisfaction shall be determined in its reasonable judgment.

33. Tenant and its employees shall cooperate in all fire drills conducted by Landlord in the Building.

 

42


APPENDIX C

WORK LETTER

1. Building Shell.

Landlord shall complete the shell construction of the Building (the “Building Shell”) as well as construction of the parking garage, sidewalks, drive aisles, landscaping and other common area improvements (the “Site Improvements”) substantially in accordance with the architectural plans prepared by HKS, Inc. for the Building, and any amendments thereto. Landlord agrees to diligently pursue substantial completion of the Building Shell and Site Improvements. Tenant shall be permitted to use, at no additional cost, a pro-rata share of space within the Building’s risers for Tenant’s telecommunications wiring, but subject to Landlord’s reasonable rules and regulations related thereto.

2. Tenant Improvements.

The term “Tenant Improvements” means all of the work and improvements described and set forth in Construction Drawings approved by Landlord and Tenant to be constructed in the Leased Premises pursuant to this Work Letter.

(a) Construction Drawings. The plans, specifications, and construction drawings prepared by Sixth River Architects and the finish selections, a copy of which have been provided by Landlord to Tenant for the construction of the tenant improvements described therein (the “Tenant Improvements”) are called the “Construction Drawings”. The finish selections for the Tenant Improvements have been made and are already being implemented by the contractor hired by Landlord. The term Construction Drawings means and includes the finish selections previously made by Landlord. The Construction Drawings shall include any subsequent modifications to the drawings and specifications requested by Tenant required by any applicable code or building authority or reasonably required by Landlord. If Tenant wants to modify the Construction Drawings to include a change not reasonably inferable from the approved Construction Drawings, or wants to change the approved Construction Drawings, then any such change will constitute a “Change Order.” Tenant will provide Landlord with Tenant’s request for a Change Order in writing describing the proposed change in reasonable detail. Landlord will advise Tenant of the additional expense and any delay that Landlord reasonably expects to incur as a result of the proposed Change Order. Landlord will have no obligation to proceed with the Change Order unless and until the Change Order is executed and delivered by Tenant accompanied by payment of any additional costs Landlord will incur as a result of the Change Order, to the extent such additional costs exceed the Tenant Improvement Allowance.

(b) Construction of the Tenant Improvements.

(1) Construction Obligation. Landlord shall cause the Tenant Improvements to be constructed, in a good workmanlike manner in the Leased Premises in accordance with the Construction Drawings. The Tenant Improvements shall be performed at the Landlord’s sole cost and expense up to the Tenant Improvement Allowance (hereinafter defined). Landlord estimates that the Tenant Improvement Allowance is sufficient to complete the Tenant Improvements, but in the event of any unexpected overages, the Tenant shall be responsible for any such overages.

(2) Completion of the Tenant Improvements. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Tenant Improvements to be substantially completed, except for Punch List Items (defined below) including issuance of a temporary certificate of occupancy permitting Occupancy of the Leased Premises and any other permits and approvals as may be required from any governmental authority having jurisdiction in connection with the Tenant Improvements (“Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements” or “Substantially Completed”). The date that the Tenant Improvements are Substantially Complete is the “Substantial Completion Date”. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Punch List Items to be completed as soon as reasonably possible. Within 30 days after the Substantial Completion Date, Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of any claimed deficiencies in the Tenant Improvements, including any mechanical adjustments or minor details of construction (the “Punch List Items”). Within 10 business days after receipt of such notice (or upon any other mutually agreeable date), Landlord shall cause corrective work that is required to be begun and diligently prosecute same to completion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not be responsible for correcting any damage caused to the Tenant Improvements by Tenant or its employees, contractors or agents in connection with the

 

43


Tenant’s move into the Leased Premises or any other reason other than the fault of Landlord, Landlord’s Representative or Trimbuilt (and their respective employees, contractors or agents). Except for latent defects in the materials and workmanship of the Tenant Improvements (which are subject to Trimbuilt’s 1 -year warranty that Landlord will use commercially reasonable efforts to enforce for the benefit of Tenant), if Tenant fails to give Landlord notice of any patent deficiency as provided herein, then Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted the Tenant Improvements inclusive of such deficiency and waived any right to corrective work with respect to the same.

(3) Construction Management. Landlord, or an agent of Landlord, shall provide construction management services in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements and the Change Orders (hereinafter defined). Such construction management services shall be performed for a fee of 3.5% of all costs related to the preparation of the Construction Drawings and the construction of the Tenant Improvements and the Change Orders (which shall be the same fee, and not duplicative of the fee, set forth in Paragraph 8 of this Lease). This fee is chargeable against the Tenant Improvement Allowance.

(4) Access by Tenant Prior to Commencement of Term. Landlord at its discretion may permit Tenant and its agents to enter the Leased Premises prior to the Substantial Completion Date to prepare the Leased Premises for Tenant’s use and occupancy. Any such permission shall constitute a license only, conditioned upon Tenant’s:

(a) working in harmony with Landlord and Landlord’s agents, contractors, workmen, mechanics and suppliers and with other tenants and occupants of the Building;

(b) obtaining in advance Landlord’s approval of the contractors proposed to be used by Tenant and depositing with Landlord in advance of any work (i) security satisfactory to Landlord for the completion thereof, and (ii) the contractor’s statement of the scope of work to be performed (or a copy of its construction contract with Tenant) and the form of lien waivers intended to be utilized by the contractor and all subcontractors and suppliers of material; and

(c) furnishing Landlord with such insurance as Landlord may require against liabilities which may arise out of such entry.

Landlord shall have the reasonable right to withdraw such license for any reason upon 24 hours’ written notice to Tenant. Landlord shall not be liable in any way for any injury, loss or damage which may occur to any of Tenant’s property or installations in the Leased Premises prior to the Substantial Completion Date.

3. Tenant Improvement Allowance. Landlord shall contribute the Tenant Improvement Allowance in an amount not to exceed $32.28 per Rentable Square Foot of the Leased Premises (“Tenant Improvement Allowance”) toward the costs actually incurred for the Tenant Improvements (including, without limitation, the costs incurred in the preparation of the Construction Drawings, and all architectural, engineering, construction, construction management and permitting fees; furniture set-up, security network, moving, telephone and data cabling, herein called the “Soft Costs”). The Tenant Improvements are being constructed by Trimbuilt Construction, Inc. (“Trimbuilt”). Trimbuilt has provided Landlord and Tenant a Tenant Improvement Preliminary Pricing Budget dated January 23,2015 that has a cap of $32.28 per RSF for the completion of construction of the Tenant Improvements as designed by Sixth River Architects (the “Budget”). The Budget contemplates finishes that have already been selected and purchased by Landlord. In no event shall Landlord have any obligation to pay for any costs (whether hard or soft costs) in excess of the Tenant Improvement Allowance. The unused portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance up to $5.00 per Rentable Square Foot may be offset against Rent.

4. Compliance with Austin Energy Green Building standards and LEED Regulations. Interior work performed on the Leased Premises will follow AEGB and LEED guidelines, as outlined in Appendix G (AEGB and LEED Guidelines for Tenant).

 

44


APPENDIX D

SHELL LETTER DEFINITION

Block 51 Office Building

7-Story Office Building over 5 story Parking Garage and 1 Vi stories of retail.

SHELL BUILDING DESCRIPTION FOR TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

 

Zoning

   CBD with CURE and CO overlay districts

Parking; Ratio

   Approximately 2.3 spaces/1.000RSF

Signage

   Building Director) shall be provided in the main lobby

LEED

   Silver Certification

Gross Square feet (GSF)

   204,341 +/-*

Rentable Square Feet (RSF)

   194.794+/-*

Usable Square Feet (USF)

   166,521 usf MT & 173,459 usf ST +/-*

Single Tenant Add on factor

   6 66

Multi-Tenant Add on Factor

   18 858

Note Arms calculated per the ANSI/BOMA Z65 1 -1996 Standard Method of Calculating Areas of Building (Modified)

Building Data (Shell Building):

    

Structural System

   Reinforced concrete columns, beams and joists

Floor Construction

   Reinforced concrete slab or deck

Floor Flatness.’ Floor Levelness

   20 for Office Areas

Roof Construction

   Mechanically fastened reinforced EPDM. single-ply. over concrete deck

Design Loads

   80 lb/sf liveload+ 20 lb/sf partition load per IBC. File loading up to 125 psf within 5* of core area

Typical Structural Bay

   30’ x42’-6”

Building Exterior

   Stone masonry, pre-cast concrete panels and glass with steel studs and R-l 9 batt insulation

Windows

   5’0” typical width x 9’-0” std. height openings pending energy model development

Curtain Wall

   6” deep frames, rear glazed, three coat coated aluminum finish

Glass

   1” insulated low e glass

Floor-to-floor height

   approximately 13’4”

Ceiling height

   Typical Floor 9’-0M (Mm.) I301 Floor 10’ (Mini

Office Elevator-Size & capacity (2) office

   6’-8” wide x 5’-5” deep clear inside. 3500 lb. capacity at 500’  per minute
   Finishes: Wood paneling walls with SS accents, stone flooring, stainless steel ceiling

Service elevator (1) Swing car

   7’-8” wide x 5’-5” dccp clear inside, 4000 lb. capacity 500” per minute

Garage Elevator-Size & capacity (2) garage

   6’-8” wide x 5’-5” deep clear inside, 3500 lb. capacity at 350’ per minute
   Finishes: wood paneling walls, stone tile floor stainless Steel Ceiling

Finishes Included t Under Shell Building Construction (except for Ceiling systems Tenant Space):

Ceiling System Public Areas:

   2x2 ceiling suspended in corridors with fine line suspension system and regular tile, painted drywall ceding in public common areas

Ceiling System Tenant Space

   2x4 Grid and “Second Look” tile Armstrong Cirrus, Armstrong Prelude Grid, purchased & installed from Tenant Allowance

Typical Multi-tenant Floor Elevator Lobby floor

   Carpet with stone border

Typical Multi-tenant Floor Elevator Lobby walls & ceiling

   Painted drywall, panelized with reveals, stone base

Toilet Room Floor

   Ceramic Tile

Toilet Room Walls

   Ceramic Tile on wet walls Vinyl Wall covering elsewhere

Toilet Room Countertops

   Stone top at lavatories

Toilet Partitions

   Wood Clad partitions at front with Stainless Steel partitions between stalls

Exit Stair Floors

   Sealed concrete with painted railings

Exit Stair Walls & Ceilings

   Fire rated gyp stud wall—Painted

Window coverings

   Mini-blinds, installed

Doors (Core and Shell)

   Complete with frame, trim and hardware (ADA compliant)

Core Walls

   Gypsum Board, taped, bedded, sanded ready to receive finish

Mechanical System:

    

HVAC for Office Tower

   Chilled water system from water-cooled centrifugal chillers, roof-mounted low-profile cooling tower, roof-mounted built-up VAV chilled water air handling unit

HVAC for Lower Level and Ground Level West

   Tenant supplied floor mounted chilled water VAV air handling unit with 100% outside air economizer cycle including all chilled water piping and downstream lined ductwork. Fan Powered Boxes. VAV boxes & diffuser

HVAC for Ground Level East

   Tenant supplied suspended chilled water fan coil units with associated downstream lined ductwork and diffusers

Misc. HVAC for Restaurant Lease Spaces

   Tenant supplied grease exhaust ductwork, exhaust fans, grease exhaust scrubbers.

Misc. HVAC for Office Tower Shell

   Condenser water risers with valved and capped connections for future tenant use, approximately 5 tons per office floor

Ductwork: Office Tower Shell

   Primary medium pressure insulated (lined) sheet metal ductwork loop with perimeter Fan Powered Boxes, Tenants are responsible for low pressure ductwork or diffusers for lease spaces, installed and purchased from tenant finish allowance

Ductwork: Office Floor Tenant

   Tenant responsible for Variable Air Volume boxes and additional Fan Powered Boxes as necessary for zoning to low pressure insulated sheet metal duct and diffuser run-outs.

 

45


Diffusers

   Provided at public common areas. Tenant area diffusers from tenant allowance. Building standard slot diffusers are “Titus TBD-10”

Control System

   Direct digital control building management system

Gross Cooling Capacity

   315USF/Ton

Typical Zone Size

   725 USF at exterior zone

Smoke control/Life Safety Testing

   Stair and stair vestibule pressurization fans and shafts

Plumbing System:

    

Toilet Rooms (per floor)

   ADA accessible Men’s, Women’s with H.C. fixtures

Fixture Count

   8 per floor

Janitor’s Closets

   Small storage closets on typical floor, large ground floor closet with sink.

Drinking Fountains

   2 per floor (minimum of one to be ADA accessible)

Tenant Riser

   Three valved point of connection on each floor for Cold Water, point of connection for waste and vent stacks

Fire Protection/Life Safety:

    

Sprinklers

   Shell building fully sprinklered for light hazard with brass heads turned up

Head Spacing

   Complies with NFPA 13. shell Building provides 1/225 NRSF

Fire Alarm System

   Intelligent Addressable, w/capacity for tenant connections at each ‘loot

Alarm Devices

   Visual/Audible strobes in all public common areas

Fire Extinguishers, exit signs, smoke detectors & speakers/ strobe

lights

   As required by code for shell building design

Electrical System:

    

Electrical Service

   Austin Electric transformers m vault 480/277 Volt 3-phase

Electrical Design (Total)

   l-5,O00A switchgear for the office tower, garage & retail spaces, 3000 A bus duct routed vertically through office tower

Electrical Design (Lighting & Power)

   6 watts/sf (1 watt/sf for lighting and 5 watts/sf for power)

Panels Provided (High Voltage) Lighting

   1 (S3 480/277V panel for each office floor

Panels Provided (Low Voltage

   (1) 3-section (<T> 208/120V panel for each office floor

Transformers Provided (Low Voltage

   One 112.5 KVA K-13 transformer per floor

Surge Suppression

   Transient voltage sur.ee suppression on service entrance

Building Standard Lighting

   2x4, 3-Lamp 18-C=II Parabolic Fluorescent, for lay-in ceiling Fixture ratio 1 per 100 RSF, purchased & installed from tenant finish allowance

Accent Lighting in Building Lobby

   Compact Fluorescent Down-tights

Upper Level Purging Area Lighting

   4’ T5H0 lens fluorescent strips with building mounted flood lights

Parking Garage Lighting

   Backlighting of Kalwall facade system

Emergency Power

   500 KW Diesel generator for building life safety system mounted in garage

Tenant Risers

   Conduit for cable TV Service, (1)4” conduit for base building telephone room to ceiling of tenant space on
   each floor, (4) 4” sleeves on each floor, conduit and pull string from main telephone room to tenant premises for secure Tl line

Parking Garage:

    

Total # of Parking spaces (all above grade)

   456

Lighting

   LED

Gas Service:

    

Gas

   Gas line available to retail areas, retail tenant to install piping from meter
Telecommunications System Infrastructure installed in Building

S.W.Bell/AT&T

   Copper and Fiber/all connections and installations from infrastructure at Tenant s sole cost

Time Warner Telecom

   Fiber/all connections and installations from infrastructure at Tenant’s sole cost

Time Warner Cable

   Television/all connections and installations from infrastructure at Tenant’s sole cost

 

46


APPENDIX E

COMMENCEMENT DATE BASE RENT CONFIRMATION

Landlord: International Bank of Commerce, Laredo, Texas, a Texas state bank.

Tenant: TA Holdings 1, Inc. d/b/a Skinny Pop, a                      corporation

This Commencement Date Confirmation is made by Landlord and Tenant pursuant to that certain Office Lease dated as of February 26,2015, (the “Lease”) for certain Leased Premises known as Suite 1350 (the “Leased Premises”) in the Building commonly known as IBC Bank Plaza and located at 500 West 5th Street, Austin, Texas. This Confirmation is made pursuant to Paragraph 3 of the Key Terms Schedule to the Lease.

1. Dates. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that the Commencement Date of the Lease is     . 2015, and the Termination Date of the Lease is                     , 202    .

2. Acceptance of Leased Premises. Tenant has inspected the Leased Premises and affirms that the Leased Premises is acceptable in all respects in its current “as is” condition.

3. Base Rent. Landlord and Tenant agree that the Base Rent is as follows:

 

Period

  

Lease Months

  

Annual Base Rent

Lease Year 1

   Lease Months 1-12    $ 29.50/RSF*

Lease Year 2

   Lease Months 13-24    $ 30.25/RSF

Lease Year 3

   Lease Months 25-36    S31.00/RSF

Lease Year 4

   Lease Months 37-48    S31.75/RSF

Lease Year 5

   Lease Months 49-60    $ 32.50/RSF

Lease Year 6

   Lease Months 61-72    $ 33.25/RSF

Lease Year 7

   Lease Months 73-84    $ 34.00/RSF

Lease Year 8

   Lease Months 85-96    $ 34.75/RSF

Lease Year 9

   Lease Months 97-108    $ 35.50/RSF

Lease Year 10

   Lease Month 109    $ 36.25/RSF

 

* Base Rent is conditionally abated for Lease Months 1-2.

4. Incorporation. This Confirmation is incorporated into the Lease, and forms an integral part thereof. This Confirmation shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the terms of the Lease for all purposes.

TENANT:

TA Holdings 1, Inc. d/b/a Skinny Pop

a Delaware corporation

 

By:  

 

  By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

LANDLORD:

International Bank of Commerce, Laredo, Texas

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Date signed:  

 

 

47


APPENDIX F

JANITORIAL SPECIFICATIONS

I. DEFINITIONS

 

  A. Outside Corridors: corridor areas outside of tenant-enclosed areas which provide access to elevator lobbies.

 

  B. Elevator Lobbies: the floor area and elevator buttons immediately adjacent to elevator entrances which provide access to outside corridors.

 

  C. Elevators: entrances, door frames, doors, door tracks, sills, cabs, and all fixtures, saddles, and floors.

 

  D. Resilient Flooring: vinyl, vinyl asbestos, and asphalt tile floors.

 

  E. Floor Maintenance: sweeping, dust mopping, mopping, scrubbing, waxing, and buffing floors.

 

  F. High Dusting: dusting of all horizontal and vertical surfaces not cleaned during regular nightly cleaning; this term shall exclude ceilings but shall include all air diffusers.

 

  G. As required: Requirements of the Manager.

 

  H. Contractor: The Contractor & its Employees.

 

  I. Owner: International Bank of Commerce, Laredo, Texas.

 

  J. Owner’s Representatives: the Property Manager or such other persons designated by him or by the Owner.

 

  K. Property Manager: the person designated by the Owner for general management of the Project.

DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS—NIGHTLY CLEANING

 

  A. Entire Building (includes Tenant Areas and Common Areas)

 

  1. Sweep all hard-surface floors, including tenant spaces, entrance foyers and vestibules and all public areas, including building corridors; sweep all stone, ceramic tile, marble, concrete, rubber, vinyl and other types of flooring to insure dust-free floors, with special attention given to hard-to-reach areas.

 

  2. Wash non-carpeted or all hard-surface flooring.

 

  3. Vacuum carpeted areas and rugs, moving light furniture other than desks, file cabinets, etc. Refer to Rug & Carpet Institute directives for exact methodology by carpet type and area.

 

  4. Sweep stairways and wash as necessary; vacuum carpeted stairways; and dust handrails, balustrades and stringers as necessary.

 

  5. If carpeted, vacuum carpets of all public corridors and elevators nightly.

 

  6. If resilient tiled, clean and spray buff waxed floors of all public corridors so as to maintain a highly polished surface.

 

48


  7. Mop up/wash spills, smears and foot tracks throughout, including tenant’s space, as needed, and wash floors in general as required.

 

  8. Wash and clean all water fountains and coolers, emptying wastewater as needed.

 

  9. Empty and clean all recycling containers, wastepaper baskets and disposal receptacles and wash sanitary cans, paper towel waste cans and any other receptacles (damp dusting as necessary); install liners as necessary.

 

  10. Collect and remove wastepaper, cardboard boxes and waste materials to a designated area in the Leased Premises. Waste and/or rubbish bags shall be furnished by Contractor. Owner shall have the right to approve trash removal containers and janitorial carts.

 

  11. Remove all recyclables, wastepaper, and waste materials to collection area.

 

  12. Dust and wipe clean all fixtures, shelving, desk equipment, telephones, cabinets, and white boards, and clean all glass tables and desk tops as needed.

 

  13. Wash and remove all finger marks, smudges, scuff marks, ink stains, gum or foreign matter from glass desk tops, glass table tops, glass entrances, public and private entrances to offices and elevator doors, glass directory boards, metal partitions and other marks on walls, window sills and other similar surfaces and glass table cabinets as required.

 

  14. Wipe clean and polish, as needed, all brass, stainless steel and other finished metal work including signs, using a non-acid polish.

 

  15. Wipe clean all metal doorknobs, kick plates, directional signs, door thresholds and frames.

 

  B. Lavatories and Restrooms

 

  1. Sweep, damp mop all flooring with approved germicidal detergent solution to remove all spills, smears, scuff marks and foot tracks.

 

  2. Wash and polish all mirrors, powder shelves, bright work and enamel surfaces, including flush-o-meters, piping, toilet seat hinges and all metal. Contractor shall use only non-abrasive material to avoid damage and deterioration to chrome fixtures.

 

  3. Scour, wash and disinfect all basins, bowls and urinals with approved germicidal detergent solution, including tile walls near bowls and urinals. Remove stains as necessary and clean underside of rims of urinals and bowls. Wall surrounding urinals (from a height of 5 feet to the floor) will be washed and disinfected with approved germicidal solution. Partitions between urinals will be washed and disinfected with approved germicidal detergent solution approved by Owner.

 

  4. Wash both sides of all toilet seats with approved germicidal detergent solutions.

 

  5. Disinfect, damp wipe and wash all partitions, enamel surfaces, tile walls, dispensers, doors and receptacles. Spot wash nightly as required.

 

  6. Scour, wash and disinfect all private basins in all tenant Leased Premises throughout the Building.

 

  7. Empty and clean paper towel and sanitary napkin disposal receptacles.

 

49


  8. Remove wastepaper and refuse, including soiled sanitary napkins, to designated area in the Building, and dispose of same in Owner provided trash containers. All wastepaper receptacles to be thoroughly cleaned and washed.

 

  9. Fill and maintain mechanical operation of all toilet tissue holders, soap dispensers, towel dispensers, and sanitary napkin vending dispensers; materials to be furnished by Contractor. The filling of such receptacles to be in such quantity as to last the entire business day whenever possible.

 

  10. It is the intention to keep restroom (lavatories) thoroughly clean and not to use a disinfectant to mask odors. If disinfectant is necessary, an odorless disinfectant shall be used.

 

  11. Report to the night supervisor any broken, damaged or improper functioning of any mechanical or plumbing device, including burned-out bulbs and fluorescent tubes.

 

  C. Office Floors, Entrance Lobbies, Elevator Lobbies and Outdoor Corridors

 

  1. It is the intent of this Agreement that the Contractor will, and Contractor agrees to, keep entranceways, lobbies and outside corridors properly maintained and clean and presentable at all times in keeping with the standards of a first-class office building.

 

  2. Sweep and wash flooring and vacuum carpeting, if applicable.

 

  3. Wash flooring, including mats, in main hall.

 

  4. Pick up and put out rain mats when necessary, making sure that they are clean at all times (this work to be performed by day staff).

 

  5. Clean entrance door glass.

 

  6. Clean mail depository and lobby directory, including glass, if applicable.

 

  7. Dust walls and keep free from finger marks, smudges, etc.

 

  8. Clean and polish all elevator lobbies, car thresholds and saddles to remove all stains, dirt, or other similar debris.

 

  D. Elevators

 

  1. Dust and rub down elevator doors, walls, metal work and wood in elevator cabs, vacuum elevator door tracts and saddles.

 

  2. Dust fixtures and diffusers as required.

 

  3. Maintain metal work throughout, including elevator cabs, by cleaning and polishing per instructions from Owner.

 

  4. Maintain floors in elevator cabs as needed and clean thoroughly. If carpeted, remove soluble spots which safely respond to standard spot removal procedures without risk of injury to color or fabric. Cabs to be vacuumed nightly. Remove all chewing gum on floors, walls and rails.

 

50


  E. Entrance Lobbies and Public Areas

It is the intent of this Agreement that Contractor will, and Contractor agrees to, keep the entrances, lobbies, public areas and the various floors properly maintained and clean and presentable at all times and in keeping with the standards established by Owner. Some of these duties may be provided by day staff.

 

  1. Sweep and damp mop floors and vacuum carpeting, if applicable.

 

  2. Sweep, vacuum and spot clean all rubber mats, shampooing as needed.

 

  3. Pick up and put out foul weather mats as necessary, making sure that they are kept clean and available for daily use at all times during storage.

 

  4. Clean all entrance doors’ glass, inside and outside.

DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS—PERIODIC (AS REQUIRED) CLEANING

 

  A. Entire Complex

 

  1. Clean lights, globes, diffusers and fixtures as required, but not less than once per quarter.

 

  2. Dust down and damp wipe lobby and exit stairway walls as required, but not less than once per month.

 

  3. Rub down metal and other high-level bright work as required.

 

  4. High Dusting-See below.

 

  5. Floor Maintenance-See below.

 

  B. Lavatories and Restrooms

 

  1. Scrub, wash and polish all partitions, tile walls and enamel surfaces from ceiling to floor as required, but not less than once each week, using proper disinfectant.

 

  2. Dust all lighting fixtures as required.

 

  3. Damp wipe all wall surfacing as required, but not less than once every two months.

 

  4. Clean and disinfect all equipment drains. No acids permitted unless instructed by Owner.

 

  5. Dust ceilings as required and light grates monthly.

 

  6. Clean urinals and bowls with scale-solvent as required, but not less than once per month.

 

  7. Machine scrub flooring as required with approved germicidal detergent solution, but not less than once a month.

 

  C. Entrance Lobbies and Public Areas

 

  1. Wash and/or buff all floors on a weekly basis.

 

  2. Strip and wax floors as needed.

 

51


  3. Clean light fixtures, diffusers and other fixtures as required to maintain a first-class appearance, but not less than once per month.

 

  4. Remove hand marks from lobby walls as required, but not less than once per month.

 

  5. Rub down metal and other miscellaneous high-level bright work as required.

MISCELLANEOUS PERIODIC CLEANING

These duties are to be performed as required unless otherwise specified, not less than once each week or as hereinafter provided.

 

  1. Sweep all building stairways and dust rails and fire equipment every two weeks. Mop as required.

 

  2. Wipe clean and polish all aluminum, chrome, stainless steel, brass and other metal work, including trim and hardware, as required, using non-acid polish.

 

  3. Check elevators, stairways, office and utility doors on all floors for general cleanliness as required, removing fingerprints, smudges, and other marks. Clean exterior of all elevator doors of the Building as required.

 

  4. If carpeted, remove spots (anything less than 4 inches in diameter) and thoroughly clean all carpets in public corridors as required.

 

  5. Clean and sweep all vacant areas at least once per month.

 

  6. Clean glass entrance doors as required, at least twice a day (to be performed by Day Staff).

 

  7. Once per month, dust and wash all door louvers and other ventilating louvers within reach.

 

  8. Wash and remove all finger marks, ink stains, smudges, scuff marks and other marks from metal partitions, sills, and all vertical surfaces (floor, walls, windowsills), including elevator doors and other surfaces, as required.

 

  9. Dust and clean electric fixtures, all baseboards, and any other fixtures or fittings in public corridors, as required, but not less than once each week.

HIGH DUSTING

Do all high dusting monthly unless otherwise specified, including the following:

 

  1. Vacuum and/or dust all pictures, frames, charts, graphs and similar wall hangings, not reached in nightly cleaning.

 

  2. Vacuum and dust all vertical surfaces such as walls, partitions, doors, ducts and ventilating louvers, grilles, high moldings and other surfaces not reached in nightly cleaning.

 

  3. Dust all blinds and window frames.

 

  4. Dust exteriors of lighting fixtures.

 

52


  5. Dust ceiling tiles around ventilators and clean air-conditioning diffusers as required.

FLOOR MAINTENANCE—TENANT AREAS

 

  1. Scrub resilient floor areas, or buff, to maintain in a clean condition or as directed by Owner.

 

  2. A non-staining polymer floor finish that provides a high degree of slip prevention shall be used in all floor maintenance work.

 

  3. Wash and wipe clean all baseboards during floor maintenance operations.

RUBBISH REMOVAL

Contractor agrees to place all rubbish in Owner provided container.

 

53


DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS LOBBY CLEANING—AS NEEDED

 

  1. Wipe clean lobby, marble walls to standards of Class A, commercial office buildings to a height of 15’.

 

  2. Include optional pricing to clean marble walls, columns, and ledges of entire lobby. Price to include frequency and details of all means and methods to be used and not limited to tools, equipment, and chemicals.

GREEN CLEANING

The intent of Owner is to implement a green cleaning program that will reduce the exposure of building occupants and maintenance personnel to potentially hazardous chemical, biological, and micro particulate contaminates. Cleaning service providers will be selected based on their compliance with the credit requirements and standards as listed in the reference guide of LEED-EB Operations and Maintenance, v Jan. 2008. Although not a requirement, special consideration will be given to service providers that have a staff LEED Accredited Professional.

All proposals and performance documents should be provided in 3 ring binders and include a CDR in PDF format in accordance with LEED reporting requirements.

In addition to the above standard appearance levels IBC Bank Plaza also has these specific cleaning requirements in accordance with LEED-EB Operations and Maintenance credit requirements and standards:

 

  I. Entranceways / Loading Dock

Services performed nightly:

 

  a. Sweep and/or vacuum entrance mats—nightly

 

  b. Police all planting beds and sweep outside sidewalk areas. Pick up and/or vacuum trash in and/or along street curb. Wash down all plaza areas when weather permits.

 

  c. Provide quarterly inspection reports of entranceway matting and sidewalks.

 

  d. Remove fingerprints and smudges from directory board, entry doors and metal work -nightly.

 

  e. Maintain building lobby corridors and other public areas in a clean condition.

 

  f. Wash down all surfaces of loading dock—weekly.

 

  g. Wash and/or shampoo mats—weekly.

 

  h. Power wash and scrub all plaza sidewalk areas; special attention to be given to areas outside of loading dock entrances and to any heavily stained areas—weekly.

 

  II. Project Supervisor

Upon completion of nightly duties, the project supervisor will ensure that all offices have been cleaned and left in a neat and orderly condition, all lights have been turned off, and all doors locked. Supervisors will be responsible for completing a Nightly Supervisor Checklist which details any problem encountered during the course of cleaning either the tenant space or the public areas. Contractor is to submit to Owner at the time of his bid presentation a format he will implement to serve as the Nightly Supervisor Checklist.

 

  III. Cleaning Assessment Audit

An audit will be conducted on a quarterly basis by two different and qualified individuals. The results of which shall be submitted to the owner along with a plan of action to address any areas that do not meet the required cleaning effectiveness level. The two assessment audits will survey a representative sample of all area types, a minimum of 30% of all area types, then averaged together to determine appearance level.

 

54


  IV. Custodial Training

All maintenance and custodial staff shall be trained in the hazards, use, maintenance, disposal and recycling of cleaning chemicals, dispensing equipment and packaging. Semi-Annual education for all operations, maintenance and custodial staff shall include but is not limited to: Task Training, MSDS, Chemical Use, Cleaning Equipment, Hazardous Spills, and Building Recycling Program. Bidders to include in their submittals an outline list of all training programs.

 

  V. Cleaning Chemical Requirements

We require cleaning companies to use sustainable cleaning products and materials. Products must meet either Green Seal or Environmental Choice standards: GS 37, CCD-110, CCD-146, CCD-148, GS-40, CCD-112, CCD-113, CCD-115, CCD-147, GS-09, GS-01, CCD-082, CCD-086, GS-41, CCD-104. Additionally, all chemical concentrates used for daily cleaning must be a minimum dilution of 1:8. Product cut sheets and MSDS must be included in submittal documents. Special consideration will be given to cleaning service providers that utilize color coding operations.

 

  VI. Cleaning Materials

All cleaning equipment shall meet the minimum sustainability requirements: including micro-fiber tools and wipes, hand towels, toilet tissue, vacuums, floor buffers, burnishers, scrubbers and extractors. Cut sheets showing specifications must be included with submittal package.

 

  VII. Safe Handling and Hazardous Spills

All chemical products brought into the building shall be kept in a locked room with access controlled by building management and/or the cleaning service provider. The cleaning service company at its expense shall provide all necessary personal protective gear and training as specified by the product manufacturer. OSHA, EPA and/or CDC guidelines where appropriate are to be used for cleanup of all hazardous spills. Special attention is also required in providing signage, which is tall and bright enough, to alert all building occupants and visitors to the potential hazard as soon as possible once discovered. Hazardous spills include but are not limited to water and floor stripping activities.

 

  GREEN CLEANING MANUAL

All bidders are required to submit their green cleaning manual that is in concert with the Green Cleaning Policy of this company and this RFP (see the attached Green Cleaning Policy). Listed below are additional requirements not covered in the previous specifications.

Selection of the service provider should be based on their compliance with the credit requirements and standards as listed by the USGBC in the current reference guide of LEED-EB Operations and Maintenance. The goal of this contract is to achieve 100% compliance for all associated LEED credits as they appear in the current reference guide for Existing Buildings Operations and Maintenance. If seeking certification the goal is to achieve all related and available credit points 14.

 

•    Sustainable Sites (SS) Credit 2,
hardscapes

Cleaning of sidewalks, pavement and other

•    Materials & Resources (MR) Credit 6,

Support of waste stream audit

•    Materials & Resources (MR) Credit 7.1-7.2

Support of recycling program

•    Indoor Environmental Quality (EQ) 2.1

Occupant Survey (building cleanliness)

•    Indoor Environmental Quality (EQ) 3.1

Green Cleaning Program

 

55


•    Indoor Environmental Quality (EQ) 3.2-3.3

Cleaning Effectiveness Assessment

•    Indoor Environmental Quality (EQ) 3.4-3.6

Purchase of Cleaning Products

•    Indoor Environmental Quality (EQ) 3.7

Cleaning Equipment

•    Indoor Environmental Quality (EQ) 3.8

Entryway Systems

 

 

 

Cleaning service providers must submit a complete green cleaning program that follows the requirements of all credits listed above. Beyond the credit requirements and standards of LEED, consideration shall be given to service providers that include program elements that address the health and safety of building tenants and custodial staff, specifically:

 

    Color Coding of Chemicals & Equipment

 

    Dual chamber Mop Buckets or Flat Mop Systems that eliminate cross- contamination

 

    Specialist Cleaning

 

    (OS1) Cleaning System

If your company does not utilize the OS-1® system, then you are required to submit a plan that addresses the following specifics:

 

  1. The use / purchase of chemicals, supplies and equipment that meet the sustainability requirements as listed in EQ 3.4-3.6, EQ 3.7.

 

  2. Submit standard operating/cleaning procedures for all cleaning tasks including: restroom cleaning, vacuuming, office cleaning, entranceways / matting, general cleaning, hard floor care, and carpet maintenance.

 

  3. Submit cleaning procedures that addresses the requirements for at risk tenants.

 

  4. Custodial staff training of a minimum of 8 hours a year per custodian that includes but not limited to: safe handling and storage of chemicals, hazardous spill cleanup, OSHA right to know and how to read and use material safety data sheets.

 

  5. Continuous improvement policy that evaluates new technologies, procedures and processes to support and stay current with environmental sustainability.

The green cleaning program implemented must also include a communication procedure for collecting occupant feedback that evaluates and implements changes as needed to meet the needs of building occupants, (EQ 2.1). The successful bidder will be required to participate with property management in a green project committee and be partially responsible for implementing, auditing and communicating to building occupants the activities of green cleaning. Key Tasks to be achieved:

 

    Compliance with purchasing of sustainable cleaning materials and equipment (monthly purchasing records to be kept)

 

    Compliance with cleaning equipment standards, quarterly audit as part of cleaning assessment.

 

    Quarterly cleaning assessments to be conducted by a LEED-AP and other authorized / approved personnel by building management.

 

56


    Quarterly inspection of all log books required on site: training, MSDS book, chemical spec sheets, equipment maintenance and vacuum filter changes. To be done with cleaning assessment.

 

    Quarterly inspection for proper labeling of all in-use applicator bottles / trigger sprayers.

 

    Quarterly occupant survey for building cleanliness

 

    Evaluation of quarterly inspection results and plans to remedy any short comings.

Bidders are required to submit the name of their representative responsible for this committee. If not a LEED-AP with a specialty in EB, then bidders are to include the credentials and qualifications of this person.

DAY SERVICES-PORTERS AND MATRONS (to be billed separately)

Contractor agrees to furnish sufficient day porters and day matrons to perform the following duties:

 

  A. Duties of Day Porters

Sufficient day porters shall be assigned to perform the following services and any additional chores as directed by the building management.

 

  1. Police lobby areas and office plazas.

 

  2. Police and maintain common area elevator lobbies, elevators, elevator cabs, including floors as required. If carpeted, floors in elevator lobbies and cabs to be vacuumed and spots to be removed as required.

 

  3. Lavatories on all floors to be checked by a day porter a minimum of twice a day, morning and afternoon. Check and fill, if necessary, toilet tissue, soap dispensers and towel dispensers.

 

  4. Sweep all entrance sidewalks and plaza areas of the Building as required, but not less than once each week.

 

  5. Keep entrance door glass and frames in clean condition.

 

  6. Clean and polish standpipes and sprinkler Siamese connections as necessary.

 

  7. Properly maintain exterior of the Building from ground level, including, store fronts and other applicable areas; police all planter areas.

 

  8. As directed by Owner, clean, sweep and police Central Plant and mechanical rooms, equipment rooms, fan rooms and other utility rooms regularly.

 

  9. Clean mail drop-off area, corridor to loading dock utility areas, and other areas including floors, walls, ceilings, fixtures. All such areas shall be kept in clean condition to the satisfaction of the Owner.

EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR

Equipment will be inspected and maintained in clean and serviceable condition. Inspection records to be submitted to Property Manager quarterly.

 

57


SPECIAL SERVICES-TENANT (SPECIFIC) REQUESTS

 

  A. It is agreed that Contractor may perform over and above building standard cleaning services to tenants in the Building from time to time upon request by Property Management.

 

  B. Cost of these additional services may be billed directly to the tenant and/or Owner at the option of the Owner. However, under no circumstances shall Contractor enter into any agreement with any tenant without Owner’s approval.

GENERAL

 

  A. Contractor shall insure that all of its employees and/or agents shall abide by all safety rules and regulations which may be promulgated from time to time by either party as they pertain to the Contractor’s operations. Contractor shall also comply with statutory safety regulations as cited in the general specifications.

 

  B. Contractor’s personnel shall not disturb or move papers or other personal, and/or work items on desks, tables or cabinets.

 

58


APPENDIX G

AEGB AND LEED GUIDELINES FOR TENANT

 

1. Current Regulations: Each tenant space must meet current City of Austin codes with local amendments (including but not limited to energy, building, mechanical, plumbing, and electrical).

 

2. Building Systems Commissioning: Each tenant must hire a commissioning authority with documented commissioning experience on at least two other building projects. The commissioning authority will verify and ensure that mechanical, electrical and all other energy using systems are installed and calibrated to operate according to the Owner Project Requirements (“OPR”) and Basis of Design (“BOD”). To fulfill the intent of this requirement:

 

  a. The owner must develop the OPR document

 

  b. The design team shall develop the BOD

 

  c. The project team shall include commissioning requirements in the construction documents

 

  d. The project team and commissioning authority shall develop and utilize a commissioning plan

 

  e. The commissioning authority shall verify installation, functional performance, and training of maintenance staff

 

  f. The mechanical designer shall include control sequencing and set points for all design conditions in the construction documents

 

  g. The project team shall provide O & M documentation

 

  h. The commissioning authority shall complete a commissioning report

 

3. Building Energy Use Efficiency: Each tenant space must not exceed 1.0 w/sf for lighting power density.

 

4. Building Water Use Reduction: Each tenant must install water efficient fixtures that do not exceed the following flow rates set by the City of Austin:

 

  a. Water closets = 1.28 gpf

 

  b. Urinals = 0.5 gpf

 

  c. Public Lavatory = 0.5 gpm

 

  d. Private Lavatory = 2.2 gpm

 

  e. Kitchen Sink = 2.2 gpm

 

  f. Showerheads = 2.5 gpm

 

5. Low VOC Paints and Coatings: All paints, primers, and anti-corrosive coatings applied on-site to the interior of the building must not exceed the VOC limit of Green Seal Environmental Standard GS-11,2008, Section 4.4. Coatings applied on-site to the interior of the building must not exceed the current VOC limit of SC AQMD Rule 1113 for clear wood finishes, floor coatings, stains, sealers and shellacs, and all other applicable coatings.

 

  a. Non-flat topcoat =100 g/L

 

  b. Flat topcoat = 50 g/L

 

  c. Primer = 100 g/L

 

  d. Anti-Corrosive coating = 250 g/L

 

6. Storage and Collection of Recyclables: Each tenant space must provide an easily-accessible, clearly marked area dedicated to the collection and separation (if needed) of materials for recycling. At a minimum, the materials to be recycled are:

 

  a. Paper

 

  b. Cardboard

 

59


  c. Plastic

 

  d. Glass

 

  e. Metal

 

7. Construction Waste Management: Each tenant shall recycle and/or salvage at least 50% (by weight) of non-hazardous construction and demolition waste.

 

8. Minimum Indoor Air Quality Performance: Each tenant space must meet the minimum requirements of Sections 4-7 of ASHRAE 62.1,2007, Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality (with errata but without addenda). Mechanical ventilation systems must be designed using the ventilation rate procedure or the applicable local code, whichever is more stringent.

 

9. Outdoor Air Delivery Monitoring: Each tenant space must monitor C02 concentrations within all densely occupied areas (those with a design occupant density of 25 people or more per 1,000 s.f.). C02 monitors must be between 3 and 6 feet above the floor. Provide a direct outdoor airflow measurement device capable of measuring the minimum outdoor air intake flow with an accuracy of +/-15% of the design minimum outdoor air rate, as defined by ASHRAE 62.1, 2007 (with errata but without addenda) for mechanical ventilation systems where 20% or more of the design supply airflow serves non-densely occupied areas.

 

10. Indoor Pollutant Source Control: Each tenant space that has a direct connection to the outside (street level or terraces) must provide a roll-out mat that is at least 10 feet long in the direction of travel and is maintained on a weekly basis by a contracted service organization.

 

11. Environmental Tobacco Smoke Control: Each tenant space with direct access to the outdoors must install signage that prohibits smoking within 25 feet of all doors or air intake units.

 

60


APPENDIX H

RENEWAL OPTION

1. Renewal Option. So long as Tenant is not then in default under the Lease and is in actual occupancy of the Leased Premises, Tenant shall have one option (the “Renewal Option”) to extend the Term of the Lease for an additional 9 year period, with such period commencing on the date upon which the Lease would have otherwise expired (each a “Renewal Term”). This Renewal Option is personal to Tenant and may not be assigned to any subtenant or assignee. Tenant may only exercise the Renewal Option by notifying Landlord in writing no less than 12 months and no more than 14 months prior to the date upon which the Lease would have otherwise expired that Tenant wishes to extend the term of the Lease (the “Tenant’s Renewal Notice”‘). The Leased Premises shall be available on an “as is” basis during the Renewal Term. Tenant’s failure to notify Landlord of its election to extend the Term of the Lease during the above time period shall render the Renewal Option (and any remaining Renewal Options) null, void, and of no further force and effect, time being of the essence. The terms and conditions of the Lease shall continue to apply without modification during the applicable Renewal Term except that Base Rent shall be determined as provided below.

2. Base Rent. The Base Rent for the Renewal Term shall be 100% of the then-current “market base rent” for the Leased Premises during the Renewal Term (the “Market Base Rent”), which shall be the base rental rates for renewals and/or direct leases (not subleases) for similar space (making appropriate adjustments, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, for the age of building, quality, size, location, floors, views, concessions, exclusive use of a balcony, and expenses) by “no-equity tenants” of comparable credit-worthiness, in Class A, LEED certified, office buildings in the Austin, Texas Central Business District then available for lease.

3. Mutual Agreement as to Base Rent. Landlord shall give Tenant written notice (“Landlord’s Base Rent Notice”), within 20 days after receiving Tenant’s Notice, of Landlord’s determination of the Market Base Rent for the Renewal Term, including any annual escalations. If Tenant agrees with Landlord’s determination, Tenant shall so notify Landlord within 10 days after receipt of Landlord’s Base Rent Notice, and the Market Base Rent for the Renewal Term shall be as stated therein. In the event that Tenant does not agree with Landlord’s determination, Tenant shall so notify Landlord within 10 days after receipt of Landlord’s Base Rent Notice (“Tenant’s Base Rent Notice”), which objection notice must propose an alternative Market Base Rent for the applicable Renewal Term as determined in good faith by Tenant, and Landlord and Tenant shall have 20 days from the date of Tenant’s objection notification to agree upon the Market Base Rent. If Landlord and Tenant fail to agree upon the Market Base Rent for the Renewal Term within such 20-day period, then the Market Base Rent for the Leased Premises shall be determined by “Baseball Arbitration”, as set forth in Section 4 below.

4. Baseball Arbitration.

(a) Arbitrator Determined Base Rent. If Landlord and Tenant shall fail to agree upon a final and binding Market Base Rent for the Renewal Term as set forth above, then within 15 days after the end of such 20-day period, Landlord and Tenant shall each designate an arbitrator; and within 20 days of Landlord and Tenant each designating an arbitrator, Landlord’s arbitrator and Tenant’s arbitrator shall mutually designate a third arbitrator (collectively referred to herein as the “Arbitrators” and individually as an “Arbitrator”). If Landlord and Tenant shall fail to timely designate an arbitrator, or if the two Arbitrators shall fail to timely agree upon the choice of such third Arbitrator, then either party may apply to the American Arbitration Association or any successor thereto having jurisdiction to designate an arbitrator. The Arbitrators shall each be a licensed real estate broker that (i) is familiar with recent direct leases (not subleases) of Class A office buildings in the Austin, Texas Central Business District, and (ii) has no direct or indirect financial or other business interest in any party hereto or the Building, and is not affiliated with any party hereto. The Arbitrators shall conduct such hearings and investigations as they may deem appropriate and shall, within 30 days after the designation of the third Arbitrator, determine which of the two proposals shall be the Market Base Rent (which shall be either the Market Base Rent proposed by Landlord in the Landlord’s Base Rent Notice or the Market Base Rent proposed by Tenant in Tenant’s Base Rent Notice, but no other amount), such determination to be made by majority vote of the Arbitrators and which vote shall be final and binding upon Landlord and Tenant, provided that the Arbitrators shall not have the power to add to, modify, or change any of the provisions of this Lease. Each party shall pay its own counsel fees and expenses, if any, in connection with any arbitration under this Clause, and the parties shall share equally all other expenses and fees of any such Arbitration.

 

61


(b) Tenant’s Determination of Market Base Rent Within or Not Within 105% of Landlord’s Determination. In the event that the determination of the Market Base Rent set forth in the Tenant’s Base Rent Notice differs from the determination of the Market Base Rent in the Landlord’s Base Rent Notice by 5% or less per Rentable Square Foot per annum on average for the applicable Renewal Term, then the Market Base Rent shall not be determined by arbitration, but shall instead be set by taking the average of the determinations set forth in the Tenant’s Base Rent Notice and the Landlord’s Base Rent Notice. Only if the determinations set forth in the Tenant’s Base Rent Notice and the Landlord’s Base Rent Notice shall differ by more than 5% per rentable square foot per annum on average for the applicable Renewal Term shall the actual determination of Market Base Rent be made by an arbitrator as set forth in Section 4(a) above.

 

62


EX-10.9

Exhibit 10.9

 

 

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

dated as of

July 17, 2014

among

TA HOLDINGS 1, INC.,

as Holdings,

TA MIDCO 1, LLC

(TO BE RENAMED SKINNYPOP POPCORN LLC

IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING THE ACQUISITION),

as Borrower,

THE LENDERS PARTY HERETO

and

JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC,

as Administrative Agent

 

 

JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC

and

BNP PARIBAS SECURITIES CORP.,

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners

and

BNP PARIBAS SECURITIES CORP.,

as Syndication Agent

and

JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC,

as Documentation Agent

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
Article I   
Definitions   

Section 1.01

 

Defined Terms

     1   

Section 1.02

 

Classification of Loans and Borrowings

     50   

Section 1.03

 

Terms Generally

     50   

Section 1.04

 

Accounting Terms; GAAP

     51   

Section 1.05

 

Effectuation of Transactions

     51   

Section 1.06

 

Currency Translation

     51   

Section 1.07

 

Letter of Credit Amounts

     52   

Section 1.08

 

Pro Forma Calculations

     52   
Article II   
The Credits   

Section 2.01

 

Commitments

     52   

Section 2.02

 

Loans and Borrowings

     52   

Section 2.03

 

Requests for Borrowings

     53   

Section 2.04

 

Swing Line Loans

     54   

Section 2.05

 

Letters of Credit

     56   

Section 2.06

 

Funding of Borrowings

     61   

Section 2.07

 

Interest Elections

     61   

Section 2.08

 

Termination and Reduction of Commitments

     62   

Section 2.09

 

Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt

     63   

Section 2.10

 

Maturity and Amortization of Term Loans

     64   

Section 2.11

 

Prepayment of Loans

     65   

Section 2.12

 

Fees

     75   

 

i


Section 2.13

Interest

  75   

Section 2.14

Alternate Rate of Interest

  77   

Section 2.15

Increased Costs

  77   

Section 2.16

Break Funding Payments

  78   

Section 2.17

Taxes

  79   

Section 2.18

Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Setoffs

  81   

Section 2.19

Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders

  83   

Section 2.20

Incremental Credit Extensions

  84   

Section 2.21

Refinancing Amendments

  87   

Section 2.22

Defaulting Lenders

  88   

Section 2.23

Illegality

  90   

Section 2.24

Repricing Transactions

  90   
Article III   
Representations and Warranties   

Section 3.01

Organization; Powers

  91   

Section 3.02

Authorization; Enforceability

  91   

Section 3.03

Governmental and Third-Party Approvals; No Conflicts

  91   

Section 3.04

Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Effect

  92   

Section 3.05

Properties

  92   

Section 3.06

Litigation and Environmental Matters

  92   

Section 3.07

Compliance with Laws and Agreements

  93   

Section 3.08

Investment Company Status

  93   

Section 3.09

Taxes

  93   

Section 3.10

ERISA; Labor Matters

  93   

Section 3.11

Disclosure; Undisclosed Liabilities

  94   

Section 3.12

Subsidiaries; Equity Interests

  94   

 

ii


Section 3.13

Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc

  94   

Section 3.14

Solvency

  94   

Section 3.15

Federal Reserve Regulations

  95   

Section 3.16

PATRIOT ACT; FCPA; OFAC

  95   

Section 3.17

Use of Proceeds

  95   

Section 3.18

Security Interests

  95   

Section 3.19

Insurance

  96   
Article IV   
Conditions   

Section 4.01

Effective Date

  96   

Section 4.02

Each Credit Event

  98   
Article V   
Affirmative Covenants   

Section 5.01

Financial Statements and Other Information

  99   

Section 5.02

Notices of Material Events

  101   

Section 5.03

Information Regarding Collateral

  101   

Section 5.04

Existence; Conduct of Business

  102   

Section 5.05

Payment of Taxes, etc

  102   

Section 5.06

Maintenance of Properties

  102   

Section 5.07

Insurance

  102   

Section 5.08

Books and Records; Inspection and Audit Rights

  102   

Section 5.09

Compliance with Laws

  103   

Section 5.10

Use of Proceeds and Letters of Credit

  103   

Section 5.11

Additional Restricted Subsidiaries

  104   

Section 5.12

Further Assurances

  104   

Section 5.13

Compliance with ERISA

  105   

 

iii


Section 5.14

Maintenance of Ratings

  105   

Section 5.15

Certain Post-Closing Obligations

  105   
Article VI   
Negative Covenants   

Section 6.01

Indebtedness; Certain Equity Securities

  105   

Section 6.02

Liens

  109   

Section 6.03

Fundamental Changes; Sale-Leasebacks

  111   

Section 6.04

Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions

  113   

Section 6.05

Asset Sales

  116   

Section 6.06

Restricted Payments; Certain Payments of Indebtedness

  119   

Section 6.07

Transactions with Affiliates

  123   

Section 6.08

Restrictive Agreements

  124   

Section 6.09

Amendment of Junior Financing and Organizational Documents

  125   

Section 6.10

Total Leverage Ratio; Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio

  125   

Section 6.11

Changes in Fiscal Periods

  126   
Article VII   
Events of Default   

Section 7.01

Events of Default

  126   

Section 7.02

Right to Cure

  128   

Section 7.03

Application of Funds

  129   
Article VIII   
Administrative Agent   

Section 8.01

Appointment and Authority

  130   

Section 8.02

Rights as a Lender

  130   

Section 8.03

Exculpatory Provisions

  130   

Section 8.04

Reliance by Administrative Agent

  131   

 

iv


Section 8.05

Delegation of Duties

  131   

Section 8.06

Resignation of Administrative Agent

  132   

Section 8.07

Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders

  132   

Section 8.08

No Other Duties, Etc

  132   

Section 8.09

Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim

  132   

Section 8.10

No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement

  133   
Article IX   
Miscellaneous   

Section 9.01

Notices

  136   

Section 9.02

Waivers; Amendments

  138   

Section 9.03

Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver

  141   

Section 9.04

Successors and Assigns

  143   

Section 9.05

Survival

  148   

Section 9.06

Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness

  149   

Section 9.07

Severability

  149   

Section 9.08

Right of Setoff

  149   

Section 9.09

Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process

  150   

Section 9.10

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

  150   

Section 9.11

Headings

  151   

Section 9.12

Confidentiality

  151   

Section 9.13

USA Patriot Act

  152   

Section 9.14

Judgment Currency

  152   

Section 9.15

Release of Liens and Guarantees

  152   

Section 9.16

No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility

  153   

Section 9.17

Interest Rate Limitation

  154   

 

v


SCHEDULES:
SCHEDULE 2.01 Commitments
SCHEDULE 3.03 Governmental Approvals
SCHEDULE 3.05 Owned Real Property
SCHEDULE 3.12 Subsidiaries; Equity Interests
SCHEDULE 5.15 Certain Post-Closing Obligations
SCHEDULE 6.01 Existing Indebtedness
SCHEDULE 6.02 Existing Liens
SCHEDULE 6.04(e) Existing Investments
SCHEDULE 6.07 Existing Affiliate Transactions
SCHEDULE 6.08 Existing Restrictions
SCHEDULE 9.01 Notices
EXHIBITS:
EXHIBIT A Form of Assignment and Assumption
EXHIBIT B Form of Guarantee Agreement
EXHIBIT C Form of Perfection Certificate
EXHIBIT D Form of Collateral Agreement
EXHIBIT E-1 Form of Closing Certificate
EXHIBIT E-2 Form of Solvency Certificate
EXHIBIT F Form of Intercompany Note
EXHIBIT G-1 Form of Specified Discount Prepayment Notice
EXHIBIT G-2 Form of Specified Discount Prepayment Response
EXHIBIT G-3 Form of Discount Range Prepayment Notice
EXHIBIT G-4 Form of Discount Range Prepayment Offer
EXHIBIT G-5 Form of Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice
EXHIBIT G-6 Form of Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer
EXHIBIT G-7 Form of Acceptance and Prepayment Notice
EXHIBIT H Form of United States Tax Compliance Certificate
EXHIBIT I Form of Borrowing Request
EXHIBIT J Form of Prepayment Notice
EXHIBIT K Form of Compliance Certificate

 

vi


CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of July 17, 2014 (this “Agreement”), among TA HOLDINGS 1, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), TA MIDCO 1, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (to be renamed SKINNYPOP POPCORN LLC immediately following the Acquisition) (both before and immediately after giving effect to the Acquisition, the “Borrower”), the LENDERS party hereto, JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC, as an Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender, and JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC, as Administrative Agent.

The parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

SECTION 1.01 Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

ABR” when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

Acceptable Discount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D).

Acceptable Prepayment Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D).

Acceptance and Prepayment Notice” means an irrevocable written notice from a Term Lender accepting a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment at the Acceptable Discount specified therein pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D) substantially in the form of Exhibit G-7.

Acceptance Date” has the meaning specified in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D).

Acquired EBITDA” means, with respect to any Acquired Entity or Business for any period, the amount for such period of Consolidated EBITDA of such Acquired Entity or Business (determined as if references to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the definition of the term “Consolidated EBITDA” were references to such Acquired Entity or Business and its subsidiaries which will become Restricted Subsidiaries), all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Acquired Entity or Business.

Acquired Business” means SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC.

Acquired Entity or Business” has the meaning given such term in the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA.”

Acquisition” means the acquisition by the Borrower of all of the outstanding membership interests in the Acquired Business pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement and the merger of the Acquired Business into the Borrower on the Effective Date with the Borrower as the surviving entity.

Acquisition Agreement” means the Unit Purchase Agreement, dated as of the Effective Date, by and among the Sellers (as defined therein), the Sellers’ Representative (as defined therein), the Borrower, the Acquired Business and Holdings.


Additional Lender” means any Additional Revolving Lender or any Additional Term Lender, as applicable.

Additional Revolving Lender” means, at any time, any bank or other financial institution that agrees to provide any portion of any (a) Revolving Commitment Increase pursuant to an Incremental Revolving Facility Amendment in accordance with Section 2.20 or (b) Other Revolving Loans or Other Revolving Commitments pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment in accordance with Section 2.21; provided that each Additional Revolving Lender shall be subject to the consent of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (in each case if and to the extent such consent would be required under Section 9.04(b) and such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) and, if such Additional Revolving Lender will provide a Revolving Commitment Increase or any Other Revolving Commitment, each Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender (such consent in each case not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that no Affiliated Lender shall be permitted to become an Additional Revolving Lender.

Additional Term Lender” means, at any time, any bank or other financial institution that agrees to provide any portion of any (a) Term Commitment Increase pursuant to an Incremental Term Facility Amendment in accordance with Section 2.20 or (b) Other Term Loans or Other Term Commitments pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment in accordance with Section 2.21; provided that (i) each Additional Term Lender (other than any Person that is a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund of a Lender at such time) shall be subject to the consent of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (in each case if and to the extent such consent would be required under Section 9.04(b) and such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) and (ii) each Additional Term Lender who is an Affiliated Lender shall be subject to the restrictions and other provisions of Section 9.04(f).

Adjusted Eurodollar Rate” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, the greater of (a) (x) an interest rate per annum (rounded upward, if necessary, to the next 1/100th of 1%) equal to the Eurodollar Rate for such Eurodollar Borrowing in effect for such Interest Period divided by (y) 1 minus the Statutory Reserves (if any) for such Eurodollar Borrowing for such Interest Period and (b) 1.00% per annum.

Administrative Agent” means Jefferies Finance LLC, in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity as provided in Article VIII.

Administrative Questionnaire” means an administrative questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

Affiliate” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly or indirectly Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified; provided, however, that no Secured Party shall be an Affiliate of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party as a result of the Facilities and/or the Loan Documents. For purposes of this Agreement, Jefferies LLC and its Affiliates shall be deemed to be “Affiliates” of Jefferies Finance LLC.

Affiliated Lender” means, at any time, any Lender that is the Sponsor or any Affiliate of the Borrower at such time.

Agent Parties” has the meaning given to such term in Section 9.01(c).

 

2


Agents” shall mean the Lead Arranger, the Documentation Agent, the Syndication Agent and the Administrative Agent; and “Agent” shall mean any of them as the context requires.

Agreement” has the meaning given to such term in the preliminary statements hereto.

Agreement Currency” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.14(b).

All-In Yield” means, as to any Indebtedness, the yield thereon, whether in the form of interest rate, margin, OID, up-front fees, a Eurodollar Rate or ABR floor greater than 1.00% or 2.00%, with respect to any Term Loans, respectively (with such increased amount being equated to interest margins for purposes of determining any increase to the Applicable Rate with respect to any Loan), or otherwise; provided that OID and up-front fees shall, for floating rate Indebtedness, be equated to interest rate assuming the lesser of a 4-year life to maturity and the actual maturity thereof; and provided further that “All-In Yield” shall not include arrangement fees or underwriting or other fees not paid to all lenders for such Indebtedness.

Alternate Base Rate” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1%, (c) the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate applicable for an Interest Period of one month commencing on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1.00% and (d) 2.00% per annum. If the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that it is unable to ascertain the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate, as the case may be, for any reason, including the inability or failure of the Administrative Agent to obtain sufficient quotations or offers in accordance with the terms of the respective definitions thereof, the Alternate Base Rate shall be determined without regard to clause (b) or (c), as applicable, of the preceding sentence until the circumstances giving rise to such inability no longer exist. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate shall be effective as of the opening of business on the effective day of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate, as the case may be.

Applicable Account” means, with respect to any payment to be made to the Administrative Agent hereunder, the account specified by the Administrative Agent from time to time for the purpose of receiving payments of such type.

Applicable Creditor” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.14(b).

Applicable Discount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C).

Applicable Fronting Exposure” means, with respect to any Person that is an Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate amount of all Letters of Credit issued by such Person in its capacity as an Issuing Bank (if applicable) that remains available for drawing at such time, (b) the aggregate amount of all LC Disbursements made by such Person in its capacity as an Issuing Bank (if applicable) that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower at such time and (c) the aggregate principal amount of all Swingline Loans made by such Person in its capacity as a Swingline Lender (if applicable) outstanding at such time.

Applicable Indebtedness” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Weighted Average Life to Maturity.”

 

3


Applicable Percentage” means, at any time with respect to any Revolving Lender, the percentage of the aggregate Revolving Commitments represented by such Lender’s Revolving Commitment at such time (or, if the Revolving Commitments have terminated or expired, such Lender’s share of the total Revolving Exposure at that time); provided that, at any time any Revolving Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender, “Applicable Percentage” shall mean the percentage of the total Revolving Commitments (disregarding any such Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Commitment) represented by such Lender’s Revolving Commitment. If the Revolving Commitments have terminated or expired, the Applicable Percentages shall be determined based upon such Lender’s share of the total Revolving Exposure at that time, giving effect to any assignments pursuant to this Agreement and to any Lender’s status as a Defaulting Lender at the time of determination.

Applicable Rate” means with respect to any Loans, for any day, (x) if the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio is greater than 2.50 to 1.00, (i) 3.50% per annum, in the case of an ABR Loan, or (ii) 4.50% per annum, in the case of a Eurodollar Loan, or (y) if the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 2.50 to 1.00, (i) 3.00% per annum, in the case of an ABR Loan, or (ii) 4.00% per annum, in the case of a Eurodollar Loan.

Approved Bank” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of the term “Permitted Investments.”

Approved Fund” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

Assignment and Assumption” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent of any Person whose consent is required by Section 9.04), substantially in the form of Exhibit A or any other form reasonably approved by the Administrative Agent.

Auction Agent” means (a) the Administrative Agent or (b) any other financial institution or advisor employed or engaged by the Borrower (whether or not an Affiliate of the Administrative Agent) to act as an arranger in connection with any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii); provided that the Borrower shall not designate the Administrative Agent as the Auction Agent without the written consent of the Administrative Agent (it being understood that the Administrative Agent shall be under no obligation to agree to act as the Auction Agent).

Available Amount” shall mean, at any time (the “Reference Time”), an amount equal to:

(a) the sum, without duplication, of:

(i) an amount (if positive) equal to the cumulative amount of Excess Cash Flow for each fiscal year of Holdings (commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2015) ending prior to the Reference Time for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) that has not been applied (and would not be required to be applied) to prepay Loans pursuant to Section 2.11(f) (without giving effect to the proviso thereto, and without giving effect to Sections 2.11(i) or (j)) that has been retained by the Borrower, plus

(ii) the amount of any cash or Permitted Investments received by Holdings (other than from a Restricted Subsidiary thereof) from and including the Business Day

 

4


immediately following the Effective Date through and including the Reference Time from the issuance and sale of its Qualified Equity Interests (including Disqualified Equity Interests which shall have subsequently been exchanged for or converted into Qualified Equity Interests) and contributed to the Borrower as cash common equity, except to the extent (x) constituting a Cure Amount or (y) applied pursuant to Sections 6.04(b)(ii), 6.04(q) or 6.04(s), 6.06(a)(x) or 6.06(v) (the amounts described in this clause (a)(ii), the “Available Amount Equity Component”), plus

(iii) the amount (x) of any returns in cash or cash equivalents (including dividends, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) or Permitted Investments received by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary or (y) to the extent not duplicative of subclause (x) above, received by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary upon any Disposition, in each case, in respect of any Investment made by such Person in reliance on Section 6.04(l) (not to exceed, with respect to subclause (y), the original amount of such Investment), plus

(iv) the aggregate amount of Retained Declined Proceeds retained by the Borrower during the period from and including the Effective Date through and including the Reference Time, minus

(b) the sum, without duplication, of:

(i) the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made pursuant to Section 6.06(a)(viii) prior to the Reference Time; plus

(ii) the aggregate amount of Investments made in reliance on Section 6.04(l) prior to the Reference Time; plus

(iii) the aggregate amount of prepayments of Junior Financing made in reliance on Section 6.06(b)(iv) prior to the Reference Time.

Available Amount Equity Component” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Available Amount.”

Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended, or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

Board of Directors” means, with respect to any Person, (a) in the case of any corporation, the board of directors of such Person or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board, (b) in the case of any limited liability company, the board of managers or sole manager of such Person or the board of directors or board of managers or sole manager of the member of such Person if such Person has only one member, (c) in the case of any partnership, the board of directors or board of managers of the general partner of such Person and (d) in any other case, the functional equivalent of the foregoing.

Board of Governors” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.

Borrower” has the meaning assigned in the preamble, and shall include any Other Successor Borrower pursuant to Section 6.05(a).

 

5


Borrower Materials” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.01.

Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment” means the offer by the Borrower to make a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a specified discount to par pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(B).

Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers” means the solicitation by the Borrower of offers for, and the corresponding acceptance by a Term Lender of, a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a specified range of discounts to par pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C).

Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers” means the solicitation by the Borrower of offers for, and the subsequent acceptance, if any, by a Term Lender of, a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a discount to par pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D).

Borrowing” means any borrowing of (a) Loans of the same Class and Type, made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect or (b) Swingline Loans.

Borrowing Minimum” means (a) in the case of a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, $1,000,000, (b) in the case of an ABR Revolving Borrowing, $500,000 and (c) in the case of Swingline Loans, $500,000.

Borrowing Multiple” means (a) in the case of a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, $100,000, (b) in the case of an ABR Revolving Borrowing, $100,000 and (c) in the case of Swingline Loans, $100,000.

Borrowing Request” means a request by the Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit I, for a Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.03.

Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed; provided that when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in dollar deposits in the London interbank market.

Capital Expenditures” means, for any period, the aggregate of all capital expenditures (including that portion of Capital Lease Obligations which is capitalized on a consolidated balance sheet in accordance with GAAP, but excluding any amount representing capitalized interest), by Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during that period that, in conformity with GAAP, are or should be included in “purchases of property, plant or equipment” or “capital expenditures” reflected in the consolidated statement of cash flows of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, but excluding (i) in each case except as expressly prohibited by this Agreement, (a) any Permitted Acquisition or other Investment (but shall include all Capital Expenditures made with the proceeds of any Investment by the recipient thereof), and (b) any expenditure described above to the extent financed (x) with Net Proceeds or trade-ins of existing property or equipment or proceeds of Term Loan Prepayment Events not required to be utilized to prepay Term Loans hereunder or (y) by a Person other than Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and for which none of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary has provided or is required to provide or incur, directly or indirectly, any consideration or obligation to such Person or any other Person (whether before, during or after such period) other than rent and similar or related obligations, (ii) any expenditure described above relating to the construction or acquisition of any property which has been transferred to a Person other than Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to a sale-leaseback transaction permitted under Section 6.03 and (iii) interest capitalized during such period.

 

6


Capital Lease Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as Capitalized Leases, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of Section 6.02, a Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed to be secured by a Lien on the property being leased and such property shall be deemed to be owned by the lessee.

Capitalized Leases” means all leases that have been or should be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capitalized leases.

Cash Management Obligations” means obligations of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository, credit card, purchasing card and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds.

Casualty Event” means any event that gives rise to the receipt by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any casualty insurance proceeds or condemnation awards in respect of any equipment, fixed assets or real property (including any improvements thereon) to replace or repair such equipment, fixed assets or real property.

Change in Control” means:

(a) the failure of Holdings, directly or indirectly, to own all of the Equity Interests of the Borrower;

(b) at any time prior to a Qualified IPO, Permitted Holders collectively shall fail to own beneficially (within the meaning of the Exchange Act and the rules of the SEC thereunder as in effect on the date hereof), directly or indirectly, in the aggregate Equity Interests representing at least a majority of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of Holdings;

(c) at any time following a Qualified IPO, the acquisition of ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by any Person or group (within the meaning of the Exchange Act and the rules of the SEC thereunder as in effect on the date hereof), other than the Permitted Holders and Existing Holders, of Equity Interests representing 35% or more of the aggregate ordinary voting power (or the equivalent thereof) represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests in Holdings and the percentage of the aggregate ordinary voting power (or the equivalent thereof) so held by such Person or group is greater than the percentage of the aggregate ordinary voting power (or the equivalent thereof) represented by the Equity Interests in Holdings held by the Permitted Holders;

(d) at any time, the occupation of a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the Board of Directors of Holdings by Persons who were neither (i) nominated, designated or approved by the Board of Directors of Holdings or the Permitted Holders nor (ii) appointed by directors so nominated, designated or approved; or

(e) the occurrence of a “Change in Control” (or similar event, however denominated), as defined in the documentation governing any Junior Financing or Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness that is Material Indebtedness if the effect of such event is to permit the holders of such Material Indebtedness to require such Indebtedness to be repaid, redeemed or repurchased.

 

7


Change in Law” means the occurrence, after the Effective Date, of any of the following: (a) the adoption of any rule, regulation, treaty or other Requirement of Law after the date of this Agreement, (b) any change in any rule, regulation, treaty or other Requirement of Law or in the administration, interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the date of this Agreement or (c) the making or issuance of any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date of this Agreement; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

Class” when used in reference to (a) any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans, Other Revolving Loans, Term Loans, Other Term Loans, or Incremental Term Loans, (b) any Commitment, refers to whether such Commitment is a Revolving Commitment, Swingline Commitment, Other Revolving Commitment, Term Commitment, Other Term Commitment, Incremental Term Commitment or Revolving Commitment Increase, and (c) any Lender, refers to whether such Lender has a Loan or Commitment with respect to a particular Class of Loans or Commitments. Other Term Commitments, Other Term Loans, Other Revolving Commitments (and the Other Revolving Loans made pursuant thereto) and term loans made pursuant to any Term Commitment Increase that have different terms and conditions shall be construed to be in different Classes.

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Collateral” means any and all assets of any Loan Party, whether real or personal, tangible or intangible, on which Liens are or are purported to be granted pursuant to the Security Documents as security for the Secured Obligations.

Collateral Agreement” means the Collateral Agreement among the Borrower, each other Loan Party and the Administrative Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit D.

Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” means, at any time, the requirement that:

(a) the Administrative Agent shall have received from (i) Holdings, the Borrower and each of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Excluded Subsidiary), either (x) a counterpart of the Guarantee Agreement duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Person or (y) in the case of any Person that is required to become a Loan Party after the Effective Date (including by ceasing to be an Excluded Subsidiary), a supplement to the Guarantee Agreement, in substantially the form specified therein (with such changes as may be reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent), duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Person, (ii) Holdings, the Borrower and each Subsidiary Loan Party either (x) a counterpart of the Collateral Agreement duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Person or (y) in the case of any Person that becomes a Loan Party after the Effective Date (including by ceasing to be an Excluded

 

8


Subsidiary), a supplement to the Collateral Agreement, in the form specified therein, duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Person, in each case under this clause (a) together with, in the case of any such Loan Documents executed and delivered after the Effective Date, at the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, opinions of the type referred to in Section 4.01(b) (other than changes to such legal opinions resulting from a change in law, change in fact or change to counsel’s form of opinion reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) and (iii) the Borrower, a completed Perfection Certificate, duly executed and delivered by the Borrower;

(b) all outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Equity Interests in an Excluded Subsidiary or constituting Excluded Assets) owned by or on behalf of any Loan Party, shall have been pledged pursuant to the Collateral Agreement, and the Administrative Agent shall have received certificates or other instruments representing all such Equity Interests (other than such Equity Interests in Immaterial Subsidiaries), together with undated stock powers or other instruments of transfer with respect thereto endorsed in blank;

(c) if any Indebtedness for borrowed money of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in a principal amount of $1,000,000 or more is owing by such obligor to any Loan Party, such Indebtedness shall be evidenced by a promissory note that shall have been pledged pursuant to the Collateral Agreement, and the Administrative Agent shall have received all such promissory notes, together with undated instruments of transfer with respect thereto endorsed in blank (it being understood that any Restricted Subsidiary not a signatory to the Intercompany Note on the Effective Date may execute a joinder to the Intercompany Note at any time after the Effective Date by providing written notice to the Administrative Agent and delivering such joinder to the Administrative Agent in order to become a party thereto, together with an undated instrument of transfer with respect thereto endorsed in blank);

(d) all certificates, agreements, documents and instruments, including Uniform Commercial Code financing statements, required by the Security Documents, Requirements of Law or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to be filed, delivered, registered or recorded to create the Liens intended to be created by the Security Documents and perfect such Liens to the extent required by, and with the priority required by, the Security Documents and the other provisions of the term “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement,” shall have been filed, registered or recorded or delivered to the Administrative Agent for filing, registration or recording; and

(e) the Administrative Agent shall have received, to the extent customary and appropriate (as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent) in the applicable jurisdiction, (i) counterparts of a Mortgage with respect to each Mortgaged Property duly executed and delivered by the record owner of such Mortgaged Property, (ii) a policy or policies of title insurance issued by a nationally recognized title insurance company insuring the Lien of each such Mortgage as a first priority Lien on the Mortgaged Property described therein, free of any other Liens except as expressly permitted by Section 6.02, together with such endorsements as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, (iii) if any Mortgaged Property is located in an area determined by the Federal Emergency Management Agency to have special flood hazards, evidence of such flood insurance as may be required under applicable law, including Regulation H of the Board of Governors, and (iv) such legal opinions as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request with respect to any such Mortgage or Mortgaged Property.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this definition or anything in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the contrary, (a) the foregoing provisions of this definition shall not require the

 

9


creation or perfection of pledges of or security interests in, or the obtaining of title insurance, legal opinions or other deliverables with respect to, particular assets of the Loan Parties, or the provision of Guarantees by any Restricted Subsidiary, if, and for so long as the Administrative Agent and the Borrower reasonably agree that, the cost of creating or perfecting such pledges or security interests in such assets, or obtaining such title insurance, legal opinions or other deliverables in respect of such assets, or providing such Guarantees (taking into account any adverse tax consequences to Holdings and its Affiliates (including the imposition of withholding or other material taxes)), shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom, (b) Liens required to be granted from time to time pursuant to the term “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” shall be subject to exceptions and limitations set forth in the Security Documents, (c) no action to perfect a security interest in motor vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title shall be required other than the filing of a financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code, (e) in no event shall any Loan Party be required to enter into any collateral documentation governed by the laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction, except for the pledge of stock with respect to any Foreign Subsidiary that, together with its subsidiaries, accounts for more than 5% of Consolidated EBITDA of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries (as of the last day of the fiscal month of Holdings most recently ended for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a), (b) or (c), and (f) in no event shall the Collateral include any Excluded Assets to the extent, and for so long as, such property constitutes Excluded Assets. The Administrative Agent may grant extensions of time for the creation and perfection of security interests in or the obtaining of title insurance, legal opinions or other deliverables with respect to particular assets or the provision of any Guarantee by any Restricted Subsidiary (including extensions beyond the Effective Date or in connection with assets acquired, or Restricted Subsidiaries formed or acquired, after the Effective Date) where it determines that such action cannot be accomplished without undue effort or expense by the time or times at which it would otherwise be required to be accomplished by this Agreement or the Security Documents.

Commitment” means (a) with respect to any Lender, its Revolving Commitment, Other Revolving Commitment, Revolving Commitment Increase, Term Commitment, Other Term Commitment or Incremental Term Commitment of any Class or any combination thereof (as the context requires) and (b) with respect to any Swingline Lender, its Swingline Commitment.

Compliance Certificate” means a Compliance Certificate required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(d) substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit K.

Connection Income Taxes” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.

Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus:

(a) without duplication and to the extent not already included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of the following amounts for such period with respect to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries:

(i) total interest expense and, to the extent not reflected in such total interest expense, any losses on hedging obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, net of interest income and gains on such hedging obligations or such derivative instruments, unused line fees and letter of credit fees and facing fees and bank and letter of credit fees and costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities;

 

10


(ii) provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital and sales taxes, including federal, foreign, state, franchise, excise, value added and similar taxes paid or accrued during such period (including in respect of repatriated funds and any future taxes or other levies which replace or are intended to be in lieu of such taxes and any penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from tax examinations);

(iii) depreciation and amortization (including amortization of deferred financing fees or costs);

(iv) Non-Cash Charges;

(v) extraordinary losses, expenses or charges and unusual or non-recurring losses, expenses or charges including, but not limited to (a) fees, costs and expenses related to work with Trivista in an amount not to exceed $250,000 in the aggregate and (b) fees, costs and expenses (including legal fees and, for the avoidance of doubt, settlement amounts) associated with class action or other lawsuits not to exceed $2,000,000 in the aggregate (or such greater amount as agreed by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion);

(vi) cash restructuring charges, accruals or reserves (including restructuring costs related to acquisitions after the Effective Date and adjustments to existing reserves and including any unusual or non-recurring operating expenses directly attributable to the implementation of cost savings initiatives, severance, store opening expenses, relocation costs, office upgrades, integration and facilities’ opening costs and other business optimization expenses, signing costs, retention or completion bonuses, transition costs, costs related to opening of facilities, costs related to closure/consolidation of facilities and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans (including any settlement of pension liabilities)); provided that the aggregate amount added back to Consolidated Net Income pursuant to this clause (vi) for any Test Period or LTM Period, as applicable, shall not exceed, when taken together with the aggregate amount included in Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clause (b) of this definition, 17.5% of Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period or LTM Period, as applicable (calculated prior to giving effect to any adjustment pursuant to this clause (a)(vi) or clause (b) of this definition);

(vii) the amount of any non-controlling interest expense consisting of subsidiary income attributable to non-controlling equity interests of third parties in any Non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary;

(viii) (A) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees, indemnities and related expenses paid or accrued in such period to (or on behalf of) the Sponsor permitted to be paid pursuant to Section 6.07(iv) and (xi) and (B) the amount of expenses relating to payments made to option holders of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with, or as a result of, any distribution being made to shareholders of such Person or its direct or indirect parent companies, which payments are being made to compensate such option holders as though they were shareholders at the time of, and entitled to share in, such distribution, in each case to the extent permitted in the Loan Documents;

(ix) the amount of any expenses, charges or losses during such period that are reimbursed in cash pursuant to indemnification, insurance, purchase price adjustments or

 

11


other reimbursement provisions, or are otherwise reimbursed in cash by a third party (provided that such amount of reimbursement, insurance payment, purchase price adjustments or indemnification is not included in Consolidated Net Income);

(x) losses on asset sales, disposals or abandonments (other than asset sales, disposals or abandonments in the ordinary course of business);

(xi) any non-cash expenses recognized at the time of the granting or payment of earn-out obligations and contingent consideration and any non-cash expense or loss from the valuation of earn-out obligations and contingent consideration and;

(xii) fees, costs and expenses incurred after the Effective Date in connection with the administration of the Loans or any amendment to or other modification of the Loan Documents;

(xiii) fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with a Qualified IPO and any other potential public offering;

(xiv) Public Company Costs;

(xv) the amount of cash proceeds received from business interruption insurance and reimbursements of any expenses and charges that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions (to the extent that the proceeds of such insurance or such reimbursement or indemnification is not included in Consolidated Net Income);

(xvi) Transaction Costs;

(xvii) cash payments received that are related to prior accruals of charges deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period and that have not otherwise been added back to Consolidated EBITDA; and

(xviii) without duplication, to the extent deducted in the determination of Consolidated Net Income (and not otherwise added back), the Management Earnout.

(b) without duplication, the amount of “run rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies projected by the Borrower in good faith to be realized in connection with (x) any restructuring of Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries not in the ordinary course of business, (y) any Permitted Acquisition or other similar Investment described in the definition of “Specified Transaction” or Disposition of all or substantially all Equity Interests in any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings or any division, product line or facility used for operations of Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and (z) the Transactions, in each case that are projected by Holdings in good faith to be realized no later than 12 months after the consummation of such transaction (which cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies projected to result from any such action shall be added to Consolidated EBITDA for any Test Period or LTM Period, as applicable, ending not more than 12 months after such action is taken as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies had been realized on the first day of the relevant Test Period or LTM Period, as applicable), net of the amount of actual benefits realized from such actions; provided that (A) such cost savings, operating expenses or synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (B) no cost savings, operating expense reductions or synergies shall be added pursuant to this clause (b) to

 

12


the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges or other amounts included in Consolidated EBITDA in clause (a) above (it being understood and agreed that “run rate” shall mean the full recurring benefit that is associated with any action taken) and (C) the aggregate amount of cost savings, operating expense reductions or synergies added pursuant to this clause (b), when taken together with the aggregate amount included in Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clause (a)(vi) of this definition, shall not exceed 17.5% of Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period or LTM Period, as applicable (calculated prior to giving effect to any adjustment pursuant to clause (a)(vi) or this clause (b)); less

(c) without duplication and to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of the following amounts for such period:

(i) extraordinary gains and unusual or non-recurring gains;

(ii) non-cash gains (excluding any non-cash gain to the extent it represents the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated Net Income or Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period);

(iii) gains on asset sales, disposals or abandonments (other than asset sales, disposals or abandonments in the ordinary course of business);

(iv) the amount of any non-controlling interest income consisting of subsidiary loss attributable to non-controlling equity interests of third parties in any Non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary added to (and not deducted in such period from) Consolidated Net Income; and

(v) any income from the valuation of earnout obligations and contingent consideration;

in each case, as determined on a consolidated basis for Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP;,

(I) to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income, there shall be excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDA currency translation gains and losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including the net loss or gain resulting from hedging agreements for currency exchange risk and revaluations of intercompany balances),

(II) to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income, there shall be excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period any adjustments resulting from the application of (i) Financial Accounting Standards Board Standards Codification (“FASB ASC”) No. 815—Derivatives and Hedging, and (ii) FASB ASC 480-10 regarding accounting for financial instruments with debt and equity characteristics,

(III) there shall be included in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period, without duplication, (A) the Acquired EBITDA of any Person, property, business or asset acquired by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary during such period (but not including the Acquired EBITDA of any related Person, property, business or assets to the extent not so acquired) (each such Person, property, business or asset acquired, including pursuant to a transaction consummated prior to the Effective Date, and not subsequently so disposed of, an “Acquired Entity or Business”), in each case based on the Acquired EBITDA of such Acquired Entity or Business for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such

 

13


acquisition or conversion) determined on a historical Pro Forma Basis; and (B) an adjustment in respect of each Acquired Entity or Business equal to the amount of the Pro Forma Adjustment with respect to such Pro Forma Entity for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such acquisition or conversion) as specified in the Pro Forma Adjustment certificate delivered to the Administrative Agent (for further delivery to the Lenders); and

(IV) there shall be excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period the Disposed EBITDA of any Person, or any division, product line or facility used for operations of Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary during such period (each such Person, property, business or asset so sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of, closed or classified, a “Sold Entity or Business”), in each case based on the Disposed EBITDA of such Sold Entity or Business for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such sale, transfer, disposition, closure, classification or conversion) determined on a historical Pro Forma Basis.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Consolidated EBITDA for the fiscal periods specified below shall be deemed to be as follows:

 

Fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2013

$ 5,883,000   

Fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2014

$ 7,029,000   

Fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2013

$ 10,401,000   

Fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2014

$ 10,757,000   

Fiscal period from April 1, 2014 to May 30, 2014

$ 11,337,000   

Consolidated Net Debt” means, as of any date of determination, (a) Consolidated Total Debt minus (b) the aggregate amount of cash and Permitted Investments of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries (in each case, free and clear of all liens, other than Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.02), excluding cash and Permitted Investments which are listed as “restricted” on the consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date, in an aggregate amount for this clause (b), not to exceed $20,000,000.

Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the net income (loss) of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, excluding, without duplication,

(a) charges and expenses related to and reserves that are established or adjusted as a result of any Permitted Acquisition or similar Investment in accordance with GAAP (including any adjustment of estimated payouts on existing earn-outs),

 

14


(b) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income,

(c) Transaction Costs,

(d) any fees, costs and expenses (including any transaction or retention bonus) incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any Permitted Acquisition or similar Investment, non-ordinary course asset disposition, issuance or repayment of debt, issuance of equity securities, refinancing transaction or amendment or other modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Effective Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any non-recurring charges or merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction,

(e) any income (loss) for such period attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness, hedging agreements or other derivative instruments,

(f) non-cash stock-based award compensation expenses,

(g) any income (loss) attributable to deferred compensation plans or trusts,

(h) any income (loss) for such period of any Person if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except that Consolidated Net Income shall include the aggregate amount of cash or cash equivalents actually distributed by such Person during such period to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution,

(i) any income (loss) from Investments recorded using the equity method, but including any cash distributions of earnings received by any Restricted Subsidiary from Investments recorded using the equity method, and

(j) solely for purposes of determining the Available Amount, any income (loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings (other than a Loan Party) to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Subsidiary of that income is not at the time permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Subsidiary.

There shall be included in Consolidated Net Income, without duplication, the amount of any cash tax benefits related to the tax amortization of intangible assets in such period. There shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income for any period the effects from applying acquisition method accounting, including, but not limited to, applying acquisition method accounting to inventory, property and equipment, leases, software and other intangible assets and deferred revenue (including deferred costs related thereto and deferred rent) required or permitted by GAAP and related authoritative pronouncements (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries), as a result of any acquisition consummated prior to the Effective Date and any Permitted Acquisitions or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof.

Consolidated Total Assets” means, the consolidated total assets of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries as set forth on the consolidated balance sheet of Holdings as of the most recent period for which financial statements were required to have been delivered pursuant to Sections 5.01(a), (b) or (c).

 

15


Consolidated Total Debt” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on such date, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (but excluding the effects of any discounting of Indebtedness resulting from the application of acquisition method accounting in connection with any Permitted Acquisition (or other similar Investment permitted hereunder)) consisting only of Indebtedness for borrowed money, unreimbursed or non-cash collateralized obligations under drawn letters of credit, obligations in respect of Capitalized Leases and debt obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments; notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) the Management Earnout shall not be included in the calculation of Consolidated Total Debt and (y) any other earnout shall be included in the calculation of Consolidated Total Debt only to the extent earned or otherwise due and payable unless subject to a contest maintained in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted.

Consolidated Working Capital” means, at any date, the excess of (a) the sum of all amounts (other than cash and Permitted Investments) that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current assets” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries at such date, excluding the current portion of current and deferred income taxes over (b) the sum of all amounts that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current liabilities” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, including current and long-term deferred revenue but excluding, without duplication, (i) the current portion of any Funded Debt, (ii) all Indebtedness consisting of Loans and obligations under Letters of Credit to the extent otherwise included therein, (iii) the current portion of interest, (iv) the current portion of current and deferred income taxes and (v) any current liability to the extent there is a corresponding restricted cash deposit; provided that, for purposes of calculating Excess Cash Flow, increases or decreases in working capital (A) arising from acquisitions or dispositions by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be measured from the date on which such acquisition or disposition occurred until the first anniversary of such acquisition or disposition with respect to the Person subject to such acquisition or disposition and (B) shall exclude (I) the impact of non-cash adjustments contemplated in the Excess Cash Flow calculation, (II) the impact of adjusting items in the definition of Consolidated Net Income (III) any changes in current assets or current liabilities as a result of (y) any reclassification in accordance with GAAP of assets or liabilities, as applicable, between current and noncurrent or (z) the effects of acquisition method accounting and (IV) earnouts or other comparable deferred payment obligations.

Contract Consideration” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Excess Cash Flow.”

Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies, or the dismissal or appointment of the management, of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

Control Investment Affiliate” means, as to any Person, any other Person that (a) directly or indirectly is in Control of, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such Person and (b) is organized by such Person primarily for the purpose of making equity investments in one or more companies.

Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness” means (a) Permitted Pari Passu Secured Refinancing Debt, (b) Permitted Junior Secured Refinancing Debt and (c) Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt, in each case, issued, incurred or otherwise obtained (including by means of the extension or renewal of existing Indebtedness and including, for the avoidance of doubt, Indebtedness

 

16


incurred pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment) in exchange for, or to extend, refund, renew, replace or refinance, in whole or part, existing Loans, (including any successive Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness) (“Refinanced Debt”); provided that (i) such extending, renewing or refinancing Indebtedness (including, if such Indebtedness includes any Other Revolving Commitments, the unused portion of such Other Revolving Commitments) is in an original aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) not greater than the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Refinanced Debt except by an amount equal to unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon and reasonable and customary fees and expenses (including upfront fees and OID) in connection with such exchange, modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or replacement, (ii) such Indebtedness has a later maturity than, and a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than, the Refinanced Debt, (iii) the terms and conditions of such Indebtedness (except as otherwise provided in clause (ii) above and with respect to pricing and premiums and optional prepayment or redemption terms) are (taken as a whole) no more favorable to the lenders or holders providing such Indebtedness, than those applicable to the Loans being refinanced (except for covenants or other provisions applicable only to periods after the Latest Maturity Date) and (iv) such Refinanced Debt shall be repaid, defeased or satisfied and discharged, and all accrued interest, fees and premiums (if any) in connection therewith shall be paid, with 100% of the Net Proceeds of the applicable Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness, on the date such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness is issued, incurred or obtained (and to the extent that such Refinanced Debt consists, in whole or in part, of Revolving Commitments or Other Revolving Commitments (or Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans or Other Revolving Loans incurred pursuant to any Revolving Commitments or other Revolving Commitments), such Revolving Commitments or Other Revolving Commitments, as applicable, being refinanced by the applicable Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness shall be terminated, and all accrued fees in connection therewith shall be paid).

Cure Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.02(a).

Cure Right” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.02(a).

Debt Fund Affiliate” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04.

Debtor Relief Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

Default” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that upon notice, lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.

Defaulting Lender” means, subject to Section 2.22(b), any Lender that (a) has failed to perform any of its funding obligations hereunder, including in respect of its Loans or participations in respect of Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans, within one Business Day of the date required to be funded by it hereunder, (b) has notified the Borrower or the Administrative Agent that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations or has made a public statement or provided any written notification to any Person to that effect with respect to its funding obligations hereunder or generally under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit, (c) has failed, within three Business Days after request by the Administrative Agent (whether acting on its own behalf or at the reasonable request of the Borrower (it being understood that the Administrative Agent shall comply with any such reasonable request)), to confirm in a manner satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that it will comply with its funding obligations, or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, on or after the Effective Date, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, (ii) had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged

 

17


with reorganization or liquidation of its business or a custodian appointed for it, or (iii) taken any action in furtherance of, or indicated its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment, unless, in the case of this clause (d), the Borrower and the Administrative Agent are each reasonably satisfied that such Lender will remain capable of performing its obligations hereunder; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority.

Defaulting Lender Fronting Exposure” means, at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, (a) with respect to the Issuing Bank, such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the outstanding Letter of Credit obligations other than Letter of Credit obligations as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or cash collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof and (b) with respect to the Swingline Lender, such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of Swingline Loans other than Swingline Loans as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or cash collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof.

Deferred Seller Obligations” means additional consideration in the form of seller notes, earnouts, deferred purchase price, deferred compensation and other similar deferred payment obligations, but for the avoidance of doubt shall not include non-compete or consulting obligations, whether fixed or contingent, owed by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted under Section 6.04 to the seller thereunder and payable following the date the applicable Permitted Acquisition or other Investment was consummated, so long as such Deferred Seller Obligations are unsecured (and, for the avoidance of doubt, such Deferred Seller Obligations shall be required to be subordinated on customary terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, it being agreed and understood that, in the case of an earnout, the inclusion of a provision in the definitive agreement relating to the applicable Acquisition, Permitted Acquisition or other Investment to the effect that payment of such earnout is subject to restrictions in the applicable Loan Parties’ debt documents and/or this Agreement shall be deemed to satisfy this requirement) and, other than earnouts, shall not require any cash principal payments prior to the Latest Maturity Date.

Designated Non-Cash Consideration” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a Disposition that is so designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to an officer’s certificate signed by a Financial Officer, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Permitted Investments received in connection with a subsequent sale, redemption or payment of, on or with respect to, such Designated Non-Cash Consideration.

Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(B).

Discount Range” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C).

Discount Range Prepayment Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C).

Discount Range Prepayment Notice” means a written notice of a Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers made pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C) substantially in the form of Exhibit G-3.

 

18


Discount Range Prepayment Offer” means the irrevocable written offer by a Term Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit G-4, submitted in response to an invitation to submit offers following the Auction Agent’s receipt of a Discount Range Prepayment Notice.

Discount Range Prepayment Response Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C).

Discount Range Proration” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C).

Discounted Prepayment Determination Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D).

Discounted Prepayment Effective Date” means in the case of a Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment, Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers or Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offer, five (5) Business Days following the receipt by each relevant Term Lender of notice from the Auction Agent in accordance with Section 2.11(a)(ii)(B), Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C) or Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D), as applicable unless a shorter period is agreed to between the Borrower and the Auction Agent.

Discounted Term Loan Prepayment” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(A).

Disposed EBITDA” means, with respect to any Sold Entity or Business for any period, the amount (which may be less than zero) for such period of Consolidated EBITDA of such Sold Entity or Business (determined as if references to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the definition of the term “Consolidated EBITDA” (and in the component financial definitions used therein) were references to such Sold Entity or Business and its subsidiaries), all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Sold Entity or Business.

Disposition” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.05.

Disqualified Equity Interest” means, with respect to any Person, any Equity Interest in such Person that by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable, either mandatorily or at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event or condition:

(a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Equity Interests in such Person that do not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests and cash in lieu of fractional shares of such Equity Interests), whether pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise;

(b) is convertible or exchangeable, either mandatorily or at the option of the holder thereof, for Indebtedness or Equity Interests (other than solely for Equity Interests in such Person that do not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests and cash in lieu of fractional shares of such Equity Interests); or

(c) is redeemable (other than solely for Equity Interests in such Person that do not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests and cash in lieu of fractional shares of such Equity Interests) or is required to be repurchased by such Person or any of its Affiliates, in whole or in part, at the option of the holder thereof;

 

19


in each case, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date; provided, however, that (i) an Equity Interest in any Person that would not constitute a Disqualified Equity Interest but for terms thereof giving holders thereof the right to require such Person to redeem or purchase such Equity Interest upon the occurrence of an “asset sale”, “casualty or condemnation event” or a “change of control” shall not constitute a Disqualified Equity Interest if any such requirement becomes operative only after repayment in full of all the Loans and all other Loan Document Obligations that are accrued and payable, the cancellation or expiration of all Letters of Credit and the termination of the Commitments and (ii) if an Equity Interest in any Person is issued pursuant to any plan for the benefit of employees of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Equity Interest shall not constitute a Disqualified Equity Interest solely because it may be required to be repurchased by Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent company thereof) or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations of such Person.

Disqualified Institution” means (a) those institutions that have been identified by name in a written list provided by Sponsor and approved by the Administrative Agent and any reasonably identifiable (on the basis of its name) Affiliate of such Persons prior to the Effective Date, (b) any Person that is an operating company directly and primarily engaged in substantially similar business operations as the Borrower and any of such Person’s subsidiaries (a “Competitor”) and (c) any (i) direct or indirect parent company of a Competitor and, (ii) Person that is a Controlled Affiliate (reasonably identifiable as such on the basis of its name) of such Competitor or (iii) any funds advised by, administered by or managed by any such entity included in clause (b) or (c) hereof, excluding in the case of each of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) any Person that is a financial institution, a debt fund or an investment vehicle that is engaged in the business of making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in loans, notes, bonds and similar extensions of credit or securities in the ordinary course of business to unaffiliated third parties.

Documentation Agent” means Jefferies Finance LLC, in its capacity as Documentation Agent.

dollars” or “$” refers to lawful money of the United States of America.

Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary.

ECF Percentage” means, with respect to the prepayment required by Section 2.11(f) with respect to any fiscal year of Holdings, if the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio (prior to giving effect to the applicable prepayment pursuant to Section 2.11(f)) as of the end of such fiscal year is (a) greater than 2.50 to 1.00, 50% of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year, (b) greater than 2.00 to 1.00 but less than or equal to 2.50 to 1.00, 25% of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year and (c) less than or equal to 2.00 to 1.00, 0% of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year.

Effective Date” means the date on which the conditions specified in Section 4.01 are satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02) and on which the initial funding of the Loans occurs.

Eligible Assignee” means (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender, (c) an Approved Fund and (d) any other Person (other than Holdings, the Borrower or any of their subsidiaries), other than, in each case, a natural person; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, “Eligible Assignee” shall not include any Disqualified Institution.

Environmental Laws” means all applicable treaties, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, judgments, orders, decrees and other applicable Requirements of Law, and all applicable and injunctions or binding agreements issued, promulgated or entered into by or with any Governmental

 

20


Authority, in each instance relating to the protection of the environment, to preservation or reclamation of natural resources, to Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Material or to the extent relating to exposure to Hazardous Materials, to health or safety matters.

Environmental Liability” means any liability, obligation, loss, claim, action, order or cost, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of medical monitoring, costs of environmental, investigation, monitoring, remediation or restoration, administrative oversight costs, consultants’ fees, fines, penalties and indemnities), of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary resulting from or based upon (a) any actual or alleged violation of any Environmental Law or permit, license or approval issued thereunder, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Materials or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

Equity Contribution” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.01(m).

Equity Interests” means shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity ownership interests in a Person.

ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with a Loan Party, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or 414(c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is also treated as a single employer under Section 414(m) and (o) of the Code.

ERISA Event” means (a) a “reportable event,” as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which notice is waived); (b) the failure by any Plan to satisfy the minimum funding standard (within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA) applicable to such Plan, whether or not waived (unless such failure is corrected by the final due date for the plan year for which such failure occurred); (c) the filing pursuant to Section 412(c) of the Code or Section 302(c) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan; (d) a determination that a Plan is, or is reasonably expected to be, in “at-risk” status (as defined in Section 303(i)(4) of ERISA or Section 430(i)(4) of the Code); (e) the incurrence by a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan; (f) the receipt by a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan; (g) the incurrence by a Loan Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (h) the receipt by a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate of any written notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate of any written notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA or, in “endangered status” or “critical status”, within the meaning of Section 305(b) of ERISA.

Eurodollar” when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate.

 

21


Eurodollar Borrowing” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.02.

Eurodollar Loan” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.02.

Eurodollar Rate” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period therefor, the rate per annum equal to the arithmetic mean (rounded to the nearest 1/100th of 1%) of the offered rates for deposits in Dollars with a term comparable to such Interest Period that appears on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or such other page as may replace such page on such service for the purpose of displaying the rates at which Dollar deposits are offered by leading banks in the London interbank deposit market as designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London, England time, on the second full Business Day preceding the first day of such Interest Period; provided, however, that (i) if no comparable term for an Interest Period is available, the Eurodollar Rate shall be determined using the weighted average of the offered rates for the two terms most nearly corresponding to such Interest Period and (ii) if Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page shall at any time no longer exist, “Eurodollar Rate” shall mean, with respect to each day during each Interest Period pertaining to Eurodollar Borrowings comprising part of the same Borrowing, the rate per annum equal to the rate at which the Administrative Agent is offered deposits in Dollars at approximately 11:00 a.m., London, England time, two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period in the London interbank market for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period for the number of days comprised therein and in an amount comparable to its portion of the amount of such Eurodollar Borrowing to be outstanding during such Interest Period. “Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page” shall mean the display designated on the Reuters 3000 Xtra Page (or such other page as may replace such page on such service for the purpose of displaying the rates at which Dollar deposits are offered by leading banks in the London interbank deposit market).

Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.02.

Eurodollar Revolving Loan” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.02.

Event of Default” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.01.

Excess Cash Flow” means, for any period, an amount equal to the excess of:

(a) the sum, without duplication, of:

(i) Consolidated Net Income for such period,

(ii) an amount equal to the amount of all Non-Cash Charges (including depreciation and amortization), in each case to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income;

(iii) decreases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period,

(iv) an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash loss on dispositions by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than dispositions in the ordinary course of business) to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,

(v) the amount deducted as tax expense in determining Consolidated Net Income to the extent in excess of cash taxes paid in such period;

 

22


(vi) cash receipts in respect of Swap Agreements during such fiscal year to the extent not otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income;

(vii) cash gains included in clauses (a) through (j) of the definition of Consolidated Net Income; and

(viii) the amount of cash proceeds received from business interruption insurance (to the extent that the proceeds of such insurance is not included in Consolidated Net Income); less:

(b) the sum, without duplication, of:

(i) an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash credits included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income (including any amounts included in Consolidated Net Income pursuant to the last sentence of the definition of “Consolidated Net Income” to the extent such amounts are due but not received during such period),

(ii) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (ix) below in prior periods, the amount of Capital Expenditures made in cash by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period, except to the extent that such Capital Expenditures were financed with the proceeds of Indebtedness of Holdings, the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries or with the proceeds from the issuance or sale of Qualified Equity Interests or a Disposition permitted hereunder or Casualty Event,

(iii) the aggregate amount of all principal payments, purchases or other retirements of Indebtedness of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to be made hereunder (including (A) the principal component of Capital Lease Obligations and (B) the amount of any mandatory prepayment of Term Loans and Incremental Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.11(c) with the Net Proceeds from an event of the type specified in clause (a) of the definition of “Term Loan Prepayment Event” to the extent required due to a disposition that resulted in an increase to Consolidated Net Income and not in excess of the amount of such increase, but excluding (X) all other prepayments of Term Loans and Incremental Term Loans, (Y) all prepayments of Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans made during such period and (Z) all prepayments of revolving credit facilities (other than in respect of any revolving credit facility to the extent there is an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder)), except to the extent financed with the proceeds of other Indebtedness of Holdings, the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries or with the proceeds from the issuance or sale of Equity Interests or a Disposition or Casualty Event, in each case valued at the purchase price to the extent less than the principal amount prepaid, purchased or retired, and to the extent actually made in cash,

(iv) an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash gain on dispositions by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than dispositions in the ordinary course of business) to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,

(v) increases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period,

(vi) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (ix) below in prior periods, the amount of Investments and acquisitions made in cash during such

 

23


period pursuant to Section 6.04(h), (o) and (v) to the extent that such Investments and acquisitions were financed with internally generated cash flow of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries,

(vii) the amount of dividends paid and other Restricted Payments made in cash during such period pursuant to Sections 6.06(a)(ii) or (vii)(A) through (F) to the extent such dividends or other Restricted Payments were financed with internally generated cash flow of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries,

(viii) the aggregate amount of any premium, make-whole or penalty payments actually paid in cash by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that are required to be made in connection with any prepayment of Indebtedness that results in a deduction pursuant to clause (b)(iii) above,

(ix) without duplication of amounts deducted from Excess Cash Flow in prior periods, the aggregate consideration required to be paid in cash by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to binding contracts (the “Contract Consideration”) entered into prior to or during such period relating to Permitted Acquisitions, other Investments or Capital Expenditures to be consummated or made during the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower following the end of such period, provided that to the extent the aggregate amount of internally generated cash actually utilized to finance such Permitted Acquisitions, Investments permitted under Section 6.04 (other than Permitted Investments) or Capital Expenditures during such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters is less than the Contract Consideration, the amount of such shortfall shall be added to the calculation of Excess Cash Flow at the end of such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters,

(x) cash payments by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of long-term liabilities of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries other than Indebtedness,

(xi) cash expenditures in respect of Swap Agreements during such fiscal year to the extent not deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,

(xii) the amount of cash taxes paid in such period to the extent they exceed the amount of tax expense deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period,

(xiii) without duplication of any items noted in clause (ix) above, any fees, costs and expenses (including any transaction or retention bonus) incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any Permitted Acquisition or similar Investment, non-ordinary course asset disposition, issuance or repayment of debt, issuance of equity securities, refinancing transaction or amendment or other modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Effective Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any non-recurring charges or merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction;

(xiv) cash charges and expenses related to and reserves that are established or adjusted as a result of any Permitted Acquisition or similar Investment in accordance with GAAP (including any adjustment of estimated payouts on existing earn-outs);

 

24


(xv) Transaction Costs; and

(xvi) without duplication, the Management Earnout or any other earnouts and comparable deferred payment obligations (x) to the extent paid in cash during such period, except to the extent financed with the proceeds of other Indebtedness of Holdings, the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than with the proceeds of Revolving Loans) or (y) to the extent such obligations have become payable in such period (but have not yet been paid in cash); provided that to the extent the aggregate amount of internally generated cash actually utilized to finance such obligations pursuant to this clause (y) is less than the amount so deducted, the amount of such shortfall shall be added to the calculation of Excess Cash Flow for the immediately succeeding period for which an Excess Cash Flow payment is required under Section 2.11(f) hereof; provided, further that, for the avoidance of doubt, in the case of each of clause (x) and clause (y), amounts deducted in any period shall not be deducted in any other period.

Exchange Act” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

Excluded Assets” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Agreement.

Excluded Subsidiary” means (a) any Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Holdings, (b) any Subsidiary that is prohibited by applicable law, rule or regulation or contractual obligation existing on the Effective Date or, if later, the date it first becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, from guaranteeing the Secured Obligations, (c) any Foreign Subsidiary, (d) any Immaterial Subsidiary, (e) any Unrestricted Subsidiary, and (f) any other Subsidiary excused from becoming a Loan Party pursuant to the last paragraph of the definition of the term “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement”; provided that no Subsidiary that provides a Guarantee in respect of any Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness, Indebtedness under Section 6.01(a)(vii) (other than a Foreign Subsidiary if the issuer of such Indebtedness is a Foreign Subsidiary) or Junior Financing shall be an Excluded Subsidiary.

Excluded Taxes” means, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any Issuing Bank or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document, (a) Taxes measured by or imposed on such recipient’s net or overall gross income or profits (however denominated) and franchise (or similar) Taxes imposed on such recipient in lieu of income Taxes by (i) the laws of the United States of America, or the jurisdiction under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable lending office is located, or (ii) any other jurisdiction as a result of a present or former connection between such recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than a connection arising solely from such recipient having executed, delivered, or become a party to, performed its obligations or received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, sold or assigned an interest in, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to, or enforced, any Loan Documents), (b) any branch profits Tax imposed by the United States of America or any similar Tax imposed by any other jurisdiction described in clause (a) above, (c) any withholding Tax that is attributable to a recipient’s failure to comply with Section 2.17(e), (d) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes to the extent imposed as a result of a Lender’s (i) failure to comply with the applicable requirements of FATCA or (ii) election under Section 1471(b)(3) of the Code and (e) except in the case of an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under Section 2.19 hereto, any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed due to a Requirement of Law in effect at the time a Lender becomes a party hereto (or designates a new lending office), except to the extent that such Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts with respect to such withholding Tax under Section 2.17(a).

 

25


Existing Holders” shall mean the holders of Equity Interests of Holdings as of the Effective Date to the extent designated in writing to the Administrative Agent prior to the Effective Date.

Facilities” shall mean the Term Facility and the Revolving Facility.

fair market value” means with respect to any asset or liability, the fair market value of such asset or liability as determined in good faith by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.

FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as in effect on the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code, and any intergovernmental agreements pursuant to any of the foregoing.

Federal Funds Effective Rate” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided, that (a), if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the immediately preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate charged to the Administrative Agent on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.

Fee Letter” means the Fee Letter, dated as of July 17, 2014, between the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arrangers and the Borrower.

Financial Officer” means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer, controller or similar officer of Holdings, the Borrower or any applicable Subsidiary.

Financial Performance Covenant” means the covenant set forth in Section 6.10(a).

Financing Transactions” means the execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of the Loan Documents to which it is to be a party, the borrowing of Loans, the use of the proceeds thereof and the issuance of Letters of Credit hereunder.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” shall mean the ratio of (a) without duplication, Consolidated EBITDA minus (i) cash income taxes paid during the applicable period and (ii) unfinanced maintenance capital expenditures made during the applicable period, to (b) Fixed Charges.

Fixed Charges” shall mean, for any applicable fiscal period of computation, without duplication, the sum of (i) all regularly scheduled amortization payments on account of Indebtedness, (but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any payments made with respect to earnouts (including the Management Earnout)), plus (ii) all interest payments paid in cash during the applicable period.

Foreign Subsidiary” means (i) any Subsidiary (other than a parent company of the Borrower) that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia and that is a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957(a) of the Code, (ii) any Subsidiary (other than a parent company of the Borrower) that is a disregarded entity or partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, substantially all of the assets of which consist of Equity Interests and intercompany debt in one or more Subsidiaries described in clause (i) of this definition and (iii) any Subsidiary (other than a parent company of the Borrower) in which a Subsidiary described in clause (i) directly or indirectly owns a majority of the Equity Interests.

 

26


Funded Debt” means all Indebtedness of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for borrowed money that matures more than one year from the date of its creation or matures within one year from such date that is renewable or extendable, at the option of such Person, to a date more than one year from such date or arises under a revolving credit or similar agreement that obligates the lender or lenders to extend credit during a period of more than one year from such date, including Indebtedness in respect of the Loans.

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, as in effect from time to time but subject to Section 1.04.

Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether federal, state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any such group or body charged with setting financial accounting or regulatory capital rules or standards (including the Bank for International Settlements and the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision) and any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

Guarantee” of or by any Person (the “guarantor”) means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or (d) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness; provided that the term Guarantee shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business or customary and reasonable indemnity obligations in effect on the Effective Date or entered into in connection with any acquisition or disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement (other than such obligations with respect to Indebtedness). The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined in good faith by a Financial Officer. The term “Guarantee” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

Guarantee Agreement” means the Master Guarantee Agreement among each Guarantor, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit B.

Guarantor” means each of Holdings and each Subsidiary Loan Party.

Hazardous Materials” means all explosive, radioactive, hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum by-products or distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

Holdings” has the meaning given to such term in the preliminary statements hereto.

 

27


Identified Participating Lenders” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C).

Identified Qualifying Lenders” has the meaning specified in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D).

Immaterial Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary other than a Material Subsidiary.

Incremental Borrowing” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.02.

Incremental Cap” means $50,000,000.

Incremental Revolving Facility Amendment” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(c)(ii).

Incremental Revolving Facility Closing Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(c)(ii).

Incremental Term Commitment” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(c)(iii).

Incremental Term Facility Amendment” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(c)(iii).

Incremental Term Facility Closing Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(c)(iii).

Incremental Term Loans” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(b).

Indebtedness” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money or with respect to advances of any kind, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person, (d) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding (i) trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business, (ii) any earn-out obligation until such obligation is not paid after becoming due and payable or such obligation is reflected on the balance sheet in accordance with GAAP and (iii) accruals for payroll and other liabilities accrued in the ordinary course of business), (e) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed, (f) all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others, (g) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (h) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty, (i) all obligations of such Person under Swap Agreements, (j) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances and (k) all obligations of such Person with respect to the redemption, repurchase, repayment, return of capital or other similar obligations in respect of Disqualified Equity Interests; provided that the term “Indebtedness” shall not include (x) deferred or prepaid revenue, (y) purchase price holdbacks in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warranty or other unperformed obligations of the seller in the ordinary course of business or (z) for the avoidance of doubt, any Qualified Equity Interests. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such

 

28


Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person shall for purposes of clause (e) above (unless such Indebtedness has been assumed by such Person) be deemed to be equal to the lesser of (A) the aggregate unpaid amount of such Indebtedness and (B) the fair market value of the property encumbered thereby as determined by such Person in good faith.

Indemnified Taxes” means Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

Indemnitee” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.03(b).

Information” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.12(a).

Intellectual Property” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Agreement.

Interest Election Request” means a request by the Borrower to convert or continue a Revolving Borrowing or Term Loan Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.07.

Interest Payment Date” means (a) with respect to any ABR Loan (including a Swingline Loan), the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and (b) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at intervals of three months’ duration after the first day of such Interest Period.

Interest Period” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing, the period commencing on the date such Borrowing is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing, as applicable, and ending on the date that is one, three or six months thereafter as selected by the Borrower in its Borrowing Request (or, if agreed to by each Lender participating therein, twelve months or such other period less than one month thereafter as the Borrower may elect); provided that

(a) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day,

(b) any Interest Period that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month at the end of such Interest Period and

(c) no Interest Period shall extend beyond (i) in the case of Term Loans, the Term Maturity Date, (ii) in the case of Incremental Term Loans, the Latest Maturity Date applicable thereto, and (iii) in the case of Revolving Loans, the Revolving Maturity Date. For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.

Investment” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests or debt or other securities of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of Indebtedness of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or equity participation or interest in,

 

29


another Person, including any partnership or joint venture interest in such other Person (excluding in the case of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, intercompany loans, advances, or Indebtedness having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any roll-over or extensions of terms) and made in the ordinary course of business) or (c) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the property and assets or business of another Person or assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of such Person. The amount, as of any date of determination, of (a) any Investment in the form of a loan or an advance shall be the principal amount thereof outstanding on such date, but without any adjustment for write-downs or write-offs (including as a result of forgiveness of any portion thereof) with respect to such loan or advance after the date thereof, (b) any Investment in the form of a Guarantee shall be equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof, as determined in good faith by a Financial Officer, (c) any Investment in the form of a transfer of Equity Interests or other non-cash property by the investor to the investee, including any such transfer in the form of a capital contribution, shall be the fair market value (as determined in good faith by a Financial Officer) of such Equity Interests or other property as of the time of the transfer, minus any payments actually received by such investor representing a return of capital of, or dividends or other distributions in respect of, such Investment (to the extent such payments do not exceed, in the aggregate, the original amount of such Investment), but without any other adjustment for increases or decreases in value of, or write-ups, write-downs or write-offs with respect to, such Investment after the date of such Investment, and (d) any Investment (other than any Investment referred to in clause (a), (b) or (c) above) by the specified Person in the form of a purchase or other acquisition for value of any Equity Interests, evidences of Indebtedness or other securities of any other Person shall be the original cost of such Investment (including any Indebtedness assumed in connection therewith), plus (i) the cost of all additions thereto and minus (ii) the amount of any portion of such Investment that has been returned or repaid to the investor in cash as a repayment of principal or a return of capital and of any cash payments actually received by such investor representing interest, dividends or other distributions in respect of such Investment (to the extent the amounts referred to in clause (ii) do not, in the aggregate, exceed the original cost of such Investment plus the costs of additions thereto), but without any other adjustment for increases or decreases in value of, or write-ups, write-downs or write-offs with respect to, such Investment after the date of such Investment. For purposes of Section 6.04, if an Investment involves the acquisition of more than one Person, the amount of such Investment shall be allocated among the acquired Persons in accordance with GAAP; provided that pending the final determination of the amounts to be so allocated in accordance with GAAP, such allocation shall be as reasonably determined by a Financial Officer.

IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

ISP” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, Inc. (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

Issuing Bank” means (a) Jefferies Finance LLC (directly or through its affiliates or through Natixis, New York Branch or its affiliates or any other financial institution acceptable to Jefferies Finance LLC) and (b) each Revolving Lender that shall have become an Issuing Bank hereunder as provided in Section 2.05(k) (other than any Person that shall have ceased to be an Issuing Bank as provided in Section 2.05(l)), each in its capacity as an issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder. Each Issuing Bank may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of such Issuing Bank, in which case the term “Issuing Bank” shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate.

Judgment Currency” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.14(b).

 

30


Junior Financing” means (a) any unsecured, junior secured or subordinated Material Indebtedness incurred under Section 6.01(a)(vii), 6.01(a)(xxi) or 6.01(a)(xxii), (b) Permitted Junior Secured Refinancing Debt and (c) Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt, and in each case any Permitted Refinancing thereof.

Junior Lien” means any Lien that ranks junior to the Liens securing all or any portion of the Secured Obligations.

Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement” means an intercreditor agreement among the Administrative Agent and one or more authorized representatives for holders of one or more classes of applicable Indebtedness secured by Junior Liens in terms and substance reasonably acceptable to the Borrower and Administrative Agent.

Latest Maturity Date” means, at any date of determination, the latest maturity or expiration date applicable to any Loan or Commitment hereunder at such time, including the latest maturity or expiration date of any Other Term Loan, any Other Term Commitment, any Other Revolving Loan or any Other Revolving Commitment, in each case as extended in accordance with this Agreement from time to time.

LC Disbursement” means a payment made by an Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit.

LC Exposure” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate amount of all Letters of Credit that remains available for drawing at such time and (b) the aggregate amount of all LC Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower at such time. The LC Exposure of any Revolving Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the total LC Exposure at such time. For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the International Standby Practices (ISP98), such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn. Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the stated amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time.

Lead Arrangers” means Jefferies Finance LLC and BNP Paribas Securities Corp. in their capacities as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners.

Lenders” means the Persons listed on Schedule 2.01 and any other Person that shall have become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption, an Incremental Term Facility Amendment, Revolving Commitment Increase or a Refinancing Amendment, in each case, other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption. Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “Lenders” includes the Swingline Lender.

Letter of Credit” means any letter of credit issued pursuant to this Agreement other than any such letter of credit that shall have ceased to be a “Letter of Credit” outstanding hereunder pursuant to Section 9.05; provided that Jefferies Finance LLC shall only be required to issue standby letters of credit.

Letter of Credit Application” means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit in the form from time to time in use by the applicable Issuing Bank.

Letter of Credit Sublimit” means an amount equal to $2,500,000. The Letter of Credit Sublimit is part of and not in addition to the aggregate Revolving Commitments.

 

31


Lien” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset and (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset; provided, that in no event shall an operating lease or an agreement to sell, or the license or sublicense of Intellectual Property in the ordinary course of business, be deemed to constitute a lien.

Liquidity” means the sum of (a) the unutilized Revolving Commitments available to the Borrower hereunder plus (b) unrestricted cash on the balance sheet of the Borrower.

Loan Document Obligations” means (a) the due and punctual payment by the Borrower of (i) the principal of and interest at the applicable rate or rates provided in this Agreement (including interest accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) on the Loans, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for prepayment or otherwise, (ii) each payment required to be made by the Borrower under this Agreement in respect of any Letter of Credit, when and as due, including payments in respect of reimbursement of disbursements, interest thereon and obligations to provide cash collateral, and (iii) all other monetary obligations of the Borrower under or pursuant to this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents, including obligations to pay fees, expense reimbursement obligations and indemnification obligations, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), (b) the due and punctual payment and performance of all other obligations of the Borrower under or pursuant to each of the Loan Documents and (c) the due and punctual payment and performance of all the obligations of each other Loan Party under or pursuant to this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding).

Loan Documents” means (i) this Agreement, (ii) any Refinancing Amendment, (iii) the Guarantee Agreement, (iv) the Collateral Agreement, (v) the other Security Documents, (vi) solely for purposes of Article VII, the Fee Letter, (vii) except for purposes of Section 9.02, any promissory notes delivered pursuant to Section 2.09(e), (viii) any Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement and any Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement and (ix) each document or instrument executed in connection with this Agreement and designated by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent as a “Loan Document”.

Loan Parties” means Holdings, the Borrower and the Subsidiary Loan Parties.

Loans” means the loans made by the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement.

London Banking Day” means any day on which dealings in Dollar deposits are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.

LTM Period” means the most recent period of twelve consecutive fiscal months of Holdings for which financial statements have been delivered, or were required to have been delivered, pursuant to Section 5.01(a), (b) or (c).

Majority in Interest,” when used in reference to Lenders of any Class, means, at any time, (a) in the case of the Revolving Lenders, Lenders having Revolving Exposures and unused Revolving Commitments representing more than 50% of the sum of the aggregate Revolving Exposures

 

32


and the unused aggregate Revolving Commitments of such Class at such time, (b) in the case of the Term Lenders of any Class, Lenders holding outstanding Term Loans of such Class representing more than 50% of all Term Loans of such Class outstanding at such time, and (c) in the case of the Incremental Term Lenders of any Class, Lenders holding outstanding Incremental Term Loans of such Class representing more than 50% of all Incremental Term Loans of such Class outstanding at such time provided that whenever there are one or more Defaulting Lenders, the total outstanding Term Loans, Incremental Term Loans and Revolving Exposures of, and the unused Revolving Commitments of, each Defaulting Lender shall in each case be excluded for purposes of making a determination of the Majority in Interest.

Management Earnout” means those certain earnout obligations incurred pursuant to the Acquisition in an amount not to exceed $20,000,000 plus any tax gross-up amount required pursuant to the terms of the Management Earnout.

Material Adverse Effect” means any event, circumstance or condition that has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a materially adverse effect on (a) the business, financial condition, or results of operations of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties, taken as a whole, to perform their payment obligations under the Loan Documents or (c) the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under the Loan Documents.

Material Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (other than the Loan Document Obligations), or obligations in respect of one or more Swap Agreements, of any one or more of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $5,000,000. For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the “principal amount” of the obligations in respect of any Swap Agreement at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that Holdings, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary would be required to pay if such Swap Agreement were terminated at such time.

Material Real Property” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.12(b).

Material Subsidiary” means each Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower that, as of the last day of the fiscal month of Holdings most recently ended for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a), (b) or (c), had (i) total assets in an amount greater than or equal to 2.50% of the amount of Consolidated Total Assets of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) Consolidated EBITDA for the LTM Period ending on such date in an amount greater than or equal to 2.50% of the amount of total Consolidated EBITDA of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that no Restricted Subsidiary shall be excluded as a Material Subsidiary until, and for so long as, the Borrower shall have designated such Restricted Subsidiary’s status as such in writing to the Administrative Agent; and provided further that no Restricted Subsidiary shall be excluded as a Material Subsidiary if the total assets or Consolidated EBITDA of such Restricted Subsidiary, taken together with the total assets and Consolidated EBITDA of all other Subsidiaries then excluded as Material Subsidiaries, exceeds 5.00% of Consolidated Total Assets or Consolidated EBITDA, as the case may be, of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Maximum Rate” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.17.

Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.

 

33


Mortgage” means a mortgage, deed of trust, assignment of leases and rents or other security document granting to the Administrative Agent a Lien on any Mortgaged Property to secure the Secured Obligations. Each Mortgage shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower.

Mortgaged Property” means each Material Real Property and the improvements thereto owned by a Loan Party with respect to which a Mortgage is granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 5.11 or Section 5.12.

Multiemployer Plan” means a multiemployer plan, as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA to which a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate is an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

Net Proceeds” means, with respect to any event, (a) the proceeds received in respect of such event in cash or Permitted Investments, including (i) any cash or Permitted Investments received in respect of any non-cash proceeds (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or purchase price adjustment or earn-out, but excluding any interest payments), but only as and when received, (ii) in the case of a casualty, insurance proceeds received in respect thereof in cash or Permitted Investments, and (iii) in the case of a condemnation or similar event, condemnation awards and similar payments received in respect thereof in cash or Permitted Investments, minus (b) the sum of (i) all reasonable and customary fees and out of pocket expenses paid by Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such event (including reasonable attorney’s fees, investment banking fees, survey costs, title insurance premiums, and related search and recording charges, transfer taxes, deed or mortgage recording taxes, underwriting discounts and commissions, other customary expenses and brokerage, consultant, accountant and other customary fees), (ii) in the case of a sale, transfer or other disposition of an asset (including pursuant to a sale and leaseback transaction or a casualty or a condemnation or similar proceeding), (x) the amount of all payments that are permitted hereunder and are made by Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such event to repay Indebtedness (other than the Loans or any Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness) secured by such asset and subject to mandatory prepayment as a result of such event, (y) the pro rata portion of net cash proceeds thereof (calculated without regard to this clause (y)) attributable to minority interests and not available for distribution to or for the account of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries as a result thereof and (z) the amount of any liabilities directly associated with such asset and retained by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) the amount of all Taxes paid (or reasonably estimated to be payable), and the amount of any reserves established by Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries to fund contingent liabilities reasonably estimated to be payable, that are directly attributable to such event or any transaction occurring in connection with any resulting Term Loan Prepayment Event hereunder, provided that any reduction at any time in the amount of any such reserves (other than as a result of payments made in respect thereof) shall be deemed to constitute the receipt by the Borrower at such time of Net Proceeds in the amount of such reduction.

Non-Cash Charges” means (a) any non-cash impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down related to intangible assets (including goodwill), long-lived assets, and Investments in debt and equity securities pursuant to GAAP, (b) all non-cash losses from Investments recorded using the equity method and all non-cash charges resulting from purchase accounting adjustments, (c) all Non-Cash Compensation Expenses, (d) the non-cash impact of acquisition method accounting, (e) the non-cash impact of accounting changes or restatements and (f) other non-cash charges (provided, in each case, that if any non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of any prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period).

 

34


Non-Cash Compensation Expense” means any non-cash expenses and costs that result from the grant or issuance of Equity Interest-based awards, partnership interest-based awards and similar incentive based compensation awards or arrangements.

Non-Consenting Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.02(c).

Non-Loan Party Investment Amount” means, at any time, the greater of $10,000,000 and 3.25% of Consolidated Total Assets for the most recently ended LTM Period.

Non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means any Subsidiary of such Person other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary.

OID” means original issue discount.

Offered Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D).

Offered Discount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D).

Organizational Documents” means, with respect to any Person, the charter, articles or certificate of organization or incorporation and bylaws or limited liability company agreement or other organizational or governing documents of such Person.

Other Applicable Indebtedness” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(c).

Other Connection Taxes” means, with respect to any recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).

Other Revolving Commitments” means the Class of revolving credit commitments hereunder that results from a Refinancing Amendment and replaces the Revolving Commitments.

Other Revolving Loans” means the Revolving Loans made pursuant to any Other Revolving Commitment.

Other Taxes” means any and all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 2.19).

Other Term Commitments” means one or more Classes of term loan commitments hereunder that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

Other Term Loans” means one or more Classes of term loans that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

 

35


Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement” means an intercreditor agreement among the Administrative Agent and one or more authorized representatives for holders of one or more classes of applicable Indebtedness secured by Liens ranking pari passu with the Liens securing the Collateral, with such modifications thereto as may be reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

Participant” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(c)(i).

Participant Register” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(c)(ii).

Participating Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C).

PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

Perfection Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C.

Permitted Acquisition” means the purchase or other acquisition, by merger or otherwise, by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of all or substantially all of the Equity Interests in, or all or substantially all the assets of (or all or substantially all the assets constituting a business unit, division, product line or line of business of) any Person; provided that (a) in the case of any purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests in a Person, such Person, upon the consummation of such acquisition, will be a Restricted Subsidiary (including as a result of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation between any Restricted Subsidiary and such Person), (b) all transactions related thereto are consummated in accordance in all material respects with all Requirements of Law and, in the case of any acquisition of a Person and to the extent required, the Board of Directors of such acquired Person or its selling equity-holders shall have approved such purchase or other acquisition, (c) the business of such Person, or such assets, as the case may be, constitute a business permitted by Section 6.03(b), (d) with respect to each such purchase or other acquisition, all actions, if any, required to be taken with respect to such newly created or acquired Restricted Subsidiary (including each subsidiary thereof) or assets in order to satisfy the requirements set forth in the definition of the term “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” to the extent applicable shall have been taken (or arrangements for the taking of such actions within 30 days (or by such later date reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) shall have been made), (e) after giving effect to any such purchase or other acquisition, (A) at the time that the main transaction agreement governing such Permitted Acquisition or Investment is executed and delivered and at the time of consummation of such Permitted Acquisition, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (provided, that, solely in the case of a Permitted Acquisition that is being funded with the proceeds of Incremental Term Loans, Incremental Term Commitments or Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(xxii) or (xxiii), at the time that the main transaction agreement governing such Permitted Acquisition or Investment is executed and delivered, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and at the time of consummation of such Permitted Acquisition, no Event of Default under Sections 7.01(a), (b), (h) or (i) shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom), (B) with respect to any Permitted Acquisition that is being funded with the proceeds of Incremental Borrowings, the Borrower shall be in compliance on a Pro Forma Basis with (i) a Senior Secured Leverage Ratio not to exceed 3.50 to 1.00 as of the end of the most recently ended LTM Period and (ii) the Financial Performance Covenant at a level that is 0.25 to 1.00 below the then applicable covenant level as of the end of the most recently ended Test Period, (C) with respect to any Permitted Acquisition that is being funded with the proceeds of Junior Lien Indebtedness, the Borrower shall be in compliance on a Pro Forma Basis with a Senior Secured Leverage Ratio not to exceed 4.75 to 1.00 as of the end of the most recently ended LTM Period, (D) with respect to any Permitted Acquisition that is being funded with the proceeds of unsecured or subordinated Indebtedness, the Borrower shall be in compliance on a Pro Forma Basis with a Total Leverage Ratio not to exceed 5.00 to 1.00 as of the end of the most recently

 

36


ended LTM Period and (E) with respect to any Permitted Acquisition that is being financed other than with Incremental Borrowings, Junior Lien Indebtedness or unsecured or subordinated Indebtedness, the Borrower shall be in compliance on a Pro Forma Basis with the Financial Performance Covenant at the then applicable covenant level as of the end of the most recently ended Test Period and (f) with respect to any acquisition with an aggregate purchase price in excess of $5,000,000, the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Financial Officer certifying that all the requirements set forth in this definition have been satisfied with respect to such purchase or other acquisition, together with reasonably detailed calculations demonstrating satisfaction of the requirement set forth in clause (e)(B) above.

Permitted Encumbrances” means:

(a) Liens for Taxes or assessments that are overdue for a period of more than 30 days or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate action diligently pursued, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP;

(b) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or construction contractors’ Liens and other similar Liens imposed by law arising in the ordinary course of business that secure amounts not overdue for a period of more than 60 days or, if more than 60 days overdue, are unfiled and no other action has been taken to enforce such Lien or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate actions diligently pursued, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP;

(c) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business (i) in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation and (ii) securing liability for reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance to Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(d) Liens incurred or deposits made to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, governmental contracts, leases, statutory obligations, surety, stay, customs and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature (including those to secure health, safety and environmental obligations) incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions (including zoning restrictions), encroachments, protrusions, covenants, and other similar charges or encumbrances and minor title defects affecting real property imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business, in each case whether now or hereafter in existence, that, in the aggregate, do not in any case materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(f) Liens securing, or otherwise arising from, judgments not constituting an Event of Default under Section 7.01(j);

(g) Liens on goods the purchase price of which is financed by a documentary letter of credit issued for the account of the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that such Lien secures only the obligations of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of such letter of credit to the extent such obligations are permitted by Section 6.01; and

(h) Liens arising from precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statements or similar filings made in respect of operating leases entered into by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

37


provided that the term “Permitted Encumbrances” shall not include any Lien securing Indebtedness other than Liens referred to in clauses (c) and (d) above securing obligations under letters of credit and in clause (g) above.

Permitted Holders” means the Sponsor.

Permitted Investments” means any of the following, to the extent owned by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary:

(a) dollars or other currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business (without duplication of references herein to “cash”);

(b) readily marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States having average maturities of not more than 12 months from the date of acquisition thereof; provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof;

(c) time deposits with, or insured certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances of, any commercial bank that (i) is a Lender or (ii) has combined capital and surplus of at least $250,000,000 (any such bank in the foregoing clauses (i) or (ii) being an “Approved Bank”), in each case with average maturities of not more than 12 months from the date of acquisition thereof;

(d) commercial paper and variable or fixed rate notes issued by an Approved Bank (or by the parent company thereof) or any variable or fixed rate note issued by, or guaranteed by, a corporation rated A-2 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or P-2 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s, in each case with average maturities of not more than 12 months from the date of acquisition thereof;

(e) repurchase agreements entered into by any Person with an Approved Bank, a bank or trust company (including any of the Lenders) or recognized securities dealer, in each case, having capital and surplus in excess of $250,000,000 for direct obligations issued by or fully guaranteed or insured by the government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States, in which such Person shall have a perfected first priority security interest (subject to no other Liens) and having, on the date of purchase thereof, a fair market value of at least 100% of the amount of the repurchase obligations;

(f) marketable short-term money market and similar highly liquid funds either (i) having assets in excess of $250,000,000 or (ii) having a rating of at least A-2 or P-2 from either S&P or Moody’s (or, if at any time neither S&P nor Moody’s shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized rating service);

(g) securities with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States, by any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth or territory having a rating of at least A from S&P or A2 from Moody’s (or the equivalent thereof);

 

38


(h) investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in mutual funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s;

(i) [reserved]; and

(j) investments, classified in accordance with GAAP as current assets of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, in money market investment programs that are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or that are administered by financial institutions having capital of at least $250,000,000, and, in either case, the portfolios of which are limited such that substantially all of such investments are of the character, quality and maturity described in clauses (a) through (i) of this definition.

Permitted Junior Secured Refinancing Debt” means any secured Indebtedness issued or incurred by the Borrower in the form of one or more series of Junior Lien secured notes or loans; provided that (i) such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a Junior Lien basis (subject to Liens permitted under Section 6.02) with the Secured Obligations and is not secured by any property or assets of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the Collateral, (ii) such Indebtedness constitutes Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness, (iii) such Indebtedness does not mature or have scheduled amortization or scheduled payments of principal and is not subject to mandatory redemption, repurchase, prepayment or sinking fund obligation (other than customary offers to repurchase or mandatory prepayments upon a change of control, asset sale or other disposition or casualty event or incurrence of indebtedness that is not permitted thereunder and customary acceleration rights after an event of default) prior to the date that is six months following the Latest Maturity Date, determined at the time such Indebtedness is incurred, (iv) the security agreements relating to such Indebtedness are substantially the same as the Security Documents (with such differences as are reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent), (v) such Indebtedness is not guaranteed by any Subsidiaries other than the Subsidiary Loan Parties and (vi) a Senior Representative acting on behalf of the holders of such Indebtedness shall have become party to or otherwise subject to the provisions of the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement. Permitted Junior Secured Refinancing Debt will include any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor.

Permitted Pari Passu Secured Refinancing Debt” means any secured Indebtedness issued or incurred by the Borrower in the form of one or more series of senior secured notes or loans; provided that (i) such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis (but without regard to the control of remedies) with the Secured Obligations and is not secured by any property or assets of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the Collateral, (ii) such Indebtedness constitutes Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness, (iii) such Indebtedness does not mature prior to the Latest Maturity Date (determined at the time such Indebtedness is incurred) and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the applicable Refinanced Debt, (iv) the security agreements relating to such Indebtedness are substantially the same as the Security Documents (with such differences as are reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent), (v) such Indebtedness is not guaranteed by any Subsidiaries other than the Subsidiary Loan Parties and (vi) a Senior Representative acting on behalf of the holders of such Indebtedness shall have become party to or otherwise subject to the provisions of the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement; provided that in the event that the All-In Yield of any Permitted Pari Passu Secured Refinancing Debt exceeds the All-In Yield of the existing Term Loans by more than 50 basis points, then the interest rate margins for the existing Term Loans shall be increased to the extent necessary so that the All-In Yield of the Term Loans is equal to the All-In Yield of such Permitted Pari Passu Secured Refinancing Debt minus 50 basis points; provided, further, that if such Indebtedness is the initial Permitted Pari Passu Secured Refinancing Debt incurred by the Borrower, then the Borrower, Holdings, the Subsidiary Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent and

 

39


the Senior Representative for such Indebtedness shall have executed and delivered a Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement. Permitted Pari Passu Secured Refinancing Debt will include any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor.

Permitted Refinancing” means, with respect to any Person, any modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness of such Person; provided that (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) thereof less any original issue discount, if applicable, does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended except by an amount equal to unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon plus other amounts paid, and reasonable and customary discounts, commissions, fees and expenses incurred, in connection with such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder, (b) other than with respect to a Permitted Refinancing in respect of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(v), Indebtedness resulting from such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension has a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, (c) immediately after giving effect thereto, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (d) if the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended is subordinated in right of payment to the Loan Document Obligations, Indebtedness resulting from such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension is subordinated in right of payment to the Loan Document Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders, when taken as a whole, as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, (e) the terms and conditions applicable to such Permitted Refinancing (including as to collateral), when taken as a whole, shall be comparable to, or not materially less favorable to the Borrower than the prevailing market terms and conditions applicable to similar Indebtedness for similarly-situated issuers (except for covenants or other provisions applicable exclusively to periods commencing after the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred), and (f) except as otherwise permitted under Section 6.01, such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension is incurred by the Person who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended. For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood that a Permitted Refinancing may constitute a portion of an issuance of Indebtedness in excess of the amount of such Permitted Refinancing; provided that such excess amount is otherwise permitted to be incurred under Section 6.01.

Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt” means any unsecured Indebtedness issued or incurred by the Borrower in the form of one or more series of unsecured notes or loans; provided that (i) such Indebtedness is not secured by any property or assets of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) such Indebtedness constitutes Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness, (iii) such Indebtedness does not mature or have scheduled amortization or scheduled payments of principal and is not subject to mandatory redemption, repurchase, prepayment or sinking fund obligation (other than customary offers to repurchase or mandatory prepayments upon a change of control, asset sale or other Disposition, casualty event or incurrence of indebtedness that is not permitted thereunder and customary acceleration rights after an event of default) prior to the date that is six months following Latest Maturity Date, determined at the time such Indebtedness is incurred, and (iv) such Indebtedness is not guaranteed by any Subsidiaries other than the Subsidiary Loan Parties. Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt will include any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor.

Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

Plan” means any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

 

40


Platform” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.01.

primary obligor” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Guarantee.”

Prime Rate” means, for any day, the prime rate published in The Wall Street Journal for such day; provided that if The Wall Street Journal ceases to publish for any reason such rate of interest, “Prime Rate” shall mean the prime lending rate as set forth on the Bloomberg page PRIMBB Index (or successor page) for such day (or such other service as determined by the Administrative Agent from time to time for purposes of providing quotations of prime lending interest rates); each change in the Alternate Base Rate shall be effective on the date such change is effective. The prime rate is not necessarily the lowest rate charged by any financial institution to its customers.

Pro Forma Adjustment” means, for any Test Period or LTM Period in which an acquisition or disposition constituting a Specified Transaction has occurred or that includes all or any part of a fiscal quarter included in the period of four full consecutive fiscal quarters following such transactions, with respect to the Acquired EBITDA of the applicable Pro Forma Entity or the Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower, the pro forma increase or decrease in such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA, as the case may be, projected by the Borrower in good faith as a result of (a) actions taken, prior to or during such post-transaction period, for the purposes of realizing reasonably identifiable and quantifiable cost savings, or (b) any additional costs incurred prior to or during such post-transaction period in connection with the combination of the operations of such Pro Forma Entity with the operations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that (A) so long as such actions are taken prior to or during such post-transaction period or such costs are incurred prior to or during such post-transaction period it may be assumed, for purposes of projecting such pro forma increase or decrease to such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA, as the case may be, that such cost savings will be realizable during the entirety of such Test Period or LTM Period, as applicable, or such additional costs will be incurred during the entirety of such Test Period or LTM Period, as applicable, (B) any Pro Forma Adjustment to Consolidated EBITDA shall be approved by the board of directors of the Borrower and certified by the chief or senior financial officer, the chief executive officer or president of the Borrower and (C) any such pro forma increase or decrease to such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA, as the case may be, shall be without duplication and subject to the limitations, in each case with respect to cost savings or additional costs set forth into the definition of Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period or LTM Period, as applicable.

Pro Forma Basis,” “Pro Forma Compliance” and “Pro Forma Effect” means, with respect to compliance with any test or covenant hereunder required by the terms of this Agreement to be made on a Pro Forma Basis, that (a) to the extent applicable, the Pro Forma Adjustment shall have been made and (b) all Specified Transactions and the following transactions in connection therewith shall be deemed to have occurred as of the first day of the applicable period of measurement in such test or covenant: (i) income statement items (whether positive or negative) attributable to the property or Person subject to such Specified Transaction, (A) in the case of a sale, transfer or other Disposition of all or substantially all Equity Interests in any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings or any division, product line, or facility used for operations of Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or a designation of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, shall be excluded and (B) in the case of a Permitted Acquisition or Investment described in the definition of “Specified Transaction,” shall be included, (ii) any Refinancing, prepayment, repurchase, retirement, repayment, redemption, defeasance or extinguishment of Indebtedness, and (iii) any Indebtedness incurred or assumed by Holdings, the

 

41


Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection therewith and if such Indebtedness has a floating or formula rate, shall have an implied rate of interest for the applicable period for purposes of this definition determined by utilizing the rate that is or would be in effect with respect to such Indebtedness as at the relevant date of determination (taking into account any hedging obligation applicable to such Indebtedness); provided that, the foregoing pro forma adjustments may be applied to any such test or covenant solely to the extent that such adjustments are consistent with the definition of Consolidated EBITDA and give effect to operating expense reductions that are (x) directly attributable to such transaction, (y) expected to have a continuing impact on Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and (z) factually supportable.

Pro Forma Financial Statements” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.01(l).

Proposed Change” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.02(c).

Public Company Costs” shall mean costs incurred by the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries relating to compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, and other expenses arising out of or incidental to the Loan Parties’ (or any parent’s) status as a reporting company, including costs, fees and expenses (including legal, accounting and other professional fees) relating to compliance with provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, the rules of securities exchange companies with listed equity securities, directors’ compensation, fees and expense reimbursement, shareholder meetings and reports to shareholders, directors’ and officers’ insurance and other executive costs, legal and other professional fees, and listing fees.

Public Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.01.

Qualified Equity Interests” means Equity Interests other than Disqualified Equity Interests.

Qualified IPO” means the issuance by the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower of its common Equity Interests in an underwritten primary public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act (whether alone or in connection with a secondary public offering).

Qualifying Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D).

Reference Time” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Available Amount.”

Refinanced Debt” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness.”

Refinancing Amendment” means an amendment to this Agreement in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower executed by each of (a) the Borrower and Holdings, (b) the Administrative Agent and (c) each Additional Lender and Lender that agrees to provide any portion of the Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness being incurred pursuant thereto, in accordance with Section 2.21.

Register” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(b)(iv).

 

42


Registered Equivalent Notes” means, with respect to any notes originally issued in a Rule 144A or other private placement transaction under the Securities Act, substantially identical notes (having the same Guarantees) issued in a dollar-for-dollar exchange therefor pursuant to an exchange offer registered with the SEC.

Related Parties” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, trustees, agents, controlling persons, advisors and other representatives of such Person and of each of such Person’s Affiliates and permitted successors and assigns.

Release” means any release, spill, emission, leaking, dumping, injection, pouring, disposal, discharge or leaching into the environment (including ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata).

Repricing Transaction” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.24.

Required Lenders” means, at any time, Lenders having Revolving Exposures, Term Loans and unused Commitments (other than Swingline Commitments) representing more than 50% of the aggregate Revolving Exposures, outstanding Term Loans and unused Commitments (other than Swingline Commitments) at such time; provided that to the extent set forth in Section 9.02, whenever there are one or more Defaulting Lenders, the total outstanding Term Loans and Revolving Exposures of, and the unused Revolving Commitments of, each Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.

Required Revolving Lenders” means, at any time, Lenders having Revolving Exposures and unused Revolving Commitments representing more than 50% of the aggregate Revolving Exposures and unused Revolving Commitments at such time; provided that to the extent set forth in Section 9.02, whenever there are one or more Defaulting Lenders, the total outstanding Revolving Exposures of, and the unused Revolving Commitments of, each Defaulting Lender shall in each case be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Revolving Lenders.

Required Term Lenders” means, at any time, Lenders having Term Loans and unused Term Commitments representing more than 50% of the aggregate outstanding Term Loans and unused Term Commitments at such time.

Requirements of Law” means, with respect to any Person, any statutes, laws (including common law), treaties, rules, regulations, orders, decrees, writs, injunctions or determinations of any arbitrator or court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

Responsible Officer” means the chief executive officer, chief accounting officer, chief operating officer, president, vice president, chief financial officer, secretary, assistant secretary, treasurer or assistant treasurer, or other similar officer, manager or a director of a Loan Party and with respect to certain limited liability companies or partnerships that do not have officers, any manager, sole member, managing member or general partner thereof, and as to any document delivered on the Effective Date or thereafter pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) of the definition of the term “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement,” any secretary or assistant secretary of a Loan Party. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.

 

43


Restricted Payment” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interests in Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any Equity Interests in Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such Equity Interests in Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary.

Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of Holdings that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Retained Declined Proceeds” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(j).

Revolving Availability Period” means the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the earlier of the Revolving Maturity Date and the date of termination of the Revolving Commitments.

Revolving Borrowing” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.02.

Revolving Commitment” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment, if any, of such Lender to make Revolving Loans and to acquire participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum possible aggregate amount of such Lender’s Revolving Exposure hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.08 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to (i) assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption or (ii) a Refinancing Amendment. The initial amount of each Lender’s Revolving Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01, or in the Assignment and Assumption or Refinancing Amendment pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Revolving Commitment, as the case may be. The initial aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Commitments is $7,500,000.

Revolving Commitment Increase” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(a).

Revolving Commitment Increase Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(d).

Revolving Exposure” means, with respect to any Revolving Lender at any time, the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Loans and its LC Exposure and Swingline Exposure at such time.

Revolving Facility” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01.

Revolving Lender” means a Lender with a Revolving Commitment or, if the Revolving Commitments have terminated or expired, a Lender with Revolving Exposure.

Revolving Loan” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 1.02.

Revolving Maturity Date” means July 17, 2019.

S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC business.

 

44


SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

Secured Cash Management Obligations” means the due and punctual payment and performance of all obligations of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository, purchasing card and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds provided to Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (whether absolute or contingent and howsoever and whensoever created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and substitutions therefor)) that are (a) owed to the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates, (b) owed on the Effective Date to a Person that is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender as of the Effective Date or (c) owed to a Person that is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender as of the date such Secured Cash Management Obligations were entered into, provided, that such obligations are represented by an agreement that designates such obligations as Secured Cash Management Obligations.

Secured Obligations” means (a) the Loan Document Obligations, (b) the Secured Cash Management Obligations and (c) the Secured Swap Obligations.

Secured Parties” means (a) each Lender, (b) each Issuing Bank, (c) the Administrative Agent, (d) each Person to whom any Secured Cash Management Obligations are owed, (e) each counterparty to any Swap Agreement (other than the Borrower or any of its Affiliates) the obligations under which constitute Secured Swap Obligations, (f) the beneficiaries of each indemnification obligation undertaken by any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (g) the permitted successors, assigns and delegates of each of the foregoing.

Secured Swap Obligations” means the due and punctual payment and performance of all obligations of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries under each Swap Agreement that (a) is with a counterparty that is the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates, (b) is in effect on the Effective Date with a counterparty that is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender as of the Effective Date or (c) is with a counterparty that was a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender as of the date such Secured Swap Obligations were entered into, provided, that such Swap Agreement designates the obligations owed thereunder as Secured Swap Obligations.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Security Documents” means the Collateral Agreement, the Mortgages and each other security agreement or pledge agreement executed and delivered pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement or Section 5.11 or 5.12 to secure any of the Secured Obligations.

Senior Representative” means, with respect to any series of Permitted Pari Passu Secured Refinancing Debt or Permitted Junior Secured Refinancing Debt, the trustee, administrative agent, collateral agent, security agent or similar agent under the indenture or agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness is issued, incurred or otherwise obtained, as the case may be, and each of their successors in such capacities.

Senior Secured Leverage Ratio” means, on any date, the ratio, on a Pro Forma Basis, of (a) Consolidated Net Debt as of such date that is secured by a Lien to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended LTM Period.

Sold Entity or Business” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of the term “Consolidated EBITDA.”

 

45


Solicited Discount Proration” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D).

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D).

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice” means an irrevocable written notice of a Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers made pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D) substantially in the form of Exhibit G-5.

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer” means the irrevocable written offer by each Term Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit G-6, submitted following the Administrative Agent’s receipt of a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice.

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D).

Specified Discount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(B).

Specified Discount Prepayment Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(B).

Specified Discount Prepayment Notice” means an irrevocable written notice of the Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment made pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(B) substantially in the form of Exhibit G-1.

Specified Discount Prepayment Response” means the irrevocable written response by each Term Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit G-2, to a Specified Discount Prepayment Notice.

Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(B).

Specified Discount Proration” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(B).

Specified Representations” means the representations and warranties with respect to Holdings and the Borrower as set forth in Sections 3.01, 3.02, 3.03, 3.07, 3.08, 3.14, 3.15, 3.16, 3.17 and 3.18.

Specified Transaction” means, with respect to any period, (i) any purchase or other acquisition, by merger or otherwise, by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of all of the Equity Interests in, or all or substantially all the assets of (or all or substantially all the assets constituting a business unit, division, product line or line of business of) any Person, (ii) the Disposition of all or substantially all Equity Interests in any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings or any division, product line, or facility used for operations of Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (iii) any designation of a Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (iv) the incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes), (v) any Restricted Payment, or (vi) any other event that by the terms of the Loan Documents requires “Pro Forma Compliance” with a test or covenant hereunder or requires such test or covenant to be calculated on a “Pro Forma Basis”.

 

46


Sponsor” means TA Associates Management, L.P. and its Control Investment Affiliates.

Statutory Reserves” means, for any day during any Interest Period for any Eurodollar Borrowing, the average maximum rate (expressed as a percentage) at which reserves (including any marginal, supplemental or emergency reserves) are required to be maintained, during such Interest Period under regulations issued from time to time (including “Regulation D,” issued by the Board (the “Reserve Regulations”) by member banks of the United States Federal Reserve System in New York City with deposits exceeding one billion Dollars against Eurocurrency Liabilities (as such term is used in Regulation D). Eurodollar Borrowings shall be deemed to constitute Eurocurrency Liabilities and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exceptions or offsets which may be available from time to time to any Lender under the Reserve Regulations.

Submitted Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C).

Submitted Discount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C).

subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person (the “parent”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP, as well as any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held.

Subsidiary” means any subsidiary of Holdings, or, as the context requires, the Borrower.

Subsidiary Loan Party” means each Subsidiary of the Borrower that is a party to the Guarantee Agreement.

Subsidiary Redesignation” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.”

Swap Agreement” means any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement or contract involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of Holdings, the Borrower or the other Restricted Subsidiaries shall be a Swap Agreement.

Swingline Commitment” means the commitment of the Swingline Lender to make Swingline Loans up to an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $2,500,000; provided that the aggregate of all Swingline Commitments shall not exceed $2,500,000.

Swingline Exposure” means, at any time, the aggregate principal amount of all Swingline Loans outstanding at such time. The Swingline Exposure of any Revolving Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the aggregate Swingline Exposure at such time.

Swingline Lender” means (a) Jefferies Finance LLC, in its capacity as the lender of Swingline Loans hereunder and (b) each Revolving Lender that shall have become a Swingline Lender hereunder as provided in Section 2.04(d) (other than any Person that shall have ceased to be a Swingline Lender as provided in Section 2.04(e)), each in its capacity as a lender of Swingline Loans hereunder.

 

47


Swingline Loan” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.04.

Syndication Agent” means BNP Paribas Securities Corp., in its capacity as Syndication Agent.

Taxes” means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Term Loan Borrowing” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.02.

Term Commitment” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment, if any, of such Lender to make a Term Loan hereunder on the Effective Date, expressed as an amount representing the maximum principal amount of the Term Loan to be made by such Lender hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.08 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption. The amount of each Lender’s Term Commitment as of the Effective Date is set forth on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Term Commitment, as the case may be. The initial aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Term Commitments is $150,000,000.

Term Commitment Increase” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(b).

Term Facility” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01.

Term Lender” means a Lender with a Term Commitment or an outstanding Term Loan.

Term Loan Prepayment Event” means:

(a) any sale, transfer or other disposition (including (x) pursuant to a sale and leaseback transaction, (y) by way of merger or consolidation and (z) any casualty or other insured damage to, or any taking under power of eminent domain or by condemnation or similar proceeding of) of any property or asset of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries permitted by Section 6.05(a)(ii), (i) or (j) or to the extent not permitted pursuant to Section 6.05, other than any of the foregoing resulting in aggregate Net Proceeds not exceeding (A) $2,500,000 in the case of any single transaction or series of related transactions and (B) $5,000,000 for all such transactions during any fiscal year of the Borrower; provided, however, in the event Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries do not expend the entire limitation in any fiscal year, Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries may carry forward to the immediately succeeding fiscal year 100% of the unutilized portion; or

(b) the incurrence by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness, with respect to the Loans being refinanced, other than Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01 (other than Other Term Loans, Permitted Pari Passu Secured Refinancing Debt, Permitted Junior Secured Refinancing Debt and Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt or other Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness, which shall in each case constitute a Term Loan Prepayment Event) or permitted by the Required Lenders pursuant to Section 9.02.

 

48


Term Loans” means Loans made pursuant to clause (a) of Section 2.01, Other Term Loans and term loans made pursuant to a Term Commitment Increase, as the context requires.

Term Maturity Date” means July 17, 2019 (or, with respect to any Term Lender that has extended the maturity date of its Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.21(b), the extended maturity date set forth in the Extension Notice delivered by the Borrower and such Term Lender to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.21(b)).

Test Period” means the most recent period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of Holdings for which financial statements have been delivered, or were required to have been delivered, pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b).

Total Leverage Ratio” means, on any date, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Net Debt as of such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period or LTM Period, as applicable.

Transaction Costs” means all fees, costs and expenses incurred or payable by Holdings, the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the Transactions.

Transactions” means (a) the Financing Transactions, (b) the Refinancing, (c) the Acquisition and (c) the payment of the Transaction Costs.

Type,” when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate or the Alternate Base Rate.

Unaudited Financial Statements” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.01(l).

United States Tax Compliance Certificate” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.17(e)(ii)(C).

Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (a) any Subsidiary of the Borrower designated by the Borrower as an Unrestricted Subsidiary hereunder by written notice to the Administrative Agent; provided, that the Borrower shall only be permitted to so designate a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Effective Date and so long as (i) no Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, (ii) immediately after giving effect to such designation, the Borrower shall be in Pro Forma Compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 6.10(a), (iii) such Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be capitalized (to the extent capitalized by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) through Investments as permitted by, and in compliance with Section 6.04, (iv) without duplication of clause (iii), any assets owned by such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of the initial designation thereof shall be treated as Investments pursuant to Section 6.04 and (v) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, certifying compliance with the requirements of preceding clauses (i) through (iv), and containing the calculations and information required by the proceeding clause (ii), and (b) any subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Borrower may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Agreement (each a “Subsidiary Redesignation”); provided, that (A) no Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom and (B) immediately after giving effect to such Subsidiary Redesignation, the Borrower shall be in Pro Forma Compliance with the Financial Performance Covenant set forth in Section 6.10(a); provided, further, that no Unrestricted Subsidiary that has been designated as a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to a Subsidiary Redesignation may again be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

49


USA Patriot Act” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, as amended from time to time.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: (a) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness; provided, that for purposes of determining the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any Refinanced Debt or any Indebtedness that is being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended (the “Applicable Indebtedness”), the effects of any amortization of or prepayments made on such Applicable Indebtedness prior to the date of the applicable modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension shall be disregarded.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person at any date, a subsidiary of such Person of which securities or other ownership interests representing 100% of the Equity Interests (other than (a) directors’ qualifying shares and (b) nominal shares issued to foreign nationals to the extent required by applicable Requirements of Law) are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held by such Person or one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

Withdrawal Liability” means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

SECTION 1.02 Classification of Loans and Borrowings. For purposes of this Agreement, Loans and Borrowings may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a “Revolving Loan”) or by Type (e.g., a “Eurodollar Loan”) or by Class and Type (e.g., a “Eurodollar Revolving Loan”). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a “Revolving Borrowing”, an “Incremental Borrowing” or a “Term Loan Borrowing”) or by Type (e.g., a “Eurodollar Borrowing”) or by Class and Type (e.g., a “Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing”).

SECTION 1.03 Terms Generally. The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.” Unless the context requires otherwise, (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement (including this Agreement and the other Loan Documents), instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, restatements, supplements or other modifications set forth herein), (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns (subject to any restrictions on assignment set forth herein) and, in the case of any Governmental Authority, any other Governmental Authority that shall have succeeded to any or all functions thereof, (c) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder,” and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof,

 

50


(d) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement and (e) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, (i) where compliance with any provision herein or the other Loan Documents is determined by reference to the proceeds of any issuances of Equity Interests or capital contributions, such proceeds shall be deemed to be limited to such amount as was not previously (and is not concurrently being) applied in determining the permissibility of another transaction hereunder or under the Loan Documents, (ii) with respect to determining the permissibility of the establishment of any commitments in respect of Indebtedness, all such commitments established at or prior to such time shall be deemed to be fully drawn and (iii) with respect to determining the permissibility of the incurrence of any Indebtedness, the proceeds thereof shall not be counted as cash or Permitted Investments in any “net debt” determinations relating to the incurrence thereof.

SECTION 1.04 Accounting Terms; GAAP. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time; provided, however, that if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision (including any definitions) hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the Effective Date in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall negotiate in good faith to amend the financial definitions and related covenants to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change (and such amendments to be subject to the approval of the Required Lender); and regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith (provided, that, in the case of any amendment arising out of an accounting change described in the Proposed Accounting Standards Update to Leases (Topic 840) dated August 17, 2010, and the Proposed Accounting Standards Update (Revised) to Revenue Recognition (Topic 605) dated November 14, 2011 and January 4, 2012, there shall be no amendment fee). Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made, without giving effect to any election under FASB ASC No. 825—Financial Instruments, or any successor thereto (including pursuant to the Accounting Standards Codification), to value any Indebtedness of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary at “fair value” as defined therein. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, any lease that is treated as an operating lease for purposes of GAAP as of the date hereof shall continue to be treated as an operating lease (and any future lease, if it were in effect on the date hereof, that would be treated as an operating lease for purposes of GAAP as of the date hereof shall be treated as an operating lease), in each case for purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding any change in GAAP after the date hereof.

SECTION 1.05 Effectuation of Transactions. All references herein to Holdings, the Borrower and the other Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be references to such Persons, and all the representations and warranties of Holdings, the Borrower and the other Loan Parties contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be deemed made, in each case, after giving effect to the Refinancing and the other Transactions to occur on the Effective Date, unless the context otherwise requires.

SECTION 1.06 Currency Translation. For purposes of any determination under Article V, Article VI (other than Section 6.10) or Article VII or any determination under any other provision of this Agreement expressly requiring the use of a currency exchange rate, all amounts incurred,

 

51


outstanding or proposed to be incurred or outstanding in currencies other than dollars shall be translated into dollars at currency exchange rates in effect on the date of such determination; provided, however, that for purposes of determining compliance with Article VI with respect to the amount of any Indebtedness, Investment, Disposition or Restricted Payment in a currency other than dollars, no Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred solely as a result of changes in rates of exchange occurring after the time such Indebtedness or Investment is incurred or Disposition or Restricted Payment made. For purposes of Section 6.10, amounts in currencies other than dollars shall be translated into dollars at the currency exchange rates used in preparing the most recently delivered financial statements pursuant to Section 5.01(a), (b) or (c).

SECTION 1.07 Letter of Credit Amounts. Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the stated amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time; provided, that with respect to any Letter of Credit that, by its terms or the terms of any document related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time.

SECTION 1.08 Pro Forma Calculations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, for the purposes of calculating the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio or Total Leverage Ratio, Specified Transactions that have been made (i) during the applicable Test Period or LTM Period, as applicable, or (ii) subsequent to such Test Period or LTM Period, as applicable, and prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of any such ratio is being made shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis; provided, that for purposes of calculating the financial performance covenants pursuant to Section 6.10, any Specified Transactions that occurred subsequent to the end of the applicable Test Period or LTM Period, as applicable, shall not be given Pro Forma Effect.

ARTICLE II

The Credits

SECTION 2.01 Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (a) each Term Lender severally agrees to make a Term Loan to the Borrower on the Effective Date denominated in dollars in a principal amount not exceeding its Term Commitment (the “Term Facility”), (b) each Incremental Term Lender severally agrees to make one or more Incremental Term Loans to the Borrower as specified in this Agreement denominated in dollars from time to time in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding its Incremental Term Commitment, and (c) each Revolving Lender severally agrees to make Revolving Loans to the Borrower denominated in dollars from time to time during the Revolving Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount which will not result in such Lender’s Revolving Exposure exceeding such Lender’s Revolving Commitment (the “Revolving Facility”); provided, however, that, after giving effect to any Borrowing of Revolving Loans, the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Revolving Exposure shall not exceed the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Commitments. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Revolving Loans. Amounts repaid or prepaid in respect of Term Loans or Incremental Term Loans may not be reborrowed.

SECTION 2.02 Loans and Borrowings.

(a) Each Loan (other than a Swingline Loan) shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Loans of the same Class and Type made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Commitments of the applicable Class. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan required to

 

52


be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder, provided that the Commitments of the Lenders are several and other than as expressly provided herein with respect to a Defaulting Lender, no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lender’s failure to make Loans as required hereby.

(b) Subject to Section 2.14, each Revolving Borrowing, Incremental Term Loan Borrowing and Term Loan Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans as the Borrower may request in accordance herewith; provided that each Swingline Loan shall be an ABR Loan. Each Lender at its option may make any Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(c) At the commencement of each Interest Period for any Eurodollar Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of the Borrowing Multiple and not less than the Borrowing Minimum; provided that a Eurodollar Borrowing that results from a continuation of an outstanding Eurodollar Borrowing may be in an aggregate amount that is equal to such outstanding Borrowing. At the time that each ABR Borrowing is made, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of the Borrowing Multiple and not less than the Borrowing Minimum. Each Swingline Loan shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of the Borrowing Multiple and not less than the Borrowing Minimum. Borrowings of more than one Type and Class may be outstanding at the same time; provided that there shall not at any time be more than a total of ten (10) Eurodollar Borrowings outstanding. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, an ABR Revolving Borrowing or a Swingline Loan may be in an aggregate amount which is equal to the entire unused balance of the aggregate Revolving Commitments or that is required to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.05(f).

SECTION 2.03 Requests for Borrowings. To request a Revolving Borrowing, Incremental Term Loan Borrowing or Term Loan Borrowing, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone for a Loan (followed by a written notice) (a) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, three Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing (or, in the case of any Eurodollar Borrowing to be made on the Effective Date, such shorter period of time as may be agreed to by the Administrative Agent), or (b) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, one Business Day before the date of the proposed Borrowing; provided that any such notice of an ABR Revolving Borrowing to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.05(f) may be given not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date of the proposed Borrowing. Each such telephonic Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or facsimile or other electronic transmission to the Administrative Agent of a written Borrowing Request signed by the Borrower. Each such telephonic and written Borrowing Request shall specify the following information:

(i) whether the requested Borrowing is to be a Revolving Borrowing, an Incremental Term Loan Borrowing, a Term Loan Borrowing, or a Borrowing of any other Class (specifying the Class thereof);

(ii) the aggregate amount of such Borrowing;

(iii) the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day;

(iv) whether such Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing;

 

53


(v) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, the initial Interest Period to be applicable thereto, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”;

(vi) the location and number of the Borrower’s account or such other account or accounts to which funds are to be disbursed, which shall comply with the requirements of Section 2.06, or, in the case of any ABR Revolving Borrowing or Swingline Loan requested to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.05(f), the identity of the Issuing Bank that made such LC Disbursement; and

(vii) that as of the date of such Borrowing, the conditions set forth in Sections 4.02(a) and 4.02(b) are satisfied.

If no election as to the Type of Borrowing is specified, then the requested Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing. If no Interest Period is specified with respect to any requested Eurodollar Borrowing, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of three months’ duration. Promptly following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the applicable Class of the details thereof and of the amount of such Lender’s Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing.

SECTION 2.04 Swing Line Loans.

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein (including Section 2.22), in reliance upon the agreements of the other Lenders set forth in this Section 2.04, the Swingline Lender agrees to make Swingline Loans to the Borrower from time to time during the Revolving Availability Period, denominated in dollars, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in (i) the outstanding Swingline Loans of the Swingline Lender exceeding its Swingline Commitment or (ii) the aggregate Revolving Exposures exceeding the aggregate Revolving Commitments; provided that the Swingline Lender shall not be required to make a Swingline Loan (x) to refinance an outstanding Swingline Loan or (y) if any Lender is at that time a Defaulting Lender and after giving effect to Section 2.22(a)(iv), any Defaulting Lender Fronting Exposure remains outstanding. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Swingline Loans.

(b) To request a Swingline Loan, the Borrower shall notify the Swingline Lender of such request (i) by telephone (confirmed in writing), not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, or, if agreed by the Swingline Lender, 2:00 p.m., New York City time (in the case of a Swingline Loan denominated in dollars) or (ii) by facsimile or other electronic transmission (confirmed by telephone), not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, or, if agreed by the Swingline Lender, 2:00 p.m., New York City time on the day of such proposed Swingline Loan. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the requested date (which shall be a Business Day), the amount of the requested Swingline Loan and (x) if the funds are not to be credited to a general deposit account of the Borrower maintained with the Swingline Lender, the location and number of the Borrower’s account to which funds are to be disbursed, which shall comply with Section 2.06, or (y) in the case of any ABR Revolving Borrowing or Swingline Loan requested to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.05(f), the identity of the Issuing Bank that made such LC Disbursement. The Swingline Lender shall make each Swingline Loan available to the Borrower by means of a credit to the general deposit accounts of the Borrower maintained with the Swingline Lender or such other deposit account identified by Borrower (or, in the case of a Swingline Loan made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.05(f), by remittance to the applicable Issuing Bank) by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the requested date of such Swingline Loan.

 

54


(c) The Swingline Lender may by written notice given to the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on any Business Day require the Revolving Lenders to acquire participations on such Business Day in all or a portion of the Swingline Loans outstanding. Such notice shall specify the aggregate amount of Swingline Loans in which Revolving Lenders will participate. Promptly upon receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent will give notice thereof to each Revolving Lender, specifying in such notice the currency and such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Swingline Loans. Each Revolving Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees, upon receipt of notice as provided above, to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Swingline Lender, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Swingline Loans. Each Revolving Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations in Swingline Loans pursuant to this paragraph is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of a Default or any reduction or termination of the Revolving Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever. Each Revolving Lender shall comply with its obligation under this paragraph by wire transfer of immediately available funds in the applicable currency, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.06 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.06 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment obligations of the Revolving Lenders pursuant to this paragraph), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the Swingline Lender the amounts so received by it from the Revolving Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower of any participations in any Swingline Loan acquired pursuant to this paragraph, and thereafter payments in respect of such Swingline Loan shall be made to the Administrative Agent and not to the Swingline Lender. Any amounts received by the Swingline Lender from the Borrower (or other Person on behalf of the Borrower) in respect of a Swingline Loan after receipt by the Swingline Lender of the proceeds of a sale of participations therein shall be promptly remitted by the Swingline Lender to the Administrative Agent; any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent shall be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Revolving Lenders that shall have made their payments pursuant to this paragraph and to the Swingline Lender, as their interests may appear, provided that any such payment so remitted shall be repaid to the Swingline Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, and thereafter to the Borrower, if and to the extent such payment is required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason. The purchase of participations in a Swingline Loan pursuant to this paragraph shall not relieve the Borrower of any default in the payment thereof.

(d) The Borrower may, at any time and from time to time, designate as additional Swingline Lenders one or more Revolving Lenders that agree to serve in such capacity as provided below. The acceptance by a Revolving Lender of an appointment as a Swingline Lender hereunder shall be evidenced by an agreement, which shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, executed by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and such designated Swingline Lender, and, from and after the effective date of such acceptance, (i) such Revolving Lender shall have all the rights and obligations of a Swingline Lender under this Agreement and (ii) references herein to the term “Swingline Lender” shall be deemed to include such Revolving Lender in its capacity as a lender of Swingline Loans hereunder.

(e) The Borrower may terminate the appointment of any Swingline Lender as a “Swingline Lender” hereunder by providing a written notice thereof to such Swingline Lender, with a copy to the Administrative Agent. Any such termination shall become effective upon the earlier of (i) such Swingline Lender’s acknowledging receipt of such notice and (ii) the fifth Business Day following the date of the delivery thereof, provided that no such termination shall become effective until and unless the Swingline Exposure of such Swingline Lender shall have been reduced to zero. Notwithstanding the effectiveness of any such termination, the terminated Swingline Lender shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights of a Swingline Lender under this Agreement with respect to Swingline Loans made by it prior to such termination, but shall not make any additional Swingline Loans.

 

55


SECTION 2.05 Letters of Credit.

(a) General. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein (including Section 2.22), each Issuing Bank agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the Revolving Lenders set forth in this Section 2.05, to issue Letters of Credit denominated in dollars, for the Borrower’s own account (or for the account of any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower so long as the Borrower and such other Restricted Subsidiary are co-applicants in respect of such Letter of Credit), in a form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank, which shall reflect the standard operating procedures of such Issuing Bank, at any time and from time to time during the Revolving Availability Period and prior to the fifth Business Day prior to the Revolving Maturity Date. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any form of Letter of Credit Application or other agreement submitted by the Borrower to, or entered into by the Borrower with, the applicable Issuing Bank relating to any Letter of Credit, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control.

(b) Issuance, Amendment, Extension; Certain Conditions. To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or the amendment or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit), the Borrower shall deliver in writing by hand delivery or facsimile (or transmit by electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the recipient) to the applicable Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent (at least five Business Days before the requested date of issuance, amendment or extension or such shorter period as the applicable Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent may agree) a notice requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended, renewed or extended, and specifying the date of issuance, amendment or extension (which shall be a Business Day), the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with paragraph (d) of this Section), the amount of such Letter of Credit, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare, amend, renew or extend such Letter of Credit. If requested by the applicable Issuing Bank, the Borrower also shall submit a Letter of Credit Application on such Issuing Bank’s standard form in connection with any request for a Letter of Credit. A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended, renewed or extended only if (and upon issuance, amendment or extension of any Letter of Credit the Borrower shall be deemed to represent and warrant that), after giving effect to such issuance, amendment or extension, (i) the Applicable Fronting Exposure of each Issuing Bank shall not exceed its Revolving Commitment, (ii) the aggregate Revolving Exposures shall not exceed the aggregate Revolving Commitments and (iii) the aggregate LC Exposure shall not exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit. No Issuing Bank shall be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if (i) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall enjoin or restrain such Issuing Bank from issuing the Letter of Credit, or any law applicable to such Issuing Bank any directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over such Issuing Bank shall prohibit the issuance of letters of credit generally or the Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon such Issuing Bank with respect to the Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which such Issuing Bank is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Effective Date, or shall impose upon such Issuing Bank any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Effective Date and which such Issuing Bank in good faith deems material to it, (ii) except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the such Issuing Bank, the Letter of Credit is in an initial stated amount less than $500,000, in the case of a commercial Letter of Credit, or $100,000, in the case of a standby Letter of Credit, (iii) the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of the Issuing Bank applicable to letters of credit generally or (iv) any Lender is at that time a Defaulting Lender, if after giving effect to Section 2.22(a)(iv), any Defaulting Lender Fronting Exposure remains outstanding, unless such Issuing Bank has entered into arrangements, including the

 

56


delivery of cash collateral, reasonably satisfactory to such Issuing Bank with the Borrower or such Lender to eliminate such Issuing Bank’s Defaulting Lender Fronting Exposure arising from either the Letter of Credit then proposed to be issued or such Letter of Credit and all other LC Exposure as to which such Issuing Bank has Defaulting Lender Fronting Exposure.

(c) Notice. Each Issuing Bank agrees that it shall not permit any issuance, amendment or extension of a Letter of Credit to occur unless it shall have given to the Administrative Agent written notice thereof required under paragraph (m) of this Section.

(d) Expiration Date. Each Letter of Credit shall expire at or prior to the close of business on the earlier of (i) the date that is twelve months after the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit (or, in the case of any extension thereof, twelve months after such extension) and (ii) the date that is five Business Days prior to the Revolving Maturity Date; provided that if such expiry date is not a Business Day, such Letter of Credit shall expire at or prior to the close of business on the next succeeding Business Day; provided, further, that any Letter of Credit may, upon the request of the Borrower, include a provision whereby such Letter of Credit shall be renewed automatically for additional consecutive periods of twelve months or less (but not beyond the date that is five Business Days prior to the Revolving Maturity Date except to the extent cash collateralized or backstopped pursuant to an arrangement reasonably acceptable to the Issuing Bank) unless the applicable Issuing Bank notifies the beneficiary thereof within the time period specified in such Letter of Credit or, if no such time period is specified, at least 30 days prior to the then-applicable expiration date, that such Letter of Credit will not be renewed. If the Borrower decides not to automatically renew any Letter of Credit, it shall notify the applicable Issuing Bank not less than fifteen days prior to the time period specified in such Letter of Credit by which such Issuing Bank must send a notice of non-extension.

(e) Participations. By the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or an amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) and without any further action on the part of the Issuing Bank that is the issuer thereof or the Lenders, such Issuing Bank hereby grants to each Revolving Lender, and each Revolving Lender hereby acquires from such Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Revolving Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Revolving Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of such Issuing Bank, such Revolving Lender’s Applicable Percentage of each LC Disbursement made by such Issuing Bank and not reimbursed by the Borrower on the date due as provided in paragraph (f) of this Section, or of any reimbursement payment required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason. Each Revolving Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment or extension of any Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance of a Default or any reduction or termination of the Revolving Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.

(f) Reimbursement. If an Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement by paying to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to such LC Disbursement not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day immediately following the day that the Borrower receives notice of such LC Disbursement, provided that, if such LC Disbursement is not reimbursed within such timeframe, the Borrower, subject to the conditions to borrowing set forth herein, shall be deemed to have requested in accordance with Section 2.03 that such payment be financed with an ABR Revolving Borrowing or a Swingline Loan in an equivalent amount, and, to the extent so financed, the Borrower’s obligation to make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting ABR Revolving Borrowing or

 

57


Swingline Loan. If the Borrower fails to make such payment when due, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Revolving Lender of the applicable LC Disbursement, the payment then due from the Borrower in respect thereof and such Revolving Lender’s Applicable Percentage thereof. Promptly following receipt of such notice, each Revolving Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent its Applicable Percentage of the payment then due from the Borrower, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.06 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.06 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment obligations of the Revolving Lenders pursuant to this paragraph), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the applicable Issuing Bank the amounts so received by it from the Revolving Lenders. Promptly following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any payment from the Borrower pursuant to this paragraph, the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to the applicable Issuing Bank or, to the extent that Revolving Lenders have made payments pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse such Issuing Bank, then to such Revolving Lenders and such Issuing Bank as their interests may appear. Any payment made by a Revolving Lender pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse any Issuing Bank for any LC Disbursement (other than the funding of ABR Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans as contemplated above) shall not constitute a Loan and shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such LC Disbursement.

(g) Obligations Absolute. The Borrower’s obligation to reimburse LC Disbursements as provided in paragraph (f) of this Section is absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, or any term or provision therein, (ii) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect, (iii) payment by an Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit or (iv) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the Borrower’s obligations hereunder. None of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Issuing Banks or any of their Related Parties shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the preceding sentence), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of the Issuing Banks; provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse any Issuing Bank from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential or punitive damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by such Issuing Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct in determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final, non-appealable judgment). In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented that appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, an Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit, and any such acceptance or refusal shall be deemed not to constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct.

(h) Disbursement Procedures. Each Issuing Bank shall, promptly following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit. Each Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower by telephone

 

58


(confirmed by hand delivery or facsimile or other electronic format) of such demand for payment and whether such Issuing Bank has made or will make an LC Disbursement thereunder; provided that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such Issuing Bank and the Revolving Lenders with respect to any such LC Disbursement in accordance with paragraph (f) of this Section.

(i) Interim Interest. If an Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement, then, unless the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement in full on the date such LC Disbursement is made, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest, for each day from and including the date such LC Disbursement is made to but excluding the date that the Borrower reimburses such LC Disbursement, at the rate per annum then applicable to ABR Revolving Loans; provided that, if the Borrower fails to reimburse such LC Disbursement when due pursuant to paragraph (f) of this Section, then Section 2.13(c) shall apply. Interest accrued pursuant to this paragraph shall be paid to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the applicable Issuing Bank, except that interest accrued on and after the date of payment by any Revolving Lender pursuant to paragraph (f) of this Section to reimburse such Issuing Bank shall be for the account of such Lender to the extent of such payment and shall be payable on demand or, if no demand has been made, on the date on which the Borrower reimburses the applicable LC Disbursement in full.

(j) Cash Collateralization. If any Event of Default under paragraph (a), (b), (h) or (i) of Section 7.01 shall occur and be continuing, on the Business Day on which the Borrower receives notice from the Administrative Agent or the Required Revolving Lenders (or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, Revolving Lenders with LC Exposure representing more than 50% of the aggregate LC Exposure of all Revolving Lenders) demanding the deposit of cash collateral pursuant to this paragraph, the Borrower shall deposit in an account with the Administrative Agent, in the name of the Administrative Agent and for the benefit of the Lenders, an amount in cash equal to the portions of the LC Exposure attributable to Letters of Credit as of such date plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon; provided that the obligation to deposit such cash collateral shall become effective immediately, and such deposit shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or other notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the Borrower described in paragraph (h) or (i) of Section 7.01. The Borrower also shall deposit cash collateral pursuant to this paragraph as and to the extent required by Section 2.11(b). Each such deposit shall be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement. At any time that there shall exist a Defaulting Lender, if any Defaulting Lender Fronting Exposure remains outstanding (after giving effect to Section 2.22(a)(iv)), then promptly upon the request of the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent cash collateral in an amount sufficient to cover such Defaulting Lender Fronting Exposure (after giving effect to any cash collateral provided by the Defaulting Lender). The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such account. Other than any interest earned on the investment of such deposits, which investments shall be made at the option and sole discretion of the Administrative Agent in Permitted Investments, such deposits shall not bear interest. Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account. Moneys in such account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the Issuing Banks for LC Disbursements for which they have not been reimbursed and, to the extent not so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower for the LC Exposure at such time or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated (but subject to the consent of Revolving Lenders with LC Exposure representing more than 50% of the aggregate LC Exposure of all the Revolving Lenders), be applied to satisfy other obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement. If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default or the existence of a Defaulting Lender, such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower within three Business Days after all Events of

 

59


Default have been cured or waived or after the termination of Defaulting Lender status, as applicable. If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder pursuant to Section 2.11(b), such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower as and to the extent that, after giving effect to such return, the Borrower would remain in compliance with Section 2.11(b) and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(k) Designation of Additional Issuing Banks. The Borrower may, at any time and from time to time, designate as additional Issuing Banks one or more Revolving Lenders that agree to serve in such capacity as provided below. The acceptance by a Revolving Lender of an appointment as an Issuing Bank hereunder shall be evidenced by an agreement, which shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, executed by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and such designated Revolving Lender and, from and after the effective date of such agreement, (i) such Revolving Lender shall have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement and (ii) references herein to the term “Issuing Bank” shall be deemed to include such Revolving Lender in its capacity as an issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder.

(l) Termination of an Issuing Bank. The Borrower may terminate the appointment of any Issuing Bank as an “Issuing Bank” hereunder by providing a written notice thereof to such Issuing Bank, with a copy to the Administrative Agent. Any such termination shall become effective upon the earlier of (i) such Issuing Bank’s acknowledging receipt of such notice and (ii) the fifth Business Day following the date of the delivery thereof; provided that no such termination shall become effective until and unless the LC Exposure attributable to Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank (or its Affiliates) shall have been reduced to zero. At the time any such termination shall become effective, the Borrower shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the terminated Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.12(b). Notwithstanding the effectiveness of any such termination, the terminated Issuing Bank shall continue to have all the rights of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such termination, but shall not issue any additional Letters of Credit or be deemed an Issuing Bank for any other purpose.

(m) Issuing Bank Reports to the Administrative Agent. Unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank shall, in addition to its notification obligations set forth elsewhere in this Section, report in writing to the Administrative Agent (i) periodic activity (for such period or recurrent periods as shall be requested by the Administrative Agent) in respect of Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank, including all issuances, extensions, amendments, all expirations and cancellations and all disbursements and reimbursements, (ii) within five Business Days following the time that such Issuing Bank issues, amends, renews or extends any Letter of Credit, the date of such issuance, amendment or extension, and the face amount of the Letters of Credit issued, amended, renewed or extended by it and outstanding after giving effect to such issuance, amendment or extension (and whether the amounts thereof shall have changed), (iii) on each Business Day on which such Issuing Bank makes any LC Disbursement, the date and amount of such LC Disbursement, (iv) on any Business Day on which the Borrower fails to reimburse an LC Disbursement required to be reimbursed to such Issuing Bank on such day, the date of such failure and the amount of such LC Disbursement and (v) on any other Business Day, such other information as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request as to the Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank.

(n) Applicability of ISP and UCP. Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the applicable Issuing Bank and the Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued, (i) the rules of the ISP shall apply to each standby Letter of Credit, and (ii) the rules of the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, as most recently published by the International Chamber of Commerce at the time of issuance, shall apply to each commercial Letter of Credit.

 

60


SECTION 2.06 Funding of Borrowings.

(a) Each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds in dollars by 3:00 p.m., New York City time (or on the Effective Date, such earlier time as notified to the Lenders prior to the Effective Date), to the Applicable Account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders; provided that Swingline Loans shall be made as provided in Section 2.04. The Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the Borrower by promptly crediting the amounts so received, in like funds, to an account of the Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent in New York City or such other account designated by the Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request; provided that ABR Revolving Loans made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.05(f) shall be remitted by the Administrative Agent to the applicable Issuing Bank or, to the extent that Revolving Lenders have made payments pursuant to Section 2.05(f) to reimburse such Issuing Bank, then to such Lenders and such Issuing Bank as their interests may appear.

(b) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section and may, in reliance on such assumption and in its sole discretion, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to such share on demand of the Administrative Agent. If such Lender does not pay such corresponding amount forthwith upon demand of the Administrative Agent therefor, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower, and the Borrower agrees to pay such corresponding amount to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand. The Administrative Agent shall also be entitled to recover from such Lender or the Borrower interest on such corresponding amount, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation or (ii) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to such Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.13. If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing.

(c) The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Term Loans, Incremental Term Loans and Revolving Loans, to fund participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans and to make payments pursuant to Section 9.03(c) are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan, to fund any such participation or to make any payment under Section 9.03(c) on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan, to purchase its participation or to make its payment under Section 9.03(c).

SECTION 2.07 Interest Elections.

(a) Each Revolving Borrowing, Incremental Term Loan Borrowing and Term Loan Borrowing initially shall be of the Type specified in the applicable Borrowing Request or designated by Section 2.03 and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing shall have an initial Interest Period as specified in such Borrowing Request or designated by Section 2.03. Thereafter, the Borrower may elect to convert such Borrowing to a different Type or to continue such Borrowing and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, may elect Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this Section. The Borrower may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such

 

61


portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding the Loans comprising such Borrowing, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing. This Section shall not apply to Swingline Loans, which may not be converted or continued.

(b) To make an election pursuant to this Section, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such election by telephone by the time that a Revolving Borrowing Request would be required under Section 2.03 if the Borrower were requesting a Borrowing of the Type resulting from such election to be made on the effective date of such election. Each such telephonic Interest Election Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery, facsimile or other electronic transmission to the Administrative Agent of a written Interest Election Request signed by the Borrower.

(c) Each telephonic and written Interest Election Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.03:

(i) the Borrowing to which such Interest Election Request applies and, if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) below shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing);

(ii) the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day;

(iii) whether the resulting Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing; and

(iv) if the resulting Borrowing is to be a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period to be applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period.”

If any such Interest Election Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing but does not specify an Interest Period, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of three months’ duration.

(d) Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the applicable Class of the details thereof and of such Lender’s portion of each resulting Borrowing.

(e) If the Borrower fails to deliver a timely Interest Election Request with respect to a Eurodollar Borrowing prior to the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, at the end of such Interest Period such Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent, at the request of the Required Lenders, so notifies the Borrower, then, so long as an Event of Default is continuing, (i) no outstanding Borrowing may be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing and (ii) unless repaid, each Eurodollar Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto.

SECTION 2.08 Termination and Reduction of Commitments.

(a) Unless previously terminated, (i) the Term Commitments shall terminate upon the Borrowing of Term Loans on the Effective Date and (ii) the Revolving Commitments shall terminate on the Revolving Maturity Date.

 

62


(b) The Borrower may at any time terminate, or from time to time reduce, the Commitments of any Class without premium or penalty, provided that (i) each reduction of the Commitments of any Class shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $500,000 and not less than $1,000,000 and (ii) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the Revolving Commitments if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans in accordance with Section 2.11, the aggregate Revolving Exposures would exceed the aggregate Revolving Commitments.

(c) The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of any election to terminate or reduce the Commitments under paragraph (b) of this Section at least three Business Days prior to the effective date of such termination or reduction, specifying such election and the effective date thereof. Promptly following receipt of any such notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each notice delivered by the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall be irrevocable, provided that a notice of termination delivered by the Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities or the receipt of the proceeds from the issuance of other Indebtedness or the occurrence of some other identifiable event or condition, in which case such notice may be revoked or postponed by the Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date of termination) if such condition is not satisfied. Any termination or reduction of the Commitments of any Class shall be permanent. The Borrower may not designate that any Commitments of any Class, other than the Term Commitments and the Revolving Commitments, be terminated or reduced under this Section 2.08 unless such offer is accompanied by at least a pro rata offer to purchase, terminate or reduce Term Commitments or Revolving Commitments, as the case may be.

SECTION 2.09 Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt.

(a) The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid outstanding principal amount of each Revolving Loan of such Lender on the Revolving Maturity Date, (ii) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid outstanding principal amount of each Term Loan of such Lender as provided in Section 2.10, (iii) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid outstanding principal amount of each Incremental Term Loan of such Lender on the maturity date applicable to such Incremental Term Loan and (iv) to the Swingline Lender the then unpaid outstanding principal amount of each Swingline Loan made by the Swingline Lender on the earlier to occur of (A) the date that is ten (10) Business Days after such Loan is made and (B) the Revolving Maturity Date; provided that on each date that a Revolving Borrowing is made, the Borrower shall repay all Swingline Loans that were outstanding on the date such Borrowing was requested.

(b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Class and Type thereof and the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of the Lenders and each Lender’s share thereof.

(d) The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein absent manifest error, provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain

 

63


such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to pay any amounts due hereunder in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. In the event of any inconsistency between the entries made pursuant to paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Section, the accounts maintained by the Administrative Agent pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section shall control. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records of any Lender or the Administrative Agent under this Section 2.09, on the one hand, and the Register, on the other hand, the Register shall control.

(e) Any Lender may request through the Administrative Agent that Loans of any Class made by it be evidenced by a promissory note. In such event, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to such Lender (or, if requested by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns) and in a form provided by the Administrative Agent and approved by the Borrower.

SECTION 2.10 Maturity and Amortization of Term Loans.

(a) Subject to adjustment pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section, the Borrower shall repay Term Loan Borrowings on the days and in the amounts set forth below:

 

Date

   Amount  

December 31, 2014

   $ 1,875,000   

March 31, 2015

   $ 1,875,000   

June 30, 2015

   $ 1,875,000   

September 30, 2015

   $ 1,875,000   

December 31, 2015

   $ 1,875,000   

March 31, 2016

   $ 1,875,000   

June 30, 2016

   $ 1,875,000   

September 30, 2016

   $ 1,875,000   

December 31, 2016

   $ 1,875,000   

March 31, 2017

   $ 1,875,000   

June 30, 2017

   $ 1,875,000   

September 30, 2017

   $ 1,875,000   

December 31, 2017

   $ 1,875,000   

March 31, 2018

   $ 1,875,000   

June 30, 2018

   $ 1,875,000   

September 30, 2018

   $ 1,875,000   

December 31, 2018

   $ 1,875,000   

March 31, 2019

   $ 1,875,000   

June 30, 2019

   $ 1,875,000   

Term Maturity Date

    
 
All unpaid principal
of the Term Loans
  
  

 

64


; provided that if with respect to the Term Maturity Date, such date is not a Business Day, such payment shall be due on the next preceding Business Day.

(b) To the extent not previously paid, all Term Loans shall be due and payable on the Term Maturity Date.

(c) Any prepayment of a Term Loan Borrowing of any Class (i) pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(i) shall be applied to reduce the subsequent scheduled and outstanding repayments of the Term Loan Borrowings of such Class to be made pursuant to this Section as directed by the Borrower (and absent such direction in direct order of maturity) and (ii) pursuant to Section 2.11(c) or 2.11(f) shall be applied to reduce the subsequent scheduled and outstanding repayments of the Term Loan Borrowings of such Class to be made pursuant to this Section (except as otherwise provided in any Refinancing Amendment, pursuant to the corresponding section of such Refinancing Amendment) as directed by the Borrower (and absent such direction in direct order of maturity); provided that the Borrower may not designate that any Loans of any Class, other than the Term Loans, be offered for purchase under Section 2.11(a)(i) or Section 2.11(c) or (f) (except in respect of prepayments resulting from Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness, which shall be applied to the applicable refinanced Indebtedness as set forth herein) unless such offer is accompanied by at least a pro rata offer to purchase of Term Loans.

(d) Each repayment of a Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans included in the repaid Borrowing. Subject to Section 2.13(d), repayments of Term Loan Borrowings shall be accompanied by accrued interest on the amount repaid.

SECTION 2.11 Prepayment of Loans.

(a)

(i) The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing in whole or in part on a pro rata basis with respect to any Class, without penalty or premium (subject to Section 2.24), subject to the requirements of this Section 2.11.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything in any Loan Document to the contrary, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower may prepay the outstanding Term Loans on the following basis:

(A) The Borrower shall have the right to make a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a discount to par (such prepayment, the “Discounted Term

 

65


Loan Prepayment”) pursuant to a Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment, Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers or Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, in each case made in accordance with this Section 2.11(a)(ii); provided that (x) the Borrower shall not make any Borrowing of Revolving Loans to fund any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and (y) the Borrower shall not initiate any action under this Section 2.11(a)(ii) in order to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment unless (I) at least ten (10) Business Days shall have passed since the consummation of the most recent Discounted Term Loan Prepayment as a result of a prepayment made by the Borrower on the applicable Discounted Prepayment Effective Date; or (II) at least three (3) Business Days shall have passed since the date the Borrower was notified that no Term Lender was willing to accept any prepayment of any Term Loan and/or Other Term Loan at the Specified Discount, within the Discount Range or at any discount to par value, as applicable, or in the case of Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, the date of the Borrower’s election not to accept any Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers.

(B) (1) Subject to the proviso to subsection (A) above, the Borrower may from time to time offer to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment by providing the Auction Agent with at least three (3) Business Days’ notice in the form of a Specified Discount Prepayment Notice; provided that (I) any such offer shall be made available, (x) at the sole discretion of the Borrower, on an individual tranche basis, and (y) to each Lender with respect to any Class of Term Loans, (II) any such offer shall specify the aggregate principal amount offered to be prepaid (the “Specified Discount Prepayment Amount”) with respect to each applicable tranche, the tranche or tranches of Term Loans subject to such offer and the specific percentage discount to par (the “Specified Discount”) of such Term Loans to be prepaid (it being understood that different Specified Discounts and/or Specified Discount Prepayment Amounts may be offered with respect to different tranches of Term Loans and, in such an event, each such offer will be treated as a separate offer pursuant to the terms of this Section), (III) the Specified Discount Prepayment Amount shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $1,000,000 and whole increments of $500,000 in excess thereof and (IV) each such offer shall remain outstanding through the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date. The Auction Agent will promptly provide each relevant Term Lender with a copy of such Specified Discount Prepayment Notice and a form of the Specified Discount Prepayment Response to be completed and returned by each such Lender to the Auction Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to the relevant Term Lenders (the “Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date”).

(2) Each relevant Term Lender receiving such offer shall notify the Auction Agent (or its delegate) by the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date whether or not it agrees to accept a prepayment of any of its relevant then outstanding Term Loans at the Specified Discount and, if so (such accepting Term Lender, a “Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender”), the amount and the tranches of such Lender’s Term Loans to be prepaid at such offered discount. Each acceptance of a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment by a Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender shall be irrevocable. Any Term Lender whose Specified Discount Prepayment Response is not received by the Auction Agent by the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined to accept the applicable Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment.

 

66


(3) If there is at least one Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender, the Borrower will make a prepayment of outstanding Term Loans pursuant to this paragraph (B) to each Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender in accordance with the respective outstanding amount and tranches of Term Loans specified in such Lender’s Specified Discount Prepayment Response given pursuant to subsection (2); provided that, if the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans accepted for prepayment by all Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders exceeds the Specified Discount Prepayment Amount, such prepayment shall be made pro-rata among the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders in accordance with the respective principal amounts accepted to be prepaid by each such Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender and the Auction Agent (in consultation with the Borrower and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “Specified Discount Proration”). The Auction Agent shall promptly, and in any case within three (3) Business Days following the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date, notify (I) the Borrower of the respective Term Lenders’ responses to such offer, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and the aggregate principal amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and the tranches to be prepaid, (II) each Term Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, and the aggregate principal amount and the tranches of Term Loans to be prepaid at the Specified Discount on such date and (III) each Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender of the Specified Discount Proration, if any, and confirmation of the principal amount, tranche and Type of Loans of such Lender to be prepaid at the Specified Discount on such date. Each determination by the Auction Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to the Borrower and Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error. The payment amount specified in such notice to the Borrower shall be due and payable by the Borrower on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with subsection (F) below (subject to subsection (J) below).

(C) (1) Subject to the proviso to subsection (A) above, the Borrower may from time to time solicit Discount Range Prepayment Offers by providing the Auction Agent with at least three (3) Business Days’ notice in the form of a Discount Range Prepayment Notice; provided that (I) any such solicitation shall be extended, (x) at the sole discretion of the Borrower, on an individual tranche basis, and (y) to each Lender with respect to any Class of Term Loans, (II) any such notice shall specify the maximum aggregate principal amount of the relevant Term Loans (the “Discount Range Prepayment Amount”), the tranche or tranches of Term Loans subject to such offer and the maximum and minimum percentage discounts to par (the “Discount Range”) of the principal amount of such Term Loans with respect to each relevant tranche of Term Loans willing to be prepaid by the Borrower (it being understood that different Discount Ranges and/or Discount Range Prepayment Amounts may be offered with respect to different tranches of Term Loans and, in such an event, each such offer will be treated as a separate offer pursuant to the terms of this Section), (III) the Discount Range Prepayment Amount shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $1,000,000 and whole increments of $500,000 in excess thereof and (IV) each such solicitation by the Borrower shall remain outstanding through the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date. The Auction Agent will promptly provide each relevant Term Lender with a copy of such Discount Range Prepayment Notice and a form of the Discount Range Prepayment Offer to be submitted by a responding relevant Term Lender to the Auction Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to the relevant Term Lenders (the “Discount Range Prepayment Response Date”). Each relevant Term Lender’s Discount Range Prepayment

 

67


Offer shall be irrevocable and shall specify a discount to par within the Discount Range (the “Submitted Discount”) at which such Term Lender is willing to allow prepayment of any or all of its then outstanding Term Loans of the applicable tranche or tranches and the maximum aggregate principal amount and tranches of such Lender’s Term Loans (the “Submitted Amount”) such Lender is willing to have prepaid at the Submitted Discount. Any Term Lender whose Discount Range Prepayment Offer is not received by the Auction Agent by the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined to accept a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment of any of its Term Loans at any discount to their par value within the Discount Range.

(2) The Auction Agent shall review all Discount Range Prepayment Offers received on or before the applicable Discount Range Prepayment Response Date and shall determine (in consultation with the Borrower and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its sole reasonable discretion) the Applicable Discount and Term Loans to be prepaid at such Applicable Discount in accordance with this subsection (C). The Borrower agrees to accept on the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date all Discount Range Prepayment Offers received by Auction Agent by the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date, in the order from the Submitted Discount that is the largest discount to par to the Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par, up to and including the Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par within the Discount Range (such Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par within the Discount Range being referred to as the “Applicable Discount”) which yields a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment in an aggregate principal amount equal to the lower of (I) the Discount Range Prepayment Amount and (II) the sum of all Submitted Amounts. Each Lender that has submitted a Discount Range Prepayment Offer to accept prepayment at a discount to par that is larger than or equal to the Applicable Discount shall be deemed to have irrevocably consented to prepayment of Term Loans equal to its Submitted Amount (subject to any required proration pursuant to the following subsection (3)) at the Applicable Discount (each such Lender, a “Participating Lender”).

(3) If there is at least one Participating Lender, the Borrower will prepay the respective outstanding Term Loans of each Participating Lender in the aggregate principal amount and of the tranches specified in such Lender’s Discount Range Prepayment Offer at the Applicable Discount; provided that if the Submitted Amount by all Participating Lenders offered at a discount to par greater than the Applicable Discount exceeds the Discounted Range Prepayment Amount, prepayment of the principal amount of the relevant Term Loans for those Participating Lenders whose Submitted Discount is a discount to par greater than or equal to the Applicable Discount (the “Identified Participating Lenders”) shall be made pro-rata among the Identified Participating Lenders in accordance with the Submitted Amount of each such Identified Participating Lender and the Auction Agent (in consultation with the Borrower and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its sole reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “Discount Range Proration”). The Auction Agent shall promptly, and in any case within five (5) Business Days following the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date, notify (I) the Borrower of the respective Term Lenders’ responses to such solicitation, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Applicable Discount, and the aggregate principal amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and the tranches to be prepaid, (II) each Term Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Applicable Discount, and the aggregate principal amount and tranches of Term Loans to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on

 

68


such date, (III) each Participating Lender of the aggregate principal amount and tranches of such Lender to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such date, and (IV) if applicable, each Identified Participating Lender of the Discount Range Proration. Each determination by the Auction Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to the Borrower and Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error. The payment amount specified in such notice to the Borrower shall be due and payable by such Borrower on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with subsection (F) below (subject to subsection (J) below).

(D) (1) Subject to the proviso to subsection (A) above, the Borrower may from time to time solicit Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers by providing the Auction Agent with three (3) Business Days’ notice in the form of a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice; provided that (I) any such solicitation shall be extended, (x) at the sole discretion of the Borrower, on an individual tranche basis, and (y) to each Lender with respect to any Class of Term Loans, (II) any such notice shall specify the maximum aggregate dollar amount of the Term Loans (the “Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount”) and the tranche or tranches of Term Loans the Borrower is willing to prepay at a discount (it being understood that different Solicited Discount Prepayment Amounts may be offered with respect to different tranches of Term Loans and, in such an event, each such offer will be treated as a separate offer pursuant to the terms of this Section), (III) the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $1,000,000 and whole increments of $500,000 in excess thereof and (IV) each such solicitation by the Borrower shall remain outstanding through the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date. The Auction Agent will promptly provide each relevant Term Lender with a copy of such Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice and a form of the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer to be submitted by a responding Term Lender to the Auction Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to the relevant Term Lenders (the “Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date”). Each Term Lender’s Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer shall (x) be irrevocable, (y) remain outstanding until the Acceptance Date, and (z) specify both a discount to par (the “Offered Discount”) at which such Term Lender is willing to allow prepayment of its then outstanding Term Loan and the maximum aggregate principal amount and tranches of such Term Loans (the “Offered Amount”) such Lender is willing to have prepaid at the Offered Discount. Any Term Lender whose Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer is not received by the Auction Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined prepayment of any of its Term Loans at any discount.

(2) The Auction Agent shall promptly provide the Borrower with a copy of all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received on or before the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date. The Borrower shall review all such Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers and select the largest of the Offered Discounts specified by the relevant responding Term Lenders in the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers that is acceptable to the Borrower (the “Acceptable Discount”), if any. If the Borrower elects to accept any Offered Discount as the Acceptable Discount, then as soon as practicable after the determination of the Acceptable Discount, but in no event later than by the third Business Day after the date of receipt by the Borrower from the Auction Agent of a copy of all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers pursuant to the first sentence of this subsection (2) (the “Acceptance Date”), the Borrower shall submit an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice to the Auction Agent setting forth the Acceptable

 

69


Discount. If the Auction Agent shall fail to receive an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice from the Borrower by the Acceptance Date, the Borrower shall be deemed to have rejected all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers.

(3) Based upon the Acceptable Discount and the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received by Auction Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date, within three (3) Business Days after receipt of an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice (the “Discounted Prepayment Determination Date”), the Auction Agent will determine (in consultation with the Borrower and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its sole reasonable discretion) the aggregate principal amount and the tranches of Term Loans (the “Acceptable Prepayment Amount”) to be prepaid by the Borrower at the Acceptable Discount in accordance with this Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D). If the Borrower elects to accept any Acceptable Discount, then the Borrower agrees to accept all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received by Auction Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date, in the order from largest Offered Discount to smallest Offered Discount, up to and including the Acceptable Discount. Each Lender that has submitted a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer with an Offered Discount that is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount shall be deemed to have irrevocably consented to prepayment of Term Loans equal to its Offered Amount (subject to any required pro-rata reduction pursuant to the following sentence) at the Acceptable Discount (each such Lender, a “Qualifying Lender”). The Borrower will prepay outstanding Term Loans pursuant to this subsection (D) to each Qualifying Lender in the aggregate principal amount and of the tranches specified in such Lender’s Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer at the Acceptable Discount; provided that if the aggregate Offered Amount by all Qualifying Lenders whose Offered Discount is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount exceeds the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount, prepayment of the principal amount of the Term Loans for those Qualifying Lenders whose Offered Discount is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount (the “Identified Qualifying Lenders”) shall be made pro-rata among the Identified Qualifying Lenders in accordance with the Offered Amount of each such Identified Qualifying Lender and the Auction Agent (in consultation with the Borrower and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its sole reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “Solicited Discount Proration”). On or prior to the Discounted Prepayment Determination Date, the Auction Agent shall promptly notify (I) the Borrower of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and Acceptable Prepayment Amount comprising the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and the tranches to be prepaid, (II) each Term Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Acceptable Discount, and the Acceptable Prepayment Amount of all Term Loans and the tranches to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such date, (III) each Qualifying Lender of the aggregate principal amount and the tranches of such Lender to be prepaid at the Acceptable Discount on such date, and (IV) if applicable, each Identified Qualifying Lender of the Solicited Discount Proration. Each determination by the Auction Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to such Borrower and Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error. The payment amount specified in such notice to such Borrower shall be due and payable by such Borrower on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with subsection (F) below (subject to subsection (J) below).

(E) In connection with any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment, the Borrower and the Lenders acknowledge and agree that the Auction Agent may require as a condition to any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment, the payment of customary fees and expenses from the Borrower in connection therewith.

 

70


(F) If any Term Loan is prepaid in accordance with paragraphs (B) through (D) above, the Borrower shall prepay such Term Loans on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date. The Borrower shall make such prepayment to the Auction Agent, for the account of the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders, Participating Lenders, or Qualifying Lenders, as applicable, at the Administrative Agent’s Office in immediately available funds not later than 12:00 noon (New York City time) on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and all such prepayments shall be applied to the remaining principal installments of the relevant tranche of Term Loans on a pro rata basis across such installments. The Term Loans so prepaid shall be accompanied by all accrued and unpaid interest on the par principal amount so prepaid up to, but not including, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date. Each prepayment of the outstanding Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.11(a)(ii) shall be paid to the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders, Participating Lenders, or Qualifying Lenders, as applicable. The aggregate principal amount of the tranches and installments of the relevant Term Loans outstanding shall be deemed reduced by the full par value of the aggregate principal amount of the tranches of Term Loans prepaid on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment. In connection with each prepayment pursuant to this clause (ii), the Borrower shall make a representation to the Lenders that it does not possess material non-public information with respect to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries or the securities of any of them that has not been disclosed to the Lenders generally (other than Lenders who elect not to receive such information).

(G) To the extent not expressly provided for herein, each Discounted Term Loan Prepayment shall be consummated pursuant to procedures consistent with the provisions in this Section 2.11(a)(ii), established by the Auction Agent acting in its reasonable discretion and as reasonably agreed by the Borrower.

(H) Notwithstanding anything in any Loan Document to the contrary, for purposes of this Section 2.11(a)(ii), each notice or other communication required to be delivered or otherwise provided to the Auction Agent (or its delegate) shall be deemed to have been given upon Auction Agent’s (or its delegate’s) actual receipt during normal business hours of such notice or communication; provided that any notice or communication actually received outside of normal business hours shall be deemed to have been given as of the opening of business on the next Business Day.

(I) Each of the Borrower and the Lenders acknowledges and agrees that the Auction Agent may perform any and all of its duties under this Section 2.11(a)(ii) by itself or through any Affiliate of the Auction Agent and expressly consents to any such delegation of duties by the Auction Agent to such Affiliate and the performance of such delegated duties by such Affiliate. The exculpatory provisions pursuant to this Agreement shall apply to each Affiliate of the Auction Agent and its respective activities in connection with any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment provided for in this Section 2.11(a)(ii) as well as activities of the Auction Agent.

(J) The Borrower shall have the right, by written notice to the Auction Agent, to revoke in full (but not in part) its offer to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and rescind the applicable Specified Discount Prepayment Notice,

 

71


Discount Range Prepayment Notice or Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice therefor at its discretion at any time on or prior to the applicable Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date, Discount Range Prepayment Response Date or Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date, as applicable (and if such offer is revoked pursuant to the preceding clauses, any failure by such Borrower to make any prepayment to a Term Lender, as applicable, pursuant to this Section 2.11(a)(ii) shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default under Section 7.01 or otherwise).

(b) In the event and on each occasion that (i) the aggregate Revolving Exposures exceeds the aggregate Revolving Commitments or (ii) the aggregate amount of the Swingline Loans exceeds the Swingline Commitment, then the Borrower shall immediately prepay outstanding Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans, as applicable, and thereafter deposit cash collateral in an account with the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.05(j), in an aggregate amount necessary to eliminate such excess.

(c) In the event and on each occasion that any Net Proceeds are received by or on behalf of Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Term Loan Prepayment Event, the Borrower shall, within three Business Days after such Net Proceeds are received (or, in the case of a Term Loan Prepayment Event described in clause (b) of the definition of the term “Term Loan Prepayment Event,” on the date of such Term Loan Prepayment Event), prepay Term Borrowings and Incremental Term Borrowings in an aggregate amount equal to 100% of such Net Proceeds or provide written notice of its intent to reinvest such Net Proceeds pursuant to the fourth proviso below; provided that, in the case of any event described in clause (a) of the definition of the term “Term Loan Prepayment Event”, if at the time that any such prepayment would be required, the Borrower is required to offer to repurchase Permitted Pari Passu Secured Refinancing Debt (or any Permitted Refinancing thereof that is secured on a pari passu basis with the Secured Obligations) pursuant to the terms of the documentation governing such Indebtedness with the net proceeds of such Term Loan Prepayment Event (such Permitted Pari Passu Secured Refinancing Debt (or Permitted Refinancing thereof) required to be offered to be so repurchased, “Other Applicable Indebtedness”), then the Borrower may apply such Net Proceeds on a pro rata basis (determined on the basis of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term Borrowings, Incremental Term Borrowings and Other Applicable Indebtedness at such time; provided that the portion of such net proceeds allocated to the Other Applicable Indebtedness shall not exceed the amount of such net proceeds required to be allocated to the Other Applicable Indebtedness pursuant to the terms thereof, and the remaining amount, if any, of such net proceeds shall be allocated to the Term Borrowings and Incremental Term Borrowings in accordance with the terms hereof) to the prepayment of Term Borrowings and the Incremental Term Borrowings and to the repurchase or prepayment of Other Applicable Indebtedness, and the amount of prepayment of Term Borrowings and Incremental Term Borrowings that would have otherwise been required pursuant to this Section 2.11(c) shall be reduced accordingly; provided, further, that to the extent the holders of Other Applicable Indebtedness decline to have such indebtedness repurchased or prepaid, the declined amount shall promptly (and in any event within ten (10) Business Days after the date of such rejection) be applied to prepay Term Borrowings and Incremental Term Borrowings in accordance with the terms hereof; and provided further, that in the case of any event described in clause (a) of the definition of the term “Term Loan Prepayment Event”, if Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries (A) invest the Net Proceeds from such event (or a portion thereof) within 12 months after receipt of such Net Proceeds in assets useful in the business of the Borrower and the other Restricted Subsidiaries (including any acquisitions permitted under Section 6.04) or (B) state in a notice delivered within 12 months of the receipt of such Net Proceeds, that the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries has committed to reinvest such Net Proceeds in assets useful in the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, to the extent such Net Proceeds are actually reinvested in such assets within 18 months following the receipt thereof, then no prepayment shall be required pursuant to this paragraph in respect of such Net Proceeds in respect of such

 

72


event (or the applicable portion of such Net Proceeds, if applicable) except to the extent of any such Net Proceeds therefrom that have not been so invested by the end of such 12-month or 18-month period, as applicable, or with respect to which Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries no longer intend to reinvest such Net Proceeds, at which time a prepayment shall be required in an amount equal to such Net Proceeds that have not been so invested.

(d) [reserved].

(e) [reserved].

(f) Following the end of each fiscal year of Holdings, commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2015, the Borrower shall, within five (5) Business Days of the date on which financial statements are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01 with respect to the fiscal year for which Excess Cash Flow is being calculated, prepay Term Loan Borrowings and Incremental Term Loan Borrowings in an aggregate amount equal to the ECF Percentage of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year; provided that, except to the extent made from the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness, such amount in any fiscal year shall be reduced by the aggregate amount of prepayments of Term Loans and Incremental Term Loans (and, to the extent the Revolving Commitments are reduced in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.08, Revolving Loans) made pursuant to Section 2.11(a) and other Funded Debt voluntarily prepaid to the extent permitted herein.

(g) Prior to any optional prepayment of Borrowings pursuant to Section 2.11(a), the Borrower shall select the Borrowing or Borrowings to be prepaid and shall specify such selection in the notice of such prepayment pursuant to paragraph (h) of this Section. In the event of any mandatory prepayment of Term Loan Borrowings or Incremental Term Loan Borrowings made at a time when Term Loan Borrowings or Incremental Term Loan Borrowings of more than one Class remain outstanding, the Borrower shall select Term Loan Borrowings or Incremental Term Loan Borrowings to be prepaid so that the aggregate amount of such prepayment is allocated between Term Loan Borrowings and Incremental Term Loan Borrowings (and, to the extent provided in the Refinancing Amendment for any Class of Other Term Loans, the Borrowings of such Class) pro rata based on the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Borrowings of each such Class (provided, that any prepayment of Term Loan Borrowings and Incremental Term Loan Borrowings with the Net Proceeds of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness shall be applied solely to each applicable Class of Refinanced Debt). Optional prepayments of Term Loan Borrowings and Incremental Term Loan Borrowings shall be allocated among the Classes of Term Loan Borrowings and Incremental Term Loan Borrowings as directed by the Borrower; provided that the Borrower may not designate that any Loans of any Class, other than the Term Loans, be so prepaid unless such prepayment is accompanied by at least a pro rata offer to purchase of Term Loans. In the absence of a designation by the Borrower as described in the preceding provisions of this paragraph of the Type of Borrowing of any Class, the Administrative Agent shall apply such amounts to any outstanding ABR Borrowings prior to applying such amounts to any outstanding Eurodollar Borrowing.

(h) The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent (and, in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, the Swingline Lender) by telephone (confirmed by facsimile or other electronic transmission) of any prepayment pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(i) and 2.11(c) hereunder (i) in the case of prepayment of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, three Business Days before the date of prepayment, (ii) in the case of prepayment of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, one Business Day before the date of prepayment or (iii) in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the date of prepayment. Each such notice shall be in the form attached hereto as Exhibit J, shall be irrevocable and shall specify the prepayment date and principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid and, in the case of a mandatory prepayment, a reasonably detailed calculation of the amount of

 

73


such prepayment; provided that a notice of optional prepayment may state that such notice is conditional upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities or the receipt of the proceeds from the issuance of other Indebtedness or the occurrence of some other identifiable event or condition, in which case such notice of prepayment may be revoked by the Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified date of prepayment) if such condition is not satisfied. Promptly following receipt of any such notice (other than a notice relating solely to Swingline Loans), the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each partial prepayment of any Borrowing shall be in an amount that would be permitted in the case of an advance of a Borrowing of the same Type as provided in Section 2.02, except as necessary to apply fully the required amount of a mandatory prepayment. Each prepayment of a Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans included in the prepaid Borrowing. Prepayments shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.13 and amounts required pursuant to Section 2.16.

(i) Notwithstanding the foregoing, mandatory prepayments arising pursuant to clause (a) of the definition of Term Loan Prepayment Event or clause (f) of this Section 2.11, (i) will not be required to the extent the making of any such mandatory prepayment from the Net Proceeds received by or Excess Cash Flow of a Foreign Subsidiary could give rise to a material adverse tax consequence (as reasonably determined by the Borrower), (ii) will not be required to the extent such Net Proceeds or any such Excess Cash Flow shall have been applied to prepay any permitted Indebtedness of such Foreign Subsidiary or, in the case of the receipt of Net Proceeds, to the extent such Foreign Subsidiary has reinvested such Net Proceeds in its business or the business of Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that, if an Event of Default is then continuing, no prepayment of any such Indebtedness (other than a prepayment required by the terms of such Indebtedness) or reinvestment shall be permitted and (iii) will only be required to the extent, and for so long as, otherwise permissible under local law (as reasonably determined by the Borrower); provided that in the case of each of clauses (i) and (iii) above, the Borrower shall have used commercially reasonable efforts to cause such mandatory prepayment (x) not to be subject to such material adverse tax consequences or (y) to be permissible under local law, as applicable.

(j) So long as any Term Loans remain outstanding, any Term Lender may elect to decline the entire portion of the prepayment of its Term Loans pursuant to Sections 2.11(c) or (f) (other than mandatory prepayments pursuant to clause (b) of the definition of Term Loan Prepayment Event) by delivering notice to the Administrative Agent of such election within seven Business Days of receiving notice of any such prepayment, in which case the aggregate amount of the prepayment that would have been applied to prepay Term Loans but was so declined shall be re-offered to those Term Lenders under this Agreement who have initially accepted such prepayment (such re-offer to be made to each such Term Lender based on the percentage which such Term Lender’s Term Loans represents of the aggregate Term Loans of all such Term Lenders who have initially accepted such prepayment). In the event of such a re-offer, the relevant Lenders may elect to decline by notice to the Administrative Agent all of the amount of such prepayment that is re-offered to them within three Business Days of receiving notice of any such re-offered prepayment, in which case the aggregate amount of the prepayment that would have been applied to prepay such Term Loans pursuant to such re-offer but was so declined shall be returned to the Borrowers (such retained proceeds, the “Retained Declined Proceeds”). The amount of any such prepayment that is accepted by any Term Lender shall be applied to ratably to the outstanding principal amount of the Base Rate Loans and Eurodollar Rate Loans that make up such Term Lender’s Term Loan. In the absence of delivery of a notice declining any prepayment by any Lender promptly upon receiving notice of such prepayment, such Lender shall automatically be deemed to have accepted such prepayment and any re-offer in respect thereof.

 

74


SECTION 2.12 Fees.

(a) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent in dollars for the account of each Revolving Lender a commitment fee, which shall accrue at the rate of 0.50% per annum on the average daily unused amount of the Revolving Commitment of such Lender during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate. Accrued commitment fees shall be payable in arrears on the first Business Day following the last day of March, June, September and December of each year and on the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate, commencing on the first such date to occur after the date hereof; provided that any such fees accrued from the Effective Date through the end of the first full fiscal quarter following the Effective Date shall be payable on the first Business Day following the last day of such full quarter. All commitment fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). For purposes of computing commitment fees, a Revolving Commitment of a Lender shall be deemed to be used to the extent of the outstanding Revolving Loans and LC Exposure of such Lender (and the Swingline Exposure of such Lender shall be disregarded for such purpose).

(b) The Borrower agrees to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent in dollars for the account of each Revolving Lender (other than any Defaulting Lender) a participation fee with respect to its participations in Letters of Credit, which shall accrue at the Applicable Rate used to determine the interest rate applicable to Eurodollar Revolving Loans on the average daily amount of such Lender’s LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the Effective Date to and including the later of the date on which such Lender’s Revolving Commitment terminates and the date on which such Lender ceases to have any LC Exposure and (ii) to each Issuing Bank in dollars a fronting fee for each Letter of Credit equal to 0.125% per annum on the average daily amount of the LC Exposure attributable to Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the Effective Date to and including the later of the date of termination of the Revolving Commitments and the date on which there ceases to be any LC Exposure, as well as such Issuing Bank’s standard fees with respect to the issuance, amendment or extension of any Letter of Credit or processing of drawings thereunder. Participation fees and fronting fees for standby Letters of Credit accrued through and including the last day of March, June, September and December of each year shall be payable on the first Business Day following such last day, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Effective Date; provided that all such fees shall be payable on the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate and any such fees accruing after the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate shall be payable on demand. Any other fees payable to an Issuing Bank pursuant to this paragraph shall be payable within 10 days after demand. All participation fees and fronting fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).

(c) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, fees payable in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to Section 2.22, the Borrower shall not be obligated to pay any amounts to any Defaulting Lender pursuant to this Section 2.12.

SECTION 2.13 Interest.

(a) The Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing (including each Swingline Loan) shall bear interest at the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate.

 

75


(b) The Loans comprising each Eurodollar Borrowing shall bear interest at the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Rate.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, commencing, upon the occurrence of and during the continuation of an Event of Default under Section 7.01 (a), (b), (h), or (i), all principal of or interest on any Loan or any fee or other amount payable by the Borrower hereunder shall bear interest, after as well as before judgment, at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of overdue principal of any Loan, 2.00% per annum plus the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan as provided in the preceding paragraphs of this Section or (ii) in the case of any other overdue amount, 2.00% per annum plus the rate applicable to ABR Revolving Loans as provided in paragraph (a) of this Section.

(d) Accrued interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for such Loan and, in the case of Revolving Loans, upon termination of the Revolving Commitments, provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section shall be payable on demand, (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment of an ABR Revolving Loan prior to the end of the Revolving Availability Period), accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment and (iii) in the event of any conversion of any Eurodollar Loan prior to the end of the current Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion.

(e) All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, except that interest computed by reference to the Alternate Base Rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year), and in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). The applicable Alternate Base Rate or Adjusted Eurodollar Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Loan Documents, the Applicable Rate shall be deemed to be (i) 3.50% per annum, in the case of an ABR Loan, or (ii) 4.50% per annum, in the case of a Eurodollar Loan, (x) from the Effective Date to the date of delivery to the Administrative Agent of the financial statements and certificates required by Section 5.01(a), (b) or (c) and Section 5.01(d) after the Effective Date and (y) at any time during which Borrower has failed to deliver the financial statements and certificates required by Section 5.01(a), (b) or (c) and Section 5.01(d), respectively.

If (i) the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio used to determine the Applicable Rate for any period is incorrect as a result of any error, misstatement or misrepresentation contained in any financial statement or certificate delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a), (b) or (c) or Section 5.01(d), and (ii) as a result thereof, the Applicable Rate paid to the Lenders and/or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, at any time pursuant to the Agreement is lower than the Applicable Rate that would have been payable to the Lenders and/or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, had the Applicable Rate been calculated on the basis of the correct Senior Secured Leverage Ratio, the Applicable Rate in respect of such period will be adjusted upwards automatically and retroactively, and Borrower shall pay to each Lender and/or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amounts (“Additional Amounts”) as are necessary so that after receipt of such amounts such Lender and/or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, receives an amount equal to the amount it would have received had the Applicable Rate been calculated during such period on the basis of the correct Senior Secured Leverage Ratio (it being agreed and understood that Borrower’s payment of the Additional Amounts in accordance with this paragraph shall be deemed to cure the Event of Default arising under Section 7.01(b) solely due to the Borrower’s failure to pay such Additional Amount when originally due as a result of the inaccuracy of the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio as calculated by Borrower). The payment of Additional Amounts pursuant hereto shall be in addition to, and not in limitation of, any other amounts payable by Borrower pursuant to Section 2.13(c). Additional Amounts shall constitute “Secured Obligations”. The agreements herein shall survive the payment of the Loans and all other Obligations payable under this Agreement and the termination of the Commitments.

 

76


SECTION 2.14 Alternate Rate of Interest. If at least two Business Days prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Borrowing:

(a) the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period; or

(b) the Administrative Agent is advised by the Required Lenders that the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of making or maintaining their Loans included in such Borrowing for such Interest Period;

the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders by telephone or facsimile as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (i) any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Borrowing to, or continuation of any Borrowing as, a Eurodollar Borrowing shall be ineffective and (ii) if any Borrowing Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing, then such Borrowing shall be made as an ABR Borrowing; provided, however, that, in each case, the Borrower may revoke any Borrowing Request that is pending when such notice is received.

SECTION 2.15 Increased Costs.

(a) If any Change in Law shall:

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender or any Issuing Bank (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate);

(ii) subject any Lender, the Administrative Agent or any Issuing Bank to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (e) of the definition of Excluded Taxes and (C) Connection Income Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto; or

(iii) impose on any Lender or any Issuing Bank or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining any Eurodollar Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan) or to increase the cost to such Lender or Issuing Bank of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or issue any Letter of Credit) or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or Issuing Bank hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise), then, from time to time upon request of such Lender or Issuing Bank, the Borrower will pay to such Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, for such increased costs actually incurred or reduction actually suffered.

 

77


(b) If any Lender or Issuing Bank determines that any Change in Law regarding capital or liquidity requirements has the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s capital or liquidity or on the capital or liquidity of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank, to a level below that which such Lender or Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company with respect to capital or liquidity adequacy), then, from time to time upon request of such Lender or Issuing Bank, the Borrower will pay to such Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company for any such reduction actually suffered.

(c) A certificate of a Lender or an Issuing Bank setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or Issuing Bank or its holding company in reasonable detail, as the case may be, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section delivered to the Borrower shall be presumptively correct absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 15 days after receipt thereof.

(d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s right to demand such compensation, provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided further that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

SECTION 2.16 Break Funding Payments. In the event of (a) the payment of any principal of any Eurodollar Loan prior to the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default), (b) the conversion of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (c) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Revolving Loan, Term Loan or Incremental Term Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto or (d) the assignment of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.19 or Section 9.02(c), then, in any such event, the Borrower shall, after receipt of a written request by any Lender affected by any such event (which request shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis for requesting such amount), compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and expense attributable to such event. For purposes of calculating amounts payable by the Borrower to the Lenders under this Section 2.16, each Lender shall be deemed to have funded each Eurodollar Loan made by it at the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate, as applicable, for such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the applicable interbank eurodollar market for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Eurodollar Loan was in fact so funded. A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section delivered to the Borrower shall be presumptively correct absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 15 days after receipt of such demand. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 2.16 will not apply to Taxes indemnifiable under Section 2.17, as to which Section 2.17 shall govern, or Excluded Taxes.

 

78


SECTION 2.17 Taxes.

(a) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, provided that if the Borrower or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) shall be required by applicable Requirements of Law (as determined in the good faith discretion of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be)) to deduct any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes from such payments, then (i) the amount payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after all required deductions have been made (including deductions applicable to additional amounts payable under this Section) the Administrative Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Borrower or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) shall make such deductions and (iii) the Borrower or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) shall timely pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Requirements of Law.

(b) Without limiting the provisions of paragraph (a) above, the Borrower shall timely pay any Other Taxes (without duplication of Section 2.17(a)) to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with Requirements of Law.

(c) The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Lender and each Issuing Bank, within 30 days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes paid by the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, on or with respect to any payment by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document and any Other Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the basis and calculation of the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender or an Issuing Bank, or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender or an Issuing Bank, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by a Loan Party to a Governmental Authority, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(e) Each Lender shall, at such times as are reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, provide the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with any properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by Law, or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, certifying as to any entitlement of such Lender to an exemption from, or reduction in, any withholding Tax with respect to any payments to be made to such Lender under the Loan Documents (including any documentation necessary to establish an exemption from, or reduction of, any Taxes that may be imposed under FATCA). Each such Lender shall, whenever a lapse in time or change in circumstances renders such documentation expired, obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, deliver promptly to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent updated or other appropriate documentation (including any new documentation reasonably requested by the applicable withholding agent) or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of its inability to do so. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable Law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and

 

79


submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 2.17(e)(i) and (ii) below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing:

(i) Each Lender that is a United States person (as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or before the date on which it becomes a party to this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent) two properly completed and duly signed copies of IRS Form W-9 (or any successor form) certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding.

(ii) Each Lender that is not a United States person (as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or before the date on which it becomes a party to this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter when required by Law or upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent) whichever of the following is applicable:

(A) two properly completed and duly signed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or any successor forms) claiming eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States of America is a party,

(B) two properly completed and duly signed copies of IRS Form W-8ECI (or any successor forms),

(C) in the case of a Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a properly completed and duly signed certificate, in substantially the form of Exhibit H (any such certificate a “United States Tax Compliance Certificate”), or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, establishing that such Lender is not (1) a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (2) a “10 percent shareholder” of a Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (3) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and that no payments in connection with the Loan Documents are effectively connected with such Lender’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business and (y) two properly completed and duly signed original copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or any successor forms), and/or

(D) to the extent a Lender is not the beneficial owner (for example, where the Lender is a partnership), IRS Form W-8IMY (or any successor forms) of the Lender, accompanied, to the extent required to obtain an exemption from or reduction of Tax, by a Form W-8ECI, W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E United States Tax Compliance Certificate, Form W-9, Form W-8IMY, (or other successor forms) or any other required information from each beneficial owner, as applicable (provided that, if the Lender is a partnership and one or more beneficial owners are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, the United States Tax Compliance Certificate shall be provided by such Lender on behalf of such beneficial owners).

(iii) The Administrative Agent shall deliver to Borrower, on or prior to the Effective Date (or on or prior to the date of an assignment pursuant to which it becomes the

 

80


Administrative Agent), and at such other times as may be necessary in the reasonable determination of Borrower, two duly executed copies of IRS Form W-9 or the relevant IRS Form W-8, as applicable.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this clause (e), neither the Administrative Agent, nor any Lender, shall be required to deliver any form pursuant to this clause (e) that the Administrative Agent or such Lender is not legally eligible to deliver.

(f) If the Administrative Agent, an Issuing Bank or a Lender determines, in its reasonable discretion, that it has received a refund of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Borrower or with respect to which the Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section, it shall pay over such refund to the Borrower (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower under this Section 2.17 with respect to the Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of the Administrative Agent, such Issuing Bank or such Lender and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund), provided that the Borrower, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, such Issuing Bank or such Lender, agrees promptly to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent, such Issuing Bank or such Lender in the event the Administrative Agent, such Issuing Bank or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (f), in no event will the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such Issuing Bank be required to pay any amount to the Borrower pursuant to this paragraph (f) which would place the Administrative Agent, such Lender, or such Issuing Bank in a less favorable net after-Tax position than such party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. The Administrative Agent, such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, shall, at the Borrower’s request, provide the Borrower with a copy of any notice of assessment or other evidence of the requirement to repay such refund received from the relevant Governmental Authority (provided that the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such Issuing Bank may delete any information therein that the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such Issuing Bank deems confidential). If the Borrower pays any additional amounts under this Section 2.17 with respect to the Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes and the Borrower reasonably believes that such additional amounts or portion thereof are attributable to Taxes that were not correctly or legally asserted, the Lender and Administrative Agent shall use reasonable efforts to cooperate with Borrower (at the Borrower’s expense) to obtain a refund of such Taxes so long as such efforts would not, in the reasonable determination of such Lender or the Administrative Agent result in any non-reimbursable additional costs, expenses or risks or any other adverse effects for such Lender or the Administrative Agent. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, this Section shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to Taxes which it deems confidential).

(g) For purposes of this Section 2.17, the term “Lender” shall include each Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender.

SECTION 2.18 Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Setoffs.

(a) The Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it under any Loan Document (whether of principal, interest, fees or reimbursement of LC Disbursements, or of amounts payable under Section 2.15, 2.16 or 2.17, or otherwise) prior to the time expressly required hereunder or under such other Loan Document for such payment (or, if no such time is expressly required, prior to 2:00 p.m., New York City time), on the date when due, in immediately available funds,

 

81


without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, recoupment or setoff. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to such account as may be specified by the Administrative Agent, except payments to be made directly to any Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender shall be made as expressly provided herein and except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.03 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto and payments pursuant to other Loan Documents shall be made to the Persons specified therein. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. If any payment (other than payments on the Eurodollar Loans) under any Loan Document shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day. If any payment on a Eurodollar Loan becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the maturity thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to extend such payment into another calendar month, in which event such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day. In the case of any payment of principal pursuant to the preceding two sentences, interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate for the period of such extension. All payments under each Loan Document shall be made in dollars except as otherwise expressly provided herein.

(b) Subject to Section 4.02 of the Collateral Agreement, if at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, unreimbursed LC Disbursements, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, towards payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second, towards payment of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due to such parties.

(c) If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Revolving Loans, Incremental Term Loans, Term Loans or participations in LC Disbursements or Swingline Loans resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Revolving Loans, Incremental Term Loans, Term Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans and accrued interest thereon than the proportion received by any other applicable Lender as required under the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, pursuant to Section 4.02 of the Collateral Agreement), then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Revolving Loans, Incremental Term Loans and Term Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans of other applicable Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Revolving Loans, Incremental Term Loans, Term Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans; provided that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to (A) any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender) or (B) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements or Swingline Loans to any assignee or participant. The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

(d) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the Issuing Banks hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption and in its sole discretion, distribute to the Lenders or Issuing Banks, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or Issuing Banks, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or Issuing Bank with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

 

82


SECTION 2.19 Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders.

(a) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.15, or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.17 or any event gives rise to the operation of Section 2.23, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or its participation in any Letter of Credit affected by such event, or to assign and delegate its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or Affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment and delegation (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.15 or 2.17 or mitigate the applicability of Section 2.23, as the case may be, and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense reasonably deemed by such Lender to be material and would not be inconsistent with the internal policies of, or otherwise be disadvantageous in any material economic, legal or regulatory respect to, such Lender.

(b) If (i) any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.15 or gives notice under Section 2.23, (ii) the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or to any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.17 or (iii) any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04), all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment and delegation); provided that (A) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and unreimbursed participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans, accrued but unpaid interest thereon, accrued but unpaid fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts), including amount payable pursuant to Section 2.24, (B) the Borrower or such assignee shall have paid (unless waived) to the Administrative Agent the processing and recordation fee specified in Section 9.04(b)(ii) and (C) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.15, or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.17 or a notice given under Section 2.23, such assignment will result in a material reduction in such compensation or payments. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment and delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise (including as a result of any action taken by such Lender under paragraph (a) above), the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply. Each party hereto agrees that an assignment required pursuant to this paragraph may be effected pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption executed by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the assignee and that the Lender required to make such assignment need not be a party thereto.

 

83


SECTION 2.20 Incremental Credit Extensions.

(a) At any time and from time to time after the Effective Date, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may, by notice to the Administrative Agent (whereupon the Administrative Agent shall promptly make available to each of the Lenders), request to effect one or more increases in the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments (each such increase, a “Revolving Commitment Increase”) from Additional Revolving Lenders; provided that at the time of each such request and upon the effectiveness of each Incremental Revolving Facility Amendment, (A) the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 shall be satisfied, (B) the Borrower shall be in compliance on a Pro Forma Basis (before and after giving effect to any such Revolving Commitment Increase and assuming that such newly-incurred Revolving Commitment Increase is fully drawn) with (x) a Senior Secured Leverage Ratio not to exceed 3.50 to 1.00, as of the last day of the most recently ended LTM Period and (y) the Financial Performance Covenant at the level that is 0.25 to 1.00 below the then applicable covenant level as of the end of the most recently ended Test Period, (C) the Borrower shall have delivered a certificate of a Financial Officer to the effect set forth in clauses (A) and (B) above, together with reasonably detailed calculations demonstrating compliance with clause (B) above and (D) such Revolving Commitment Increase shall be on the same terms (other than any upfront fees) governing the Revolving Commitments pursuant to this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to contrary herein, the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Commitment Increases and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of all Term Commitment Increases incurred after the Effective Date shall not exceed the Incremental Cap. Each Revolving Commitment Increase shall be in a minimum principal amount of $5,000,000 and integral multiples of $1,000,000 in excess thereof; provided that such amount may be less than $5,000,000 if such amount represents all the remaining availability under the Incremental Cap.

(b) At any time and from time to time after the Effective Date, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may, by notice to the Administrative Agent (whereupon the Administrative Agent shall promptly make such notice available to each of the Lenders), request to effect one or more additional tranches of term loans hereunder or increases in the aggregate amount of the Term Commitments which shall take the form of an additional tranche of term loans hereunder (each such increase, a “Term Commitment Increase”, and the term loans made thereunder, “Incremental Term Loans”) from one or more Additional Term Lenders; provided that at the time of each such request and upon the effectiveness of each Incremental Term Facility Amendment, (A) the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 shall be satisfied; provided, further, that if the proceeds of such Incremental Term Loans are being used to finance a Permitted Acquisition or similar Investment, (x) the reference in Section 4.02(a) to the accuracy of the representations and warranties shall refer to the accuracy of the representations and warranties that would constitute Specified Representations and (y) the reference in Section 4.02(b) to Default and Event of Default shall mean the absence of a Default or Event of Default at the time that the main transaction agreement governing such Permitted Acquisition or Investment is executed and delivered and the absence of an Event of Default under Sections 7.01(a), (b), (h) or (i) immediately prior to and after giving effect to the incurrence of such Incremental Term Loans, (B)(I) the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis before and after giving effect to any Incremental Term Loans made pursuant to such Term Commitment Increase as of the last day of the most recently ended LTM Period, shall not exceed 3.50 to 1.00 and (II) on a Pro Forma Basis before and after giving effect to any Incremental Term Loans made pursuant to such Term Commitment Increase, the Borrower shall be in compliance with the Financial Performance Covenant at the level that is 0.25 to 1.00 below the then applicable covenant level as of the end of the most recently ended Test Period, (C) the Borrower shall have delivered a certificate of a Financial Officer to the effect set forth in clauses (A) and (B) above, together with reasonably detailed calculations demonstrating compliance with clause (B) above, (D) the

 

84


maturity date of any term loans incurred pursuant to such Term Commitment Increase shall not be earlier than the Latest Maturity Date then in effect and the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any term loans incurred pursuant to such Term Commitment Increase shall be no shorter than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Term Loans, (E) the interest rate margins and, subject to clause (D), the amortization schedule for any term loans incurred pursuant to such Term Commitment Increase shall be determined by the Borrower and the Additional Term Lenders with the applicable Term Commitment Increases; provided that in the event that the All-In Yield of any Term Commitment Increase exceeds the All-In Yield of any then existing Term Loans by more than 50 basis points, then the interest rate margins for such Term Loans shall be increased to the extent necessary so that the All-In Yield of the Term Loans is equal to the All-In Yield of such term loans incurred pursuant to such Term Commitment Increase minus 50 basis points (“MFN Protection”), and (F) any Incremental Term Facility Amendment shall be on the terms and pursuant to documentation to be determined by the Borrower and the Additional Term Lenders with the applicable Term Commitment Increases. Notwithstanding anything to contrary herein, the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount of the Term Commitment Increases and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Commitment Increases after the Effective Date shall not exceed the Incremental Cap. Each Term Commitment Increase shall be in a minimum principal amount of $5,000,000 and integral multiples of $1,000,000 in excess thereof; provided that such amount may be less than $5,000,000 if such amount represents all the remaining availability under the Incremental Cap.

(c) (i) Each notice from the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall set forth the requested amount of the relevant Revolving Commitment Increase or Term Commitment Increase.

(ii) Commitments in respect of any Revolving Commitment Increase shall become Commitments (or in the case of any Revolving Commitment Increase to be provided by an existing Revolving Lender, an increase in such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Commitment) under this Agreement pursuant to an amendment (an “Incremental Revolving Facility Amendment”) to this Agreement and, as appropriate, the other Loan Documents, executed by the Borrower, such Additional Revolving Lender and the Administrative Agent. Revolving Commitment Increases may be provided, subject to the prior written consent of the Borrower (not to be unreasonably withheld), by any existing Lender (it being understood that no existing Lender shall have the right to participate in any Incremental Revolving Facility or, unless it agrees, be obligated to provide any Incremental Revolving Loan or Revolving Commitment Increase) or by any Additional Revolving Lender. An Incremental Revolving Facility Amendment may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to any Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent, to effect the provisions of this Section. The effectiveness of any Incremental Revolving Facility Amendment shall be subject to the satisfaction on the date thereof (each, an “Incremental Revolving Facility Closing Date”) of each of the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (it being understood that all references to “the date of such Borrowing” in Section 4.02 shall be deemed to refer to the Incremental Revolving Facility Closing Date) and, to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, receipt by the Administrative Agent of legal opinions, board resolutions, officers’ certificates and/or reaffirmation agreements consistent with those delivered on the Effective Date under Section 4.01 (other than changes to such legal opinions resulting from a change in law, change in fact or change to counsel’s form of opinion reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent).

(iii) Commitments in respect of any Term Commitment Increase (the “Incremental Term Commitments”) shall become Commitments under this Agreement pursuant to an amendment (an “Incremental Term Facility Amendment”) to this Agreement and, as appropriate, the other Loan Documents executed by the Borrower, each applicable Additional Term Lender and the Administrative Agent. Term Commitment Increases may be provided,

 

85


subject to the prior written consent of the Borrower (not to be unreasonably withheld), by any existing Lender (it being understood that no existing Lender shall have any right to participate in any Term Commitment Increase or, unless it agrees, be obligated to provide any Term Commitment Increases) or by any Additional Term Lender. An Incremental Term Facility Amendment may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to any Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent, to effect the provisions of this Section. The effectiveness of any Incremental Term Facility Amendment shall be subject to the satisfaction on the date thereof (each, an “Incremental Term Facility Closing Date”) of each of the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (it being understood that all references to “the date of such Borrowing” in Section 4.02 shall be deemed to refer to the Incremental Term Facility Closing Date) and, to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, receipt by the Administrative Agent of legal opinions, board resolutions, officers’ certificates and/or reaffirmation agreements consistent with those delivered on the Effective Date under Section 4.01 (other than changes to such legal opinions resulting from a change in law, change in fact or change to counsel’s form of opinion reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent); provided that if the proceeds of such Incremental Term Commitments are being used to finance a Permitted Acquisition or similar Investment, (x) the reference in Section 4.02(a) to the accuracy of the representations and warranties shall refer to the accuracy of the representations and warranties that would constitute Specified Representations and (y) the reference in Section 4.02(b) to Default and Event of Default shall mean the absence of a Default or Event of Default at the time that the main transaction agreement governing such Permitted Acquisition or Investment is executed and delivered and the absence of an Event of Default under Sections 7.01(a), (b), (h) or (i) immediately prior to and after giving effect to the incurrence of such Incremental Term Commitments.

(d) Upon each Revolving Commitment Increase pursuant to this Section, each Revolving Lender immediately prior to such increase will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assigned to each Additional Revolving Lender providing a portion of such Revolving Commitment Increase (each a “Revolving Commitment Increase Lender”), and each such Revolving Commitment Increase Lender will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assumed, a portion of such Revolving Lender’s participations hereunder in outstanding Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans such that, after giving effect to such Revolving Commitment Increase and each such deemed assignment and assumption of participations, the percentage of the aggregate outstanding (A) participations hereunder in Letters of Credit and (B) participations hereunder in Swingline Loans held by each Revolving Lender (including each such Revolving Commitment Increase Lender) will equal such Revolving Lender’s Applicable Percentage. Any Revolving Loans outstanding immediately prior to the date of such Revolving Commitment Increase that are Eurodollar Loans will (except to the extent otherwise repaid in accordance herewith) continue to be held by, and all interest thereon will continue to accrue for the accounts of, the Revolving Lenders holding such Loans immediately prior to the date of such Revolving Commitment Increase, in each case until the last day of the then-current Interest Period applicable to any such Loan, at which time it will be repaid or refinanced with new Revolving Loans made pursuant to Section 2.01 in accordance with the Applicable Percentages of the Revolving Lenders after giving effect to the Revolving Commitment Increase; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, each Revolving Commitment Increase Lender will promptly purchase (for cash at face value) assignments of portions of such outstanding Revolving Loans of other Revolving Lenders so that, after giving effect thereto, all Revolving Loans that are Eurodollar Loans are held by the Revolving Lenders in accordance with their then-current Applicable Percentages. Any such assignments shall be effected in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.04; provided that the parties hereto hereby consent to such assignments and the minimum assignment amounts and processing and recordation fee set forth in Section 9.04(b) shall not apply thereto. If there are any ABR Revolving Loans outstanding on the date of such Revolving Commitment Increase, such Loans shall either be prepaid by the Borrower on

 

86


such date or refinanced on such date (subject to satisfaction of applicable borrowing conditions) with Revolving Loans made on such date by the Revolving Lenders (including the Revolving Commitment Increase Lenders) in accordance with their Applicable Percentages. In order to effect any such refinancing, (i) each Revolving Commitment Increase Lender will make ABR Revolving Loans to the Borrower by transferring funds to the Administrative Agent in an amount equal to the aggregate outstanding amount of such Loans of such Type times a percentage obtained by dividing the amount of such Revolving Commitment Increase Lender’s Revolving Commitment Increase by the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments (after giving effect to the Revolving Commitment Increase on such date) and (ii) such funds will be applied to the prepayment of outstanding ABR Revolving Loans held by the Revolving Lenders other than the Revolving Commitment Increase Lenders, and transferred by the Administrative Agent to the Revolving Lenders other than the Revolving Commitment Increase Lenders, in such amounts so that, after giving effect thereto, all ABR Revolving Loans will be held by the Revolving Lenders in accordance with their then-current Applicable Percentages. On the date of such Revolving Commitment Increase, the Borrower will pay to the Administrative Agent, for the accounts of the Revolving Lenders receiving such prepayments, accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amounts of their Revolving Loans being prepaid. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby agree that the minimum borrowing, pro rata borrowing and pro rata payment requirements contained elsewhere in this Agreement shall not apply to the transactions effected pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence.

(e) Upon each Term Commitment Increase pursuant to this Section, each Additional Term Lender shall make an additional term loan to the Borrower in a principal amount equal to such Lender’s Term Commitment Increase. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of each Term Commitment Increase and Revolving Commitment Increase and shall make available to the Lenders a copy of any each Incremental Term Facility Amendment and Incremental Revolving Facility Amendment.

(f) This Section 2.20 shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.18 or Section 9.02 to the contrary.

SECTION 2.21 Refinancing Amendments.

(a) At any time after the Effective Date, the Borrower may obtain, from any Lender or any Additional Lender, Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness in the form (a) of Other Term Loans or Other Term Commitments in respect of all or any portion of the Term Loans then outstanding under this Agreement (which for purposes of this clause (a) will be deemed to include any then outstanding Other Term Loans), or (b) Other Revolving Loans or Other Revolving Commitments in respect of all or any portion of the Revolving Loans (and unused Revolving Commitments) under this Agreement, in each case pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment; provided that such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness (i) will rank pari passu or junior in right of payment and/or of security with the other Loans and Commitments hereunder, or shall be unsecured, in each case subject to intercreditor arrangements (which may take the form of modifications to the payment or collection “waterfall” provisions in the Loan Documents) reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, (ii) will have such pricing and optional prepayment terms as may be agreed by the Borrower and the Lenders thereof, (iii) (x) with respect to any Other Revolving Loans or Other Revolving Commitments, will have a maturity date that is not prior to the maturity date of the Revolving Loans (or unused Revolving Commitments) being refinanced, and (y) with respect to any Other Term Loans or Other Term Commitments, will have a maturity date that is not prior to the maturity date of, and will have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity that is not shorter than, the Term Loans being refinanced, (iv) will have terms and conditions that are substantially identical to, or less favorable to the Lenders providing such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness than, the Refinanced Debt and (vi) will be applied, on a pro rata basis, to the Loans and Commitments subject to such proposed refinancing; provided further that the

 

87


terms and conditions applicable to such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness may provide for any additional or different financial or other covenants or other provisions that are agreed between the Borrower and the Lenders thereof and applicable only during periods after the Latest Maturity Date that is in effect on the date such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred or obtained. The effectiveness of any Refinancing Amendment shall be subject to the satisfaction on the date thereof of each of the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 and, to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, receipt by the Administrative Agent of legal opinions, board resolutions, officers’ certificates and/or reaffirmation agreements consistent with those delivered on the Effective Date under Section 4.01 (other than changes to such legal opinions resulting from a change in law, change in fact or change to counsel’s form of opinion reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent). Each Class of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness incurred under this Section 2.21 shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is (x) not less than $5,000,000 and (y) an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof. Any Refinancing Amendment may provide for the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrower or the provision to the Borrower of Swingline Loans, pursuant to any Other Revolving Commitments established thereby, in each case on terms substantially equivalent to the terms applicable to Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans under the Revolving Commitments. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of each Refinancing Amendment and shall make available to the Lenders a copy of any such Refinancing Amendment. Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that, upon the effectiveness of any Refinancing Amendment, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to reflect the existence and terms of the Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness incurred pursuant thereto (including any amendments necessary to treat the Loans and Commitments subject thereto as Other Term Loans, Other Revolving Loans, Other Revolving Commitments and/or Other Term Commitments). Any Refinancing Amendment may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section. In addition, if so provided in the relevant Refinancing Amendment and with the consent of each Issuing Bank, participations in Letters of Credit expiring on or after the Revolving Maturity Date shall be reallocated from Lenders holding Revolving Commitments to Lenders holding extended revolving commitments in accordance with the terms of such Refinancing Amendment; provided, however, that such participation interests shall, upon receipt thereof by the relevant Lenders holding Revolving Commitments, be deemed to be participation interests in respect of such Revolving Commitments and the terms of such participation interests (including, without limitation, the commission applicable thereto) shall be adjusted accordingly.

(b) This Section 2.21 shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.18 or Section 9.02 to the contrary.

SECTION 2.22 Defaulting Lenders.

(a) Adjustments. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as that Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law:

(i) Waivers and Amendments. Such Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in Section 9.02.

(ii) Reallocation of Payments. Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of that Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Article VII or otherwise, and including any amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by that Defaulting Lender pursuant to

 

88


Section 9.08), shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first, to the payment of any amounts owing by that Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second, in the case of a Revolving Lender, to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by that Defaulting Lender to each Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender hereunder; third, as the Borrower may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which that Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; fourth, in the case of a Revolving Lender, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to be held in a non-interest bearing deposit account and released in order to satisfy obligations of that Defaulting Lender to fund Loans under this Agreement; fifth, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders, the Issuing Banks or the Swingline Lenders as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender, such Issuing Bank or such Swingline Lender against that Defaulting Lender as a result of that Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; sixth, so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against that Defaulting Lender as a result of that Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and seventh, to that Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans or LC Disbursements and such Lender is a Defaulting Lender under clause (a) of the definition thereof, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the relevant Loans of, and LC Disbursements owed to, the relevant non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied pursuant to Section 2.05(j). Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post cash collateral pursuant to Section 2.05(j) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by that Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

(iii) Certain Fees. That Defaulting Lender (x) shall not be entitled to receive or accrue any commitment fee pursuant to Section 2.12(a) for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and the Borrower shall not be required to pay any such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to that Defaulting Lender) and (y) shall be limited in its right to receive Letter of Credit Fees as provided in Section 2.12(b).

(iv) Reallocation of Applicable Percentages to Reduce Fronting Exposure. During any period in which there is a Defaulting Lender, for purposes of computing the amount of the obligation of each non-Defaulting Lender to acquire, refinance or fund participations in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans pursuant to Sections 2.04 and 2.05, the “Applicable Percentage” of each non-Defaulting Lender shall be computed without giving effect to the Revolving Commitment of that Defaulting Lender; provided that the aggregate obligation of each non-Defaulting Lender to acquire, refinance or fund participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans shall not exceed the positive difference, if any, of (1) the Revolving Commitment of that non-Defaulting Lender minus (2) the Revolving Exposure of that Lender.

(b) Defaulting Lender Cure. If the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender and each Issuing Bank agree in writing in their sole discretion that a Defaulting Lender should no longer be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any cash Collateral), such Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans to be held on a pro rata basis by the

 

89


Lenders in accordance with their Applicable Percentages (without giving effect to Section 2.22(a)(iv)), whereupon that Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided, further, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

SECTION 2.23 Illegality. If any Lender determines that any law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender to make, maintain or fund Loans whose interest is determined by reference to the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Borrower through the Administrative Agent, (i) any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurodollar Loans or to convert ABR Loans to Eurodollar Loans shall be suspended, and (ii) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender making or maintaining ABR Loans the interest rate on which is determined by reference to the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate component of the Alternate Base Rate, the interest rate on such ABR Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate component of the Alternate Base Rate, in each case until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, (x) the Borrower shall, upon three Business Days’ notice from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable, convert all Eurodollar Loans of such Lender to ABR Loans (the interest rate on which ABR Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate component of the Alternate Base Rate), either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Loans, and (y) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender determining or charging interest rates based upon the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate, the Administrative Agent shall during the period of such suspension compute the Alternate Base Rate applicable to such Lender without reference to the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate component thereof until the Administrative Agent is advised in writing by such Lender that it is no longer illegal for such Lender to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate. Each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in writing promptly upon becoming aware that it is no longer illegal for such Lender to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted.

SECTION 2.24 Repricing Transactions. If, prior to the date that is six months after the Effective Date, (a) there shall occur any amendment, amendment and restatement or other modification of the Loan Documents that has the primary purpose of reducing the All-In Yield then in effect for the Term Loans made pursuant to Section 2.01(a), (b) all or any portion of the Term Facility is voluntarily or mandatorily prepaid with the Net Proceeds of issuances, offerings or placements of Indebtedness of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, or refinanced substantially concurrently with the incurrence of, or conversion of the Term Loans made pursuant to Section 2.01(a) into, new Indebtedness that, in each case, is incurred for the primary purpose of reducing the All-In Yield lower than the All-In Yield in effect for such Term Loans so prepaid (in each case, after giving effect to interest rate margins (including Adjusted Eurodollar Rate and Alternate Base Rate floors), original issue discount and upfront fees) or (c) a Lender must assign its Term Loans made pursuant to Section 2.01(a) as a result of its failure to consent to an amendment, amendment and restatement or other modification of this Agreement that would have the primary purpose of reducing the All-In Yield then in effect for the Term Loans made pursuant to Section 2.01(a) (any of clause (a), (b) or (c), a “Repricing Transaction”), then in each case the aggregate

 

90


principal amount of Term Loans made pursuant to Section 2.01(a) so subject to such Repricing Transaction (other than any Repricing Transaction made in connection with a Change in Control, a transformative Acquisition or a Permitted Acquisition) will be subject to a prepayment premium of 1.00% thereof, such premium due and payable by the Borrower immediately upon the consummation of such Repricing Transaction.

ARTICLE III

Representations and Warranties

Each of Holdings and the Borrower represents and warrants to the Lenders that:

SECTION 3.01 Organization; Powers. Each of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries are duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (to the extent such concept exists in the relevant jurisdictions) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, has the corporate or other organizational power and authority to, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each Loan Document to which it is a party and to effect the Transactions and, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required.

SECTION 3.02 Authorization; Enforceability. The Transactions to be entered into by each Loan Party have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action and, if required, action by the holders of such Loan Party’s Equity Interests. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each of Holdings and the Borrower and constitutes, and each other Loan Document to which any Loan Party is to be a party, when executed and delivered by such Loan Party, will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of Holdings, the Borrower or such Loan Party, as the case may be, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law, and implied covenants of good faith and fair dealing.

SECTION 3.03 Governmental and Third-Party Approvals; No Conflicts. The Transactions (a) except as described on Schedule 3.03 and only with respect to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority or any other Person, except such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and except filings necessary to perfect Liens created under the Loan Documents, (b) will not violate (i) the Organizational Documents of, or (ii) any Requirements of Law applicable to, Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, (c) will not violate or result in a default under any indenture or other material agreement or instrument binding upon Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or their respective assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment, repurchase or redemption to be made by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or give rise to a right of, or result in, termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation thereunder and (d) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, except Liens created under the Loan Documents, except (in the case of each of clauses (a), (b) and (c)) to the extent that the failure to obtain or make such consent, approval, registration, filing or action, or such violation, as the case may be, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

91


SECTION 3.04 Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Effect.

(a) The Unaudited Financial Statements fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of Holdings and its subsidiaries as of the date thereof and its results of operations for the period covered thereby.

(b) The internally-generated unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Holdings dated December 31, 2013 and the related internally-generated consolidated statements of earnings and cash flows of Holdings for the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2013 fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of Holdings as of the date thereof and its results of operations for the period covered thereby, subject to the absence of footnotes and to normal year-end audit adjustments.

(c) Holdings has heretofore furnished to Administrative Agent (for distribution to the Lenders) the Pro Forma Financial Statements, which have been prepared giving effect to the Transactions (excluding the impact of purchase accounting effects required by GAAP) as if such transactions had occurred on such date or at the beginning of such twelve-month period, as the case may be. The Pro Forma Financial Statements have been prepared in good faith, based on assumptions believed by Holdings to be reasonable as of the date of delivery thereof, and present fairly in all material respects on a pro forma basis the estimated financial position of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries as at the last day of the most recently completed four-fiscal-quarter period ended at least 45 days prior to the Effective Date, and their estimated results of operations for the periods covered thereby, assuming that the Transactions had actually occurred at such date or at the beginning of such period (excluding the impact of purchase accounting effects required by GAAP).

(d) Since December 31, 2013, there has been no Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.05 Properties.

(a) Each of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries has good title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its real and personal property material to its business, if any (including the Mortgaged Properties), (i) free and clear of all Liens except for Liens permitted by Section 6.02 and (ii) except for minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or as proposed to be conducted or to utilize such properties for their intended purposes, except, in each case, where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) As of the Effective Date after giving effect to the Transactions, except as set forth on Schedule 3.05, none of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary owns any real property.

SECTION 3.06 Litigation and Environmental Matters.

(a) There are no actions, suits or proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority pending against or, to the knowledge of Holdings or the Borrower, threatened in writing against or affecting Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, none of Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has, to the knowledge of Holdings or the Borrower, become subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) has received notice of any claim, action or order with respect to any Environmental Liability or (iv) has, to the knowledge of Holdings or the Borrower, any basis to reasonably expect that Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary will become subject to any Environmental Liability.

 

92


SECTION 3.07 Compliance with Laws and Agreements. Each of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries is in material compliance with (a) its Organizational Documents, (b) all Requirements of Law applicable to it or its property and (c) all indentures and other agreements and instruments binding upon it or its property, except, in the case of clauses (a) (other than as it relates to the Borrower), (b) and (c) of this Section, where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.08 Investment Company Status. None of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time.

SECTION 3.09 Taxes. Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, Holdings, the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary (a) have timely filed or caused to be timely filed all federal income Tax returns and all other material Tax returns and reports required to have been filed and (b) have timely paid or caused to be timely paid all federal income Taxes and all other material Taxes required to have been paid (whether or not shown on a material Tax return) including in their capacity as Tax withholding agents, except any Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate actions, provided that Holdings, the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, has set aside on its books adequate reserves therefore in accordance with GAAP. None of Holdings, Borrower or any of Restricted Subsidiary has knowledge (or could reasonably have knowledge upon due inquiry) of any proposed or pending Tax assessments, deficiencies, audits or other proceedings. None of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is a party to any Tax sharing, allocation, indemnity or similar agreement.

SECTION 3.10 ERISA; Labor Matters.

(a) Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, each Plan is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other federal or state laws.

(b) Except as could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) no ERISA Event has occurred or, to the knowledge of Holdings or the Borrower is reasonably expected to occur, (ii) neither a Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA), (iii) neither a Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Sections 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan and (iv) neither a Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could reasonably be expected to be subject to Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA.

(c) There are no collective bargaining agreements covering the employees of Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and, except as could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect, neither any Loan Party nor any Restricted Subsidiary has suffered any strikes, walk-outs, work stoppages or other labor difficulty within the last five years.

 

93


SECTION 3.11 Disclosure; Undisclosed Liabilities.

(a) No reports, financial statements, certificates or other written information (other than information of a general economic or industry nature or projected financial information and other forward-looking statements) furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with any Loan Document or delivered thereunder (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) when taken as a whole contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, Holdings and the Borrower represent only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed by them to be reasonable at the time delivered and, if such projected financial information was delivered prior to the Effective Date, as of the Effective Date, it being understood that any such projected financial information may vary from actual results and such variations could be material.

(b) To the knowledge of Holdings and the Borrower, as of the Effective Date, the Loan Parties have no material obligations or liabilities, matured or unmatured, fixed or contingent, other than (i) those set forth or adequately provided for in the financial statements delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Agreement, (ii) those incurred in the ordinary course of business and not required to be set forth in the financial statements under GAAP, (iii) those incurred in the ordinary course of business since the date of the most recently delivered balance sheet and consistent with past practice, and (iv) those incurred in connection with the execution of this Agreement.

SECTION 3.12 Subsidiaries; Equity Interests. As of the Effective Date, Part (a) of Schedule 3.12 sets forth the name of, and the ownership interest of Holdings and each Subsidiary in, each Subsidiary. As of the Effective Date, Part (b) of Schedule 3.12 sets forth all equity investments in any other corporation or entity other than those specifically disclosed in Part (a) of Schedule 3.12. All of the outstanding Equity Interests in the Borrower have been validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned by Holdings in the amounts specified on Part (a) of Schedule 3.12 free and clear of all Liens except those created under the Security Documents and the Organizational Documents.

SECTION 3.13 Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc. Except, in each case, as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries own, license or possess the right to use, all of the trademarks, service marks, trade names, domain names, copyrights, patents, patent rights, licenses, technology, software, know-how database rights, design rights and other rights to Intellectual Property that are reasonably necessary for the operation of their businesses as currently conducted, and, without conflict with the rights of any Person. No Intellectual Property, advertising, product, process, method, substance, part or other material used by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the operation of its business as currently conducted infringes upon any rights held by any Person except for such infringements, individually or in the aggregate, which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No claim or litigation regarding any of the Intellectual Property is pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings, the Borrower, and the Restricted Subsidiaries, threatened against Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, which, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.14 Solvency. From and after the consummation of the Transactions to occur on the Effective Date, after taking into account all applicable rights of indemnity and contribution, (a) the fair value of the assets of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, exceeds their debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, (b) the present fair saleable value of the property of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, is greater than the amount

 

94


that will be required to pay the probable liability, on a consolidated basis, of their debts and other liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured, (c) Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are able to pay their debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such liabilities become absolute and matured, and (d) Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are not engaged in, and are not about to engage in, business for which they have unreasonably small capital. For purposes of this Section 3.14, the amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that could reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

SECTION 3.15 Federal Reserve Regulations. None of Holdings, the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary is engaged or will engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock. No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used, directly or indirectly, to purchase or carry any margin stock or to refinance any Indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose, or for any other purpose that entails a violation (including on the part of any Lender) of the provisions of Regulations U or X of the Board of Governors.

SECTION 3.16 PATRIOT ACT; FCPA; OFAC.

(a) To the extent applicable, Holdings and its Subsidiaries is in compliance, in all material respects, with (i) the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 C.F.R. Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto and (ii) the PATRIOT Act. No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used, directly or, to the knowledge of Borrower, indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

(b) The use of the proceeds of the Loans and the Letters of Credit by Holdings and its Subsidiaries will not violate the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended or any of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 C.F.R. Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) or any enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto.

(c) None of Holdings or any of its respective Subsidiaries is (i) a Person described or designated in the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List of the Office of Foreign Assets Control or in Section 1 of the AntiTerrorism Order or (ii) engages with any such Person in any dealings or transactions that violate U.S. law.

SECTION 3.17 Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the Loans have been used and shall be used in accordance with Section 5.10.

SECTION 3.18 Security Interests. Each of the Security Documents creates, as security for the Secured Obligations purported to be secured thereby, a valid and enforceable (and, to the extent perfection thereof can be accomplished pursuant to the filings or other actions required by the Security Documents and such filings or other actions are required to have been made or taken, perfected) security interest in and Lien on all of the Collateral subject thereto, superior to and prior to the rights of all third Persons and subject to no other Liens (except that the Collateral may be subject to Liens permitted by Section 6.02), in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders. No filings or

 

95


recordings are required in order to perfect the security interests created under any Security Document that are required by the Security Documents except for filings or recordings which shall have been made, or for which satisfactory arrangements have been made or which are not yet required to have been made, upon or prior to the execution and delivery thereof.

SECTION 3.19 Insurance. The properties of each Borrower and its Subsidiaries are insured with reputable insurance companies that provide insurance for companies engaged in similar businesses, not Affiliates of such Borrower, in such amounts, with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where such Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary operates.

ARTICLE IV

Conditions

SECTION 4.01 Effective Date. The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of each Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit hereunder shall not become effective until the date on which each of the following conditions shall be satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02):

(a) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from the Borrower and Holdings either (i) a counterpart of this Agreement signed on behalf of such party or (ii) written evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include facsimile or other electronic transmission of a signed counterpart of this Agreement) that such party has signed a counterpart of this Agreement.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall have received a written opinion (addressed to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Banks and dated the Effective Date) of Goodwin Procter LLP, in customary form and substance.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of each Loan Party, dated the Effective Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit E-1 or such other form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent with appropriate insertions, executed by any Responsible Officer of such Loan Party, and including or attaching the documents referred to in paragraph (d) of this Section.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall have received a copy of (i) each Organizational Document of each Loan Party certified, to the extent applicable, as of a recent date by the applicable Governmental Authority, (ii) signature and incumbency certificates of the Responsible Officers of each Loan Party executing the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (iii) resolutions of the Board of Directors and/or similar governing bodies of each Loan Party approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of Loan Documents to which it is a party, certified as of the Effective Date by its secretary, an assistant secretary or a Responsible Officer as being in full force and effect without modification or amendment, and (iv) a good standing certificate (to the extent such concept exists) from the applicable Governmental Authority of each Loan Party’s jurisdiction of incorporation, organization or formation.

(e) The Administrative Agent shall have received all fees and other amounts previously agreed in writing by the Lead Arrangers and the Borrower to be due and payable on or prior to the Effective Date (including, to the extent estimated or invoiced at least three Business Days prior to the Effective Date, reimbursement or payment of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel) required to be reimbursed or paid by any Loan Party under any Loan Document), which amounts may be offset against the proceeds of the initial Loans made on the Effective Date.

 

96


(f) The Collateral and Guarantee Requirement shall have been satisfied; provided that if, notwithstanding the use by Holdings and the Borrower of commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to be satisfied on the Effective Date, the requirements thereof (other than (i) the execution and delivery of the Guarantee Agreement and the Collateral Agreement by the Loan Parties, (ii) delivery to the Administrative Agent of certificates (if any) representing the Equity Interests of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings and (iii) delivery of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements with respect to perfection of security interests in other assets of the Loan Parties that may be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code) are not satisfied as of the Effective Date, the satisfaction of such requirements shall not be a condition to the availability of the initial Loans on the Effective Date, but shall be required to be satisfied within the period specified therefor in Schedule 5.15 or such later date as the Administrative Agent may reasonably agree.

(g) Certificates of insurance shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent evidencing the existence of insurance maintained by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to Section 5.07 and, if applicable, the Administrative Agent shall be designated as an additional insured and loss payee as its interest may appear thereunder, or solely as the additional insured, as the case may be, thereunder (provided that if such endorsement as additional insured cannot be delivered by the Effective Date, such endorsement may be delivered at such later date as is set forth on Schedule 5.15).

(h) [Reserved].

(i) The Lenders shall have received a certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit E-2, from the chief financial officer or chief accounting officer or other officer with equivalent duties of the Borrower certifying as to the solvency of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis after giving effect to the Transactions.

(j) The Administrative Agent and the Lead Arrangers shall have received at least 3 Business Days prior to the Effective Date all documentation and other information about the Loan Parties as shall have been reasonably requested in writing at least 10 days prior to the Effective Date by the Administrative Agent or the Lead Arrangers required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including without limitation the USA Patriot Act.

(k) The Acquisition Agreement shall be dated as of the Effective Date and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. The Acquisition shall, immediately after the initial borrowings hereunder be, consummated in accordance with the terms of the Acquisition Agreement.

(l) The Lead Arrangers shall have received (i) unaudited consolidated balance sheets of the Acquired Business for each fiscal quarter of the 2014 fiscal year ended at least 45 days prior to the Effective Date, for the period elapsed from the beginning of the 2014 fiscal year to the end of each such fiscal quarter and for the comparable periods of the preceding fiscal year (the “Unaudited Financial Statements” and (ii) a pro forma consolidated balance sheet and related statements of income and cash flows for Holdings as of and for the twelve-month period ending on the last day of the most recently completed four-fiscal-quarter period ended at least 45 days prior to the Effective Date, in each case after giving effect to the Transactions (the “Pro Forma Financial Statements”).

(m) The Sponsor shall have invested a minimum of 40% of the total pro forma capitalization of Holdings and its subsidiaries on the Effective Date in the form of cash equity (including “rollover equity”; such investment, the “Equity Contribution”).

 

97


(n) [Reserved].

(o) [Reserved]

(p) The Administrative Agent shall have received a Borrowing Request in accordance with Section 2.03.

(q) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of the Borrower, executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, certifying that the conditions set forth in the second sentence of Section 4.01(k) and in Sections 4.01(m), 4.02(a) and 4.02(b) have been satisfied.

SECTION 4.02 Each Credit Event. The obligation of each Lender to make a Loan on the occasion of any Borrowing (including on the Effective Date), and of each Issuing Bank to issue, amend, renew or extend any Letter of Credit, is subject to receipt of the request therefor in accordance herewith and to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

(a) The representations and warranties of each Loan Party set forth in the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Borrowing or the date of issuance, amendment or extension of such Letter of Credit, as the case may be; provided that, to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date; provided further that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality,” “Material Adverse Effect” or similar language shall be true and correct in all respects on the date of such credit extension or on such earlier date, as the case may be.

(b) At the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Borrowing or the issuance, amendment or extension of such Letter of Credit, as the case may be, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(c) In the case of any Borrowing of Revolving Loans or the issuance, amendment or extension of any Letter of Credit, after giving effect to the incurrence of such Revolving Loans or issuance, amendment or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, the aggregate outstanding Revolving Exposures would not exceed the aggregate Revolving Commitments.

Each Borrowing (provided that a conversion or a continuation of a Borrowing shall not constitute a “Borrowing” for purposes of this Section) and each issuance, amendment or extension of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by Holdings and the Borrower on the date thereof as to the matters specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section.

 

98


ARTICLE V

Affirmative Covenants

Until the Commitments shall have expired or been terminated, the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees, expenses and other amounts (other than (x) contingent indemnification obligations as to which no claim has been made and (y) Secured Cash Management Obligations and Secured Swap Obligations) payable under any Loan Documents shall have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit shall have expired or been terminated (or cash collateralized or backstopped pursuant to arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the relevant Issuing Bank) and all LC Disbursements shall have been reimbursed, each of Holdings and the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:

SECTION 5.01 Financial Statements and Other Information. Holdings will furnish to the Administrative Agent (for distribution to each Lender through the Administrative Agent):

(a) on or before the date that is 150 days after the last day of the fiscal year of Holdings ending December 31, 2014 and 120 days after the last day of each fiscal year of Holdings thereafter, an audited consolidated balance sheet and audited consolidated statements of operations and cash flows of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of and for such fiscal year, in each case with customary management’s discussion and analysis describing results of operations, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year (which comparison may be prepared by the Borrower for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2013), all reported on by Deloitte & Touche LLP or other independent public accountants of recognized standing (without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception (other than a qualification related solely to the maturity of Loans and Commitments at the Revolving Maturity Date, the Term Maturity Date or the Latest Maturity Date, as applicable, or with respect to, or resulting from, any potential inability to satisfy the Financial Performance Covenant in a future date or period) and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit), such consolidated financial statements in each case to present fairly in all material respects the financial condition as of the end of and for such year and results of operations and cash flows of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries (as applicable) on a consolidated basis (as applicable) in accordance with GAAP consistently applied;

(b) with respect to each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, on or before the date that is 60 days after the last day of the fiscal quarter of Holdings ending September 30, 2014 and 45 days after the last day of each fiscal quarter of Holdings thereafter, an unaudited consolidated balance sheet and unaudited consolidated statements of operations and cash flows of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period or periods of (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the previous fiscal year; all certified by a Financial Officer as presenting fairly in all material respects, as applicable, the financial condition as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter and such portion of the fiscal year and results of operations and cash flows of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes, together with customary management’s discussion and analysis describing results of operations;

(c) on or before the date that is 45 days after the end of each fiscal month, beginning with the fiscal month ended June 30, 2014, an unaudited consolidated balance sheet and unaudited consolidated statements of operations and cash flows of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of and for such fiscal month and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period or periods of (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the previous fiscal year; all certified by a Financial Officer as presenting fairly in all material respects, as applicable, the financial condition as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter and such portion of the fiscal year and results of operations and cash flows of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes; provided that the financial reports provided pursuant to this subclause (c) for the fiscal months ended June 30, 2014, July 31, 2014, August 31, 2014 and September 30, 2014 may be management reports not required to be presented in accordance with GAAP;

(d) concurrently with the delivery of financial statements under paragraph (a), (b) or (c) above, a certificate of a Financial Officer (A) certifying as to whether a Default has occurred and, if a Default has occurred and is continuing, specifying the details thereof and any action taken or proposed to

 

99


be taken with respect thereto and (B) setting forth reasonably detailed calculations (1) demonstrating compliance with the covenants contained in Section 6.10 in the case of financial statements delivered under paragraph (a) or (b) above, (2) in the case of financial statements delivered under paragraph (a) above, beginning with the financial statements for the fiscal year of Holdings ending December 31, 2015, of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year and (3) of the Available Amount;

(e) not later than 60 days after the commencement of each fiscal year of Holdings, a reasonably detailed consolidated annual budget for Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including a projected consolidated balance sheet and consolidated statements of projected operations and cash flows as of the end of and for such fiscal year and setting forth the material assumptions used for purposes of preparing such budget) for the current fiscal year;

(f) promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and registration statements (other than amendments to any registration statement (to the extent such registration statement, in the form it became effective, is delivered to the Administrative Agent), exhibits to any registration statement and, if applicable, any registration statement on Form S-8) filed by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries with the SEC or with any national securities exchange; and

(g) promptly following any request therefor, such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries, or compliance with the terms of any Loan Document, as the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of any Lender may reasonably request in writing.

In addition, annually, if requested by the Administrative Agent and at a time to be mutually agreed with the Administrative Agent that is promptly after the delivery of the information required pursuant to clause (a) above, participate in a conference call for Lenders to discuss the financial condition and results of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the most recently-ended period for which financial statements have been delivered.

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a), (b), (c), (d) or (e) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 9.01 (or otherwise notified pursuant to Section 9.01(d)); or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that: (i) the Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent upon its reasonable request until a written notice to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent and (ii) the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent (by telecopier or electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents and upon its reasonable request, provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents. The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery of or maintain paper copies of the documents referred to above, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for timely accessing posted documents and maintaining its copies of such documents.

The Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent and/or the Lead Arrangers will make available to the Lenders and the Issuing Banks materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively, “Borrower Materials”) by posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks or another similar electronic system (the “Platform”) and (b) certain of the Lenders (each, a “Public Lender”) may have personnel who do not wish to receive material non-public

 

100


information with respect to the Borrower or its Affiliates, or the respective securities of any of the foregoing, and who may be engaged in investment and other market-related activities with respect to such Persons’ securities. The Borrower hereby agrees that it will use commercially reasonable efforts to identify that portion of the Borrower Materials that may be distributed to the Public Lenders and that (w) all such Borrower Materials shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arrangers, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any material non-public information (although it may be sensitive and proprietary) with respect to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates or the Borrower’s or any such Affiliates’ securities for purposes of United States Federal and state securities laws (provided, however, that to the extent such Borrower Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 9.12); (y) all Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Side Information”; and (z) the Administrative Agent and the Lead Arrangers shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Side Information.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower shall be under no obligation to mark any Borrower Materials “PUBLIC.”

SECTION 5.02 Notices of Material Events. Promptly after any Responsible Officer of Holdings or the Borrower obtains actual knowledge thereof and, if applicable, after notifying the appropriate Governmental Authority, Holdings or the Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent (for distribution to each Lender through the Administrative Agent) written notice of the following:

(a) the occurrence of any Default;

(b) to the extent permissible by applicable law, the filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or the receipt of a notice of an Environmental Liability, in each case that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and

(c) the occurrence of any event that is not a matter of general public knowledge that could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Each notice delivered under this Section shall be accompanied by a written statement of a Responsible Officer of Holdings or the Borrower setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

SECTION 5.03 Information Regarding Collateral.

(a) Holdings or the Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent with five days’ (or such shorter period as reasonably agreed to by the Administrative Agent) prior written notice of any change (i) in any Loan Party’s legal name (as set forth in its certificate of organization or like document), (ii) in the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of any Loan Party or in the form of its organization or (iii) in any Loan Party’s organizational identification number; provided that, the time limitations in this provision shall not apply to any change in the legal name of TA Midco 1, LLC to SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC in connection with the Acquisition.

(b) Concurrently with the delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 5.01(a), Holdings or the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of Holdings or the Borrower (i) setting forth the information required pursuant to the Perfection Certificate or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the

 

101


date of the Perfection Certificate delivered on the Effective Date or the date of the most recent certificate delivered pursuant to this Section, (ii) identifying any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower that has become, or ceased to be, a Material Subsidiary during the most recently ended fiscal quarter and (iii) certifying that all notices required to be given prior to the date of such certificate by this Section 5.03 have been given.

SECTION 5.04 Existence; Conduct of Business. Each of Holdings and the Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to obtain, preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and the rights, licenses, permits, privileges, franchises, patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade names material to the conduct of its business, except to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any merger, consolidation, amalgamation, liquidation or dissolution permitted under Section 6.03 or any Disposition permitted by Section 6.05.

SECTION 5.05 Payment of Taxes, etc. Each of Holdings and the Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, pay its obligations in respect of all federal and other material Taxes before the same shall become delinquent or in default, provided that neither Holdings nor any Restricted Subsidiary shall be required to pay any such Tax which is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings if it has maintained adequate reserves (in the good faith judgment of the management of Holdings) with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP. Each of Holdings and the Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, timely file all federal Tax returns and all other material Tax returns.

SECTION 5.06 Maintenance of Properties. Each of Holdings and the Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, keep and maintain all material property necessary to the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted and fire, casualty or condemnation excepted, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.07 Insurance. Each of Holdings and the Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, maintain, with insurance companies that Holdings believes (in the good faith judgment of the management of Holdings) are financially sound and responsible at the time the relevant coverage is placed or renewed, insurance in at least such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance which Holdings believes (in the good faith judgment of management of Holdings) is reasonable and prudent in light of the size and nature of its business) and against at least such risks (and with such risk retentions) as Holdings believes (in the good faith judgment or the management of Holdings) are reasonable and prudent in light of the size and nature of its business, and will furnish to the Administrative Agent, upon written request from the Administrative Agent, information presented in reasonable detail as to the insurance so carried. Each such policy of insurance shall (i) name the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, as an additional insured thereunder as its interests may appear and (ii) in the case of each casualty insurance policy, name the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders as the loss payee thereunder.

SECTION 5.08 Books and Records; Inspection and Audit Rights. Each of Holdings and the Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, maintain proper books of record and account in which entries that are full, true and correct in all material respects and are in conformity with GAAP consistently applied shall be made of all material financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of Holdings, the Borrower or their Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be. Each of Holdings and the Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent or any Revolving Lender, upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its properties (to the extent it is within such Person’s control to permit such

 

102


inspection), to examine and make extracts from its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent accountants, all at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as reasonably requested (and subject, in the case of any such meetings or advice from such independent accountants, to such accountants’ customary policies and procedures); provided that, excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of an Event of Default, only the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Revolving Lenders may exercise visitation and inspection rights of the Administrative Agent and the Revolving Lenders under this Section 5.08 and the Administrative Agent shall not exercise such rights more often than once during any calendar year absent the existence of an Event of Default and only one such time shall be at the Borrower’s expense; provided further that when an Event of Default exists, the Administrative Agent (together with any Revolving Lender) (or any of their respective representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice; provided, further, that any Term Lender (or representative designated by a Term Lender) may, at the sole cost and expense of such Term Lender, accompany the Administrative Agent on any such inspection. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.08, none of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall be required to disclose, permit the inspection, examination or making copies or abstracts of, or discussion of, any document, information or other matter (i) that constitutes non-financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information or (ii) in respect of which disclosure to the Administrative Agent or any Revolving Lender (or their respective representatives or contractors) is prohibited by applicable law or any binding agreement.

SECTION 5.09 Compliance with Laws. (a) Each of Holdings and the Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, comply with its Organizational Documents and all Requirements of Law with respect to it, its property and operations, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Without limitation of clause (a) above, Holdings and Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to: (i) comply with all applicable Environmental Laws and with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law (“Environmental Permits”) except, in each case, to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (ii) obtain and renew all Environmental Permits necessary for its operations and properties; and (iii) to the extent required under Environmental Laws, conduct any investigation, mitigation, monitoring, study, sampling and testing, and undertake any clean-up, removal or remedial, corrective or other action necessary to remove and clean up all Hazardous Materials, in accordance with the requirements of all Environmental Laws, except, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Without limitation of clause (a) above, Holdings and Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to comply with (i) the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 C.F.R. Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, (ii) the PATRIOT Act, (iii) the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended and (iv) all applicable Bank Secrecy Act and anti-money laundering laws and regulations.

SECTION 5.10 Use of Proceeds and Letters of Credit. The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Term Loans, together with cash on hand of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, to finance the Transactions on the Effective Date. No Revolving Loans (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, the face amount of any Letters of Credit issued on the Effective Date) will be drawn on the Effective Date. The proceeds of the Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans drawn after the Effective Date will be used only for working capital and other general corporate purposes (including Permitted Acquisitions and other Investments permitted hereunder), Restricted Payments permitted hereunder,

 

103


payments on Junior Financing and earnouts permitted hereunder and Capital Expenditures. Letters of Credit will be used only for general corporate purposes. The Borrower will not use the proceeds of any Loans or Letters of Credit in violation of any of the representations and warranties contained in Sections 3.15 or 3.16.

SECTION 5.11 Additional Restricted Subsidiaries.

(a) If (i) any additional Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) is formed or acquired after the Effective Date or (ii) if any Subsidiary ceases to be an Excluded Subsidiary, Holdings or the Borrower will, within 30 days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably agree) after such newly formed or acquired Subsidiary is formed or acquired or such Subsidiary ceases to be an Excluded Subsidiary, notify the Administrative Agent thereof (unless such Subsidiary is an Excluded Subsidiary), and will cause such Subsidiary (unless such Subsidiary is an Excluded Subsidiary) to satisfy the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement with respect to such Subsidiary and with respect to any Equity Interest in or Indebtedness of such Subsidiary owned by any Loan Party within 45 days after such notice (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably agree and the Administrative Agent shall have received a completed Perfection Certificate with respect to such Subsidiary signed by a Responsible Officer, together with all attachments contemplated thereby). Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 5.11 or any other Loan Document to the contrary, (i) no more than 65% of the total combined voting power of all classes of Equity Interests entitled to vote in or of any Foreign Subsidiary shall be pledged or similarly hypothecated to guarantee or support any Obligation herein, (ii) no Foreign Subsidiary shall guarantee or support any Obligation herein and (iii) no security or similar interest shall be granted in the assets of any Foreign Subsidiary, which security or similar guarantees or supports any Obligation herein.

(b) Within 45 days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may reasonably agree) after Holdings or the Borrower identifies any new Material Subsidiary pursuant to Section 5.03(b), all actions (if any) required to be taken with respect to such Subsidiary in order to satisfy the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement shall have been taken with respect to such Subsidiary.

SECTION 5.12 Further Assurances.

(a) Subject to the limitations set forth in the definition of Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and in the Security Documents, each of Holdings and the Borrower will, and will cause each Loan Party to, execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements, fixture filings, mortgages, deeds of trust and other documents), that may be required under any applicable law and that the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may reasonably request, to cause the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to be and remain satisfied, all at the expense of the Loan Parties.

(b) Subject to the limitations set forth in the definition of Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and in the Security Documents, if, after the Effective Date, any owned (but not leased) real property with a fair market value in excess of $1,000,000 (determined at the time of acquisition thereof, or, if acquired prior to the date the applicable Person became a Loan Party, the date such Person became a Loan Party, or, to the extent that any improvements are constructed on any such real property after the date of acquisition, on the date of “substantial completion” or similar timing, as determined by the Borrower in consultation with the Administrative Agent, of such improvements) (“Material Real Property”) is acquired by the Borrower or any other Loan Party or is owned by any Restricted Subsidiary on or after the time it becomes a Loan Party pursuant to Section 5.11 (other than assets constituting Collateral under a Security Document that become subject to the Lien created by such Security Document upon acquisition thereof or constituting Excluded Assets), the Borrower will notify the Administrative

 

104


Agent thereof, and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower will cause such assets to be subjected to a Lien securing the Secured Obligations and will take and cause the other Loan Parties to take, such actions as shall be necessary and reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to grant and perfect such Liens, including actions described in paragraph (a) of this Section, all at the expense of the Loan Parties and subject to the last paragraph of the definition of the term “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.” In the event any real property is mortgaged pursuant to this Section 5.12(b), the Borrower or such other Loan Party, as applicable, shall not be required to comply with the “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” and paragraph (a) of this Section until a reasonable time following the acquisition of such real property, and in no event shall compliance be required until 90 days following such acquisition or such longer time period as agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion.

SECTION 5.13 Compliance with ERISA. The Borrower and each Loan Party shall and shall cause its ERISA Affiliates to maintain each Plan which is subject to or governed under ERISA, the Code or other federal or state law in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, except where noncompliance would not be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect or cause a Lien on the assets of the Borrower or any Loan Party (other than Permitted Liens).

SECTION 5.14 [Reserved]

SECTION 5.15 Certain Post-Closing Obligations. As promptly as practicable, and in any event within the time periods after the Effective Date specified in Schedule 5.15 or such later date as the Administrative Agent agrees to in writing, including to reasonably accommodate circumstances unforeseen on the Effective Date, Holdings, the Borrower and each other Loan Party shall deliver the documents or take the actions specified on Schedule 5.15, in each case except to the extent otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to its authority as set forth in the definition of the term “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement”.

ARTICLE VI

Negative Covenants

Until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees, expenses and other amounts payable (other than (x) contingent indemnification obligations as to which no claim has been made and (y) Secured Cash Management Obligations and Secured Swap Obligations) under any Loan Document have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit have expired or been terminated and all LC Disbursements shall have been reimbursed (or cash collateralized or backstopped pursuant to arrangements reasonably acceptable to the Issuing Bank), each of Holdings and the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:

SECTION 6.01 Indebtedness; Certain Equity Securities.

(a) Holdings and the Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, except:

(i) (A) Indebtedness of Holdings, the Borrower and any of the Restricted Subsidiaries under the Loan Documents (including any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 2.20 or 2.21) and (B) subject to the prepayment of the Secured Obligations with the Net Proceeds thereof in accordance with Section 2.11(c), Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness under the Loan Documents;

 

105


(ii) Indebtedness outstanding on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 6.01 and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(iii) Guarantees by Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary otherwise permitted hereunder; provided that such Guarantee is otherwise permitted by Section 6.04; provided further that (A) no Guarantee by any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Borrower) of any Junior Financing shall be permitted unless such Restricted Subsidiary shall have also provided a Guarantee of the Loan Document Obligations pursuant to the Guarantee Agreement and (B) if the Indebtedness being Guaranteed is subordinated to the Loan Document Obligations, such Guarantee shall be subordinated to the Guarantee of the Loan Document Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the subordination of such Indebtedness;

(iv) Indebtedness of Holdings or the Borrower owing to any Restricted Subsidiary or of any Restricted Subsidiary owing to any other Restricted Subsidiary or the Borrower, Holdings to the extent permitted by Section 6.04; provided that (A) all such Indebtedness of any Loan Party owing to any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party shall be subordinated to the Loan Document Obligations on terms (i) at least as favorable to the Lenders as those set forth in the form of intercompany note attached as Exhibit F or (ii) otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and (B) all such Indebtedness in excess of $1,000,000 owing by a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to any Loan Party shall be evidenced by a note and pledged as Collateral for the Secured Obligations;

(v) (A) Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiaries financing the acquisition, construction, repair, replacement or improvement of fixed or capital assets, other than software; provided that such Indebtedness is incurred concurrently with or within 270 days after the applicable acquisition, construction, repair, replacement or improvement, and (B) any Permitted Refinancing of any Indebtedness set forth in the immediately preceding clause (A); provided further that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness that is outstanding in reliance on this clause (v) shall not, at any time outstanding, exceed the greater of (x) $5,000,000 and (y) 10% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended LTM Period (as determined at the time of incurrence thereof);

(vi) Indebtedness in respect of Swap Agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(vii) Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (or of any Person not previously a Restricted Subsidiary that is merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) after the date hereof as a result of a Permitted Acquisition, or Indebtedness of any Person that is assumed by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition of assets by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in a Permitted Acquisition, and Permitted Refinancings thereof; provided that (A) such Indebtedness is not incurred in contemplation of such Permitted Acquisition, (B) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness that is outstanding in reliance on this clause (vii) shall not, at any time outstanding, exceed the greater of (x) $10,000,000 and (y) 20% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended LTM Period (as determined at the time of incurrence thereof) and (C) no Guarantee by any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Borrower) of any such Indebtedness shall be permitted unless such Restricted Subsidiary shall have also provided a Guarantee of the Loan Document Obligations pursuant to the Guarantee Agreement;

(viii) [reserved];

 

106


(ix) (i) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation or stock-based compensation to employees, consultants or independent contractors of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) Indebtedness consisting of obligations of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries under deferred compensation to their employees, consultants or independent contractors or other similar arrangements incurred by such Persons in connection with Permitted Business Acquisitions or any other Investment permitted under Section 6.04;

(x) Indebtedness consisting of unsecured promissory notes issued by any Loan Party to current or former officers, directors and employees or their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof permitted by Section 6.06(a) (it being understood that amounts outstanding under this clause (x) shall reduce the applicable amounts available under Section 6.06(a) by a corresponding amount);

(xi) Indebtedness constituting indemnification obligations or obligations in respect of purchase price or other similar adjustments incurred in a Permitted Acquisition, any other Investment or any Disposition, in each case permitted under this Agreement;

(xii) Indebtedness consisting of (x) the Management Earnout and (y) other Indebtedness consisting of Deferred Seller Obligations, with respect to this clause (y) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $7,500,000 at any time outstanding; provided that earnouts shall not be subject to such maximum amount;

(xiii) Cash Management Obligations and other Indebtedness in respect of netting services, automatic clearing house arrangements, employees’ credit or purchase cards, overdraft protections and similar arrangements, in each case, in connection with deposit accounts in the ordinary course of business;

(xiv) Indebtedness of the Foreign Subsidiaries; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (xiv) in respect of which the primary obligor or a guarantor is a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party shall not exceed $2,500,000 at any time outstanding;

(xv) Indebtedness consisting of (A) the financing of insurance premiums or (B) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply or manufacturing arrangements, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(xvi) Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of bankers’ acceptances or similar instruments (other than letters of credit) issued or created in the ordinary course of business, including in respect of workers compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other reimbursement-type obligations (other than obligations in respect of letters of credit) regarding workers compensation claims; provided that the reimbursement obligations in respect thereof are reimbursed within 30 days following the date thereof;

(xvii) obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Borrower or any of the other Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

107


(xviii) Indebtedness supported by a Letter of Credit, in a principal amount not to exceed the face amount of such Letter of Credit;

(xix) other Indebtedness of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries not to exceed the greater of $10,000,000 and 20% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended LTM Period at any time outstanding; provided that (a) no Guarantee by any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Borrower) of any such Indebtedness shall be permitted unless such Restricted Subsidiary shall have also provided a Guarantee of the Loan Document Obligations pursuant to the Guarantee Agreement and (b) to the extent secured, any such Indebtedness shall be subject to intercreditor arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(xx) Guarantees incurred in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations (not constituting Indebtedness) to suppliers, customers, franchisees, lessors, licensees, sublicensees or distribution partners;

(xxi) (i) unsecured Indebtedness in respect of obligations of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to pay the deferred purchase price of goods or services or progress payments in connection with such goods and services; provided that such obligations are incurred in connection with open accounts extended by suppliers on customary trade terms in the ordinary course of business and not in connection with the borrowing of money and (ii) unsecured Indebtedness in respect of intercompany obligations of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of accounts payable incurred in connection with goods sold or services rendered in the ordinary course of business and not in connection with the borrowing of money; and

(xxii) Indebtedness secured by a Lien that is subordinated to the Liens securing the Loans (x) so long as, at the time of incurrence thereof, Holdings would be in compliance with a Senior Secured Leverage Ratio not to exceed 4.75 to 1.00 on a Pro Forma Basis as of the end of the most recently ended LTM Period and (y) subject to intercreditor arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; provided that no Guarantee by any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Borrower) of any such Indebtedness shall be permitted unless such Restricted Subsidiary shall have also provided a Guarantee of the Loan Document Obligations pursuant to the Guarantee Agreement;

(xxiii) unsecured Indebtedness so long as, at the time of incurrence thereof, Holdings would be in compliance with a Total Leverage Ratio not to exceed 5.00 to 1.00 on a Pro Forma Basis as of the end of the most recently ended LTM Period; provided that no Guarantee by any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Borrower) of any such Indebtedness shall be permitted unless such Restricted Subsidiary shall have also provided a Guarantee of the Loan Document Obligations pursuant to the Guarantee Agreement;

(xxiv) all premiums (if any), interest (including post-petition interest), fees, expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in clauses (i) through (xxiii) above.

(b) Holdings will not create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness in respect of which Holdings is the primary obligor or a guarantor except Indebtedness created under Sections 6.01(a)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (vi), (ix), (x), (xii), (xiii), (xv)(A), (xvi), (xvii) and (xix), and all premiums (if any), interest (including post-petition interest), fees, expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in the foregoing clauses.

 

108


SECTION 6.02 Liens. Neither Holdings nor the Borrower will, nor will they permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it, except:

(i) (A) Liens created under the Loan Documents and (B) Liens on the Collateral securing Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness or any Permitted Refinancing thereof; provided that (1) any such Liens that are Junior Liens shall be subject to the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement and (2) any such Liens that are pari passu with the Liens of the Secured Parties shall be subject to the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement;

(ii) Permitted Encumbrances;

(iii) Liens existing on the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 6.02 and any modifications, replacements, renewals or extensions thereof (or to the extent not listed on Schedule 6.02, where the fair market value of all properties to which such Liens apply under this clause (iii) is less than $100,000 in the aggregate); provided that (A) such modified, replacement, renewal or extension Lien does not extend to any additional property other than (1) after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien and (2) proceeds and products thereof, and (B) the obligations secured or benefited by such modified, replacement, renewal or extension Lien are permitted by Section 6.01;

(iv) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(a)(v); provided that (A) such Liens attach concurrently with or within 270 days after the acquisition, repair, replacement, construction or improvement (as applicable) of the property subject to such Liens, (B) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property financed by such Indebtedness except for accessions to such property and the proceeds and the products thereof and (C) with respect to Capital Lease Obligations, such Liens do not at any time extend to or cover any assets (except for accessions to or proceeds of such assets) other than the assets subject to such Capital Lease Obligations; provided further that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender;

(v) leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business that do not (A) interfere in any material respect with the business of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (B) secure any Indebtedness;

(vi) Liens (A) in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business or (B) on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods in the ordinary course of business;

(vii) Liens (A) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection and (B) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of setoff) and that are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(viii) Liens (A) on cash advances or escrow deposits in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 6.04 to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment or otherwise in connection with any escrow

 

109


arrangements with respect to any such Investment or any Disposition permitted under Section 6.05 (including any letter of intent or purchase agreement with respect to such Investment or Disposition), or (B) consisting of an agreement to dispose of any property in a Disposition permitted under Section 6.05, in each case, solely to the extent such Investment or Disposition, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien;

(ix) Liens on property of any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, which Liens secure Indebtedness of such Subsidiary permitted under Section 6.01;

(x) Liens granted by a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in favor of any Loan Party and Liens granted by a Loan Party in favor of any other Loan Party;

(xi) Liens existing on property at the time of its acquisition or existing on the property of any Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case after the date hereof (other than Liens on the Equity Interests of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary); provided that (A) such Lien was not created in contemplation of such acquisition or such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) such Lien does not extend to or cover any other assets or property (other than the proceeds or products thereof and other than after-acquired property subject to a Lien securing Indebtedness and other obligations incurred prior to such time and which Indebtedness and other obligations are permitted hereunder that require or include, pursuant to their terms at such time, a pledge of after-acquired property, it being understood that such requirement shall not be permitted to apply to any property to which such requirement would not have applied but for such acquisition), and (C) the Indebtedness secured thereby is permitted under Section 6.01(a)(vii);

(xii) any interest, lien, or title of a lessor or sublessor under leases or subleases (other than leases constituting Capital Lease Obligations) entered into by any of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and covering the assets so leased;

(xiii) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale of goods by any of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(xiv) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements under clause (e) of the definition of the term “Permitted Investments”;

(xv) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(xvi) Liens that are contractual rights of setoff (A) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the incurrence of Indebtedness, (B) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (C) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(xvii) ground leases in respect of real property on which facilities owned or leased by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries are located;

 

110


(xviii) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto and deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;

(xix) (A) zoning, building, entitlement and other land use regulations by Governmental Authorities with which the normal operation of the business complies, and (B) any zoning or similar law or right reserved to or vested in any Governmental Authority to control or regulate the use of any real property that does not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(xx) Liens on Equity Interests of a joint venture or an Unrestricted Subsidiary securing obligations of such joint venture or Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(xxi) Liens on cash or Permitted Investments used to defease or to satisfy and discharge Indebtedness, provided that such defeasance or satisfaction and discharge is permitted hereunder;

(xxii) other Liens; provided that the aggregate principal amount of obligations secured by Liens existing in reliance on this clause (xxii) shall not exceed the greater of $10,000,000 and 20% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended LTM Period at any time outstanding;

(xxiii) Liens on the property or assets of Foreign Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by them under Section 6.01;

(xxiv) Liens securing obligations in respect of trade-related letters of credit permitted under Section 6.01 and covering the goods (or the documents of title in respect of such goods) financed by such letters of credit and the proceeds and products thereof;

(xxv) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder with respect to any acquisition that would constitute an Investment permitted by this Agreement; and

(xxvi) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business.

SECTION 6.03 Fundamental Changes; Sale-Leasebacks.

(a) Neither Holdings nor the Borrower will, nor will they permit any other Restricted Subsidiary to, merge into or consolidate with any other Person, or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it, or liquidate or dissolve, or Dispose of all or substantially all of the assets of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, except that:

(i) any Restricted Subsidiary may merge with (A) the Borrower; provided that the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person, or (B) in the case of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Borrower), any one or more other Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that when any Subsidiary Loan Party is merging with another Subsidiary (1) the continuing or surviving Person shall be a Subsidiary Loan Party or (2) if the continuing or surviving Person is not a Subsidiary Loan Party, the acquisition of such Subsidiary Loan Party by such surviving Restricted Subsidiary is otherwise permitted under Section 6.04;

 

111


(ii) (A) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with or into any other Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party and (B) any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Borrower) may liquidate or dissolve or change its legal form if Holdings determines in good faith that such action is in the best interests of Holding and the Restricted Subsidiaries and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders;

(iii) any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Borrower) may make a Disposition of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor in such a transaction is a Loan Party, then (A) the transferee must be a Loan Party, (B) to the extent constituting an Investment, such Investment must be a permitted Investment in a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in accordance with Section 6.04 or (C) to the extent constituting a Disposition to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, such Disposition is for fair value and any promissory note or other non-cash consideration received in respect thereof is a permitted Investment in a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in accordance with Section 6.04;

(iv) the Borrower may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with any other Person; provided that (A) the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person or if the Person formed by or surviving any such merger or consolidation is not the Borrower (any such Person, the “Other Successor Borrower”), (1) the Other Successor Borrower shall be an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, (2) the Other Successor Borrower shall expressly assume all the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the Borrower is a party pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (3) each Loan Party other than the Borrower, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have reaffirmed, pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, that its Guarantee of, and grant of any Liens as security for, the Secured Obligations shall apply to the Other Successor Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement and (4) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Responsible Officer and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such merger or consolidation complies with this Agreement, (B) any Investment in connection therewith is permitted under Section 6.04 and (C) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(v) any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Borrower) may merge, consolidate or amalgamate with any other Person in order to effect an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 6.04; provided that the continuing or surviving Person shall be a Restricted Subsidiary, which together with each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, shall have complied with the requirements of Sections 5.11 and 5.12 (or arrangements for the compliance with such requirements within 30 days (or by such later date reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) shall have been made) and if the other party to such transaction is not a Loan Party, no Default exists after giving effect to such transaction; and

(vi) any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Borrower) may effect a merger, dissolution, liquidation, consolidation or amalgamation to effect a Disposition permitted pursuant to Section 6.05; provided that if the other party to such transaction is not a Loan Party, no Default exists after giving effect to the transaction.

(b) The Borrower will not, and Holdings and the Borrower will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage to any material extent in any business other than businesses of the type conducted by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Effective Date and businesses reasonably related, ancillary thereto, complementary, synergistic or reasonable extensions thereof.

 

112


(c) Holdings will not conduct, transact or otherwise engage in any business or operations other than (i) the ownership and/or acquisition of the Equity Interests of the Borrower, (ii) the maintenance of its legal existence, including the ability to incur fees, costs and expenses relating to such maintenance, (iii) participating in tax, accounting and other administrative matters as a member of the consolidated group of Holdings and the Borrower, (iv) the incurrence of any Indebtedness or Guarantees permitted to be created, incurred, assumed or made by it under Article VI, and the performance of its obligations under and in connection with the Loan Documents, any documentation governing any Indebtedness or Guarantee permitted to be incurred or made by it under Article VI and the other agreements contemplated hereby and thereby, (v) any public offering of its common stock or any other issuance or registration of its Equity Interests for sale or resale not prohibited by this Agreement, including the costs, fees and expenses related thereto, (vi) any transaction that Holdings is permitted to enter into or consummate under Article VI (including, but not limited to, the making of any Restricted Payment permitted by Section 6.06 or holding of any cash or Permitted Investments received in connection with Restricted Payments made in accordance with Section 6.06 pending application thereof in the manner contemplated by Section 6.04, the incurrence of any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by it under Section 6.01 and the making of any Investment permitted to be made by it under Section 6.04), (vii) incurring fees, costs and expenses relating to overhead and general operating including professional fees for legal, tax and accounting issues and paying Taxes, (viii) providing indemnification to officers and directors and as otherwise permitted in Section 6.07, (ix) activities incidental to the consummation of the Transactions and (x) activities incidental to the businesses or activities described in clauses (i) to (ix) of this paragraph.

(d) Holdings will not own or acquire any assets (other than Equity Interests as referred to in paragraph (c)(i) above, cash, Permitted Investments, loans and advances made by Holdings under Section 6.04(b), intercompany Investments consisting of Indebtedness permitted to be made by it under Section 6.04) or incur any liabilities (other than liabilities as referred to in paragraph (c) above, liabilities imposed by law, including Tax liabilities, and other liabilities incidental to its existence and business and activities permitted by this Agreement).

(e) Holdings will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing by any Loan Party of real or personal property that has been or is to be sold or transferred by such Loan Party to such Person or to any other Person to whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such Person on the security of such property or rental obligations of such Loan Party, other than any such arrangement entered into in connection with the financing of the acquisition of such property with the proceeds of purchase money Indebtedness incurred as permitted by Section 6.01(a)(v), any such arrangement involving the sale of property within 90 days after the purchase thereof if sold for consideration not less than the cost of the purchase thereof and the lease of which (if a Capitalized Lease) is permitted by Section 6.01(a)(v).

SECTION 6.04 Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions. Neither Holdings nor the Borrower will, nor will they permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make or hold any Investment, except:

(a) Permitted Investments;

(b) loans or advances to current or former officers, directors and employees of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) for reasonable and customary business-related travel, entertainment, relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes, (ii) in connection with such Person’s

 

113


purchase of Equity Interests of Holdings (provided that the amount of such loans and advances made in cash to such Person shall be contributed to the Borrower in cash as common equity or Qualified Equity Interests) and (iii) for purposes not described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time not to exceed $5,000,000;

(c) Investments (i) by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Loan Party, (ii) by any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in any other Restricted Subsidiary that is also not a Loan Party, (iii) by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) in any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the aggregate amount of such Investments made by Loan Parties after the Effective Date in Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties in reliance on this clause (iii)(A) (together with the amount of Investments made in Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties pursuant to Sections 6.04(h) and 6.04(p)) shall not exceed the Non-Loan Party Investment Amount at the time of any such Investment, (B) in any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, constituting an exchange of Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary for Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary or (C) constituting Guarantees of Indebtedness or other monetary obligations of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties owing to any Loan Party, (iv) by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties so long as such Investment is part of a series of simultaneous Investments that result in the proceeds of the initial Investment being invested in one or more Loan Parties and (v) by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, consisting of the contribution of Equity Interests of any other Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party so long as the Equity Interests of the transferee Restricted Subsidiary is pledged to secure the Secured Obligations;

(d) Investments consisting of extensions of trade credit and accommodation guarantees in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Investments (i) existing or contemplated on the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 6.04(e) and any modification, replacement, renewal, reinvestment or extension thereof and (ii) Investments existing on the date hereof by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and any modification, renewal or extension thereof; provided that, in each case, the amount of the original Investment is not increased except by the terms of such Investment to the extent as set forth on Schedule 6.04(e) or as otherwise permitted by this Section 6.04;

(f) Investments in Swap Agreements permitted under Section 6.01(a)(vi);

(g) promissory notes and other non-cash consideration received in connection with Dispositions permitted by Section 6.05;

(h) Permitted Acquisitions; provided that the aggregate amount of cash consideration paid or provided by the Borrower or any other Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Effective Date in reliance on this Section 6.04(h) (together with any Investments made in Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties pursuant to Sections 6.04(c)(iii)(A) and 6.04(p)) for Permitted Acquisitions (including the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness assumed in connection with Permitted Acquisitions) for any Restricted Subsidiary that shall not be or, after giving effect to such Permitted Acquisition, shall not become a Loan Party (or for assets that are not purchased by, or promptly contributed to, a Loan Party), shall not exceed the Non-Loan Party Investment Amount at such time;

(i) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of Uniform Commercial Code Article 3 endorsements for collection or deposit and Uniform Commercial Code Article 4 customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices;

 

114


(j) Investments (including debt obligations and Equity Interests) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers or in settlement of delinquent obligations of, or other disputes with, customers and suppliers or upon the foreclosure with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment;

(k) loans and advances to Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) in lieu of, and not in excess of the amount of (after giving effect to any other loans, advances or Restricted Payments in respect thereof), Restricted Payments to the extent permitted to be made to Holdings (or such parent) in accordance with Section 6.06(a)(iv), (v), (vii), or (ix);

(l) so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would immediately result therefrom, other Investments by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that at the time any such Investment is made, the aggregate outstanding amount of all Investments made in reliance on this clause (l) shall not exceed the Available Amount at such time;

(m) advances of payroll payments to employees in the ordinary course of business;

(n) Investments and other acquisitions to the extent that payment for such Investments is made solely with Qualified Equity Interests (excluding Cure Amounts) of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof);

(o) Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Effective Date or of a Person merged, amalgamated or consolidated with any Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with this Section and Section 6.03 after the Effective Date (other than existing Investments in Restricted Subsidiaries of such Restricted Subsidiary or Person, which must comply with the requirements of Section 6.04(h) or 6.04(l)) to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation;

(p) acquisitions of, investments in, and loans and advances to, joint ventures and Unrestricted Subsidiaries by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, so long as the aggregate amount invested, loaned or advanced pursuant to this Section 6.04(p) (determined without regard to any write-downs or write-offs of such investments, loans or advances), together with any Investments made in Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties pursuant to Sections 6.04(c)(iii)(A) and 6.04(h), does not exceed the Non-Loan Party Investment Amount at such time;

(q) non-cash Investments in connection with tax planning and reorganization activities; provided that, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent (following consultation with the Borrower), after giving effect to any such activities, the security interests of the Lenders in the Collateral, taken as a whole, would not be materially impaired; and

(r) Investments (A) for utilities, security deposits, leases and similar prepaid expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business and (B) trade accounts created, or prepaid expenses accrued, in the ordinary course of business.

(s) the licensing, sublicensing or contribution of rights in any Intellectual Property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with Persons other than Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

115


(t) Investments to the extent that payment for such Investments is made solely by the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings) to the seller of such Investments;

(u) any Investments in a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party or in a joint venture, in each case, to the extent such Investment is contemporaneously repaid in full with a dividend or other distribution from such Subsidiary or joint venture;

(v) the forgiveness or conversion to Equity Interests of any Indebtedness owed by a Loan Party and permitted by Section 6.02;

(w) Restricted Subsidiaries of Borrower may be established or created if the Borrower and such Restricted Subsidiary comply with the requirements of Section 5.11, if applicable; provided that, in each case, to the extent such new Restricted Subsidiary is created solely for the purpose of consummating an acquisition permitted by this Section 6.04, and such new Restricted Subsidiary at no time holds any assets or liabilities other than any merger consideration contributed to it contemporaneously with the closing of such transactions, such new Restricted Subsidiary shall not be required to take the actions set forth in Section 5.11, as applicable, until the respective acquisition is consummated (at which time the surviving entity of the respective transaction shall be required to so comply in accordance with the provisions thereof);

(x) to the extent that they constitute Investments, purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and equipment or purchases of contract rights or licenses or leases of intellectual property, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(y) Investments received substantially contemporaneously in exchange for, or the payment of which is made with, Equity Interests of the Borrower; provided that (i) no Change in Control would result therefrom, and (ii) such Equity Interests do not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests;

(z) Guarantees by (i) the Borrower or any Subsidiary Loan Party of operating leases (other than Capital Lease Obligations) or of other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness, in each case, entered into by the Borrower or any Subsidiary Loan Party in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party of operating leases (other than Capital Lease Obligations) or of obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness, in each case, entered into by any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in the ordinary course of business;

(aa) [reserved];

(bb) Investments by Loan Parties in any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party so long as such Investment is part of a series of simultaneous Investments by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in other Restricted Subsidiaries that result in the proceeds of the intercompany Investment being invested in one or more Loan Parties; and

(cc) other Investments (including acquisitions) by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary not to exceed, in the aggregate, at any time outstanding, the greater of (x) $10,000,000 and (y) 20% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended LTM Period (as determined at the time of such Investment).

SECTION 6.05 Asset Sales. Neither Holdings nor the Borrower will, nor will they permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of any asset, including any Equity Interest owned by it, nor will Holdings or the Borrower permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue

 

116


any additional Equity Interest in such Restricted Subsidiary (other than issuing directors’ qualifying shares, nominal shares issued to foreign nationals to the extent required by applicable Requirements of Law and other than issuing Equity Interests to Holdings, the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in compliance with Section 6.04(c)) (each, a “Disposition”), except:

(a) (i) Dispositions of obsolete or worn out property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired in the ordinary course of business and (ii) Dispositions of property no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(b) Dispositions of inventory and immaterial assets in the ordinary course of business;

(c) Dispositions of property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property;

(d) Dispositions of property to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) if the transferor in such a transaction is a Loan Party, then the transferee must be a Loan Party, (ii) to the extent constituting an Investment, such Investment must be a permitted Investment in accordance with Section 6.04 and (iii) to the extent constituting a Disposition to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, such Disposition is for fair value and any promissory note or other non-cash consideration received in respect thereof is a permitted Investment in a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in accordance with Section 6.04;

(e) Dispositions permitted by Section 6.03, Investments permitted by Section 6.04, Restricted Payments permitted by Section 6.06 and Liens permitted by Section 6.02;

(f) Dispositions of Permitted Investments;

(g) Dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof (other than in connection with financing transactions);

(h) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses (including the provision of software under an open source license), in each case in the ordinary course of business and that do not materially interfere with the business of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(i) transfers of property subject to Casualty Events upon receipt of the Net Proceeds of such Casualty Event;

(j) Dispositions of property to Persons other than Restricted Subsidiaries (including the sale or issuance of Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary) not otherwise permitted under this Section 6.05; provided that (i) no Event of Default shall exist at the time of, or would immediately result from, such Disposition (other than any such Disposition made pursuant to a legally binding commitment entered into at a time when no Default existed or would have resulted from such Disposition, and then no Event of Default under Sections 7.01(a), (b), (h) or (i) shall exist at the time of, or would result from, such Disposition), (ii) the aggregate fair market value of all property disposed of in reliance on this clause (j) shall not exceed the greater of (x) $10,000,000 and (y) 20% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended LTM Period (as determined at the time of such disposition) in any fiscal year; provided that the limitations set forth in this clause (ii) shall not apply to any Disposition of assets acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition, which assets are not used or useful to the core or principal business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (iii) with respect to any Disposition pursuant to this

 

117


clause (j), Holdings, the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary shall receive not less than 75% of such consideration in the form of cash or Permitted Investments; provided, however, that for the purposes of this clause (iii), (A) any liabilities (as shown on the most recent balance sheet of Holdings provided hereunder or in the footnotes thereto) of Holdings, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated in right of payment to the Loan Document Obligations, that are assumed by the transferee with respect to the applicable Disposition and for which Holdings, the Borrower and all of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall have been validly released by all applicable creditors in writing, shall be deemed to be cash, (B) any securities received by Holdings, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by Holdings, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Permitted Investments (to the extent of the cash or Permitted Investments received) within 180 days following the closing of the applicable Disposition, shall be deemed to be cash and (C) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by Holdings, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Disposition having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (C) that is at such time outstanding, not to exceed $2,500,000 at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value; and provided further that (I) Dispositions of the Equity Interests in the Borrower shall be prohibited and (II) Dispositions of the Equity Interests in any Restricted Subsidiary shall be prohibited unless it is for all of the outstanding Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary owned (directly or indirectly) by the Borrower, except to the extent constituting an Investment in a Restricted Subsidiary permitted under Section 6.04;

(k) Dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

(l) Dispositions, discounts or forgiveness of accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business in connection with the collection or compromise thereof, except in each case in connection with any financing transaction;

(m) the unwinding of Swap Agreements permitted hereunder pursuant to their terms;

(n) transfers of condemned property as a result of the exercise of “eminent domain” or other similar policies to the respective Governmental Authority or agency that has condemned the same (whether by deed in lieu of condemnation or otherwise), and transfers of property that have been subject to a casualty to the respective insurer of such real property as part of an insurance settlement;

(o) any Disposition of any asset between or among the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a substantially concurrent interim Disposition in connection with a Disposition otherwise permitted pursuant to this Section 6.05;

(p) the transfer for fair value of property (including Equity Interests of Restricted Subsidiaries) to another Person in connection with a joint venture arrangement with respect to the transferred property, provided that such transfer is permitted under Section 6.04(p); and

(q) the Disposition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

provided that any Disposition of any property pursuant to this Section 6.05 (except pursuant to Sections 6.05(e), (g), (i), (n) and (o) and except for Dispositions by a Loan Party to another Loan Party), shall be for no less than the fair market value of such property at the time of such Disposition.

 

118


SECTION 6.06 Restricted Payments; Certain Payments of Indebtedness.

(a) Neither Holdings nor the Borrower will, nor will they permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except:

(i) each Restricted Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower; provided that in the case of any such Restricted Payment by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower, such Restricted Payment is made to the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary and to each other owner of Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary based on their relative ownership interests of the relevant class of Equity Interests;

(ii) Holdings, the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions payable solely in the Qualified Equity Interests of such Person;

(iii) earnouts (other than the Management Earnout), so long as (a) no Event of Default under Sections 7.01(a), (b), (h) or (i) has occurred and is continuing and (b) immediately after giving effect thereto, (x) the Borrower shall be in Pro Forma Compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 6.10(a) and (y) the Borrower shall have Liquidity of at least $5,000,000;

(iv) repurchases of Equity Interests in Holdings (or Restricted Payments by Holdings to allow repurchases of Equity Interests in any direct or indirect parent of Holdings) or any Restricted Subsidiary deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price or withholding taxes payable in connection with the exercise of such options or warrants;

(v) so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would immediately result therefrom, Holdings may redeem, acquire, retire, repurchase or settle its Equity Interests (or any options or warrants or stock appreciation rights issued with respect to any of such Equity Interests) or to service Indebtedness incurred by Holdings to finance the redemption, acquisition, retirement, repurchase or settlement of such Equity Interests (or make Restricted Payments to allow any of Holdings’ direct or indirect parent companies to so redeem, retire, acquire or repurchase their Equity Interests or to service Indebtedness incurred to finance the redemption, retirement, acquisition or repurchase of such Equity Interests) held by current or former officers, managers, consultants, directors and employees (or their respective spouses, former spouses, successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legatees or distributees) of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, upon the death, disability, retirement or termination of employment of any such Person or otherwise in accordance with any stock option or stock appreciation rights plan, any management, director and/or employee stock ownership or incentive plan, stock subscription plan, employment termination agreement or any other employment agreements or equity holders’ agreement in an aggregate amount after the Effective Date together with the aggregate amount of loans and advances to Holdings made pursuant to Section 6.04(k) in lieu of Restricted Payments permitted by this clause (v) not to exceed $2,000,000 in any fiscal year (increasing to $4,000,000 for any fiscal year if the Total Leverage Ratio for the most recently completed fiscal year is less than or equal to 2.75 to 1.00) with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to the next succeeding calendar year (without giving effect to the following proviso); provided that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies or the proceeds of Qualified Equity Interests (other than such proceeds that have been applied to increase the Available Amount Equity Component) received by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Effective Date;

 

119


(vi) the Management Earnout, so long as immediately after giving effect thereto, (x) the Borrower shall be in Pro Forma Compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 6.10(a) and (y) the Borrower shall have Liquidity of at least $5,000,000;

(vii) the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments in cash to Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary:

(A) the proceeds of which shall be used by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to pay its Tax liability to the relevant jurisdiction in respect of income of the Borrower and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (a)(vii)(A) shall not exceed the Tax liability that Holdings and/or the relevant Restricted Subsidiaries (as applicable) would have incurred were such Taxes determined as if such entity(ies) were a stand-alone taxpayer or a stand-alone group;

(B) the proceeds of which shall be used by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to pay (1) its operating expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business and other corporate overhead costs and expenses (including administrative, legal, accounting and similar expenses payable to third parties) that are reasonable and customary and incurred in the ordinary course of business, and customary indemnification claims made by directors or officers of Holdings (or any parent thereof), in each case to the extent attributable to the ownership or operations of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in an amount not to exceed $1,000,000 in any fiscal year (exclusive of all audit fees), (2) fees and expenses (x) due and payable by any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and (y) otherwise permitted to be paid by such Restricted Subsidiary under this Agreement and (3) amounts due and payable pursuant to Section 6.07(iv);

(C) the proceeds of which shall be used by Holdings to pay franchise Taxes and other fees, Taxes and expenses required to maintain its corporate existence;

(D) the proceeds of which shall be used by Holdings to make Restricted Payments permitted by Section 6.06(a)(iv) or Section 6.06(a)(v);

(E) the proceeds of which shall be used to pay (or to make Restricted Payments to allow any direct or indirect parent thereof to pay) fees and expenses related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering permitted by this Agreement;

(F) the proceeds of which shall be used to make payments permitted by clause (b)(iv) of this Section 6.06; and

(G) the proceeds of which are applied to the purchase or other acquisition of all or substantially all of the property and assets or business of any Person, or of assets constituting a business unit, a line of business or division of such Person, or of all the Equity Interests in a Person, provided that such purchase or other acquisition would have constituted a “Permitted Acquisition” permitted to be made pursuant to Section 6.04; provided, further, that (A) such Restricted Payment shall be made concurrently with the closing of such purchase or other acquisition, (B) the recipient of

 

120


such Restricted Payment shall, immediately following the closing thereof, cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets or Equity Interests) to be contributed to the Borrower or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) or (2) the merger (to the extent permitted in Section 6.03) of the Person formed or acquired into the Borrower or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) in order to consummate such purchase or other acquisition, (C) Holdings or such direct or indirect parent company and its Affiliates (other than the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) receives no consideration or other payment from Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such transaction, except to the extent Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary could have given such consideration or made such payment in compliance with Section 6.07, (D) any property received by the Borrower shall not increase the Available Amount and (E) such Investment shall be deemed to be made by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.04(h);

(viii) in addition to the foregoing Restricted Payments and so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would immediately result therefrom and, except with respect to Restricted Payments made with the Available Amount Equity Component, Holdings would be in compliance with a Senior Secured Leverage Ratio not to exceed 2.50 to 1.00, on a Pro Forma Basis as of the end of the most recently ended LTM Period, Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Available Amount at such time;

(ix) so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would immediately result therefrom, other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount, together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this Section 6.06(a)(ix) and payments on account of Junior Financings made pursuant to Section 6.06(b)(v), not to exceed $5,000,000 (together with the aggregate amount of loans and advances to Holdings made pursuant to Section 6.04(k) in lieu of Restricted Payments permitted by this clause (a)(ix));

(x) Holdings and the Borrower may make Restricted Payments to the extent of the Net Proceeds received by Holdings (and in the case of Restricted Payments by the Borrower, to the extent contributed to the Borrower as cash common equity) from any issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of Holdings not otherwise included in the Available Amount, so long as such Restricted Payment is made within 90 days of the receipt of such Net Proceeds and, with respect to any such Restricted Payments, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would immediately result therefrom;

(xi) to the extent constituting Restricted Payments, Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries may enter into transactions expressly permitted by Sections 6.03 and 6.04;

(xii) the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may (i) pay cash in lieu of fractional shares in connection with any dividend, split or combination thereof or any Permitted Acquisition and (ii) honor any non-cash conversion request by a holder of convertible Indebtedness and make cash payments in lieu of fractional shares in connection with any such conversion;

(xiii) Restricted Payments in order to effectuate payments that at such time are permitted to be made pursuant to Section 6.07(iii), (iv), (vi), (viii) and, so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would immediately result therefrom,

 

121


(xiv) the payment of dividends and distributions within sixty (60) days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration of such payment, such payment would have complied with the other provisions of this Section 6.06;

(xv) any Person may make Restricted Payments to minority shareholders of any Restricted Subsidiary that is acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition or similar Investment permitted by Section 6.04 pursuant to appraisal or dissenters’ rights with respect to shares of such Subsidiary held by such shareholders; and

(xvi) redemptions in whole or in part of any of its Equity Interests for another class of its Equity Interests or with proceeds from substantially concurrent equity contributions or issuances of new Equity Interests; provided that such new Equity Interests contain terms and provisions at least as advantageous to the Lenders in all respects material to their interests as those contained in the Equity Interests redeemed thereby;

(b) Neither Holdings nor the Borrower will, nor will they permit any other Restricted Subsidiary to, make or pay, directly or indirectly, any payment or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) of or in respect of principal of or interest on any Junior Financing, or any payment or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any Junior Financing, or any other payment (including any payment under any Swap Agreement) that has a substantially similar effect to any of the foregoing, except:

(i) payment of regularly scheduled or required interest and principal payments as, in the form of payment and when due in respect of any Indebtedness to the extent such payments in respect of any Junior Financing are permitted by the subordination provisions thereof;

(ii) refinancings, refundings, renewals, modifications or exchanges of Indebtedness to the extent permitted by Section 6.01;

(iii) the conversion of any Junior Financing to Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies;

(iv) so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would immediately result therefrom and, except with respect to prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments made with the Available Amount Equity Component, Holdings would be in compliance with a Senior Secured Leverage Ratio not to exceed 2.50 to 1.00, on a Pro Forma Basis as of the end of the most recently ended LTM Period, prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments in respect of Junior Financings prior to their scheduled maturity in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Available Amount at such time;

(v) so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would immediately result therefrom, prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments in respect of Junior Financings prior to their scheduled maturity in an aggregate amount, together with all other such prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments made pursuant to this Section 6.06(b)(v) and Restricted Payments made pursuant to Section 6.06(a)(ix), not to exceed $5,000,000;

 

122


(vi) the Management Earnout, so long as immediately after giving effect thereto, (x) the Borrower shall be in Pro Forma Compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 6.10(a) and (y) the Borrower shall have Liquidity of at least $5,000,000; and

(vii) earnouts (other than the Management Earnout), so long as (a) no Event of Default under Sections 7.01(a), (b), (h) or (i) has occurred and is continuing and (b) immediately after giving effect thereto, (x) the Borrower shall be in Pro Forma Compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 6.10(a) and (y) the Borrower shall have Liquidity of at least $5,000,000.

SECTION 6.07 Transactions with Affiliates. Neither Holdings nor the Borrower will, nor will they permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, sell, lease or otherwise transfer any property or assets to, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates, except (i) transactions with Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (or an entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the transaction), (ii) on terms substantially as favorable to Holdings, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary as would be obtainable by such Person at the time in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate, (iii) the payment of fees and expenses related to the Transactions, (iv) the reimbursement of the Sponsor’s expenses and indemnification payments in favor of the Sponsor, (v) issuances of Equity Interests of Holdings to the extent otherwise permitted by this Agreement, (vi) employment agreements and severance arrangements and health, disability and similar insurance or benefit plans between Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries and their respective officers and employees (including management and employee benefit plans or agreements, subscription agreements or similar agreements pertaining to the repurchase of Equity Interests pursuant to put/call rights or similar rights with present or former employees, officers or directors and stock option or incentive plans and other compensation arrangements) in the ordinary course of business or otherwise in connection with the Transactions (including loans and advances pursuant to Sections 6.04(b) and 6.04(m)), (vii) payments by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to tax sharing agreements among Holdings (and any such parent thereof), the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on customary terms to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, to the extent payments are permitted by Section 6.06, (viii) the payment of customary fees and reasonable out-of-pocket costs to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, directors, officers and employees of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, (ix) transactions pursuant to permitted agreements in existence or contemplated on the Effective Date and set forth on Schedule 6.07 or any amendment thereto to the extent such an amendment is not adverse to the Lenders in any material respect, (x) Restricted Payments permitted under Section 6.06, (xi) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, customary payments by Holdings, the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiaries to the Sponsors (or any Affiliates or management companies of the Sponsor) not to exceed $500,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year made for any financial advisory, consulting, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities (including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures), which payments are approved by the majority of the members of the board of directors or a majority of the disinterested members of the board of directors of Holdings in good faith, (xii) Investments in the Borrower’s Subsidiaries and joint ventures (to the extent any such Subsidiary is an Excluded Subsidiary or any such joint venture is only an Affiliate as a result of Investments by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Subsidiary or joint venture) to the extent otherwise permitted under Section 6.04, (xiii) transactions between the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Person that is an Affiliate solely due to the fact that a director of such Person is also a director of the Borrower or Holdings, provided, that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Borrower or Holdings, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person; (xiv) any issuance of Equity Interests, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities, Equity

 

123


Interests or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, equity purchase agreements, deferred compensation agreements, stock options and stock ownership plans or similar employee benefit plans approved by the Board of Directors of the Borrower; (xv) loans or advances to officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent permitted by Section 6.04; (xvi) transactions to effect the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions; (xvii) any transaction in respect of which the Borrower delivers to the Administrative Agent (for delivery to the Lenders) a letter addressed to the Board of Directors of the Borrower from an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm, in each case of nationally recognized standing that is (A) in the good faith determination of the Borrower qualified to render such letter and (B) reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, which letter states that such transaction is on terms that are substantially as favorable to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, as would be obtainable at such time in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate; and (xviii) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Agreement that are fair to the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries.

SECTION 6.08 Restrictive Agreements. Neither Holdings nor the Borrower will, nor will they permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon (a) the ability of Holdings, the Borrower or any other Subsidiary Loan Party to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets to secure the Secured Obligations or (b) the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any of its Equity Interests or to make or repay loans or advances to any Restricted Subsidiary or to Guarantee Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the foregoing clauses (a) and (b) shall not apply to any such restrictions that (i)(x) exist on the date hereof and (to the extent not otherwise permitted by this Section 6.08) are listed on Schedule 6.08 and (y) any renewal or extension of a restriction permitted by clause (i)(x) or any agreement evidencing such restriction so long as such renewal or extension does not expand the scope of such restrictions, taken as a whole, in any material respect, (ii)(x) are binding on a Restricted Subsidiary at the time such Restricted Subsidiary first becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, so long as such restrictions were not entered into solely in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary and (y) any renewal or extension of a restriction permitted by clause (ii)(x) or any agreement evidencing such restriction so long as such renewal or extension does not expand the scope of such restrictions, taken as a whole, in any material respect, (iii) represent Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party that is permitted by Section 6.01; provided that such restrictions will not materially affect the Borrower’s ability to pay the Loan Documentation Obligations as they become due, (iv) are customary restrictions that arise in connection with any Disposition permitted by Section 6.05 applicable pending such Disposition solely to the assets subject to such Disposition, (v) are customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures permitted under Section 6.04, (vi) are negative pledges and restrictions on Liens in favor of any holder of Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01 but solely to the extent any negative pledge relates to the property financed by or securing such Indebtedness (and excluding in any event any Indebtedness constituting any Junior Financing), (vii) are imposed by Requirements of Law, (viii) are customary restrictions contained in leases, subleases, licenses or asset sale agreements otherwise permitted hereby so long as such restrictions relate only to the assets subject thereto, (ix) are customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, (xi) are customary provisions restricting assignment of any license, lease or other agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business and otherwise permitted hereunder, (xii) are restrictions on cash (or Permitted Investments) or deposits imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business (or otherwise constituting Permitted Encumbrances on such cash or Permitted Investments or deposits) or (xiii) are customary net worth provisions contained in real property leases or licenses of intellectual property entered into by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, so long as the Borrower has determined in good faith that such net worth provisions could not reasonably be expected to impair the ability of the Loan Parties and their subsidiaries to meet their ongoing obligations.

 

124


SECTION 6.09 Amendment of Junior Financing and Organizational Documents. Neither Holdings nor the Borrower will, nor will they permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, amend, modify, waive, terminate or release (a) the documentation governing any Junior Financing in violation of any subordination or intercreditor agreement applicable thereto or (b) any Organizational Document, if the effect of such amendment, modification, waiver, termination or release is materially adverse to the Lenders.

SECTION 6.10 Total Leverage Ratio; Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

(a) Holdings will not permit the Total Leverage Ratio as of the last day of any Test Period set forth below to be greater than the ratio set forth opposite such Test Period:

 

Test Period

   Maximum Total Leverage Ratio  

September 30, 2014

     4.25:1.00   

December 31, 2014

     4.00:1.00   

March 31, 2015

     3.75:1.00   

June 30, 2015

     3.50:1.00   

September 30, 2015

     3.25:1.00   

December 31, 2015

     3.25:1.00   

March 31, 2016

     3.25:1.00   

June 30, 2016

     3.25:1.00   

September 30, 2016

     3.25:1.00   

December 31, 2016

     2.75:1.00   

March 31, 2017

     2.75:1.00   

June 30, 2017

     2.75:1.00   

September 30, 2017

     2.75:1.00   

December 31, 2017

     2.50:1.00   

March 31, 2018

     2.50:1.00   

June 30, 2018

     2.50:1.00   

September 30, 2018

     2.50:1.00   

December 31, 2018

     2.00:1.00   

March 31, 2019

     2.00:1.00   

June 30, 2019 and thereafter

     2.00:1.00   

(b) Holdings will not permit the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio as of the last day of any Test Period to be less than 1.10:1.00.

 

125


SECTION 6.11 Changes in Fiscal Periods. Neither Holdings nor the Borrower will make any change in fiscal year; provided, however, that Holdings and the Borrower may, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, change its fiscal year to any other fiscal year reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, in which case, Holdings, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent will, and are hereby authorized by the Lenders to, make any adjustments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents that are necessary to reflect such change in fiscal year.

ARTICLE VII

Events of Default

SECTION 7.01 Events of Default. If any of the following events (any such event, an “Event of Default”) shall occur:

(a) any Loan Party shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan or any reimbursement obligation in respect of any LC Disbursement when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise;

(b) any Loan Party shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in paragraph (a) of this Section) payable under any Loan Document, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of five Business Days;

(c) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any Loan Document or any amendment or modification thereof or waiver thereunder, or in any certificate or other document furnished pursuant to or in connection with any Loan Document or any amendment or modification thereof or waiver thereunder, shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made;

(d) Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Sections 5.02(a), 5.04 (with respect to the existence of Holdings or the Borrower) or 5.10 or in Article VI or in the Fee Letter; provided that any Event of Default under Section 6.10 is subject to cure as provided in Section 7.02;

(e) Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in any Loan Document (other than those specified in paragraph (a), (b) or (d) of this Section), and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after receipt of written notice thereof from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders to the Borrower;

(f) Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall fail to make any payment (whether of principal or interest and regardless of amount) in respect of any Material Indebtedness, when and as the same shall become due and payable (after giving effect to any applicable grace period);

(g) any event or condition occurs that results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or that enables or permits (with all applicable grace periods having expired) the holder or holders of any Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause any Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity, provided that this paragraph (g) shall not apply to (i) secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the sale, transfer or other disposition (including as a result of a casualty or condemnation event) of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness (to the

 

126


extent such sale, transfer or other disposition is not prohibited under this Agreement), (ii) termination events or similar events occurring under any Swap Agreement that constitutes Material Indebtedness (it being understood that paragraph (f) of this Section will apply to any failure to make any payment required as a result of any such termination or similar event) or (iii) any Indebtedness that becomes due as a results of a Refinancing thereof permitted under Section 6.01;

(h) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, court protection, reorganization or other relief in respect of Holdings, any the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary or its debts, or of a material part of its assets, under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, examiner, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for Holdings, the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary or for a material part of its assets, and, in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed or unstayed for 60 days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;

(i) Holdings, the Borrower or any other Material Subsidiary shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, court protection, reorganization or other relief under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in paragraph (h) of this Section, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, examiner, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for Holdings, the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary or for a material part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding or (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors;

(j) one or more final judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $5,000,000 (to the extent not covered by indemnity or insurance as to which the insurer has been notified of such judgment or order and has not denied coverage) shall be rendered against Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any combination thereof and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 60 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any judgment creditor shall legally attach or levy upon assets of such Loan Party that are material to the businesses and operations of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to enforce any such judgment;

(k) an ERISA Event occurs that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of a Loan Party in an aggregate amount that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(l) any Lien purported to be created under any Security Document shall cease to be, or shall be asserted in writing by any Loan Party not to be, a valid and perfected Lien on any material portion of the Collateral, with the priority required by the applicable Security Document, except (i) as a result of the sale or other disposition of the applicable Collateral in a transaction permitted under or consented to under the Loan Documents, (ii) solely as a result of the Administrative Agent’s failure to (A) maintain possession of any stock certificates, promissory notes or other instruments delivered to it under the Security Documents or (B) file Uniform Commercial Code continuation statements, (iii) as to Collateral consisting of Material Real Property to the extent that such losses are covered by a lender’s title insurance policy or (iv) solely as a result of acts or omissions of the Administrative Agent or any Lender;

 

127


(m) any material provision of any Loan Document or any Guarantee of the Loan Document Obligations shall for any reason be asserted in writing by any Loan Party not to be a legal, valid and binding obligation of any Loan Party thereto other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder;

(n) any of the Guarantees of the Loan Document Obligations by any Loan Party pursuant to the Guarantee Agreement shall cease to be in full force and effect (in each case, other than in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents);

(o) any of the Loan Document Obligations for any reason shall cease to be “Senior Indebtedness” (or any comparable term) under, and as defined in, any documentation relating to any subordinated Junior Financing, or the subordination provisions set forth in any documentation relating to Junior Financing shall cease to be effective or cease to be legally valid, binding and enforceable against the holders of any Junior Financing, or in each case any Loan Party shall assert any of the foregoing; or

(p) a Change in Control shall occur;

then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to Holdings or the Borrower described in paragraph (h) or (i) of this Article), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrower, take any or all of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate the Commitments, and thereupon the Commitments shall terminate immediately, (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder, shall become due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower; and in case of any event with respect to Holdings or the Borrower described in paragraph (h) or (i) of this Article, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower and (iii) exercise any and all rights and remedies available to it under the Loan Documents and applicable law. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the enforcement of any remedies pursuant to this Section 7.01 shall be subject to Section 4.02 of the Collateral Agreement.

SECTION 7.02 Right to Cure.

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 7.01, in the event that Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries fail to comply with the requirements of Section 6.10 as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of Holdings, at any time after the beginning of such fiscal quarter until the expiration of the 10th Business Day subsequent to the date on which a Compliance Certificate with respect to such fiscal quarter (or the fiscal year ended on the last day of such fiscal quarter) is required to be delivered in accordance with Section 5.01(d), Holdings shall have the right to issue Qualified Equity Interests for cash or otherwise receive cash contributions to the capital of Holdings as cash common equity or other Qualified Equity Interests (which Holdings shall contribute to the Borrower as cash common equity) (collectively, the “Cure Right”), and upon the receipt by the Borrower of the Net Proceeds of such issuance (the “Cure Amount”) pursuant to the exercise by Holdings of such Cure Right the financial performance covenants set forth in Section 6.10 shall be recalculated giving effect to the following pro forma adjustment:

(i) Consolidated EBITDA shall be increased with respect to such applicable fiscal quarter and any four fiscal quarter period that contains such fiscal quarter, solely for the purpose of measuring the financial performance covenants set forth in Section 6.10 and not for any other purpose under this Agreement, by an amount equal to the Cure Amount; and

 

128


(ii) if, after giving effect to the foregoing pro forma adjustment (without giving effect to any repayment of any Indebtedness with any portion of the Cure Amount or any portion of the Cure Amount on the balance sheet of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, with respect to such fiscal quarter and the fiscal quarter immediately following such fiscal quarter only), Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall then be in compliance with the requirements of the financial performance covenants set forth in Section 6.10, Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of the financial performance covenants set forth in Section 6.10 as of the relevant date of determination with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date, and the applicable breach or default of the financial performance covenants set forth in Section 6.10 that had occurred shall be deemed cured for the purposes of this Agreement;

provided that the Borrower shall have notified the Administrative Agent of the exercise of such Cure Right within five (5) Business Days of the issuance of the relevant Qualified Equity Interests for cash or the receipt of the cash contributions by Holdings.

(b) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) in each four consecutive fiscal quarter period of the Borrower there shall be at least two fiscal quarters in which the Cure Right is not exercised, (ii) during the term of this Agreement, the Cure Right shall not be exercised more than five times and (iii) for purposes of this Section 7.02, the Cure Amount shall be no greater than the amount required for purposes of complying with the financial performance covenants set forth in Section 6.10 and any amounts in excess thereof shall not be deemed to be a Cure Amount. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the Cure Amount received pursuant to any exercise of the Cure Right shall be disregarded for purposes of determining the Applicable Rate, any available basket under Article VI of this Agreement, any cash netting from indebtedness for financial ratio-based calculations (with respect to such fiscal quarter) or any other financial-ratio based conditions other than compliance with the financial performance covenants set forth in Section 6.10 and there shall be no pro forma reduction in indebtedness with the proceeds of any Cure Amount for purposes of determining compliance with the financial performance covenants set forth in Section 6.10. For the avoidance of doubt, no Lender shall be required to make any extension of credit and no Issuing Bank shall be required to Issue any Letters of Credit during the ten Business Day period referred to in clause (a) above unless the Borrower has received the proceeds of such Cure Amount.

SECTION 7.03 Application of Funds. After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 7.01 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable and the LC Exposure has automatically been required to be Cash Collateralized as set forth herein), any amounts received on account of the Secured Obligations shall be applied by the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 4.02 of the Collateral Agreement.

 

129


ARTICLE VIII

Administrative Agent

SECTION 8.01 Appointment.

(a) Each Lender and the Issuing Bank hereby designates and appoints the Administrative Agent as an agent of such Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Each Lender and each Issuing Bank authorizes each Agent, in such capacity, through its agents or employees, to take such actions on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are delegated to such Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article VIII are solely for the benefit of the Agents, the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, and no Loan Party shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any such provisions. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agents are hereby expressly authorized to execute any and all documents (including releases) with respect to the Collateral and any rights of the Secured Parties with respect thereto as contemplated by and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. In performing its functions and duties hereunder, each Agent shall act solely as an agent of the Lenders and does not assume and shall not be deemed to have assumed any obligation towards or relationship of agency or trust with or for the Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the use of the term “agent” in this Agreement with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties.

(b) Each Lender appoints each other Lender as its agent and bailee for the purpose of perfecting Liens (whether pursuant to Section 8-301(a)(2) of the UCC or otherwise), for the benefit of the Secured Parties, in assets in which, in accordance with the UCC or any other applicable Requirement of Law a security interest can be perfected by possession or control. Should any Lender (other than the Administrative Agent) obtain possession or control of any such Collateral, such Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent thereof, and, promptly following the Administrative Agent’s request therefor, shall deliver such Collateral to the Administrative Agent or otherwise deal with such Collateral in accordance with the Administrative Agent’s instructions.

SECTION 8.02 Agent in Its Individual Capacity. Each person serving as an Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent, and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the person serving as an Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for, and generally engage in any kind of business with, Holdings, its Subsidiaries or any Affiliate thereof as if it were not an Agent hereunder and without duty to account therefor to the Lenders or the Issuing Bank.

SECTION 8.03 Exculpatory Provisions. No Agent shall have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth in the Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) no Agent shall be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) no Agent shall have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated by the Loan Documents that such Agent is required to exercise in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.02); provided that no Agent shall be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose such Agent to liability, if the Agent is not indemnified to its satisfactory, or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable Requirements of Law including, for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under the Bankruptcy Code or that may effect a foreclosure, modification or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender under any Debtor Relief Law, and (c) except as expressly set forth in the Loan Documents, no Agent shall have any duty to disclose or

 

130


shall be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to Holdings, its Subsidiaries or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the person serving as such Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. No Agent shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as any Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.02) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and nonappealable judgment. No Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice thereof describing such default is given to such Agent by Borrower, a Lender, or the Issuing Bank, and no Agent shall be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with any Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth in any Loan Document or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of any Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere in any Loan Document. Each party to this Agreement acknowledges and agrees that the Administrative Agent may from time to time use one or more outside service providers for the tracking of all UCC financing statements (and/or other collateral related filings and registrations from time to time) required to be filed or recorded pursuant to the Loan Documents and the notification to the Administrative Agent, of, among other things, the upcoming lapse or expiration thereof, and that each of such service providers will be deemed to be acting at the request and on behalf of Borrower and the other Loan Parties. No Agent shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by any such service provider. Neither any Agent nor any of its officers, partners, directors, employees or agents shall be liable to the Lenders for any action taken or omitted by any Agent under or in connection with any of the Loan Documents.

SECTION 8.04 Reliance by Administrative Agent. Each Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent, or otherwise authenticated by a proper person. Each Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally and believed by it to be made by a proper person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or the Issuing Bank, each Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or the Issuing Bank unless each Agent shall have received written notice to the contrary from such Lender or the Issuing Bank prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit. Each Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for Borrower), independent accountants and other advisors selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or advisors.

SECTION 8.05 Delegation of Duties. Each Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers under this Agreement or under any other Loan Document by or through, or delegate any and all such rights and powers to, any one or more sub-agents appointed by such Agent. Each Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Affiliates. The exculpatory, indemnification and other provisions of the preceding paragraphs shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Affiliates of each Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply, without limiting the foregoing, to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Agent. The Agents shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any sub-agent except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final and nonappealable judgment that such Agent acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct in the selection of such sub-agent.

 

131


SECTION 8.06 Resignation of Administrative Agent. Each Agent may resign as such at any time upon at least 10 days’ prior notice to the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and Borrower. Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with Borrower, to appoint a successor Agent from among the Lenders. If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 10 days after the retiring Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, appoint a successor Agent, which successor shall be a commercial banking institution organized under the laws of the United States (or any State thereof) or a United States branch or agency of a commercial banking institution, in each case, having combined capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000; provided that if such retiring Agent is unable to find a commercial banking institution that is willing to accept such appointment and which meets the qualifications set forth above, the retiring Agent’s resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective and the retiring (or retired) Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under the Loan Documents, and the Lenders shall assume and perform all of the duties of the Agent under the Loan Documents until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Agent.

Upon the acceptance of its appointment as an Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Agent, and the retiring (or retired) Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under the Loan Documents. The fees payable by Borrower to a successor Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between Borrower and such successor. After an Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article VIII, Section 9.03 and Sections 9.08 to 9.10 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Affiliates in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while it was acting as Agent.

SECTION 8.07 Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders. Each Lender and the Issuing Bank acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender or any of their respective Affiliates and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, conducted its own independent investigation of the financial condition and affairs of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries and made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender further represents and warrants that it has reviewed each document made available to it on the Platform in connection with this Agreement and has acknowledged and accepted the terms and conditions applicable to the recipients thereof (including any such terms and conditions set forth, or otherwise maintained, on the Platform with respect thereto). Each Lender and the Issuing Bank also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender or any of their respective Affiliates and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

SECTION 8.08 Name Agents. The parties hereto acknowledge that the Lead Arrangers, the Documentation Agent and the Syndication Agent hold such titles in name only, and that such titles confer no additional rights or obligations relative to those conferred on any Lender or the Issuing Bank hereunder.

SECTION 8.09 Indemnification. The Lenders severally agree to indemnify each Agent in its capacity as such and each of its Related Parties (to the extent not reimbursed by Borrower or the Guarantors and without limiting the obligation of Borrower or the Guarantors to do so), ratably according

 

132


to their respective outstanding Loans and Commitments in effect on the date on which indemnification is sought under this Section 8.09 (or, if indemnification is sought after the date upon which all Commitments shall have terminated and the Loans and LC Disbursements shall have been paid in full, ratably in accordance with such outstanding Loans and Commitments as in effect immediately prior to such date), from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, fines, penalties, actions, claims, suits, judgments, litigations, investigations, inquiries or proceedings, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever that may at any time (whether before or after the payment of the Loans and LC Disbursements) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Agent or Related Party in any way relating to or arising out of, the Commitments, this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein, the Transactions or any of the other transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by such Agent or Related Party under or in connection with any of the foregoing (IN ALL CASES, WHETHER OR NOT CAUSED OR ARISING, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OUT OF THE COMPARATIVE, CONTRIBUTORY OR SOLE NEGLIGENCE OF ANY AGENT OR RELATED PERSON); provided that no Lender shall be liable for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, claims, suits, judgments, litigations, investigations, inquiries or proceedings, costs, expenses or disbursements that are found by a final and nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to have directly resulted solely and directly from such Agent’s or Related Party’s, as the case may be, gross negligence or willful misconduct. The agreements in this Section 8.09 shall survive the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

SECTION 8.10 Withholding Taxes. To the extent required by any applicable law, the Administrative Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding Tax. If the Internal Revenue Service or any other Governmental Authority asserts a claim that the Administrative Agent did not properly withhold Tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender because the appropriate form was not delivered or was not properly executed or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstance which rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding Tax ineffective or for any other reason, or if Administrative Agent reasonably determines that a payment was made to a Lender pursuant to this Agreement without deduction of applicable withholding tax from such payment, such Lender shall indemnify the Administrative Agent fully for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Administrative Agent as Tax or otherwise, including any penalties or interest and together with all expenses (including legal expenses, allocated internal costs and out-of-pocket expenses) incurred.

SECTION 8.11 Lenders’ Representations, Warranties and Acknowledgements.

(a) Each Lender represents and warrants that it has made its own independent investigation of the financial condition and affairs of Holdings and its Subsidiaries in connection with Borrowings hereunder and that it has made and shall continue to make its own appraisal of the creditworthiness of Holdings and its Subsidiaries. No Agent shall have any duty or responsibility, either initially or on a continuing basis, to make any such investigation or any such appraisal on behalf of Lenders or to provide any Lender with any credit or other information with respect thereto, whether coming into its possession before the making of the Loans or at any time or times thereafter, and no Agent shall have any responsibility with respect to the accuracy of or the completeness of any information provided to the Lenders. Each Lender and Issuing Bank acknowledges that no Agent or Related Party of any Agent has made any representation or warranty to it. Except for documents expressly required by any Loan Document to be transmitted by an Agent to the Lenders or Issuing Bank, no Agent shall have any duty or responsibility (either express or implied) to provide any Lender or Issuing Bank with any credit or other information concerning any Loan Party, including the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of any Loan Party or any Affiliate of a Loan Party, that may come in to the possession of an Agent or any of its Related Parties.

(b) Each Lender, by delivering its signature page to this Agreement or an Assignment and Assumption and funding its Loan, shall be deemed to have acknowledged receipt of, and consented to and approved, each Loan Document and each other document required to be approved by any Agent, the Required Lenders or the Lenders, as applicable, on the Effective Date.

 

133


SECTION 8.12 Collateral Documents and Guarantee Agreement.

(a) Agents under Collateral Documents and Guarantee Agreement. Each Secured Party hereby further authorizes the Administrative Agent, on behalf of and for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to be the agent for and representative of the Secured Parties with respect to the Guarantee Agreement, the Collateral and the Loan Documents; provided that the Administrative Agent shall not owe any fiduciary duty, duty of loyalty, duty of care, duty of disclosure or any other obligation whatsoever to any holder of Secured Obligations with respect to any Secured Swap Obligations or Secured Cash Management Obligations. Subject to Section 9.02, without further written consent or authorization from any Secured Party, the Administrative Agent may execute any documents or instruments necessary to (i) in connection with a sale or disposition of assets permitted by this Agreement, release any Lien encumbering any item of Collateral that is the subject of such sale or other disposition of assets or to which the Required Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such consent under Section 9.02) have otherwise consented or (ii) release any Guarantor from the Guarantee under the Guarantee Agreement pursuant to Section 9.15 or with respect to which the Required Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such consent under Section 9.02) have otherwise consented.

(b) Right to Realize on Collateral and Enforce Guarantee. Anything contained in any of the Loan Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each Secured Party hereby agree that (i) no Secured Party shall have any right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral or to enforce the Guarantee under the Guarantee Agreement, it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies hereunder and under any of the Loan Documents may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof and all powers, rights and remedies under the Collateral Documents may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in accordance with the terms thereof, and (ii) in the event of a foreclosure or similar enforcement action by the Administrative Agent on any of the Collateral pursuant to a public or private sale or other disposition (including, without limitation, pursuant to Section 363(k), Section 1129(b)(2)(a)(ii) or otherwise of the Bankruptcy Code), the Administrative Agent (or any Lender, except with respect to a “credit bid” pursuant to Section 363(k), Section 1129(b)(2)(a)(ii) or otherwise of the Bankruptcy Code,) may be the purchaser or licensor of any or all of such Collateral at any such sale or other disposition and the Administrative Agent, as agent for and representative of the Secured Parties (but not any Lender or Lenders in its or their respective individual capacities) shall be entitled, upon instructions from the Required Lenders, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such sale or disposition, to use and apply any of the Secured Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any collateral payable by the Administrative Agent at such sale or other disposition.

(c) Release of Collateral and Guarantees, Termination of Loan Documents.

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the Administrative Agent shall (without notice to, or vote or consent of, any Lender, or any affiliate of any Lender that is a party to any Swap Agreement) take such actions as shall be required to release its security interest in any Collateral subject to any disposition permitted by the Loan Documents, and to release any guarantee obligations under any Loan Document of any person subject to such disposition, to the extent necessary to permit consummation of such disposition in accordance with the Loan Documents.

 

134


(ii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or any other Loan Document, when all Secured Obligations (other than obligations in respect of any Swap Agreement) have been paid in full and all Commitments have terminated or expired, upon request of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall (without notice to, or vote or consent of, any Lender, or any affiliate of any Lender that is a party to any Swap Agreement) take such actions as shall be required to release its security interest in all Collateral, and to release all guarantee obligations provided for in any Loan Document, whether or not on the date of such release there may be outstanding Secured Obligations in respect of Swap Agreements. Any such release of guarantee obligations shall be deemed subject to the provision that such guarantee obligations shall be reinstated if after such release any portion of any payment in respect of the Secured Obligations guaranteed thereby shall be rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Borrower or any Guarantor, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the Borrower or any Guarantor or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have a duty to ascertain or inquire into any representation or warranty regarding the existence, value or collectability of the Collateral, the existence, priority or perfection of the Administrative Agent’s Lien thereon, or any certificate prepared by any Loan Party in connection therewith, nor shall the Administrative Agent be responsible or liable to the Lenders for any failure to monitor or maintain any portion of the Collateral.

SECTION 8.13 Administrative Agent May File Bankruptcy Disclosure and Proofs of Claim.

In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or Letter of Credit shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered (but not obligated) by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(a) to file a verified statement pursuant to rule 2019 of the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure that, in its sole opinion, complies with such rule’s disclosure requirements for entities representing more than one creditor;

(b) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, Letters of Credit outstanding and all other Secured Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, Issuing Banks and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Administrative Agent and its respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.12 and 9.03) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(c) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

 

135


and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and Issuing Bank to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders and the Issuing Banks, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.12 and 9.03. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under this Agreement out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Lenders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise.

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender or Issuing Bank any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Secured Obligations or the rights of any Lender or Issuing Bank or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender or Issuing Bank in any such proceeding.

SECTION 8.14 Removal of Administrative Agent. With the prior written consent of the Required Lenders and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent may be removed (the “Replaced Agent”) and replaced with another administrative agent in accordance with Section 8.06 hereunder (the “New Agent”); provided that (i) the removal of the Replaced Agent shall become effective no earlier than the tenth day following the date that the Replaced Agent receives written notice of the election of the Required Lenders and the Borrower to replace it with the New Agent, (ii) the Borrower and the Required Lenders shall have appointed a New Agent and such New Agent shall become Administrative Agent hereunder no later than the date of removal of the Replaced Agent, (iii) the Replaced Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender, Issuing Bank and Lender) (and any applicable affiliate of the Replaced Agent that is a Lender hereunder) shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding par principal amount of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder (including pursuant to Sections 2.16 and 2.24) and (iv) the Replaced Agent shall also be removed as Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender concurrently with the Replaced Agent’s removal, and all Letters of Credit shall have been cash collateralized or backstopped pursuant to an arrangement reasonably acceptable to the Issuing Bank. Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby agree that the minimum borrowing, pro rata borrowing and pro rata payment requirements contained elsewhere in this Agreement shall not apply to the transactions effected pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence. The provisions of this Article VIII, Section 9.03 and Sections 9.08 and 9.10 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such Replaced Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Affiliates in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by an of them while it was acting as Agent.

ARTICLE IX

Miscellaneous

SECTION 9.01 Notices.

(a) Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone, all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by fax or other electronic transmission, as follows:

(i) if to Holdings, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, or Jefferies Finance LLC, in its capacity as Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender, to the address, fax number, e-mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 9.01; and

(ii) if to any other Lender or Issuing Bank, to it at its address (or fax number, telephone number or e-mail address) set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire (including, as appropriate, notices delivered solely to the Person designated by a Lender on its Administrative Questionnaire then in effect for the delivery of notices that may contain material non-public information relating to the Borrower).

 

136


Notices and other communications sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices and other communications sent by telecopier shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient). Notices and other communications delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in subsection (b) below shall be effective as provided in such subsection (b).

(b) Electronic Communications. Notices and other communications to the Lenders and Issuing Banks hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures reasonably approved by the Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or Issuing Bank pursuant to Article II if such Lender or Issuing Bank, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication.

Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

(c) The Platform. THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “Agent Parties”) have any liability to Holdings, the Borrower, any Lender, any Issuing Bank or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Borrower’s or

 

137


the Administrative Agent’s transmission of Borrower Materials through the Internet, except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and non-appealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Agent Party; provided, however, that in no event shall any Agent Party have any liability to Holdings, the Borrower, any Lender, any Issuing Bank or any other Person for indirect, special, incidental, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages).

(d) Change of Address, Etc. Each of Holdings, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender and each Issuing Bank may change its address, electronic mail address, fax or telephone number for notices and other communications or website hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. Each other Lender may change its address, fax or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent. In addition, each Lender, each Swingline Lender and each Issuing Bank agrees to notify the Administrative Agent from time to time to ensure that the Administrative Agent has on record (i) an effective address, contact name, telephone number, fax number and electronic mail address to which notices and other communications may be sent and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender.

(e) Reliance by Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank and Lenders. The Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks, the Swingline Lender and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender, each Lender and the Related Parties from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined in a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction. All telephonic notices to and other telephonic communications with the Administrative Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

SECTION 9.02 Waivers; Amendments.

(a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power under this Agreement or any Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any Loan Document or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or the issuance, amendment or extension of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time. No notice or demand on the Borrower or Holdings in any case shall entitle the Borrower or Holdings to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

(b) Except as provided in Section 2.20 with respect to any Revolving Commitment Increase or Incremental Term Facility Amendment or Section 2.21 with respect to any Refinancing Amendment, neither this Agreement, any Loan Document nor any provision hereof or thereof may be

 

138


waived, amended or modified except, in the case of this Agreement, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by Holdings, the Borrower and the Required Lenders (or the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders) or, in the case of any other Loan Document, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent and the Loan Party or Loan Parties that are parties thereto, in each case with the consent of the Required Lenders or the relevant Loan Parties and the Required Lenders, provided that no such agreement shall:

(i) increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender (it being understood that a waiver of any condition precedent set forth in Section 4.02 or the waiver of any Default, mandatory prepayment or mandatory reduction of the Commitments shall not constitute an extension or increase of any Commitment of any Lender);

(ii) reduce the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement or reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees payable hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby (it being understood that (x) any change to the definition of Senior Secured Leverage Ratio or in the component definitions thereof shall not constitute a reduction of interest or fees, except to the extent such change affects the definition of “Applicable Rate” and (y) any waiver of any condition precedent set forth in Article IV or the waiver of any Default, or mandatory prepayment shall not constitute a reduction in principal, LC Disbursement, interest, fees or prepayment premiums)), provided that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay default interest pursuant to Section 2.13(c) or to waive or otherwise modify the MFN Protection;

(iii) postpone the maturity of any Loan, or the date of any scheduled amortization payment of the principal amount of any Term Loan under Section 2.10 or the applicable Refinancing Amendment, or the reimbursement date with respect to any LC Disbursement, or any date for the payment of any interest or fees payable hereunder, or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Commitment, without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby (it being understood the waiving of the applicability of post-default increases in interest rates and any waiver of any Default, mandatory prepayment or condition precedent set forth in Article IV shall not constitute a postponement of any date for payment of any principal, LC Disbursement or interest, fees or prepayment premiums payable hereunder);

(iv) (A) change Sections 2.10(c) or 2.18(b) or (c) hereof in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, (B) change Section 2.11(g) or Section 7.03 hereof in a manner that would alter the manner in which payments or prepayments of principal, interest or other amounts shall be applied as among the Lenders or Classes or Types of Loans or (C) change Section 4.02 of the Collateral Agreement without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby;

(v) change any of the provisions of this Section or Section 9.04(f) without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby;

(vi) change the percentage set forth in the definition of “Required Lenders”, “Required Revolving Lenders”, “Required Term Lenders” or any other provision of any Loan Document specifying the number or percentage of Lenders (or Lenders of any Class) required to waive, amend or modify any rights thereunder or make any determination or grant any consent thereunder, without the written consent of each Lender (or each Lender of such Class, as the case may be);

 

139


(vii) release all or substantially all the value of the Guarantees under the Guarantee Agreement (except as expressly provided for in the Guarantee Agreement) without the written consent of each Lender (except as expressly provided in the Security Documents); or

(viii) release all or substantially all the Collateral from the Liens of the Security Documents (except as expressly provided for in the Security Documents) or subordinate a substantial portion of such Liens to other Liens except as expressly permitted under this Agreement, in each case, without the written consent of each Lender.

provided further that (A) no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender or any Issuing Bank without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, such Swingline Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be and (B) the exercise of rights and remedies in respect of the Collateral shall be subject to the provisions of Section 4.02 of the Collateral Agreement.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 9.02 or otherwise in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (i) this Agreement and any other Loan Document may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified as is reasonably necessary to effect the provisions of Sections 2.20 and 2.21 with the consent of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower without the need to obtain the consent of any Lender or Issuing Bank, (ii) this Agreement and any other Loan Document may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, or any provision thereof waived as is reasonably necessary, with the consent of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower without the need to obtain the consent of any Lender or Issuing Bank, if such amendment, supplement, modification or waiver is delivered in order to (A) cure ambiguities, omissions, mistakes or defects, (B) cause any Security Document to be consistent with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or (C) effect any change to the terms herein during the primary syndication of the Facilities following the Closing Date that, in the reasonable determination of the Administrative Agent, are not adverse to the Lenders, (iii) without the consent of any Lender or Issuing Bank, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent or any other collateral agent may enter into any amendment, supplement, waiver or modification of any Loan Document, or enter into any new agreement or instrument, to effect the granting, perfection, protection, expansion or enhancement of any security interest of the Secured Parties in any Collateral or additional property to become Collateral for the benefit of the Secured Parties or as required by local law to give effect to, or protect any security interests for the benefit of the Secured Parties, in any property or so that the security interests therein comply with applicable law or this Agreement or in each case to otherwise enhance the rights or benefits of any Lender under any Loan Document and (iv) the Fee Letter may be amended or modified, or rights or privileges thereunder waived, in a writing executed only by the parties thereto. The Administrative Agent shall make available to the Lenders copies of each amendment or other modification to the Loan Documents.

(c) In connection with any proposed amendment, modification, waiver or termination (a “Proposed Change”) requiring the consent of all Lenders or all directly and adversely affected Lenders, if the consent of the Required Lenders (and, to the extent any Proposed Change requires the consent of Lenders holding Loans of any Class, the consent of a Majority in Interest of the outstanding Loans and unused Commitments of such Class) to such Proposed Change is obtained, but the consent to such Proposed Change of other Lenders whose consent is required is not obtained (any such Lender whose consent is not obtained as described in paragraph (b) of this Section being referred to as a “Non-Consenting Lender”), then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Non-Consenting Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Non-Consenting Lender (unless prohibited under applicable law) to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04), all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement (or in respect of any applicable Class of Loans or Commitments only, in the case of any proposed

 

140


amendment, modification, waiver or termination requiring the consent of all directly and adversely affected Lenders) to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume such obligations (which Eligible Assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment), provided that (a) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender to the extent such consent would be required under Section 9.04(b) for an assignment of Loans or Commitments, which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, (b) such Non-Consenting Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding par principal amount of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder (including pursuant to Sections 2.16 and 2.24) (or all such amounts in respect of any applicable Class of Loans or Commitments only, in the case of any proposed amendment, modification, waiver or termination requiring the consent of all directly and adversely affected Lenders) from the Eligible Assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts) and (c) unless waived, the Borrower or such Eligible Assignee shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the processing and recordation fee specified in Section 9.04(b).

(d) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents to the contrary, the Revolving Commitments, Term Loans and Revolving Exposure of any Lender that is at the time a Defaulting Lender shall not have any voting or approval rights under the Loan Documents and shall be excluded in determining whether all Lenders (or all Lenders of a Class), all affected Lenders (or all affected Lenders of a Class), a Majority in Interest of Lenders of any Class or the Required Lenders or Required Revolving Lenders have taken or may take any action hereunder (including any consent to any amendment or waiver pursuant to this Section 9.02); provided that (x) the Commitment of any Defaulting Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender and (y) any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender that affects any Defaulting Lender more adversely than other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.

SECTION 9.03 Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver.

(a) The Borrower shall pay, if the Effective Date occurs, (i) all reasonable and documented or invoiced out of pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates (without duplication), the Lead Arrangers, the Swingline Lender and each Issuing Bank including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of one counsel to the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arrangers, the Swingline Lender and each Issuing Bank and to the extent reasonably deemed necessary by the Administrative Agent, one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction and, in the case of any conflict of interest (as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank, Swingline Lender or Lead Arrangers subject to such conflict), one additional counsel in each relevant jurisdiction to each group of affected persons similarly situated taken as a whole), in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, and the preparation, execution, delivery and administration of the Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions thereof, (ii) all reasonable and documented or invoiced out of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by each Issuing Bank in connection with the issuance, amendment or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all reasonable and documented or invoiced out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arrangers, each Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender and each Lender, including the fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks, the Lenders, the Swingline Lender and the Lead Arrangers in connection with the enforcement or protection of any rights or remedies (A) in connection with the Loan Documents (including all such costs and expenses incurred during any legal proceeding, including any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws), including its rights under this Section or (B) in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of pocket costs and expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit; provided

 

141


that such counsel shall be limited to one lead counsel and such local counsel (exclusive of any reasonably necessary special counsel) as may reasonably be deemed necessary by the Administrative Agent in each relevant jurisdiction and, in the case of an actual or reasonably perceived conflict of interest, one additional counsel per affected party.

(b) The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender, each Lender, the Lead Arrangers, the Syndication Agent, the Documentation Agent and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and reasonable and documented or invoiced out-of-pocket fees and expenses of any one counsel for all Indemnitees, taken as a whole, selected by the Administrative Agent (and, in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest where the Indemnitee affected by such conflict notifies the Borrower of any existence of such conflict and in connection with the investigating or defending any of the foregoing (including the reasonable fees) has retained its own counsel, of another firm of counsel for such affected Indemnitee), and to the extent required, one firm or local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction (which may include a single special counsel acting in multiple jurisdictions), incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by the Borrower, Holdings or any Subsidiary arising out of any claims, actions, suits, inquiries, litigation, investigation or proceeding in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties to the Loan Documents of their respective obligations thereunder or the consummation of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated thereby, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the Issuing Bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), or (iii) to the extent in any way arising from or relating to any of the foregoing, any actual or alleged presence or Release of Hazardous Materials on, at, to or from any Mortgaged Property or any other property currently or formerly owned or operated by Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any other Environmental Liability related in any way to Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by the Borrower, Holdings or any Subsidiary and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs or related expenses (x) resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or its Related Parties (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable judgment), (y) resulted from a material breach of the Loan Documents by such Indemnitee or its Related Parties (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable judgment) or (z) arise from disputes between or among Indemnitees that do not involve an act or omission by Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary (provided that the Administrative Agent and the Lead Arrangers shall be indemnified in their capacities as such notwithstanding this clause (z)). For the avoidance of doubt, this paragraph (b) shall not apply with respect to Taxes that are imposed with respect to any payments of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document, which shall be governed solely by Section 2.17, or with respect to Other Taxes, which are the subject of, and which shall be governed by, Section 2.17.

(c) To the extent that the Borrower fails to pay any amount required to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent or any Issuing Bank under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, each Lender (or, in the case of a payment to an Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, each Revolving Lender) severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent or such Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender, as the case may be, such Lender’s pro rata share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount, provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent or such Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender in its capacity as such. For purposes hereof, a Lender’s “pro rata share” shall be determined based upon its share of the

 

142


aggregate Revolving Exposures, outstanding Term Loans and Incremental Term Loans and unused Commitments at such time (or, in the case of a payment to an Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender, its share of the aggregate Revolving Exposures only). The obligations of the Lenders under this paragraph (c) are subject to the last sentence of Section 2.02(a) (which shall apply mutatis mutandis to the Lenders’ obligations under this paragraph (c)).

(d) To the extent permitted by applicable law, neither Holdings nor the Borrower shall assert, and each hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee (i) for any direct or actual damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of information or other materials distributed to such unintended recipients by such Indemnitee through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems (including the Internet) in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such direct or actual damages are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final, non-appealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of, or a material breach of the Loan Documents by, such Indemnitee or its Related Parties or (ii) on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the Transactions, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof. In addition, no Loan Party shall be liable to an Indemnitee for any indirect, special, consequential or punitive damages except any such damages incurred or paid by an Indemnitee to a third party.

(e) All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than ten (10) Business Days after written demand therefor; provided, however, that any Indemnitee shall promptly refund an indemnification payment received hereunder to the extent that there is a final judicial determination that such Indemnitee was not entitled to indemnification with respect to such payment pursuant to this Section 9.03.

SECTION 9.04 Successors and Assigns.

(a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of the Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), except that (i) the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void), (ii) no assignment shall be made to any Defaulting Lender or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Persons who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute any of the foregoing Persons described in this clause (ii) and (iii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of the Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), Participants (to the extent provided in paragraph (c) of this Section), the Indemnitees and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraphs (b)(ii) and (f) below, any Lender may assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent (except with respect to assignments to competitors of the Borrower) not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of (A) the Borrower; provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment (x) by a Term Lender (I) to any Lender or an Affiliate of

 

143


any Lender or to an Approved Fund or (II) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (y) by a Revolving Lender (I) to any other Revolving Lender or an Affiliate of a Revolving Lender or an Approved Fund of a Revolving Lender or (II) if an Event of Default or a Default has occurred and is continuing, or (z) prior to the completion of the general syndication of the Facilities, provided that during such period assignments shall be made in consultation with the Borrower and (B) solely in the case of Revolving Loans and Revolving Commitments, each Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, no consent of any Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender shall be required for an assignment of all or any portion of a Term Loan or Term Commitment. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 9.04 to the contrary, if the Borrower has not given the Administrative Agent written notice of its objection to such assignment within five (5) Business Days after written notice to the Borrower requesting such consent, the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to such assignment (provided that (i) no consent shall be deemed given with respect to any assignment to a Disqualified Institution and (ii) the Borrower’s rejection of any assignment to a Disqualified Institution shall be deemed to be reasonable and the Borrower’s consent shall be required at all times for an assignment to a Disqualified Institution).

(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions: (A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans of any Class, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the trade date specified in the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment or, if no trade date is so specified, as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than (x) $1,000,000 in the case of assignments of Term Loans and (y) $1,000,000 in the case of assignments of Revolving Loans or Revolving Commitments (and, in each case, integral multiples thereof), unless the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (B) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement; provided that this clause (B) shall not be construed to prohibit assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of one Class of Commitments or Loans, (C) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together (unless waived by the Administrative Agent) with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; provided that the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, may elect to waive such processing and recordation fee; provided further that assignments made pursuant to Section 2.19(b) or Section 9.02(c) shall not require the signature of the assigning Lender to become effective, (D) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower any Tax forms required by Section 2.17(e) and an Administrative Questionnaire in which the assignee designates one or more credit contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information about the Borrower, the Loan Parties and their Related Parties or their respective securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and state securities laws and (E) unless the Borrower otherwise consents, no assignment of all or any portion of the Revolving Commitment of a Lender that is also an Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender may be made unless (1) the assignee shall be or become an Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender, as applicable, and assume a ratable portion of the rights and obligations of such assignor in its capacity as Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender, or (2) the assignor agrees, in its discretion, to retain all of its rights with respect to and obligations to make or issue Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans, as applicable, hereunder in which case the Applicable Fronting Exposure of such assignor may exceed such assignor’s

 

144


Revolving Commitment for purposes of Sections 2.04(a) and 2.05(b) by an amount not to exceed the difference between the assignor’s Revolving Commitment prior to such assignment and the assignor’s Revolving Commitment following such assignment; provided that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

(iii) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b)(v) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of (and subject to the obligations and limitations of) Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.03 and to any fees payable hereunder that have accrued for such Lender’s account but have not yet been paid). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 9.04 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (c)(i) of this Section. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no assignee, which as of the date of any assignment to it pursuant to this Section 9.04 would be entitled to any payments under Sections 2.15 or 2.17 in an amount greater than the assigning Lender would have been entitled to as of such date with respect to the rights assigned, shall be entitled to such greater payments. The benefit of each Security Document shall be maintained in favor of the assignee (without prejudice to Section 8.07).

(iv) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal and interest amounts of the Loans and LC Disbursements owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and Holdings, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. In addition, the Administrative Agent shall maintain on the Register information regarding the designation, and revocation of designation, of any Lender as a Defaulting Lender. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, the Issuing Banks and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(v) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire and any Tax forms required by Section 2.17(e) (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section 9.04 and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b) of this Section 9.04, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph (v) and paragraph (iv) above.

(vi) The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the

 

145


keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

(c)

(i) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Banks, sell participations to one or more banks or other Persons other than a natural person, a Disqualified Institution, a Defaulting Lender, Holdings, the Borrower or any of Holding’s Subsidiaries (a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (C) Holdings, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and any other Loan Documents and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement and any other Loan Documents; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in the first proviso to Section 9.02(b) that directly and adversely affects such Participant. Subject to paragraph (c)(iii) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.15, 2.16 and 2.17 (subject to the obligations and limitations of such Sections, including such Participant’s compliance with Section 2.17(e)) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.08 as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.18(c) as though it were a Lender.

(ii) Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and related interest amounts) of each participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

(iii) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.15 or Section 2.17 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant.

 

146


(d) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank or other “central” bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest, provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(e) In connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (x) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon) and (y) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans and participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans in accordance with its Applicable Percentage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under applicable law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.

(f) No Lender may, at any time, assign all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any Affiliated Lender nor may any Affiliated Lender constitute an Additional Term Lender hereunder, except subject to, and in accordance with, the following limitations:

(i) Such Affiliated Lender may not be Holdings, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries;

(ii) Affiliated Lenders will not receive information provided solely to Lenders by the Administrative Agent or any Lender and will not be permitted to attend or participate in meetings or conference calls attended solely by the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, other than the right to receive notices or Borrowings, notices or prepayments and other administrative notices in respect of its Loans or Commitments required to be delivered to Lenders pursuant to Article II;

(iii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

(iv) for purposes of any amendment, waiver or modification of any Loan Document (including such modifications pursuant to Section 9.02), except for any amendment, waiver or modification that (x) requires the consent of each affected Lender or (y) requires the consent of each Lender and, in the case of this clause (y), disproportionately adversely affects such Affiliated Lender in any material respect as compared to other Lenders, Loans held by Affiliated Lenders will be excluded from the determination of whether the requisite consent has been obtained;

 

147


(v) for purposes of voting on any chapter 11 plan under the Bankruptcy Code (or similar plans under other Debtor Relief Laws), Affiliated Lenders will be deemed to have voted in the same proportion as Lenders that are not Affiliated Lenders voting on such matter;

(vi) Affiliated Lenders may not purchase Revolving Loans by assignment pursuant to this Section 9.04;

(vii) each Affiliated Lender that purchases any Loans pursuant to this clause (f) shall represent and warrant to the seller that it does not possess material non-public information with respect to Holdings and its Subsidiaries or the securities of any of them that has not been disclosed to the Lenders generally (other than Lenders who elect not to receive such information);

(viii) no Affiliated Lender shall have any right to make or bring any claim, in its capacity as a Lender hereunder, against the Administrative Agent, the other Agent Parties, any other agent, any Lead Arranger or any other Lender with respect to the duties and obligations of such Persons under the Loan Documents;

(ix) the aggregate principal amount of any Class of Loans purchased by assignment pursuant to this Section 9.04 and held at any one time by Affiliated Lenders may not exceed 20% of the original principal amount of all Loans of such Class at such time outstanding; and

(x) the Affiliated Lenders shall at all times comprise less than 50% of the Lenders with respect to the Term Facility.

The provisions of the foregoing Section 9.04(f) shall not apply to any Affiliated Lender that is primarily engaged in, or advises funds or other investment vehicles that are engaged in, making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit or securities in the ordinary course and with respect to which the Sponsor does not, directly or indirectly, possess the power to direct or cause the direction of the investment policies of such entity (each such entity, a “Debt Fund Affiliate”); provided that the Loans and Commitments of Debt Fund Affiliates in excess of 49.9% of the aggregate Loans and Commitments shall be disregarded for the purposes of any amendment, modification or waiver of the Loan Documents requiring the consent of the Required Lenders.

SECTION 9.05 Survival. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in the Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to any Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated. The provisions of Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.03 and Article VIII and the provisions of the Fee Letter shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit and the Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any

 

148


provision hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, in the event that, in connection with the refinancing or repayment in full of the credit facilities provided for herein, an Issuing Bank shall have provided to the Administrative Agent a written consent to the release of the Revolving Lenders from their obligations hereunder with respect to any Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank (whether as a result of the obligations of the Borrower (and any other account party) in respect of such Letter of Credit having been collateralized in full by a deposit of cash with such Issuing Bank or being supported by a letter of credit that names such Issuing Bank as the beneficiary thereunder, or otherwise), then from and after such time such Letter of Credit shall cease to be a “Letter of Credit” outstanding hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and the Revolving Lenders shall be deemed to have no participations in such Letter of Credit, and no obligations with respect thereto, under Section 2.05(e) or (f).

SECTION 9.06 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent or the syndication of the Loans and Commitments constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.01, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic means shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

SECTION 9.07 Severability. Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.07, if and to the extent that the enforceability of any provisions in this Agreement relating to Defaulting Lenders shall be limited by Debtor Relief Laws, as determined in good faith by the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender or an Issuing Bank, as applicable, then such provisions shall be deemed to be in effect only to the extent not so limited.

SECTION 9.08 Right of Setoff. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Administrative Agent, each Lender, each Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender and each of their respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations in whatever currency at any time owing by the Administrative Agent, such Lender, any such Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender or any such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any of and all the obligations of the Borrower then due and owing under this Agreement held by the Administrative Agent, such Lender, the Swingline Lender or Issuing Bank, irrespective of whether or not the Administrative Agent, such Lender or Issuing Bank shall have made any demand under this Agreement and although (i) such obligations may be contingent or unmatured and (ii) such obligations are owed to a branch or office of the Administrative Agent, such Lender, the Swingline Lender or Issuing Bank different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such Indebtedness; provided that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of

 

149


Section 2.22 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Secured Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff. The Administrative Agent, the applicable Lender, the Swingline Lender and applicable Issuing Bank shall notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of such setoff and application; provided that any failure to give or any delay in giving such notice shall not affect the validity of any such setoff and application under this Section. The rights of the Administrative Agent, each Lender, each Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender and their respective Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that the Administrative Agent, such Lender, such Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender and their respective Affiliates may have.

SECTION 9.09 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process.

(a) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York.

(b) Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to any Loan Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in any Loan Document shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to any Loan Document against Holdings or the Borrower or their respective properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(c) Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to any Loan Document in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(d) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01. Nothing in any Loan Document will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

SECTION 9.10 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

 

150


SECTION 9.11 Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

SECTION 9.12 Confidentiality.

(a) Each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders severally agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (other than to any Disqualified Institution) (i) to its Affiliates and its and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees, trustees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other agents and advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential and any failure of such Persons acting on behalf of the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or the relevant Lender to comply with this Section 9.12 shall constitute a breach of this Section 9.12 by the Administrative Agent, such Issuing Bank or the relevant Lender, as applicable), (ii) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority or self-regulatory authority, required by applicable law or by any subpoena or similar legal process; provided that solely to the extent permitted by law and other than in connection with routine audits and reviews by regulatory and self-regulatory authorities, each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower as promptly as practicable of any such requested or required disclosure in connection with any legal or regulatory proceeding; provided further that in no event shall any Lender or the Administrative Agent be obligated or required to return any materials furnished by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of Holdings, (iii) to any other party to this Agreement, (iv) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (v) subject to an agreement containing confidentiality undertakings substantially similar to those of this Section, to (A) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, (B) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any Swap Agreement or derivative transaction relating to any Loan Party or its Subsidiaries and its obligations under the Loan Documents or (C) any pledgee referred to in Section 9.04(d), (vi) if required by any rating agency; provided that prior to any such disclosure, such rating agency shall have agreed in writing to maintain the confidentiality of such Information or (vii) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (y) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank, any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates on a non-confidential basis from a source other than Holdings or the Borrower. For the purposes hereof, “Information” means all information received from Holdings or the Borrower relating to Holdings, the Borrower, any other Subsidiary or their business, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender on a non-confidential basis prior to disclosure by Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary; it being understood that all information received from Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary after the date hereof shall be deemed confidential unless such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as not being confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

(b) EACH LENDER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT INFORMATION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 9.12(a) FURNISHED TO IT PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY INCLUDE MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION CONCERNING HOLDINGS, THE BORROWER, THE LOAN PARTIES AND THEIR RELATED PARTIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES AND

 

151


CONFIRMS THAT IT HAS DEVELOPED COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES REGARDING THE USE OF MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION AND THAT IT WILL HANDLE SUCH MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THOSE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW, INCLUDING FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

(c) ALL INFORMATION, INCLUDING REQUESTS FOR WAIVERS AND AMENDMENTS FURNISHED BY THE BORROWER OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO, OR IN THE COURSE OF ADMINISTERING, THIS AGREEMENT, WILL BE SYNDICATE-LEVEL INFORMATION, WHICH MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION ABOUT HOLDINGS, THE BORROWER, THE LOAN PARTIES AND THEIR RELATED PARTIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES. ACCORDINGLY, EACH LENDER REPRESENTS TO THE BORROWER AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT THAT IT HAS IDENTIFIED IN ITS ADMINISTRATIVE QUESTIONNAIRE A CREDIT CONTACT WHO MAY RECEIVE INFORMATION THAT MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW, INCLUDING FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

SECTION 9.13 USA Patriot Act. Each Lender that is subject to the USA Patriot Act and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Loan Party, which information includes the name and address of each Loan Party and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify each Loan Party in accordance with the USA Patriot Act.

SECTION 9.14 Judgment Currency.

(a) If, for the purpose of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum owing hereunder in one currency into another currency, each party hereto agrees, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures in the relevant jurisdiction the first currency could be purchased with such other currency on the Business Day immediately preceding the day on which final judgment is given.

(b) The obligations of the Borrower in respect of any sum due to any party hereto or any holder of any obligation owing hereunder (the “Applicable Creditor”) shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the “Judgment Currency”) other than the currency in which such sum is stated to be due hereunder (the “Agreement Currency”), be discharged only to the extent that, on the Business Day following receipt by the Applicable Creditor of any sum adjudged to be so due in the Judgment Currency, the Applicable Creditor may in accordance with normal banking procedures in the relevant jurisdiction purchase the Agreement Currency with the Judgment Currency; if the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Applicable Creditor in the Agreement Currency, the Borrower agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Applicable Creditor against such loss. The obligations of the Borrower under this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of all other amounts owing hereunder.

SECTION 9.15 Release of Liens and Guarantees.

(a) A Subsidiary Loan Party shall automatically be released from its obligations under the Loan Documents, and all security interests created by the Security Documents in Collateral owned by such Subsidiary Loan Party shall be automatically released, upon the consummation of any transaction permitted by this Agreement as a result of which such Subsidiary Loan Party ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary (including pursuant to a merger with a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party);

 

152


provided that no such release shall occur if such Loan Party continues to be a guarantor in respect of the any Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness. Upon any sale or other transfer by any Loan Party (other than to Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary Loan Party) of any Collateral in a transaction permitted under this Agreement, or upon the effectiveness of any written consent to the release of the security interest created under any Security Document in any Collateral or the release of Holdings or any Subsidiary Loan Party from its Guarantee under the Guarantee Agreement pursuant to Section 9.02, the security interests in such Collateral created by the Security Documents or such Guarantee shall be automatically released. Upon termination of the aggregate Commitments and payment in full of all Secured Obligations (other than (x) contingent indemnification obligations as to which no claim has been made and (y) Secured Cash Management Obligations and Secured Swap Obligations (each as defined in the Collateral Agreement) as to which arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Secured Party (as defined in the Collateral Agreement) have been made) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit (including as a result of obtaining the consent of the applicable Issuing Bank as described in Section 9.05 of this Agreement, or as a result of such Letters of Credit being backstopped or cash collateralized), all obligations under the Loan Documents and all security interests created by the Security Documents shall be automatically released. In connection with any termination or release pursuant to this Section, the Administrative Agent shall execute and deliver to any Loan Party, at such Loan Party’s expense, all documents that such Loan Party shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release so long as the Borrower or applicable Loan Party shall have provided the Administrative Agent such certifications or documents as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request in order to demonstrate compliance with this Agreement.

(b) The Administrative Agent will, at the Borrower’s expense, execute and deliver to the applicable Loan Party such documents as such Loan Party may reasonably request to subordinate its Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Section 6.02(iii), (iv), (vii), (xi), (xii) or (xiii).

(c) Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent to provide any release or evidence of release, termination or subordination contemplated by this Section 9.15. Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Loan Party from its obligations under any Loan Document, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Loan Document and this Section 9.15.

SECTION 9.16 No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility. In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), each of the Borrower and Holdings acknowledges and agrees that (i) (A) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Lead Arrangers, the Syndication Agent and the Documentation Agent are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Borrower, Holdings and their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Lead Arrangers, the Syndication Agent and the Documentation Agent, on the other hand, (B) each of the Borrower and Holdings has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (C) each of the Borrower and Holdings is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (ii) (A) each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Lead Arrangers, Syndication Agent and the Documentation Agent is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for the Borrower, Holdings, any of their respective Affiliates or any other Person and (B) none of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Lead Arrangers, the Syndication Agent or the Documentation Agent has any obligation to the Borrower, Holdings or any of their respective Affiliates

 

153


with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (iii) the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Lead Arrangers, the Syndication Agent and the Documentation Agent and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrower, Holdings and their respective Affiliates, and none of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Lead Arrangers, the Documentation Agent and the Syndication Agent has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Borrower, Holdings or any of their respective Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Borrower and Holdings hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Lead Arrangers, the Syndication Agent or the Documentation Agent with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.

SECTION 9.17 Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable law (the “Maximum Rate”). If the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged or received by the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the obligations hereunder.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank]

 

154


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

TA MIDCO 1, LLC, as Borrower
By:

LOGO   

Name: William Christ
Title: President
TA HOLDINGS 1, INC., as Holdings
By:

LOGO   

Name: William Christ
Title: President

 

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]


JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC, as Administrative Agent
By:

LOGO   

Name: Brian Buoye
Title: Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]


JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC, as a Lender, Swingline Lender and Issuing Bank

By:

LOGO   

Name: Brian Buoye
Title: Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]


BNP Paribas,
By:

LOGO   

Name: Uzo Arinzeh
Title: Director
By:

LOGO   

Name: Albert Arencibia
Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]


COMPASS BANK,
By:

LOGO   

Name: Kenneth E. Moore, Jr.
Title: Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]


SUNS SPV LLC
By: LOGO
 

 

Name: Phil Guerin
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]


Schedule 2.01

Commitments

     Revolving
Commitment
     Term Commitment  

Jefferies Finance LLC

     4,750,000.00         92,750,000.00   

BNP Paribas

     1,250,000.00         23,750,000.00   

Compass Bank

     1,500,000.00         28,500,000.00   

SUNS SPV LLC

     0.00         5,000,000.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

  7,500,00.00      150,000,000.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 


Schedule 3.03

Governmental Approvals

None.


Schedule 3.05

Owned Real Property

None.


Schedule 3.12

Subsidiaries; Equity Interests

 

Issuer

  

Holder

   Class of
Equity
Interests
   Cert No.    No. of
Shares or
Interests
   Percent
Owned
    Percent
Pledged
 

TA Midco 1, LLC*

   TA Holdings 1, Inc.    LLC    N/A    N/A      100     100

 

* To be renamed SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC immediately after the Acquisition.


Schedule 5.15

Certain Post-Closing Obligations

 

DATE

  

ACTIONS AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS

1. If not completed by the Effective Date, then by five (5) business days after the Effective Date (as such date may be extended by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion)    The Borrower shall terminate, or shall cause to be terminated, the UCC-1 Financing Statement #17928481 in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
2. If not completed by the Effective Date, then by ninety (90) days after the Effective Date (as such date may be extended by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion)    The Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to enter into Deposit Account Control Agreements with the Administrative Agent and the relevant depository bank in respect of the following Deposit Accounts:
  

OWNER

  

BANK

  

ACCOUNT NUMBERS

   SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC    JP Morgan Chase Bank, NA    902116243
   SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC    JP Morgan Chase Bank, NA    2903379080
   SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC    JP Morgan Chase Bank, NA    109115660
3. If not completed by the Effective Date, then by ninety (90) days after the Effective Date (as such date may be extended by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion)   

The Borrower shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, with respect to the headquarters location of the Borrower set forth below, a landlord access agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:

 

•       8135 Monticello Ave., Skokie, IL 60076


Schedule 6.01

Existing Indebtedness

None.


Schedule 6.02

Existing Liens

None.


Schedule 6.04(e)

Existing Investments

None.


Schedule 6.07

Existing Affiliate Transactions

SkinnyPop Popcorn Lease, dated September 1, 2012, by and between the Company and Monticello Partners LLC, pursuant to which the Company leases the property located at 8135 Monticello Ave., Skokie, IL 60076.


Schedule 6.08

Existing Restrictions

None.


Schedule 9.01

Notices

If to Holdings, the Borrower or any Loan Party:

SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC

8135 Monticello Ave.

Skokie, Il 60076

Attn: Andrew S. Friedman

Tel: 847-982-9800

Fax: 312-277-2399

with copies to:

TA Associates Management, L.P.

John Hancock Tower, 56th Floor

200 Clarendon Street

Boston, MA 02116

Attn: Bill Christ, Tony Marsh
Tel: 617-574-6700
Fax: 617-574-6728

with copies to:

Goodwin Procter LLP

Three Embarcadero Center

San Francisco, CA 94111

Attn: Laura Rupenian
Tel: 415-733-6019
Fax: 415-677-9041

If to Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party:

Jefferies Finance LLC

520 Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attn: Account Manager – SkinnyPop


EXHIBIT A

Form of Assignment and Assumption

This Assignment and Assumption (this “Assignment and Assumption”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between the Assignor named below (the “Assignor”) and the Assignee named below (the “Assignee”). It is understood and agreed that the rights and obligations of the Assignor and the Assignee hereunder are several and not joint. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement identified below (the “Credit Agreement”), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.

For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below (i) all of the Assignor’s rights and obligations as a Lender under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of the Assignor under the respective facilities identified below (including, without limitation, Letters of Credit and Guarantees included in such facilities) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable Requirements of Law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned by the Assignor to the Assignee pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as, the “Assigned Interest”). Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by the Assignor.

 

1. Assignor: [Assignor Name]
2. Assignee: [Assignee Name]
[and is an Affiliate/Approved Fund of [Lender Name]]
Assignees are Affiliated Lenders:          (Y/N)
3. Borrower: [TA MIDCO 1, LLC]1 [SKINNYPOP POPCORN LLC]2

 

1  To be used if assignment occurs prior to the Acquisition.
2  To be used if assignment occurs after the Acquisition.


4. Administrative Agent: JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC,
as the Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement
5. Credit Agreement: The Credit Agreement dated as of July 17, 2014, as amended, restated, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, among [TA Midco 1, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (to be renamed SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC immediately following the Acquisition)]3 [SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (formerly known as TA Midco 1, LLC)]4, the Lenders party thereto, Jefferies Finance LLC, as an Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender, and Jefferies Finance LLC as Administrative Agent.

 

6.      Assigned Interest:   Facility Assigned              Aggregate amount
of Commitment/
Loans for all
Lenders
             Amount of
Commitment/
Loans Assigned
 
                 5         $             $     
 

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

 
$      $     
 

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

 
$      $     
 

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

 

 

7. Effective Date:6             , 20    

 

3  To be used if assignment occurs prior to the Acquisition.
4  To be used if assignment occurs after the Acquisition.
5  Fill in the appropriate terminology for the types of facilities under the Credit Agreement that are being assigned under this Assignment (e.g., “Revolving Commitment,” “Term Commitment,” “Revolving Loan,” “Term Loan,” etc.).
6  To be inserted by Administrative Agent and which shall be the effective date of recordation of transfer in the Register.

 

A-2


The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:

 

ASSIGNOR:
[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]
By:

 

Name:
Title:
ASSIGNEE:
[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]
By:

 

Name:
Title:
[Consented to and]7 Accepted:
JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC, as
Administrative Agent
By:

 

Name:
Title:
[Consented to:]8
By:

 

Name:
Title:

 

7  To be added only if the consent of the Administrative Agent is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.
8  To be added only if the consent of the Borrower or any Issuing Bank is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.

 

A-3


ANNEX 1

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

1. Representations and Warranties.

1.1 Assignor. The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of the Borrower, any of its Affiliates or any of the Subsidiaries or any other Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document or (iv) the performance or observance by the Borrower, any of its Affiliates or any of the Subsidiaries or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Loan Document.

1.2 Assignee. The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it meets all requirements of an Eligible Assignee under the Credit Agreement (subject to receipt of such consents as may be required under the Credit Agreement), (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it is sophisticated with respect to decisions to acquire assets of the type represented by the Assigned Interest and either it, or the Person exercising discretion in making its decision to acquire the Assigned Interest, is experienced in acquiring assets of such type, (v) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b) thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase the Assigned Interest on the basis of which it has made such analysis and decision independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, (vi) if it is a Lender that is not a United States person, attached hereto is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee and (vii) if it is an Affiliated Lender, it has indicated its status as such in the space provided on the first page of this Assignment and Assumption, and it does not possess material non-public information with respect to Holdings and its Subsidiaries or the securities of any of them that have not been disclosed to the Lenders generally (other than Lenders who elect not to receive such information); and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

 

A-4


2. Payments. From and after the Effective Date referred to in this Assignment and Assumption, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to the Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date.

3. General Provisions. This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by facsimile or electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption. This Assignment and Assumption shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

A-5


EXHIBIT B

Form of Guarantee Agreement

[See Attached]

 

B-1


 

 

MASTER GUARANTEE AGREEMENT

dated as of

July 17, 2014,

by and among

TA MIDCO 1, LLC,

(to be renamed SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC immediately following the Acquisition)

TA HOLDINGS 1, INC.,

as Holdings,

THE OTHER GUARANTORS

FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO

and

JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC,

as Administrative Agent

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
ARTICLE I   
DEFINITIONS  

SECTION 1.01.

  Credit Agreement      1  

SECTION 1.02.

  Other Defined Terms      1  
ARTICLE II   
THE GUARANTEES  

SECTION 2.01.

  Guarantee      4  

SECTION 2.02.

  Guarantee of Payment; Continuing Guarantee      4  

SECTION 2.03.

  No Limitations      4  

SECTION 2.04.

  Reinstatement      6  

SECTION 2.05.

  Agreement to Pay; Subrogation      6  

SECTION 2.06.

  Information      6  

SECTION 2.07.

  Payments Free of Taxes      7  

SECTION 2.08.

  Keepwell      7  
ARTICLE III   
INDEMNITY, SUBROGATION AND SUBORDINATION  

SECTION 3.01.

  Indemnity and Subrogation      7  

SECTION 3.02.

  Contribution and Subrogation      7  

SECTION 3.03.

  Subordination      8  

SECTION 3.04.

  General Limitation on Guarantee Obligations      8  
ARTICLE IV   
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; COVENANTS  
ARTICLE V   
MISCELLANEOUS  

SECTION 5.01.

  Notices      9  

SECTION 5.02.

  Waivers; Amendment      9  

SECTION 5.03.

  Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification      10  

SECTION 5.04.

  Successors and Assigns      11  

SECTION 5.05.

  Survival of Agreement      11  

SECTION 5.06.

  Counterparts; Effectiveness; Several Agreement      12  

SECTION 5.07.

  Severability      12  

 

-i-


SECTION 5.08.

Right of Set-Off   12  

SECTION 5.09.

Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process; Appointment of Service of Process Agent   13  

SECTION 5.10.

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL   14  

SECTION 5.11.

Headings   14  

SECTION 5.12.

Termination or Release   14  

SECTION 5.13.

Additional Subsidiary Guarantors   14  

 

-ii-


MASTER GUARANTEE AGREEMENT dated as of July 17, 2014 (this “Agreement”), by and among TA MIDCO 1, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (to be renamed SkinnyPoP Popcorn LLC immediately following the Acquisition) (the “Borrower”), TA HOLDINGS 1, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), the SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS from time to time party hereto and JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC, as Administrative Agent, on behalf of itself and the other Guaranteed Parties.

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of July 17, 2014 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among Holdings, the Borrower, the Lenders and Issuing Banks party thereto, Jefferies Finance LLC, as an Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender and as Administrative Agent. The Lenders and the Issuing Banks have agreed to extend credit to the Borrower subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement. The obligations of the Lenders and the Issuing Banks to extend such credit are conditioned upon, among other things, the execution and delivery of this Agreement. Holdings and the Subsidiary Guarantors are affiliates of the Borrower, will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement and are willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders and the Issuing Banks to extend such credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

SECTION 1.01. Credit Agreement. (a) Capitalized terms used in this Agreement (including in the introductory paragraph hereto) and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Credit Agreement.

(b) The rules of construction specified in Sections 1.03 and 1.05 of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement, mutatis mutandis.

SECTION 1.02. Other Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Borrower” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Claiming Party” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.02.

Commodity Exchange Act” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

Contributing Party” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.02.


Credit Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.

Excluded Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the Guarantee of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any Guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder (determined after giving effect to Section 2.08) at the time the Guarantee of such Guarantor or the grant of such security interest becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation. If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such Guarantee or security interest is or becomes illegal.

Guaranteed Cash Management Obligations” means the due and punctual payment and performance of all obligations of Holdings, the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository, credit card, purchasing card and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds provided to Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (whether absolute or contingent and howsoever and whensoever created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and substitutions therefor)) that are (a) owed to the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates, (b) owed on the Effective Date to a Person that is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender as of the Effective Date or (c) owed to a Person that is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender as of the date such Guaranteed Cash Management Obligations were entered into; provided, that such obligations are represented by an agreement that designates such obligations as Secured Cash Management Obligations as defined in and under the Credit Agreement.

Guaranteed Obligations” means (a) the Loan Document Obligations, (b) the Guaranteed Cash Management Obligations and (c) the Guaranteed Swap Obligations (other than Excluded Swap Obligations).

Guaranteed Parties” means (a) each Lender, (b) each Issuing Bank, (c) the Administrative Agent, (d) the Lead Arranger and the Syndication Agent, (e) each Lender or its Affiliates to whom any Guaranteed Cash Management Obligations are owed, (f) each counterparty to any Swap Agreement (other than the Borrower or any of its Affiliates) the obligations under which constitute Guaranteed Swap Obligations, (g) the beneficiaries of each indemnification obligation undertaken by any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (h) the permitted successors and assigns of each of the foregoing.

Guaranteed Swap Obligations” means the due and punctual payment and performance of all obligations of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries under each Swap Agreement that (a) is with a counterparty that is the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates, (b) is in effect on the Effective Date with a counterparty that is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender as of the Effective Date or (c) is with a counterparty that was a Lender or an


Affiliate of a Lender as of the date such Guaranteed Swap Obligations were entered into; provided, that such Swap Agreement designates the obligations owed thereunder as Secured Swap Obligations as defined in and under the Credit Agreement.

Guarantors” means Holdings and the Subsidiary Guarantors and, with respect to Guaranteed Cash Management Obligations and Guaranteed Swap Obligations, the Borrower.

Holdings” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.

Loan Document Obligations” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Credit Agreement.

Payment in Full of the Guaranteed Obligations” shall have occurred when (i) all Guaranteed Obligations (including all LC Disbursements, if any (other than in respect of any Terminated Letter of Credit Obligation), but excluding (x) contingent obligations for indemnification, expense reimbursement, Tax gross-up or yield protection as to which no claim has been made and (y) Secured Cash Management Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement) and Secured Swap Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement) as to which arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Secured Party (as defined in the Credit Agreement) have been made), have been paid in full in cash, (ii) all Commitments have terminated or expired and (iii) the LC Exposure has been reduced to zero (including in connection with any Terminated Letter of Credit Obligation) and the Issuing Banks have no further obligation to issue or amend Letters of Credit under the Credit Agreement.

Qualified ECP Guarantor” means, in respect of any Swap Obligation, each Loan Party that has total assets exceeding $10,000,000 at the time the relevant Guarantee or grant of the relevant security interest becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation or such other person as constitutes an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act or any regulations promulgated thereunder and can cause another person to qualify as an “eligible contract participant” at such time by entering into a keepwell under Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Subsidiary Guarantors” means each direct and indirect wholly-owned domestic Subsidiary that becomes a party to this Agreement as a Subsidiary Guarantor after the Effective Date pursuant to Section 5.13; provided that if any such Subsidiary is released from its obligations as a Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder as provided in Section 5.12(b), such Subsidiary shall cease to be a Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder effective upon such release.

Supplement” means an instrument substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Terminated Letter of Credit Obligation” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.03(d).


ARTICLE II

The Guarantees

SECTION 2.01. Guarantee. Each Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees to each of the Guaranteed Parties, jointly with the other Guarantors and severally, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, by way of an independent payment obligation, the due and punctual payment and performance of the Guaranteed Obligations. Each Guarantor further agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, or amended or modified, without notice to or further assent from it, and that it will remain bound upon its guarantee hereunder notwithstanding any such extension or renewal, or amendment or modification, of any of the Guaranteed Obligations. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor waives presentment to, demand of payment from and protest to the Borrower or any other Loan Party of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, and also waives notice of acceptance of its guarantee and notice of protest for nonpayment.

SECTION 2.02. Guarantee of Payment; Continuing Guarantee. Each Guarantor further agrees that its guarantee hereunder constitutes a guarantee of payment when due (whether or not any bankruptcy or similar proceeding shall have stayed the accrual of collection of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or operated as a discharge thereof) and not merely of collection, and waives any right to require that any resort be had by the Administrative Agent or any other Guaranteed Party to any security held for the payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of the Administrative Agent or any other Guaranteed Party in favor of the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any other Person. Each Guarantor agrees that its guarantee hereunder is continuing in nature and applies to all of its Guaranteed Obligations, whether currently existing or hereafter incurred.

SECTION 2.03. No Limitations. (a) Except for the termination or release of a Guarantor’s obligations hereunder as expressly provided in Section 5.12, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, and shall not be subject to any defense or set-off, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, any impossibility in the performance of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise (other than Payment in Full of the Guaranteed Obligations). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, except for the termination or release of its obligations hereunder as expressly provided in Section 5.12, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by (and each Guarantor hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any defense based on or arising out of):

(i) the failure of any Guaranteed Party or any other Person to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy under the provisions of any Loan Document or otherwise;


(ii) any rescission, waiver, amendment, restatement or modification of, or any release from any of the terms or provisions of, any Loan Document or any other agreement, including with respect to any other Guarantor under this Agreement;

(iii) the release of, or any impairment of or failure to perfect any Lien on, any security held by any Guaranteed Party for any of the Guaranteed Obligations;

(iv) any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of any of the Guaranteed Obligations;

(v) any other act or omission that may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or otherwise operate as a discharge of any Guarantor as a matter of law or equity (other than the Payment in Full of the Guaranteed Obligations);

(vi) any illegality, lack of validity or lack of enforceability of any of the Guaranteed Obligations;

(vii) any change in the corporate existence, structure or ownership of any Loan Party, or any insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or other similar proceeding affecting any Loan Party or its assets or any resulting release or discharge of any of the Guaranteed Obligations;

(viii) the existence of any claim, set-off or other rights that any Guarantor may have at any time against the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, any other Guaranteed Party or any other Person, whether in connection with the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any unrelated transaction;

(ix) this Agreement having been determined (on whatsoever grounds) to be invalid, non-binding or unenforceable against any other Guarantor ab initio or at any time after the Effective Date;

(x) the fact that any Person that, pursuant to the Loan Documents, was required to become a party hereto may not have executed or is not effectually bound by this Agreement, whether or not this fact is known to the Guaranteed Parties;

(xi) any action permitted or authorized hereunder; or

(xii) any other circumstance (including any statute of limitations), or any existence of or reliance on any representation by the Administrative Agent, any Guaranteed Party or any other Person, that might otherwise constitute a defense to, or a legal or equitable discharge of, the Borrower, any Guarantor or any other guarantor or surety (other than the Payment in Full of the Guaranteed Obligations).

Each Guarantor expressly authorizes the Guaranteed Parties to take and hold security in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents for the payment and performance of the Guaranteed Obligations, to exchange, waive or release any or all such security (with or without consideration), to enforce or apply such security and direct the order and manner of any sale thereof in their sole discretion or to release or substitute any one or more other guarantors or obligors upon or in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations, all without affecting the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder.


(b) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor waives any defense based on or arising out of any defense of the Borrower or any other Loan Party or the unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or any part thereof from any cause, or the cessation from any cause of the liability of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, other than the Payment in Full of the Guaranteed Obligations. The Administrative Agent and the other Guaranteed Parties may, at their election and in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, foreclose on any security held by one or more of them by one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales, accept an assignment of any such security in lieu of foreclosure, compromise or adjust any part of the Guaranteed Obligations, make any other accommodation with the Borrower or any other Loan Party or exercise any other right or remedy available to them against the Borrower or any other Loan Party, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of any Guarantor hereunder except to the extent the Payment in Full of the Guaranteed Obligations shall have occurred. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor waives any defense arising out of any such election even though such election operates, pursuant to applicable law, to impair or to extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of such Guarantor against the Borrower or any other Loan Party, as the case may be, or any security.

SECTION 2.04. Reinstatement. Each Guarantor agrees that, unless released pursuant to Section 5.12(b), its guarantee hereunder shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Guaranteed Party upon the bankruptcy or reorganization (or any analogous proceeding in any jurisdiction) of the Borrower, any other Loan Party or otherwise.

SECTION 2.05. Agreement to Pay; Subrogation. In furtherance of the foregoing provisions of this Article II and not in limitation of any other right that the Administrative Agent or any other Guaranteed Party has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Borrower or any other Loan Party to pay any Guaranteed Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, after notice of prepayment or otherwise, each Guarantor hereby promises to and will forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, to the Administrative Agent for distribution to the applicable Guaranteed Parties in cash the amount of such due and unpaid Guaranteed Obligation. Upon payment by any Guarantor of any sums to the Administrative Agent as provided above, all rights of such Guarantor against the Borrower or any other Loan Party arising as a result thereof by way of right of subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnity or otherwise shall in all respects be subject to Article III.

SECTION 2.06. Information. Each Guarantor assumes all responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the Borrower’s and each other Loan Party’s financial condition and assets, and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Guaranteed Obligations and the nature, scope and extent of the risks that such Guarantor assumes and incurs hereunder, and agrees that none of the Guaranteed Parties will have any duty to advise such Guarantor of information known to it or any of them regarding such circumstances or risks.


SECTION 2.07. Payments Free of Taxes. Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Guarantor hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes on the same terms and to the same extent that payments by the Borrower are required to be so made pursuant to the terms of Section 2.17 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 2.08. Keepwell. Each Qualified ECP Guarantor hereby jointly and severally absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support as may be needed from time to time to each other Loan Party as may be needed by such other Loan Party to honor all of its obligations under this Agreement in respect of Swap Obligations (provided, however, that each Qualified ECP Guarantor shall only be liable under this Article II for the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering its obligations under this Article II, or otherwise under this Agreement, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount). The obligations of each Qualified ECP Guarantor under this Section shall remain in full force and effect until a Payment in Full of the Guaranteed Obligations. Each Qualified ECP Guarantor intends that this Section 2.08 constitute, and this Section 2.08 shall be deemed to constitute, a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of each other Loan Party for all purposes of Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

ARTICLE III

Indemnity, Subrogation and Subordination

SECTION 3.01. Indemnity and Subrogation. In addition to all such rights of indemnity and subrogation as the Guarantors may have under applicable law (but subject to Section 3.03) in respect of any payment hereunder, the Borrower agrees that (a) in the event a payment in respect of any obligation of the Borrower shall be made by any Guarantor under this Agreement, the Borrower shall indemnify such Guarantor for the full amount of such payment and such Guarantor shall be subrogated to the rights of the Person to whom such payment shall have been made to the extent of such payment and (b) in the event any assets of any Guarantor shall be sold pursuant to any Security Document to satisfy in whole or in part any Guaranteed Obligations owed to any Guaranteed Party, the Borrower shall indemnify such Guarantor in an amount equal to the greater of the book value or the fair market value of the assets so sold.

SECTION 3.02. Contribution and Subrogation. Each Guarantor (a “Contributing Party”) agrees (subject to Sections 3.03 and 3.04) that, in the event a payment shall be made by any other Guarantor hereunder in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations or assets of any other Guarantor (other than the Borrower) shall be sold pursuant to any Security Document to satisfy any Guaranteed Obligation owed to any Guaranteed Party and such other Guarantor (the “Claiming Party”) shall not have been fully indemnified as provided in Section 3.01, the Contributing Party shall indemnify the Claiming Party in an amount equal to the amount of such payment or the greater of the book value or the fair market value of such assets, as the case may be, in each case multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator shall be


the net worth of the Contributing Party on the date hereof (or, in the case of any Guarantor becoming a party hereto pursuant to Section 5.13, the date of the Supplement executed and delivered by such Guarantor) and the denominator shall be the aggregate net worth of all the Guarantors on the date hereof (or, in the case of any Guarantor becoming a party hereto pursuant to Section 5.13, such other date). Subject to the terms of Section 3.03(b), each Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent a Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate share of any payment made hereunder, such Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against any other Guarantor hereunder that has not paid its proportionate share of such payment. Any Contributing Party making any payment to a Claiming Party pursuant to this Section 3.02 shall be subrogated to the rights of such Claiming Party under Section 3.01 to the extent of such payment.

SECTION 3.03. Subordination. (a) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, all rights of the Guarantors under Sections 3.01 and 3.02 and all other rights of the Guarantors of indemnity, contribution or subrogation under applicable law or otherwise shall be fully subordinated to the Payment in Full of the Guaranteed Obligations. No failure on the part of the Borrower or any Guarantor to make the payments required by Sections 3.01 and 3.02 (or any other payments required under applicable law or otherwise) shall in any respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor with respect to its obligations hereunder, and each Guarantor shall remain liable for the full amount of the obligations of such Guarantor hereunder.

(b) Each Guarantor hereby agrees that upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and after notice from the Administrative Agent (provided that no such notice shall be required to be given in the case of any Event of Default arising under Section 7.01(h) or 7.01(i) of the Credit Agreement), all Indebtedness and other monetary obligations owed by it to any other Guarantor or any other Subsidiary shall be fully subordinated to the Payment in Full of the Guaranteed Obligations.

SECTION 3.04. General Limitation on Guarantee Obligations. Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of this Agreement, the Administrative Agent and each other Guaranteed Party, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such Persons that this Agreement and the Guaranteed Obligations of each Guarantor hereunder not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of the Bankruptcy Code, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar foreign, federal or state law to the extent applicable to this Agreement and the Guaranteed Obligations of each Guarantor hereunder. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Administrative Agent, on behalf of itself and the other Guaranteed Parties, and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the Guaranteed Obligations of each Guarantor under this Agreement at any time shall be limited to the maximum amount as will result in the Guaranteed Obligations of such Guarantor under this Agreement not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. Each Guarantor further agrees to contribute, to the maximum extent permitted by law, such amounts to each other Guarantor and each other guarantor so as to maximize the aggregate amount paid to the Guaranteed Parties under or in respect of the Loan Documents.


ARTICLE IV

Representations and Warranties; Covenants

Each Subsidiary Guarantor represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the other Guaranteed Parties that (a) the execution, delivery and performance by such Subsidiary Guarantor of this Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action and, if required, action by the holders of such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Equity Interests, and that this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such Subsidiary Guarantor and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law, and implied covenants of good faith and fair dealing, and (b) all representations and warranties set forth in the Credit Agreement as to such Subsidiary Guarantor are true and correct in all material respects as of each date such representations and warranties are required to be true and correct pursuant to the Credit Agreement; provided that, to the extent such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they are true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date; provided further that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality,” “Material Adverse Effect” or similar language is true and correct in all respects. Each Subsidiary Guarantor covenants and agrees that until the Payment in Full of the Guaranteed Obligations shall have occurred, such Subsidiary Guarantor will perform and observe, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to perform and observe, all of the terms, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents on its or their part to be performed or observed or that the Borrower has agreed to cause such Subsidiary Guarantor or such Subsidiaries to perform or observe.

ARTICLE V

Miscellaneous

SECTION 5.01. Notices. All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 5.02. Waivers; Amendment. (a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section 5.02, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of


whether the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time. No notice or demand on any Loan Party in any case shall entitle any Loan Party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

(b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent and the Guarantor or Guarantors with respect to which such waiver, amendment or modification is to apply, subject to any consent required in accordance with Section 9.02 of the Credit Agreement; provided that the Administrative Agent may, without the consent of any Guaranteed Party, consent to a departure by any Guarantor from any covenant of such Guarantor set forth herein to the extent such departure is consistent with the authority of the Administrative Agent set forth in the definition of the term “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” in the Credit Agreement or in Section 9.02 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 5.03. Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification. (a) Each Guarantor, jointly with the other Guarantors and severally, agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent for its fees and expenses incurred hereunder as provided in Section 9.03(a) of the Credit Agreement; provided that each reference therein to the “Borrower” shall be deemed to be a reference to “each Guarantor.”

(b) Without limitation of its indemnification obligations under the other Loan Documents, each Guarantor, jointly with the other Guarantors and severally, agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent and the other Indemnitees against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and reasonable and documented or invoiced out-of-pocket fees and expenses of any one counsel for any Indemnitee, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by the Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries arising out of any claims, actions, suits, inquiries, litigation, investigation or proceeding in connection with, or as a result of, the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs or related expenses (x) resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or its Related Parties (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable judgment), (y) resulted from a material breach of the Loan Documents by such Indemnitee or its Related Parties (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable judgment) or (z) arise from disputes between or among Indemnitees that do not involve an act or omission by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (provided that the Administrative Agent and the Lead Arranger shall be indemnified in their capacities as such notwithstanding this clause (z)). For the avoidance of doubt, this paragraph (b) shall not apply with respect to Taxes that are imposed with respect to any payments of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document, which shall be governed solely by Section 2.17 of the Credit Agreement, or with respect to Other Taxes, which are the subject of, and which shall be governed by, Section 2.17 of the Credit Agreement.

(c) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, no Guarantor shall assert, and each Guarantor hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee (i) for any direct or actual damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of information or other materials


distributed to such unintended recipients by such Indemnitee through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems (including the Internet) in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such actual or direct damages are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of, or a material breach of the Loan Documents by such Indemnitee or its Related Parties (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable judgment) or (ii) on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement or any Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the Transactions, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof. In addition, no Guarantor shall be liable to an Indemnitee for any indirect, special, consequential or punitive damages except any such damages incurred or paid by an Indemnitee to a third party.

(d) The provisions of this Section 5.03 shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the termination of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any provision hereof or thereof, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, the repayment of the Loans or the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit and the Commitments. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, in the event that, in connection with the refinancing or repayment in full of the credit facilities provided for under the Credit Agreement, an Issuing Bank shall have provided to the Administrative Agent a written consent to the release of the Revolving Lenders from their obligations under the Credit Agreement with respect to any Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank (whether as a result of the obligations of the Borrower (and any other account party) in respect of such Letter of Credit having been collateralized in full by a deposit of cash with such Issuing Bank or being supported by a letter of credit that names such Issuing Bank as the beneficiary thereunder, or otherwise), then from and after such time such Letter of Credit shall cease to be a “Letter of Credit” outstanding under the Credit Agreement for all purposes, the Revolving Lenders shall be deemed to have no participations in such Letter of Credit, and no obligations with respect thereto, under Section 2.05(e) or (f) of the Credit Agreement and the obligations thereunder shall cease to be a Guaranteed Obligation for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (each a “Terminated Letter of Credit Obligation”). All amounts due under this Section 5.03 shall be payable not later than ten (10) Business Days after written demand therefor; provided, however, that any Indemnitee shall promptly refund an indemnification payment received hereunder to the extent that there is a final judicial determination that such Indemnitee was not entitled to indemnification with respect to such payment pursuant to this Section 5.03. Any such amounts payable as provided hereunder shall be additional Guaranteed Obligations.

SECTION 5.04. Successors and Assigns. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted by the Loan Documents.

SECTION 5.05. Survival of Agreement. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in this Agreement or any other Loan Document and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to


this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Guaranteed Parties and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Guaranteed Party and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank, any Lender or any other Guaranteed Party may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, and, subject to Section 5.12(b), shall continue in full force and effect until the Payment in Full of the Guaranteed Obligations.

SECTION 5.06. Counterparts; Effectiveness; Several Agreement. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement. This Agreement shall become effective as to any Guarantor when a counterpart hereof executed on behalf of such Guarantor shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent and a counterpart hereof shall have been executed on behalf of the Administrative Agent, and thereafter shall be binding upon such Guarantor and the Administrative Agent and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of such Guarantor, the Administrative Agent and the other Guaranteed Parties and their respective successors and assigns, except that no Guarantor shall have the right to assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein (and any such assignment or transfer shall be void) except as expressly provided in this Agreement and the Credit Agreement. This Agreement shall be construed as a separate agreement with respect to each Guarantor and may be amended, modified, supplemented, waived or released with respect to any Guarantor without the approval of any other Guarantor and without affecting the obligations of any other Guarantor hereunder.

SECTION 5.07. Severability. Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 5.08. Right of Set-Off. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Administrative Agent, each Lender, each Issuing Bank and each of their respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by the Administrative Agent, such Lender, any such Issuing Bank or any such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of any Guarantor against any of and all the obligations of such Guarantor then due and owing under this Agreement held by the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such Issuing Bank, irrespective of whether or not the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such Issuing Bank shall have made any demand under this Agreement and although (i) such obligations may be contingent or unmatured and (ii) such obligations are owed to a branch or office of the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such Issuing Bank different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such


Indebtedness; provided that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.22 of the Credit Agreement and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Guaranteed Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff. The Administrative Agent, the applicable Lender and the applicable Issuing Bank shall notify the Borrower (on behalf of the applicable Guarantor) and the Administrative Agent of such setoff and application; provided that any failure to give or any delay in giving such notice shall not affect the validity of any such setoff and application under this Section. The rights of the Administrative Agent, each Lender, each Issuing Bank and their respective Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that the Administrative Agent, such Lender, such Issuing Bank and their respective Affiliates may have.

SECTION 5.09. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process; Appointment of Service of Process Agent. (a) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York.

(b) Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to any Loan Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in any Loan Document shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to any Loan Document against any Guarantor or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(c) Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to any Loan Document in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(d) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 5.01. Nothing in any Loan Document will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

(e) Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably designates, appoints and empowers the Borrower as its designee, appointee and agent to receive, accept and acknowledge for and on its behalf, and in respect of its property, service of any and all legal process, summons, notices and documents that may be served in any such action or proceeding.


SECTION 5.10. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

SECTION 5.11. Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

SECTION 5.12. Termination or Release. (a) Subject to Section 2.04, this Agreement and the Guarantees made herein shall automatically terminate upon the Payment in Full of the Guaranteed Obligations.

(b) The guarantees made herein shall also automatically terminate and be released at the time or times and in the manner set forth in Section 9.15 of the Credit Agreement.

(c) In connection with any termination or release pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall promptly execute and deliver to any Loan Party, at such Loan Party’s expense, all documents that such Loan Party shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release so long as the applicable Loan Party shall have provided the Administrative Agent such certifications or documents as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request in order to demonstrate compliance with this Section 5.12. Any execution and delivery of documents by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 5.12 shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 5.13. Additional Subsidiary Guarantors. Pursuant to Section 5.11 of the Credit Agreement, additional Subsidiaries may be required to become Subsidiary Guarantors after the date hereof. Upon execution and delivery by the Administrative Agent and a Subsidiary of a Supplement, such Subsidiary shall become a Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as such herein. The execution and delivery of any such Supplement shall not require the consent of any other Guarantor hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any Subsidiary as a party to this Agreement.


[Signature Pages Follow]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Master Guarantee Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

TA MIDCO 1, LLC
By:

 

Name:
Title:
TA HOLDINGS 1, INC.
By:

 

Name:
Title:

[SkinnyPop – Guarantee Agreement Signature Page]


JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC,
as Administrative Agent,
By:

 

Name:
Title:

 

[SkinnyPop – Guarantee Agreement Signature Page]


Exhibit A to

the Master Guarantee Agreement

SUPPLEMENT NO.      dated as of [    ], 20[    ] to the Master Guarantee Agreement dated as of July 17, 2014, among [TA MIDCO 1, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (to be renamed SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC immediately after the Acquisition),]1 [SKINNYPOP POPCORN LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (formerly known as TA Midco 1, LLC)]2 (the “Borrower”), TA HOLDINGS 1, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time party thereto and JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC, as Administrative Agent, on behalf of itself and the other Guaranteed Parties.

A. Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of July 17, 2014 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Holdings, the Borrower, the Lenders and Issuing Banks party thereto, Jefferies Finance LLC, as an Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender, and as Administrative Agent.

B. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement and the Guarantee Agreement referred to therein, as applicable.

C. The Guarantors have entered into the Guarantee Agreement in order to induce the Lenders and the Issuing Banks to extend credit to the Borrower. Section 5.13 of the Guarantee Agreement provides that additional Subsidiaries may become Subsidiary Guarantors under the Guarantee Agreement by execution and delivery of an instrument substantially in the form of this Supplement. The undersigned Subsidiary (the “New Subsidiary”) is executing this Supplement to become a Subsidiary Guarantor under the Guarantee Agreement in order to induce the Lenders and the Issuing Banks to make additional extensions of credit under the Credit Agreement and as consideration for such extensions of credit previously issued.

Accordingly, the Administrative Agent and the New Subsidiary agree as follows:

SECTION 1. In accordance with Section 5.13 of the Guarantee Agreement, the New Subsidiary by its signature below becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor under the Guarantee Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Subsidiary Guarantor, and the New Subsidiary hereby agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Guarantee Agreement applicable to it as a Subsidiary Guarantor (and a Guarantor) thereunder. In furtherance of the foregoing, and subject to Section 3.04 of the Guarantee Agreement, the New Subsidiary irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees to each of the Guaranteed Parties, jointly with the other Guarantors and severally, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, by way of an independent payment obligation, the due and punctual payment and performance of the Guaranteed Obligations. The New Subsidiary further agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, or amended or modified, without notice to or

 

1  To be used if delivered prior to the Acquisition.
2  To be used if delivered after the Acquisition.

 

Exh. A-1


further assent from it, and that it will remain bound upon its guarantee hereunder notwithstanding any such extension or renewal, or amendment or modification, of any of the Guaranteed Obligations. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, the New Subsidiary waives presentment to, demand of payment from and protest to the Borrower or any other Loan Party of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, and also waives notice of acceptance of its guarantee and notice of protest for nonpayment. Each reference to a “Subsidiary Guarantor” or a “Guarantor” in the Guarantee Agreement shall be deemed to include the New Subsidiary.

SECTION 2. The New Subsidiary represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the other Guaranteed Parties that (a) the execution, delivery and performance by the New Subsidiary of this Supplement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other action and, if required, action by the holders of such New Subsidiary’s Equity Interests, and that this Supplement has been duly executed and delivered by the New Subsidiary and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law, and implied covenants of good faith and fair dealing and (b) all representations and warranties set forth in the Credit Agreement as to the New Subsidiary are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof; provided that, to the extent such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they are true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date; provided, further that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality,” “Material Adverse Effect” or similar language is true and correct in all respects.

The New Subsidiary covenants and agrees that until the Payment in Full of the Guaranteed Obligations shall have occurred, the New Subsidiary will perform and observe, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to perform and observe, all of the terms, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents on its or their part to be performed or observed or that the Borrower has agreed to cause the New Subsidiary or such Subsidiaries to perform or observe.

SECTION 3. This Supplement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Supplement by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Supplement. This Supplement shall become effective as to the New Subsidiary when a counterpart hereof executed on behalf of the New Subsidiary shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent and a counterpart hereof shall have been executed on behalf of the Administrative Agent, and thereafter shall be binding upon the New Subsidiary and the Administrative Agent and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of the New Subsidiary, the Administrative Agent and the other Guaranteed Parties and their respective successors and assigns, except that the New Subsidiary shall not have the right to assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein (and any such assignment or transfer shall be void) except as expressly provided in this Supplement, the Guarantee Agreement and the Credit Agreement.

 

Exh. A-2


SECTION 4.

(a) This Supplement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York.

(b) Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to any Loan Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in any Loan Document shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to any Loan Document against any Guarantor or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(c) Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to any Loan Document in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(d) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 5.01 of the Guarantee Agreement. Nothing in any Loan Document will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

(e) The New Subsidiary hereby irrevocably designates, appoints and empowers the Borrower as its designee, appointee and agent to receive, accept and acknowledge for and on its behalf, and in respect of its property, service of any and all legal process, summons, notices and documents that may be served in any such action or proceeding.

(f) EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

 

Exh. A-3


SECTION 5. Any provision of this Supplement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 6. All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 5.01 of the Guarantee Agreement.

SECTION 7. The New Subsidiary agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent for its fees and expenses incurred hereunder and under the Guarantee Agreement as provided in Section 9.03(a) of the Credit Agreement; provided that each reference therein to the “Borrower” shall be deemed to be a reference to “the New Subsidiary.”

 

Exh. A-4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Subsidiary and the Administrative Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Master Guarantee Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

[NAME OF NEW SUBSIDIARY],
By

 

Name:
Title:
JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC, as Administrative
Agent, on behalf of itself and the other Guaranteed
Parties,
By

 

Name:
Title:

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SUPPLEMENT TO THE MASTER GUARANTEE AGREEMENT


EXHIBIT C

Form of Perfection Certificate

[See Attached]

 

C-1


PERFECTION CERTIFICATE

                 , 20    

Reference is hereby made to: (i) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (the “Credit Agreement”), by and among TA MIDCO 1, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (to be renamed SKINNYPOP POPCORN LLC UPON CONSUMATION OF THE ACQUISTION) (the “Borrower”), TA HOLDINGS 1, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), the L/C Issuer and the Lenders party thereto and JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacity, together with its successors and permitted assigns, the “Administrative Agent”), and (ii) that certain Collateral Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Borrower, Holdings and the other Grantors party thereto (together with the Borrower and Holdings, each, a “Grantor” and together, the “Grantors”) in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and each other Secured Party. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings given to them in the Collateral Agreement or the Credit Agreement, as applicable.

The undersigned hereby certify to the Administrative Agent and each of the Secured Parties as follows (after giving effect to the Acquisition):

1. Names. (a) The exact legal name of each Grantor, as such name appears in its respective certificate of incorporation or any other organizational document, is set forth in Schedule 1(a) hereto. Each Grantor is (i) the type of entity disclosed next to its name in Schedule 1(a) hereto and (ii) a registered organization except to the extent disclosed in Schedule 1(a) hereto. Also set forth in Schedule 1(a) hereto is the organizational identification number, if any, of each Grantor that is a registered organization, the Federal Taxpayer Identification Number of such Grantor and the jurisdiction of formation of such Grantor.

(b) Schedule 1(b) hereto sets forth any other corporate or organizational names each Grantor has had in the past five years, together with the date of any relevant change.

(c) Schedule 1(c) hereto sets forth a list of all other names (including trade names or similar appellations) used by each Grantor, or any other business or organization to which any Grantor became the successor by merger, consolidation, acquisition, change in form, nature or jurisdiction of organization or otherwise, at any time during the past five years and the date hereof. Schedule 1(c) hereto also sets forth the information required by Section 1 hereto for any other business or organization to which each Grantor became the successor by merger, consolidation, acquisition, change in form, nature or jurisdiction of organization or otherwise, at any time during the past five years and the date hereof. Except as set forth in Schedule 1(c) hereto, no Grantor has changed its jurisdiction of organization at any time during the past four months.

2. Current Locations. (a) The chief executive office of each Grantor is located at the address set forth in Schedule 2(a) hereto.

(b) Schedule 2(b) hereto sets forth all locations where each Grantor maintains any books or records relating to any Collateral.

(c) Schedule 2(c) hereto sets forth all the other places of business of each Grantor.

3. Extraordinary Transactions. Except for those purchases, acquisitions and other transactions described on Schedule 3 hereto, all of the Collateral has been originated by each Grantor in the ordinary course of business or consists of goods which have been acquired by such Grantor in the ordinary course of business from a person in the business of selling goods of that kind.


4. File Search Reports. Schedule 4 hereto is a true and accurate summary of file search reports from (i) the Uniform Commercial Code filing offices (x) in each jurisdiction identified on Schedule 1(a) or Schedule 2 with respect to each legal name set forth on Schedule 1(a) and Schedule 1(b) and (y) in each jurisdiction described in Schedule 1(c) hereto or Schedule 3 hereto relating to any of the transactions described in Schedule (1)(c) hereto or Schedule 3 hereto with respect to each legal name of the person or entity from which each Grantor purchased or otherwise acquired any of the Collateral and (ii) each filing officer in each real estate recording office identified on Schedule 7 hereto with respect to real estate on which Collateral consisting of fixtures is or is to be located. A true copy of each financing statement, including judgment and tax liens, bankruptcy and pending lawsuits or other filing identified in such file search reports has been delivered to the Administrative Agent.

5. UCC Filings. The financing statements (duly authorized by each Grantor constituting the debtor therein), including the indications of the collateral, attached as Schedule 5 hereto relating to the Collateral Agreement or the applicable Mortgage, are in the appropriate forms for filing in the filing offices in the jurisdictions identified in Schedule 6 hereto.

6. Schedule of Filings. Schedule 6 hereto sets forth (i) the appropriate filing offices for the financing statements attached hereto as Schedule 5 and (ii) the appropriate filing offices for the filings described in Schedule 13(c) hereto and (iii) any other actions required to create, preserve, protect and perfect the security interests in the Collateral granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Security Documents. No other filings or actions are required to create, preserve, protect and perfect the security interests in the Collateral granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Security Documents.

7. Real Property. Schedule 7 hereto sets forth all real property owned or leased by each Grantor.

8. Termination Statements. Attached hereto as Schedule 8(a) are the duly authorized termination statements in the appropriate form for filing in each applicable jurisdiction identified in Schedule 8(b) hereto with respect to each Lien described therein.

9. No Change. The undersigned knows of no anticipated change in any of the circumstances or with respect to any of the matters contemplated in Sections 1 through 8 and Sections 10 through 17 of this Perfection Certificate except as set forth on Schedule 9 hereto.

10. Stock Ownership and Other Equity Interests. Schedule 10 hereto sets forth (i) all the issued and outstanding stock, partnership interests, limited liability company membership interests or other Equity Interests of each Grantor and the record and beneficial owners of such stock, partnership interests, membership interests or other Equity Interests, and (ii) each equity investment of each Grantor that represents 50% or less of the equity of the entity in which such investment was made except to the extent such equity investment is held in a Securities Account set forth on Schedule 15 hereto.

11. Instruments and Tangible Chattel Paper. Schedule 11 hereto sets forth all promissory notes, instruments (other than checks to be deposited in the ordinary course of business), tangible chattel paper, electronic chattel paper and other evidence of indebtedness held by each Grantor as of the date hereof, including all intercompany notes between or among any two or more Companies, except to the extent that the aggregate principal amount of any such item not identified on Schedule 11 hereto does not exceed $1,000,000.

 

2


12. Advances. Schedule 12 hereto sets forth (i) all advances made by any Grantor to any other Grantor as of the date hereof (other than those identified on Schedule 11), which advances will be on and after the date hereof evidenced by the Intercompany Note pledged to the Administrative Agent under the Collateral Agreement, and (ii) all unpaid intercompany transfers of goods sold and delivered by or to any Grantor as of the date hereof.

13. Intellectual Property. (a) Patents. Schedule 13(a) hereto sets forth all of each Grantor’s Patents issued from, including patent applications pending in, the United States Patent and Trademark Office (“USPTO”); Patent Licenses recorded in the USPTO; all other Patents issued from, including patent applications pending in, all patent-granting authorities; all other Patent Licenses, recorded or unrecorded; and including, with respect to each of the foregoing Patents and patent applications, the name of the owner and the number of each such Patent or patent application. For purposes of this Section 13(a), the terms “Patent” and “Patent License” shall have the meanings given to them in the Collateral Agreement.

(b) Trademarks. Schedule 13(b) hereto sets forth all of each Grantor’s Trademarks registered with, including trademark applications pending in, the USPTO; Trademark Licenses recorded in the USPTO; all other Trademarks registered with, including trademark applications pending in, an authority other than the USPTO; all unregistered Trademarks; all other Trademark Licenses, recorded or unrecorded; and including, with respect to each of the foregoing registered Trademarks and trademark applications, the name of the owner and the number of each such registered Trademark or trademark application. For purposes of this Section 13(b), the terms “Trademark,” and “Trademark License” shall have the meanings given to them in the Collateral Agreement.

(c) Copyrights. Schedule 13(c) hereto sets forth all of each Grantor’s Copyrights registered with, and copyright applications pending in, the United States Copyright Office (“USCO”); Copyright Licenses recorded in the USCO; and all other registered or unregistered Copyrights, pending copyright applications, and recorded or unrecorded Copyright Licenses, including, with respect to each registered Copyright and copyright application, the name of the owner and the number of each such registered Copyright or copyright application. For purposes of this Section 13(c), the terms “Copyright” and “Copyright License” shall have the meanings given to them in the Collateral Agreement.

(d) Attached hereto as Schedule 13(d) hereto in proper form for filing with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office are (together with the financing statements attached as Schedule 5 hereto and Schedule 5 thereto) the filings necessary to preserve, protect and perfect the security interests in the Trademarks, Trademark Licenses, Patents, Patent Licenses, Copyrights and Copyright Licenses set forth on Schedules 13(a), (b) and (c) hereto, including duly signed copies of each of the Patent Security Agreement, Trademark Security Agreement and Copyright Security Agreement, as applicable. For purposes of this Section 13(d), the terms “Patent Security Agreement,” “Trademark Security Agreement” and “Copyright Security Agreement” shall have the meanings given to them in the Collateral Agreement.

14. Commercial Tort Claims. Schedule 14 hereto sets forth all Commercial Tort Claims (as defined in the Collateral Agreement) held by each Grantor, including a brief description thereof.

15. Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts and Commodity Accounts. Schedule 15(a) hereto sets forth all Deposit Accounts (as defined in the UCC) maintained by each Grantor, including the name of each institution where each such account is held, the name of each such account and the name of each entity that holds each account, except to the extent that the average daily balance individually or in the aggregate, of the funds held in all such accounts not identified on Schedule 15(a) hereto does not exceed $500,000. Schedule 15(b) hereto sets forth all Securities Accounts and

 

3


Commodity Accounts (each as defined in the UCC) maintained by each Grantor, including the name of each institution where each such account is held, the name of each such account and the name of each entity that holds each account, except to the extent that the fair market value and/or amount, as the case may be, individually or in the aggregate, of the financial assets and/or commodity contracts, as the case may be, held in all such accounts not identified on Schedule 15(b) hereto does not exceed $500,000.

16. Letter-of-Credit Rights. Schedule 16 hereto sets forth all Letters of Credit issued in favor of each Grantor, as beneficiary thereunder.

Each Grantor hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to file financing or continuation statements, and amendments thereto, in all jurisdictions and with all filing offices as the Administrative Agent may determine, in its sole discretion, are necessary or advisable to perfect the security interests granted or to be granted to the Administrative Agent under the Collateral Agreement. Such financing statements may describe the collateral in the same manner as described in the Collateral Agreement or may contain an indication or description of collateral that describes such property in any other manner as the Administrative Agent may determine, in its sole discretion, is necessary, advisable or prudent to ensure the perfection of the security interest in the collateral granted to the Administrative Agent, including, without limitation, describing such property as “all assets” or “all personal property.”

[The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned executes this Perfection Certificate as of the date first set forth above.

 

TA MIDCO 1, LLC
By:

 

Name:
Title:
TA HOLDINGS 1, INC.
By:

 

Name:
Title:

[Signature Page to Perfection Certificate]


Schedule 1(a)

to

Perfection Certificate

Legal Names, Etc.


Schedule 1(b)

to

Perfection Certificate

Prior Organizational Names


Schedule 1(c)

to

Perfection Certificate

Other Names; Changes in Corporate Identity


Schedule 2(a)

to

Perfection Certificate

Chief Executive Offices


Schedule 2(b)

to

Perfection Certificate

Location of Books and Records


Schedule 2(c)

to

Perfection Certificate

Other Places of Business


Schedule 3

to

Perfection Certificate

Transactions Other Than in the Ordinary Course of Business


Schedule 4

to

Perfection Certificate

File Search Reports


Schedule 5

to

Perfection Certificate

Copy of Financing Statements To Be Filed


Schedule 6

to

Perfection Certificate

Filings/Filing Offices


Schedule 7

to

Perfection Certificate

Real Property


Schedule 8(a)

to

Perfection Certificate

Attached hereto is a true copy of each termination statement filing duly acknowledged or otherwise identified by the filing officer.


Schedule 8(b)

to

Perfection Certificate

Termination Statement Filings


Schedule 9

to

Perfection Certificate

Changes from Circumstances Described in Perfection Certificate


Schedule 10

to

Perfection Certificate

Stock Ownership and Other Equity Interests


Schedule 11

to

Perfection Certificate

Instruments and Tangible Chattel Paper


Schedule 12

to

Perfection Certificate

Advances


Schedule 13(a)

to

Perfection Certificate

Patents and Patent Licenses

UNITED STATES PATENTS:

Issued Patents:

Applications:

Licenses:


Schedule 13(a) (continued)

to

Perfection Certificate

 

OTHER PATENTS:

Issued Patents:

Applications:

Licenses:

 


Schedule 13(b)

to

Perfection Certificate

Trademarks and Trademark Licenses

UNITED STATES TRADEMARKS:

Registrations:

Applications:

Licenses:


Schedule 13(b) (continued)

to

Perfection Certificate

 

OTHER TRADEMARKS:

Registrations:

Applications:

Licenses:

 


Schedule 13(c)

to

Perfection Certificate

Copyrights and Copyright Licenses

UNITED STATES COPYRIGHTS

Registrations:

Applications:

Licenses:


Schedule 13(c) (continued)

to

Perfection Certificate

 

OTHER COPYRIGHTS

Registrations:

Applications:

Licenses:

 


Schedule 13(d)

to

Perfection Certificate

Intellectual Property Filings


Schedule 14

to

Perfection Certificate

Commercial Tort Claims


Schedule 15(a)

to

Perfection Certificate

Deposit Accounts


Schedule 15(b)

to

Perfection Certificate

Securities Accounts and Commodity Accounts


Schedule 16

to

Perfection Certificate

Letter of Credit Rights


EXHIBIT D

Form of Collateral Agreement

[See Attached]

 

D-1


 

 

COLLATERAL AGREEMENT

dated as of

July 17, 2014,

by and among

TA MIDCO 1, LLC,

(to be renamed SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC immediately following the Acquisition),

TA HOLDINGS 1, INC.,

as Holdings,

THE OTHER GRANTORS PARTY HERETO FROM TIME TO TIME

and

JEFFERIES FINANCE, LLC,

as Administrative Agent

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  
  

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

  

Section 1.01.

  

Defined Terms

     1   

Section 1.02.

  

Other Defined Terms

     1   
  

ARTICLE II

PLEDGE OF SECURITIES

  

Section 2.01.

  

Pledge

     5   

Section 2.02.

  

Delivery of the Pledged Collateral

     6   

Section 2.03.

  

Representations, Warranties and Covenants

     6   

Section 2.04.

  

Registration in Nominee Name; Denominations

     8   

Section 2.05.

  

Voting Rights; Dividends and Interest

     8   
  

ARTICLE III

SECURITY INTERESTS IN PERSONAL PROPERTY

  

Section 3.01.

  

Security Interest

     10   

Section 3.02.

  

Representations and Warranties

     13   

Section 3.03.

  

Covenants

     14   

Section 3.04.

  

Other Actions

     15   

Section 3.05.

  

Covenants Regarding Patent, Trademark and Copyright Collateral

     16   
  

ARTICLE IV

REMEDIES

  

Section 4.01.

  

Remedies upon Default

     17   

Section 4.02.

  

Application of Proceeds

     18   

Section 4.03.

  

Grant of License to Use Intellectual Property

     20   

Section 4.04.

  

Securities Act

     20   

Section 4.05.

  

Reinstatement

     21   
  

ARTICLE V

MISCELLANEOUS

  

Section 5.01.

  

Notices

     21   

Section 5.02.

  

Waivers; Amendment

     21   

Section 5.03.

  

Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification

     21   

Section 5.04.

  

Successors and Assigns

     22   

Section 5.05.

  

Survival of Agreement

     22   

Section 5.06.

  

Counterparts; Effectiveness; Several Agreement

     22   

Section 5.07.

  

Severability

     22   

Section 5.08.

  

Right of Set-Off

     22   

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

          Page  

Section 5.09.

  

Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process; Appointment of Service of Process Agent

     23   

Section 5.10.

  

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

     24   

Section 5.11.

  

Headings

     24   

Section 5.12.

  

Security Interest Absolute

     24   

Section 5.13.

  

Termination or Release

     24   

Section 5.14.

  

Additional Subsidiaries

     25   

Section 5.15.

  

Administrative Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact

     25   

Section 5.16.

  

Administrative Agent’s Duties

     26   

Section 5.17.

  

Keepwell

     26   

 

Schedules   
Schedule I    Pledged Equity Interests; Pledged Debt Securities
Schedule II    Copyrights
Schedule III    Patents
Schedule IV    Trademarks
Exhibits   
Exhibit I    Form of Supplement
Exhibit II    Form of Copyright Security Agreement
Exhibit III    Form of Patent Security Agreement
Exhibit IV    Form of Trademark Security Agreement


COLLATERAL AGREEMENT dated as of July 17, 2014 (this “Agreement”), by and among (i) TA MIDCO 1, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (to be renamed SKINNYPOP POPCORN LLC immediately following the Acquisition (the “Borrower”), TA HOLDINGS 1, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), and the other GRANTORS from time to time party hereto (together with the Initial Borrower, the Successor Borrower and Holdings, each a “Grantor”), in favor of JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacity, together with its successors and permitted assigns, the “Administrative Agent”) for the benefit of the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and each other Secured Party (each as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below).

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of July 17, 2014 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among Holdings, Borrower, the Lenders and Issuing Banks party thereto and Jefferies Finance LLC, as Administrative Agent. The Lenders and the Issuing Banks have agreed to extend credit to the Borrower subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement. The obligations of the Lenders and the Issuing Banks to extend such credit are conditioned upon, among other things, the execution and delivery of this Agreement. The Grantors (other than the Borrower) are Affiliates of the Borrower, will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement and are willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders and the Issuing Banks to extend such credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

Section 1.01. Defined Terms. (a) Each capitalized term used but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Credit Agreement; provided that each term defined in the UCC (as defined herein) and not defined in this Agreement (whether or not capitalized) shall have the meaning specified in the UCC. The term “instrument” shall have the meaning specified in Article 9 of the UCC.

(b) The rules of construction specified in Sections 1.03, 1.04 and 1.05 of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement, mutatis mutandis.

Section 1.02. Other Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

Account Collateral” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01(a)(i).

Account Debtor” means any Person that is or may become obligated to any Grantor under, with respect to or on account of an Account.

After-Acquired Intellectual Property” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.05(d).

Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Borrower” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Collateral” means Filing Collateral and Pledged Collateral (in each case, other than the Excluded Assets).

Commodity Exchange Act” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.


Control Account” shall mean a Deposit Account that is subject to a Deposit Account Control Agreement.

Copyright License” means any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any Person any right under any Copyright (including software) now or hereafter owned by any other Person or that such other Person otherwise has the right to license, and all rights of any such Person under any such agreement.

Copyright Security Agreement” means the Copyright Security Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit II.

Copyrights” means (a) all copyright rights in any work (including software) arising under the copyright laws of the United States, whether as author, assignee, transferee or otherwise, and (b) all registrations and applications for registration of any such copyright in the United States, including registrations, supplemental registrations and pending applications for registration in the United States Copyright Office, including, without limitations the copyrights described on Schedule II hereto.

Credit Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Deposit Account Control Agreement” means a deposit account control agreement, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, executed by the applicable Grantor, the Administrative Agent and the applicable financial institution.

Discharge of Secured Obligations” means (a) the payment in full in cash of all the Secured Obligations (other than (x) contingent indemnification obligations as to which no claim has been made and (y) Secured Cash Management Obligations and Secured Swap Obligations as to which arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Secured Party have been made), (b) the termination or expiration of all Revolving Commitments, Swingline Commitments and Term Commitments and (c) the termination or expiration of all Letters of Credit (including as a result of obtaining the consent of the applicable Issuing Bank as described in Section 9.05 of the Credit Agreement or as a result of such Letters of Credit being backstopped or cash collateralized) and the Issuing Banks having no further obligation to issue or amend Letters of Credit under the Credit Agreement.

Excluded Accounts” means (a) payroll, employee benefit obligations, withholding tax, other fiduciary accounts and cash deposits or similar arrangements in connection with Liens permitted by Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement, (b) “zero balance” accounts, (c) accounts situated outside of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia and (d) other accounts so long as the aggregate average daily closing balance in any such other account over any 30 day period does not at any time exceed $500,000; provided that the aggregate average daily closing balance over any 30-day period for all bank accounts excluded pursuant to this clause (d) shall not exceed $1,000,000.

Excluded Assets” means any and all Excluded Equity Interests and Excluded Property.

Excluded Equity Interests” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01.

Excluded Property” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01(a).

Excluded Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the Guarantee of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any Guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading

 

2


Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder (determined after giving effect to Section 5.17) at the time the Guarantee of such Guarantor or the grant of such security interest becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation. If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such Guarantee or security interest is or becomes illegal.

Federal Securities Laws” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.04.

Filing Collateral” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01(a).

Grantors” means (a) the Borrower, (b) Holdings and (c) each Restricted Subsidiary that becomes a party to this Agreement as a Grantor on or after the Effective Date.

Holdings” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Intellectual Property” means all intellectual and similar property of every kind and nature, including inventions, designs, Patents, Patent Licenses, Copyrights, Copyright Licenses, Trademarks, Trademark Licenses, trade secrets, domain names, confidential or proprietary technical and business information, know-how or other data or information, software and databases and all embodiments or fixations thereof.

IP Collateral” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01(a)(v).

IP Security Agreement Supplement” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.05(e).

New York UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York.

Patent License” means any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any Person any right to make, use or sell any invention on which a Patent, now or hereafter owned by any other Person or that any other Person now or hereafter otherwise has the right to license, is in existence, and all rights of any such Person under any such agreement.

Patent Security Agreement” means the Patent Security Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit III hereto.

Patents” means (a) all patents, patent applications, utility models and statutory invention registrations, and (b) all reissues, continuations, divisions, continuations-in-part, renewals or extensions thereof, and the inventions disclosed or claimed therein, including the right to make, use and/or sell the inventions disclosed or claimed therein, including, without limitations the patents described on Schedule III hereto.

Perfection Certificate” means the Perfection Certificate dated the Effective Date delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 4.01(f) of the Credit Agreement, as updated or otherwise supplemented from time to time.

Pledged Collateral” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01.

Pledged Debt Securities” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01.

 

3


Pledged Equity Interests” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01.

Pledged Securities” means any promissory notes, stock certificates, unit certificates, limited or unlimited liability membership certificates or other securities now or hereafter included in the Pledged Collateral, including all certificates, instruments or other documents representing or evidencing any Pledged Collateral.

Qualified ECP Guarantor” means, in respect of any Swap Obligation, each Loan Party that has total assets exceeding $10,000,000 at the time the relevant Guarantee or grant of the relevant security interest becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation or such other person as constitutes an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act or any regulations promulgated thereunder and can cause another person to qualify as an “eligible contract participant” at such time by entering into a keepwell under Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Secured Obligations” means (a) the Loan Document Obligations, (b) the Secured Cash Management Obligations and (c) the Secured Swap Obligations (other than Excluded Swap Obligations).

Security Interest” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01(a).

Supplement” means an instrument in the form of Exhibit I hereto, or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Trademark License” means any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any Person any right to use any Trademark now or hereafter owned by any other Person or that any other Person otherwise has the right to license, and all rights of any such Person under any such agreement.

Trademark Security Agreement” means the trademark security agreement in the form of Exhibit IV hereto.

Trademarks” means (a) all trademarks, service marks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, trade styles, trade dress, logos, other source or business identifiers, designs and general intangibles of like nature, all registrations thereof, and all registration and applications filed in connection therewith, and all extensions or renewals thereof and (b) all goodwill associated therewith or symbolized thereby, including, without limitations the trademarks described on Schedule IV hereto.

UCC” shall mean the New York UCC; provided, however, that, at any time, if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the perfection or priority of the Administrative Agent’s security interest in any item or portion of the Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect, at such time, in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

 

4


ARTICLE II

Pledge of Securities

Section 2.01. Pledge. As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Secured Obligations, each Grantor hereby assigns and pledges to the Administrative Agent, its permitted successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, its permitted successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under, in each case whether now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or in the future may acquire any right, title or interest: (a)(i) the shares of capital stock and other Equity Interests owned by such Grantor, including, in any event, those listed opposite the name of such Grantor on Schedule I hereto, (ii) any other Equity Interests obtained in the future by such Grantor and (iii) the certificates or other instruments representing all such Equity Interests (if any) together with all stock powers or other instruments of transfer with respect thereto; (clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), collectively, the “Pledged Equity Interests”); provided that the Pledged Equity Interests and the Pledged Collateral shall not include (A) Equity Interests of any Person (other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary), to the extent not permitted or restricted by the terms of such Person’s organizational or joint venture documents or other agreements with holders of such Equity Interests; provided that such Equity Interest shall cease to be an Excluded Equity Interest (as defined below) for so long as such prohibition ceases to be in effect, (B) Equity Interests constituting an amount greater than 65% of the voting Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary, (C) Equity Interests of any Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Subsidiary that are held directly by a Foreign Subsidiary, (D) any Equity Interest with respect to which Borrower, with the written consent of the Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), shall have provided to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Financial Officer to the effect that the pledge of such Equity Interest hereunder would result in material adverse tax consequences to Holdings and its Subsidiaries, including the imposition of withholding or other material taxes, (E) any Equity Interest if, to the extent and for so long as the pledge of such Equity Interest hereunder is prohibited by any applicable Requirements of Law (other than to the extent that any such prohibition would be rendered ineffective pursuant to the UCC or any other applicable Requirements of Law) or any Equity Interest in a Wholly Owned Subsidiary if, to the extent and for so long as the pledge of such Equity Interest hereunder is prohibited by such Subsidiary’s organizational documents; provided that such Equity Interest shall cease to be an Excluded Equity Interest for so long as such prohibition ceases to be in effect and (F) any Equity Interest that the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall have agreed in writing to treat as an Excluded Equity Interest for purposes hereof on account of the cost of pledging such Equity Interest hereunder (including any material adverse tax consequences to Holdings and its Subsidiaries resulting therefrom) being excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Secured Parties therefrom (the Equity Interests excluded pursuant to clauses (A) through (F) above being referred to as the “Excluded Equity Interests”); (b)(i) all Indebtedness from time to time owned by such Grantor, including, in any event, Indebtedness listed opposite the name of such Grantor on Schedule I hereto, (ii) all Indebtedness in the future issued to or otherwise acquired by such Grantor and (iii) the promissory notes and any other instruments evidencing all such Indebtedness (collectively, the “Pledged Debt Securities”); (c) all other property that may be delivered to and held by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of this Section 2.01 and Section 2.02; (d) subject to Section 2.05, all payments of principal or interest, dividends, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of, in exchange for or upon the conversion of, and all other Proceeds received in respect of, the securities referred to in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above; (e) subject to Section 2.05, all rights and privileges of such Grantor with respect to the securities and other property referred to in clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d) above; and (f) all Proceeds of any of the foregoing to the extent such Proceeds would constitute property referred to in clauses (a) through (e) above (the items referred to in clauses (a) through (f) above being collectively referred to as the “Pledged Collateral”).

 

5


Section 2.02. Delivery of the Pledged Collateral. (a) Except as may otherwise be agreed by the Administrative Agent with respect to Pledged Securities consisting of Equity Interests in Persons other than Restricted Subsidiaries, and subject to Section 2.02(b) with respect to Pledged Securities constituting Indebtedness, each Grantor agrees to deliver or cause to be delivered to the Administrative Agent any and all Pledged Securities, together with undated stock or note powers, as applicable, duly executed in blank or other instruments of transfer duly executed in blank and reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (i) on the Effective Date, in the case of any such Pledged Securities owned by such Grantor on the date hereof, and (ii) promptly (and in any event within 30 days after receipt by such Grantor or such longer period agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion) after the acquisition thereof, in the case of any such Pledged Securities acquired by such Grantor after the date hereof.

(b) As promptly as practicable (and in any event within 30 days after receipt by such Grantor or such longer period agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion), each Grantor will cause any Indebtedness for borrowed money owed to such Grantor by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in a principal amount of $1,000,000 or more to be evidenced by a duly executed promissory note that is pledged and delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms hereof.

(c) Upon delivery to the Administrative Agent, (i) any certificate or promissory note representing Pledged Collateral shall be accompanied by an undated stock or note power, as applicable, duly executed in blank or other undated instruments of transfer duly executed in blank and reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and by such other instruments and documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request and (ii) all other property comprising part of the Pledged Collateral shall be accompanied by undated proper instruments of assignment duly executed in blank by the applicable Grantor and such other instruments and documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request. Each delivery of Pledged Securities shall be accompanied by a schedule describing such Pledged Securities, which schedule shall be deemed attached to, and shall supplement, Schedule I hereto and be made a part hereof; provided that the failure to provide any such schedule hereto shall not affect the validity of such pledge of such Pledged Securities. Each schedule so delivered shall supplement any prior schedules so delivered.

Section 2.03. Representations, Warranties and Covenants. The Grantors jointly and severally represent, warrant and covenant to and with the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, that:

(a) as of the Effective Date and each date Schedule I is supplemented pursuant to Section 2.02(c), Schedule I hereto (or as supplemented, as the case may be) sets forth a true and complete list, with respect to each Grantor, of (i) all the issued and outstanding Pledged Equity Interests owned, beneficially or of record, by such Grantor, specifying the issuer and certificate number (if any) of, and the number and percentage of ownership represented by, such Pledged Equity Interests and setting forth the percentage of such Pledged Equity Interests pledged under this Agreement and (ii) all the Pledged Debt Securities owned by such Grantor (other than checks to be deposited in the ordinary course of business); provided that the requirement in clause (ii) shall not be required to the extent that the principal amount of such Pledged Debt Securities not listed on Schedule I does not exceed $1,000,000 in the aggregate;

(b) the Pledged Equity Interests and the Pledged Debt Securities have been duly and validly authorized and issued by the issuers thereof and (i) in the case of Pledged Equity Interests, are fully paid and nonassessable (to the extent applicable) and (ii) in the case of Pledged Debt Securities, are legal, valid and binding obligations of the issuers thereof, except to the extent that enforceability of such obligations may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditor’s rights generally and subject to general principles of

 

6


equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law, and implied covenants of good faith and fair dealing; provided that the foregoing representations, insofar as they relate to the Pledged Debt Securities issued by a Person other than Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, are made to the knowledge of the Grantors;

(c) except for the security interests granted hereunder and under any other Loan Document, each of the Grantors (i) is and, subject to any Dispositions made in compliance with the Credit Agreement or any repayment or other satisfaction of indebtedness represented or evidenced by such Pledged Securities, will continue to be the direct owner, beneficially and of record, of the Pledged Securities indicated on Schedule I hereto (or as supplemented, as the case may be) as owned by such Grantor, (ii) holds the same free and clear of all Liens, other than Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement and transfers made in compliance with the Credit Agreement, and (iii) will make no further assignment, pledge, hypothecation or transfer of, or create or permit to exist any security interest in or other Lien on, the Pledged Collateral, other than the Liens created by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement and Dispositions made in compliance with the Credit Agreement;

(d) except for restrictions and limitations imposed by the Loan Documents or securities laws generally, to the extent issued by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, the Pledged Equity Interests and the Pledged Debt Securities are and will continue to be freely transferable and assignable, and, to the extent issued by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, none of the Pledged Equity Interests and the Pledged Debt Securities are or will be subject to any option, right of first refusal, shareholders agreement, charter, by-law or other organizational document provisions or contractual restriction of any nature that would prohibit, impair, delay or otherwise affect in any manner adverse to the Secured Parties in any material respect the pledge of such Pledged Collateral hereunder, the sale or disposition thereof pursuant hereto or the exercise by the Administrative Agent of rights and remedies hereunder;

(e) to the extent any Grantor has not opted in to the provisions of Article 8 of the UCC, such Grantor shall not permit any amendment of such Grantor’s Organizational Documents or any other action that would result in such Grantor becoming subject to the provisions of Article 8 of the UCC;

(f) each of the Grantors has the power and authority to pledge the Pledged Collateral pledged by it hereunder in the manner hereby done or contemplated;

(g) by virtue of the execution and delivery by the Grantors of this Agreement, when any Pledged Securities are delivered to the Administrative Agent in accordance with this Agreement, the Administrative Agent will obtain a legal, valid and perfected lien upon and security interest in such Pledged Securities, free of any adverse claims, under the New York UCC to the extent such lien and security interest may be created and perfected under the New York UCC, as security for the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations;

(h) in connection with any exercise of remedies by the Administrative Agent provided in the Loan Documents, each Grantor hereby consents to the transfer of any Equity Interests in any Person in which such Grantor holds an interest, including in its capacity as manager, member or general partner of such Person; and

(i) subject to the terms of this Agreement and to the extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, each Grantor hereby agrees that, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, it will comply with instructions of the Administrative Agent with respect to the Equity Interests in such Grantor that constitute Pledged Equity Interests hereunder that are not certificated without further consent by the applicable owner or holder of such Pledged Equity Interests.

 

7


Section 2.04. Registration in Nominee Name; Denominations. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent shall have notified the Grantors of its intent to exercise such rights, the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, shall have the right (in its sole and absolute discretion) to hold the Pledged Collateral in the name of the applicable Grantor, endorsed or assigned in blank or in favor of the Administrative Agent or in its own name as pledgee or in the name of its nominee (as pledgee or as sub-agent), and each Grantor will promptly give to the Administrative Agent copies of any notices or other communications received by it with respect to Pledged Collateral registered in the name of such Grantor. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, and subject to the notice requirement in the immediately preceding sentence, the Administrative Agent shall at all times have the right to exchange the certificates representing Pledged Securities for certificates of smaller or larger denominations for any reasonable purpose consistent with this Agreement.

Section 2.05. Voting Rights; Dividends and Interest. (a) Unless and until an Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent shall have notified the Grantors that their rights under this Section 2.05 are being suspended:

(i) each Grantor shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting and/or other consensual rights and powers inuring to an owner of Pledged Collateral or any part thereof for any purpose consistent with the terms of this Agreement, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided that such rights and powers shall not be exercised in any manner that would reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the rights inuring to a holder of any Pledged Collateral or the rights and remedies of any of the Administrative Agent or the other Secured Parties under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the ability of the Secured Parties to exercise the same;

(ii) the Administrative Agent shall promptly execute and deliver to each Grantor, or cause to be promptly executed and delivered to such Grantor, all such proxies, powers of attorney and other instruments as such Grantor may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling such Grantor to exercise the voting and/or consensual rights and powers it is entitled to exercise pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) of this Section; and

(iii) each Grantor shall be entitled to receive and retain any and all dividends, interest, principal and other distributions paid on or distributed in respect of the Pledged Collateral to the extent and only to the extent that such dividends, interest, principal and other distributions are permitted by, and are otherwise paid or distributed in accordance with, the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents and applicable Requirements of Law; provided that any non-cash dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that would constitute Pledged Equity Interests or Pledged Debt Securities, whether resulting from a subdivision, combination or reclassification of the outstanding Equity Interests in the issuer of any Pledged Collateral or received in exchange for Pledged Collateral or any part thereof, or in redemption thereof, or as a result of any merger, consolidation, acquisition or other exchange of assets to which such issuer may be a party or otherwise, shall be and become part of the Pledged Collateral (except to the extent such dividends, interest, principal or other distributions would constitute Excluded Equity Interests) and, if received by any Grantor, shall not be commingled by such Grantor with any of its other funds or property but shall be held separate and apart therefrom, shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties and shall be forthwith delivered to the Administrative Agent in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsements, stock or note powers and other instruments of transfer reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent).

 

8


(b) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, after the Administrative Agent shall have notified the Grantors of the suspension of their rights under paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 2.05, all rights of any Grantor to dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that such Grantor is authorized to receive pursuant to paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 2.05 shall cease (unless such dividends, interest, principal or other distributions are expressly permitted by the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents during an Event of Default), and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Administrative Agent, which shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to receive and retain such dividends, interest, principal or other distributions. All dividends, interest, principal or other distributions received by any Grantor contrary to the provisions of this Section 2.05 shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, shall be segregated from other property or funds of such Grantor and shall be forthwith delivered to the Administrative Agent upon demand in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsements, stock or note powers and other instruments of transfer reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent). Any and all money and other property paid over to or received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph (b) shall be retained by the Administrative Agent in an account to be established by the Administrative Agent upon receipt of such money or other property and shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.02. After all Events of Default have been cured or waived, (i) the Administrative Agent shall promptly repay to each Grantor (without interest) all dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that such Grantor would otherwise be permitted to retain pursuant to the terms of paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 2.05 and that remain in such account and (ii) all rights vested in the Administrative Agent pursuant to this paragraph (b) shall cease and the Grantors shall have the exclusive right to receive and retain any and all dividends, interest, principal and other distributions paid on or distributed in respect of the Pledged Collateral they would otherwise be entitled to pursuant to paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 2.05.

(c) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, after the Administrative Agent shall have notified the Grantors of the suspension of their rights under paragraph (a)(i) of this Section 2.05, all rights of any Grantor to exercise the voting and consensual rights and powers it is entitled to exercise pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) of this Section 2.05, and the obligations of the Administrative Agent under paragraph (a)(ii) of this Section 2.05, shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Administrative Agent, which shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to exercise such voting and consensual rights and powers; provided that, unless otherwise directed by the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall have the right from time to time following and during the continuance of an Event of Default to permit the Grantors to exercise such rights. After all Events of Default have been cured or waived, all rights vested in the Administrative Agent pursuant to this paragraph (c) shall cease, and the Grantors shall have the exclusive right to exercise the voting and consensual rights and powers they would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) of this Section 2.05.

(d) Any notice given by the Administrative Agent to the Grantors suspending their rights under paragraph (a) of this Section 2.05 (i) may be given by telephone if promptly confirmed in writing, (ii) may be given with respect to one or more of the Grantors at the same or different times and (iii) may suspend the rights of the Grantors under paragraph (a)(i) or paragraph (a)(iii) in part without suspending all such rights (as specified by the Administrative Agent in its sole and absolute discretion) and without waiving or otherwise affecting the Administrative Agent’s rights to give additional notices from time to time suspending other rights in accordance with paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Section.

 

9


ARTICLE III

Security Interests in Personal Property

Section 3.01. Security Interest. (a) As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Secured Obligations, each Grantor hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, its successors and permitted assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest (the “Security Interest”) in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under any and all of the following assets now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “Filing Collateral”):

(i) the following (collectively, the “Account Collateral”):

(1) all deposit accounts, securities accounts, proceeds accounts and all funds and financial assets from time to time credited thereto (including, without limitation, all cash equivalents), and all certificates and instruments, if any, from time to time representing or evidencing any such accounts;

(2) all promissory notes, certificates of deposit, checks and other instruments from time to time delivered to or otherwise possessed by the Administrative Agent for or on behalf of such Grantor in substitution for or in addition to any or all of the then existing Account Collateral; and

(3) all interest, dividends, distributions, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of the then existing Account Collateral;

(ii) all equipment in all of its forms, including, without limitation, all machinery, tools, furniture and fixtures, and all parts thereof and all accessions thereto, including, without limitation, computer programs and supporting information that constitute equipment within the meaning of the UCC;

(iii) all inventory in all of its forms, including, without limitation, (1) all raw materials, work in process, finished goods and materials used or consumed in the manufacture, production, preparation or shipping thereof, (2) goods in which such Grantor has an interest in mass or a joint or other interest or right of any kind (including, without limitation, goods in which such Grantor has an interest or right as consignee) and (3) goods that are returned to or repossessed or stopped in transit by such Grantor, and all accessions thereto and products thereof and documents therefor, including, without limitation, computer programs and supporting information that constitute inventory within the meaning of the UCC;

(iv) all other goods;

(v) all Intellectual Property (the “IP Collateral”);

(vi) all investment property (including, without limitation, all (A) securities, whether certificated or uncertificated, (B) security entitlements, (C) securities accounts, (D) commodity contracts and (E) commodity accounts) in which such Grantor has now, or acquires from time to time hereafter, any right, title or interest in any manner, and the certificates or instruments, if any, representing or evidencing such investment property, and all dividends, distributions, return of capital, interest, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such investment property and all warrants, rights or options issued thereon or with respect thereto;

 

10


(vii) all letter-of-credit rights;

(viii) all commercial tort claims;

(ix) all accounts (including, without limitation, health-care-insurance receivables), chattel paper (including, without limitation, tangible chattel paper and electronic chattel paper), instruments (including, without limitation, promissory notes), deposit accounts, letter-of-credit rights, general intangibles (including, without limitation, payment intangibles) and other obligations of any kind, whether or not arising out of or in connection with the sale or lease of goods or the rendering of services and whether or not earned by performance, and all rights now or hereafter existing in and to all supporting obligations and in and to all security agreements, mortgages, Liens, leases, letters of credit and other contracts securing or otherwise relating to the foregoing property;

(x) each of the agreements to which such Grantor is now or may hereafter become a party, in each case as such agreements may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including, without limitation, (i) all rights of such Grantor to receive moneys due and to become due thereunder or pursuant thereto, (ii) all rights of such Grantor to receive proceeds of any insurance, indemnity, warranty or guaranty with respect thereto, (iii) claims of such Grantor for damages arising out of or for breach of or default thereunder and (iv) the right of such Grantor to terminate such agreements, to perform thereunder and to compel performance and otherwise exercise all remedies thereunder;

(xi) all books and records (including, without limitation, customer lists, credit files, printouts and other computer output materials and records) of such Grantor pertaining to any of the Collateral;

(xii) all general intangibles; and

(xiii) all proceeds of, collateral for, income, royalties and other payments now or hereafter due and payable with respect to, and supporting obligations relating to, any and all of the Collateral (including, without limitation, proceeds, collateral and Supporting Obligations that constitute property of the types described in clauses (i) through (xii) of this Section 3.01(a)) and, to the extent not otherwise included, all (A) payments under insurance (whether or not the Administrative Agent is the loss payee thereof), or any indemnity, warranty or guaranty, payable by reason of loss or damage to or otherwise with respect to any of the foregoing Collateral, and (B) cash;

provided that in no event shall the Security Interest attach to the following assets or property, each being “Excluded Property”: (A) any lease, license, contract, permit, franchise, charter, authorization or agreement to which a Grantor is a party or any of its rights or interests thereunder if, to the extent and for so long as the grant of such security interest shall (i) shall constitute or result in a breach of or a default under, (ii) is prohibited or restricted thereby (including any requirement to obtain the consent of any governmental authority or third party), (iii) create an enforceable right of termination in favor of any party (other than any Loan Party) to, such lease, license, contract, permit, franchise, charter, authorization or agreement (other than in the cases of the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective, or is otherwise unenforceable, pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9 407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC) or (iv) result in the abandonment, invalidation or unenforceability of any right,

 

11


title or interest of such Grantor in any such lease, license, contract, permit, franchise, charter, authorization or agreement; provided that the Security Interest shall attach immediately to any portion of such lease, license, contract, permit, franchise, charter, authorization or agreement that does not result in any such breach, prohibition, restriction, termination, invalidation or default, including any Proceeds of such lease, license, contract or agreement; (B) any governmental licenses or state or local franchises, charters and authorizations, to the extent, and only so long as, security interests in such licenses, franchises, charters or authorizations are prohibited or restricted thereby; (C) any motor vehicle or other asset covered by a certificate of title or ownership, in each case whether now owned or hereafter acquired, the perfection of which is excluded from the UCC in the relevant jurisdiction; (D) any asset owned by any Grantor that is subject to a Lien of the type permitted by Section 6.02(iv) of the Credit Agreement or a Lien permitted by Section 6.02(xi) of the Credit Agreement, in each case if, to the extent and for so long as the grant of a Lien thereon hereunder to secure the Secured Obligations constitutes a breach of or a default under, or to the extent otherwise prohibited or restricted thereby (including any requirement to obtain the consent of any governmental authority or third party), or creates a right of termination in favor of any party (other than any Loan Party) to, any agreement pursuant to which such Lien has been created; provided that the Security Interest shall attach immediately to any such asset (x) at the time the provision of such agreement containing such restriction ceases to be in effect and (y) to the extent any such breach, restriction or default is not rendered ineffective by, or is otherwise unenforceable pursuant to the UCC or any other applicable Requirement of Law; (E) any asset owned by any Grantor with respect to which the Borrower shall have provided to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Financial Officer to the effect that the creation of such security interest in such asset hereunder would result in material adverse tax consequences to Holdings and its Subsidiaries; (F) any asset owned by any Grantor if, to the extent and for so long as the grant of such security interest in such asset shall be prohibited by any applicable Requirements of Law, any agreement containing anti-assignment clauses not overridden by the UCC or other Requirements of Law, or to the extent otherwise restricted thereby (including any requirement to obtain the consent of any governmental authority other than any filings, recordings or registrations in order to perfect such security interest) (other than to the extent that any such prohibition or restriction would be rendered ineffective pursuant to the UCC or any other applicable Requirements of Law); provided that the Security Interest shall attach immediately to such asset at such time as such prohibition or restriction ceases to be in effect; (G) any asset owned by any Grantor that the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall have agreed in writing to exclude from being Filing Collateral on account of the cost of creating a security interest in such asset hereunder (including any material adverse tax consequences to Holdings and its Subsidiaries resulting therefrom) being excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Secured Parties therefrom; (H) any intent-to-use trademark applications filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office to the extent that, and solely during the period in which the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use trademark applications under applicable Requirements of Law; (I) any fee owned real property with a value of less than $1,000,000; and (J) the Excluded Equity Interests; provided, however, that “Filing Collateral” shall include all Proceeds, substitutions or replacements of any and all of the foregoing (unless such Proceeds, substitutions or replacements would constitute property referred to in the foregoing clauses (A) through (J)) and shall include all Pledged Equity Interests.

(b) Each Grantor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties at any time and from time to time to file in any relevant jurisdiction any financing statements (including UCC fixture filings) with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof and amendments thereto that (i) describe the collateral covered thereby in any manner that the Administrative Agent reasonably determines is necessary or advisable to ensure the perfection of the security interest in the Collateral granted under this Agreement, including indicating the Collateral as “all assets of the debtor, whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising”, “all personal property of the debtor, whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising” or words of similar effect, and (ii) contain the information required by Article 9 of the UCC or the analogous legislation of each

 

12


applicable jurisdiction for the filing of any financing statement or amendment, including (A) whether such Grantor is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to such Grantor and (B) in the case of a financing statement filed as a fixture filing, a sufficient description of the real property to which such Filing Collateral relates. Each Grantor agrees to provide such information to the Administrative Agent promptly upon request.

The Administrative Agent is further authorized to file with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office (or any successor office) such documents (substantially in the form of Exhibit II, III or IV, as applicable) as may be reasonably necessary or advisable for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, continuing, enforcing or protecting the Security Interest in Filing Collateral consisting of Patents, Trademarks or Copyrights granted by each Grantor and naming any Grantor or the Grantors as debtors and the Administrative Agent as secured party.

(c) The Security Interest and the security interest granted pursuant to Article II are granted as security only and shall not subject the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to, or in any way alter or modify, any obligation or liability of any Grantor with respect to or arising out of the Collateral.

Section 3.02. Representations and Warranties. The Grantors jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, that:

(a) Each Grantor has good and valid rights in and title to the Filing Collateral with respect to which it has purported to grant a Security Interest hereunder, except for minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or as proposed to be conducted or to utilize such properties for their intended purposes, in each case except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, and has full power and authority to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, the Security Interest in such Filing Collateral pursuant hereto and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, without the consent or approval of any other Person other than any consent or approval that has been obtained and except to the extent that failure to obtain or make such consent or approval, as the case may be, individually or in aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) The Perfection Certificate has been duly prepared, completed and executed and the information set forth therein, including the exact legal name and jurisdiction of organization of each Grantor, is correct and complete in all material respects as of the Effective Date and each date of delivery of a Perfection Certificate supplement pursuant to Section 5.03 of the Credit Agreement.

(c) [Reserved].

(d) The Filing Collateral is owned by the Grantors free and clear of any Lien, except for Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement. None of the Grantors has filed or consented to the filing of (i) any financing statement or analogous document under the Uniform Commercial Code or any other applicable Requirement of Law covering any Filing Collateral (that has not been terminated or released or with respect to which arrangements for termination or release thereof have been made) or (ii) any assignment in which any Grantor assigns any Filing Collateral or any security agreement or similar instrument covering any Filing Collateral with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office (that has not been terminated or released or with respect to which arrangements for termination or release thereof have been made), except, in each case, for Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement.

(e) As of the Effective Date and each date Schedules II through IV are supplemented pursuant to Section 3.05(e), such Grantor does not own any material Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents except as set forth on Schedules II through IV.

 

13


Section 3.03. Covenants. (a) Each Grantor shall, at its own expense, take any and all commercially reasonable actions necessary to defend title to the Filing Collateral against all Persons, except with respect to Filing Collateral that such Grantor determines in its reasonable business judgment is no longer necessary or beneficial to the conduct of such Grantor’s business and except in the case of any Lien permitted under Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement, and to defend the Security Interest of the Administrative Agent in the Filing Collateral and the priority thereof against any Lien not permitted pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement, subject to the rights of such Grantor under Section 9.15 of the Credit Agreement and corresponding provisions of the Security Documents to obtain a release of the Liens created under the Security Documents.

(b) Subject to the limitations and exceptions set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, each Grantor agrees to execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements, fixture filings, mortgages, deeds of trust and other documents), that may be required under any applicable Requirement of Law and that the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may reasonably request, to cause the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to be and remain satisfied, all at the expense of the Grantors. If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Filing Collateral shall be or become evidenced by any promissory note (which may be a global note) or other instrument (other than any promissory note or other instrument in an aggregate principal amount of less than $1,000,000 owed to the applicable Grantor by any Person), such note or instrument shall be promptly (and in any event within 30 days after receipt by such Grantor or such longer period agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion) pledged and delivered to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, together with an undated instrument of transfer duly executed in blank and in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(c) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, at its option and after notice to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent may discharge past due taxes, assessments, charges, fees, Liens, security interests or other encumbrances at any time levied or placed on the Filing Collateral and not permitted pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement, and may pay for the maintenance and preservation of the Filing Collateral to the extent any Grantor fails to do so as required by the Credit Agreement, this Agreement or any other Loan Document and within a reasonable period of time after the Administrative Agent has requested that it do so, and each Grantor jointly and severally agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent, within 10 days after written demand, for any reasonable payment made or any reasonable expense incurred by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the foregoing authorization; provided that nothing in this paragraph shall be interpreted as excusing any Grantor from the performance of, or imposing any obligation on the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party to cure or perform, any covenants or other promises of any Grantor with respect to taxes, assessments, charges, fees, Liens, security interests or other encumbrances and maintenance as set forth herein or in the other Loan Documents.

(d) Each Grantor shall remain liable, as between such Grantor and the relevant counterparty under each contract, agreement or instrument relating to the Filing Collateral, to observe and perform all the conditions and obligations to be observed and performed by it under such contract, agreement or instrument, all in accordance with the terms and conditions thereof, and each Grantor jointly and severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties from and against any and all liability for such performance subject to Section 9.03 of the Credit Agreement.

 

14


(e) Each Grantor irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints the Administrative Agent (and all officers, employees or agents designated by the Administrative Agent) as such Grantor’s true and lawful agent (and attorney-in-fact) for the purpose, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and after notice to the Borrower of its intent to exercise such rights, of making, settling and adjusting claims in respect of Filing Collateral under policies of insurance, endorsing the name of such Grantor on any check, draft, instrument or other item of payment for the proceeds of such policies of insurance and for making all determinations and decisions with respect thereto. In the event that any Grantor at any time or times shall fail to obtain or maintain any of the policies of insurance required pursuant to the Credit Agreement or to pay any premium in whole or part relating thereto, the Administrative Agent may, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and after notice to the Borrower, without waiving or releasing any obligation or liability of the Grantors hereunder or any Default or Event of Default, in its sole discretion, obtain and maintain such policies of insurance and pay such premium and take any other actions with respect thereto as the Administrative Agent reasonably deems advisable. All sums disbursed by the Administrative Agent in connection with this paragraph, including reasonable and documented out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees, court costs, expenses and other charges relating thereto, shall be payable in accordance with Section 9.03(a) of the Credit Agreement by the Grantors to the Administrative Agent and shall be additional Secured Obligations secured hereby.

Section 3.04. Other Actions. In order to further insure the attachment, perfection and priority of, and the ability of the Administrative Agent to enforce, the Security Interest, each Grantor agrees, in each case at such Grantor’s own expense, to take the following actions with respect to the following Filing Collateral:

(a) Instruments. If any Grantor shall at any time hold or acquire any Instruments constituting Collateral (other than Instruments with a face amount of less than $1,000,000 and other than checks to be deposited in the ordinary course of business), such Grantor shall promptly endorse, assign and deliver the same to the Administrative Agent, accompanied by such undated instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

(b) Investment Property.

(i) Except to the extent otherwise provided in Article II, if any Grantor shall at any time hold or acquire any certificated securities included in the definition of “Pledged Securities”, such Grantor shall forthwith endorse, assign and deliver the same to the Administrative Agent, accompanied by such undated instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

(ii) No Grantor shall amend, or permit to be amended, the limited liability company agreement (or operating agreement or similar agreement) or partnership agreement of any Subsidiary of any Loan Party whose Equity Interests are, or are required to be, Collateral in a manner to cause such Equity Interests to constitute a security under Section 8-103 of the UCC or the corresponding code or statute of any other applicable jurisdiction unless such Grantor shall have first delivered 10 days written notice to the Administrative Agent (or such shorter time as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent) and shall have taken all actions contemplated hereby and as otherwise reasonably required by the Administrative Agent to maintain the security interest of the Administrative Agent therein as a valid, perfected, first priority security interest.

(iii) Subject to Section 3.04(b)(ii), if any security of a domestic issuer now or hereafter acquired by any Grantor is an uncertificated security and is issued to such Grantor or its

 

15


nominee directly by the issuer thereof, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, such Grantor shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent of such uncertificated securities and pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, either (A) cause the issuer to agree to comply with instructions from the Administrative Agent as to such security, without further consent of any Grantor or such nominee, or (B) cause the issuer to register the Administrative Agent as the registered owner of such security.

(c) Control Accounts. (i) Within 90 days of the Effective Date (or such longer period agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion), with respect to Deposit Accounts in existence on the Effective Date, and (ii) within 45 days (or such longer period agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion) of delivery of a Perfection Certificate supplement pursuant to Section 5.03 of the Credit Agreement or the formation, acquisition or change of status of a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 5.11 of the Credit Agreement, with respect to Deposit Accounts opened or acquired after the Effective Date, each Grantor shall cause all Deposit Accounts other than Excluded Accounts to be Control Accounts.

Section 3.05. Covenants Regarding Patent, Trademark and Copyright Collateral. (a) Except to the extent failure so to act would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, with respect to registration or pending application of each item of its Intellectual Property for which such Grantor has standing to do so, each Grantor agrees to maintain the validity and enforceability of any registered Intellectual Property (or applications therefor) and to maintain such registrations and applications of Intellectual Property in full force and effect.

(b) Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no Grantor shall do or permit any act or knowingly omit to do any act whereby any of its Intellectual Property may lapse, be terminated, or become invalid or unenforceable or placed in the public domain (or in case of a trade secret, lose its competitive value).

(c) Except where failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each Grantor shall take all steps to preserve and protect each item of its Intellectual Property, including maintaining the quality of any and all products or services used or provided in connection with any of the Trademarks, consistent with the quality of the products and services as of the date hereof, and taking all steps necessary to ensure that all licensed users of any of the Trademarks abide by the applicable license’s terms with respect to the standards of quality.

(d) Each Grantor agrees that, should it obtain an ownership or other interest in any Intellectual Property after the Effective Date (“After-Acquired Intellectual Property”), (i) the provisions of this Agreement shall automatically apply thereto and (ii) any such After-Acquired Intellectual Property and, in the case of Trademarks, the goodwill symbolized thereby, shall automatically become Intellectual Property subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

(e) With respect to any such After-Acquired Intellectual Property, at the times required by Section 5.03(b) of the Credit Agreement, each Grantor shall deliver to the Administrative Agent, (i) a Perfection Certificate supplement pursuant to Section 5.03(b) of the Credit Agreement setting forth the information required by Section 13 of the Perfection Certificate with respect to such After-Acquired Intellectual Property, which shall be deemed to supplement Schedules II through IV hereto and (ii) to the extent applicable, a Copyright Security Agreement, Patent Security Agreement and/or Trademark Security Agreement (or in each case a supplement thereto in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (an “IP Security Agreement Supplement”)), as applicable, to be recorded with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and/or the U.S. Copyright Office.

(f) Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent any Grantor from disposing of, discontinuing the use or maintenance of, failing to pursue or otherwise allowing to lapse, terminate or put into the public domain any of its Intellectual Property to the extent permitted by the Credit Agreement if such Grantor determines in its reasonable business judgment that such discontinuance is desirable in the conduct of its business.

 

16


ARTICLE IV

Remedies

Section 4.01. Remedies Upon Default. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor agrees to deliver, on demand, each item of Collateral to the Administrative Agent or any Person designated by the Administrative Agent, and it is agreed that the Administrative Agent shall have the right to take any of or all the following actions at the same or different times: (a) with respect to any Filing Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property, on demand, to cause the Security Interest to become an assignment, transfer and conveyance of any of or all such Filing Collateral by the applicable Grantors to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, or to license or sublicense, whether on an exclusive or nonexclusive basis, any such Filing Collateral throughout the world on such terms and conditions and in such manner as the Administrative Agent shall determine (other than in violation of any then-existing licensing arrangements to the extent that waivers cannot be obtained), (b) with or without legal process and with or without prior notice or demand for performance, to take possession of the Filing Collateral and the Pledged Collateral and without liability to the Grantors for trespass to enter any premises where the Filing Collateral or the Pledged Collateral may be located for the purpose of taking possession of or removing the Filing Collateral and the Pledged Collateral and (c) generally, to exercise any and all rights afforded to a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable Requirement of Law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor agrees that the Administrative Agent shall have the right, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, subject to the mandatory requirements of applicable Requirement of Law and the notice requirements described below, to sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Collateral at a public or private sale or at any broker’s board or on any securities exchange, for cash, upon credit or for future delivery as the Administrative Agent shall deem appropriate. The Administrative Agent shall be authorized at any such sale of securities (if it deems it advisable to do so) to restrict the prospective bidders or purchasers to Persons who will represent and agree that they are purchasing the Collateral for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or sale thereof, and upon consummation of any such sale the Administrative Agent shall have the right to assign, transfer and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers thereof the Collateral so sold. Each such purchaser at any such sale of Collateral shall hold the property sold absolutely free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by law) all rights of redemption, stay and appraisal that such Grantor now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted.

The Administrative Agent shall give the applicable Grantors no less than 10 days’ written notice (which each Grantor agrees is reasonable notice within the meaning of Section 9 611 of the New York UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions) of the Administrative Agent’s intention to make any sale of Collateral. Such notice, in the case of a public sale, shall state the time and place for such sale and, in the case of a sale at a broker’s board or on a securities exchange, shall state the board or exchange at which such sale is to be made and the day on which the Collateral or portion thereof, will first be offered for sale at such board or exchange. Any such public sale shall be held at such time or times within ordinary business hours and at such place or places as the Administrative Agent may fix and state in the notice (if any) of such sale. At any such sale, the Collateral, or portion thereof, to be sold may be sold in one lot as an entirety or in separate parcels, as the Administrative Agent may (in its sole and absolute discretion) determine. The Administrative Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of any Collateral if it shall

 

17


determine not to do so, regardless of the fact that notice of sale of such Collateral shall have been given. The Administrative Agent may, without notice or publication, adjourn any public or private sale or cause the same to be adjourned from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed for sale, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which the same was so adjourned. In case any sale of all or any part of the Collateral is made on credit or for future delivery, the Collateral so sold may be retained by the Administrative Agent until the sale price is paid by the purchaser or purchasers thereof, but the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties shall not incur any liability in case any such purchaser or purchasers shall fail to take up and pay for the Collateral so sold and, in case of any such failure, such Collateral may be sold again upon like notice. At any public (or, to the extent permitted by law, private) sale made pursuant to this Agreement, any Secured Party may bid for or purchase, free (to the extent permitted by law) from any right of redemption, stay, valuation or appraisal on the part of any Grantor (all said rights being also hereby waived and released to the extent permitted by law), the Collateral or any part thereof offered for sale and may make payment on account thereof by using any claim then due and payable to such Secured Party from any Grantor as a credit against the purchase price, and such Secured Party may, upon compliance with the terms of sale, hold, retain and dispose of such property without further accountability to any Grantor therefor. For purposes hereof, a written agreement to purchase the Collateral or any portion thereof shall be treated as a sale thereof; the Administrative Agent shall be free to carry out such sale pursuant to such agreement and no Grantor shall be entitled to the return of the Collateral or any portion thereof subject thereto, notwithstanding the fact that after the Administrative Agent shall have entered into such an agreement all Events of Default shall have been remedied and the Secured Obligations paid in full, unless prior to such written agreement being entered into all Events of Default shall have been remedied or the Secured Obligations paid in full in cash. As an alternative to exercising the power of sale herein conferred upon it, the Administrative Agent may proceed by a suit or suits at law or in equity to foreclose this Agreement and to sell the Collateral or any portion thereof pursuant to a judgment or decree of a court or courts having competent jurisdiction or pursuant to a proceeding by a court-appointed receiver. Any sale pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4.01 shall be deemed to conform to the commercially reasonable standards as provided in Section 9-610(b) of the New York UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions.

Section 4.02. Application of Proceeds.

(a) The Administrative Agent shall apply the proceeds of any collection or sale of Collateral, including any Collateral consisting of cash, as follows

FIRST, to the payment of all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection with such collection or sale or otherwise in connection with this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any of the Secured Obligations, including all documented out-of-pocket court costs and the reasonable fees and expenses of its agents and legal counsel, the repayment of all advances made by the Administrative Agent hereunder or under any other Loan Document on behalf of any Grantor and any other costs or expenses, indemnities and other amounts incurred in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy hereunder or under any other Loan Document;

SECOND, to payment of that portion of the Secured Obligations constituting indemnities and other amounts (other than principal, interest and fees) due and payable to the Secured Parties (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the respective Secured Parties) arising under the Loan Documents, ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause SECOND payable to them;

THIRD, to payment of that portion of the Secured Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid fees and interest on the Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans, Term Loans, LC Disbursements and other Secured Obligations arising under the Loan Documents, ratably among the Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause THIRD payable to them;

 

18


FOURTH, ratably to (i) payment of that portion of the Secured Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans, Term Loans, LC Disbursements and other Secured Obligations and Secured Obligations then owing under Secured Swap Obligations and Secured Cash Management Obligations, ratably among the Secured Parties and (ii) to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Banks, to cash collateralize that portion of the aggregate LC Exposure comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit, in each case in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause FOURTH held by them;

FIFTH, ratably to payment of all other Secured Obligations until the Discharge of Secured Obligations has occurred; and

SIXTH, any surplus remaining after such application to the Grantors or to whomever may be legally entitled thereto.

(a) Upon any sale of Collateral by the Administrative Agent (including pursuant to a power of sale granted by statute or under a judicial proceeding), the receipt of the Administrative Agent or of the officer making the sale shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers of the Collateral so sold and such purchaser or purchasers shall not be obligated to see to the application of any part of the purchase money paid over to the Administrative Agent or such officer or be answerable in any way for the misapplication thereof. The Administrative Agent shall have no liability to any of the Secured Parties for actions taken in reliance on information supplied to it as to the amounts of unpaid principal and interest and other amounts outstanding with respect to the Secured Obligations.

(b) Notwithstanding anything herein or the Credit Agreement to the contrary, (i) prior to the Discharge of Secured Obligations, any exercise by the Administrative Agent of rights and remedies in respect of the Collateral shall be made at the direction or request, or with the consent, of the Required Lenders, and no other Lenders.

(c) So long as the Discharge of Secured Obligations has not occurred, any Collateral or Proceeds thereof received by any Secured Party in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy (including set off) relating to the Collateral in contravention of this Agreement shall be segregated and held in trust and forthwith paid over to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in the same form as received, with any necessary endorsements or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct.

(d) In the event that any of the Secured Obligations shall be paid in full and such payment or any part thereof shall subsequently, for whatever reason (including, but not limited to, an order or judgment for disgorgement of a preference under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws, or the settlement of any claim in respect thereof), be required to be returned or repaid, the terms and conditions of this Section 4.02 shall be fully applicable thereto until the Secured Obligations shall again have been paid in full in cash.

(e) The relative rights hereunder of the Secured Parties in or to any distributions from or in respect of any Collateral, shall continue after the filing thereof on the same basis as prior to the date of the petition, subject to any court order approving the financing of, or use of cash collateral by, any Grantor as a debtor-in-possession. If, in any proceeding arising under bankruptcy or insolvency laws, debt obligations of the reorganized debtor secured by Liens upon any Collateral of the reorganized debtor are distributed on account of the Secured Obligations, then the provisions of this Section 4.02 will survive the distribution of such debt obligations pursuant to any plan effected pursuant to a proceeding under bankruptcy or insolvency laws and will apply with like effect to the Liens securing such debt obligations.

 

19


Section 4.03. Grant of License to Use Intellectual Property. For the purpose of enabling the Administrative Agent to exercise rights and remedies under this Agreement, each Grantor shall, upon request by the Administrative Agent solely upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, grant to the Administrative Agent an irrevocable, nonexclusive license (exercisable without payment of royalty or other compensation to the Grantors) to use, license or sublicense any of the IP Collateral now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor, and wherever the same may be located, and including in such license reasonable access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer software and programs used for the compilation or printout thereof to the extent that such non-exclusive license (a) does not violate the express terms of any agreement between a Grantor and a third party governing the applicable Grantor’s use of such Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property, or gives such third party any right of acceleration, modification or cancellation therein and (b) is not prohibited by any Requirements of Law; provided that such licenses to be granted hereunder with respect to Trademarks shall be subject to the maintenance of quality standards with respect to the goods and services on which such Trademarks are used sufficient to preserve the validity of such Trademarks.

Section 4.04. Securities Act. In view of the position of the Grantors in relation to the Pledged Collateral, or because of other current or future circumstances, a question may arise under the Securities Act, as now or hereafter in effect, or any similar statute hereafter enacted analogous in purpose or effect (such Act and any such similar statute as from time to time in effect being called the “Federal Securities Laws”) with respect to any disposition of the Pledged Collateral permitted hereunder. Each Grantor understands that compliance with the Federal Securities Laws might very strictly limit the course of conduct of the Administrative Agent if the Administrative Agent were to attempt to dispose of all or any part of the Pledged Collateral, and might also limit the extent to which or the manner in which any subsequent transferee of any Pledged Collateral could dispose of the same. Similarly, there may be other legal restrictions or limitations affecting the Administrative Agent in any attempt to dispose of all or part of the Pledged Collateral under applicable blue sky or other state securities laws or similar laws analogous in purpose or effect. Each Grantor recognizes that in light of such restrictions and limitations the Administrative Agent may, with respect to any sale of the Pledged Collateral, limit the purchasers to those who will agree, among other things, to acquire such Pledged Collateral for their own account, for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that in light of such restrictions and limitations, and subject to the terms of the Loan Documents, the Administrative Agent, in its sole and absolute discretion, (a) may proceed to make such a sale whether or not a registration statement for the purpose of registering such Pledged Collateral or part thereof shall have been filed under the Federal Securities Laws to the extent the Administrative Agent has determined that such a registration is not required by any Requirement of Law and (b) may approach and negotiate with a limited number of potential purchasers (including a single potential purchaser) to effect such sale. Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that any such sale might result in prices and other terms less favorable to the seller than if such sale were a public sale without such restrictions. In the event of any such sale, the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties shall incur no responsibility or liability for selling all or any part of the Pledged Collateral at a price that the Administrative Agent, in its sole and absolute discretion, may in good faith deem reasonable under the circumstances, notwithstanding the possibility that a substantially higher price might have been realized if the sale were deferred until after registration as aforesaid or if more than a limited number of purchasers (or a single purchaser) were approached. The provisions of this Section 4.04 will apply notwithstanding the existence of a public or private market upon which the quotations or sales prices may exceed substantially the price at which the Administrative Agent sells.

 

20


Section 4.05. Reinstatement. Each Grantor agrees that, unless released pursuant to Section 5.13(b), its obligations and grant of security hereunder shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any of the Secured Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Secured Party upon the bankruptcy or reorganization (or any analogous proceeding in any jurisdiction) of the Borrower, any other Loan Party or otherwise.

ARTICLE V

Miscellaneous

Section 5.01. Notices. All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement.

Section 5.02. Waivers; Amendment. (a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section 5.02, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default or Event of Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time. No notice or demand on any Loan Party in any case shall entitle any Loan Party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

(b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified (other than supplements expressly contemplated hereby) except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent and the Grantor or Grantors with respect to which such waiver, amendment or modification is to apply, subject to any consent required in accordance with Section 9.02 of the Credit Agreement; provided that the Administrative Agent may, without the consent of any Secured Party, consent to a departure by any Grantor from any covenant of such Grantor set forth herein to the extent such departure is consistent with the authority of the Administrative Agent set forth in the definition of the term “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” in the Credit Agreement or Section 9.02 of the Credit Agreement.

Section 5.03. Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification. (a) Each Grantor, jointly with the other Grantors and severally, agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent for its fees and expenses incurred hereunder as provided in Section 9.03(a) of the Credit Agreement; provided that each reference therein to the “Borrower” shall be deemed to be a reference to “each Grantor.”

(b) The provisions of this Section 5.03 shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents, the repayment of any of the Secured Obligations or the termination of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any provision hereof or thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, no Terminated Letter of Credit Obligation (as defined in the Guarantee Agreement) shall be a Secured Obligation hereunder or under any other Loan Document. All amounts due under this Section 5.03 shall be payable not later than 10 days after written demand therefor; provided, however, any Indemnitee shall promptly refund an indemnification payment received hereunder

 

21


to the extent that there is a final judicial determination that such Indemnitee was not entitled to indemnification with respect to such payment pursuant to this Section 5.03. Any such amounts payable as provided hereunder shall be additional Secured Obligations.

Section 5.04. Successors and Assigns. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby or by the Credit Agreement.

Section 5.05. Survival of Agreement. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in this Agreement or any other Loan Document and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Secured Parties and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Secured Party and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank, any Lender or any other Secured Party may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document and, subject to Section 5.13(b), shall continue in full force and effect until such time as (a) all the Secured Obligations (other than (x) contingent indemnification obligations as to which no claim has been made and (y) Secured Cash Management Obligations and Secured Swap Obligations as to which arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Secured Party have been made), have been paid in full in cash, (b) all Commitments have terminated or expired and (c) all Letters of Credit have terminated or expired (including as a result of obtaining the consent of the applicable Issuing Bank as described in Section 9.05 of the Credit Agreement or as a result of such Letters of Credit being backstopped or cash collateralized) and the Issuing Banks shall have no further obligation to issue or amend Letters of Credit under the Credit Agreement.

Section 5.06. Counterparts; Effectiveness; Several Agreement. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement. This Agreement shall become effective as to any Grantor when a counterpart hereof executed on behalf of such Grantor shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent and a counterpart hereof shall have been executed on behalf of the Administrative Agent, and thereafter shall be binding upon such Grantor and the Administrative Agent and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of such Grantor, the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns. This Agreement shall be construed as a separate agreement with respect to each Grantor and may be amended, modified, supplemented, waived or released with respect to any Grantor without the approval of any other Grantor and without affecting the obligations of any other Grantor hereunder.

Section 5.07. Severability. Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section 5.08. Right of Set-Off. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Administrative Agent, each Lender, each Issuing Bank and each of their respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency)

 

22


at any time held and other obligations in whatever currency at any time owing by the Administrative Agent, such Lender, any such Issuing Bank or any such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of any Grantor against any of and all the obligations of such Grantor then due and owing under this Agreement held by the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such Issuing Bank, irrespective of whether or not the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such Issuing Bank shall have made any demand under this Agreement and although (i) such obligations may be contingent or unmatured and (ii) such obligations are owed to a branch or office of the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such Issuing Bank different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such Indebtedness; provided that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.22 of the Credit Agreement and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Secured Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff. The Administrative Agent, the applicable Lender and the applicable Issuing Bank shall notify the Borrower (on behalf of the applicable Grantor) and the Administrative Agent of such setoff and application; provided that any failure to give or any delay in giving such notice shall not affect the validity of any such setoff and application under this Section. The rights of the Administrative Agent, each Lender, each Issuing Bank and their respective Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that the Administrative Agent, such Lender, such Issuing Bank and their respective Affiliates may have.

Section 5.09. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process; Appointment of Service of Process Agent. (a) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York.

(b) Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to any Loan Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in any Loan Document shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to any Loan Document against any Grantor or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(c) Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to any Loan Document in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(d) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 5.01. Nothing in any Loan Document will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

(e) Each Grantor hereby irrevocably designates, appoints and empowers the Borrower as its designee, appointee and agent to receive, accept and acknowledge for and on its behalf, and in respect of its property, service of any and all legal process, summons, notices and documents that may be served in any such action or proceeding.

 

23


Section 5.10. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

Section 5.11. Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

Section 5.12. Security Interest Absolute. All rights of the Administrative Agent hereunder, the Security Interest, the grant of a security interest in the Pledged Collateral and all obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of (a) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, any agreement with respect to any of the Secured Obligations or any other agreement or instrument relating to any of the foregoing, (b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Secured Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument, (c) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any Lien on other collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent under or departure from any guarantee securing or guaranteeing all or any of the Secured Obligations or (d) subject only to termination of a Grantor’s obligations hereunder in accordance with the terms of Section 9.15 of the Credit Agreement and Section 5.13 hereof, any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Grantor in respect of the Secured Obligations or this Agreement.

Section 5.13. Termination or Release. (a) This Agreement, the Security Interest and all other security interests granted hereby shall automatically terminate when (i) all the Secured Obligations (other than (x) contingent indemnification obligations as to which no claim has been made and (y) Secured Cash Management Obligations and Secured Swap Obligations as to which arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Secured Party have been made) have been paid in full, (ii) all Commitments have terminated or expired and (iii) all Letters of Credit have terminated or expired (including as a result of obtaining the consent of the applicable Issuing Bank as described in Section 9.05 of the Credit Agreement or as a result of such Letters of Credit being backstopped or cash collateralized) and the Issuing Banks shall have no further obligation to issue or amend Letters of Credit under the Credit Agreement.

(b) The Security Interest and all other security interests granted hereby shall also terminate and be released at the time or times and in the manner set forth in Section 9.15 of the Credit Agreement.

(c) In connection with any termination or release pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall execute and deliver to any Loan Party, at such Loan Party’s expense, all documents that such Loan Party shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release so long as the applicable Loan Party shall have provided the Administrative Agent such certifications or documents as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request in order to demonstrate compliance with this Section 5.13. Any execution and delivery of documents by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 5.13 shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Administrative Agent.

 

24


Section 5.14. Additional Subsidiaries. Holdings shall cause each additional Restricted Subsidiary which, from time to time, after the date hereof shall be required to pledge any assets to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to Section 5.11 the Credit Agreement to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a Supplement and a Perfection Certificate, in each case, within 30 days (or such longer period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent) of the date on which it was required to become a Grantor hereunder pursuant to the Section 5.11 of the Credit Agreement. Upon execution and delivery by the Administrative Agent and a Restricted Subsidiary of a Supplement, any such Restricted Subsidiary shall become a Grantor hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as such herein. The execution and delivery of any such instrument shall not require the consent of any other Grantor hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any Restricted Subsidiary as a party to this Agreement.

Section 5.15. Administrative Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact. Each Grantor hereby appoints the Administrative Agent the attorney-in-fact of such Grantor for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of this Agreement at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, which appointment is irrevocable and coupled with an interest. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall have the right, but only upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and notice by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower of its intent to exercise such rights, with full power of substitution either in the Administrative Agent’s name or in the name of such Grantor (a) to receive, endorse, assign and/or deliver any and all notes, acceptances, checks, drafts, money orders or other evidences of payment relating to the Collateral or any part thereof; (b) to demand, collect, receive payment of, give receipt for and give discharges and releases of all or any of the Collateral; (c) to sign the name of any Grantor on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any of the Collateral; (d) to send verifications of accounts receivable to any Account Debtor; (e) to commence and prosecute any and all suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect or otherwise realize on all or any of the Collateral or to enforce any rights in respect of any Collateral; (f) to settle, compromise, compound, adjust or defend any actions, suits or proceedings relating to all or any of the Collateral; (g) to notify, or to require any Grantor to notify, Account Debtors to make payment directly to the Administrative Agent; and (h) to use, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with all or any of the Collateral, and to do all other acts and things necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, as fully and completely as though the Administrative Agent were the absolute owner of the Collateral for all purposes; provided that nothing herein contained shall be construed as requiring or obligating the Administrative Agent to make any commitment or to make any inquiry as to the nature or sufficiency of any payment received by the Administrative Agent, or to present or file any claim or notice, or to take any action with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof or the moneys due or to become due in respect thereof or any property covered thereby. The Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties shall be accountable only for amounts actually received as a result of the exercise of the powers granted to them herein, and neither they nor their officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to any Grantor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for their own gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct or that of any of their Related Parties.

 

25


Section 5.16. Administrative Agent’s Duties. Except for the safe custody of any Collateral in its possession and the accounting for moneys actually received by it hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall have no duty as to any Collateral, as to ascertaining or taking action with respect to calls, conversions, exchanges, maturities, tenders or other matters relative to any Collateral, whether or not any Secured Party has or is deemed to have knowledge of such matters, or as to the taking of any necessary steps to preserve rights against any parties or any other rights pertaining to any Collateral. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any Collateral in its possession if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which it accords its own property.

Section 5.17. Keepwell. Each Qualified ECP Guarantor hereby jointly and severally absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support as may be needed from time to time to each other Loan Party as may be needed by such other Loan Party to honor all of its obligations under this Agreement in respect of Swap Obligations (provided, however, that each Qualified ECP Guarantor shall only be liable under this Agreement for the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering its obligations under this Agreement, or otherwise under this Agreement, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount). The obligations of each Qualified ECP Guarantor under this Section shall remain in full force and effect until a Payment in Full of the Secured Obligations. Each Qualified ECP Guarantor intends that this Section 5.17 constitute, and this Section 5.17 shall be deemed to constitute, a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of each other Loan Party for all purposes of Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

26


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWER:

TA MIDCO 1, LLC,

as Grantor

By:

 

Name:
Title:
HOLDINGS:

TA HOLDINGS 1, INC.,

as Grantor

By:

 

Name:
Title:

 

[Collateral Agreement Signature Page]


JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC,
as Administrative Agent,
By:

 

Name:
Title:

 

[Collateral Agreement Signature Page]


Schedule I to the

Collateral Agreement

PLEDGED EQUITY INTERESTS

 

Issuer

  

Holder

  

Class of
Equity
Interests

  

Cert No.

  

No. of
Shares or
Interests

   Percent
Owned
    Percent
Pledged
 

SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC*

   TA Holdings 1, Inc.    LLC    N/A    N/A      100     100

PLEDGED DEBT SECURITIES

None.

 

* Name to be changed from TA Midco 1, LLC immediately after the consummation of the Acquisition.

 

I-1


Schedule II to the

Collateral Agreement

COPYRIGHT REGISTRATIONS AND APPLICATIONS

None.

 

II-1


Schedule III to

Collateral Agreement

PATENTS AND PATENT APPLICATIONS

None.

 

III-1


Schedule IV to

Collateral Agreement

TRADEMARK REGISTRATIONS AND APPLICATIONS

U.S. TRADEMARKS:

Registrations:

 

OWNER

  

REGISTRATION NUMBER

  

TRADEMARK

SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC*    3,971,482    SKINNYPOP
SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC*    4,142,288    SKINNYPACK
SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC*    4,265,552    THE BIG SKINNY

Applications: None.

OTHER TRADEMARKS:

Registrations: None.

Applications:

 

OWNER

  

APPLICATION

NUMBER

  

COUNTRY/STATE

  

TRADEMARK

SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC    A0043314    European Union, Russia, China, Japan, Turkey, India, Mexico, Australia    SKINNYPOP

 

* Immediately prior to the Effective Date, all Trademarks are owned by SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC, an Illinois limited liability company. Upon consummation of the Acquisition, Trademarks will be transferred to TA Midco 1, LLC, a Delaware LLC, which will subsequently change its name to SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC.

 

IV-1


Exhibit I to the

Collateral Agreement

SUPPLEMENT NO.      dated as of             , 20     (this “Supplement”), to the Collateral Agreement dated as of July 17, 2014 (the “Collateral Agreement”), by and among TA MIDCO 1, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Borrower”), TA HOLDINGS 1, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”) and the other GRANTORS from time to time party thereto (together with the Borrower and Holdings, each a “Grantor”), in favor of JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacity, together with its successors and permitted assigns, the “Administrative Agent”) for the benefit of the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and each other Secured Party (each as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below).

A. Reference is made to (a) the Credit Agreement dated as of July 17, 2014 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among the Borrower, Holdings, the Lenders and the Issuing Banks party thereto and Jefferies Finance LLC, as Administrative Agent and (b) the Collateral Agreement.

B. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement and the Collateral Agreement, as applicable.

C. The Grantors have entered into the Collateral Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make Loans and the Issuing Banks to issue Letters of Credit. Section 5.14 of the Collateral Agreement provides that additional Restricted Subsidiaries may become Grantors under the Collateral Agreement by execution and delivery of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. The undersigned Restricted Subsidiary (the “New Subsidiary”) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the Credit Agreement to become a Grantor under the Collateral Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make additional Loans and the Issuing Banks to issue additional Letters of Credit and as consideration for Loans previously made and Letters of Credit previously issued.

Accordingly, the Administrative Agent and the New Subsidiary agree as follows:

Section 1. In accordance with Section 5.14 of the Collateral Agreement, the New Subsidiary by its signature below becomes a Grantor under the Collateral Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Grantor, and the New Subsidiary hereby (a) agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Collateral Agreement applicable to it as a Grantor thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a Grantor thereunder are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof; provided that, to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date. In furtherance of the foregoing, the New Subsidiary, as security for the payment and performance in full of the Secured Obligations, does hereby create and grant to the Administrative Agent, its successors and permitted assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in and lien on all of the New Subsidiary’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Collateral to secure the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations. Each reference to a “Grantor” in the Collateral Agreement shall be deemed to include the New Subsidiary.

Section 2. The New Subsidiary represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that enforceability of such obligations may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law, and implied covenants of good faith and fair dealing.

 

Ex. I-1


Section 3. This Supplement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Supplement by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Supplement. This Supplement shall become effective as to the New Subsidiary when a counterpart hereof executed on behalf of the New Subsidiary shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent and a counterpart hereof shall have been executed on behalf of the Administrative Agent, and thereafter shall be binding upon the New Subsidiary and the Administrative Agent and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of the New Subsidiary, the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns, except that the New Subsidiary shall not have the right to assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein (and any such assignment or transfer shall be void) except as expressly provided in this Supplement, the Collateral Agreement and the Credit Agreement.

Section 4. The New Subsidiary hereby represents and warrants, in each case, as of the date hereof, that (a) set forth on Schedule I attached hereto are supplemental Schedules I through IV of the Collateral Agreement, which information is true and correct in all material respects and (b) attached hereto as Schedule II is a supplement to the Perfection Certificate setting forth the information required therein, which information is true and correct in all material respects.

Section 5. Pursuant to any applicable law, the New Subsidiary authorizes the Administrative Agent to file or record financing statements and other filing or recording documents or instruments with respect to the Filing Collateral without the signature of such New Subsidiary in such form and in such offices as the Administrative Agent determines appropriate to perfect the security interests of the Administrative Agent under the Collateral Agreement. Any such financing statement may indicate the collateral as “all assets of the debtor, whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising”, “all personal property of the debtor, whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising” or words of similar effect.

Section 6. (a) This Supplement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York.

(b) Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Supplement, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Supplement shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Supplement against the New Subsidiary or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(c) Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to any Loan Document in any court

 

Ex. I-2


referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(d) Each party to this Supplement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 5.01 of the Collateral Agreement. Nothing in any Loan Document will affect the right of any party to this Supplement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

(e) The New Subsidiary hereby irrevocably designates, appoints and empowers the Borrower as its designee, appointee and agent to receive, accept and acknowledge for and on its behalf, and in respect of its property, service of any and all legal process, summons, notices and documents that may be served in any such action or proceeding.

(f) EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS SUPPLEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

Section 7. [Reserved.]

Section 8. Any provision of this Supplement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section 9. All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 5.01 of the Collateral Agreement.

Section 10. The New Subsidiary agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent for its fees and expenses incurred hereunder and under the Collateral Agreement as provided in Section 9.03(a) of the Credit Agreement; provided that each reference therein to the “Borrower” shall be deemed to be a reference to “the New Subsidiary.”

 

Ex. I-3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Subsidiary and the Administrative Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Collateral Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

[Name Of New Subsidiary],
By:

 

Name:
Title:

JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC,

as Administrative Agent

By:

 

Name:
Title:

[Signature Page to Collateral Agreement Supplement]


Exhibit II to the

Collateral Agreement

FORM OF COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT

This COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of [●], 20[●] (as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “Agreement”), is made by and among [●] (the “Grantor”) and Jefferies Finance LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”).

Reference is made to (a) the Credit Agreement dated as of July 17, 2014 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among TA MIDCO 1, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Borrower”), TA HOLDINGS 1, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), the Lenders and the Issuing Banks party thereto and JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacity, together with its successors and permitted assigns, the “Administrative Agent”) and (b) the Collateral Agreement dated as of July 17, 2014 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Collateral Agreement”), among the Borrower, Holdings, the other grantors from time to time party thereto and the Administrative Agent. The Lenders and the Issuing Banks have agreed to extend credit to the Borrower subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement. The Grantor is an Affiliate of the Borrower and is willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make additional Loans and the Issuing Banks to issue additional Letters of Credit and as consideration for Loans previously made and Letters of Credit previously issued. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1. Terms. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Collateral Agreement or the Credit Agreement, as applicable. The rules of construction specified in Section 1.01(b) of the Collateral Agreement also apply to this Agreement.

Section 2. Grant of Security Interest. As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Secured Obligations, the Grantor hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, its successors and permitted assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest (the “Security Interest”) in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under Filing Collateral consisting of any Copyrights now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor, including those registered or applied for Copyrights listed on Schedule I, and any exclusive Copyright Licenses under which such Grantor is a licensee, including those exclusive Copyright Licenses listed on Schedule II (collectively, the “Copyright Collateral”). The Grantor authorizes and requests that the Register of Copyrights record this Agreement.

Section 3. Collateral Agreement. The Security Interest granted to the Administrative Agent herein is granted in furtherance, and not in limitation, of the security interests granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Collateral Agreement. The Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent with respect to the Copyright Collateral are more fully set forth in the Collateral Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Collateral Agreement, the terms of the Collateral Agreement shall govern.

Section 4. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

Ex. II-1


[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

Ex. II-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

[●],
By

 

Name:
Title:

JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC,

as Administrative Agent,

By

 

Name:
Title:

[Signature Page to Copyright Security Agreement]


Schedule I to Copyright Security Agreement

COPYRIGHT REGISTRATIONS AND APPLICATIONS

 

Title

  

Application No.

  

Filing Date

  

Registration No.

  

Registration Date

           
           
           
           
           

 

I-1


Schedule II to Copyright Security Agreement

EXCLUSIVE COPYRIGHT LICENSES

 

Description of Copyright License

  

Name of Licensor

  

Registration Number of

underlying Copyright

     
     
     
     
     

 

II-1


Exhibit III to the

Collateral Agreement

FORM OF PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT

This PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of [●], 20[●] (as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “Agreement”), is made by and among [●] (the “Grantor”) and Jefferies Finance LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”).

Reference is made to (a) the Credit Agreement dated as of July 17, 2014 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among TA MIDCO 1, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Borrower”), TA HOLDINGS 1, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), the Lenders and the Issuing Banks party thereto and JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacity, together with its successors and permitted assigns, the “Administrative Agent”) and (b) the Collateral Agreement dated as of July 17, 2014 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Collateral Agreement”), among the Borrower, Holdings, the other grantors from time to time party thereto and the Administrative Agent. The Lenders and the Issuing Banks have agreed to extend credit to the Borrower subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement. The Grantor is an Affiliate of the Borrower and is willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make additional Loans and the Issuing Banks to issue additional Letters of Credit and as consideration for Loans previously made and Letters of Credit previously issued. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1. Terms. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Collateral Agreement or the Credit Agreement, as applicable. The rules of construction specified in Section 1.01(b) of the Collateral Agreement also apply to this Agreement.

Section 2. Grant of Security Interest. As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Secured Obligations, the Grantor hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, its successors and permitted assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest (the “Security Interest”) in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under Filing Collateral consisting of any Patents now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor, including those registered or applied for Patents listed on Schedule I (the “Patent Collateral”). The Grantor authorizes and requests that the Commissioner for Patents record this Agreement.

Section 3. Collateral Agreement. The Security Interest granted to the Administrative Agent herein is granted in furtherance, and not in limitation, of the security interests granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Collateral Agreement. The Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent with respect to the Patent Collateral are more fully set forth in the Collateral Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Collateral Agreement, the terms of the Collateral Agreement shall govern.

Section 4. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

Ex. III-1


[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

Ex. III-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

[●],
By

 

Name:
Title:

JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC,

as Administrative Agent,

By

 

Name:
Title:

[Signature Page To Patent Security Agreement]


Schedule III to

Patent Security Agreement

PATENTS AND PATENT APPLICATIONS

 

Title

  

Application No.

  

Filing Date

  

Patent No.

  

Issue Date

           
           
           
           
           

 

I-1


Exhibit IV to the

Collateral Agreement

FORM OF TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT

This TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of [●], 20[●] (as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “Agreement”), is made by and among [●] (the “Grantor”) and Jefferies Finance LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”).

Reference is made to (a) the Credit Agreement dated as of July 17, 2014 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among TA MIDCO 1, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Borrower”), TA HOLDINGS 1, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), the Lenders and the Issuing Banks party thereto and JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacity, together with its successors and permitted assigns, the “Administrative Agent”) and (b) the Collateral Agreement dated as of July 17, 2014 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Collateral Agreement”), among the Borrower, Holdings, the other grantors from time to time party thereto and the Administrative Agent. The Lenders and the Issuing Banks have agreed to extend credit to the Borrower subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement. The Grantor is an Affiliate of the Borrower and is willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make additional Loans and the Issuing Banks to issue additional Letters of Credit and as consideration for Loans previously made and Letters of Credit previously issued. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1. Terms. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Collateral Agreement or the Credit Agreement, as applicable. The rules of construction specified in Section 1.01(b) of the Collateral Agreement also apply to this Agreement.

Section 2. Grant of Security Interest. As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Secured Obligations, the Grantor hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, its successors and permitted assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest (the “Security Interest”) in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under Filing Collateral consisting of any Trademarks now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor, including those registered or applied for Trademarks listed on Schedule I; provided that no security interest is granted on any intent-to-use trademark applications filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office to the extent that, and solely during the period in which the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use trademark applications under applicable Requirements of Law (the “Trademark Collateral”). The Grantor authorizes and requests that the Commissioner for Trademarks record this Agreement.

Section 3. Collateral Agreement. The Security Interest granted to the Administrative Agent herein is granted in furtherance, and not in limitation, of the security interests granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Collateral Agreement. The Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent with respect to the Trademark Collateral are more fully set forth in the Collateral Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Collateral Agreement, the terms of the Collateral Agreement shall govern.

 

Ex. IV-1


Section 4. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

Ex. IV-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

[●],
By

 

Name:
Title:

JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC,

as Administrative Agent,

By

 

Name:
Title:

[Signature Page To Trademark Security Agreement]


Schedule IV to

Trademark Security Agreement

TRADEMARK REGISTRATIONS AND APPLICATIONS

 

Mark

  

Serial No.

  

Filing Date

  

Registration No.

  

Registration Date

           
           
           
           
           

 

I-1


EXHIBIT E-1

Form of Closing Certificate

[See Attached]


[Form of]

Secretary’s Certificate

                 , 20    

I, the undersigned Secretary of [], a [●] corporation (the “Company”), DO HEREBY CERTIFY in such capacity that as of the date hereof:

 

  1. This Certificate is furnished in connection with that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of July 17, 2014 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among [the Company, TA Holdings 1, Inc., a Delaware corporation,]9 [the Company, TA Midco 1, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (to be renamed SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC),]10 [TA Midco 1, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (to be renamed SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC), TA Holdings 1, Inc., a Delaware corporation,]11 the Lenders party thereto, Jefferies Finance LLC, as an Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender, and Jefferies Finance LLC, as administrative agent. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings assigned in the Credit Agreement.

 

  2. The persons listed on Exhibit A attached hereto have been duly appointed or elected, are qualified and are now acting as incumbent officers of the Company, in the capacity set forth opposite their respective names, and are authorized to execute and deliver any of the Loan Documents. The signatures set forth opposite their names are their true and genuine signatures.

 

  3. Attached hereto as Exhibit B is a copy of the [Certificate of Incorporation] [Certificate of Formation] of the Company, as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of [●]. The [Certificate of Incorporation] [Certificate of Formation] has not been amended, modified or otherwise supplemented since the date of such Certificate.

 

  4. Attached hereto as Exhibit C is a true and correct copy of the [By-Laws] [Operating Agreement] of the Company, as in effect on the date hereof.

 

  5. Attached hereto as Exhibit D is a true and correct copy of the Certificate of Good Standing with respect to the Company issued by the Secretary of State of the State of [●]. The Company has remained in good standing under the laws of such State since the date of such Certificate.

 

9  To be used for Secretary’s Certificate of the Borrower.
10  To be used for Secretary’s Certificate of Holdings.
11  To be used for Secretary’s Certificate of any Guarantor (other than Holdings).


  6. Attached hereto as Exhibit E is a true and correct copy of resolutions duly adopted by the board of directors of the Company by unanimous written consent on the date hereof, which resolutions have not been revoked, modified, amended or rescinded and are still in full force and effect. Except as attached hereto as Exhibit E, no resolutions have been adopted by the board of directors of the Company which deal with the execution, delivery or performance of the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

[Remainder of page left intentionally blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand as of the above set forth date.

 

By:

 

Name:
Title:

The undersigned,             , does hereby certify that he is the              of the Company and that              is the duly elected and presently incumbent              of the Company, and that the statements and signatures in the foregoing Certificate are true and correct on the date hereof.

 

By:

 

Name:
Title:

[Signature page to Secretary’s Certificate]


Exhibit A

 

Name       Office       Signature

 

   

 

   

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

E-1-1


Exhibit B

[Certificate of Incorporation] [Certificate of Formation]

 

E-1-2


Exhibit C

[By-Laws] [Operating Agreement]

 

E-1-3


Exhibit D

Good Standing Certificate

 

E-1-4


Exhibit E

Resolutions

 

E-1-5


EXHIBIT E-2

Form of Solvency Certificate

                 , 2014

The undersigned, being the [●]12 of TA Midco 1, LLC, a Delaware company (to be renamed SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC) (the “Borrower”), in [his][her] capacity as an officer of the Borrower and not in any individual capacity, hereby delivers this Solvency Certificate (this “Certificate”) to the Lenders (as defined below) and Jefferies Finance LLC, as administrative agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”), pursuant to Section 4.01(i) of that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (the “Credit Agreement”), among the Borrower, the other Loan Parties party thereto, the lenders party thereto (the “Lenders”), Jefferies Finance LLC, as an Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender and the Administrative Agent. Capitalized terms used herein which are not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

The undersigned is familiar with the properties, businesses, assets and liabilities of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries and is duly authorized to execute this Certificate on behalf of the Borrower.

The undersigned certifies, solely in such undersigned’s capacity as [●] of the Borrower, and not in any individual capacity, and based upon facts and circumstances as they exist as of the date hereof, after giving effect to the consummation of the Transactions to be consummated on the date hereof:

1. The fair value of the assets of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, exceeds their debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent, or otherwise;

2. The present fair saleable value of the property of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, is greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability, on a consolidated basis, of their debts and other liabilities, subordinated, contingent, or otherwise, as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured;

3. Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are able to pay their debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such liabilities become absolute and matured and do not intend to incur debts and liabilities beyond their ability to pay their debts and liabilities as they mature; and

4. Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are not engaged in, and are not about to engage in, business for which they have unreasonably small capital.

 

12  To be the chief financial officer or chief accounting officer or other officer with equivalent duties.

 

E-2-1


For purposes of this Certificate, the amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed as the amount that would reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

E-2-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate in such undersigned’s capacity as [●] of the Borrower, on behalf of the Borrower, and not in any individual capacity, as of the date first stated above.

 

TA MIDCO 1, LLC
By:

 

Name:
Title:

 

E-2-1


EXHIBIT F

Form of Intercompany Note

[See Attached]

 

F-1


INTERCOMPANY SUBORDINATED PROMISSORY NOTE

Dated:                  , 20    

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, each of TA Holdings 1, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), [TA Midco 1, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (to be renamed SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC immediately following the acquisition)]13 [SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (formerly known as TA Midco 1, LLC)]14 (the “Borrower”), [●]15 (collectively, the “Note Parties” and each, a “Note Party”) which is a party to this intercompany subordinated promissory note (this “Promissory Note”) promises to pay to the order of such other Note Party that makes loans to such Note Party (each Note Party which borrows money or other assets from another Note Party, together with each Additional Payor (as defined below), party hereto from time to time, is referred to herein as a “Payor” and each Note Party which makes loans and advances to another Note Party, including each Additional Payee (as defined below), that from time to time executes and delivers an endorsement attached hereto, is referred to herein as a “Payee”), on demand, in lawful money of the United States of America, in immediately available funds and at the appropriate office of the Payee, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all loans and advances and any interest on the unpaid principal amount heretofore and hereafter made by such Payee to such Payor and any other indebtedness now or hereafter owing by such Payor to such Payee as shown in the books and records of such Payee. The failure to show any such Indebtedness or any error in showing such Indebtedness shall not affect the obligations of any Payor hereunder. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given such terms in that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of July 17, 2014 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Holdings, the Borrower, the lenders party thereto (the “Lenders”) and Jefferies Finance LLC, as administrative agent (in such capacity, and together with its successors and permitted assigns, the “Administrative Agent”).

Each Payor and any endorser of this Promissory Note hereby waives presentment, demand, protest and notice of any kind. No failure to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any rights hereunder on the part of the holder hereof shall operate as a waiver of such rights.

This Promissory Note has been pledged by each Payee to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as security for such Payee’s obligations, if any, under the Loan Documents to which such Payee is a party. Each Payor acknowledges and agrees that the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties may exercise all the rights of the Payees under this Promissory Note and will not be subject to any abatement, reduction, recoupment, defense, setoff or counterclaim available to such Payor.

Each Payee agrees that any and all claims of such Payee against any Payor or any endorser of this Promissory Note, or against any of their respective properties, shall be

 

13  To be used if delivered prior to the Acquisition.
14  To be used if delivered after the Acquisition.
15  Insert additional parties.

 

1


subordinate and subject in right of payment to the Loan Document Obligations until all of the Loan Document Obligations have been performed and indefeasibly paid in full in cash in immediately available funds and all loans and advances made by a Payee pursuant to this Promissory Note and all payments made by the applicable Payor shall be subject to the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Notwithstanding any right of any Payee to ask, demand, sue for, take or receive any payment from any Payor, all rights, Liens and security interests of such Payee, whether now or hereafter arising and howsoever existing, in any assets of any Payor (whether constituting part of the security or collateral given to the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Parties to secure payment of all or any part of the Loan Document Obligations or otherwise) shall be and hereby are subordinated to the rights of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Parties in such assets. Except as expressly permitted by the Credit Agreement, the Payees shall have no right to possession of any such asset or to foreclose upon, or exercise any other remedy in respect of, any such asset, whether by judicial action or otherwise, unless and until all of the Loan Document Obligations shall have been performed and indefeasibly paid in full in cash in immediately available funds.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in any other Loan Document or in any such promissory note or other instrument, this Promissory Note (i) replaces and supersedes any and all promissory notes or other instruments which create or evidence any loans or advances made on or before the date hereof by any Note Party to any other Note Party, and (ii) without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, shall not be deemed replaced, superseded or in any way modified by any promissory note or other instrument entered into on or after the date hereof which purports to create or evidence any loan or advance by any Note Party to any other Note Party.

THIS PROMISSORY NOTE AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS PROMISSORY NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

From time to time after the date hereof, additional Subsidiaries of the Loan Parties may become parties hereto by executing a counterpart signature page to this Promissory Note (each additional Subsidiary, an “Additional Payor”). Upon delivery of such counterpart signature page to the Payees, notice of which is hereby waived by the other Payors, each Additional Payor shall be a Payor and shall be as fully a party hereto as if such Additional Payor were an original signatory hereof. Each Payor expressly agrees that its obligations arising hereunder shall not be affected or diminished by the addition or release of any other Payor hereunder. From time to time after the date hereof, additional Subsidiaries of the Loan Parties may also become parties hereto by executing and delivering a counterpart signature page to this Promissory Note and a counterpart signature page to the endorsement attached hereto to the Administrative Agent (each additional Subsidiary, an “Additional Payee”). This Promissory Note shall be fully effective as to any Payor that is or becomes a party hereto regardless of whether any other Person becomes or fails to become or ceases to be a Payor hereunder.

This Promissory Note may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

2


[Signature page follows]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each undersigned Payor has caused this Intercompany Subordinated Promissory Note to be executed and delivered by its proper and duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

 

[TA MIDCO 1, LLC]16 [SKINNYPOP POPCORN LLC]17

By:

 

Name:
Title:
TA HOLDINGS 1, INC.
By:

 

Name:
Title:
[ADDITIONAL PARTIES]
By:

 

Name:
Title:

 

16  To be used if delivered prior to the Acquisition.
17  To be used if delivered after the Acquisition.

 

[Signature Page to Intercompany Subordinated Promissory Note]


ENDORSEMENT

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, each of the undersigned does hereby sell, assign and transfer to                      all of its right, title and interest in and under the Intercompany Subordinated Promissory Note, dated [            ] [    ], 20     (as amended, supplemented, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Promissory Note”), made by TA Holdings 1, Inc., a Delaware corporation, [TA Midco 1, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (to be renamed SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC immediately following the acquisition)]18 [SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (formerly known as TA Midco 1, LLC)]19, [●]20 and each other person that is or becomes a party thereto, and payable to the undersigned and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints to transfer the Promissory Note on the books kept for registration thereof with full power of substitution in the premises. This endorsement is intended to be attached to the Promissory Note and, when so attached, shall constitute an endorsement thereof.

 

Dated:

 

[Signature page follows]

 

18  To be used if delivered prior to the Acquisition.
19  To be used if delivered after the Acquisition.
20  Insert additional parties.


[TA MIDCO 1, LLC]21 [SKINNYPOP POPCORN LLC]22

By:

 

Name:
Title:
TA HOLDINGS 1, INC.
By:

 

Name:
Title:
[ADDITIONAL PARTIES]
By:

 

Name:
Title:

 

21  To be used if delivered prior to the Acquisition.
22  To be used if delivered after the Acquisition.

 

[Signature Page to Endorsement to Intercompany Subordinated Demand Promissory Note]


EXHIBIT G-1

Form of Specified Discount Prepayment Notice

Date:            , 20    

To: [Jefferies Finance LLC], as Auction Agent

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This Specified Discount Prepayment Notice is delivered to you pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(B) of that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of July 17, 2014 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “Agreement”), by and among TA Holdings 1, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), [TA Midco 1, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (to be renamed SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC immediately following the acquisition)]1 [SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (formerly known as TA Midco 1, LLC)]2 (the “Borrower”), the Lenders party thereto, Jefferies Finance LLC, as an Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender, and Jefferies Finance LLC, as Administrative Agent. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Agreement.

Pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(B) of the Agreement, the Borrower hereby offers to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment to each Term Lender [and to each Additional Term Lender of the [●, 20●]3 tranche[s] of Term Loans] on the following terms:

1. This Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment is available only to each Term Lender [and to each Additional Term Lender of the [●, 20.]4 tranche[s] of Term Loans].

2. The maximum aggregate outstanding amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment that will be made in connection with this offer shall not exceed $[●] of Term Loans [and $[●] of the [●, 20●]5 tranche[(s)] of Term Loans] (the “Specified Discount Prepayment Amount”)6

3. The percentage discount to par value at which such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment will be made is [●]% in respect of the Term Loans [and [●]% in respect of the [●, 20●]7 tranche[(s)] of Term Loans] (the “Specified Discount”).

 

1  To be used if delivered prior to the Acquisition.
2  To be used if delivered after the Acquisition.
3  List multiple tranches if applicable.
4  List multiple tranches if applicable.
5  List multiple tranches if applicable.
6  Minimum of $1.0 million and whole increments of $500,000.
7  List multiple tranches if applicable.

 

G-1-1


To accept this offer, you are required to submit to the Administrative Agent a Specified Discount Prepayment Response on or before 5:00 p.m. New York time on the date that is three (3) Business Days following the date of delivery of this notice pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(B) of the Agreement.

The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent [and the Term Lenders][, the Term Lenders and each Additional Term Lender of the [●, 20●]8 tranche[s] of Term Loans] as follows:

1. The Borrower will not make a Borrowing of Revolving Loans to fund this Discounted Term Loan Prepayment.

2. [At least ten (10) Business Days have passed since the consummation of the most recent Discounted Term Loan Prepayment as a result of a prepayment made by the Borrower on the applicable Discounted Prepayment Effective Date.][At least three (3) Business Days have passed since the date the Borrower was notified that no Term Lender was willing to accept any prepayment of any Term Loan and/or Other Term Loan at the Specified Discount, within the Discount Range or at any discount to par value, as applicable, or in the case of Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, the date of the Borrower’s election not to accept any Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers made by a Term Lender.]9

The Borrower acknowledges that the Auction Agent and the relevant Term Lenders are relying on the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations and warranties in connection with their decision whether or not to accept the offer set forth in this Specified Discount Prepayment Notice and the acceptance of any prepayment made in connection with this Specified Discount Prepayment Notice.

The Borrower requests that the Auction Agent promptly notify each of the relevant Term Lenders party to the Agreement of this Specified Discount Prepayment Notice.

[REMAINDER OF THE PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

8  List multiple tranches if applicable.
9  Insert applicable representation.

 

G-1-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Specified Discount Prepayment Notice as of the date first above written.

 

[TA MIDCO 1, LLC]10 [SKINNYPOP POPCORN LLC]11

By:

 

Name:
Title:

Enclosure: Form of Specified Discount Prepayment Response

 

10  To be used if delivered prior to the Acquisition.
11  To be used if delivered after the Acquisition.

 

G-1-3


EXHIBIT G-2

Form of Specified Discount Prepayment Response

Date:            , 20    

To: [Jefferies Finance LLC], as Auction Agent

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to (a) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of July 17, 2014 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “Agreement”), by and among TA Holdings 1, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), [TA Midco 1, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (to be renamed SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC immediately following the acquisition)]1 [SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (formerly known as TA Midco 1, LLC)]2 (the “Borrower”), the Lenders party thereto, Jefferies Finance LLC, as an Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender, and Jefferies Finance LLC, as Administrative Agent, and (b) that certain Specified Discount Prepayment Notice, dated             , 20     , from the Borrower (the “Specified Discount Prepayment Notice”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Specified Discount Prepayment Notice or, to the extent not defined therein, in the Agreement.

The undersigned [Term Lender] [Additional Term Lender] hereby gives you irrevocable notice, pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(B) of the Agreement, that it is willing to accept a prepayment of the following [tranches of] Term Loans held by such [Term Lender] [Additional Term Lender] at the Specified Discount in an aggregate outstanding amount as follows:

[Term Loans - $[●]]

[[●, 20●]3 tranches] of Term Loans -$[●]]

The undersigned [Term Lender] [Additional Term Lender] hereby expressly consents and agrees to a prepayment of its [Term Loans][[●, 20●]4 tranche[s]] pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(B) of the Agreement at a price equal to the [applicable] Specified Discount in the aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed the amount set forth above, as such amount may be reduced in accordance with the Specified Discount Proration, and as otherwise determined in accordance with and subject to the requirements of the Agreement.

[REMAINDER OF THE PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

1  To be used if delivered prior to the Acquisition.
2  To be used if delivered after the Acquisition.
3  List multiple tranches if applicable.
4  List multiple tranches if applicable.

 

G-2-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Specified Discount Prepayment Response as of the date first above written.

 

[                ]
By:

 

Name:
Title:

 

G-2-2


EXHIBIT G-3

Form of Discount Range Prepayment Notice

Date:            , 20    

To: [Jefferies Finance LLC], as Auction Agent

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This Discount Range Prepayment Notice is delivered to you pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C) of that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of July 17, 2014 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “Agreement”), by and among TA Holdings 1, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), [TA Midco 1, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (to be renamed SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC immediately following the acquisition)]1 [SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (formerly known as TA Midco 1, LLC)]2 (the “Borrower”), the Lenders party thereto, Jefferies Finance LLC, as an Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender, and Jefferies Finance LLC, as Administrative Agent. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Agreement.

Pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C) of the Agreement, the Borrower hereby requests that each Term Lender [and each Additional Term Lender of the [●, 20●]3 tranche[s] of Term Loans] submit a Discount Range Prepayment Offer. Any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment made in connection with this solicitation shall be subject to the following terms:

1. This Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers is extended at the sole discretion of the Borrower to each Term Lender [and to each Additional Term Lender of the [●, 20●]4 tranche[s] of Term Loans].

2. The maximum aggregate outstanding amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment that will be made in connection with this solicitation is $[●] of Term Loans [and $[●] of the [●], 20●]5 tranche[(s)] of Term Loans] (the “Discount Range Prepayment Amount”)6

3. The Borrower is willing to make Discount Term Loan Prepayments at a percentage discount to par value greater than or equal to [●]% but less than or equal to

 

1  To be used if delivered prior to the Acquisition.
2  To be used if delivered after the Acquisition.
3  List multiple tranches if applicable.
4  List multiple tranches if applicable.
5  List multiple tranches if applicable.
6  Minimum of $1.0 million and whole increments of $500,000.

 

G-3-1


[●]% in respect of the Term Loans [and greater than or equal to [●]% but less than or equal to [●]% in respect of the [●, 20●]7 tranche[(s)] of Term Loans] (the “Discount Range”).

To make an offer in connection with this solicitation, you are required to deliver to the Administrative Agent a Discount Range Prepayment Offer on or before 5:00 p.m. New York time on the date that is three (3) Business Days following the date of delivery of this notice pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C) of the Agreement.

The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Auction Agent [and the Term Lenders][, the Term Lenders and each Additional Term Lender of the [●, 20●]8 tranche[s] of Term Loans] as follows:

1. The Borrower will not make a Borrowing of Revolving Loans to fund this Discounted Term Loan Prepayment.

2. [At least ten (10) Business Days have passed since the consummation of the most recent Discounted Term Loan Prepayment as a result of a prepayment made by the Borrower on the applicable Discounted Prepayment Effective Date.][At least three (3) Business Days have passed since the date the Borrower was notified that no Term Lender was willing to accept any prepayment of any Term Loan and/or Other Term Loan at the Specified Discount, within the Discount Range or at any discount to par value, as applicable, or in the case of Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, the date of the Borrower’s election not to accept any Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers made by a Term Lender.]9

The Borrower acknowledges that the Auction Agent and the relevant Term Lenders are relying on the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations and warranties in connection with any Discount Range Prepayment Offer made in response to this Discount Range Prepayment Notice and the acceptance of any prepayment made in connection with this Discount Range Prepayment Notice.

The Borrower requests that the Auction Agent promptly notify each of the relevant Term Lenders party to the Agreement of this Discount Range Prepayment Notice.

[REMAINDER OF THE PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

7  List multiple tranches if applicable.
8  List multiple tranches if applicable.
9  Insert applicable representation.

 

G-3-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Discount Range Prepayment Notice as of the date first above written.

 

[TA MIDCO 1, LLC]10 [SKINNYPOP POPCORN LLC]11

By:

 

Name:
Title:

Enclosure: Form of Discount Range Prepayment Offer

 

10  To be used if delivered prior to the Acquisition.
11  To be used if delivered after the Acquisition.

 

G-3-3


EXHIBIT G-4

Form of Discount Range Prepayment Offer

Date:            , 20    

To: [Jefferies Finance LLC], as Auction Agent

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to (a) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of July 17, 2014 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “Agreement”), by and among TA Holdings 1, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), [TA Midco 1, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (to be renamed SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC immediately following the acquisition)]1 [SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (formerly known as TA Midco 1, LLC)]2 (the “Borrower”), the Lenders party thereto, Jefferies Finance LLC, as an Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender, and Jefferies Finance LLC, as Administrative Agent, and (b) that certain Discount Range Prepayment Notice, dated             , 20     , from the Borrower (the “Discount Range Prepayment Notice”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Discount Range Prepayment Notice or, to the extent not defined therein, in the Agreement.

The undersigned [Term Lender] [Additional Term Lender] hereby gives you irrevocable notice, pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C) of the Agreement, that it is hereby offering to accept a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment on the following terms:

1. This Discount Range Prepayment Offer is available only for prepayment on the [Term Loans][and the [●, 20●3 tranche[s] of Term Loans] held by the undersigned.

2. The maximum aggregate outstanding amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment that may be made in connection with this offer shall not exceed (the “Submitted Amount”):

[Term Loans - $[●]]

[[●, 20●]4 tranche[s] of Term Loans -$[●]]

3. The percentage discount to par value at which such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment may be made is [●]% in respect of the Term Loans [and [●]% in respect of the [●, 20●]5 tranche[(s)] of Term Loans] (the “Submitted Discount”).

 

1  To be used if delivered prior to the Acquisition.
2  To be used if delivered after the Acquisition.
3  List multiple tranches if applicable.
4  List multiple tranches if applicable.
5  List multiple tranches if applicable.

 

G-4-1


The undersigned [Term Lender] [Additional Term Lender] hereby expressly consents and agrees to a prepayment of its [Term Loans] [[●, 20●]6 tranche[s] of Term Loans] indicated above pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C) of the Agreement at a price equal to the Applicable Discount and in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed the Submitted Amount, as such amount may be reduced in accordance with the Discount Range Proration, if any, and as otherwise determined in accordance with and subject to the requirements of the Agreement.

[REMAINDER OF THE PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

6  List multiple tranches if applicable.

 

G-4-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Discount Range Prepayment Offer as of the date first above written.

 

[                    ]
By:

 

Name:
Title:

 

G-4-3


EXHIBIT G-5

Form of Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice

Date:            , 20    

To: [Jefferies Finance LLC], as Auction Agent

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice is delivered to you pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D) of that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of July 17, 2014 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “Agreement”), by and among TA Holdings 1, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), [TA Midco 1, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (to be renamed SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC immediately following the acquisition)]1 [SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (formerly known as TA Midco 1, LLC)]2 (the “Borrower”), the Lenders party thereto, Jefferies Finance LLC, as an Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender, and Jefferies Finance LLC, as Administrative Agent. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Agreement.

Pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D) of the Agreement, the Borrower hereby requests that each Term Lender [and each Additional Term Lender of the [●, 20.]3 tranche[s] of Term Loans] submit a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer. Any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment made in connection with this solicitation shall be subject to the following terms:

1. This Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers is extended at the sole discretion of the Borrower to each Term Lender [and each Additional Term Lender of the [●, 20●]4 tranche[s] of Term Loans].

2. The maximum aggregate outstanding amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment that will be made in connection with this solicitation is (the “Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount”):5

[Term Loans - $[●]]

[[●, 20●]6 tranche[s] of Term Loans -$[●]]

 

1  To be used if delivered prior to the Acquisition.
2  To be used if delivered after the Acquisition.
3  List multiple tranches if applicable.
4  List multiple tranches if applicable.
5  Minimum of $1.0 million and whole increments of $500,000.
6  List multiple tranches if applicable.

 

G-5-1


To make an offer in connection with this solicitation, you are required to deliver to the Administrative Agent a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer on or before 5:00 p.m. New York time on the date that is three (3) Business Days following delivery of this notice pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D) of the Agreement.

The Borrower requests that the Auction Agent promptly notify each of the relevant Term Lenders party to the Agreement of this Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice.

[REMAINDER OF THE PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

G-5-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice as of the date first above written.

 

[TA MIDCO 1, LLC]7 [SKINNYPOP POPCORN LLC]8

By:

 

Name:
Title:

Enclosure: Form of Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer

 

7  To be used if delivered prior to the Acquisition.
8  To be used if delivered after the Acquisition.

 

G-5-3


EXHIBIT G-6

Form of Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer

Date:            , 20    

To: [Jefferies Finance LLC], as Auction Agent

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to (a) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of July 17, 2014 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “Agreement”), by and among TA Holdings 1, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), [TA Midco 1, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (to be renamed SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC immediately following the acquisition)]1 [SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (formerly known as TA Midco 1, LLC)]2 (the “Borrower”), the Lenders party thereto, Jefferies Finance LLC, as an Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender, and Jefferies Finance LLC, as Administrative Agent, and (b) that certain Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice, dated             , 20     , from the Borrower (the “Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice or, to the extent not defined therein, in the Agreement.

To accept the offer set forth herein, you must submit an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice on or before the third Business Day following your receipt of this notice.

The undersigned [Term Lender] [Additional Term Lender] hereby gives you irrevocable notice, pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D) of the Agreement, that it is hereby offering to accept a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment on the following terms:

1. This Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer is available only for prepayment on the [Term Loans][[●, 20●]3 tranche[s] of Term Loans] held by the undersigned.

2. The maximum aggregate outstanding amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment that may be made in connection with this offer shall not exceed (the “Offered Amount”):

[Term Loans - $[●]]

[[●, 20●]4 tranche[s] of Term Loans -$[●]]

3. The percentage discount to par value at which such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment may be made is [●]% in respect of the Term Loans [and [●]% in respect of the [●, 20●]5 tranche[(s)] of Term Loans] (the “Offered Discount”).

 

1  To be used if delivered prior to the Acquisition.
2  To be used if delivered after the Acquisition.
3  List multiple tranches if applicable.
4  List multiple tranches if applicable.
5  List multiple tranches if applicable.

 

G-6-1


The undersigned [Term Lender] [Additional Term Lender] hereby expressly consents and agrees to a prepayment of its [Term Loans] [[●, 20●]6 tranche[s] of Term Loans] pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D) of the Agreement at a price equal to the Acceptable Discount and in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed such Lender’s Offered Amount as such amount may be reduced in accordance with the Solicited Discount Proration, if any, and as otherwise determined in accordance with and subject to the requirements of the Agreement.

[REMAINDER OF THE PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

6  List multiple tranches if applicable.

 

G-6-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer as of the date first above written.

 

[                    ]
By:

 

Name:
Title:

 

G-6-3


EXHIBIT G-7

Form of Acceptance and Prepayment Notice

Date:            , 20    

To: [Jefferies Finance LLC], as Auction Agent

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This Acceptance and Prepayment Notice is delivered to you pursuant to (a) Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D) of that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of July 17, 2014 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “Agreement”), by and among TA Holdings 1, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), [TA Midco 1, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (to be renamed SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC immediately following the acquisition)]1 [SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (formerly known as TA Midco 1, LLC)]2 (the “Borrower”), the Lenders party thereto, Jefferies Finance LLC, as an Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender, and Jefferies Finance LLC, as Administrative Agent, and (b) that certain Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice, dated             , 20     , from the Borrower (the “Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Agreement.

Pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D) of the Agreement, the Borrower hereby irrevocably notifies you that it accepts offers delivered in response to the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice having an Offered Discount equal to or greater than [●]% in respect of the Term Loans [and [●]% in respect of the [●, 20●]3 tranche[(s)] of Term Loans] (the “Acceptable Discount”) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount.

The Borrower expressly agrees that this Acceptance and Prepayment Notice shall be irrevocable and is subject to the provisions of Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D) of the Agreement.

The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Auction Agent [and the Term Lenders][, the Term Lenders and each Additional Term Lender of the [●, 20●]4 tranche[s] of Term Loans] as follows:

1. The Borrower will not make a Borrowing of Revolving Loans to fund this Discounted Term Loan Prepayment.

2. [At least ten (10) Business Days have passed since the consummation of the most recent Discounted Term Loan Prepayment as a result of a prepayment made by

 

1  To be used if delivered prior to the Acquisition.
2  To be used if delivered after the Acquisition.
3  List multiple tranches if applicable.
4  List multiple tranches if applicable.

 

G-7-1


the Borrower on the applicable Discounted Prepayment Effective Date.][At least three (3) Business Days have passed since the date the Borrower was notified that no Term Lender was willing to accept any prepayment of any Term Loan and/or Other Term Loan at the Specified Discount, within the Discount Range or at any discount to par value, as applicable, or in the case of Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, the date of the Borrower’s election not to accept any Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers made by a Term Lender.]5

The Borrower acknowledges that the Auction Agent and the relevant Term Lenders are relying on the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations and warranties in connection with the acceptance of any prepayment made in connection with a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer.

The Borrower requests that the Auction Agent promptly notify each of the relevant Term Lenders party to the Agreement of this Acceptance and Prepayment Notice.

[REMAINDER OF THE PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

5  Insert applicable representation.

 

G-7-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Acceptance and Prepayment Notice as of the date first above written.

 

[TA MIDCO 1, LLC]6 [SKINNYPOP POPCORN LLC]7

By:

 

Name:
Title:

 

6  To be used if delivered prior to the Acquisition.
7  To be used if delivered after the Acquisition.

 

G-7-3


EXHIBIT H

Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate

(For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of July 17, 2014 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “Agreement”), by and among TA Holdings 1, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), [TA Midco 1, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (to be renamed SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC immediately following the acquisition)]1 [SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (formerly known as TA Midco 1, LLC)]2 (the “Borrower”), the Lenders party thereto, Jefferies Finance LLC, as an Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender, and Jefferies Finance LLC, as Administrative Agent.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.17(e) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

[NAME OF LENDER]
By:

 

Name:
Title:
Date:                  , 20[    ]

 

1  To be used if delivered prior to the Acquisition.
2  To be used if delivered after the Acquisition.

 

H-1


Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate

(For Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of July 17, 2014 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “Agreement”), by and among TA Holdings 1, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), [TA Midco 1, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (to be renamed SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC immediately following the acquisition)]3 [SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (formerly known as TA Midco 1, LLC)]4 (the “Borrower”), the Lenders party thereto, Jefferies Finance LLC, as an Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender, and Jefferies Finance LLC, as Administrative Agent.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.17(e) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender in writing, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]
By:

 

Name:
Title:
Date:                  , 20[    ]

 

3  To be used if delivered prior to the Acquisition.
4  To be used if delivered after the Acquisition.

 

H-2


Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate

(For Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes) Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of July 17, 2014 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “Agreement”), by and among TA Holdings 1, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), [TA Midco 1, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (to be renamed SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC immediately following the acquisition)]5 [SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (formerly known as TA Midco 1, LLC)]6 (the “Borrower”), the Lenders party thereto, Jefferies Finance LLC, as an Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender, and Jefferies Finance LLC, as Administrative Agent.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.17(e) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such participation, (iii) with respect such participation, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]

 

5  To be used if delivered prior to the Acquisition.
6  To be used if delivered after the Acquisition.

 

H-3


By:

 

Name:
Title:
Date:                  , 20[    ]

 

H-4


Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate

(For Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of July 17, 2014 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “Agreement”), by and among TA Holdings 1, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), [TA Midco 1, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (to be renamed SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC immediately following the acquisition)]7 [SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (formerly known as TA Midco 1, LLC)]8 (the “Borrower”), the Lenders party thereto, Jefferies Finance LLC, as an Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender, and Jefferies Finance LLC, as Administrative Agent.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.07(e) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)), (iii) with respect to the extension of credit pursuant to this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

7  To be used if delivered prior to the Acquisition.
8  To be used if delivered after the Acquisition.

 

H-5


[NAME OF LENDER]
By:

 

Name:
Title:
Date:                  , 20[    ]

 

H-6


EXHIBIT I

Form of Borrowing Request

Date: [            ], 20[    ]

 

To: Jefferies Finance LLC, as Administrative Agent

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of July 17, 2014 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among TA Holdings 1, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), [TA Midco 1, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (to be renamed SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC immediately following the acquisition)]1 [SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (formerly known as TA Midco 1, LLC)]2 (the “Borrower”), the Lenders party thereto, Jefferies Finance LLC, as an Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender, and Jefferies Finance LLC, as Administrative Agent. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

Pursuant to Section [2.03] [2.07] of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned, a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, hereby requests a:

 

¨ A Term Borrowing ¨ A Revolving Borrowing ¨ A conversion of a Borrowing from one Type to another ¨ A continuation of Eurodollar Borrowing

 

  1. On                      (a Business Day).

 

  2. In the aggregate principal amount of $        .

 

  3. With a rate of interest determined by reference to the [ABR/Eurodollar Rate].

 

  4. For Eurodollar Rate Borrowings: with an Interest Period of      months (such Interest Period to comply with the provisions of the definition of “Interest Period”).

Except in respect of any conversion or continuation of a Borrowing, the undersigned hereby further certifies that as of the date of such Borrowing, the conditions set forth in Sections 4.02(a) and 4.02(b) of the Credit Agreement are satisfied.

 

1  To be used if delivered prior to the Acquisition.
2  To be used if delivered after the Acquisition.

 

I-1


If any Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans is not made as a result of a withdrawn Borrowing Request, the Borrower shall, after receipt of a written request by any Lender (which request shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis for requesting such amount), pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender within ten Business Days of such request any amounts required to compensate such Lender for any additional losses, costs or expenses that such Lender may reasonably incur as a result of such payment, failure to borrow, failure to convert, failure to continue, failure to prepay, reduction or failure to reduce, including any loss, cost or expense (excluding loss of anticipated profits) actually incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by such Lender to fund or maintain such Eurodollar Loan.

[The location and number of the Borrower’s account or such other account or accounts to which funds are to be disbursed is attached as Annex I hereto.]3 [The identity of the Issuing Bank which made the LC Disbursement which is to be reimbursed by the Borrowing is attached as Annex I hereto.]4

[Signature Page Follows]

 

3  Insert as applicable.
4  Insert as applicable.

 

I-2


[TA MIDCO 1, LLC]5 [SKINNYPOP POPCORN LLC]6, as the Borrower

By:

 

Name:
Title:

 

5  To be used if delivered prior to the Acquisition.
6  To be used if delivered after the Acquisition.

 

I-3


Annex I

[Location and Number of Account] [Identity of the Issuing Bank]

 

I-4


EXHIBIT J

Form of Prepayment Notice

Dated: [            ]

 

To [Jefferies Finance LLC, as Administrative Agent

520 Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attention:

Facsimile: ]1

[[                    ], as Swingline Lender]2

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of July 17, 2014 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among TA Holdings 1, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), [TA Midco 1, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (to be renamed SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC immediately following the acquisition)]3 [SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (formerly known as TA Midco 1, LLC)]4 (the “Borrower”), the Lenders party thereto, Jefferies Finance LLC, as an Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender, and Jefferies Finance LLC, as Administrative Agent. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement. The Borrower Agent hereby delivers this Prepayment Notice to you pursuant to Section 2.11(h) of the Credit Agreement:

 

  1. Revolving Loans:

 

  a. The Borrower will make a prepayment of the principal of the Revolving Loans in the amount of $[        ] on [mm/dd/yy].

 

  b. The Revolving Loans to be prepaid are of the following type: [ABR Loans] [Eurodollar Loans].

 

  c. If the Revolving Loan to be prepaid is a Eurodollar Loan, it has an Interest Period of [            ] month[s] that will end on [mm/dd/yy].

 

  2. Term Loans:

 

  a. The Borrower will make a prepayment of the principal of the Term Loans in the amount of $[        ] on [mm/dd/yy].

 

1  Address to Administrative Agent for prepayments of Revolving Loans or Term Loans.
2  Address to Swingline Lender for prepayments of Swingline Loans.
3  To be used if delivered prior to the Acquisition.
4  To be used if delivered after the Acquisition.

 

J-1


  b. The Term Loans to be prepaid are of the following Type: [ABR Loans] [Eurodollar Loans].

 

  c. If the Term Loan to be prepaid is a Eurodollar Loan, it has an Interest Period of [            ] month[s] that will end on [mm/dd/yy].

 

  3. Swingline Loans: The Borrower will make a prepayment of the principal of the Swingline Loans in the amount of $[        ] on [mm/dd/yy].

[REMAINDER OF THE PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

J-2


Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Prepayment Notice by telecopier shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Prepayment Notice.

 

[TA MIDCO 1, LLC]5 [SKINNYPOP POPCORN LLC]6, as the Borrower

By:

 

Name:
Title:

 

5  To be used if delivered prior to the Acquisition.
6  To be used if delivered after the Acquisition.

 

J-3


EXHIBIT K

Form of Compliance Certificate

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement, dated as of July 17, 2014 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “Agreement”), by and among TA Holdings 1, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), [TA Midco 1, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (to be renamed SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC immediately following the acquisition)]1 [SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (formerly known as TA Midco 1, LLC)]2 (the “Borrower”), the Lenders party thereto, Jefferies Finance LLC, as an Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender, and Jefferies Finance LLC, as Administrative Agent. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. Pursuant to Section 5.01(c) of the Agreement, the undersigned, in his/her capacity as a Financial Officer of the Borrower, certifies as follows:

 

  (a) [Attached hereto as Annex A is the audited consolidated balance sheet and audited consolidated statements of operations and cash flows of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of December 31, 20[    ], in each case with customary management’s discussion and analysis describing results of operations, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year (which comparison may be prepared by the Borrower for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2013), all reported on by Deloitte or other independent public accountants of recognized standing (without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception (other than a qualification related solely to the maturity of Loans and Commitments at the Revolving Maturity Date, the Term Maturity Date or the Latest Maturity Date, as applicable, or with respect to, or resulting from, any potential inability to satisfy the Financial Performance Covenant in a future date or period) and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit). These consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition as of the end of and for such year and results of operations and cash flows of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.]3

 

  (b) [Attached hereto as Annex A is the unaudited consolidated balance sheet and unaudited consolidated statements of operations and cash flows of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of [            ,     ], 20[    ] and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period or periods of (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the previous fiscal year. These consolidated financial

 

1  To be used if delivered prior to the Acquisition.
2  To be used if delivered after the Acquisition.
3  To be delivered on or before the date that is 150 days after the end of the fiscal year of Holdings ending December 31, 2014 and 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of Holdings thereafter.

 

K-1


  statements present fairly in all material respects, the financial condition as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter and such portion of the fiscal year and results of operations and cash flows of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes, together with customary management’s discussion and analysis describing results of operations.]4

 

  (c) [Attached hereto as Annex A is the unaudited consolidated balance sheet and unaudited consolidated statements of operations and cash flows of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of [            ,     ], 20[    ] and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period or periods of (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the previous fiscal year. These consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects, as applicable, the financial condition as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter and such portion of the fiscal year and results of operations and cash flows of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes; provided that the financial reports provided pursuant to this clause for the fiscal months ended June 30, 2014, July 31, 2014, August 31, 2014 and September 30, 2014 may be management reports not required to be presented in accordance with GAAP.]5

 

  (d) [To my knowledge, no Default has occurred or is continuing.] [A Default has occurred and is continuing. Specified below are details of the Default and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.]

 

  (e) The following represent true and accurate calculations, as of [                , 20[    ]], to be used to determine compliance with the covenant set forth in Section 6.10 of the Agreement for the applicable Test Period:

 

Total Leverage Ratio:
Consolidated Net Debt= [            ]
Consolidated EBITDA= [            ]
Actual Ratio= [            ] to 1.00
Required Ratio= [            ] to 1.00

Supporting detail showing the calculation of the Total Leverage Ratio is attached hereto as Schedule 1.

 

4  To be delivered on or before the date that is 60 days after the end of the fiscal quarter of Holdings ending September 30, 2014 and 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of Holdings thereafter.
5  To be delivered on or before the date that is 45 days after the end of each fiscal month.

 

K-2


  (f) Attached hereto as Schedule 2 are detailed calculations setting forth the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

 

  (g) Attached hereto as Schedule 3 are detailed calculations setting forth the Available Amount.

 

  (h) [Attached hereto as Schedule 4 are detailed calculations setting forth the Excess Cash Flow.]6

[Signature Page Follows]

 

6  To be included only in annual compliance certificates, beginning with the financial statements for the fiscal year of Holdings ending December 31, 2015.

 

K-3


[TA MIDCO 1, LLC]7 [SKINNYPOP POPCORN LLC]8, as the Borrower

By:

 

Name:
Title:

 

7  To be used if delivered prior to the Acquisition.
8  To be used if delivered after the Acquisition.

 

K-4


ANNEX A

Financials

[See attached.]

 

K-5


SCHEDULE 1

Total Leverage Ratio: Consolidated Net Debt to Consolidated EBITDA

 

(1) Consolidated Net Debt: (a) minus (b)

 

(a) Consolidated Total Debt: the sum of (a)(i) through (a)(iv) below1

 

(i) Indebtedness for borrowed money

 

(ii) unreimbursed or non-cash collateralized obligations under drawn letters of credit

 

(iii) obligations in respect of Capitalized Leases

 

(iii) debt obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments

 

(b) (b)(i) plus (b)(ii) minus (b)(iii) below2

 

(i) cash of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries (free and clear of all liens, other than Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.02)

 

(ii) Permitted Investments of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries (free and clear of all liens, other than Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.02)

 

(iii) cash and Permitted Investments which are listed as “restricted” on the consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries

 

(2) Consolidated EBITDA: (x) plus (a) plus (b) minus (c)

 

(x) Consolidated Net Income: (x)(i) minus (x)(ii) below

 

(i) net income (loss) of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP

 

 

1  The Management Earnout shall not be included in the calculation of Consolidated Total Debt and any other earnout shall be included in the calculation of Consolidated Total Debt only to the extent earned or otherwise due and payable unless subject to a contest maintained in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted.
2  Not to exceed an aggregate amount of $20,000,000.

 

K-6


(ii) without duplication, the sum of (x)(ii)(A) through (x)(ii)(J) below

 

(A) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted as a result of any Permitted Acquisition or similar Investment in accordance with GAAP (including any adjustment of estimated payouts on existing earn-outs)

 

(B) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income

 

(C) Transaction Costs

 

(D) any fees, costs and expenses (including any transaction or retention bonus) incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any Permitted Acquisition or similar Investment, non-ordinary course asset disposition, issuance or repayment of debt, issuance of equity securities, refinancing transaction or amendment or other modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Effective Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any non-recurring charges or merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction

 

(E) any income (loss) for such period attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness, hedging agreements or other derivative instruments

 

(F) non-cash stock-based award compensation expenses

 

(G) any income (loss) attributable to deferred compensation plans or trusts

 

(H) any income (loss) for such period of any Person if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except that Consolidated Net Income shall include the aggregate amount of cash or cash equivalents actually distributed by such Person during such period to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution

 

 

K-7


(I) any income (loss) from Investments recorded using the equity method, but including any cash distributions of earnings received by any Restricted Subsidiary from Investments recorded using the equity method

 

(J) solely for purposes of determining the Available Amount, any income (loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings (other than a Loan Party) to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Subsidiary of that income is not at the time permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Subsidiary

 

(a) without duplication and to the extent not already included in arriving at (x) above, the sum of (a)(i) through (a)(xvi) below with respect to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries

 

(i) total interest expense and, to the extent not reflected in such total interest expense, any losses on hedging obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, net of interest income and gains on such hedging obligations or such derivative instruments, unused line fees and letter of credit fees and facing fees and bank and letter of credit fees and costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities

 

(ii) provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital and sales taxes, including federal, foreign, state, franchise, excise, value added and similar taxes paid or accrued during such period (including in respect of repatriated funds and any future taxes or other levies which replace or are intended to be in lieu of such taxes and any penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from tax examinations)

 

(iii) depreciation and amortization (including amortization of deferred financing fees or costs)

 

(iv) Non-Cash Charges

 

 

K-8


(v) extraordinary losses, expenses or charges and unusual or non-recurring losses, expenses or charges, including, but not limited to (a) fees, costs and expenses related to work with Trivista in an amount not to exceed $250,000 in the aggregate and (b) fees, costs and expenses (including legal fees and, for the avoidance of doubt, settlement amounts) associated with class action or other lawsuits not to exceed $2,000,000 in the aggregate (or such greater amount as agreed by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion)

 

(vi) cash restructuring charges, accruals or reserves (including restructuring costs related to acquisitions after the Effective Date and adjustments to existing reserves and including any unusual or non-recurring operating expenses directly attributable to the implementation of cost savings initiatives, severance, store opening expenses, relocation costs, office upgrades, integration and facilities’ opening costs and other business optimization expenses, signing costs, retention or completion bonuses, transition costs, costs related to opening of facilities, costs related to closure/consolidation of facilities and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans (including any settlement of pension liabilities)); provided that the aggregate amount added back to Consolidated Net Income pursuant to this clause (vi) for any Test Period shall not exceed, when taken together with the aggregate amount included in Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clause (b) below, 17.5% of Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period (calculated prior to giving effect to any adjustment pursuant to this clause (a)(vi) or clause (b) below)

 

(vii) the amount of any non-controlling interest expense consisting of subsidiary income attributable to non-controlling equity interests of third parties in any Non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary

 

(viii) (A) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees, indemnities and related expenses paid or accrued in such period to (or on behalf of) the Sponsor permitted to be paid pursuant to Section 6.07(iv) and (xi) and (B) the amount of expenses relating to payments made to option holders of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with, or as a result of, any distribution being made to shareholders of such Person or its direct or indirect parent companies, which payments are being made to compensate such option holders as though they were shareholders at the time of, and entitled to share in, such distribution, in each case to the extent permitted in the Loan Documents

 

 

K-9


(ix) the amount of any expenses, charges or losses during such period that are reimbursed in cash pursuant to indemnification, insurance, purchase price adjustments or other reimbursement provisions or are otherwise reimbursed in cash by a third party (provided that such amount of reimbursement, insurance payment, purchase price adjustments or indemnification is not included in Consolidated Net Income)

 

(x) losses on asset sales, disposals or abandonments (other than asset sales, disposals or abandonments in the ordinary course of business)

 

(xi) any non-cash expenses recognized at the time of the granting or payment of earn-out obligations and contingent consideration and any non-cash expense or loss from the valuation of earn-out obligations and contingent consideration

 

(xii) fees, costs and expenses incurred after the Effective Date in connection with the administration of the Loans or any amendment to or other modification of the Loan Documents

 

(xiii) fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with a Qualified IPO and any other potential public offering

 

(xiv) Public Company Costs

 

(xv) the amount of cash proceeds received from business interruption insurance and reimbursements of any expenses and charges that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions (to the extent that the proceeds of such insurance or such reimbursement or indemnification is not included in Consolidated Net Income)

 

(xvi) Transaction Costs

 

 

K-10


(xvii) cash payments received that are related to prior accruals of charges deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period and that have not otherwise been added back to Consolidated EBITDA

 

(xviii) without duplication, to the extent deducted in the determination of Consolidated Net Income (and not otherwise added back), the Management Earnout

 

(b) without duplication, the amount of “run rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies projected by the Borrower in good faith to be realized in connection with (x) any restructuring of Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries not in the ordinary course of business, (y) any Permitted Acquisition or other similar Investment described in the definition of “Specified Transaction” or Disposition of all or substantially all Equity Interests in any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings or any division, product line or facility used for operations of Holdings, the Borrower or
any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and (z) the Transactions, in each case that are projected by Holdings in good faith to be realized no later than 12 months after the consummation of such transaction (which cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies projected to result from any such action shall be added to Consolidated EBITDA for any Test Period ending not more than 12 months after such action is taken as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies had been realized on the first day of the relevant Test Period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized from such actions; provided that (A) such cost savings, operating expenses or synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (B) no cost savings, operating expense reductions or synergies shall be added pursuant to this clause (b) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges or other amounts included in Consolidated EBITDA in clause (a) above (it being understood and agreed that “run rate” shall mean the full recurring benefit that is associated with any action taken) and (C) the aggregate amount of cost savings, operating expense reductions or synergies added pursuant to this clause (b), when taken together with the aggregate amount included in Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clause (a)(vi) above, shall not exceed 17.5% of Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period (calculated prior to giving effect to any adjustment pursuant to clause (a)(vi) or this clause (b))

 

 

K-11


(c) without duplication and to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of (c)(i) through (c)(v) below

 

(i) extraordinary gains and unusual or non-recurring gains

 

(ii) non-cash gains (excluding any non-cash gain to the extent it represents the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated Net Income or Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period)

 

(iii) gains on asset sales, disposals or abandonments (other than asset sales, disposals or abandonments in the ordinary course of business)

 

(iv) amount of any non-controlling interest income consisting of subsidiary loss attributable to non-controlling equity interests of third parties in any Non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary added to (and not deducted in such period from) Consolidated Net Income

 

(v) any income from the valuation of earnout obligations and contingent consideration

 

Consolidated Net Debt to Consolidated EBITDA [        ]:1.00
Total Leverage Ratio Requirement No more than
[        ]:1.00

 

K-12


SCHEDULE 2

 

Fixed Charges: (a) plus (b)

 

(a) all regularly scheduled amortization payments on account of Indebtedness (but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any payments made with respect to earnouts (including the Management Earnout)

 

(b) all interest payments paid in cash during the applicable period

 

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio: (a) minus [(i) plus (ii)]: Fixed Charges

 

(a) Consolidated EBITDA (line 2 from Schedule 1)

 

(b) cash income taxes paid during the applicable period

 

(c) unfinanced maintenance capital expenditures made during the applicable period

 

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Requirement No more than
1.10:1.00

 

K-13


SCHEDULE 3

 

Available Amount: (a) minus (b)

 

(a) the sum of (a)(i) through (a)(iv) below

 

(i) an amount (if positive) equal to the cumulative amount of Excess Cash Flow for each fiscal year of Holdings (commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2015) ending prior to the Reference Time for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) that has not been applied (and would not be required to be applied) to prepay Loans pursuant to Section 2.11(f) (without giving effect to the proviso thereto, and without giving effect to Sections 2.11(i) or (j)) that has been retained by the Borrower

 

(ii) the Available Amount Equity Component

 

(iii) the amount (x) of any returns in cash or cash equivalents (including dividends, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) or Permitted Investments received by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary or (y) to the extent not duplicative of subclause (x) above, received by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary upon any Disposition, in each case, in respect of any Investment made by such Person in reliance on Section 6.04(l) (not to exceed, with respect to subclause (y), the original amount of such Investment)

 

(iv) the aggregate amount of Retained Declined Proceeds retained by the Borrower during the period from and including the Effective Date through and including the Reference Time

 

(b) the sum of (b)(i) through (b)(iii) below

 

(i) the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made pursuant to Section 6.06(a)(viii) prior to the Reference Time

 

(ii) the aggregate amount of Investments made in reliance on Section 6.04(l) prior to the Reference Time

 

(iii) the aggregate amount of prepayments of Junior Financing made in reliance on Section 6.06(b)(iv) prior to the Reference Time

 

 

K-14


[SCHEDULE 4

 

Excess Cash Flow: (a) minus (b)

 

(a) the sum of (a)(i) through (a)(viii) below

 

(i) Consolidated Net Income

 

(ii) an amount equal to the amount of all Non-Cash Charges (including depreciation and amortization), in each case to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income

 

(iii) decreases in Consolidated Working Capital

 

(iv) amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash loss on dispositions by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than dispositions in the ordinary course of business) to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income

 

(v) amount deducted as tax expense in determining Consolidated Net Income to the extent in excess of cash taxes paid in such period

 

(vi) cash receipts in respect of Swap Agreements during such fiscal year to the extent not otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income

 

(vii) cash gains included in clauses (a) through (j) of the definition of “Consolidated Net Income”

 

(viii) the amount of cash proceeds received from business interruption insurance (to the extent that the proceeds of such insurance is not included in Consolidated Net Income)

 

(b) the sum of (b)(i) through (b)(xii) below

 

(i) amount equal to the amount of all non-cash credits included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income (including any amounts included in Consolidated Net Income pursuant to the last sentence of the definition of “Consolidated Net Income” to the extent such amounts are due but not received during such period)

 

(ii) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (ix) below in prior periods, the amount of Capital Expenditures made in cash by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period, except to the extent that such Capital Expenditures were financed with the proceeds of Indebtedness of Holdings, the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries or with the proceeds from the issuance or sale of Qualified Equity Interests or a Disposition permitted hereunder or Casualty Event

 

 

K-15


(iii) aggregate amount of all principal payments, purchases or other retirements of Indebtedness of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to be made hereunder (including (A) the principal component of Capital Lease Obligations and (B) the amount of any mandatory prepayment of Term Loans and Incremental Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.11(c) with the Net Proceeds from an event of the type specified in clause (a) of the definition of “Term Loan Prepayment Event” to the extent required due to a disposition that resulted in an increase to Consolidated Net Income and not in excess of the amount of such increase, but excluding (X) all other prepayments of Term Loans and Incremental Term Loans, (Y) all prepayments of Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans made during such period and (Z) all prepayments of revolving credit facilities (other than in respect of any revolving credit facility to the extent there is an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder), except to the extent financed with the proceeds of other Indebtedness of Holdings, the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries or with the proceeds from the issuance or sale of Equity Interests or a Disposition or Casualty Event, in each case valued at the purchase price to the extent less than the principal amount prepaid, purchased or retired and to the extent actually made in cash

 

(iv) an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash gain on dispositions by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than dispositions in the ordinary course of business) to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income

 

(v) increases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period

 

(vi) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (ix) below in prior periods, the amount of Investments and acquisitions made in cash during such period pursuant to Section 6.04(h), (o) and (v) to the extent that such Investments and acquisitions were financed with internally generated cash flow of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries

 

(vii) the amount of dividends paid and other Restricted Payments made in cash during such period pursuant to Sections 6.06(a)(ii) or (vii)(A) through (F) to the extent such dividends or other Restricted Payments were financed with internally generated cash flow of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries

 

 

K-16


(viii) aggregate amount of any premium, make-whole or penalty payments actually paid in cash by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that are required to be made in connection with any prepayment of Indebtedness that results in a deduction pursuant to clause (b)(iii) above

 

(ix) without duplication of amounts deducted from Excess Cash Flow in prior periods, the aggregate consideration required to be paid in cash by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to binding contracts (the “Contract Consideration”) entered into prior to or during such period relating to Permitted Acquisitions, other Investments or Capital Expenditures to be consummated or made during the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower following the end of such period; provided that to the extent the aggregate amount of internally generated cash actually utilized to finance such Permitted Acquisitions, Investments permitted under Section 6.04 (other than Permitted Investments) or Capital Expenditures during such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters is less than the Contract Consideration, the amount of such shortfall shall be added to the calculation of Excess Cash Flow at the end of such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters

 

(x) cash payments by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of long-term liabilities of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries other than Indebtedness

 

(xi) cash expenditures in respect of Swap Agreements during such fiscal year to the extent not deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income

 

(xii) amount of cash taxes paid in such period to the extent they exceed the amount of tax expense deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income

 

(x) without duplication of any items noted in clause (ix) above, any fees, costs and expenses (including any transaction or retention bonus) incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any Permitted Acquisition or similar Investment, non-ordinary course asset disposition, issuance or repayment of debt, issuance of equity securities, refinancing transaction or amendment or other modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Effective Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any non-recurring charges or merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction;

 

 

K-17


(xi) cash charges and expenses related to and reserves that are established or adjusted as a result of any Permitted Acquisition or similar Investment in accordance with GAAP (including any adjustment of estimated payouts on existing earn-outs)

 

(xii) Transaction Costs
(x) (x) the Management Earnout to the extent earned or paid (without duplication) in cash during such period and (y) other earnouts and other comparable deferred payment obligations to the extent earned or paid (without duplication) in cash during such period (and, for the avoidance of doubt, in the case of each of clause (x) and clause (y), amounts deducted in any period shall not be deducted in any other period

]

 

K-18


EX-10.10

Exhibit 10.10

Execution Version

FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “First Amendment”), dated as of August 18, 2014, among SKINNYPOP POPCORN LLC (formerly known as TA MIDCO 1, LLC), a Delaware limited liability company (the “Borrower”), TA HOLDINGS 1, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), and JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC, as the administrative agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”). All capitalized terms used herein (including in this preamble) and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings provided such terms in the Credit Agreement referred to below.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Borrower, the Guarantors, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the other parties thereto are parties to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of July 17, 2014 (the “Credit Agreement”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.02 of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent may amend the terms of the Credit Agreement during the primary syndication of the Facilities following the Closing Date without the need to obtain the consent of any Lender or Issuing Bank so long as any such change, in the reasonable determination of the Administrative Agent, is not adverse to the Lenders;

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is acknowledged by each party hereto, it is agreed:

I. Amendments.

Effective as of the First Amendment Effective Date (as defined herein), in reliance on the representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in the Credit Agreement and in this First Amendment, Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by restating the definition of “Applicable Rate” in its entirety as follows:

Applicable Rate” means with respect to any Loans, for any day, 3.50% per annum, in the case of an ABR Loan, or 4.50% per annum, in the case of a Eurodollar Loan.’

II. Consent and Acknowledgment.

As of the First Amendment Effective Date, in reliance upon the representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in the Credit Agreement and in this First Amendment, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders signatory hereto consent to the amendments to the Credit Agreement as set forth in Section I of this First Amendment.


III. Miscellaneous Provisions.

A. In order to induce the undersigned to enter into this First Amendment, each Loan Party hereby represents and warrants to the Lenders on and as of the First Amendment Effective Date (as hereinafter defined) that:

1. The performance of this First Amendment is within such Loan Party’s organizational powers and has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action on the part of such Loan Party. This First Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by such Loan Party and constitutes, and each other Loan Document to which such Loan Party is a party as of the date hereof, constitutes, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to (i) the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (ii) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and (iii) implied covenants of good faith and fair dealing.

2. The performance of the transactions contemplated by this First Amendment and the execution and delivery of this First Amendment (a) do not require any consent, exemption, authorization or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority or third party, except (i) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and (ii) consents, approvals, exemptions, authorizations, registrations, filings, permits or actions the failure of which to obtain or perform would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (b) will not violate the Organizational Documents of such Loan Party, (c) will not violate or result in a default or require any consent or approval under any indenture, instrument, agreement, or other document binding upon such Loan Party or its property or to which such Loan Party or its property is subject, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by such Loan Party, except for violations, defaults or the creation of such rights that could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (d) will not violate any Requirements of Law, except for violations that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (e) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any property of such Loan Party, except Liens created by the Security Documents and Liens permitted under the Loan Documents.

B. This First Amendment is limited to the matters specified herein and shall not constitute a modification, acceptance or waiver of any other provision of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document.

C. This First Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument. Signature pages may be detached from multiple separate counterparts and attached to a single counterpart. Delivery of an executed signature page of this First Amendment by facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission (including .pdf) shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart thereof.

D. This First Amendment and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by, and shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

2


E. This First Amendment shall become effective on the date (“First Amendment Effective Date”) when:

1. Each of the Borrower, Holdings and the Administrative Agent shall have signed a counterpart hereof (whether the same or different counterparts) and shall have delivered (including by way of facsimile or other electronic transmission) the same to the Administrative Agent.

2. The Administrative Agent shall have received all costs, fees, expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable and reasonably documented out-of-pocket legal fees and expenses) and other compensation due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the Lead Arrangers pursuant to the Credit Agreement on the First Amendment Effective Date.

F. Each Loan Party listed on the signatures pages hereof consents to the terms hereof and hereby acknowledges and agrees that any Loan Document to which it is a party or otherwise bound shall continue in full force and effect (including, without limitation, the pledge and security interest in the Collateral granted by it pursuant to the Security Documents). Each of the Loan Parties party hereto (in its capacity as debtor, grantor, pledger, guarantor, assignor, or in any other similar capacity in which such Loan Party grants liens or security interests in its property or otherwise acts as accommodation party or guarantor, as the case may be) hereby (i) acknowledges and agrees that this First Amendment does not constitute a novation or termination of the “Secured Obligations” under the Collateral Agreement or other Loan Documents as in effect prior to the First Amendment Effective Date and which remain outstanding as of the First Amendment Effective Date, (ii) acknowledges and agrees that the “Secured Obligations” under the Collateral Agreement and the other Loan Documents (as amended hereby) are in all respects continuing, (iii) ratifies and reaffirms all of its payment and performance obligations, contingent or otherwise, under each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party (after giving effect hereto), (iv) to the extent such Loan Party granted Liens on any of its Collateral pursuant to any such Loan Document as security for or otherwise guaranteed the Borrower’s Secured Obligations under or with respect to the Loan Documents, ratifies and reaffirms such guarantee and grant of security interests and Liens and confirms and agrees that such security interests and Liens are in all respects continuing and in full force and effect and shall continue to secure all of the “Secured Obligations” under the Collateral Agreement or other Loan Documents, including, without limitation, all of the Secured Obligations as amended hereby and (v) agrees that this First Amendment shall in no manner impair or otherwise adversely affect any of such Liens.

Each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees that nothing in the Credit Agreement, this First Amendment or any other Loan Document shall be deemed to require the consent of such Loan Party to any future waiver of the terms of the Credit Agreement.

G. From and after the First Amendment Effective Date, each reference in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement,” “hereunder,” “hereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, and each reference in the other Loan Documents to “the Credit Agreement,” “thereunder,” “thereof” or words of like import referring to the “Credit Agreement,” shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement, as amended by this First Amendment.

*    *    *

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused their duly authorized officers to execute and deliver this First Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

Borrower: SKINNYPOP POPCORN LLC
By: /s/ William Christ
Name: William Christ
Title: President
Holdings: TA HOLDINGS 1, INC.
By: /s/ William Christ
Name: William Christ
Title: President

SkinnyPop - Signature page to First Amendment to Credit Agreement


JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC, as Administrative Agent
By: /s/ E. J. Hess
Name: E. J. Hess
Title: Managing Director

SkinnyPop - Signature page to First Amendment to Credit Agreement


EX-10.11

Exhibit 10.11

Execution Vertion

SECOND AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

SECOND AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Second Amendment”), dated as of December 23, 2014, among SKINNYPOP POPCORN LLC (formerly known as TA MIDCO 1, LLC), a Delaware limited liability company (the “Borrower”), TA HOLDINGS 1, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), the Lenders party hereto, and JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC, as the administrative agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”). All capitalized terms used herein (including in this preamble) and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings provided such terms in the Credit Agreement referred to below.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Borrower, the Guarantors, the Lenders (each such Lender party to the Credit Agreement immediately prior to giving effect to this Second Amendment, an “Existing Lender”), the Administrative Agent and the other parties thereto are parties to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of July 17, 2014 ( as amended by that certain First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of August 18, 2014, the “Credit Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the Borrower has previously notified the Administrative Agent, in accordance with Section 2.20(b) of the Credit Agreement, that it is requesting a Term Commitment Increase in an aggregate principal amount up to $50,000,000 (the “2014 Term Commitment Increase”, and the loans thereunder, the “2014 Incremental Term Loans”);

WHEREAS, each of the Borrower and each Lender party hereto desires to amend the Credit Agreement to, among other things, effect the 2014 Term Commitment Increase and provide for the making of the 2014 Incremental Term Loans, the proceeds of which will be used to (a) pay (together with up to $12,000,000 of cash on hand of the Borrower), the 2014 Dividend (as defined below), (b) pay the Permitted Management Earnout Payment (as defined below), and (c) pay fees and expenses incurred in connection with the foregoing and in connection with this Second Amendment (collectively, the “Transactions”);

WHEREAS, each Person indicated on Schedule 1 hereto (each, a “2014 Incremental Term Lender” and, collectively, the “2014 Incremental Term Lenders”) has advised the Borrower and the Administrative Agent it is willing (and hereby commits) to provide 2014 Incremental Term Loans in the amount set forth opposite such 2014 Incremental Term Lender’s name on Schedule 1 hereto (with respect to each such 2014 Incremental Term Lender, its “2014 Incremental Term Commitment”), in each case, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders consent to the Transactions and the amendment of certain terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement as set forth herein, and, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders signatory hereto are willing to do so, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is acknowledged by each party hereto, it is agreed:

I. 2014 Incremental Term Loans.


A. Pursuant to Section 2.20 of the Credit Agreement, and subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section IV.E hereof, on and as of the Second Amendment Effective Date (as defined below):

1. Each 2014 Incremental Term Lender hereby agrees to make a 2014 Incremental Term Loan to the Borrower on the Second Amendment Effective Date in a principal amount up to its respective 2014 Incremental Term Commitment.

2. Each 2014 Incremental Term Lender hereby agrees that upon, and subject to, the occurrence of the Second Amendment Effective Date, such 2014 Incremental Term Lender shall be deemed to be, and shall become, a “Lender” under, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents with respect to its 2014 Incremental Term Loans. From and after the Second Amendment Effective Date, each reference in the Credit Agreement to any 2014 Incremental Term Lender’s “Commitment” shall be (A) its 2014 Incremental Term Commitment made pursuant to this Second Amendment, plus (B) any other Commitment of such 2014 Incremental Term Lender existing as of the Second Amendment Effective Date.

3. The 2014 Incremental Term Loans shall constitute a separate tranche of Term Loans from the existing Term Loans outstanding under the Credit Agreement (the “Existing Term Loans”); provided, that other than with respect to deviations in permissible use of proceeds as set forth in Section II.I below, the 2014 Incremental Term Loans shall be identical to the Existing Term Loans, including, without limitation, with respect to maturity, mandatory prepayments (including the “repricing premium” provisions of Section 2.24 of the Credit Agreement), repayments and other economic terms and shall, together with the Existing Term Loans, constitute a single Class for all purposes of the Credit Agreement.

4. Each 2014 Incremental Term Lender (i) confirms that it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with copies of the financial statements referred to therein and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Second Amendment; (ii) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other 2014 Incremental Term Lender or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Credit Agreement; (iii) appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers and discretion under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (iv) agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

B. For purposes of the Credit Agreement, the Second Amendment Effective Date shall be considered an “Incremental Term Facility Closing Date” and this Second Amendment shall be considered an “Incremental Term Facility Amendment”.

 

-2-


II. Additional Amendments to Credit Agreement. Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section IV.E hereof, on and as of the Second Amendment Effective Date, the Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

A. Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following definitions in the proper alphabetical order:

““2014 Dividend” means the one-time cash dividend, in an aggregate amount up to $60,000,000, from the Borrower to Holdings, for further distribution by Holdings ratably to all holders of its outstanding Equity Interests.”

““2014 Incremental Term Loans” means the Term Loans funded on the Second Amendment Effective Date by the 2014 Incremental Term Lenders in an aggregate principal amount up to $50,000,000.”

““2014 Incremental Term Lenders” means the Persons listed on Schedule 1 of the Second Amendment.”

““Permitted Management Earnout Payment” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Second Amendment.

““Sanctions” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.16(c).”

““Second Amendment” means the Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of the Second Amendment Effective Date, by and among the Borrower, Holdings, the Administrative Agent, and the Lenders party thereto.”

““Second Amendment Effective Date” means December [], 2014.”

B. Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby further amended by deleting the reference to “one Business Day” in clause (a) of the definition of “Defaulting Lender” and inserting “two Business Days” in lieu thereof.

C. Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby further amended by deleting the “.” at the end of the first sentence of the definition of “Eurodollar Rate” and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

“; provided, further, that in no event shall the “Eurodollar Rate” be less than zero.”

D. Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by amending and restating the definition of “Incremental Cap” set forth therein in its entirety as follows:

““Incremental Cap” means (a) the amount of the 2014 Incremental Term Loans made on the Second Amendment Effective Date, plus (b) $50,000,000.”

 

-3-


E. Section 2.10(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by amending and restating in its entirety as follows:

“(a) Subject to adjustment pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section, the Borrower shall repay the Term Loan Borrowings on the days and in the amounts set forth below:

 

Date

   Amount

March 31, 2015

   $2,500,000

June 30, 2015

   $2,500,000

September 30, 2015

   $2,500,000

December 31, 2015

   $2,500,000

March 31, 2016

   $2,500,000

June 30, 2016

   $2,500,000

September 30, 2016

   $2,500,000

December 31, 2016

   $2,500,000

March 31, 2017

   $2,500,000

June 30, 2017

   $2,500,000

September 30, 2017

   $2,500,000

December 31, 2017

   $2,500,000

March 31, 2018

   $2,500,000

June 30, 2018

   $2,500,000

September 30, 2018

   $2,500,000

December 31, 2018

   $2,500,000

March 31, 2019

   $2,500,000

June 30, 2019

   $2,500,000

Term Maturity Date

   All unpaid principal of the Term
Loans

F. Section 3.16 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by amending and restating clause (c) thereof in its entirety as follows:

“(c) None of Holdings, the Borrower or any of its respective Subsidiaries is (i) a Person that is, or is controlled by a Person that is, the subject of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control or the U.S. Department of State, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), or (ii) is located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is, or whose government is, the subject of Sanctions.”

G. Section 3.16 of the Credit Agreement is hereby further amended by inserting the following paragraph at the end thereof as a new clause (d):

“(d) The Borrower will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the Loans, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person (i) to fund any activities or business of or with any Person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is, or whose government is, the subject of Sanctions, or (ii) in any other manner that would result in a violation of Sanctions by any Person (including any Person participating in the Loans, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise).”

H. Section 5.01(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

“(a) on or before the date that is 150 days after the last day of the fiscal year of Holdings ending December 31, 2014 and 120 days after the last day of each fiscal year of Holdings thereafter, an audited consolidated balance sheet and audited

 

-4-


consolidated statements of operations and cash flows of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of and for such fiscal year, in each case with customary management’s discussion and analysis describing results of operations, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all reported on by Deloitte & Touche LLP or other independent public accountants of recognized standing (without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception (other than a qualification related solely to the maturity of Loans and Commitments at the Revolving Maturity Date, the Term Maturity Date or the Latest Maturity Date, as applicable, or with respect to, or resulting from, any potential inability to satisfy the Financial Performance Covenant in a future date or period) and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit), such consolidated financial statements in each case to present fairly in all material respects the financial condition as of the end of and for such year and results of operations and cash flows of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries (as applicable) on a consolidated basis (as applicable) in accordance with GAAP consistently applied; it being understood and agreed that, with respect to fiscal year ending December 31, 2014 and comparative figures with respect to fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, such figures may not be directly comparative to previous or future periods given the successor and predecessor audit presentation required for the period ending December 31, 2014);”

I. Section 5.10 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following sentence at the end thereof:

“The proceeds of the 2014 Incremental Term Loans will be used to (a) pay the 2014 Dividend, (b) pay the Permitted Management Earnout Payment and (c) pay fees and expenses incurred in connection with the foregoing and in connection with the Second Amendment.”

J. Section 6.06(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting “and” at the end of clause (xv) thereof, inserting “and” after the “;” at the end of clause (xvi) thereof and inserting the following new clause (xvii) at the end thereof:

“(xvii) the Borrower and Holdings may make the 2014 Dividend on or promptly following the Second Amendment Effective Date.”

K. Section 6.10(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(a) Holdings will not permit the Total Leverage Ratio as of the last day of any Test Period set forth below to be greater than the ratio set forth opposite such Test Period:

 

Test Period

   Maximum Total Leverage Ratio

September 30, 2014

   4.25:1.00

December 31, 2014

   4.25:1.00

March 31, 2015

   4.25:1.00

June 30, 2015

   4.25:1.00

September 30, 2015

   4.25:1.00

December 31, 2015

   4.00:1.00

March 31, 2016

   3.75:1.00

 

-5-


Test Period

   Maximum Total Leverage Ratio

June 30, 2016

   3.50:1.00

September 30, 2016

   3.25:1.00

December 31, 2016

   3.25:1.00

March 31, 2017

   3.25:1.00

June 30, 2017

   3.25:1.00

September 30, 2017

   3.25:1.00

December 31, 2017

   2.75:1.00

March 31, 2018

   2.75:1.00

June 30, 2018

   2.75:1.00

September 30, 2018

   2.75:1.00

December 31, 2018

   2.50:1.00

March 31, 2019

   2.50:1.00

June 30, 2019 and thereafter

   2.25:1.00

III. Consent and Acknowledgment; Limited Waivers.

A. As of the Second Amendment Effective Date, in reliance upon the representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in the Credit Agreement and in this Second Amendment, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders signatory hereto consent to the amendments to the Credit Agreement as set forth in Sections I and II of this Second Amendment (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the waiver of the scheduled payment of Term Loan Borrowings that otherwise would have been due and payable on December 31, 2014).

B. The Administrative Agent and Lenders signatory hereto hereby waive, with respect to the 2014 Incremental Term Loan Commitments established hereunder, the failure of the Borrower to satisfy the condition set forth in Section 2.20(b)(B)(I) of the Credit Agreement that the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis, immediately before and after giving effect to the 2014 Incremental Term Loans as of the last day of the most recently ended LTM Period, does not exceed 3.50 to 1.00, so long as such Senior Secured Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 3.75 to 1.00.

C. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Credit Agreement, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 6.06(a)(vi) of the Credit Agreement, the Administrative Agent and Lenders signatory hereto hereby consent to the payment of up to $1,500,000 of the Management Earnout on or about the Second Amendment Effective Date (the “Permitted Management Earnout Payment”).

IV. Miscellaneous Provisions.

A. In order to induce the undersigned to enter into this Second Amendment, each Loan Party hereby represents and warrants to the Lenders on and as of the Second Amendment Effective Date that:

1. Each Loan Party is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (to the extent such concept exists in the relevant jurisdictions) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, has the corporate or other organizational power and authority to, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Second Amendment Loan Documents to which it is a party and to effect the Transactions and, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required.

 

-6-


2. The performance of this Second Amendment is within such Loan Party’s organizational powers and has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action on the part of such Loan Party. This Second Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by such Loan Party and constitutes, and each other Loan Document to which such Loan Party is a party as of the date hereof, constitutes, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to (i) the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (ii) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and (iii) implied covenants of good faith and fair dealing.

3. The performance of the transactions contemplated by this Second Amendment and the execution and delivery of this Second Amendment (a) do not require any consent, exemption, authorization or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority or third party, except (i) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and (ii) consents, approvals, exemptions, authorizations, registrations, filings, permits or actions the failure of which to obtain or perform would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (b) will not violate the Organizational Documents of such Loan Party, (c) will not violate or result in a default or require any consent or approval under any indenture, instrument, agreement, or other document binding upon such Loan Party or its property or to which such Loan Party or its property is subject, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by such Loan Party, except for violations, defaults or the creation of such rights that could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (d) will not violate any Requirements of Law, except for violations that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (e) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any property of such Loan Party, except Liens created by the Security Documents and Liens permitted under the Loan Documents.

B. This Second Amendment is limited to the matters specified herein and shall not constitute a modification, acceptance or waiver of any other provision of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document.

C. This Second Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument. Signature pages may be detached from multiple separate counterparts and attached to a single counterpart. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Second Amendment by facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission (including .pdf) shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart thereof.

D. The parties hereto hereby acknowledge and agree that this Second Amendment is a Loan Document and is subject to Sections 9.09 and 9.10 of the Credit Agreement, the terms of which are incorporated by reference herein, mutatis mutandis, as if set forth in their entirety herein.

E. This Second Amendment shall become effective on the date (“Second Amendment Effective Date”) when:

1. The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received (a) from the Borrower, Holdings, each 2014 Incremental Term Lender and each Existing Lender, either (i) a counterpart of this Second Amendment signed on behalf of such party or (ii) written evidence

 

-7-


satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include facsimile or other electronic transmission of a signed counterpart of this Second Amendment) that such party has signed a counterpart of this Second Amendment and (b) to the extent requested by any 2014 Incremental Term Lender prior to the Second Amendment Effective Date, promissory notes representing such 2014 Incremental Term Lender’s 2014 Incremental Term Loans (the “Notes”, and clauses (a) and (b), collectively, the “Second Amendment Loan Documents”), each of which shall have been delivered (including by way of facsimile or other electronic transmission; provided, that signature pages to the Notes shall promptly after the Second Amendment Effective Date be delivered in original physical copy) to the Administrative Agent, c/o Proskauer Rose LLP, Eleven Times Square, New York, NY 10036, Attention: Van Ann Bui (facsimile number: 212-969-2900 / e-mail address: vbui@proskauer.com).

2. The Administrative Agent shall have received a written opinion (addressed to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Banks and dated the Second Amendment Effective Date) of Goodwin Procter LLP, in customary form and substance.

3. The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of each Loan Party, dated the Second Amendment Effective Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit E-1 to the Credit Agreement or such other form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent with appropriate insertions, executed by any Responsible Officer of such Loan Party, and including or attaching the documents referred to in paragraph 4 of this Section.

4. The Administrative Agent shall have received a copy of (i) each Organizational Document of each Loan Party certified, to the extent applicable, as of a recent date by the applicable Governmental Authority, (ii) signature and incumbency certificates of the Responsible Officers of each Loan Party executing the Second Amendment Loan Documents to which it is a party, (iii) resolutions of the Board of Directors and/or similar governing bodies of each Loan Party approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Second Amendment Loan Documents to which it is a party, certified as of the Effective Date by its secretary, an assistant secretary or a Responsible Officer as being in full force and effect without modification or amendment, and (iv) a good standing certificate (to the extent such concept exists) from the applicable Governmental Authority of each Loan Party’s jurisdiction of incorporation, organization or formation.

5. The Administrative Agent shall have received (a) on behalf of each 2014 Incremental Term Loan Lender, a non-refundable upfront fee equal to 1.00% of the aggregate principal amount of such 2014 Incremental Term Loan Lender’s 2014 Incremental Term Loan Commitment (which may take the form of original issue discount), and (b) to the extent estimated or invoiced prior to the Effective Date, payment of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses required to be reimbursed or paid by any Loan Party under Section 9.03(a) of the Credit Agreement), which amounts may be offset against the proceeds of the 2014 Incremental Term Loans made on the Second Amendment Effective Date.

6. The Lenders shall have received a certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit E-2 to the Credit Agreement, from the chief financial officer or chief accounting officer or other officer with equivalent duties of the Borrower certifying as to the solvency of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis after giving effect to the Transactions.

7. The Administrative Agent shall have received a Borrowing Request in accordance with Section 2.03 of the Credit Agreement.

 

-8-


8. The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the Second Amendment Effective Date and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower on behalf of each Loan Party, confirming compliance with the conditions precedent set forth in paragraphs 10 and 11 below.

9. The Borrower shall have paid, or have caused to be paid, to the Lenders with Existing Term Loans on the Second Amendment Effective Date, all accrued interest owing on the Existing Term Loans to and until the Second Amendment Effective Date.

10. At the time of and immediately after giving effect to the 2014 Incremental Term Loans, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

11. The representations and warranties of each Loan Party contained in Section IV.A above and in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Second Amendment Effective Date; provided that, to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date; provided further that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality,” “Material Adverse Effect” or similar language shall be true and correct in all respects on the Second Amendment Effective Date or on such earlier date, as the case may be.

12. (x) The Senior Secured Leverage Ratio, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis immediately before and after giving effect to the 2014 Incremental Term Loans, shall not exceed 3.75 to 1.00 as of the last day of the most recently ended LTM Period, (y) on a Pro Forma Basis immediately before and after giving effect to the 2014 Incremental Term Loans, the Borrower shall be in compliance with the Financial Performance Covenant at the level that is 0.25 to 1.00 below the then applicable covenant level (after giving effect to this Second Amendment) as of the end of the most recently ended Test Period and (z) the Borrower shall have delivered a certificate of a Financial Officer to the effect set forth in clauses (x) and (y) above, together with reasonably detailed calculations demonstrating compliance with such clauses (x) and (y).

F. Each Loan Party listed on the signatures pages hereof consents to the terms hereof and hereby acknowledges and agrees that any Loan Document to which it is a party or otherwise bound shall continue in full force and effect (including, without limitation, the pledge and security interest in the Collateral granted by it pursuant to the Security Documents). Each of the Loan Parties party hereto (in its capacity as debtor, grantor, pledger, guarantor, assignor, or in any other similar capacity in which such Loan Party grants liens or security interests in its property or otherwise acts as accommodation party or guarantor, as the case may be) hereby (i) acknowledges and agrees that this Second Amendment does not constitute a novation or termination of the “Secured Obligations” under the Collateral Agreement or other Loan Documents as in effect prior to the Second Amendment Effective Date and which remain outstanding as of the Second Amendment Effective Date, (ii) acknowledges and agrees that the “Secured Obligations” under the Collateral Agreement and the other Loan Documents (as amended hereby) are in all respects continuing, (iii) ratifies and reaffirms all of its payment and performance obligations, contingent or otherwise, under each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party (after giving effect hereto), (iv) to the extent such Loan Party granted Liens on any of its Collateral pursuant to any such Loan Document as security for or otherwise guaranteed the Borrower’s Secured Obligations under or with respect to the Loan Documents, ratifies and reaffirms such guarantee and grant of security interests and Liens and confirms and agrees that such security interests and Liens are in all respects continuing and in full force and effect and shall continue to secure all of the “Secured Obligations” under the Collateral Agreement or other Loan Documents, including, without limitation, all of the Secured Obligations as amended hereby and (v) agrees that this Second Amendment shall in no manner impair or otherwise adversely affect any of such Liens.

 

-9-


Each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees that nothing in the Credit Agreement, this Second Amendment or any other Loan Document shall be deemed to require the consent of such Loan Party to any future waiver of the terms of the Credit Agreement.

G. From and after the Second Amendment Effective Date, each reference in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement,” “hereunder,” “hereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, and each reference in the other Loan Documents to “the Credit Agreement,” “thereunder,” “thereof” or words of like import referring to the “Credit Agreement,” shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement, as amended by this Second Amendment.

*        *        *

 

-10-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused their duly authorized officers to execute and deliver this Second Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

Borrower: SKINNYPOP POPCORN LLC
By:

/s/ William Christ

Name: William Christ
Title: President
Holdings: TA HOLDINGS 1, INC.
By:

/s/ William Christ

Name: William Christ
Title: President

SkinnyPop – Signature Page to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement


JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC, as Administrative
Agent
By:

/s/ Paul McDonnell

Name: J. Paul McDonnell
Title: Managing Director

SkinnyPop – Signature Page to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement


JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC, as a 2014
Incremental Term Lender
By:

/s/ Paul McDonnell

Name: J. Paul McDonnell
Title:   Managing Director

SkinnyPop – Signature Page to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement


Annaly Middle Market Lending LLC, as a 2014
Incremental Term Lender

By:

/s/ Peter J. Darcy

Name: Peter J. Darcy
Title: Managing Director

SkinnyPop – Signature Page to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement


Compass Bank, as an existing Lender
By:

/s/ Kayle Green

Name: Kayle Green
Title:   Managing Director

SkinnyPop – Signature Page to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement


BNP Paribas, as an existing Lender
By:

/s/ David Sommer

Name: David Sommer
Title:   Managing Director
By:

/s/ Uzo Arinzeh

Name: Uzo Arinzeh
Title:   Director

SkinnyPop – Signature Page to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement


SENIOR CREDIT FUND SPV I, LLC
By: Senior Credit Fund, LLC, its sole member
By: Goldman Sachs Asset Management, solely in its
capacity as Administrative Agent, and not as Principal, as an existing Lender
By:

/s/ Michelle Latzoni

Name: Michelle Latzoni
Title:   Authorized Signatory

SkinnyPop – Signature Page to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement


JFIN Fund III LLC, as an existing Lender
By:

/s/ Stephen Goetschius

Name: Stephen Goetschius
Title:   Managing Director

 

JFIN MM CLO 2014 Ltd, as an existing Lender
By: Jefferies Finance LLC,
as Collateral Manager
By:

/s/ Stephen Goetschius

Name: Stephen Goetschius
Title:   Managing Director

SkinnyPop – Signature Page to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement


Partners Group Capital LLC, as an existing
Lender
By: Partners Group (USA) Inc. as managing member,
By: Partners Group (Guernsey) Limited, under
power of attorney
By:

/s/ Jade Tostevin                                                

Name: Jade Tostevin
Title:   Authorised Signatory
By:

/s/ Brett McFarlane

Name: Brett McFarlane
Title:   Authorised Signatory


Partners Group Global Value SICAV, as an existing Lender Executed Partners Group (Guernsey) Limited, under power of attorney
By:

/s/ Jade Tostevin

Name: Jade Tostevin
Title:   Authorised Signatory
By:

/s/ Brett McFarlane

Name: Brett McFarlane
Title:   Authorised Signatory


Partners Group Private Market Credit Strategies S.A., acting in respect of its Compartment 2013 (II) USD, as an existing Lender Executed by its manager, Partners Group (Guernsey) Limited
By:

/s/ Jade Tostevin

Name: Jade Tostevin
Title:   Authorised Signatory

 

By:

/s/ Brett McFarlane

Name: Brett McFarlane
Title:   Authorised Signatory


Partners Group Private Market Credit Strategies S.A., acting in respect of its Compartment 2014 (IV) EUR, as an existing Lender Executed by its manager, Partners Group (Guernsey) Limited
By:

/s/ Jade Tostevin

Name: Jade Tostevin
Title:   Authorised Signatory

 

By:

/s/ Brett McFarlane

Name: Brett McFarlane
Title:   Authorised Signatory


Partners Group Private Market Credit Strategies S.A., acting in respect of its Compartment Multi Asset Credit 2014 (I) GBP, as an existing Lender Executed by its manager, Partners Group (Guernsey) Limited
By:

/s/ Jade Tostevin

Name: Jade Tostevin
Title:   Authorised Signatory

 

By:

/s/ Brett McFarlane

Name: Brett McFarlane
Title:   Authorised Signatory


Partners Group Private Market Credit Strategies
2013 USD, L.P., as an existing Lender
By: Partners Group (USA) Inc. as general partner,
By: Partners Group (Guernsey) Limited, under
power of attorney
By:

/s/ Jade Tostevin

Name: Jade Tostevin
Title:   Authorised Signatory
By:

/s/ Brett McFarlane

Name: Brett McFarlane
Title:   Authorised Signatory


Partners Group Private Market Credit Strategies
S.A., acting in respect of its Compartment SIPS
Multi-Credit Investments I
, as an existing Lender
Executed by its manager, Partners Group (Guernsey)
Limited
By:

/s/ Jade Tostevin

Name: Jade Tostevin
Title:   Authorised Signatory
By:

/s/ Brett McFarlane

Name: Brett McFarlane
Title:   Authorised Signatory


SUNS SPV, LLC, as an existing Lender
By:

/s/ Phil Guerin

Name: Phil Guerin
Title:   Partner

SkinnyPop – Signature Page to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement


SCHEDULE 1

 

2014 Incremental Term Loan Lenders

   2014 Incremental Term Loan
Commitment
 

Jefferies Finance LLC

   $ 50,000,000.00   

Total:

   $ 50,000,000.00   

EX-10.12

Exhibit 10.12

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

 

COLLATERAL AGREEMENT

dated as of

July 17, 2014,

by and among

TA MIDCO 1, LLC,

(to be renamed SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC immediately following the Acquisition),

TA HOLDINGS 1, INC.,

as Holdings,

THE OTHER GRANTORS PARTY HERETO FROM TIME TO TIME

and

JEFFERIES FINANCE, LLC,

as Administrative Agent

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

  

  

Section 1.01

   Defined Terms      1   

Section 1.02

   Other Defined Terms      1   

ARTICLE II

PLEDGE OF SECURITIES

  

  

Section 2.01

   Pledge      5   

Section 2.02

   Delivery of the Pledged Collateral      6   

Section 2.03

   Representations, Warranties and Covenants      7   

Section 2.04

   Registration in Nominee Name; Denominations      9   

Section 2.05

   Voting Rights; Dividends and Interest      9   

ARTICLE III

SECURITY INTERESTS IN PERSONAL PROPERTY

  

  

Section 3.01

   Security Interest      11   

Section 3.02

   Representations and Warranties      15   

Section 3.03

   Covenants      15   

Section 3.04

   Other Actions      17   

Section 3.05

   Covenants Regarding Patent, Trademark and Copyright Collateral      18   

ARTICLE IV

REMEDIES

  

  

Section 4.01

   Remedies Upon Default      19   

Section 4.02

   Application of Proceeds      21   

Section 4.03

   Grant of License to Use Intellectual Property      22   

Section 4.04

   Securities Act      23   

Section 4.05

   Reinstatement      24   

ARTICLE V

MISCELLANEOUS

  

  

Section 5.01

   Notices      24   

Section 5.02

   Waivers; Amendment      24   

Section 5.03

   Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification      24   

Section 5.04

   Successors and Assigns      25   

Section 5.05

   Survival of Agreement      25   

Section 5.06

   Counterparts; Effectiveness; Several Agreement      25   

Section 5.07

   Severability      26   

Section 5.08

   Right of Set-Off      26   


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

          Page  

Section 5.09

   Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process; Appointment of Service of Process Agent      26   

Section 5.10

   WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL      27   

Section 5.11

   Headings      27   

Section 5.12

   Security Interest Absolute      28   

Section 5.13

   Termination or Release      28   

Section 5.14

   Additional Subsidiaries      28   

Section 5.15

   Administrative Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact      29   

Section 5.16

   Administrative Agent’s Duties      29   

Section 5.17

   Keepwell      30   

Schedules

     

Schedule I

   Pledged Equity Interests; Pledged Debt Securities   

Schedule II

   Copyrights   

Schedule III

   Patents   

Schedule IV

   Trademarks   

Exhibits

     

Exhibit I

   Form of Supplement   

Exhibit II

   Form of Copyright Security Agreement   

Exhibit III

   Form of Patent Security Agreement   

Exhibit IV

   Form of Trademark Security Agreement   

 

ii


COLLATERAL AGREEMENT dated as of July 17, 2014 (this “Agreement”), by and among (i) TA MIDCO 1, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (to be renamed SKINNYPOP POPCORN LLC immediately following the Acquisition (the “Borrower”), TA HOLDINGS 1, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), and the other GRANTORS from time to time party hereto (together with the Initial Borrower, the Successor Borrower and Holdings, each a “Grantor”), in favor of JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacity, together with its successors and permitted assigns, the “Administrative Agent”) for the benefit of the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and each other Secured Party (each as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below).

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of July 17, 2014 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among Holdings, Borrower, the Lenders and Issuing Banks party thereto and Jefferies Finance LLC, as Administrative Agent. The Lenders and the Issuing Banks have agreed to extend credit to the Borrower subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement. The obligations of the Lenders and the Issuing Banks to extend such credit are conditioned upon, among other things, the execution and delivery of this Agreement. The Grantors (other than the Borrower) are Affiliates of the Borrower, will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement and are willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders and the Issuing Banks to extend such credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

Section 1.01 Defined Terms. (a) Each capitalized term used but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Credit Agreement; provided that each term defined in the UCC (as defined herein) and not defined in this Agreement (whether or not capitalized) shall have the meaning specified in the UCC. The term “instrument” shall have the meaning specified in Article 9 of the UCC.

(b) The rules of construction specified in Sections 1.03, 1.04 and 1.05 of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement, mutatis mutandis.

Section 1.02 Other Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

Account Collateral” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01(a)(i).

Account Debtor” means any Person that is or may become obligated to any Grantor under, with respect to or on account of an Account.

After-Acquired Intellectual Property” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.05(d).

Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Borrower” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.


Collateral” means Filing Collateral and Pledged Collateral (in each case, other than the Excluded Assets).

Commodity Exchange Act” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

Control Account” shall mean a Deposit Account that is subject to a Deposit Account Control Agreement.

Copyright License” means any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any Person any right under any Copyright (including software) now or hereafter owned by any other Person or that such other Person otherwise has the right to license, and all rights of any such Person under any such agreement.

Copyright Security Agreement” means the Copyright Security Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit II.

Copyrights” means (a) all copyright rights in any work (including software) arising under the copyright laws of the United States, whether as author, assignee, transferee or otherwise, and (b) all registrations and applications for registration of any such copyright in the United States, including registrations, supplemental registrations and pending applications for registration in the United States Copyright Office, including, without limitations the copyrights described on Schedule II hereto.

Credit Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Deposit Account Control Agreement” means a deposit account control agreement, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, executed by the applicable Grantor, the Administrative Agent and the applicable financial institution.

Discharge of Secured Obligations” means (a) the payment in full in cash of all the Secured Obligations (other than (x) contingent indemnification obligations as to which no claim has been made and (y) Secured Cash Management Obligations and Secured Swap Obligations as to which arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Secured Party have been made), (b) the termination or expiration of all Revolving Commitments, Swingline Commitments and Term Commitments and (c) the termination or expiration of all Letters of Credit (including as a result of obtaining the consent of the applicable Issuing Bank as described in Section 9.05 of the Credit Agreement or as a result of such Letters of Credit being backstopped or cash collateralized) and the Issuing Banks having no further obligation to issue or amend Letters of Credit under the Credit Agreement.

Excluded Accounts” means (a) payroll, employee benefit obligations, withholding tax, other fiduciary accounts and cash deposits or similar arrangements in connection with Liens permitted by Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement, (b) “zero balance” accounts, (c) accounts situated outside of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia and (d) other accounts so long as the aggregate average daily closing balance in any such other account over any 30 day period does not at any time exceed $500,000; provided that the aggregate average daily closing balance over any 30-day period for all bank accounts excluded pursuant to this clause (d) shall not exceed $1,000,000.

 

2


Excluded Assets” means any and all Excluded Equity Interests and Excluded Property.

Excluded Equity Interests” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01.

Excluded Property” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01(a).

Excluded Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the Guarantee of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any Guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder (determined after giving effect to Section 5.17) at the time the Guarantee of such Guarantor or the grant of such security interest becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation. If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such Guarantee or security interest is or becomes illegal.

Federal Securities Laws” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.04.

Filing Collateral” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01(a).

Grantors” means (a) the Borrower, (b) Holdings and (c) each Restricted Subsidiary that becomes a party to this Agreement as a Grantor on or after the Effective Date.

Holdings” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Intellectual Property” means all intellectual and similar property of every kind and nature, including inventions, designs, Patents, Patent Licenses, Copyrights, Copyright Licenses, Trademarks, Trademark Licenses, trade secrets, domain names, confidential or proprietary technical and business information, know-how or other data or information, software and databases and all embodiments or fixations thereof.

IP Collateral” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01(a)(v).

IP Security Agreement Supplement” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.05(e).

New York UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York.

Patent License” means any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any Person any right to make, use or sell any invention on which a Patent, now or hereafter owned by any other Person or that any other Person now or hereafter otherwise has the right to license, is in existence, and all rights of any such Person under any such agreement.

 

3


Patent Security Agreement” means the Patent Security Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit III hereto.

Patents” means (a) all patents, patent applications, utility models and statutory invention registrations, and (b) all reissues, continuations, divisions, continuations-in-part, renewals or extensions thereof, and the inventions disclosed or claimed therein, including the right to make, use and/or sell the inventions disclosed or claimed therein, including, without limitations the patents described on Schedule III hereto.

Perfection Certificate” means the Perfection Certificate dated the Effective Date delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 4.01(f) of the Credit Agreement, as updated or otherwise supplemented from time to time.

Pledged Collateral” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01.

Pledged Debt Securities” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01.

Pledged Equity Interests” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01.

Pledged Securities” means any promissory notes, stock certificates, unit certificates, limited or unlimited liability membership certificates or other securities now or hereafter included in the Pledged Collateral, including all certificates, instruments or other documents representing or evidencing any Pledged Collateral.

Qualified ECP Guarantor” means, in respect of any Swap Obligation, each Loan Party that has total assets exceeding $10,000,000 at the time the relevant Guarantee or grant of the relevant security interest becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation or such other person as constitutes an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act or any regulations promulgated thereunder and can cause another person to qualify as an “eligible contract participant” at such time by entering into a keepwell under Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Secured Obligations” means (a) the Loan Document Obligations, (b) the Secured Cash Management Obligations and (c) the Secured Swap Obligations (other than Excluded Swap Obligations).

Security Interest” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01(a).

Supplement” means an instrument in the form of Exhibit I hereto, or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

 

4


Trademark License” means any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any Person any right to use any Trademark now or hereafter owned by any other Person or that any other Person otherwise has the right to license, and all rights of any such Person under any such agreement.

Trademark Security Agreement” means the trademark security agreement in the form of Exhibit IV hereto.

Trademarks” means (a) all trademarks, service marks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, trade styles, trade dress, logos, other source or business identifiers, designs and general intangibles of like nature, all registrations thereof, and all registration and applications filed in connection therewith, and all extensions or renewals thereof and (b) all goodwill associated therewith or symbolized thereby, including, without limitations the trademarks described on Schedule IV hereto.

UCC” shall mean the New York UCC; provided, however, that, at any time, if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the perfection or priority of the Administrative Agent’s security interest in any item or portion of the Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect, at such time, in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

ARTICLE II

Pledge of Securities

Section 2.01 Pledge. As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Secured Obligations, each Grantor hereby assigns and pledges to the Administrative Agent, its permitted successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, its permitted successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under, in each case whether now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or in the future may acquire any right, title or interest: (a)(i) the shares of capital stock and other Equity Interests owned by such Grantor, including, in any event, those listed opposite the name of such Grantor on Schedule I hereto, (ii) any other Equity Interests obtained in the future by such Grantor and (iii) the certificates or other instruments representing all such Equity Interests (if any) together with all stock powers or other instruments of transfer with respect thereto; (clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), collectively, the “Pledged Equity Interests”); provided that the Pledged Equity Interests and the Pledged Collateral shall not include (A) Equity Interests of any Person (other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary), to the extent not permitted or restricted by the terms of such Person’s organizational or joint venture documents or other agreements with holders of such Equity Interests; provided that such Equity Interest shall cease to be an Excluded Equity Interest (as defined below) for so long as such prohibition ceases to be in effect, (B) Equity Interests constituting an amount greater than 65% of the voting Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary, (C) Equity Interests of any Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Subsidiary that are held directly by a Foreign Subsidiary, (D) any Equity Interest with respect to which Borrower, with the written consent of the Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably

 

5


withheld or delayed), shall have provided to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Financial Officer to the effect that the pledge of such Equity Interest hereunder would result in material adverse tax consequences to Holdings and its Subsidiaries, including the imposition of withholding or other material taxes, (E) any Equity Interest if, to the extent and for so long as the pledge of such Equity Interest hereunder is prohibited by any applicable Requirements of Law (other than to the extent that any such prohibition would be rendered ineffective pursuant to the UCC or any other applicable Requirements of Law) or any Equity Interest in a Wholly Owned Subsidiary if, to the extent and for so long as the pledge of such Equity Interest hereunder is prohibited by such Subsidiary’s organizational documents; provided that such Equity Interest shall cease to be an Excluded Equity Interest for so long as such prohibition ceases to be in effect and (F) any Equity Interest that the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall have agreed in writing to treat as an Excluded Equity Interest for purposes hereof on account of the cost of pledging such Equity Interest hereunder (including any material adverse tax consequences to Holdings and its Subsidiaries resulting therefrom) being excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Secured Parties therefrom (the Equity Interests excluded pursuant to clauses (A) through (F) above being referred to as the “Excluded Equity Interests”); (b)(i) all Indebtedness from time to time owned by such Grantor, including, in any event, Indebtedness listed opposite the name of such Grantor on Schedule I hereto, (ii) all Indebtedness in the future issued to or otherwise acquired by such Grantor and (iii) the promissory notes and any other instruments evidencing all such Indebtedness (collectively, the “Pledged Debt Securities”); (c) all other property that may be delivered to and held by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of this Section 2.01 and Section 2.02; (d) subject to Section 2.05, all payments of principal or interest, dividends, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of, in exchange for or upon the conversion of, and all other Proceeds received in respect of, the securities referred to in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above; (e) subject to Section 2.05, all rights and privileges of such Grantor with respect to the securities and other property referred to in clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d) above; and (f) all Proceeds of any of the foregoing to the extent such Proceeds would constitute property referred to in clauses (a) through (e) above (the items referred to in clauses (a) through (f) above being collectively referred to as the “Pledged Collateral”).

Section 2.02 Delivery of the Pledged Collateral. (a) Except as may otherwise be agreed by the Administrative Agent with respect to Pledged Securities consisting of Equity Interests in Persons other than Restricted Subsidiaries, and subject to Section 2.02(b) with respect to Pledged Securities constituting Indebtedness, each Grantor agrees to deliver or cause to be delivered to the Administrative Agent any and all Pledged Securities, together with undated stock or note powers, as applicable, duly executed in blank or other instruments of transfer duly executed in blank and reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (i) on the Effective Date, in the case of any such Pledged Securities owned by such Grantor on the date hereof, and (ii) promptly (and in any event within 30 days after receipt by such Grantor or such longer period agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion) after the acquisition thereof, in the case of any such Pledged Securities acquired by such Grantor after the date hereof.

(b) As promptly as practicable (and in any event within 30 days after receipt by such Grantor or such longer period agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion), each Grantor will cause any Indebtedness for borrowed money owed to such Grantor by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in a principal amount of $1,000,000 or more to be evidenced by a duly executed promissory note that is pledged and delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

6


(c) Upon delivery to the Administrative Agent, (i) any certificate or promissory note representing Pledged Collateral shall be accompanied by an undated stock or note power, as applicable, duly executed in blank or other undated instruments of transfer duly executed in blank and reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and by such other instruments and documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request and (ii) all other property comprising part of the Pledged Collateral shall be accompanied by undated proper instruments of assignment duly executed in blank by the applicable Grantor and such other instruments and documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request. Each delivery of Pledged Securities shall be accompanied by a schedule describing such Pledged Securities, which schedule shall be deemed attached to, and shall supplement, Schedule I hereto and be made a part hereof; provided that the failure to provide any such schedule hereto shall not affect the validity of such pledge of such Pledged Securities. Each schedule so delivered shall supplement any prior schedules so delivered.

Section 2.03 Representations, Warranties and Covenants. The Grantors jointly and severally represent, warrant and covenant to and with the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, that:

(a) as of the Effective Date and each date Schedule I is supplemented pursuant to Section 2.02(c), Schedule I hereto (or as supplemented, as the case may be) sets forth a true and complete list, with respect to each Grantor, of (i) all the issued and outstanding Pledged Equity Interests owned, beneficially or of record, by such Grantor, specifying the issuer and certificate number (if any) of, and the number and percentage of ownership represented by, such Pledged Equity Interests and setting forth the percentage of such Pledged Equity Interests pledged under this Agreement and (ii) all the Pledged Debt Securities owned by such Grantor (other than checks to be deposited in the ordinary course of business); provided that the requirement in clause (ii) shall not be required to the extent that the principal amount of such Pledged Debt Securities not listed on Schedule I does not exceed $1,000,000 in the aggregate;

(b) the Pledged Equity Interests and the Pledged Debt Securities have been duly and validly authorized and issued by the issuers thereof and (i) in the case of Pledged Equity Interests, are fully paid and nonassessable (to the extent applicable) and (ii) in the case of Pledged Debt Securities, are legal, valid and binding obligations of the issuers thereof, except to the extent that enforceability of such obligations may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditor’s rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law, and implied covenants of good faith and fair dealing; provided that the foregoing representations, insofar as they relate to the Pledged Debt Securities issued by a Person other than Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, are made to the knowledge of the Grantors;

(c) except for the security interests granted hereunder and under any other Loan Document, each of the Grantors (i) is and, subject to any Dispositions made in compliance with the Credit Agreement or any repayment or other satisfaction of indebtedness represented or

 

7


evidenced by such Pledged Securities, will continue to be the direct owner, beneficially and of record, of the Pledged Securities indicated on Schedule I hereto (or as supplemented, as the case may be) as owned by such Grantor, (ii) holds the same free and clear of all Liens, other than Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement and transfers made in compliance with the Credit Agreement, and (iii) will make no further assignment, pledge, hypothecation or transfer of, or create or permit to exist any security interest in or other Lien on, the Pledged Collateral, other than the Liens created by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement and Dispositions made in compliance with the Credit Agreement;

(d) except for restrictions and limitations imposed by the Loan Documents or securities laws generally, to the extent issued by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, the Pledged Equity Interests and the Pledged Debt Securities are and will continue to be freely transferable and assignable, and, to the extent issued by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, none of the Pledged Equity Interests and the Pledged Debt Securities are or will be subject to any option, right of first refusal, shareholders agreement, charter, by-law or other organizational document provisions or contractual restriction of any nature that would prohibit, impair, delay or otherwise affect in any manner adverse to the Secured Parties in any material respect the pledge of such Pledged Collateral hereunder, the sale or disposition thereof pursuant hereto or the exercise by the Administrative Agent of rights and remedies hereunder;

(e) to the extent any Grantor has not opted in to the provisions of Article 8 of the UCC, such Grantor shall not permit any amendment of such Grantor’s Organizational Documents or any other action that would result in such Grantor becoming subject to the provisions of Article 8 of the UCC;

(f) each of the Grantors has the power and authority to pledge the Pledged Collateral pledged by it hereunder in the manner hereby done or contemplated;

(g) by virtue of the execution and delivery by the Grantors of this Agreement, when any Pledged Securities are delivered to the Administrative Agent in accordance with this Agreement, the Administrative Agent will obtain a legal, valid and perfected lien upon and security interest in such Pledged Securities, free of any adverse claims, under the New York UCC to the extent such lien and security interest may be created and perfected under the New York UCC, as security for the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations;

(h) in connection with any exercise of remedies by the Administrative Agent provided in the Loan Documents, each Grantor hereby consents to the transfer of any Equity Interests in any Person in which such Grantor holds an interest, including in its capacity as manager, member or general partner of such Person; and

(i) subject to the terms of this Agreement and to the extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, each Grantor hereby agrees that, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, it will comply with instructions of the Administrative Agent with respect to the Equity Interests in such Grantor that constitute Pledged Equity Interests hereunder that are not certificated without further consent by the applicable owner or holder of such Pledged Equity Interests.

 

8


Section 2.04 Registration in Nominee Name; Denominations. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent shall have notified the Grantors of its intent to exercise such rights, the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, shall have the right (in its sole and absolute discretion) to hold the Pledged Collateral in the name of the applicable Grantor, endorsed or assigned in blank or in favor of the Administrative Agent or in its own name as pledgee or in the name of its nominee (as pledgee or as sub-agent), and each Grantor will promptly give to the Administrative Agent copies of any notices or other communications received by it with respect to Pledged Collateral registered in the name of such Grantor. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, and subject to the notice requirement in the immediately preceding sentence, the Administrative Agent shall at all times have the right to exchange the certificates representing Pledged Securities for certificates of smaller or larger denominations for any reasonable purpose consistent with this Agreement.

Section 2.05 Voting Rights; Dividends and Interest. (a) Unless and until an Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent shall have notified the Grantors that their rights under this Section 2.05 are being suspended:

(i) each Grantor shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting and/or other consensual rights and powers inuring to an owner of Pledged Collateral or any part thereof for any purpose consistent with the terms of this Agreement, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided that such rights and powers shall not be exercised in any manner that would reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the rights inuring to a holder of any Pledged Collateral or the rights and remedies of any of the Administrative Agent or the other Secured Parties under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the ability of the Secured Parties to exercise the same;

(ii) the Administrative Agent shall promptly execute and deliver to each Grantor, or cause to be promptly executed and delivered to such Grantor, all such proxies, powers of attorney and other instruments as such Grantor may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling such Grantor to exercise the voting and/or consensual rights and powers it is entitled to exercise pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) of this Section; and

(iii) each Grantor shall be entitled to receive and retain any and all dividends, interest, principal and other distributions paid on or distributed in respect of the Pledged Collateral to the extent and only to the extent that such dividends, interest, principal and other distributions are permitted by, and are otherwise paid or distributed in accordance with, the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents and applicable Requirements of Law; provided that any non-cash dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that would constitute Pledged Equity Interests or Pledged Debt Securities, whether resulting from a subdivision, combination or reclassification of the outstanding Equity Interests in the issuer of any Pledged Collateral or received in exchange for Pledged Collateral or any part thereof, or in redemption thereof, or as a result of any merger, consolidation, acquisition or other exchange of assets to which such issuer may be a party or otherwise, shall be and become part of the Pledged Collateral (except to the extent such dividends, interest, principal or other

 

9


distributions would constitute Excluded Equity Interests) and, if received by any Grantor, shall not be commingled by such Grantor with any of its other funds or property but shall be held separate and apart therefrom, shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties and shall be forthwith delivered to the Administrative Agent in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsements, stock or note powers and other instruments of transfer reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent).

(b) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, after the Administrative Agent shall have notified the Grantors of the suspension of their rights under paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 2.05, all rights of any Grantor to dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that such Grantor is authorized to receive pursuant to paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 2.05 shall cease (unless such dividends, interest, principal or other distributions are expressly permitted by the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents during an Event of Default), and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Administrative Agent, which shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to receive and retain such dividends, interest, principal or other distributions. All dividends, interest, principal or other distributions received by any Grantor contrary to the provisions of this Section 2.05 shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, shall be segregated from other property or funds of such Grantor and shall be forthwith delivered to the Administrative Agent upon demand in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsements, stock or note powers and other instruments of transfer reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent). Any and all money and other property paid over to or received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph (b) shall be retained by the Administrative Agent in an account to be established by the Administrative Agent upon receipt of such money or other property and shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.02. After all Events of Default have been cured or waived, (i) the Administrative Agent shall promptly repay to each Grantor (without interest) all dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that such Grantor would otherwise be permitted to retain pursuant to the terms of paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 2.05 and that remain in such account and (ii) all rights vested in the Administrative Agent pursuant to this paragraph (b) shall cease and the Grantors shall have the exclusive right to receive and retain any and all dividends, interest, principal and other distributions paid on or distributed in respect of the Pledged Collateral they would otherwise be entitled to pursuant to paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 2.05.

(c) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, after the Administrative Agent shall have notified the Grantors of the suspension of their rights under paragraph (a)(i) of this Section 2.05, all rights of any Grantor to exercise the voting and consensual rights and powers it is entitled to exercise pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) of this Section 2.05, and the obligations of the Administrative Agent under paragraph (a)(ii) of this Section 2.05, shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Administrative Agent, which shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to exercise such voting and consensual rights and powers; provided that, unless otherwise directed by the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall have the right from time to time following and during the continuance of an Event of Default to permit the Grantors to exercise such rights. After all Events of Default have been cured or waived, all rights vested in the Administrative Agent pursuant to this paragraph (c) shall cease, and the Grantors shall have the exclusive right to exercise the voting and consensual rights and powers they would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) of this Section 2.05.

 

10


(d) Any notice given by the Administrative Agent to the Grantors suspending their rights under paragraph (a) of this Section 2.05 (i) may be given by telephone if promptly confirmed in writing, (ii) may be given with respect to one or more of the Grantors at the same or different times and (iii) may suspend the rights of the Grantors under paragraph (a)(i) or paragraph (a)(iii) in part without suspending all such rights (as specified by the Administrative Agent in its sole and absolute discretion) and without waiving or otherwise affecting the Administrative Agent’s rights to give additional notices from time to time suspending other rights in accordance with paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Section.

ARTICLE III

Security Interests in Personal Property

Section 3.01 Security Interest. (a) As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Secured Obligations, each Grantor hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, its successors and permitted assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest (the “Security Interest”) in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under any and all of the following assets now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “Filing Collateral”):

(i) the following (collectively, the “Account Collateral”):

(1) all deposit accounts, securities accounts, proceeds accounts and all funds and financial assets from time to time credited thereto (including, without limitation, all cash equivalents), and all certificates and instruments, if any, from time to time representing or evidencing any such accounts;

(2) all promissory notes, certificates of deposit, checks and other instruments from time to time delivered to or otherwise possessed by the Administrative Agent for or on behalf of such Grantor in substitution for or in addition to any or all of the then existing Account Collateral; and

(3) all interest, dividends, distributions, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of the then existing Account Collateral;

(ii) all equipment in all of its forms, including, without limitation, all machinery, tools, furniture and fixtures, and all parts thereof and all accessions thereto, including, without limitation, computer programs and supporting information that constitute equipment within the meaning of the UCC;

(iii) all inventory in all of its forms, including, without limitation, (1) all raw materials, work in process, finished goods and materials used or consumed in the manufacture, production, preparation or shipping thereof, (2) goods in which such Grantor has an interest in mass or a joint or other interest or right of any kind (including,

 

11


without limitation, goods in which such Grantor has an interest or right as consignee) and (3) goods that are returned to or repossessed or stopped in transit by such Grantor, and all accessions thereto and products thereof and documents therefor, including, without limitation, computer programs and supporting information that constitute inventory within the meaning of the UCC;

(iv) all other goods;

(v) all Intellectual Property (the “IP Collateral”);

(vi) all investment property (including, without limitation, all (A) securities, whether certificated or uncertificated, (B) security entitlements, (C) securities accounts, (D) commodity contracts and (E) commodity accounts) in which such Grantor has now, or acquires from time to time hereafter, any right, title or interest in any manner, and the certificates or instruments, if any, representing or evidencing such investment property, and all dividends, distributions, return of capital, interest, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such investment property and all warrants, rights or options issued thereon or with respect thereto;

(vii) all letter-of-credit rights;

(viii) all commercial tort claims;

(ix) all accounts (including, without limitation, health-care-insurance receivables), chattel paper (including, without limitation, tangible chattel paper and electronic chattel paper), instruments (including, without limitation, promissory notes), deposit accounts, letter-of-credit rights, general intangibles (including, without limitation, payment intangibles) and other obligations of any kind, whether or not arising out of or in connection with the sale or lease of goods or the rendering of services and whether or not earned by performance, and all rights now or hereafter existing in and to all supporting obligations and in and to all security agreements, mortgages, Liens, leases, letters of credit and other contracts securing or otherwise relating to the foregoing property;

(x) each of the agreements to which such Grantor is now or may hereafter become a party, in each case as such agreements may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including, without limitation, (i) all rights of such Grantor to receive moneys due and to become due thereunder or pursuant thereto, (ii) all rights of such Grantor to receive proceeds of any insurance, indemnity, warranty or guaranty with respect thereto, (iii) claims of such Grantor for damages arising out of or for breach of or default thereunder and (iv) the right of such Grantor to terminate such agreements, to perform thereunder and to compel performance and otherwise exercise all remedies thereunder;

(xi) all books and records (including, without limitation, customer lists, credit files, printouts and other computer output materials and records) of such Grantor pertaining to any of the Collateral;

 

12


(xii) all general intangibles; and

(xiii) all proceeds of, collateral for, income, royalties and other payments now or hereafter due and payable with respect to, and supporting obligations relating to, any and all of the Collateral (including, without limitation, proceeds, collateral and Supporting Obligations that constitute property of the types described in clauses (i) through (xii) of this Section 3.01(a)) and, to the extent not otherwise included, all (A) payments under insurance (whether or not the Administrative Agent is the loss payee thereof), or any indemnity, warranty or guaranty, payable by reason of loss or damage to or otherwise with respect to any of the foregoing Collateral, and (B) cash;

provided that in no event shall the Security Interest attach to the following assets or property, each being “Excluded Property”: (A) any lease, license, contract, permit, franchise, charter, authorization or agreement to which a Grantor is a party or any of its rights or interests thereunder if, to the extent and for so long as the grant of such security interest shall (i) shall constitute or result in a breach of or a default under, (ii) is prohibited or restricted thereby (including any requirement to obtain the consent of any governmental authority or third party), (iii) create an enforceable right of termination in favor of any party (other than any Loan Party) to, such lease, license, contract, permit, franchise, charter, authorization or agreement (other than in the cases of the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective, or is otherwise unenforceable, pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9 407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC) or (iv) result in the abandonment, invalidation or unenforceability of any right, title or interest of such Grantor in any such lease, license, contract, permit, franchise, charter, authorization or agreement; provided that the Security Interest shall attach immediately to any portion of such lease, license, contract, permit, franchise, charter, authorization or agreement that does not result in any such breach, prohibition, restriction, termination, invalidation or default, including any Proceeds of such lease, license, contract or agreement; (B) any governmental licenses or state or local franchises, charters and authorizations, to the extent, and only so long as, security interests in such licenses, franchises, charters or authorizations are prohibited or restricted thereby; (C) any motor vehicle or other asset covered by a certificate of title or ownership, in each case whether now owned or hereafter acquired, the perfection of which is excluded from the UCC in the relevant jurisdiction; (D) any asset owned by any Grantor that is subject to a Lien of the type permitted by Section 6.02(iv) of the Credit Agreement or a Lien permitted by Section 6.02(xi) of the Credit Agreement, in each case if, to the extent and for so long as the grant of a Lien thereon hereunder to secure the Secured Obligations constitutes a breach of or a default under, or to the extent otherwise prohibited or restricted thereby (including any requirement to obtain the consent of any governmental authority or third party), or creates a right of termination in favor of any party (other than any Loan Party) to, any agreement pursuant to which such Lien has been created; provided that the Security Interest shall attach immediately to any such asset (x) at the time the provision of such agreement containing such restriction ceases to be in effect and (y) to the extent any such breach, restriction or default is not rendered ineffective by, or is otherwise unenforceable pursuant to the UCC or any other applicable Requirement of Law; (E) any asset owned by any Grantor with respect to which the Borrower shall have provided to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Financial Officer to the effect that the creation of such security interest in such asset hereunder would result in material adverse tax consequences to Holdings and its Subsidiaries; (F) any asset owned by any Grantor if, to the extent and for so long as the grant of such security interest in

 

13


such asset shall be prohibited by any applicable Requirements of Law, any agreement containing anti-assignment clauses not overridden by the UCC or other Requirements of Law, or to the extent otherwise restricted thereby (including any requirement to obtain the consent of any governmental authority other than any filings, recordings or registrations in order to perfect such security interest) (other than to the extent that any such prohibition or restriction would be rendered ineffective pursuant to the UCC or any other applicable Requirements of Law); provided that the Security Interest shall attach immediately to such asset at such time as such prohibition or restriction ceases to be in effect; (G) any asset owned by any Grantor that the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall have agreed in writing to exclude from being Filing Collateral on account of the cost of creating a security interest in such asset hereunder (including any material adverse tax consequences to Holdings and its Subsidiaries resulting therefrom) being excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Secured Parties therefrom; (H) any intent-to-use trademark applications filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office to the extent that, and solely during the period in which the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use trademark applications under applicable Requirements of Law; (I) any fee owned real property with a value of less than $1,000,000; and (J) the Excluded Equity Interests; provided, however, that “Filing Collateral” shall include all Proceeds, substitutions or replacements of any and all of the foregoing (unless such Proceeds, substitutions or replacements would constitute property referred to in the foregoing clauses (A) through (J)) and shall include all Pledged Equity Interests.

(b) Each Grantor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties at any time and from time to time to file in any relevant jurisdiction any financing statements (including UCC fixture filings) with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof and amendments thereto that (i) describe the collateral covered thereby in any manner that the Administrative Agent reasonably determines is necessary or advisable to ensure the perfection of the security interest in the Collateral granted under this Agreement, including indicating the Collateral as “all assets of the debtor, whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising”, “all personal property of the debtor, whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising” or words of similar effect, and (ii) contain the information required by Article 9 of the UCC or the analogous legislation of each applicable jurisdiction for the filing of any financing statement or amendment, including (A) whether such Grantor is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to such Grantor and (B) in the case of a financing statement filed as a fixture filing, a sufficient description of the real property to which such Filing Collateral relates. Each Grantor agrees to provide such information to the Administrative Agent promptly upon request.

The Administrative Agent is further authorized to file with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office (or any successor office) such documents (substantially in the form of Exhibit II, III or IV, as applicable) as may be reasonably necessary or advisable for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, continuing, enforcing or protecting the Security Interest in Filing Collateral consisting of Patents, Trademarks or Copyrights granted by each Grantor and naming any Grantor or the Grantors as debtors and the Administrative Agent as secured party.

(c) The Security Interest and the security interest granted pursuant to Article II are granted as security only and shall not subject the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to, or in any way alter or modify, any obligation or liability of any Grantor with respect to or arising out of the Collateral.

 

14


Section 3.02 Representations and Warranties. The Grantors jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, that:

(a) Each Grantor has good and valid rights in and title to the Filing Collateral with respect to which it has purported to grant a Security Interest hereunder, except for minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or as proposed to be conducted or to utilize such properties for their intended purposes, in each case except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, and has full power and authority to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, the Security Interest in such Filing Collateral pursuant hereto and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, without the consent or approval of any other Person other than any consent or approval that has been obtained and except to the extent that failure to obtain or make such consent or approval, as the case may be, individually or in aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) The Perfection Certificate has been duly prepared, completed and executed and the information set forth therein, including the exact legal name and jurisdiction of organization of each Grantor, is correct and complete in all material respects as of the Effective Date and each date of delivery of a Perfection Certificate supplement pursuant to Section 5.03 of the Credit Agreement.

(c) [Reserved].

(d) The Filing Collateral is owned by the Grantors free and clear of any Lien, except for Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement. None of the Grantors has filed or consented to the filing of (i) any financing statement or analogous document under the Uniform Commercial Code or any other applicable Requirement of Law covering any Filing Collateral (that has not been terminated or released or with respect to which arrangements for termination or release thereof have been made) or (ii) any assignment in which any Grantor assigns any Filing Collateral or any security agreement or similar instrument covering any Filing Collateral with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office (that has not been terminated or released or with respect to which arrangements for termination or release thereof have been made), except, in each case, for Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement.

(e) As of the Effective Date and each date Schedules II through IV are supplemented pursuant to Section 3.05(e), such Grantor does not own any material Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents except as set forth on Schedules II through IV.

Section 3.03 Covenants. (a) Each Grantor shall, at its own expense, take any and all commercially reasonable actions necessary to defend title to the Filing Collateral against all Persons, except with respect to Filing Collateral that such Grantor determines in its reasonable business judgment is no longer necessary or beneficial to the conduct of such Grantor’s business

 

15


and except in the case of any Lien permitted under Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement, and to defend the Security Interest of the Administrative Agent in the Filing Collateral and the priority thereof against any Lien not permitted pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement, subject to the rights of such Grantor under Section 9.15 of the Credit Agreement and corresponding provisions of the Security Documents to obtain a release of the Liens created under the Security Documents.

(b) Subject to the limitations and exceptions set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, each Grantor agrees to execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements, fixture filings, mortgages, deeds of trust and other documents), that may be required under any applicable Requirement of Law and that the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may reasonably request, to cause the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to be and remain satisfied, all at the expense of the Grantors. If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Filing Collateral shall be or become evidenced by any promissory note (which may be a global note) or other instrument (other than any promissory note or other instrument in an aggregate principal amount of less than $1,000,000 owed to the applicable Grantor by any Person), such note or instrument shall be promptly (and in any event within 30 days after receipt by such Grantor or such longer period agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion) pledged and delivered to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, together with an undated instrument of transfer duly executed in blank and in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(c) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, at its option and after notice to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent may discharge past due taxes, assessments, charges, fees, Liens, security interests or other encumbrances at any time levied or placed on the Filing Collateral and not permitted pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement, and may pay for the maintenance and preservation of the Filing Collateral to the extent any Grantor fails to do so as required by the Credit Agreement, this Agreement or any other Loan Document and within a reasonable period of time after the Administrative Agent has requested that it do so, and each Grantor jointly and severally agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent, within 10 days after written demand, for any reasonable payment made or any reasonable expense incurred by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the foregoing authorization; provided that nothing in this paragraph shall be interpreted as excusing any Grantor from the performance of, or imposing any obligation on the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party to cure or perform, any covenants or other promises of any Grantor with respect to taxes, assessments, charges, fees, Liens, security interests or other encumbrances and maintenance as set forth herein or in the other Loan Documents.

(d) Each Grantor shall remain liable, as between such Grantor and the relevant counterparty under each contract, agreement or instrument relating to the Filing Collateral, to observe and perform all the conditions and obligations to be observed and performed by it under such contract, agreement or instrument, all in accordance with the terms and conditions thereof, and each Grantor jointly and severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties from and against any and all liability for such performance subject to Section 9.03 of the Credit Agreement.

 

16


(e) Each Grantor irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints the Administrative Agent (and all officers, employees or agents designated by the Administrative Agent) as such Grantor’s true and lawful agent (and attorney-in-fact) for the purpose, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and after notice to the Borrower of its intent to exercise such rights, of making, settling and adjusting claims in respect of Filing Collateral under policies of insurance, endorsing the name of such Grantor on any check, draft, instrument or other item of payment for the proceeds of such policies of insurance and for making all determinations and decisions with respect thereto. In the event that any Grantor at any time or times shall fail to obtain or maintain any of the policies of insurance required pursuant to the Credit Agreement or to pay any premium in whole or part relating thereto, the Administrative Agent may, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and after notice to the Borrower, without waiving or releasing any obligation or liability of the Grantors hereunder or any Default or Event of Default, in its sole discretion, obtain and maintain such policies of insurance and pay such premium and take any other actions with respect thereto as the Administrative Agent reasonably deems advisable. All sums disbursed by the Administrative Agent in connection with this paragraph, including reasonable and documented out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees, court costs, expenses and other charges relating thereto, shall be payable in accordance with Section 9.03(a) of the Credit Agreement by the Grantors to the Administrative Agent and shall be additional Secured Obligations secured hereby.

Section 3.04 Other Actions. In order to further insure the attachment, perfection and priority of, and the ability of the Administrative Agent to enforce, the Security Interest, each Grantor agrees, in each case at such Grantor’s own expense, to take the following actions with respect to the following Filing Collateral:

(a) Instruments. If any Grantor shall at any time hold or acquire any Instruments constituting Collateral (other than Instruments with a face amount of less than $1,000,000 and other than checks to be deposited in the ordinary course of business), such Grantor shall promptly endorse, assign and deliver the same to the Administrative Agent, accompanied by such undated instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

(b) Investment Property.

(i) Except to the extent otherwise provided in Article II, if any Grantor shall at any time hold or acquire any certificated securities included in the definition of “Pledged Securities”, such Grantor shall forthwith endorse, assign and deliver the same to the Administrative Agent, accompanied by such undated instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

(ii) No Grantor shall amend, or permit to be amended, the limited liability company agreement (or operating agreement or similar agreement) or partnership agreement of any Subsidiary of any Loan Party whose Equity Interests are, or are required to be, Collateral in a manner to cause such Equity Interests to constitute a security under Section 8-103 of the UCC or the corresponding code or statute of any

 

17


other applicable jurisdiction unless such Grantor shall have first delivered 10 days written notice to the Administrative Agent (or such shorter time as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent) and shall have taken all actions contemplated hereby and as otherwise reasonably required by the Administrative Agent to maintain the security interest of the Administrative Agent therein as a valid, perfected, first priority security interest.

(iii) Subject to Section 3.04(b)(ii), if any security of a domestic issuer now or hereafter acquired by any Grantor is an uncertificated security and is issued to such Grantor or its nominee directly by the issuer thereof, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, such Grantor shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent of such uncertificated securities and pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, either (A) cause the issuer to agree to comply with instructions from the Administrative Agent as to such security, without further consent of any Grantor or such nominee, or (B) cause the issuer to register the Administrative Agent as the registered owner of such security.

(c) Control Accounts. (i) Within 90 days of the Effective Date (or such longer period agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion), with respect to Deposit Accounts in existence on the Effective Date, and (ii) within 45 days (or such longer period agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion) of delivery of a Perfection Certificate supplement pursuant to Section 5.03 of the Credit Agreement or the formation, acquisition or change of status of a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 5.11 of the Credit Agreement, with respect to Deposit Accounts opened or acquired after the Effective Date, each Grantor shall cause all Deposit Accounts other than Excluded Accounts to be Control Accounts.

Section 3.05 Covenants Regarding Patent, Trademark and Copyright Collateral. (a) Except to the extent failure so to act would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, with respect to registration or pending application of each item of its Intellectual Property for which such Grantor has standing to do so, each Grantor agrees to maintain the validity and enforceability of any registered Intellectual Property (or applications therefor) and to maintain such registrations and applications of Intellectual Property in full force and effect.

(b) Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no Grantor shall do or permit any act or knowingly omit to do any act whereby any of its Intellectual Property may lapse, be terminated, or become invalid or unenforceable or placed in the public domain (or in case of a trade secret, lose its competitive value).

(c) Except where failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each Grantor shall take all steps to preserve and protect each item of its Intellectual Property, including maintaining the quality of any and all products or services used or provided in connection with any of the Trademarks, consistent with the quality of the products and services as of the date hereof, and taking all steps necessary to ensure that all licensed users of any of the Trademarks abide by the applicable license’s terms with respect to the standards of quality.

 

18


(d) Each Grantor agrees that, should it obtain an ownership or other interest in any Intellectual Property after the Effective Date (“After-Acquired Intellectual Property”), (i) the provisions of this Agreement shall automatically apply thereto and (ii) any such After-Acquired Intellectual Property and, in the case of Trademarks, the goodwill symbolized thereby, shall automatically become Intellectual Property subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

(e) With respect to any such After-Acquired Intellectual Property, at the times required by Section 5.03(b) of the Credit Agreement, each Grantor shall deliver to the Administrative Agent, (i) a Perfection Certificate supplement pursuant to Section 5.03(b) of the Credit Agreement setting forth the information required by Section 13 of the Perfection Certificate with respect to such After-Acquired Intellectual Property, which shall be deemed to supplement Schedules II through IV hereto and (ii) to the extent applicable, a Copyright Security Agreement, Patent Security Agreement and/or Trademark Security Agreement (or in each case a supplement thereto in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (an “IP Security Agreement Supplement”)), as applicable, to be recorded with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and/or the U.S. Copyright Office.

(f) Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent any Grantor from disposing of, discontinuing the use or maintenance of, failing to pursue or otherwise allowing to lapse, terminate or put into the public domain any of its Intellectual Property to the extent permitted by the Credit Agreement if such Grantor determines in its reasonable business judgment that such discontinuance is desirable in the conduct of its business.

ARTICLE IV

Remedies

Section 4.01 Remedies Upon Default. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor agrees to deliver, on demand, each item of Collateral to the Administrative Agent or any Person designated by the Administrative Agent, and it is agreed that the Administrative Agent shall have the right to take any of or all the following actions at the same or different times: (a) with respect to any Filing Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property, on demand, to cause the Security Interest to become an assignment, transfer and conveyance of any of or all such Filing Collateral by the applicable Grantors to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, or to license or sublicense, whether on an exclusive or nonexclusive basis, any such Filing Collateral throughout the world on such terms and conditions and in such manner as the Administrative Agent shall determine (other than in violation of any then-existing licensing arrangements to the extent that waivers cannot be obtained), (b) with or without legal process and with or without prior notice or demand for performance, to take possession of the Filing Collateral and the Pledged Collateral and without liability to the Grantors for trespass to enter any premises where the Filing Collateral or the Pledged Collateral may be located for the purpose of taking possession of or removing the Filing Collateral and the Pledged Collateral and (c) generally, to exercise any and all rights afforded to a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable Requirement of Law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor agrees that the Administrative Agent shall have the right, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, subject to the mandatory requirements of applicable Requirement of Law and the notice

 

19


requirements described below, to sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Collateral at a public or private sale or at any broker’s board or on any securities exchange, for cash, upon credit or for future delivery as the Administrative Agent shall deem appropriate. The Administrative Agent shall be authorized at any such sale of securities (if it deems it advisable to do so) to restrict the prospective bidders or purchasers to Persons who will represent and agree that they are purchasing the Collateral for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or sale thereof, and upon consummation of any such sale the Administrative Agent shall have the right to assign, transfer and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers thereof the Collateral so sold. Each such purchaser at any such sale of Collateral shall hold the property sold absolutely free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by law) all rights of redemption, stay and appraisal that such Grantor now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted.

The Administrative Agent shall give the applicable Grantors no less than 10 days’ written notice (which each Grantor agrees is reasonable notice within the meaning of Section 9 611 of the New York UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions) of the Administrative Agent’s intention to make any sale of Collateral. Such notice, in the case of a public sale, shall state the time and place for such sale and, in the case of a sale at a broker’s board or on a securities exchange, shall state the board or exchange at which such sale is to be made and the day on which the Collateral or portion thereof, will first be offered for sale at such board or exchange. Any such public sale shall be held at such time or times within ordinary business hours and at such place or places as the Administrative Agent may fix and state in the notice (if any) of such sale. At any such sale, the Collateral, or portion thereof, to be sold may be sold in one lot as an entirety or in separate parcels, as the Administrative Agent may (in its sole and absolute discretion) determine. The Administrative Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of any Collateral if it shall determine not to do so, regardless of the fact that notice of sale of such Collateral shall have been given. The Administrative Agent may, without notice or publication, adjourn any public or private sale or cause the same to be adjourned from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed for sale, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which the same was so adjourned. In case any sale of all or any part of the Collateral is made on credit or for future delivery, the Collateral so sold may be retained by the Administrative Agent until the sale price is paid by the purchaser or purchasers thereof, but the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties shall not incur any liability in case any such purchaser or purchasers shall fail to take up and pay for the Collateral so sold and, in case of any such failure, such Collateral may be sold again upon like notice. At any public (or, to the extent permitted by law, private) sale made pursuant to this Agreement, any Secured Party may bid for or purchase, free (to the extent permitted by law) from any right of redemption, stay, valuation or appraisal on the part of any Grantor (all said rights being also hereby waived and released to the extent permitted by law), the Collateral or any part thereof offered for sale and may make payment on account thereof by using any claim then due and payable to such Secured Party from any Grantor as a credit against the purchase price, and such Secured Party may, upon compliance with the terms of sale, hold, retain and dispose of such property without further accountability to any Grantor therefor. For purposes hereof, a written agreement to purchase the Collateral or any portion thereof shall be treated as a sale thereof; the Administrative Agent shall be free to carry out such sale pursuant to such agreement and no Grantor shall be entitled to the return of the Collateral or any portion thereof subject thereto, notwithstanding the fact that after the

 

20


Administrative Agent shall have entered into such an agreement all Events of Default shall have been remedied and the Secured Obligations paid in full, unless prior to such written agreement being entered into all Events of Default shall have been remedied or the Secured Obligations paid in full in cash. As an alternative to exercising the power of sale herein conferred upon it, the Administrative Agent may proceed by a suit or suits at law or in equity to foreclose this Agreement and to sell the Collateral or any portion thereof pursuant to a judgment or decree of a court or courts having competent jurisdiction or pursuant to a proceeding by a court-appointed receiver. Any sale pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4.01 shall be deemed to conform to the commercially reasonable standards as provided in Section 9-610(b) of the New York UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions.

Section 4.02 Application of Proceeds.

(a) The Administrative Agent shall apply the proceeds of any collection or sale of Collateral, including any Collateral consisting of cash, as follows

FIRST, to the payment of all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection with such collection or sale or otherwise in connection with this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any of the Secured Obligations, including all documented out-of-pocket court costs and the reasonable fees and expenses of its agents and legal counsel, the repayment of all advances made by the Administrative Agent hereunder or under any other Loan Document on behalf of any Grantor and any other costs or expenses, indemnities and other amounts incurred in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy hereunder or under any other Loan Document;

SECOND, to payment of that portion of the Secured Obligations constituting indemnities and other amounts (other than principal, interest and fees) due and payable to the Secured Parties (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the respective Secured Parties) arising under the Loan Documents, ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause SECOND payable to them;

THIRD, to payment of that portion of the Secured Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid fees and interest on the Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans, Term Loans, LC Disbursements and other Secured Obligations arising under the Loan Documents, ratably among the Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause THIRD payable to them;

FOURTH, ratably to (i) payment of that portion of the Secured Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans, Term Loans, LC Disbursements and other Secured Obligations and Secured Obligations then owing under Secured Swap Obligations and Secured Cash Management Obligations, ratably among the Secured Parties and (ii) to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Banks, to cash collateralize that portion of the aggregate LC Exposure comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit, in each case in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause FOURTH held by them;

 

21


FIFTH, ratably to payment of all other Secured Obligations until the Discharge of Secured Obligations has occurred; and

SIXTH, any surplus remaining after such application to the Grantors or to whomever may be legally entitled thereto.

(a) Upon any sale of Collateral by the Administrative Agent (including pursuant to a power of sale granted by statute or under a judicial proceeding), the receipt of the Administrative Agent or of the officer making the sale shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers of the Collateral so sold and such purchaser or purchasers shall not be obligated to see to the application of any part of the purchase money paid over to the Administrative Agent or such officer or be answerable in any way for the misapplication thereof. The Administrative Agent shall have no liability to any of the Secured Parties for actions taken in reliance on information supplied to it as to the amounts of unpaid principal and interest and other amounts outstanding with respect to the Secured Obligations.

(b) Notwithstanding anything herein or the Credit Agreement to the contrary, (i) prior to the Discharge of Secured Obligations, any exercise by the Administrative Agent of rights and remedies in respect of the Collateral shall be made at the direction or request, or with the consent, of the Required Lenders, and no other Lenders.

(c) So long as the Discharge of Secured Obligations has not occurred, any Collateral or Proceeds thereof received by any Secured Party in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy (including set off) relating to the Collateral in contravention of this Agreement shall be segregated and held in trust and forthwith paid over to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in the same form as received, with any necessary endorsements or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct.

(d) In the event that any of the Secured Obligations shall be paid in full and such payment or any part thereof shall subsequently, for whatever reason (including, but not limited to, an order or judgment for disgorgement of a preference under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws, or the settlement of any claim in respect thereof), be required to be returned or repaid, the terms and conditions of this Section 4.02 shall be fully applicable thereto until the Secured Obligations shall again have been paid in full in cash.

(e) The relative rights hereunder of the Secured Parties in or to any distributions from or in respect of any Collateral, shall continue after the filing thereof on the same basis as prior to the date of the petition, subject to any court order approving the financing of, or use of cash collateral by, any Grantor as a debtor-in-possession. If, in any proceeding arising under bankruptcy or insolvency laws, debt obligations of the reorganized debtor secured by Liens upon any Collateral of the reorganized debtor are distributed on account of the Secured Obligations, then the provisions of this Section 4.02 will survive the distribution of such debt obligations pursuant to any plan effected pursuant to a proceeding under bankruptcy or insolvency laws and will apply with like effect to the Liens securing such debt obligations.

Section 4.03 Grant of License to Use Intellectual Property. For the purpose of enabling the Administrative Agent to exercise rights and remedies under this Agreement, each Grantor

 

22


shall, upon request by the Administrative Agent solely upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, grant to the Administrative Agent an irrevocable, nonexclusive license (exercisable without payment of royalty or other compensation to the Grantors) to use, license or sublicense any of the IP Collateral now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor, and wherever the same may be located, and including in such license reasonable access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer software and programs used for the compilation or printout thereof to the extent that such non-exclusive license (a) does not violate the express terms of any agreement between a Grantor and a third party governing the applicable Grantor’s use of such Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property, or gives such third party any right of acceleration, modification or cancellation therein and (b) is not prohibited by any Requirements of Law; provided that such licenses to be granted hereunder with respect to Trademarks shall be subject to the maintenance of quality standards with respect to the goods and services on which such Trademarks are used sufficient to preserve the validity of such Trademarks.

Section 4.04 Securities Act. In view of the position of the Grantors in relation to the Pledged Collateral, or because of other current or future circumstances, a question may arise under the Securities Act, as now or hereafter in effect, or any similar statute hereafter enacted analogous in purpose or effect (such Act and any such similar statute as from time to time in effect being called the “Federal Securities Laws”) with respect to any disposition of the Pledged Collateral permitted hereunder. Each Grantor understands that compliance with the Federal Securities Laws might very strictly limit the course of conduct of the Administrative Agent if the Administrative Agent were to attempt to dispose of all or any part of the Pledged Collateral, and might also limit the extent to which or the manner in which any subsequent transferee of any Pledged Collateral could dispose of the same. Similarly, there may be other legal restrictions or limitations affecting the Administrative Agent in any attempt to dispose of all or part of the Pledged Collateral under applicable blue sky or other state securities laws or similar laws analogous in purpose or effect. Each Grantor recognizes that in light of such restrictions and limitations the Administrative Agent may, with respect to any sale of the Pledged Collateral, limit the purchasers to those who will agree, among other things, to acquire such Pledged Collateral for their own account, for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that in light of such restrictions and limitations, and subject to the terms of the Loan Documents, the Administrative Agent, in its sole and absolute discretion, (a) may proceed to make such a sale whether or not a registration statement for the purpose of registering such Pledged Collateral or part thereof shall have been filed under the Federal Securities Laws to the extent the Administrative Agent has determined that such a registration is not required by any Requirement of Law and (b) may approach and negotiate with a limited number of potential purchasers (including a single potential purchaser) to effect such sale. Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that any such sale might result in prices and other terms less favorable to the seller than if such sale were a public sale without such restrictions. In the event of any such sale, the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties shall incur no responsibility or liability for selling all or any part of the Pledged Collateral at a price that the Administrative Agent, in its sole and absolute discretion, may in good faith deem reasonable under the circumstances, notwithstanding the possibility that a substantially higher price might have been realized if the sale were deferred until after registration as aforesaid or if more than a limited number of purchasers (or a single purchaser) were approached. The provisions of this Section 4.04 will apply notwithstanding the existence of a public or private market upon which the quotations or sales prices may exceed substantially the price at which the Administrative Agent sells.

 

23


Section 4.05 Reinstatement. Each Grantor agrees that, unless released pursuant to Section 5.13(b), its obligations and grant of security hereunder shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any of the Secured Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Secured Party upon the bankruptcy or reorganization (or any analogous proceeding in any jurisdiction) of the Borrower, any other Loan Party or otherwise.

ARTICLE V

Miscellaneous

Section 5.01 Notices. All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement.

Section 5.02 Waivers; Amendment. (a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section 5.02, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default or Event of Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time. No notice or demand on any Loan Party in any case shall entitle any Loan Party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

(b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified (other than supplements expressly contemplated hereby) except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent and the Grantor or Grantors with respect to which such waiver, amendment or modification is to apply, subject to any consent required in accordance with Section 9.02 of the Credit Agreement; provided that the Administrative Agent may, without the consent of any Secured Party, consent to a departure by any Grantor from any covenant of such Grantor set forth herein to the extent such departure is consistent with the authority of the Administrative Agent set forth in the definition of the term “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” in the Credit Agreement or Section 9.02 of the Credit Agreement.

Section 5.03 Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification. (a) Each Grantor, jointly with the other Grantors and severally, agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent for its fees and expenses incurred hereunder as provided in Section 9.03(a) of the Credit Agreement; provided that each reference therein to the “Borrower” shall be deemed to be a reference to “each Grantor.”

 

24


(b) The provisions of this Section 5.03 shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents, the repayment of any of the Secured Obligations or the termination of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any provision hereof or thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, no Terminated Letter of Credit Obligation (as defined in the Guarantee Agreement) shall be a Secured Obligation hereunder or under any other Loan Document. All amounts due under this Section 5.03 shall be payable not later than 10 days after written demand therefor; provided, however, any Indemnitee shall promptly refund an indemnification payment received hereunder to the extent that there is a final judicial determination that such Indemnitee was not entitled to indemnification with respect to such payment pursuant to this Section 5.03. Any such amounts payable as provided hereunder shall be additional Secured Obligations.

Section 5.04 Successors and Assigns. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby or by the Credit Agreement.

Section 5.05 Survival of Agreement. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in this Agreement or any other Loan Document and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Secured Parties and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Secured Party and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank, any Lender or any other Secured Party may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document and, subject to Section 5.13(b), shall continue in full force and effect until such time as (a) all the Secured Obligations (other than (x) contingent indemnification obligations as to which no claim has been made and (y) Secured Cash Management Obligations and Secured Swap Obligations as to which arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Secured Party have been made), have been paid in full in cash, (b) all Commitments have terminated or expired and (c) all Letters of Credit have terminated or expired (including as a result of obtaining the consent of the applicable Issuing Bank as described in Section 9.05 of the Credit Agreement or as a result of such Letters of Credit being backstopped or cash collateralized) and the Issuing Banks shall have no further obligation to issue or amend Letters of Credit under the Credit Agreement.

Section 5.06 Counterparts; Effectiveness; Several Agreement. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement. This Agreement shall become effective as to any Grantor when a counterpart hereof executed on behalf of such Grantor shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent and a counterpart

 

25


hereof shall have been executed on behalf of the Administrative Agent, and thereafter shall be binding upon such Grantor and the Administrative Agent and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of such Grantor, the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns. This Agreement shall be construed as a separate agreement with respect to each Grantor and may be amended, modified, supplemented, waived or released with respect to any Grantor without the approval of any other Grantor and without affecting the obligations of any other Grantor hereunder.

Section 5.07 Severability. Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section 5.08 Right of Set-Off. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Administrative Agent, each Lender, each Issuing Bank and each of their respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations in whatever currency at any time owing by the Administrative Agent, such Lender, any such Issuing Bank or any such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of any Grantor against any of and all the obligations of such Grantor then due and owing under this Agreement held by the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such Issuing Bank, irrespective of whether or not the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such Issuing Bank shall have made any demand under this Agreement and although (i) such obligations may be contingent or unmatured and (ii) such obligations are owed to a branch or office of the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such Issuing Bank different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such Indebtedness; provided that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.22 of the Credit Agreement and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Secured Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff. The Administrative Agent, the applicable Lender and the applicable Issuing Bank shall notify the Borrower (on behalf of the applicable Grantor) and the Administrative Agent of such setoff and application; provided that any failure to give or any delay in giving such notice shall not affect the validity of any such setoff and application under this Section. The rights of the Administrative Agent, each Lender, each Issuing Bank and their respective Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that the Administrative Agent, such Lender, such Issuing Bank and their respective Affiliates may have.

Section 5.09 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process; Appointment of Service of Process Agent. (a) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York.

 

26


(b) Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to any Loan Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in any Loan Document shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to any Loan Document against any Grantor or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(c) Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to any Loan Document in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(d) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 5.01. Nothing in any Loan Document will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

(e) Each Grantor hereby irrevocably designates, appoints and empowers the Borrower as its designee, appointee and agent to receive, accept and acknowledge for and on its behalf, and in respect of its property, service of any and all legal process, summons, notices and documents that may be served in any such action or proceeding.

Section 5.10 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

Section 5.11 Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

 

27


Section 5.12 Security Interest Absolute. All rights of the Administrative Agent hereunder, the Security Interest, the grant of a security interest in the Pledged Collateral and all obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of (a) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, any agreement with respect to any of the Secured Obligations or any other agreement or instrument relating to any of the foregoing, (b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Secured Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument, (c) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any Lien on other collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent under or departure from any guarantee securing or guaranteeing all or any of the Secured Obligations or (d) subject only to termination of a Grantor’s obligations hereunder in accordance with the terms of Section 9.15 of the Credit Agreement and Section 5.13 hereof, any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Grantor in respect of the Secured Obligations or this Agreement.

Section 5.13 Termination or Release. (a) This Agreement, the Security Interest and all other security interests granted hereby shall automatically terminate when (i) all the Secured Obligations (other than (x) contingent indemnification obligations as to which no claim has been made and (y) Secured Cash Management Obligations and Secured Swap Obligations as to which arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Secured Party have been made) have been paid in full, (ii) all Commitments have terminated or expired and (iii) all Letters of Credit have terminated or expired (including as a result of obtaining the consent of the applicable Issuing Bank as described in Section 9.05 of the Credit Agreement or as a result of such Letters of Credit being backstopped or cash collateralized) and the Issuing Banks shall have no further obligation to issue or amend Letters of Credit under the Credit Agreement.

(b) The Security Interest and all other security interests granted hereby shall also terminate and be released at the time or times and in the manner set forth in Section 9.15 of the Credit Agreement.

(c) In connection with any termination or release pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall execute and deliver to any Loan Party, at such Loan Party’s expense, all documents that such Loan Party shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release so long as the applicable Loan Party shall have provided the Administrative Agent such certifications or documents as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request in order to demonstrate compliance with this Section 5.13. Any execution and delivery of documents by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 5.13 shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Administrative Agent.

Section 5.14 Additional Subsidiaries. Holdings shall cause each additional Restricted Subsidiary which, from time to time, after the date hereof shall be required to pledge any assets to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to Section 5.11 the Credit Agreement to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a Supplement and a Perfection Certificate, in each case, within 30 days (or such longer period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent) of the date on which it was required to become a Grantor hereunder pursuant to the Section 5.11 of the Credit Agreement. Upon execution and delivery by the

 

28


Administrative Agent and a Restricted Subsidiary of a Supplement, any such Restricted Subsidiary shall become a Grantor hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as such herein. The execution and delivery of any such instrument shall not require the consent of any other Grantor hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any Restricted Subsidiary as a party to this Agreement.

Section 5.15 Administrative Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact. Each Grantor hereby appoints the Administrative Agent the attorney-in-fact of such Grantor for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of this Agreement at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, which appointment is irrevocable and coupled with an interest. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall have the right, but only upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and notice by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower of its intent to exercise such rights, with full power of substitution either in the Administrative Agent’s name or in the name of such Grantor (a) to receive, endorse, assign and/or deliver any and all notes, acceptances, checks, drafts, money orders or other evidences of payment relating to the Collateral or any part thereof; (b) to demand, collect, receive payment of, give receipt for and give discharges and releases of all or any of the Collateral; (c) to sign the name of any Grantor on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any of the Collateral; (d) to send verifications of accounts receivable to any Account Debtor; (e) to commence and prosecute any and all suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect or otherwise realize on all or any of the Collateral or to enforce any rights in respect of any Collateral; (f) to settle, compromise, compound, adjust or defend any actions, suits or proceedings relating to all or any of the Collateral; (g) to notify, or to require any Grantor to notify, Account Debtors to make payment directly to the Administrative Agent; and (h) to use, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with all or any of the Collateral, and to do all other acts and things necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, as fully and completely as though the Administrative Agent were the absolute owner of the Collateral for all purposes; provided that nothing herein contained shall be construed as requiring or obligating the Administrative Agent to make any commitment or to make any inquiry as to the nature or sufficiency of any payment received by the Administrative Agent, or to present or file any claim or notice, or to take any action with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof or the moneys due or to become due in respect thereof or any property covered thereby. The Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties shall be accountable only for amounts actually received as a result of the exercise of the powers granted to them herein, and neither they nor their officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to any Grantor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for their own gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct or that of any of their Related Parties.

Section 5.16 Administrative Agent’s Duties. Except for the safe custody of any Collateral in its possession and the accounting for moneys actually received by it hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall have no duty as to any Collateral, as to ascertaining or taking action with respect to calls, conversions, exchanges, maturities, tenders or other matters relative to any Collateral, whether or not any Secured Party has or is deemed to have knowledge of such matters, or as to the taking of any necessary steps to preserve rights against any parties or any other rights pertaining to any Collateral. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any Collateral in its possession if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which it accords its own property.

 

29


Section 5.17 Keepwell. Each Qualified ECP Guarantor hereby jointly and severally absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support as may be needed from time to time to each other Loan Party as may be needed by such other Loan Party to honor all of its obligations under this Agreement in respect of Swap Obligations (provided, however, that each Qualified ECP Guarantor shall only be liable under this Agreement for the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering its obligations under this Agreement, or otherwise under this Agreement, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount). The obligations of each Qualified ECP Guarantor under this Section shall remain in full force and effect until a Payment in Full of the Secured Obligations. Each Qualified ECP Guarantor intends that this Section 5.17 constitute, and this Section 5.17 shall be deemed to constitute, a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of each other Loan Party for all purposes of Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

30


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWER:

TA MIDCO I, LLC,

as Grantor

 

By:

/s/ William Christ

Name: William Christ
Title: President
HOLDINGS:

TA HOLDINGS I, INC.,

as Grantor

By:

/s/ William Christ

Name: William Christ
Title: President

[Collateral Agreement Signature Page]


JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC, as

Administrative Agent,

By:

/s/ Brian Buoye

Name: Brian Buoye
Title: Managing Director

[Collateral Agreement Signature Page]


Schedule I to the

Collateral Agreement

PLEDGED EQUITY INTERESTS

 

Issuer

  

Holder

   Class of
Equity
Interests
   Cert No.    No. of
Shares or
Interests
   Percent
Owned
  Percent
Pledged
SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC    TA Holdings 1, Inc.    LLC    N/A    N/A    100%   100%

PLEDGED DEBT SECURITIES

None.

 

* Name to be changed from TA Midco 1, LLC immediately after the consummation of the Acquisition.

 

I-1


Schedule II to the

Collateral Agreement

COPYRIGHT REGISTRATIONS AND APPLICATIONS

None.

 

II-1


Schedule III to

Collateral Agreement

PATENTS AND PATENT APPLICATIONS

None.

 

III-1


Schedule IV to

Collateral Agreement

TRADEMARK REGISTRATIONS AND APPLICATIONS

U.S. TRADEMARKS:

Registrations:

 

OWNER

   REGISTRATION NUMBER    TRADEMARK

SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC*

   3,971,482    SKINNYPOP

SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC*

   4,142,288    SKINNYPACK

SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC*

   4,265,552    THE BIG SKINNY

Applications: None.

OTHER TRADEMARKS:

Registrations: None.

Applications:

 

OWNER

   APPLICATION
NUMBER
   COUNTRY/STATE    TRADEMARK

SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC

   A0043314    European Union, Russia,
China, Japan, Turkey,
India, Mexico, Australia
   SKINNYPOP

 

* Immediately prior to the Effective Date, all Trademarks are owned by SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC, an Illinois limited liability company. Upon consummation of the Acquisition, Trademarks will be transferred to TA Midco 1, LLC, a Delaware LLC, which will subsequently change its name to SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC.

 

IV-1


Exhibit I to the

Collateral Agreement

SUPPLEMENT NO.     dated as of                     , 20    (this “Supplement”), to the Collateral Agreement dated as of July 17, 2014 (the “Collateral Agreement”), by and among TA MIDCO 1, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Borrower”), TA HOLDINGS 1, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”) and the other GRANTORS from time to time party thereto (together with the Borrower and Holdings, each a “Grantor”), in favor of JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacity, together with its successors and permitted assigns, the “Administrative Agent”) for the benefit of the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and each other Secured Party (each as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below).

A. Reference is made to (a) the Credit Agreement dated as of July 17, 2014 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among the Borrower, Holdings, the Lenders and the Issuing Banks party thereto and Jefferies Finance LLC, as Administrative Agent and (b) the Collateral Agreement.

B. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement and the Collateral Agreement, as applicable.

C. The Grantors have entered into the Collateral Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make Loans and the Issuing Banks to issue Letters of Credit. Section 5.14 of the Collateral Agreement provides that additional Restricted Subsidiaries may become Grantors under the Collateral Agreement by execution and delivery of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. The undersigned Restricted Subsidiary (the “New Subsidiary”) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the Credit Agreement to become a Grantor under the Collateral Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make additional Loans and the Issuing Banks to issue additional Letters of Credit and as consideration for Loans previously made and Letters of Credit previously issued.

Accordingly, the Administrative Agent and the New Subsidiary agree as follows:

Section 1. In accordance with Section 5.14 of the Collateral Agreement, the New Subsidiary by its signature below becomes a Grantor under the Collateral Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Grantor, and the New Subsidiary hereby (a) agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Collateral Agreement applicable to it as a Grantor thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a Grantor thereunder are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof; provided that, to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date. In furtherance of the foregoing, the New Subsidiary, as security for the payment and performance in full of the Secured Obligations, does hereby create and grant to the Administrative Agent, its successors and permitted assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in and lien on all of the New Subsidiary’s right, title and interest in, to and

 

Ex. I-1


under the Collateral to secure the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations. Each reference to a “Grantor” in the Collateral Agreement shall be deemed to include the New Subsidiary.

Section 2. The New Subsidiary represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that enforceability of such obligations may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law, and implied covenants of good faith and fair dealing.

Section 3. This Supplement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Supplement by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Supplement. This Supplement shall become effective as to the New Subsidiary when a counterpart hereof executed on behalf of the New Subsidiary shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent and a counterpart hereof shall have been executed on behalf of the Administrative Agent, and thereafter shall be binding upon the New Subsidiary and the Administrative Agent and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of the New Subsidiary, the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns, except that the New Subsidiary shall not have the right to assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein (and any such assignment or transfer shall be void) except as expressly provided in this Supplement, the Collateral Agreement and the Credit Agreement.

Section 4. The New Subsidiary hereby represents and warrants, in each case, as of the date hereof, that (a) set forth on Schedule I attached hereto are supplemental Schedules I through IV of the Collateral Agreement, which information is true and correct in all material respects and (b) attached hereto as Schedule II is a supplement to the Perfection Certificate setting forth the information required therein, which information is true and correct in all material respects.

Section 5. Pursuant to any applicable law, the New Subsidiary authorizes the Administrative Agent to file or record financing statements and other filing or recording documents or instruments with respect to the Filing Collateral without the signature of such New Subsidiary in such form and in such offices as the Administrative Agent determines appropriate to perfect the security interests of the Administrative Agent under the Collateral Agreement. Any such financing statement may indicate the collateral as “all assets of the debtor, whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising”, “all personal property of the debtor, whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising” or words of similar effect.

Section 6. (a) This Supplement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York.

 

Ex. I-2


(b) Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Supplement, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Supplement shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Supplement against the New Subsidiary or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(c) Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to any Loan Document in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(d) Each party to this Supplement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 5.01 of the Collateral Agreement. Nothing in any Loan Document will affect the right of any party to this Supplement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

(e) The New Subsidiary hereby irrevocably designates, appoints and empowers the Borrower as its designee, appointee and agent to receive, accept and acknowledge for and on its behalf, and in respect of its property, service of any and all legal process, summons, notices and documents that may be served in any such action or proceeding.

(f) EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS SUPPLEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

 

Ex. I-3


Section 7. [Reserved.]

Section 8. Any provision of this Supplement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section 9. All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 5.01 of the Collateral Agreement.

Section 10. The New Subsidiary agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent for its fees and expenses incurred hereunder and under the Collateral Agreement as provided in Section 9.03(a) of the Credit Agreement; provided that each reference therein to the “Borrower” shall be deemed to be a reference to “the New Subsidiary.”

 

Ex. I-4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Subsidiary and the Administrative Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Collateral Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

[Name Of New Subsidiary],

By:

   

Name:

Title:

 

JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC,

as Administrative Agent

By:

   

Name:

Title:

[Signature Page to Collateral Agreement Supplement]


Exhibit II to the

Collateral Agreement

FORM OF COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT

This COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of [], 20[] (as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “Agreement”), is made by and among [] (the “Grantor”) and Jefferies Finance LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”).

Reference is made to (a) the Credit Agreement dated as of July 17, 2014 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among TA MIDCO 1, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Borrower”), TA HOLDINGS 1, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), the Lenders and the Issuing Banks party thereto and JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacity, together with its successors and permitted assigns, the “Administrative Agent”) and (b) the Collateral Agreement dated as of July 17, 2014 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Collateral Agreement”), among the Borrower, Holdings, the other grantors from time to time party thereto and the Administrative Agent. The Lenders and the Issuing Banks have agreed to extend credit to the Borrower subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement. The Grantor is an Affiliate of the Borrower and is willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make additional Loans and the Issuing Banks to issue additional Letters of Credit and as consideration for Loans previously made and Letters of Credit previously issued. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1. Terms. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Collateral Agreement or the Credit Agreement, as applicable. The rules of construction specified in Section 1.01(b) of the Collateral Agreement also apply to this Agreement.

Section 2. Grant of Security Interest. As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Secured Obligations, the Grantor hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, its successors and permitted assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest (the “Security Interest”) in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under Filing Collateral consisting of any Copyrights now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor, including those registered or applied for Copyrights listed on Schedule I, and any exclusive Copyright Licenses under which such Grantor is a licensee, including those exclusive Copyright Licenses listed on Schedule II (collectively, the “Copyright Collateral”). The Grantor authorizes and requests that the Register of Copyrights record this Agreement.

Section 3. Collateral Agreement. The Security Interest granted to the Administrative Agent herein is granted in furtherance, and not in limitation, of the security interests granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Collateral Agreement. The Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent with respect to the Copyright Collateral are more fully set forth in the Collateral Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Collateral Agreement, the terms of the Collateral Agreement shall govern.

 

Ex. II-1


Section 4. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

Ex. II-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

[],
By:    

Name:

Title:

 

JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC,

as Administrative Agent

By:

   

Name:

Title:

[Signature Page to Copyright Security Agreement]


Schedule I to Copyright Security Agreement

COPYRIGHT REGISTRATIONS AND APPLICATIONS

 

Title

   Application No.    Filing Date    Registration No.    Registration Date
           
           
           
           
           

 

I-1


Schedule II to Copyright Security Agreement

EXCLUSIVE COPYRIGHT LICENSES

 

Description of Copyright License

  

Name of Licensor

   Registration Number of
underlying Copyright
     
     
     
     
     

 

II-1


Exhibit III to the

Collateral Agreement

FORM OF PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT

This PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of [], 20[] (as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “Agreement”), is made by and among [] (the “Grantor”) and Jefferies Finance LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”).

Reference is made to (a) the Credit Agreement dated as of July 17, 2014 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among TA MIDCO 1, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Borrower”), TA HOLDINGS 1, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), the Lenders and the Issuing Banks party thereto and JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacity, together with its successors and permitted assigns, the “Administrative Agent”) and (b) the Collateral Agreement dated as of July 17, 2014 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Collateral Agreement”), among the Borrower, Holdings, the other grantors from time to time party thereto and the Administrative Agent. The Lenders and the Issuing Banks have agreed to extend credit to the Borrower subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement. The Grantor is an Affiliate of the Borrower and is willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make additional Loans and the Issuing Banks to issue additional Letters of Credit and as consideration for Loans previously made and Letters of Credit previously issued. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1. Terms. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Collateral Agreement or the Credit Agreement, as applicable. The rules of construction specified in Section 1.01(b) of the Collateral Agreement also apply to this Agreement.

Section 2. Grant of Security Interest. As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Secured Obligations, the Grantor hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, its successors and permitted assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest (the “Security Interest”) in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under Filing Collateral consisting of any Patents now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor, including those registered or applied for Patents listed on Schedule I (the “Patent Collateral”). The Grantor authorizes and requests that the Commissioner for Patents record this Agreement.

Section 3. Collateral Agreement. The Security Interest granted to the Administrative Agent herein is granted in furtherance, and not in limitation, of the security interests granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Collateral Agreement. The Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent with respect to the Patent Collateral are more fully set forth in the Collateral Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Collateral Agreement, the terms of the Collateral Agreement shall govern.

 

Ex III-1


Section 4. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

Ex III-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

[],
By:

 

Name:
Title:

JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC,

as Administrative Agent

By:

 

Name:
Title:

[Signature Page To Patent Security Agreement]


Schedule III to

Patent Security Agreement

PATENTS AND PATENT APPLICATIONS

 

Title

   Application No.    Filing Date    Patent No.    Issue Date
           
           
           
           
           

 

III-1


Exhibit IV to the

Collateral Agreement

FORM OF TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT

This TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of [], 20[] (as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “Agreement”), is made by and among [] (the “Grantor”) and Jefferies Finance LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”).

Reference is made to (a) the Credit Agreement dated as of July 17, 2014 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among TA MIDCO 1, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Borrower”), TA HOLDINGS 1, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), the Lenders and the Issuing Banks party thereto and JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacity, together with its successors and permitted assigns, the “Administrative Agent”) and (b) the Collateral Agreement dated as of July 17, 2014 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Collateral Agreement”), among the Borrower, Holdings, the other grantors from time to time party thereto and the Administrative Agent. The Lenders and the Issuing Banks have agreed to extend credit to the Borrower subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement. The Grantor is an Affiliate of the Borrower and is willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make additional Loans and the Issuing Banks to issue additional Letters of Credit and as consideration for Loans previously made and Letters of Credit previously issued. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1. Terms. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Collateral Agreement or the Credit Agreement, as applicable. The rules of construction specified in Section 1.01(b) of the Collateral Agreement also apply to this Agreement.

Section 2. Grant of Security Interest. As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Secured Obligations, the Grantor hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, its successors and permitted assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest (the “Security Interest”) in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under Filing Collateral consisting of any Trademarks now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor, including those registered or applied for Trademarks listed on Schedule I; provided that no security interest is granted on any intent-to-use trademark applications filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office to the extent that, and solely during the period in which the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use trademark applications under applicable Requirements of Law (the “Trademark Collateral”). The Grantor authorizes and requests that the Commissioner for Trademarks record this Agreement.

Section 3. Collateral Agreement. The Security Interest granted to the Administrative Agent herein is granted in furtherance, and not in limitation, of the security interests granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Collateral Agreement. The Grantor hereby

 

Ex IV-1


acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent with respect to the Trademark Collateral are more fully set forth in the Collateral Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Collateral Agreement, the terms of the Collateral Agreement shall govern.

Section 4. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

Ex IV-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

[],
By:

 

Name:
Title:

JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC,

as Administrative Agent

By:

 

Name:
Title:

[Signature Page To Trademark Security Agreement]


Schedule IV to

Trademark Security Agreement

TRADEMARK REGISTRATIONS AND APPLICATIONS

 

Mark

   Serial No.    Filing Date    Registration No.    Registration Date
           
           
           
           
           

 

IV-1


EX-10.13

Exhibit 10.13

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT. [**] – INDICATES INFORMATION THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

MANUFACTURING AND SUPPLY AGREEMENT

This MANUFACTURING AND SUPPLY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is dated as of February 27, 2014 (the “Effective Date”), between SKINNYPOP POPCORN LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of Illinois, (“Buyer”) and ASSEMBLERS FOOD PACKAGING LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the state of Illinois (“Manufacturer” and together with Buyer, the “Parties”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Buyer is engaged in the business of, among other things, marketing and selling various food products, including popcorn;

WHEREAS, Manufacturer is in the business of, among other things, producing assembling, packaging and supplying products for clients; and

WHEREAS, Buyer shall provide proprietary manufacturing formulae and processes to Manufacturer from time to time (the “Formulae”) for the production of certain snack food products including popcorn and popcorn products (the “Product” or “Products”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises of the parties and the consideration which is set forth herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS.

1.1 Definitions. As used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Affiliate” means, as applied to any Person, any other Person who controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, of the power to direct the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of equity interests, by contract, or otherwise.

Change of Control” means, with respect to a Party: (a) the sale of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Party to a Third Party Purchaser; (ii) a sale resulting in no less than a majority of the common units (or equivalent equity interest) on a fully diluted basis being held by a Third Party Purchaser; or (iii) a merger, consolidation, recapitalization or reorganization of the company with or into a Third Party Purchaser that results in the inability of its members to designate or elect a majority of the board of directors (or its equivalent) of the resulting entity or its parent company.

 

1


Confidential Information” means all non-public, confidential or proprietary information disclosed before, on or after the date hereof, by a Party to the other Party or to its Affiliates, or to any of their employees, officers, directors, partners, shareholders, agents, attorneys, accountants or advisors (collectively, “Representatives”), including but not limited to information about its business affairs, Products and services, processes, procedures, formulas, raw materials, ingredients, techniques, sequences, customers, vendors, packaging, cooking, distribution, finances, capacity, systems, specifications, programs, pricing, costs, marketing plans, inventions, trade secrets, forecasts, confidential information and materials comprising or relating to Intellectual Property Rights, trade secrets, third-party confidential information and other sensitive or proprietary information, including the terms of this Agreement, whether orally or in written, electronic or other form or media, and whether or not marked, designated or otherwise identified as “confidential.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information does not include information that, at the time of disclosure and as established by documentary evidence:

(a) is or becomes generally available to and known by the public other than as a result of, directly or indirectly, any breach by the Receiving Party or any of its Representatives;

(b) is or becomes available to the Receiving Party on a non-confidential basis from a third-party source, provided that such third party is not and was not prohibited from disclosing such Confidential Information;

(c) was known by or in the possession of the Receiving Party or its Representatives prior to being disclosed by or on behalf of the Disclosing Party;

(d) was or is independently developed by the Receiving Party without reference to or use of, in whole or in part, any of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information; or

(e) is required to be disclosed pursuant to applicable Law.

Intellectual Property Rights” means all industrial and other intellectual property rights comprising or relating to: (a) patents; (b) trademarks; (c) internet domain names, whether or not trademarks, registered by any authorized private registrar or governmental authority, web addresses, web pages, website and URLs; (d) works of authorship, expressions, designs and design registrations, whether or not copyrightable, including copyrights and copyrightable works, software and firmware, data, data files, and databases and other specifications and documentation; (e) trade secrets; and (f) all industrial and other intellectual property rights, and all rights, interests and protections that are associated with, equivalent or similar to, or required for the exercise of, any of the foregoing, however arising, in each case whether registered or unregistered and including all registrations and applications for, and renewals or extensions of, such rights or forms of protection pursuant to the Laws of any jurisdiction throughout in any part of the world.

Person” means any natural person, corporation, company, partnership, association, sole proprietorship, trust, joint venture, non-profit entity, institute, governmental authority, trust association or other form of entity not specifically listed herein.

Third Party Purchaser” means any Person who, immediately prior to the contemplated transaction, (a) does not directly or indirectly own or have the right to acquire any outstanding common units (or equivalent equity interest) or (b) is not an Affiliate of any Person who directly or indirectly owns or has the right to acquire any common units (or equivalent equity interest).

 

2


2. PRODUCTION.

2.1 Manufacture. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, during the Term, Manufacturer shall manufacture the Products exclusively on behalf of Buyer. All Product shall be manufactured at Manufacturer’s facility at 2850 West Columbus Ave, Chicago, IL 60652, or any other location as mutually agreed upon by the parties (the “Production Facility”). Manufacturer shall utilize Buyer Equipment (defined herein), Manufacturer’s Equipment (defined herein) and staff designated for the production of the Product for Buyer, according to Buyer’s Specifications (defined herein). In the event that Buyer desires to manufacture any Product with a third party manufacturer other than Manufacturer or Buyer, Manufacturer shall have a right of first refusal to produce such Product on the same or better terms and conditions provided by such third party manufacturer to Buyer. Following Manufacturer’s receipt of notice by Buyer of Buyer’s desire to manufacture a Product with a third party manufacturer, including an outline of the terms and conditions thereof, Manufacturer shall notify Buyer within 30 calendar days of its desire to elect such right of first refusal.

2.2 Specifications. Manufacturer shall manufacture and process the Product in strict accordance with the Specifications (as hereafter defined). The “Specifications” shall mean the Formulae, raw and packaging material specifications, recipes, formulations, specifications, artwork, graphics, label copy, finished product standards, manufacturing practices and other confidential and proprietary information relating to the Products provided to Manufacturer by Buyer from time to time.

2.3 Changes in Specifications. Manufacturer acknowledges and agrees that Buyer is and shall remain the owner of all recipes, processes, formulations, specifications, artwork, graphics, and label copy furnished by, or developed for, Buyer and other confidential and proprietary information relating to the Products. Buyer shall have the right from time to time at its sole option to modify the Formulae and any related formulations for the Products included as part of the Specifications upon reasonable notice to Manufacturer. Buyer shall also have the right, from time to time, to require modifications or alterations in the processing techniques utilized to manufacture the Products. Upon such modification, the prices shall be adjusted by mutual agreement of the Parties to reflect any increased or decreased costs as a result of such modifications or alterations.

2.4 No Minimums. Both Parties understand and acknowledge that the quantity and variety of the Product ordered by Buyer will be derived from marketing projections that may not necessarily depict actual sales volume since the Products may represent a new entry by Buyer into the snack food market; therefore, the total quantity of Product to be purchased hereunder is subject to wide fluctuation. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Buyer shall not be required to purchase any minimum quantity of any Product from Manufacturer. This Agreement shall not be deemed to constitute a requirements contract or to impose any obligation to purchase any portion of output by Buyer.

 

3


3. STORAGE, SHIPMENT, RETURNS AND RISK OF LOSS.

3.1 Storage. Manufacturer shall provide storage and handling services for the Product, Buyer packaging, and any other Product-related materials at its Production Facility. The cost of such storage and handling services shall be included in the charges for Product as set forth on Exhibit A.

3.2 Packaging and Labeling. Manufacturer shall properly pack, mark and ship Products and provide Buyer with shipment documentation showing such information as shall be required by Buyer from time to time.

3.3 Shipment. At the request of Buyer, Manufacturer shall load and ship the Product, with appropriate shipping documents, at Manufacturer’s Facility, and in such quantities as may be designated by Buyer.

3.4 Ownership and Risk of Loss.

(a) Buyer shall retain title to the popcorn kernels, oil and other raw ingredient toppings used in the production of the Product and stored at Manufacturer’s facility. Manufacturer shall retain title to all film and corrugated, and to finished Product until it leaves Manufacturer’s facility.

(b) Manufacturer shall bear the risk of loss or damage to any of the Products (including all film, corrugated and finished Product) that occurs prior to the departure of Buyer’s designated carrier from Manufacturer’s facility. Buyer shall bear the risk of loss or damage to any of the Products after departure from Manufacturer’s facility.

3.5 Inspection and Returns. The Parties agree that because of the just-in-time nature of the production and shipment timetable, it will not be practicable for Buyer to inspect all Products prior to shipment. Therefore Manufacturer agrees to accept all customer returns of Product. Buyer shall have the right to offset any amounts owed under this Agreement against any return credits payable to Buyer.

4. PRICE. Buyer shall pay Manufacturer the prices for Product set forth on Exhibit A, as amended in accordance with this Agreement from time to time. Such prices include the following components: (i) Manufacturer’s actual Labor Cost; (ii) Manufacturer’s actual Material Cost; and (iii) the Manufacturing Fee, as defined and as set forth below.

(a) Buyer shall reimburse Manufacturer for its actual cost of labor in connection with the production and manufacture of the Product (“Labor Cost”).

(b) Buyer shall reimburse Manufacturer for its actual cost of packaging and materials, which shall include film, corrugated, final pallet and shrink-wrapping (together, the “Material Cost”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Buyer shall retain the right to procure its own packaging material, which Manufacturer shall utilize in the production and manufacture of the Product at no additional Material Cost to Buyer.

 

4


(c) Buyer shall pay Manufacturer a manufacturing fee equal to [**] of Manufacturer’s actual Material Cost (“Manufacturing Fee”).

(d) Neither Labor Cost nor Material Cost shall be subject to increase except at the end of a calendar quarter upon not less than [**] days written notice to Buyer. In no event shall Labor Cost or Material Cost be increased by greater than [**] per calendar quarter without the prior written consent of Buyer.

5. EQUIPMENT.

5.1 Manufacturer shall, from time to time, acquire equipment for the production, assembling, packaging and/or manufacturing of the Products, including but not limited to vertical form fill and seal machines, and conveyors, as listed on Exhibit B attached hereto (the “Manufacturer Equipment”). Manufacturer covenants that it shall insure the Manufacturer Equipment in accordance with standard industry practice.

5.2 Buyer shall, from time to time, acquire equipment for use by Manufacturer in the production, assembly and/or manufacturing of the Products, including popcorn poppers, as listed on Exhibit B attached hereto (the “Buyer Equipment”). Buyer covenants that it shall insure the Buyer Equipment in accordance with standard industry practice.

5.3 Both the Manufacturer Equipment and the Buyer Equipment shall be used exclusively for the benefit of Buyer in connection with the manufacture and production of the Products. Neither the Buyer Equipment nor the Manufacturer Equipment shall under any circumstance be used by Manufacturer for any other purpose during the Term of this Agreement.

5.4 In the event that Buyer terminates this Agreement prior to [**] months following the acquisition date of any article of Manufacturer Equipment (for each article of Manufacturer Equipment, the “Expiration Date”) for reasons other than a breach by Manufacturer, unless the Agreement is assumed by an acquirer of all or substantially all of Buyer’s assets (a “Purchaser”), Buyer shall pay to Manufacturer an equipment fee for each such article of Manufacturer Equipment (the “Equipment Fee”), which shall equal the product of (C) (Multiple Factor as listed on Exhibit B attached hereto) and the number of months remaining, at the termination of this Agreement, until the Expiration Date for each article of equipment. For the sake of clarity, Buyer shall only be relieved of its obligation to pay the Equipment Fee to the extent that the Purchaser agrees to assume and be bound by the terms of this Agreement, including in respect of its continuing obligation regarding the Equipment Fee, as applicable.

6. BAILMENT.

6.1 All ingredients designated as “Buyer Ingredients” on Exhibit C (collectively, “Bailed Property”) is and will at all times remain the property of Buyer and be held by Manufacturer on a bailment-at-will basis.

6.2 Only Buyer has any right, title or interest in and to the Bailed Property, except for Manufacturer’s limited right, subject to Buyer’s sole discretion, to use the Bailed Property in the performance of Manufacturer’s obligations under this Agreement. Manufacturer shall not use the Bailed Property for any other purpose. Manufacturer shall not comingle Bailed Property

 

[**] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

5


with the property of Manufacturer or with that of a Person other than Buyer or Manufacturer and shall not move any Bailed Property from Manufacturer’s premises without the prior written approval by Buyer. Buyer may, at any time, for any reason and without additional payment of any kind, retake possession of any Bailed Property. Upon Buyer’s request, Bailed Property will be immediately released to Buyer or delivered to Buyer by Manufacturer. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Manufacturer shall not allow any third party encumbrance to be imposed on or attach to the Bailed Property through Manufacturer or as a result of Manufacturer’s action or inaction.

6.3 Manufacturer acknowledges and agrees that Buyer is neither the manufacturer of the Bailed Property nor the Manufacturer’s agent.

6.4 Inventory. Manufacturer will, in accordance with its normal business practices, maintain a written inventory of all Bailed Property that sets forth a description and the location and quantity of all Bailed Property, and provide a copy of this inventory to Buyer upon request. Manufacturer shall mark all Bailed Property permanently and conspicuously to identify it as the property of Buyer.

7. COVENANTS.

7.1 Compliance with Laws. The Product produced by Manufacturer under this Agreement shall be free from adulteration and Manufacturer does hereby guarantee to Buyer that, at the time of delivery of such Product, the Product shall comply with all applicable Federal, state and local laws and regulations of the United States.

7.2 Production Facility and Equipment.

(a) Manufacturer shall maintain an allergen-free environment, which shall include, but not be limited to, a facility free at all times from peanuts, tree nuts, gluten and dairy, for the production of the Products (as used herein, “Allergen Free”).

(b) Manufacturer shall at all times during the Term of this Agreement maintain a Safe Quality Food Institute (SQF) Level 2 rating and shall be Kosher certified. Upon request of Buyer, and not less than annually, Manufacturer shall provide Buyer with copies of a recent report prepared by the Safe Quality Food Institute indicating its rating.

7.3 Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation. Manufacturer acknowledges understands and agrees that Buyer’s ability to reserve confidential and proprietary information for the exclusive knowledge and use of Buyer is of great competitive importance and commercial value to Buyer, and that improper use or disclosure by Manufacturer is likely to result in unfair or unlawful competitive activity. Therefore, Manufacturer agrees as follows.

(a) During the Term of this Agreement and for a period of [**] following the termination or expiration of the Term (the “Restricted Period”), Manufacturer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Affiliates to, directly or indirectly:

(i) other than for Buyer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, engage in or assist any party (including for itself or its Affiliates) in engaging in the production of any popcorn or popcorn products (the “Restricted Business”) worldwide (the “Territory”);

 

[**] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

6


(ii) have an interest in any Person that engages directly or indirectly in the Restricted Business in the Territory in any capacity, including as a partner, shareholder, member, employee, principal, agent, trustee or consultant; or

(iii) intentionally interfere in any material respect with the business relationships between Buyer and its customers or suppliers.

(b) During the Restricted Period, neither Manufacturer nor Buyer shall, nor shall they permit any of their respective Affiliates to, directly or indirectly, engage or solicit any supplier, employee or contractor of the other or encourage any such supplier, employee or contractor to terminate its engagement with the other.

7.4 Labeling and Recall Procedures. All Products shall be labeled by Manufacturer and bear such information as required by and in accordance with all applicable laws (including Federal, state and local) relating to each such Product. Labeling shall include, without limitation, coding necessary to identify the Manufacturer, production location, line, production date, lot number and open code expiration date. Manufacturer is responsible for any recall related to the Product failing to comply with any laws relating to ingredients contained in the Product, nutritional standards of the Product as displayed on the packaging, the weight of the Product as displayed on the packaging, and harmful materials contained in the Product. Manufacturer shall also maintain (and shall provide Buyer a copy of) written recall procedures in a form customary for the pre-packaged food industry and that ensure compliance with applicable laws relating to each such Product.

7.5 No Liens. Manufacturer shall not, and shall not permit any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates to create, incur, assume, or suffer to exist, directly or indirectly, any lien on or with respect to the Products of any kind, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except for liens created pursuant to this Agreement.

8. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY.

8.1 Ownership. Buyer is and shall be, the sole and exclusive owner of all right, title and interest throughout the world in and to all Intellectual Property Rights arising out of or related to the Specifications, whether pre-existing or hereafter developed or as modified from time to time (collectively “Buyer Intellectual Property”). Manufacturer agrees that any such Buyer Intellectual Property is hereby deemed a “work made for hire” as defined in 17 U.S.C. § 101 for Buyer. If, for any reason, any of the Buyer Intellectual Property does not constitute a “work made for hire,” Manufacturer hereby irrevocably assigns to Buyer, in each case without additional consideration, all right, title and interest throughout the world in and to the Buyer Intellectual Property, including all Intellectual Property Rights therein. Notwithstanding the above, Manufacturer shall retain all Intellectual Property Rights related to its logo and any methodology that Manufacturer employs in manufacturing the Product, whether pre-existing or hereafter developed, provided that such methodology was not provided to Manufacturer by

 

7


Buyer (“Manufacturer Intellectual Property”). The Parties agree to negotiate in good faith the terms of a license to any Manufacturer Intellectual Property to the extent necessary for the manufacture, marketing or sale of the Products after term of this Agreement.

8.2 Each of Manufacturer and Buyer hereto acknowledge and agree that:

(a) except to the extent expressly provided in a written agreement between Buyer and Manufacturer, Buyer (or its licensors) will retain all Buyer Intellectual Property used to create, embodied in, used in and otherwise relating to the Specifications;

(b) any and all of the Buyer Intellectual Property is and are the sole and exclusive property of Buyer or its licensors;

(c) any goodwill derived from the use by Manufacturer of the Buyer Intellectual Property Rights inures to the benefit of Buyer or its licensors, as the case may be;

(d) if Manufacturer acquires any Intellectual Property Rights in or relating to any Buyer Intellectual Property (including any rights in any trademarks, or derivative works relating thereto), by operation of law, or otherwise, such rights are deemed and are hereby irrevocably assigned to Buyer or its licensors, as the case may be, without further action by either Party.

8.3 Prohibited Acts. Manufacturer shall not:

(a) take any action that may interfere with any of Buyer’s rights in or to the Buyer Intellectual Property, including its ownership or exercise thereof;

(b) register or apply for registrations, anywhere in the world, for Buyer’s trademarks or any other trademark that is similar to Buyer’s trademarks or that incorporates Buyer’s trademarks in whole or in confusingly similar part;

(c) use any mark, anywhere, that is confusingly similar to Buyer’s trademarks;

(d) engage in any action that tends to disparage, dilute the value of, or reflect negatively on the Products purchased under this Agreement (including Products) or any trademark of Buyer;

(e) misappropriate any of Buyer’s trademarks for use as a domain name without prior written consent from Buyer; or

(f) alter, obscure or remove any of Buyer’s trademarks or trademark or copyright notices or any other proprietary rights notices placed on the products purchased under this Agreement (including the Products), marketing materials or other materials that Buyer may provide.

 

8


9. CONFIDENTIALITY.

9.1 Protection of Confidential Information. From time to time during the Term, either Party (as the “Disclosing Party”) may disclose or make available to the other Party (as the “Receiving Party”) certain Confidential Information. The Receiving Party shall:

(a) protect and safeguard the confidentiality of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information with at least the same degree of care as the Receiving Party would protect its own Confidential Information, but in no event with less than a commercially reasonable degree of care;

(b) not use the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, or permit it to be accessed or used, for any purpose other than to exercise its rights or perform its obligations under this Agreement; and

(c) not disclose any such Confidential Information to any Person, except to the Receiving Party’s Representatives who need to know the Confidential Information to assist the Receiving Party, or act on its behalf, to exercise its rights or perform its obligations under this Agreement.

9.2 The Receiving Party shall be responsible for any breach of this Section 9 caused by any of its Representatives. On the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement, the Receiving Party and its Representatives shall, promptly return or destroy all Confidential Information and copies thereof that it has received under this Agreement.

10. WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS.

10.1 Manufacturer Representations. Manufacturer warrants and represents to Buyer that:

(a) All of the Products that Manufacturer manufactures, processes, and packages under this Agreement (i) shall be manufactured, processed, and packaged Allergen Free and strictly in conformity with applicable sanitation standards set forth in United States Food and Drug Administration, the United States Department of Agriculture, and the State and Local Governmental Agency (or, in the case of Products to be shipped or distributed in Canada, the Canadian equivalent thereof) having jurisdiction over the manufacturing, processing, and packaging of the Products, and all applicable rules and regulations, as amended, (ii) shall conform strictly to Specifications, and (iii) shall be fit and wholesome for human consumption and shall meet all requirements of applicable statutes, rules, and regulations of the United States and any state or local government.

(b) All materials, ingredients, supplies, and packaging materials that Manufacturer uses in the manufacture of the Products shall be merchantable, of good quality, free from defects, and fit for the purpose intended. This warranty shall not apply to any such materials or ingredients that Buyer furnishes; however, Manufacturer shall evaluate any such materials or ingredients that Buyer furnishes and reject the same if not merchantable, of good quality, and fit for the purpose intended.

 

9


(c) No delivery shall bear or contain any food additive, pesticide, or other substance as of the date of such delivery that is unsafe for human consumption within the meaning of the Federal Food Drug and Cosmetic Act, with all revisions and amendments pertaining to such statute.

(d) The execution of this Agreement and performance of its obligations under this Agreement does not, and will not, abrogate, breach, or conflict with any agreement, mortgage, pledge, or contract to which Manufacturer is a party or to which the Production Facility or any of the equipment, fixtures, or personal property that the Production Facility contains is subject.

(e) Manufacturer is duly organized and existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and has all requisite power and authority to own and operate its properties, to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted, to enter into this Agreement and to carry out the transactions contemplated thereby. The execution, delivery, and performance by Manufacturer of this Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of Manufacturer. The execution, delivery, and performance by Manufacturer of this Agreement does not and will not (i) violate any material provision of Federal, state, or local law or regulation applicable to Manufacturer, its charter or bylaws/operating agreement, or any order, judgment, or decree of any court or other governmental authority binding on Manufacturer or (ii) conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any material agreement of Manufacturer where any such conflict, breach or default could individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect, on the business or operations of Manufacturer. The execution, delivery, and performance by Manufacturer of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not require any registration with, consent, or approval of, or notice to, or other action with or by, any governmental authority, other than registrations, consents, approvals, notices, or other actions that have been obtained and that are still in force and effect. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Manufacturer and is the legally valid and binding obligation of Manufacturer, enforceable against Manufacturer in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles or by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally.

(f) Manufacturer neither owns any ownership interest in, nor does it provide any services (consulting or otherwise) to any Person engaged in the production or marketing of popcorn or popcorn products other than Buyer, with the exception of repacking prepackaged popcorn products.

(g) THE FOREGOING WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES NOT EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED BY OPERATION OF LAW OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF TITLE, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE.

10.2 Buyer Representations. Buyer warrants and represents to Manufacturer that it is duly organized and existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and has all requisite power and authority to own and operate its properties, to carry

 

10


on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted, to enter into this Agreement and to carry out the transactions contemplated thereby. The execution, delivery, and performance by Buyer of this Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of Buyer. The execution, delivery, and performance by Buyer of this Agreement does not and will not (i) violate any material provision of Federal, state, or local law or regulation applicable to Buyer, its charter or bylaws/operating agreement, or any order, judgment, or decree of any court or other governmental authority binding on Buyer or (ii) conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any material agreement of Buyer where any such conflict, breach or default could individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect, on the business or operations of Buyer. The execution, delivery, and performance by Buyer of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not require any registration with, consent, or approval of, or notice to, or other action with or by, any governmental authority, other than registrations, consents, approvals, notices, or other actions that have been obtained and that are still in force and effect. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Buyer and is the legally valid and binding obligation of Buyer, enforceable against Buyer in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles or by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally.

11. INDEMNITY BY MANUFACTURER. Manufacturer shall indemnify and shall hold harmless Buyer (including any Buyer Affiliates) from and against any and all claims, consumer claims, demands, actions, suits, causes of action, damages, and expenses (including, but not limited to, expenses of investigation, settlement, litigation, and attorneys’ fees incurred in connection therewith) (together “Claims”) that any Person makes, sustains, or brings against Buyer (including any Buyer Affiliates) in connection with (i) Manufacturer’s breach of this Agreement; and (ii) the injury, illness, or death of any Person caused or alleged to be caused by the purchase, consumption or use by such Person of any of the Products that Manufacturer manufactures, stores, ships or delivers to Buyer in breach of Manufacturer’s warranties under this Agreement; provided, however, that Manufacturer shall not indemnify and hold harmless Buyer for any claims caused exclusively by defective ingredients designated Buyer Ingredients on Exhibit C attached hereto, provided that Manufacturer did not have knowledge and would not reasonably be expected to have had knowledge of such defect in the Buyer Ingredients. Manufacturer shall also indemnify and shall hold Buyer harmless from any Claims in connection with Manufacturer’s performance of its obligations hereunder that result from the gross negligence of Manufacturer or its agents or employees.

12. INDEMNITY BY BUYER. Buyer shall indemnify and hold harmless Manufacturer (including any Manufacturer Affiliates) from and against any and all Claims that any Person makes, sustains, or brings against Manufacturer for (i) Buyer’s breach of this Agreement; or (ii) the recovery of damages for the injury, illness, or death of any Person caused or alleged to be caused by (a) the consumption or use by such Person of any of the Products that Manufacturer ships or delivers to or at the direction of Buyer pursuant to this Agreement if such injury, illness, or death results solely from the gross negligence of Buyer or its agents or employees, (b) the Buyer Ingredients, provided that Manufacturer did not have knowledge of such defect in the Buyer Ingredients, or (c) the Buyer Equipment, provided however that Buyer shall have not indemnification obligations under this Section 12 to the extent that Manufacturer misused or failed to maintain the Buyer Equipment.

 

11


13. LIMITATION ON LIABILITY. The limit of Manufacturer’s liability (whether in contract, tort, negligence, strict liability in tort or by statute or otherwise) to Buyer or to any third party concerning performance or non-performance by Manufacturer, or in any manner related to this Agreement, for any and all claims shall be [**].

14. INSURANCE. Each Party shall maintain in full force and effect during the term of this Agreement comprehensive general liability insurance coverage, including contractual liability and completed operations liability coverage and recall insurance, fire, casualty, business interruption, products liability, machinery, products recall (and similar insurable commercial disturbances or governmental actions) with a mutually acceptable nationally recognized insurance carrier. Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis; that is, it shall cover any claim made for injuries or damages arising out of an event occurring during the term of the policy regardless of whether the claim is made after the expiration of the term of the policy. In particular, Manufacturer covenants and agrees that it shall maintain in full force and effect during the Term of this Agreement each of the insurance policies listed on Exhibit D, attached hereto, at the levels and in accordance with terms provided therein. Manufacturer shall name as an additional insured the parties specified on Exhibit D, with minimum limits set forth therein. The Parties shall confer and coordinate in order to avoid overlapping coverage where unnecessary, and Manufacturer shall make available a schedule of all insurance coverage obtained and any other documents specified in Exhibit D.

15. RESALES OF THE PRODUCT. Buyer shall have complete and sole discretion as to the sale and resale of the Products, including the pricing of the Products, the advertising, marketing, sales, and distribution of the Products, and the expenses it incurs in connection therewith. In no event shall Manufacturer sell, distribute or otherwise dispose of the Products to any Person other than as directed by Buyer.

16. TERM. The term of this Agreement shall commence as of the date of this Agreement and shall continue in full force and effect for a period of 5 years (the “Initial Term”). This Agreement shall automatically renew for additional 5 year periods thereafter (each, a “Renewal Term” and together with the Initial Term, as the case may be, the “Term”), unless either Party provides notice to the other of its election not to renew at least 90 days prior to expiration of the Term or any Renewal Term thereof or is terminated in accordance with Section 16 herein.

17. TERMINATION. Either Party may terminate this Agreement:

(a) if the other Party materially breaches or violates any of the warranties, representations, agreements, covenants, or conditions that this Agreement contains or requires and such breaching Party fails to remedy the breach or violation within [**] days after receipt from the non-breaching Party of written notice of the breach or violation; or

(b) if the other Party makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, commits any act of bankruptcy, has a receiver appointed, or otherwise admits of its inability to pay its

(c) debts as they mature, or if a private party garnishes its assets or a governmental authority sequesters its assets.

 

[**] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

12


18. EFFECT OF TERMINATION. In the event of termination of this Agreement, such termination shall be without prejudice to any rights that may have accrued to Manufacturer or Buyer at the dale of termination. Buyer agrees that no outstanding purchase orders for the Products will be terminated or affected and that Manufacturer will continue to perform and discharge any such orders in accordance with the applicable terms of supply set forth herein. Upon the expiration or termination of this Agreement, or at Buyer’s request at any time during the Term of this Agreement, Manufacturer and its Representatives shall promptly return to Buyer all copies, whether in written, electronic or other form or media, of Buyer’s Confidential Information, or destroy all such copies and certify in writing to Buyer that such Confidential Information has been destroyed. In addition, Manufacturer shall also destroy all copies of any notes created by Manufacturer or its Representatives and certify in writing to Buyer that such copies have been destroyed. In addition, Manufacturer shall immediately account for and return to Buyer all packaging materials and ingredients that Buyer has supplied pursuant to this Agreement, and unless otherwise agreed by the Parties, Buyer shall purchase any inventory, raw materials, ingredients, packaging materials purchased by Manufacturer in reasonable anticipation of one or more forecasts provided by Buyer.

19. FORCE MAJEURE. If either Party is prevented from performing any of its obligations under this Agreement or is substantially delayed in such performance by reason of any cause beyond its control, including any governmental restrictions, acts of God, crop shortages, riots, war, fire, labor disputes, or other causes of FORCE MAJEURE, it shall be excused from the performance of its obligations affected by the reasons referred to, or from the delay in such performance. If such condition continues for a period of sixty days and substantially interferes with the further performance by either Party of this Agreement, either Party may terminate this Agreement on thirty days’ written notice to the other Party. If this Agreement is terminated under this Section 18, each Party shall bear the costs it has incurred before the date of termination specifically related to the Products not delivered to Buyer by the date of termination.

20. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS. The parties are independent contractors and engage in the operation of their own respective businesses. Neither Manufacturer nor Buyer shall be considered the agent of the other for any purpose whatsoever. Neither Manufacturer nor Buyer has any authority to enter into any contracts or assume any obligations for the other or to make any warranties or representations on behalf of the other. Nothing in this Agreement shall be considered to establish a relationship of co-partners or joint venturers between Manufacturer and Buyer.

21. NOTICES. Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices relating to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be personally delivered or sent by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested), overnight courier, or facsimile to the addresses set forth below:

 

If to Buyer: SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC
8135 Monticello

 

13


Skokie, Illinois 60076
E-mail: andy@skinnypop.com
Attention: Andrew S. Friedman
with copies to: RPCK Rastegar Panchal, PC
120 West 45th Street, 28th Floor
New York, New York 10036
Attn: Chintan Panchal, Esq.
Fax No.: 347-772-3070
Email: Chintan@rpck.com
If to Manufacturer: Assemblers Food Packaging LLC
2850 West Columbus Avenue
Chicago, Illinois 60652
Attn: Joel Rosenbacher
Fax No. 773-378-2000
Email: joel@assemblers.com
with copies to: Baker & McKenzie LLP
300 East Randolph Street, Suite 5000
Chicago, Illinois 60601
Attn: Alexandra Lee, Esq.
Fax No. +1 312 698 2246
Email: alexandra.lee@bakermckenzie.com

22. CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER; JUDICIAL REFERENCE PROVISION.

22.1 Governing Law. The validity of this Agreement, the construction, interpretation, and enforcement hereof, and the rights of the parties with respect to all matters arising hereunder or related hereto, and any claims, controversies or disputes arising hereunder or related hereto shall be determined under, governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois, without giving effect to any of its conflict of law provisions or the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods.

22.2 Waiver of Jury Trial. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES ITS RESPECTIVE RIGHTS, IF ANY, TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CAUSE OF ACTION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREIN, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS (EACH A “CLAIM”), TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW OR STATUTORY CLAIMS. EACH PARTY HERETO REPRESENTS THAT IT HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER AND IT KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

 

14


22.3 Submission to Jurisdiction. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE COUNTY OF COOK AND THE STATE OF ILLINOIS, IN ANY ACTON OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. EACH PARTY HERETO WAIVES, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT EACH MAY HAVE TO ASSERT THE DOCTRINE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS OR TO OBJECT TO VENUE TO THE EXTENT ANY PROCEEDING IS BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SECTION 21.

23. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

23.1 Successors and Assigns. Neither party may assign any of its rights or delegate any of its obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party, provided however, that (i) Buyer may freely assign any of its rights or delegate any of its obligations to any Purchaser that accepts and agrees to assume and be bound by all of the terms of this Agreement (including, without limitation, any then outstanding obligations in respect of the Equipment Fee), and (ii) Manufacturer may assign its rights or delegate its obligations to an Affiliate, subject to Buyer’s prior approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. In addition, notwithstanding Section 15 and subject to Section 5.4, if a Purchaser opts not to assume Buyer’s obligations under this Agreement, this Agreement shall terminate [**] from the date of the closing of the transaction involving the sale of all or substantially all of Buyer’s assets (the “Transition Period”). Any purported assignment or delegation in violation of this Section is null and void.

23.2 Amendments and Waivers. No amendment, waiver or other modification of any provision of this Agreement, and no consent with respect to any departure therefrom, shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the parties hereto and then any such waiver or consent shall be effective, but only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.

23.3 Section Headings. Headings and numbers have been set forth herein for convenience only. Unless the contrary is compelled by the context, everything contained in each Section applies equally to this entire Agreement.

23.4 Interpretation. This Agreement shall be construed as a whole in accordance with the fair meaning of its language and, regardless of who is responsible for its original drafting, shall not be construed for or against either Party.

23.5 Severability of Provisions. If any term or provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other term or provision of this Agreement or invalidate or render unenforceable such term or provision in any other jurisdiction. Upon a determination that any term or provision is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the parties agree that such unenforceable provision be

 

[**] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

15


modified to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

23.6 Counterparts; Electronic Execution. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic method of transmission shall be equally as effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement. Any Party delivering an executed counterpart of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic method of transmission also shall deliver an original executed counterpart of this Agreement but the failure to deliver an original executed counterpart shall not affect the validity, enforceability, and binding effect of this Agreement.

23.7 Integration. This Agreement reflects the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and shall not be contradicted or qualified by any other agreement, oral or written, before the date hereof.

[Signature pages to follow]

 

16


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

SKINNYPOP POPCORN LLC
By: /s/ Andrew S. Friedman
Name: Andrew S. Friedman
Title: CEO
ASSEMBLERS FOOD PACKAGING LLC
By: /s/ Joel Rosenbacher
Name: Joel Rosenbacher
Title: President

 

17


EXHIBIT A

Pricing

PRICING 2/17/2014

 

ITEM

  

Labor

  

Corrugated

  

Film

  

Pallet

  

Mark up

  

TOTAL

    

TYPE

  

Per case
or per
display

  

Per case
or per
display

  

Per case
or per
display

       

15%

for

Film

and

corrugated

  

Price per
case or
per
display
including
mark up
and pallet

    
4.4oz(12ct)    [**]    [**]    [**]    NA    [**]    [**]   
SkinnyPack    [**]    [**]    [**]    NA    [**]    [**]   
30 CT (.65ozBags)    [**]    [**]    [**]    NA    [**]    [**]   
24 CT (.65oz Bags)    [**]    [**]    [**]    NA    [**]    [**]   
20 CT (.65oz Bags)    [**]    [**]    [**]    NA    [**]    [**]   
1oz (24ct in 30pack carton)    [**]    [**]    [**]    NA    [**]    [**]   
Pallet displays    [**]    [**]    [**]    [**]    [**]    [**]    per pallet
4.4 mixed 208ct display    [**]    [**]    [**]    [**]    [**]    [**]    per pallet
14oz CHED 108ct display    [**]    [**]    [**]    [**]    [**]    [**]    per pallet
Sweet/Ched 4.4oz (12ct)    [**]    [**]    [**]    NA    [**]    [**]   
BP 4.4oz 12ct    [**]    [**]    [**]    NA    [**]    [**]   
Walmart 108ct half pallet    [**]    [**]    [**]    [**]    [**]    [**]    per half pallet
1oz 12ct    [**]    [**]    [**]    NA    [**]    [**]   

Final price shall include a [**] mark up on Corrugated and Film only. All other items shall be reimbursed at cost. Final price includes pallets that are required.

Please note prices subject to change quarterly in accordance with Section 4(d).

 

[**] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Exhibit to Manufacturing Agreement

1


EXHIBIT B

Equipment

 

Equipment

  

Ownership

    

Popcorn Poppers

   Buyer   

Vertical Form Fill & Seal Machine

   Manufacturer   

Conveyors

   Manufacturer   

Manufacturer Equipment

 

Equipment & Purchase Price

  

Serial Number and Bag

  

Purchase Date (A)

  

Expiration Date (B)

  

Multiple Factor (C)

Line 1 [**]   

Hayssen #1

M380S88450/

Ishida #1 56096

   October 1, 2011    September 1, 2015    [**]
Line 2 [**]   

Hayssen #1

S380S88451/

Ishida #2 56497

   April 15, 2012    March 15, 2016    [**]
Line 3&4 [**]   

Hayssen #3

M380S88787/

Ishida #3 57957

 

Hayssen #4

MCHSP03536/

Ishida #6 57480

   April 17, 2013    March 17, 2017    [**]
Line 5 [**]   

Hayssen #5

M380S88867/

Ishida #4 58384

   June 25, 2013    May 25, 2017    [**]
Line 6 [**]   

Hayssen #6

M380S88902/

Ishida #7

100021941

   December 5, 2013    November 5, 2017    [**]
Line 7 [**]   

Hayssen #7

M380S88913/

Ishida #8

100021940

   December 12, 2013    November 12, 2017    [**]

 

[**] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Exhibit to Manufacturing Agreement

2


EXHIBIT C

Buyer Ingredients

Popcorn kernels

Sunflower oil

Black pepper

Evaporated cane juice

Cheddar flavoring

Salt

Outer bag (“SkinnyPack”)

 

Exhibit to Manufacturing Agreement

3


EXHIBIT D

Insurance Requirements

 

I. Manufacturer and any and all tiers of sub-contractors shall provide the following minimum insurance coverage:

 

  A. Commercial General Liability: Combined Single Limit - [**] per occurrence and [**] annual aggregate per location. Such insurance shall be broad form and include, but not be limited to, contractual liability, independent contractor’s liability, products and completed operations liability, and personal injury liability. The policy shall name SkinnyPop Popcorn, LLC; Monticello Partners, LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, directors, officers, successors, assigns and mortgagees as additional insureds on ISO form CG 20 10 11 85 (or its equivalent) on a primary and non-contributory basis.

 

  B. Worker’s Compensation: Statutory Limits

 

  C. Employer’s Liability: Minimum liability limits of [**] bodily injury by accident each accident, [**] bodily injury by disease policy limit; [**] bodily injury each employee.

 

  D. Commercial Automobile Liability: Combined Single Limit - [**] per accident. Such insurance shall cover injury (or death) and property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any private passenger or commercial vehicles and of any other equipment required to be licensed for road use.

 

  E. Property Insurance: All-risk, replacement cost property insurance to protect against loss of Manufacturer real property, machinery, equipment and personal property in accordance with Section 3 and Section 5 of the Agreement.

 

  F. Employee Dishonesty Insurance: Minimum limit of [**] and Third Party Fidelity Insurance with minimum limit of [**].

 

  G. Umbrella/Excess Liability: [**] per occurrence, [**] Annual Aggregate and [**] Products/Completed Operations Aggregate. Umbrella/Excess Liability must follow form over the coverages required in I.A., I.C, I.D above.

 

II. Manufacturer and any and all tiers of sub-contractors waive any and all rights of subrogation for policies described in I.A., B., C, D., and G. above, provided that such waiver does not invalidate any insurance coverage

 

III. All policies will be written by companies licensed to do business in the State where the work will be performed and which have an A.M. Best’s rating of not less than A- VIII.

 

IV. Manufacturer shall furnish to Buyer Certificate(s) of Insurance on ACORD Form 25 or its equivalent evidencing the above coverage. Coverages shall be maintained without interruption during the Term of this Agreement.

 

[**] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Exhibit to Manufacturing Agreement

4


V. Manufacturer shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to procure that Certificate(s) of Insurance relating to policies required under this Agreement contain the following words verbatim:

“It is agreed that this insurance will not be canceled, not renewed or the limits of coverage in any way reduced without at least thirty (30) days advance written notice (ten [10] days for non-payment of premium) sent by certified mail, return receipt requested to:

Mr. Andy Friedman

Skinny Pop Popcorn, LLC

8135 Monticello Avenue

Skokie, IL 60076

 

Exhibit to Manufacturing Agreement

5


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT. [**] – INDICATES INFORMATION THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

ADDENDUM NO. 1

TO MANUFACTURING AND SUPPLY AGREEMENT

This Addendum #1 (this “Addendum”) to the Agreement (as defined below) is effective as of April 29, 2015 (the “Addendum Effective Date”) and is entered into by and between SKINNYPOP POPCORN LLC (“Buyer”) and ASSEMBLERS FOOD PACKAGING LLC (“Manufacturer”).

WHEREAS, Buyer and Manufacturer wish to modify the Agreement as set forth below.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which is acknowledged by the parties, the parties agree to the following terms and conditions:

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

I. EFFECT OF ADDENDUM. For purposes of this Addendum, the Agreement will be defined as the Manufacturing and Supply Agreement dated February 27, 2014, by and between the Parties, and any and all schedules, exhibits and documentation referenced herein or therein (the “Agreement”). The Agreement is modified only to the extent specifically set forth in this Addendum. Any capitalized term used in this Addendum, which is not defined herein, will have the meaning as defined in the Agreement. Except as expressly set forth in this Addendum, nothing in this Addendum is intended to expand or otherwise modify the Parties’ respective rights and obligations as provided under the Agreement and the terms and conditions of the Agreement will continue in full force and effect.

II. ADDENDA TO THE AGREEMENT.

 

  1. TERM. The term of this Agreement began on the Effective Date of the Agreement and shall continue in full force and effect for an initial period of eight (8) years from the Effective Date (the “Initial Term”).

 

  2. TERMINATION. Buyer may terminate the Agreement upon [**] months written notice for any reason, subject to a payment of [**] to Manufacturer, which amount shall be paid within [**] days of the termination date set forth in that written notice. Such termination payment shall be in addition to any other amounts owed by Buyer to Manufacturer pursuant to the Agreement and this Addendum. To the extent that Buyer terminates the Agreement, the provisions of Section 7.3(a) of the Agreement shall not apply.

 

[**] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


  3. MINIMUM ORDER REQUIREMENT PER YEAR. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2.4 of the Agreement, Buyer agrees that as a minimum order, [**] pounds of Products will be ordered by Buyer from Manufacturer during each “Agreement Year” (the first beginning on February 27, 2014 and continuing to February 26, 2015, and repeating thereafter from each February 27 to February 26 of the succeeding calendar year) that the Agreement is in effect (“Minimum Order”), but shall be prorated for any Agreement Year in which the Agreement is in effect for less than the full Agreement Year. For any Agreement Year in which the Buyer’s order is less than the Minimum Order of Products, and Manufacturer is not the exclusive manufacturer of the Products, there shall be a penalty assessed of [**] of Products (prorated for any portion thereof) under the Minimum Order. For any Agreement Year in which the Buyer’s order is less than the Minimum Order, but Manufacturer continues to be the exclusive manufacturer of the Products, there shall be no Minimum Order penalty.

 

  4. NO RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL. As of the Addendum Effective Date Manufacturer shall not have a right of first refusal. In furtherance of the foregoing, the parties hereto hereby agree that the last two sentences of Section 2.1 of the Agreement shall have no further force and effect from and after the Addendum Effective Date.

 

  5. PACKAGING MATERIAL. Whether packaging materials are provided by Buyer or sourced by Manufacturer on Buyer’s behalf, it is understood that such amounts shall include, at Buyer’s expense, an allowance for scrap, which shall have the effect of increasing the gross requirements to compensate for expected loss of such materials during manufacturing. Specifically, corrugated shall have a scrap factor of [**], and film shall have a scrap factor of [**]. Scrap factors for other materials shall be as mutually agreed by the parties.

 

  6. INSURANCE. At Buyer’s request and expense, Manufacturer shall provide the following increased minimum insurance coverage for Umbrella/Excess Liability:

 

    Umbrella/Excess Liability: [**] per occurrence, [**] Annual Aggregate and [**] Product /Completed Operation Aggregate.

The cost difference to Manufacturer between such increased minimum insurance and the respective original coverage amounts set forth on Exhibit D to the Agreement shall be invoiced to and reimbursed by Buyer on a quarterly basis during the Term, and shall be paid within [**] days of the date of each such invoice.

All other terms of the Insurance section of the Agreement remain in full force and effect.

 

  7. EXHIBITS. Exhibits A and B of the Agreement will be deleted in their entirety and the revised Exhibits A and B attached hereto will be substituted.

 

[**] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


  8. PRODUCTION. For the sake of clarity, Section 7.2(a) of the Agreement shall be amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

Manufacturer shall maintain a production line for the Products that is free at all times of peanuts, tree nuts, gluten and dairy, and of any other allergens that the parties may agree from time to time to exclude (as used herein “Allergen Free”).

III. INCONSISTENCIES. Except as explicitly amended hereby, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. In the event of inconsistencies between the terms and conditions of this Addendum and those of the Agreement, the terms and conditions of this Addendum will control. This Addendum may be executed in a number of counterparts, each of which, when so executed and delivered, will be deemed as originals, and all of which will constitute one and the same Addendum. This Addendum, together with the Agreement and the Exhibits, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter set forth herein.

[Signature page follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Addendum to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the Addendum Effective Date.

 

SKINNYPOP POPCORN LLC ASSEMBLERS FOOD PACKAGING LLC
By

/s/ Thomas C. Ennis

By:

/s/ Joel Rosenbacher

Name: Thomas C. Ennis Name: Joel Rosenbacher
Title: President & CEO Title: President
Date: 5/29/15 Date: 5/29/15

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOR ADDENDUM NO. 1 TO MANUFACTURING AND SUPPLY AGREEMENT]


EXHIBIT A

Pricing

 

Assumes SP buying the materials

                   

ITEM

  

Labor

  

Pallet

  

TOTAL

    

TYPE

  

Per case or per
display

       

Price per case
or per display
including mark
up and pallet

    

4.4oz (12ct) all flavors

   [**]    NA    [**]   

Skinny Pack

   [**]    NA    [**]   

30Ct (.65oz Bags)

   [**]    NA    [**]   

30Ct (.65oz Bags) CHED

   [**]    NA    [**]   

24 CT (.65oz Bags)

   [**]    NA    [**]   

24 CT (.65oz Bags) CAN

   [**]    NA    [**]   

20 CT (.65oz Bags)

   [**]    NA    [**]   

1oz (24ct in 30pack carton)

   [**]    NA    [**]   

Pallet displays

   [**]    [**]    [**]   

per

pallet

4.4 mixed 208ct display

   [**]    [**]    [**]   

per

pallet

14oz CHED 108ct display

   [**]    [**]    [**]   

per

pallet

Walmart Half pallet

   [**]    [**]    [**]    per half pallet

1oz 12ct

   [**]    NA    [**]   

1oz 12ct CHED

   [**]    NA    [**]   

4.4oz 6 pack

   [**]    NA    [**]   

10oz 6 pack

   [**]    NA    [**]   

60ct carton

   [**]    NA    [**]   

New Costco 9oz 2 pack

   [**]    [**]    [**]   

per

pallet

48Ct FloorStand

   [**]    [**]    [**]   

 

[**] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


EXHIBIT B

Equipment

 

Equipment

  

Ownership

    
Popcorn Poppers    Buyer   
Vertical Form Fill & Seal Machine    Manufacturer   
Conveyors    Manufacturer   

Manufacturer Equipment

 

Equipment & Purchase Price

  

Serial Number and Bag

  

Purchase Date (A)

  

Expiration Date (B)

  

Multiple Factor (C)

Line 1 [**]   

Hayssen #1

M380S88450/

Ishida #1 56096

   October 1, 2011    September 1, 2015    [**]
Line 2 [**]   

Hayssen #2

S380S88451/

Ishida #2 56497

   April 15, 2012    March 15, 2016    [**]
Line 3&4 [**]   

Hayssen #3

M380S88787/

Ishida #3 57957

 

Hayssen #4

MCHSP03536/

Ishida #6 57480

   April 17, 2013    March 17, 2017    [**]
Line 5 [**]   

Hayssen #5

M380S88867/

Ishida

#4 58384

   June 25, 2013    May 25, 2017    [**]
Line 6 [**]   

Hayssen #6

M380S88902/

Ishida #7

100021941

   December 5, 2013    November 5, 2017    [**]
Line 7 [**]   

Hayssen #7

M380S88913/

Ishida #8

100021940

   December 12, 2013    November 12, 2017    [**]

 

[**] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


Line 8 [**]

Hayssen #8

S88986/

Ishida #

100035843

April 18, 2014 March 18, 2018 [**]
Line 9 [**]

Hayssen #9

S89018/

Ishida#

100047212

June 13, 2014 May 13, 2018 [**]
Line 10 [**]

Hayssen #10

M380S89036/

Ishida#

10063062

July 23, 2014 June 23, 2018 [**]
Line 11 [**]

TNA#11

S88986/

Ishida #

100035843

April 18, 2014 March 18, 2018 [**]
Line 12 [**]

TNA #12

S88986/

Ishida #

100035843

April 18, 2014 March 18, 2018 [**]

 

[**] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


EX-10.14

Exhibit 10.14

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT. [**] - INDICATES INFORMATION THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

PREFERRED LOGO POPCORN

 

1132 9th Road

Chapman NE 68827 USA

Phone: 308-986-2526

Fax: 308-986-2626

E-mail:info@preferredpopcorn.com

Indiana location:

3055 West Bradford Road NE

Palmyra IN 47164

Phone: 812-364-6123

Fax: 812-364-6105

CONTRACT REGARDING SALE OF GOODS No. 14-3-31

 

Seller: Preferred Popcorn, LLC
     1132 9th Road
     Chapman, Nebraska 68827

 

Buyer: Skinny Pop Popcorn
     8135 Monticello Avenue
     Skokie, Illinois 60076

1. Goods; Term. During the Term of this Agreement, Seller shall sell [**] popcorn (“Product”) to Buyer in fifty pound (50#) paper bags. The Term of this Agreement shall be from October 1, 2014 through September 30, 2015. Country of origin and manufacturers: USA

2. Orders. All orders for Product shall be placed with Seller in writing or by electronic communication.

3. Confirmation and Acceptance of the Orders. Upon receipt of Buyer’s order for Product at least fourteen days prior to the date when Seller shall ship the product, Seller shall confirm to Buyer the date by when such Product shall be shipped.

4. Time of Delivery. Seller shall deliver the Goods at the time requested by Buyer and in the quantities and assortments requested; Quantities will be measured by a container of approximately 45,000 pounds. Therefore, each delivery must be of a quantity that fully loads, but does not overload a container.

5. Place of Delivery. The goods shall be delivered to Skinny Pop Popcorn, Chicago, Illinois,

6. Seller to Package Goods. Seller will package [**] popcorn in fifty pound (50#) paper bags.

7. Delivery. Delivery to Buyer’s designated location shall constitute delivery to Buyer. Seller will assume all risks of loss or damage to the products until they have been made available to the Buyer at the Buyer’s designated location. Once the products have been delivered to the Buyer, any risk of loss, damage or deterioration in the quality of the products, will be the responsibility of the Buyer. Any physical damage noted at time of unloading should be reported immediately to the local Ira importation authorities and Seller. Failure to notify Seller of physical damage at time of delivery will cause Buyer to lose its right to require indemnity for loss attributable to such physical damage. Any additional quality issues should be reported to Seller within [**] days of delivery to Buyer’s delivery location, Failure to notify Seller in writing within this time frame of additional quality issues will cause Buyer to lose Its right to require indemnity for loss attributable to such quality issues. Any physical damage during transportation of product from Seller to Buyer location shall be the responsibility of the Seller so long as Buyer shall have complied with the requirement to immediately report physical damage to local transportation authorities and Seller aft the time of delivery,

 

[**] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


8. Warranties. Seller warrants that the Goods arc of merchantable quality and are hereby guaranteed, as of the date of shipment, to be not adulterated or misbranded within the meaning of Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (the “Act”) and to comply with the Act and all applicable regulations. Further, the Goods are not a misbranded or hazardous substance or a banned hazardous substance within the meaning of those terms under the Federal Hazardous Substance Act. All Goods are in good and merchantable condition, free from latent or patent defects, not adulterated in any manner, are manufactured from sound raw materials and their production is carried under sanitary conditions. The Goods, at the time of shipment, are sound, wholesome products for human consumption and comply, with all applicable health regulations and standards in the United States of America. Seller warrants that the Goods are sold to Buyer free and clear of any liens or claims of any third party other than Buyer. Seller warrants that the Goods do not infringe upon or violate any patent, design, trade name, trademark, copyright, trade dress, right of privacy or other similar proprietary or property right of any third party. Seller warrants that throughout the Term of this agreement, the Goods shall be of consistent quality substantially similar to the quality of goods presented to Retailer when Seller presented Goods for Retailer consideration. All other warranties with respect to the Goods are hereby disclaimed.

9. Price. The price is established at the following levels through the entire term of the contract:

[**]

10. Freight. Paid by the [**].

11. Payment Terms. Payment shall be made within [**] days from the date of the invoice. All sales of Products by Seller to Buyer shall be paid in readily available U.S. dollars.

12. Quantity. Provided that Seller is not in breach of this Agreement or any agreement that it might have with Buyer, Buyer shall purchase from Seller, a quantity of [**] pounds of [**] popcorn October 1, 2014, and September 30, 2015. Both Seller and buyer agree that the above mentioned quantities are approximate, and actual quantities delivered to Buyer may vary plus or minus [**] without consequence to either party. Prior to the end of the contract period, Buyer will have the opportunity to purchase any quantity remaining on the contract at the contract price and Seller will store for delivery to the Buyer at a later date. If Buyer fails to pull the stated quantities, within the time period specified in this contract and does not purchase quantity remaining on contract prior to expiration, Seller has the right to assess applicable liquidated damages.

13. Cancellation Only For Cause. This Agreement is being made to cover specific products to fulfill Buyer’s special requirements and is not subject to termination of either party, except subject to one or more of the following provisions.

 

  (a) Buyer may terminate this Agreement upon thirty (30) days’ notice once it has purchased the Quantities referred to in Section 12 above;

 

  (b) Either party may terminate the Agreement if the other party fails to comply with a material term, obligation or condition of the Agreement and does not remedy the failure within ten (10) days after receiving written notice, unless such material breach is not capable of being cured, in which case the Agreement shall be terminated ten (10) days after written notice of the breach, unless the non-breaching party desires the termination to be effective on a later date, which date shall be specified in the notice.

 

  (c)

Buyer may terminate this Agreement immediately upon (i) Seller’s participation in fraud or criminal misconduct relating to the operation of Seller’s business or if Seller or any of its officers, directors or key employees is convicted of or found by or admits before a court or government agency of appropriate jurisdiction to have violated, or enters into a settlement or similar agreement with any such court or government agency with respect

 

[**] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

2


  to an alleged violation of, any law; or (ii) any instance of suspected product tampering with or contamination of Seller’s products or legitimate report of serious health risks in connection with the consumption of Seller’s products, which in any such event described in subclauses (i) and (ii) could reasonably be predicted materially to affect the retail sale of the Goods or the reputation of Seller or Retailer; or

 

  (d) Either party may terminate this Agreement in the event of the bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or liquidation of the other party hereto or if the other party hereto ceases to operate its business in the ordinary course.

In the event of any termination as set forth above, Buyer shall not have any obligation to Seller,

14. Force Majeure. Seller shall not be responsible for non-delivery or delay in delivery in the whole or any portion of the Goods where such non-delivery or delay in delivery is clue to fire, strikes, embargoes, acts of God or the public enemy or any other cause whatsoever over which Seller has no control; provided, however, in the event of such a force majeure event lasting longer than [**], Buyer shall no longer be subject to the terms of Section 12 hereof and may terminate this Agreement immediately.

15. Entire Agreement. This Agreement states the entire agreement between Seller and Buyer with respect to the subject matter hereof.

16. Modification. This Agreement can be modified or rescinded only by a writing signed by both of the parties.

17. Waiver. No claim or right arising out of a breach of this contract can be discharged in whole or in part by a waiver or renunciation of the claim, or right unless the waiver or renunciation is supported by consideration and is in writing signed by the aggrieved party.

18. Assignment - Delegation. No right or interest in this contract shall be assigned by either Buyer or Seller without the written permission of the other party, and no delegation of any obligation owed or of the performance of any obligation, by either Buyer or Seller shall be made without the written permission of the other party, in both cases, save to any of its affiliate companies which the relevant party directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control by it. Any attempted assignment or delegation shall be wholly void and totally ineffective for all purposes unless made in conformity with this paragraph,

19. Indemnification. Seller shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Buyer, its affiliates, agents, officers, directors, shareholders, employees and the Distributor, from and against any and all liabilities claims, suits, actions, losses and expenses (including attorney’s fees and costs) based upon or arising out of the (i) the contents, manufacture, labeling, or packaging of the Goods, or (ii) Seller’s performance of or failure to perform in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, (iii) Seller’s breach of any warranty set forth in this Agreement, or (iv) any claim based on the negligence, gross negligence or willful misconduct of the other party or of any of its employees, officers, directors or shareholders.

20. Confidentiality; Publicity. Both parties agree that the stipulations of this Agreement shall be considered by both as Confidential Information, therefore, it shall not be shared with third parties. Seller shall not use the name, logo or any other property right of Buyer without Buyer’s written consent,

21. Governing Law and Jurisdiction. This agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the applicable laws of the United States of America, the nonexclusive, general jurisdiction of any competent courts of the United States of America, appellation courts from any thereof, at the election of the plaintiff, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this letter agreement, and hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such court and any claim that any suit, action or proceeding brought in such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

 

[**] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

3


22. Non-Performance. In the event the Buyer does not fulfill the terms of this contract the Seller retains the right to cancel the contract. Upon cancellation, providing the market price is lower than the contract price, the Buyer will be required to compensate the Seller for the difference between the contract price and the market price as determined by Seller based on industry standards, times the quantity remaining on the contract.

 

Seller

/s/ Norman Krug

Buyer

/s/ Andy Friedman

Norman Krug Andy Friedman
President/CEO Skinny Pop Popcorn
Preferred Popcorn, LLC.
Date April 1, 2014 Date April 1, 2014

 

4


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT. [**] -

INDICATES INFORMATION THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL

TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN FILED

SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406

PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

PREFERRED POPCORN

 

1132 9th Road

Chapman NE 68827 USA

Phone: 308-986-2526

Fax: 308-986-2626

E-mail:info@preferredpopcorn.com

Indiana location :

3055 West Bradford Road NE

Palmyra IN 47164

Phone: 812-364-6123

Fax:812-364-6105

SECOND ADDENDUM TO CONTRACT REGARDING SALE OF GOODS

 

BUYER: Skinny Pop DATE: September 3, 2011
8135 Monticello Avenue
Skokie, IL 60076
SELLER: Preferred Popcorn
1132 9th Road
Chapman, NE 68827

Contract number 14-3-31 was increased from [**] pounds to [**] per addendum dated May 2, 2014. The price per 50# bag for the [**] pounds is at a delivered price of $[**] per bag.

This addendum to the contract increases the amount by [**] pounds to a total of [**] pounds. The additional [**] pounds will be priced at a delivered price of $[**] per bag.

All other terms of the contract will remain in force.

 

/s/ Norm Krug

9/8/14

/s/ Andy Friedman

9/8/14

Norm Krug, CEO Date Andy Friedman Date
Preferred Popcorn LLC Skinny Pop Popcorn

 

[**] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

5


EX-10.15

Exhibit 10.15

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT. [**] - INDICATES INFORMATION THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

PREFERRED POPCORN

 

1132 9th Road

Chapman NE 68827 USA

Phone: 308-986-2526

Fax: 308-986-2626

E-mail:info@preferredpopcom.com

LOGO

Indiana location:

3055 West Bradford Road NE

Palmyra IN 47164

Phone: 812-364-6123

Fax: 812-364-6105

CONTRACT REGARDING SALE OF GOODS No. 14-12-23

 

Seller: Preferred Popcorn, LLC
     1132 9th Road
     Chapman, Nebraska 68827

 

Buyer: Skinny Pop Popcorn
     8135 Monticello Avenue
     Skokie, Illinois 60076

1. Goods; Term. During the Term of this Agreement, Seller shall sell [**] popcorn (“Product”) to Buyer in fifty pound (50#) paper bags. The Term of this Agreement shall be from December 1, 2015 through October 30, 2016. Country of origin and manufacturers: USA

2. Orders: All orders for Product shall be placed with Seller in writing or by electronic communication.

3. Confirmation and Acceptance of the Orders: Upon receipt of Buyer’s order for Product at least fourteen days prior to the date when Seller shall ship the product, Seller shall confirm to Buyer the date by when such Product shall be shipped within that time.

4. Time of Delivery. Seller shall deliver the Goods at the time requested by Buyer and in the quantities and assortments requested. Quantities will be measured by a container of approximately 45,000 pounds. Therefore, each delivery must be of a quantity that fully loads, but does not overload a container.

5. Place of Delivery. The goods shall be delivered to Skinny Pop Popcorn, Chicago, Illinois.

6. Seller to Package Goods. Seller will package Product in fifty pound (50#) paper bags.

7. Delivery. Delivery to Buyer’s designated location shall constitute delivery to Buyer. Seller will assume all risks of loss or damage to the products until they have been made available to the Buyer at the Buyer’s designated location. Once the products have been delivered to the Buyer, any risk of loss, damage or deterioration in the quality of the products, will be the responsibility of the Buyer. Any physical damage noted at time of unloading should be reported as soon as discovered to the local transportation authorities and Seller. Failure to provide prompt notification to Seller of physical damage at time of discovery will cause Buyer to lose its right to require indemnity for loss attributable to such physical damage. Any additional quality issues or concealed Product defect or insufficient/shorted amount of Product should be reported to Seller within [**] days of discovery. Failure to notify Seller in writing within this time frame of additional issues will cause Buyer to lose its right to require indemnity for loss attributable to such issues. Any physical damage during transportation of product from Seller to Buyer location shall be the responsibility of the Seller so long as Buyer shall have complied with the requirement herein to report physical damage to local transportation authorities and Seller.

 

[**] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


8. Warranties. Seller warrants that the Product is of merchantable quality and are hereby guaranteed, as of the date of shipment, to be not adulterated or misbranded within the meaning of Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (the “Act”) and to comply with the Act and all other applicable law or applicable regulations. Further, the Product is not a misbranded or hazardous substance or a banned hazardous substance within the meaning of those terms under the Federal Hazardous Substance Act. The Product is in good and merchantable condition, free from latent or patent defects, not adulterated in any manner, is manufactured from sound raw materials and its production is carried under sanitary conditions. The Product, at the time of shipment, is sound, wholesome products fit for human consumption and comply with all applicable health regulations and standards in the United States of America. Seller warrants that the Product is sold to Buyer free and clear of any liens or claims of any third party other than Buyer. Seller warrants that the Product and its intellectual property do not infringe upon or violate any patent, design, trade name, trademark, copyright, trade dress, right of privacy or other similar proprietary or property right of any third party. Seller warrants that throughout the Term of this Agreement, the Product shall be of consistent quality substantially similar to the quality of goods previously presented to Buyer.

9. Price. The price is established at the following levels through the entire term of the contract:

[**]

10. Freight. Paid by the [**].

11. Payment Terms. Payment shall be made within [**] days from the date of the invoice. All sales of Products by Seller to Buyer shall be paid in readily available U.S. dollars.

12. Quantity. Provided that Seller is not in breach of this Agreement or any agreement that it might have with Buyer, Buyer shall purchase from Seller and Seller shall provide to Buyer a quantity of [**] pounds of the Product between October 1, 2015, and September 30, 2016. Both Seller and Buyer agree that the above mentioned quantities are approximate, and actual quantities purchased or delivered may vary plus or minus [**] without consequence to either party. Prior to the end of the contract period, Buyer will have the opportunity to purchase any quantity remaining on the contract at the contract price and Seller will store for delivery to the Buyer at a later date. If Buyer fails to pull the stated quantities or if Seller fails to provide stated quantities within the time period specified in this contract, the other party has the right to assess applicable damages, and such damage will cover lost profit, and direct costs, but shall not include consequential damages or indirect costs.

13. Cancellation Only For Cause. This Agreement is being made to cover the Product and is not subject to termination by either party, except subject to one or more of the following provisions:

 

  a. Buyer may terminate this Agreement upon thirty (30) days-notice once it has purchased the Quantities referred to in Section 12 above;

 

  b. Either party may terminate the Agreement if the other party fails to comply with a material term, obligation or condition of the Agreement and does not remedy the failure within ten (10) days after receiving written notice, unless such material breach is not capable of being cured, in which case the Agreement shall be terminated ten (10) days after written notice of the breach, unless the non-breaching party desires the termination to be effective on a later date, which date shall be specified in the notice;

 

  c. Any of the parties may terminate this agreement upon thirty (30) days written notice in the event of a Change of Control of the other party. “Change of Control” means, with respect to the other party, a transaction or series of related transactions that results in (a) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of such party, (b) the transfer of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding voting power of such party (other than directly or indirectly to a parent or wholly-owned subsidiary of such party), or (c) the acquisition by a Person, by reason of any contractual arrangement or understanding with one or more Persons, of the right or power to appoint or cause to be appointed a majority of the directors or officers of such party. “Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, trust, governmental authority or other entity or body, corporate or incorporate, whether or not having distinct legal personality, and any member of any of the foregoing; or

 

[**] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

2


  d. Buyer may terminate this Agreement immediately upon (i) Seller’s participation in fraud or criminal misconduct relating to the operation of Seller’s business or if Seller or any of its officers, directors or key employees is convicted of or found by or admits before a court or government agency of appropriate jurisdiction to have violated, or enters into a settlement or similar agreement with any such court or government agency with respect to an alleged violation of, any law; or (ii) any instance of suspected product tampering with or contamination of Seller’s products or legitimate report of serious health risks in connection with the consumption of Seller’s products, which in any such event described in subclauses (i) and (ii) could reasonably be predicted materially to affect the retail sale of the Product or the reputation of Seller or Retailer; or

 

  e. Either party may terminate this Agreement in the event of the bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or liquidation of the other party hereto or if the other party hereto ceases to operate its business in the ordinary course.

In the event of any termination as set forth above, Buyer shall not have any obligation to Seller.

14. Force Majeure. Seller shall not be responsible for non-delivery or delay in delivery in the whole or any portion of the Product where such non-delivery or delay in delivery is due to fire, strikes, embargoes, acts of God or the public enemy or any other cause whatsoever over which Seller has no control; provided, however, in the event of such a force majeure event lasting longer than [**] days, Buyer shall no longer be subject to the terms of Section 12 hereof and may terminate this Agreement immediately.

15. Insurance Coverage. Throughout the life of this Agreement, Seller will maintain comprehensive general liability insurance in the following amounts: Bodily Injury - $[**] per person, $[**] each occurrence; Property Damage - $[**] (excluding automobile) including Contract Liability coverage specifying this Agreement and Product Liability coverage naming Buyer as additional insured. Seller will promptly furnish a Certificate of Insurance to Buyer evidencing the coverage described in this paragraph.

16. Entire Agreement. This Agreement states the entire agreement between Seller and Buyer with respect to the subject matter hereof.

17. Modification. This Agreement can be modified or rescinded only by a writing signed by both of the parties.

18. Waiver. No claim or right arising out of a breach of this contract can be discharged in whole or in part by a waiver or renunciation of the claim, or right unless the waiver or renunciation is supported by consideration and is in writing signed by the aggrieved party.

19. Assignment; Delegation. No right or interest in this contract shall be assigned by either Buyer or Seller without the written permission of the other party, and no delegation of any obligation owed or of the performance of any obligation, by either Buyer or Seller shall be made without the written permission of the other party, in both cases, save to any of its affiliate companies which the relevant party directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control by it. Any attempted assignment or delegation shall be wholly void and totally ineffective for all purposes unless made in conformity with this paragraph.

20. Indemnification. Seller shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Buyer, its affiliates, agents, officers, directors, shareholders, employees and the Distributor, from and against any and all liabilities, claims, suits, actions, losses and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and costs) based upon or arising out of the (i) the contents, manufacture, labeling, or packaging of the Product, or (ii) Seller’s performance of or failure to perform in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, (iii) Seller’s breach of any warranty set forth in this Agreement, or (iv) any claim based on the negligence, gross negligence or willful misconduct of the other party or of any of its employees, officers, directors or shareholders.

 

[**] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

3


21. Confidentiality; Publicity. Both parties agree that the stipulations of this Agreement shall be considered by both as Confidential Information, therefore, it shall not be shared with third parties, except lawyers, accountants, or others acting on behalf of Buyer or Seller or others with a need to know pursuant to an appropriate NDA. Seller shall not use the name, logo or any other property right of Buyer without Buyer’s written consent.

22. Arbitration and Governing Law. All claims, disputes and other matters in question arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach thereof shall be decided by arbitration in accordance with the Rules of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) then existing, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise. Notice of the demand for arbitration shall be filed in writing with the other party to the Agreement and with the American Arbitration Association within [**] years after the claim, dispute or other matter in question has arisen. The seat of arbitration shall beat a location to be mutually agreed upon and the language of the arbitration shall be English. There shall be one (1) arbitrator who shall be appointed by the Chairman of the AAA. The arbitrator will have authority to grant equitable relief, if available. The award, except for punitive damages, will be final and judgment may be entered thereon in accordance with applicable law in any court of competent jurisdiction. This agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the applicable laws of the United States of America, State of New York, New York.

 

Seller

/s/ Norman Krug

Buyer

/s/ Steve Galinski

Norman Krug Steve Galinski
President/CEO Vice President of Supply Chain
Preferred Popcorn, LLC. Skinny Pop Popcorn
Date January 22, 2015 Date January 20, 2015

 

[**] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

4


EX-10.16

Exhibit 10.16

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT. [**] – INDICATES INFORMATION THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

                PREFERRED

POPCORN                

 

1132 9th Road

Chapman NE 68827 USA

Phone: 308-986-2526

Fax: 308-986-2626

E-mail:info@preferredpopcom.com

LOGO

Indiana location:

3055 West Bradford Road NE

Palmyra IN 47164

Phone: 812-364-6123

Fax: 812-364-6105

CONTRACT REGARDING SALE OF GOODS No. 15-1-23

 

Seller: Preferred Popcorn, LLC
     1132 9th Road
     Chapman, Nebraska 68827

 

Buyer: Skinny Pop Popcorn
     8135 Monticello Avenue
     Skokie, Illinois 60076

1. Goods; Term. During the Term of this Agreement, Seller shall sell [**] popcorn (“Product”) to Buyer in fifty pound (50#) paper bags. The Term of this Agreement shall be from November 1, 2015 through September 30, 2016. Country of origin and manufacturers: USA

2. Orders: All orders for Product shall be placed with Seller in writing or by electronic communication.

3. Confirmation and Acceptance of the Orders: Upon receipt of Buyer’s order for Product at least fourteen days prior to the date when Seller shall ship the product, Seller shall confirm to Buyer the date by when such Product shall be shipped within that time.

4. Time of Delivery. Seller shall deliver the Goods at the time requested by Buyer and in the quantities and assortments requested. Quantities will be measured by a container of approximately 45,000 pounds. Therefore, each delivery must be of a quantity that fully loads, but does not overload a container.

5. Place of Delivery. The goods shall be delivered to Skinny Pop Popcorn, Chicago, Illinois.

6. Seller to Package Goods. Seller will package Product in fifty pound (50#) paper bags.

7. Delivery. Delivery to Buyer’s designated location shall constitute delivery to Buyer. Seller will assume all risks of loss or damage to the products until they have been made available to the Buyer at the Buyer’s designated location. Once the products have been delivered to the Buyer, any risk of loss, damage or deterioration in the quality of the products, will be the responsibility of the Buyer. Any physical damage noted at time of unloading should be reported as soon as discovered to the local transportation authorities and Seller. Failure to provide prompt notification to Seller of physical damage at time of discovery will cause Buyer to lose its right to require indemnity for loss attributable to such physical damage. Any additional quality issues or concealed Product defect or insufficient/shorted amount of Product should be reported to Seller within [**] days of discovery. Failure to notify Seller in writing within this time frame of additional issues will cause Buyer to lose its right to require indemnity for loss attributable to such issues. Any physical damage during transportation of product from Seller to Buyer location shall be the responsibility of the Seller so long as Buyer shall have complied with the requirement herein to report physical damage to local transportation authorities and Seller.

8. Warranties. Seller warrants that the Product is of merchantable quality and are hereby guaranteed, as of the date of shipment, to be not adulterated or misbranded within the meaning of Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (the “Act”) and to comply with the Act and all other applicable law or applicable

 

[**] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


regulations. Further, the Product is not a misbranded or hazardous substance or a banned hazardous substance within the meaning of those terms under the Federal Hazardous Substance Act. The Product is in good and merchantable condition, free from latent or patent defects, not adulterated in any manner, is manufactured from sound raw materials and its production is carried under sanitary conditions. The Product, at the time of shipment, is sound, wholesome products fit for human consumption and comply with all applicable health regulations and standards in the United States of America. Seller warrants that the Product is sold to Buyer free and clear of any liens or claims of any third party other than Buyer. Seller warrants that the Product and its intellectual property do not infringe upon or violate any patent, design, trade name, trademark, copyright, trade dress, right of privacy or other similar proprietary or property right of any third party. Seller warrants that throughout the Term of this Agreement, the Product shall be of consistent quality substantially similar to the quality of goods previously presented to Buyer.

9. Price. The price is established at the following levels through the entire term of the contract:

[**]

10. Freight. Paid by the [**]

11. Payment Terms. Payment shall be made within [**] days from the date of the invoice. All sales of Products by Seller to Buyer shall be paid in readily available U.S. dollars.

12. Quantity. Provided that Seller is not in breach of this Agreement or any agreement that it might have with Buyer, Buyer shall purchase from Seller and Seller shall provide to Buyer a quantity of [**] pounds of the Product between November 1, 2015, and September 30, 2016. Both Seller and Buyer agree that the above mentioned quantities are approximate, and actual quantities purchased or delivered may vary plus or minus [**] without consequence to either party. Prior to the end of the contract period, Buyer will have the opportunity to purchase any quantity remaining on the contract at the contract price and Seller will store for delivery to the Buyer at a later date. If Buyer fails to pull the stated quantities or if Seller fails to provide stated quantities within the time period specified in this contract, the other party has the right to assess applicable damages, and such damage will cover lost profit, and direct costs, but shall not include consequential damages or indirect costs.

13. Cancellation Only For Cause. This Agreement is being made to cover the Product and is not subject to termination by either party, except subject to one or more of the following provisions:

 

  a. Buyer may terminate this Agreement upon thirty (30) days-notice once it has purchased the Quantities referred to in Section 12 above;

 

  b. Either party may terminate the Agreement if the other party fails to comply with a material term, obligation or condition of the Agreement and does not remedy the failure within ten (10) days after receiving written notice, unless such material breach is not capable of being cured, in which case the Agreement shall be terminated ten (10) days after written notice of the breach, unless the non-breaching party desires the termination to be effective on a later date, which date shall be specified in the notice;

 

  c. Any of the parties may terminate this agreement upon thirty (30) days written notice in the event of a Change of Control of the other party. “Change of Control” means, with respect to the other party, a transaction or series of related transactions that results in (a) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of such party, (b) the transfer of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding voting power of such party (other than directly or indirectly to a parent or wholly-owned subsidiary of such party), or (c) the acquisition by a Person, by reason of any contractual arrangement or understanding with one or more Persons, of the right or power to appoint or cause to be appointed a majority of the directors or officers of such party. “Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, trust, governmental authority or other entity or body, corporate or incorporate, whether or not having distinct legal personality, and any member of any of the foregoing; or

 

[**] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

2


  d. Buyer may terminate this Agreement immediately upon (i) Seller’s participation in fraud or criminal misconduct relating to the operation of Seller’s business or if Seller or any of its officers, directors or key employees is convicted of or found by or admits before a court or government agency of appropriate jurisdiction to have violated, or enters into a settlement or similar agreement with any such court or government agency with respect to an alleged violation of, any law; or (ii) any instance of suspected product tampering with or contamination of Seller’s products or legitimate report of serious health risks in connection with the consumption of Seller’s products, which in any such event described in subclauses (i) and (ii) could reasonably be predicted materially to affect the retail sale of the Product or the reputation of Seller or Retailer; or

 

  e. Either party may terminate this Agreement in the event of the bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or liquidation of the other party hereto or if the other party hereto ceases to operate its business in the ordinary course.

In the event of any termination as set forth above, Buyer shall not have any obligation to Seller.

14. Force Majeure. Seller shall not be responsible for non-delivery or delay in delivery in the whole or any portion of the Product where such non-delivery or delay in delivery is due to fire, strikes, embargoes, acts of God or the public enemy or any other cause whatsoever over which Seller has no control; provided, however, in the event of such a force majeure event lasting longer than [**] days, Buyer shall no longer be subject to the terms of Section 12 hereof and may terminate this Agreement immediately.

15. Insurance Coverage. Throughout the life of this Agreement, Seller will maintain comprehensive general liability insurance in the following amounts: Bodily Injury - $[**] per person, $[**] each occurrence; Property Damage - $[**] (excluding automobile) including Contract Liability coverage specifying this Agreement and Product Liability coverage naming Buyer as additional insured. Seller will promptly furnish a Certificate of Insurance to Buyer evidencing the coverage described in this paragraph.

16. Entire Agreement. This Agreement states the entire agreement between Seller and Buyer with respect to the subject matter hereof.

17. Modification. This Agreement can be modified or rescinded only by a writing signed by both of the parties.

18. Waiver. No claim or right arising out of a breach of this contract can be discharged in whole or in part by a waiver or renunciation of the claim, or right unless the waiver or renunciation is supported by consideration and is in writing signed by the aggrieved party.

19. Assignment; Delegation. No right or interest in this contract shall be assigned by either Buyer or Seller without the written permission of the other party, and no delegation of any obligation owed or of the performance of any obligation, by either Buyer or Seller shall be made without the written permission of the other party, in both cases, save to any of its affiliate companies which the relevant party directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control by it. Any attempted assignment or delegation shall be wholly void and totally ineffective for all purposes unless made in conformity with this paragraph.

20. Indemnification. Seller shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Buyer, its affiliates, agents, officers, directors, shareholders, employees and the Distributor, from and against any and all liabilities, claims, suits, actions, losses and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and costs) based upon or arising out of the (i) the contents, manufacture, labeling, or packaging of the Product, or (ii) Seller’s performance of or failure to perform in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, (iii) Seller’s breach of any warranty set forth in this Agreement, or (iv) any claim based on the negligence, gross negligence or willful misconduct of the other party or of any of its employees, officers, directors or shareholders.

21. Confidentiality; Publicity. Both parties agree that the stipulations of this Agreement shall be considered by both as Confidential Information, therefore, it shall not be shared with third parties, except lawyers, accountants, or others acting on behalf of Buyer or Seller or others with a need to know pursuant to an appropriate NDA. Seller shall not use the name, logo or any other property right of Buyer without Buyer’s written consent.

 

[**] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

3


22. Arbitration and Governing Law. All claims, disputes and other matters in question arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach thereof shall be decided by arbitration in accordance with the Rules of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) then existing, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise. Notice of the demand for arbitration shall be filed in writing with the other party to the Agreement and with the American Arbitration Association within [**] years after the claim, dispute or other matter in question has arisen. The seat of arbitration shall beat a location to be mutually agreed upon and the language of the arbitration shall be English. There shall be one (1) arbitrator who shall be appointed by the Chairman of the AAA. The arbitrator will have authority to grant equitable relief, if available. The award, except for punitive damages, will be final and judgment may be entered thereon in accordance with applicable law in any court of competent jurisdiction. This agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the applicable laws of the United States of America, State of New York, New York.

 

Seller

/s/ Norman Krug

Buyer

/s/ Steve Galinski

Norman Krug Steve Galinski
President/CEO Vice President of Supply Chain
Preferred Popcorn, LLC. Skinny Pop Popcorn
Date February 14, 2015 Date February 13, 2015

 

[**] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

4


EX-10.17

Exhibit 10.17

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT. [**] – INDICATES INFORMATION THAT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED. ALL SUCH OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

PREFERRED POPCORN

 

1132 9th Road

Chapman NE 68827 USA

Phone: 308-986-2526

Fax: 308-986-2626

E-mail:info@preferredpopcom.com

LOGO

Indiana location:

3055 West Bradford Road NE

Palmyra IN 47164

Phone: 812-364-6123

Fax: 812-364-6105

CONTRACT REGARDING SALE OF GOODS No. 15-1-27

 

Seller: Preferred Popcorn, LLC
     1132 9th Road
     Chapman, Nebraska 68827

 

Buyer: Skinny Pop Popcorn
     8135 Monticello Avenue
     Skokie, Illinois 60076

1. Goods; Term. During the Term of this Agreement, Seller shall sell [**] popcorn (“Product”) to Buyer in fifty pound (50#) paper bags. The Term of this Agreement shall be from October 1, 2015 through September 30, 2016. Country of origin and manufacturers: USA

2. Orders: All orders for Product shall be placed with Seller in writing or by electronic communication.

3. Confirmation and Acceptance of the Orders: Upon receipt of Buyer’s order for Product at least fourteen days prior to the date when Seller shall ship the product, Seller shall confirm to Buyer the date by when such Product shall be shipped within that time.

4. Time of Delivery. Seller shall deliver the Goods at the time requested by Buyer and in the quantities and assortments requested. Quantities will be measured by a container of approximately 45,000 pounds. Therefore, each delivery must be of a quantity that fully loads, but does not overload a container.

5. Place of Delivery. The goods shall be delivered to Skinny Pop Popcorn, Chicago, Illinois.

6. Seller to Package Goods. Seller will package Product in fifty pound (50#) paper bags.

7. Delivery. Delivery to Buyer’s designated location shall constitute delivery to Buyer. Seller will assume all risks of loss or damage to the products until they have been made available to the Buyer at the Buyer’s designated location. Once the products have been delivered to the Buyer, any risk of loss, damage or deterioration in the quality of the products, will be the responsibility of the Buyer. Any physical damage noted at time of unloading should be reported as soon as discovered to the local transportation authorities and Seller. Failure to provide prompt notification to Seller of physical damage at time of discovery will cause Buyer to lose its right to require indemnity for loss attributable to such physical damage. Any additional quality issues or concealed Product defect or insufficient/shorted amount of Product should be reported to Seller within [**] days of discovery. Failure to notify Seller in writing within this time frame of additional issues will cause Buyer to lose its right to require indemnity for loss attributable to such issues. Any physical damage during transportation of product from Seller to Buyer location shall be the responsibility of the Seller so long as Buyer shall have complied with the requirement herein to report physical damage to local transportation authorities and Seller.

8. Warranties. Seller warrants that the Product is of merchantable quality and are hereby guaranteed, as of the date of shipment, to be not adulterated or misbranded within the meaning of Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (the “Act”) and to comply with the Act and all other applicable law or applicable

 

[**] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


regulations. Further, the Product is not a misbranded or hazardous substance or a banned hazardous substance within the meaning of those terms under the Federal Hazardous Substance Act. The Product is in good and merchantable condition, free from latent or patent defects, not adulterated in any manner, is manufactured from sound raw materials and its production is carried under sanitary conditions. The Product, at the time of shipment, is sound, wholesome products fit for human consumption and comply with all applicable health regulations and standards in the United States of America. Seller warrants that the Product is sold to Buyer free and clear of any liens or claims of any third party other than Buyer. Seller warrants that the Product and its intellectual property do not infringe upon or violate any patent, design, trade name, trademark, copyright, trade dress, right of privacy or other similar proprietary or property right of any third party. Seller warrants that throughout the Term of this Agreement, the Product shall be of consistent quality substantially similar to the quality of goods previously presented to Buyer.

9. Price. The price is established at the following levels through the entire term of the contract:

[**]

10. Freight. Paid by the [**]

11. Payment Terms. Payment shall be made within [**] days from the date of the invoice. All sales of Products by Seller to Buyer shall be paid in readily available U.S. dollars.

12. Quantity. Provided that Seller is not in breach of this Agreement or any agreement that it might have with Buyer, Buyer shall purchase from Seller and Seller shall provide to Buyer a quantity of [**] pounds of the Product between October 1, 2015, and September 30, 2016. Both Seller and Buyer agree that the above mentioned quantities are approximate, and actual quantities purchased or delivered may vary plus or minus [**] without consequence to either party. Prior to the end of the contract period, Buyer will have the opportunity to purchase any quantity remaining on the contract at the contract price and Seller will store for delivery to the Buyer at a later date. If Buyer fails to pull the stated quantities or if Seller fails to provide stated quantities within the time period specified in this contract, the other party has the right to assess applicable damages, and such damage will cover lost profit, and direct costs, but shall not include consequential damages or indirect costs.

13. Cancellation Only For Cause. This Agreement is being made to cover the Product and is not subject to termination by either party, except subject to one or more of the following provisions:

 

  a. Buyer may terminate this Agreement upon thirty (30) days-notice once it has purchased the Quantities referred to in Section 12 above;

 

  b. Either party may terminate the Agreement if the other party fails to comply with a material term, obligation or condition of the Agreement and does not remedy the failure within ten (10) days after receiving written notice, unless such material breach is not capable of being cured, in which case the Agreement shall be terminated ten (10) days after written notice of the breach, unless the non-breaching party desires the termination to be effective on a later date, which date shall be specified in the notice;

 

  c. Any of the parties may terminate this agreement upon thirty (30) days written notice in the event of a Change of Control of the other party. “Change of Control” means, with respect to the other party, a transaction or series of related transactions that results in (a) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of such party, (b) the transfer of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding voting power of such party (other than directly or indirectly to a parent or wholly-owned subsidiary of such party), or (c) the acquisition by a Person, by reason of any contractual arrangement or understanding with one or more Persons, of the right or power to appoint or cause to be appointed a majority of the directors or officers of such party. “Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, trust, governmental authority or other entity or body, corporate or incorporate, whether or not having distinct legal personality, and any member of any of the foregoing; or

 

[**] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

2


  d. Buyer may terminate this Agreement immediately upon (i) Seller’s participation in fraud or criminal misconduct relating to the operation of Seller’s business or if Seller or any of its officers, directors or key employees is convicted of or found by or admits before a court or government agency of appropriate jurisdiction to have violated, or enters into a settlement or similar agreement with any such court or government agency with respect to an alleged violation of, any law; or (ii) any instance of suspected product tampering with or contamination of Seller’s products or legitimate report of serious health risks in connection with the consumption of Seller’s products, which in any such event described in subclauses (i) and (ii) could reasonably be predicted materially to affect the retail sale of the Product or the reputation of Seller or Retailer; or

 

  e. Either party may terminate this Agreement in the event of the bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or liquidation of the other party hereto or if the other party hereto ceases to operate its business in the ordinary course.

In the event of any termination as set forth above, Buyer shall not have any obligation to Seller.

14. Force Majeure. Seller shall not be responsible for non-delivery or delay in delivery in the whole or any portion of the Product where such non-delivery or delay in delivery is due to fire, strikes, embargoes, acts of God or the public enemy or any other cause whatsoever over which Seller has no control; provided, however, in the event of such a force majeure event lasting longer than [**] days, Buyer shall no longer be subject to the terms of Section 12 hereof and may terminate this Agreement immediately.

15. Insurance Coverage. Throughout the life of this Agreement, Seller will maintain comprehensive general liability insurance in the following amounts: Bodily Injury - $[**] per person, $[**] each occurrence; Property Damage - $[**] (excluding automobile) including Contract Liability coverage specifying this Agreement and Product Liability coverage naming Buyer as additional insured. Seller will promptly furnish a Certificate of Insurance to Buyer evidencing the coverage described in this paragraph.

16. Entire Agreement. This Agreement states the entire agreement between Seller and Buyer with respect to the subject matter hereof.

17. Modification. This Agreement can be modified or rescinded only by a writing signed by both of the parties.

18. Waiver. No claim or right arising out of a breach of this contract can be discharged in whole or in part by a waiver or renunciation of the claim, or right unless the waiver or renunciation is supported by consideration and is in writing signed by the aggrieved party.

19. Assignment; Delegation. No right or interest in this contract shall be assigned by either Buyer or Seller without the written permission of the other party, and no delegation of any obligation owed or of the performance of any obligation, by either Buyer or Seller shall be made without the written permission of the other party, in both cases, save to any of its affiliate companies which the relevant party directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control by it. Any attempted assignment or delegation shall be wholly void and totally ineffective for all purposes unless made in conformity with this paragraph.

20. Indemnification. Seller shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Buyer, its affiliates, agents, officers, directors, shareholders, employees and the Distributor, from and against any and all liabilities, claims, suits, actions, losses and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and costs) based upon or arising out of the (i) the contents, manufacture, labeling, or packaging of the Product, or (ii) Seller’s performance of or failure to perform in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, (iii) Seller’s breach of any warranty set forth in this Agreement, or (iv) any claim based on the negligence, gross negligence or willful misconduct of the other party or of any of its employees, officers, directors or shareholders.

21. Confidentiality; Publicity. Both parties agree that the stipulations of this Agreement shall be considered by both as Confidential Information, therefore, it shall not be shared with third parties, except lawyers, accountants, or others acting on behalf of Buyer or Seller or others with a need to know pursuant to an appropriate NDA. Seller shall not use the name, logo or any other property right of Buyer without Buyer’s written consent.

 

[**] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

3


22. Arbitration and Governing Law. All claims, disputes and other matters in question arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach thereof shall be decided by arbitration in accordance with the Rules of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) then existing, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise. Notice of the demand for arbitration shall be filed in writing with the other party to the Agreement and with the American Arbitration Association within [**] years after the claim, dispute or other matter in question has arisen. The seat of arbitration shall beat a location to be mutually agreed upon and the language of the arbitration shall be English. There shall be one (1) arbitrator who shall be appointed by the Chairman of the AAA. The arbitrator will have authority to grant equitable relief, if available. The award, except for punitive damages, will be final and judgment may be entered thereon in accordance with applicable law in any court of competent jurisdiction. This agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the applicable laws of the United States of America, State of New York, New York.

 

Seller

/s/ Norman Krug

Buyer

/s/ Steve Galinski

Norman Krug Steve Galinski
President/CEO Vice President of Supply Chain
Preferred Popcorn, LLC. Skinny Pop Popcorn
Date February 14, 2015 Date February 13, 2015

 

[**] Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

4


EX-10.19

Exhibit 10.19

LOGO

September 23, 2014

Dawn Hudson

Dear Dawn:

On behalf of TA Topco 1, LLC (the “Company”), the parent Company of SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC, I am pleased to offer you a position as a member of the Board of Managers of the Company (the “Board”). Your appointment to the Board is subject to the approval of the Board and is scheduled to begin on October 1, 2014.

Subject to the approval of the Board, in consideration of your service as a member of the Board you will be paid a fee of $15,000 per Board meeting you attend in person and $5,000 per Board meeting you attend telephonically. It is expected that the Company will have four to five Board meetings per year. Such fee will be payable quarterly, in arrears, provided that you attend, or join telephonically, the meeting or meetings of the Board in such quarter. You also agree that you will attend periodic telephonic meetings of the Board, as may be held from time to time, at the discretion of the Board. Your reasonable travel expenses incurred in connection with attending the Board meetings will be reimbursed by the Company.

In addition, subject to the approval of the Board, the Company shall grant you 288,812.70 Class C-1 Units representing 0.25% of the fully-diluted common equivalents of the Company (including the full 7.5% C-1 equity incentive plan and the 6.5% C-2 equity incentive plan) as of the date of this letter. Each C-1 unit holds a base value which functions similar to a strike price and which we expect will be set at the value at which TA Associates invested in the Company, such that you will participate in value creation above and beyond the deal value.


In accordance with the limited liability company agreement of the Company, you shall hold your position as a member of the Board until your earlier resignation or removal. You may be removed from the Board with or without cause at any time in accordance with such limited liability company agreement.

We are excited about the prospect of having you join the Board. We look forward to receiving a response from you within ten (10) days acknowledging, by signing below, that you have accepted this offer.

[Signature page follows]


Very truly yours,
SKINNYPOP POPCORN, LLC

By:

/s/ William Christ

Name:

William Christ

Title:

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:

/s/ Dawn Hudson

 

Dawn Hudson


EX-10.20

Exhibit 10.20

 

LOGO

March 13, 2015

John K. Haley

Dear Jack:

On behalf of TA Topco 1, LLC (the “Company”), the parent company of SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC, we are prepared to offer you a position as a member of the Board of Managers of the Company (the “Board”). Your appointment to the Board is subject to (i) the approval of the Board and (ii) a satisfactory review of your Director & Officer Questionnaire attached hereto as Exhibit A and a satisfactory background check. Your appointment is scheduled to begin on                     , 2015.

Subject to the approval of the Board, in consideration of your service as a member of the Board you will be paid a fee of $15,000 per Board meeting you attend in person and $5,000 per Board meeting you attend telephonically. It is expected that the Company will have four to five Board meetings per year. Such fee will be payable quarterly, in arrears, provided that you attend, or join telephonically, the meeting or meetings of the Board in such quarter. You also agree that you will attend periodic telephonic meetings of the Board, as may be held from time to time, at the discretion of the Board. Your reasonable travel expenses incurred in connection with attending the Board meetings will be reimbursed by the Company.

In addition, subject to the approval of the Board, the Company shall grant you 288,812.70 Class C-1 Units representing 0.25% of the fully-diluted common equivalents of the Company (including the full 7.5% C-1 equity incentive plan and the 6.5% C-2 equity incentive plan) as of the date of this letter. Each C-1 unit holds a base value which functions similar to a strike price and which will be set at the equity value of the Company at the date of grant, such that you will participate in value creation above and beyond the value at the beginning of your tenure on the Board.

In accordance with the limited liability company agreement of the Company, you shall hold your position as a member of the Board until your earlier resignation or removal. You may be removed from the Board with or without cause at any time in accordance with such limited liability company agreement.


We are excited about the prospect of having you join the Board. We look forward to receiving a response from you within ten (10) days acknowledging, by signing below, that you have accepted this offer.

[Signature page follows]


Very truly yours,

SKINNYPOP POPCORN, LLC
By:

/s/ William D. Christ

Name: William D. Christ
Title: Director

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:

/s/ John K. Haley

 

John K. Haley


Exhibit A

D&O Questionnaire


EX-10.21

Exhibit 10.21

 

LOGO

 

May 7, 2015

Chris Elshaw

Dear Chris:

On behalf of TA Topco 1, LLC (the “Company”), the parent company of SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC, we are prepared to offer you a position as a member of the Board of Managers of the Company (the “Board”). Your appointment to the Board is subject to (i) the approval of the Board and (ii) a satisfactory review of your Director & Officer Questionnaire attached hereto as Exhibit A and a satisfactory background check. Your appointment is scheduled to begin on May 7, 2015.

Subject to the approval of the Board, in consideration of your service as a member of the Board you will be paid a fee of $15,000 per Board meeting you attend in person and $5,000 per Board meeting you attend telephonically. It is expected that the Company will have four to five Board meetings per year. Such fee will be payable quarterly, in arrears, provided that you attend, or join telephonically, the meeting or meetings of the Board in such quarter. You also agree that you will attend periodic telephonic meetings of the Board, as may be held from time to time, at the discretion of the Board. Your reasonable travel expenses incurred in connection with attending the Board meetings will be reimbursed by the Company.

In addition, subject to the approval of the Board, the Company shall grant you 288,812.70 Class C-1 Units representing 0.25% of the fully-diluted common equivalents of the Company (including the full 7.5% C-1 equity incentive plan and the 6.5% C-2 equity incentive plan) as of the date of this letter. Each C-1 unit holds a base value which functions similar to a strike price and which will be set at the equity value of the Company at the date of grant, such that you will participate in value creation above and beyond the value at the beginning of your tenure on the Board.

In accordance with the limited liability company agreement of the Company, you shall hold your position as a member of the Board until your earlier resignation or removal. You may be removed from the Board with or without cause at any time in accordance with such limited liability company agreement.

We are excited about the prospect of having you join the Board. We look forward to receiving a response from you within ten (10) days acknowledging, by signing below, that you have accepted this offer.

[Signature page follows]

 


Very truly yours,
SKINNYPOP POPCORN, LLC
By: /s/ William Christ
Name: William Christ
Title: Director

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:

/s/ Chris Elshaw                                        

Chris Elshaw


EX-10.22

Exhibit 10.22

Execution Version

THIRD AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIRD AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Third Amendment”), dated as of May 29, 2015, among SKINNYPOP POPCORN LLC (formerly known as TA MIDCO 1, LLC), a Delaware limited liability company (the “Borrower”), AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC. (formerly known as TA HOLDINGS 1, INC.), a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), the Lenders party hereto, and JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC, as the administrative agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”). All capitalized terms used herein (including in this preamble) and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings provided such terms in the Credit Agreement referred to below.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Borrower, the Guarantors, the Lenders (each such Lender party to the Credit Agreement immediately prior to giving effect to this Third Amendment, an “Existing Lender”), the Administrative Agent and the other parties thereto are parties to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of July 17, 2014 (as amended by that certain First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of August 18, 2014 and that certain Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2014, the “Credit Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the Borrower has previously notified the Administrative Agent, in accordance with Section 2.20(a) of the Credit Agreement, that it is requesting a Revolving Commitment Increase in an aggregate principal amount of $25,000,000 (the “2015 Revolving Commitment Increase”, and the loans thereunder, the “2015 Incremental Revolving Loans”);

WHEREAS, the Borrower has previously notified the Administrative Agent, in accordance with Section 2.08 of the Credit Agreement, that it is terminating in full the Revolving Commitments existing immediately prior to the Third Amendment Effective Date (the “Existing Revolving Commitments” and the Revolving Loans thereunder, the “Existing Revolving Loans”);

WHEREAS, the Borrower has previously notified the Administrative Agent, in accordance with Section 2.20(b) of the Credit Agreement, that it is requesting a Term Commitment Increase in an aggregate principal amount up to $7,500,000 (the “2015 Term Commitment Increase”, and the loans thereunder, the “2015 Incremental Term Loans”);

WHEREAS, each of the Borrower and each Lender party hereto desires to amend the Credit Agreement to, among other things, (i) effect the 2015 Revolving Commitment Increase and (ii) effect the 2015 Term Commitment Increase and provide for the making of the 2015 Incremental Term Loans, the proceeds of which will be used to (a) pay the 2015 Dividend (as defined below) and (b) pay fees and expenses incurred in connection with the foregoing and in connection with this Third Amendment (collectively, the “Transactions”);

WHEREAS, each Person indicated on Schedule 1 hereto (each, a “2015 Incremental Term Lender” and, collectively, the “2015 Incremental Term Lenders”) has advised the Borrower and the Administrative Agent it is willing (and hereby commits) to provide 2015 Incremental Term Loans in the amount set forth opposite such 2015 Incremental Term Lender’s name on Schedule 1 hereto (with respect to each such 2015 Incremental Term Lender, its “2015 Incremental Term Commitment”), in each case, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein;

WHEREAS, each Person indicated on Schedule 2 hereto (each, a “2015 Incremental Revolving Lender” and, collectively, the “2015 Incremental Revolving Lenders”) has advised the Borrower and the Administrative Agent it is willing (and hereby commits) to provide 2015 Incremental Revolving Loans in the amount set forth opposite such 2015 Incremental Revolving Lender’s name on Schedule 2 hereto (with respect to each such 2015 Incremental Revolving Lender, its “2015 Incremental Revolving Commitment”), in each case, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Credit Agreement; and


WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders consent to the Transactions and the amendment of certain terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement as set forth herein, and, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders signatory hereto are willing to do so, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is acknowledged by each party hereto, it is agreed:

 

I. 2015 Revolving Commitment Increase; Termination of Existing Revolving Commitments.

A.     Pursuant to Section 2.20 of the Credit Agreement, and subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section V.E hereof, on and as of the Third Amendment Effective Date (as defined below):

1.     Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Credit Agreement, (i) each 2015 Incremental Revolving Lender hereby agrees to provide a 2015 Incremental Revolving Commitment to the Borrower on the Third Amendment Effective Date in the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2 hereto and (ii) the 2015 Incremental Revolving Lenders hereby agree to make up to $15,000,000 of 2015 Incremental Revolving Loans in the aggregate on the Third Amendment Effective Date.

2.     Each 2015 Incremental Revolving Lender hereby agrees that upon, and subject to, the occurrence of the Third Amendment Effective Date, such 2015 Incremental Revolving Lender shall be deemed to be, and shall become, a “Lender” under, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents with respect to its 2015 Incremental Revolving Loans. From and after the Third Amendment Effective Date, (i) each reference in the Credit Agreement to any 2015 Incremental Revolving Lender’s “Revolving Commitment” shall be its 2015 Incremental Revolving Commitment made pursuant to this Third Amendment and (ii) each reference in the Credit Agreement to “Revolving Commitments” shall include the 2015 Incremental Revolving Commitments and each reference in the Credit Agreement to “Revolving Loans” shall include the 2015 Incremental Revolving Loans.

3.     Except as set forth in this Third Amendment, the 2015 Incremental Revolving Commitments shall be identical to the Existing Revolving Commitments, and the 2015 Incremental Revolving Loans shall be identical to the Existing Revolving Loans under the Credit Agreement immediately prior to the Third Amendment Effective Date, in each case including, without limitation, with respect to conditions to borrowing, maturity, mandatory prepayments, repayments and other economic terms.

 

2


4.     Each 2015 Incremental Revolving Lender (i) confirms that it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with copies of the financial statements referred to therein and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Third Amendment; (ii) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other 2015 Incremental Revolving Lender or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Credit Agreement; (iii) appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers and discretion under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (iv) agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

B.     For purposes of the Credit Agreement, the Third Amendment Effective Date shall be considered an “Incremental Revolving Facility Closing Date” and this Third Amendment shall be considered an “Incremental Revolving Facility Amendment”.

C.     Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Credit Agreement, the parties hereto hereby agree that the Existing Revolving Commitments shall terminate in full on the Third Amendment Effective Date. The Borrower agrees to repay the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans (if any) outstanding on the Third Amendment Effective Date and to pay all accrued interest, fees and other amounts owing on the Existing Revolving Commitments and Existing Revolving Loans to and until the Third Amendment Effective Date.

 

II. 2015 Incremental Term Loans.

A.     Pursuant to Section 2.20 of the Credit Agreement, and subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section V.E hereof, on and as of the Third Amendment Effective Date (as defined below):

1.     Each 2015 Incremental Term Lender hereby agrees to make a 2015 Incremental Term Loan to the Borrower on the Third Amendment Effective Date in a principal amount up to its respective 2015 Incremental Term Commitment.

2.     Each 2015 Incremental Term Lender hereby agrees that upon, and subject to, the occurrence of the Third Amendment Effective Date, such 2015 Incremental Term Lender shall be deemed to be, and shall become, a “Lender” under, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents with respect to its 2015 Incremental Term Loans. From and after the Third Amendment Effective Date, (i) each reference in the Credit Agreement to any 2015 Incremental Term Lender’s “Commitment” shall be (A) its 2015 Incremental Term Commitment made pursuant to this Third Amendment, plus (B) any other Commitment of such 2015 Incremental Term Lender existing as of the Third Amendment Effective Date and (ii) each reference in the Credit Agreement to “Term Loans” shall include the 2015 Incremental Term Loans.

3.     The 2015 Incremental Term Loans shall constitute a separate tranche of Term Loans from the existing Term Loans outstanding under the Credit Agreement (the “Existing Term Loans”); provided, that other than with respect to deviations in permissible use of proceeds as set forth in Section III.G below, the 2015 Incremental Term Loans shall be identical to the Existing Term Loans, including, without limitation, with respect to maturity, mandatory prepayments (including the “repricing premium” provisions of Section 2.24 of the Credit Agreement), repayments and other economic terms and shall, together with the Existing Term Loans, constitute a single Class for all purposes of the Credit Agreement.

 

3


4.     Each 2015 Incremental Term Lender (i) confirms that it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with copies of the financial statements referred to therein and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Third Amendment; (ii) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other 2015 Incremental Term Lender or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Credit Agreement; (iii) appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers and discretion under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (iv) agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

B.     For purposes of the Credit Agreement, the Third Amendment Effective Date shall be considered an “Incremental Term Facility Closing Date” and this Third Amendment shall be considered an “Incremental Term Facility Amendment”.

 

III. Additional Amendments to Credit Agreement. Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section V.E hereof, on and as of the Third Amendment Effective Date, the Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

A.     Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following definitions in the proper alphabetical order:

““2015 Dividend” means the one-time cash dividend, in an aggregate amount up to $22,500,000, from the Borrower to Holdings, for further distribution by Holdings ratably to all holders of its outstanding Equity Interests.”

““2015 Incremental Revolving Commitments” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment, if any, of such Lender to make 2015 Incremental Revolving Loans and to acquire participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum possible aggregate amount of such Lender’s Revolving Exposure hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.08 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to (i) assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption or (ii) a Refinancing Amendment. The initial amount of each Lender’s Revolving Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2 of the Third Amendment, or in the Assignment and Assumption or Refinancing Amendment pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its 2015 Incremental Revolving Commitment, as the case may be. The initial aggregate amount of the Lenders’ 2015 Incremental Revolving Commitments is $25,000,000.”

““2015 Incremental Revolving Loans” means the Revolving Loans funded on or after the Third Amendment Effective Date by the 2015 Incremental Revolving Lenders pursuant to Section 1.02.”

 

4


““2015 Incremental Revolving Lenders” means a Lender with a 2015 Incremental Revolving Commitment or, if the 2015 Incremental Revolving Commitments have terminated or expired, a Lender with Revolving Exposure.”

““2015 Incremental Term Loans” means the Term Loans funded on the Third Amendment Effective Date by the 2015 Incremental Term Lenders in an aggregate principal amount up to $7,500,000.”

““2015 Incremental Term Lenders” means the Persons listed on Schedule 1 of the Third Amendment and any other Person that shall have become a 2015 Incremental Term Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption or a Refinancing Amendment, in each case, other than any such Person that ceases to be a 2015 Incremental Term Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption.”

““Third Amendment” means the Third Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of the Third Amendment Effective Date, by and among the Borrower, Holdings, the Administrative Agent, and the Lenders party thereto.”

““Third Amendment Effective Date” means May 29, 2015.”

B.     Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby further amended by deleting clause (b)(vii) in the definition of “Excess Cash Flow” and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

“(vii) the amount of dividends paid and other Restricted Payments made in cash during such period pursuant to Sections 6.06(a)(ii), (vii)(A) through (F) or (xviii) to the extent such dividends or other Restricted Payments were financed with internally generated cash flow of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries,”

C.     Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by amending and restating the definition of “Incremental Cap” set forth therein in its entirety as follows:

““Incremental Cap” means (a) the amount of the 2014 Incremental Term Loans made on the Second Amendment Effective Date, plus (b) the amount of the 2015 Incremental Term Loans made on the Third Amendment Effective Date, plus (c) the amount of the 2015 Incremental Revolving Commitments provided on the Third Amendment Effective Date, plus (d) $50,000,000.”

D.     Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by amending and restating the definition of “Qualified IPO” set forth therein in its entirety as follows:

E.     ““Qualified IPO” means the issuance or sale of common Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower in an underwritten public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act.”

F.     Section 2.10(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by amending and restating in its entirety as follows:

 

5


“(a) Subject to adjustment pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section, the Borrower shall repay the Term Loan Borrowings on the days and in the amounts set forth below:

 

Date

  

Amount

June 30, 2015

   $2,562,500

September 30, 2015

   $2,562,500

December 31, 2015

   $2,562,500

March 31, 2016

   $2,562,500

June 30, 2016

   $2,562,500

September 30, 2016

   $2,562,500

December 31, 2016

   $2,562,500

March 31, 2017

   $2,562,500

June 30, 2017

   $2,562,500

September 30, 2017

   $2,562,500

December 31, 2017

   $2,562,500

March 31, 2018

   $2,562,500

June 30, 2018

   $2,562,500

September 30, 2018

   $2,562,500

December 31, 2018

   $2,562,500

March 31, 2019

   $2,562,500

June 30, 2019

   $2,562,500

Term Maturity Date

   All unpaid principal of the Term
Loans

G.     Section 5.10 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following sentence at the end thereof:

“The proceeds of 2015 Incremental Revolving Loans drawn on the Third Amendment Effective Date and proceeds of the 2015 Incremental Term Loans will be used to (a) to pay the 2015 Dividend and (b) to pay fees and expenses incurred in connection with the foregoing and in connection with the Third Amendment.”

H.     Section 6.06(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting “and” at the end of clause (xvi) thereof, inserting “and” after the “;” at the end of clause (xvii) thereof and inserting the following new clause (xviii) at the end thereof:

“(xviii) the Borrower and Holdings may make the 2015 Dividend on or promptly following the Third Amendment Effective Date.”

 

IV. Consent and Acknowledgment; Limited Waivers.

A.     As of the Third Amendment Effective Date, in reliance upon the representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in the Credit Agreement and in this Third Amendment, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders signatory hereto consent to the amendments to the Credit Agreement as set forth in Sections I, II and III of this Third Amendment.

B.     The Administrative Agent and Lenders signatory hereto hereby waive, with respect to the 2015 Incremental Term Commitments and 2015 Incremental Revolving Commitments established hereunder, the requirement pursuant to Section 2.20 of the Credit Agreement that any Revolving Commitment Increase or Term Commitment Increase shall be in integral multiples of $1,000,000.

 

6


C.     The Administrative Agent and Lenders signatory hereto hereby waive, with respect to the Existing Revolving Commitments to be terminated on the Third Amendment Effective Date, the requirement pursuant to Section 2.08(c) of the Credit Agreement that the Borrower shall have provided notice of its election to terminate such Existing Revolving Commitments at least three Business Days’ prior to such termination.

 

V. Miscellaneous Provisions.

A.     In order to induce the undersigned to enter into this Third Amendment, each Loan Party hereby represents and warrants to the Lenders on and as of the Third Amendment Effective Date that:

1.     Each Loan Party is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (to the extent such concept exists in the relevant jurisdictions) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, has the corporate or other organizational power and authority to, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Third Amendment Loan Documents to which it is a party and to effect the Transactions and, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required.

2.     The performance of this Third Amendment is within such Loan Party’s organizational powers and has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action on the part of such Loan Party. This Third Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by such Loan Party and constitutes, and each other Loan Document to which such Loan Party is a party as of the date hereof, constitutes, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to (i) the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (ii) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and (iii) implied covenants of good faith and fair dealing.

3.     The performance of the transactions contemplated by this Third Amendment and the execution and delivery of this Third Amendment (a) do not require any consent, exemption, authorization or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority or third party, except (i) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and (ii) consents, approvals, exemptions, authorizations, registrations, filings, permits or actions the failure of which to obtain or perform would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (b) will not violate the Organizational Documents of such Loan Party, (c) will not violate or result in a default or require any consent or approval under any indenture, instrument, agreement, or other document binding upon such Loan Party or its property or to which such Loan Party or its property is subject, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by such Loan Party, except for violations, defaults or the creation of such rights that could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (d) will not violate any Requirements of Law, except for violations that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (e) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any property of such Loan Party, except Liens created by the Security Documents and Liens permitted under the Loan Documents.

 

7


B.     This Third Amendment is limited to the matters specified herein and shall not constitute a modification, acceptance or waiver of any other provision of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document.

C.     This Third Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument. Signature pages may be detached from multiple separate counterparts and attached to a single counterpart. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Third Amendment by facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission (including .pdf) shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart thereof.

D.     The parties hereto hereby acknowledge and agree that this Third Amendment is a Loan Document and is subject to Sections 9.09 and 9.10 of the Credit Agreement, the terms of which are incorporated by reference herein, mutatis mutandis, as if set forth in their entirety herein.

E.     This Third Amendment shall become effective on the date (“Third Amendment Effective Date”) when:

1.     The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received (a) from the Borrower, Holdings, each 2015 Incremental Revolving Lender, each 2015 Incremental Term Lender and each Existing Lender, either (i) a counterpart of this Third Amendment signed on behalf of such party or (ii) written evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include facsimile or other electronic transmission of a signed counterpart of this Third Amendment) that such party has signed a counterpart of this Third Amendment and (b) to the extent requested by any 2015 Incremental Revolving Lender or 2015 Incremental Term Lender prior to the Third Amendment Effective Date, promissory notes representing such 2015 Incremental Revolving Lender’s 2015 Incremental Revolving Loans or such 2015 Incremental Term Lender’s 2015 Incremental Term Loans, as applicable (the “Notes”, and clauses (a) and (b), collectively, the “Third Amendment Loan Documents”), each of which shall have been delivered (including by way of facsimile or other electronic transmission; provided, that signature pages to the Notes shall promptly after the Third Amendment Effective Date be delivered in original physical copy) to the Administrative Agent, c/o Proskauer Rose LLP, Eleven Times Square, New York, NY 10036, Attention: Andrew Eiger (facsimile number: 212-969-2900 / e-mail address: aeiger@proskauer.com).

2.     The Administrative Agent shall have received a written opinion (addressed to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Banks and dated the Third Amendment Effective Date) of Goodwin Procter LLP, in customary form and substance.

3.     The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of each Loan Party, dated the Third Amendment Effective Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit E-1 to the Credit Agreement or such other form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent with appropriate insertions, executed by any Responsible Officer of such Loan Party, and including or attaching the documents referred to in paragraph 4 of this Section.

4.     The Administrative Agent shall have received a copy of (i) each Organizational Document of each Loan Party certified, to the extent applicable, as of a recent date by the applicable Governmental Authority, (ii) signature and incumbency certificates of the Responsible Officers of each Loan Party executing the Third Amendment Loan Documents to which it is a party, (iii) resolutions of the Board of Directors and/or similar governing bodies of each Loan Party approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Third Amendment Loan Documents to which it is a party, certified as of the Effective Date by its secretary, an assistant secretary or a Responsible Officer as being in full force and effect without modification or amendment, and (iv) a good standing certificate (to the extent such concept exists) from the applicable Governmental Authority of each Loan Party’s jurisdiction of incorporation, organization or formation.

 

8


5.     The Administrative Agent shall have received (a) all fees required to be paid on the Third Amendment Effective Date as separately agreed in writing on or prior to the date hereof and (b) to the extent estimated or invoiced prior to the Effective Date, payment of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses required to be reimbursed or paid by any Loan Party under Section 9.03(a) of the Credit Agreement), which amounts may be offset against the proceeds of the 2015 Incremental Term Loans made on the Third Amendment Effective Date.

6.     The Lenders shall have received a certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit E-2 to the Credit Agreement, from the chief financial officer or chief accounting officer or other officer with equivalent duties of the Borrower certifying as to the solvency of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis after giving effect to the Transactions.

7.     The Administrative Agent shall have received a Borrowing Request in accordance with Section 2.03 of the Credit Agreement in respect of the (i) 2015 Incremental Term Loans to be borrowed on the Third Amendment Effective Date and (ii) 2015 Incremental Revolving Loans not to exceed $15,000,000 to be borrowed on the Third Amendment Effective Date.

8.     The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the Third Amendment Effective Date and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower on behalf of each Loan Party, confirming compliance with the conditions precedent set forth in paragraphs 10 and 11 below.

9.     The Borrower (i) shall have paid, or have caused to be paid, to the Lenders with Existing Term Loans on the Third Amendment Effective Date, all accrued interest owing on the Existing Term Loans to and until the Third Amendment Effective Date, (ii) shall have paid, or have caused to be paid, to the Lenders with Existing Revolving Commitments immediately prior to the Third Amendment Effective Date, all accrued interest and fees owing on the Existing Revolving Commitments and Existing Revolving Loans to and until the Third Amendment Effective Date and (iii) shall have repaid in full all Existing Revolving Loans (if any) outstanding immediately prior to the Third Amendment Effective Date.

10.   At the time of and immediately after giving effect to the Transactions, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

11.   The representations and warranties of each Loan Party contained in Section V.A above and in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Third Amendment Effective Date; provided that, to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date; provided further that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality,” “Material Adverse Effect” or similar language shall be true and correct in all respects on the Third Amendment Effective Date or on such earlier date, as the case may be.

12.  (x) The Senior Secured Leverage Ratio, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis immediately after giving effect to the 2015 Incremental Term Loans and the 2015 Revolving Commitment Increase and assuming that such 2015 Revolving Commitment Increase is fully drawn, shall not exceed 3.50 to 1.00 as of the last day of the most recently ended LTM Period, (y) on a Pro Forma Basis immediately before and after giving effect to the 2015 Incremental Term Loans and the 2015 Revolving Commitment Increase and assuming that such 2015 Revolving Commitment Increase is fully drawn, the Borrower shall be in compliance with the Financial Performance Covenant at the level that is 0.25 to 1.00 below the then applicable covenant level (after giving effect to this Third Amendment) as of the end of the most recently ended Test Period and (z) the Borrower shall have delivered a certificate of a Financial Officer to the effect set forth in clauses (x) and (y) above, together with reasonably detailed calculations demonstrating compliance with such clauses (x) and (y).

 

9


F.     Each Loan Party listed on the signatures pages hereof consents to the terms hereof and hereby acknowledges and agrees that any Loan Document to which it is a party or otherwise bound shall continue in full force and effect (including, without limitation, the pledge and security interest in the Collateral granted by it pursuant to the Security Documents). Each of the Loan Parties party hereto (in its capacity as debtor, grantor, pledger, guarantor, assignor, or in any other similar capacity in which such Loan Party grants liens or security interests in its property or otherwise acts as accommodation party or guarantor, as the case may be) hereby (i) acknowledges and agrees that this Third Amendment does not constitute a novation or termination of the “Secured Obligations” under the Collateral Agreement or other Loan Documents as in effect prior to the Third Amendment Effective Date and which remain outstanding as of the Third Amendment Effective Date, (ii) acknowledges and agrees that the “Secured Obligations” under the Collateral Agreement and the other Loan Documents (as amended hereby) are in all respects continuing, (iii) ratifies and reaffirms all of its payment and performance obligations, contingent or otherwise, under each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party (after giving effect hereto), (iv) to the extent such Loan Party granted Liens on any of its Collateral pursuant to any such Loan Document as security for or otherwise guaranteed the Borrower’s Secured Obligations under or with respect to the Loan Documents, ratifies and reaffirms such guarantee and grant of security interests and Liens and confirms and agrees that such security interests and Liens are in all respects continuing and in full force and effect and shall continue to secure all of the “Secured Obligations” under the Collateral Agreement or other Loan Documents, including, without limitation, all of the Secured Obligations as amended hereby and (v) agrees that this Third Amendment shall in no manner impair or otherwise adversely affect any of such Liens.

Each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees that nothing in the Credit Agreement, this Third Amendment or any other Loan Document shall be deemed to require the consent of such Loan Party to any future waiver of the terms of the Credit Agreement.

G.     From and after the Third Amendment Effective Date, each reference in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement,” “hereunder,” “hereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, and each reference in the other Loan Documents to “the Credit Agreement,” “thereunder,” “thereof” or words of like import referring to the “Credit Agreement,” shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement, as amended by this Third Amendment.

        *         *         *        

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused their duly authorized officers to execute and deliver this Third Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

Borrower: SKINNYPOP POPCORN LLC
By:

/s/ William Christ

Name: William Christ
Title: President and Treasurer
Holdings: AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.
By:

/s/ William Christ

Name: William Christ
Title: President and Treasurer

SkinnyPop – Signature Page to Third Amendment to Credit Agreement

 

11


JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC, as Administrative
Agent
By:

/s/ J. Paul McDonnell

Name: J. Paul McDonnell
Title: Managing Director

SkinnyPop – Signature Page to Third Amendment to Credit Agreement

 

12


JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC, as 2015
Incremental Revolving Lender and 2015
Incremental Term Lender
By:

/s/ J. Paul McDonnell

Name: J. Paul McDonnell
Title:   Managing Director

SkinnyPop – Signature Page to Third Amendment to Credit Agreement

 

13


  JFIN REVOLVER CLO 2014 LTD, as an Existing Lender
By Jefferies Finance LLC, as a Portfolio Manager
By:

/s/ J. Paul McDonnell

Name: J. Paul McDonnell
Title: Managing Director
JFIN Fund III LLC, as an Existing Lender
By Jefferies Finance LLC, as a Portfolio Manager
By:

/s/ J. Paul McDonnell

Name: J. Paul McDonnell
Title: Managing Director
  JFIN REVOLVER CLO LTD, as an Existing Lender
By Jefferies Finance LLC, as a Portfolio Manager
By:

/s/ J. Paul McDonnell

Name: J. Paul McDonnell
Title: Managing Director
JFIN MM CLO 2014 LTD., as an Existing Lender
By Jefferies Finance LLC, as a Portfolio Manager
By:

/s/ J. Paul McDonnell

Name: J. Paul McDonnell
Title: Managing Director

SkinnyPop – Signature Page to Third Amendment to Credit Agreement

 

14


SENIOR CREDIT F SPVI (GOL), as an Existing
Lender
By: Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc.
By:

/s/ Brendan McGovern

Name: Brendan McGovern
Title:   Authorized Signatory

SkinnyPop – Signature Page to Third Amendment to Credit Agreement

 

15


GOLDMAN SACHS LENDING PARTNER, as a
2015 Incremental Revolving Lender
By:

/s/ Rebecca Kratz

Name: Rebecca Kratz
Title:   Authorized Signatory

SkinnyPop – Signature Page to Third Amendment to Credit Agreement

 

16


COMPASS BANK, as an Existing Lender
By:

/s/ Kayle Green

Name: Kayle Green
Title:   Managing Director

SkinnyPop – Signature Page to Third Amendment to Credit Agreement

 

17


BNP PARIBAS, as an Existing Lender
By:

/s/ Albert Arencibia

Name: Albert Arencibia
Title:   Vice President
BNP PARIBAS, as an Existing Lender
By:

/s/ Jeremie Braoude

Name: Jeremie Braoude
Title:   Vice President

SkinnyPop – Signature Page to Third Amendment to Credit Agreement

 

18


ANNALY MIDDLE MARKET LENDING LLC,
as an existing Lender

By:

/s/ Peter J. Dancy

Name: Peter J. Dancy
Title:   Managing Director

By:

/s/ Jason Anderson

Name: Jason Anderson
Title:   Managing Director

 

SkinnyPop – Signature Page to Third Amendment to Credit Agreement

 

19


Partners Group Private Markets Credit Strategies

2013 USD, LP

By: Partners Group (USA) Inc., as its general partner

By: Partners Group (Guernsey) Limited, under power

of attorney, as an existing Lender

By:

/s/ Brett McFarlane

/s/ Daniel Stopher

Name: Brett McFarlane Daniel Stopher
Title:   Authorised Signatory Director

Partners Group Private Markets Credit Strategies

S.A. acting in respect of its Compartment 2014

(IV) EUR

By: Partners Group (Guernsey) Limited, as its

manager, as an existing Lender

By:

/s/ Brett McFarlane

/s/ Daniel Stopher

Name: Brett McFarlane Daniel Stopher
Title:   Authorised Signatory Director

Partners Group Private Markets Credit Strategies

S.A. acting in respect of its Compartment Multi

Asset Credit 2014 (I) GBP

By: Partners Group (Guernsey) Limited, as its

manager, as an existing Lender

By:

/s/ Brett McFarlane

/s/ Daniel Stopher

Name: Brett McFarlane Daniel Stopher
Title:   Authorised Signatory Director

 

SkinnyPop – Signature Page to Third Amendment to Credit Agreement

 

20


Partners Group Private Markets Credit Strategies

S.A. acting in respect of its Compartment 2013
(II) USD

By: Partners Group (Guernsey) Limited, as its
manager, as an existing Lender

By:

/s/ Brett McFarlane

/s/ Daniel Stopher

Name: Brett McFarlane Daniel Stopher
Title:   Authorised Signatory Director

Partners Group Private Markets Credit Strategies

S.A. acting in respect of its Compartment SIPS

Multi-Credit Investments I

By: Partners Group (Guernsey) Limited, as its

manager, as an existing Lender

By:

/s/ Brett McFarlane

/s/ Daniel Stopher

Name: Brett McFarlane Daniel Stopher
Title:   Authorised Signatory Director

Partners Group Global Value SICAV

By: Partners Group (Guernsey) Limited, under power
of attorney, as an existing Lender

By:

/s/ Brett McFarlane

/s/ Daniel Stopher

Name: Brett McFarlane Daniel Stopher
Title:   Authorised Signatory Director

 

SkinnyPop – Signature Page to Third Amendment to Credit Agreement

 

21


Partners Group Capital LLC

By: Partners Group (USA) Inc., as managing member

By: Partners Group (Guernsey) Limited, under power
of attorney, as an existing Lender

By:

/s/ Brett McFarlane

/s/ Daniel Stopher

Name: Brett McFarlane Daniel Stopher
Title:   Authorised Signatory Director

 

SkinnyPop – Signature Page to Third Amendment to Credit Agreement

 

22


SUNS SPV, Ltd. as an existing Lender

By:

/s/ Philip Guerin

Name: Philip Guerin
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

SkinnyPop – Signature Page to Third Amendment to Credit Agreement

 

23


SunTrust Bank, as an existing Lender

By:

/s/ Tesha Winslow

Name: Tesha Winslow
Title:   Director

 

SkinnyPop – Signature Page to Third Amendment to Credit Agreement

 

24


SCHEDULE 1

 

2015 Incremental Term

Lenders

       2015 Incremental Term
Commitment
 

Jefferies Finance LLC

     $ 7,500,000.00   

Total:

     $ 7,500,000.00   

 

25


SCHEDULE 2

 

2015 Incremental Revolving

Lenders

       2015 Incremental Revolving
Commitment
 

Jefferies Finance LLC

     $ 10,000,000.00   

Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC

     $ 15,000,000.00   

Total:

     $ 25,000,000.00   

 

26


EX-21.1

Exhibit 21.1

TA HOLDINGS 1, INC. to be renamed

AMPLIFY SNACK BRANDS, INC.

List of Subsidiaries

SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC

Paqui LLC


EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated April 29, 2015 relating to the consolidated financial statements of Amplify Snack Brands, Inc. (formerly known as TA Holdings 1, Inc,) and subsidiary (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph referring to the acquisition of SkinnyPop Popcorn LLC), appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Austin, TX

June 26, 2015